Maidens of the Kaleidoscope

~Beyond the Border~ => Rumia's Party Games => Topic started by: Gappy on May 13, 2011, 10:27:11 PM

Title: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Gappy on May 13, 2011, 10:27:11 PM
OOC: My apologies for the wait. I was away on rather serious family-related business and I expected the GMs to start things out in my absence. Seems that didn't quite happen. So here it is, the start of 'Neo-WuftD'. Enjoy~

Courtyard, Hakurei Shrine, 6.00 AM, Day 1, 1 day before the Great Hakurei Shrine Flower-Viewing Festival, Reitaisai

*Clap Clap Clap*

A light crisp, slightly chilly spring breeze blew across the ornate flagstones lining the path up the shrine, licking at the dancing heels of a certain shrinemaiden. Her feet swept across the stones in a series of gracefully learned steps, sweeping along a few errant sakura petals. This was the season for them, Spring, the season for flowers, rebirth and new beginnings. And yet the trees were as yet barren of flowers, with the exception of a few tufts of early, eager petals.

A young man?or perhaps more a boy trying to seem older beyond his years, watched from a corner, leaning on his staff of office and comrade-in-arms/commanding officer, his trusty shrine broomstick, Sergeant Sweep. His rather messy jet black bed-hair and bright, gleaming hazelnut eyes were rather at odds with his rather worn uniform of office, a dark blue hakama and gi (traditional shirt and trousers). Rather, most visitors to the shrine consider it the shrine janitor?s uniform of office, mainly because that?s all he?s ever seen doing ? doing odd jobs about the shrine (as well as getting kicked about by the shrine's other residents).

?They are waiting?, the boy, Mitaka had been told by the local know-it-all, Alice Margatroid. ?The sakura blossoms, or, rather, their spirits, they are waiting for her to invite them to bloom.? It was something unheard of in Britain, or the ?outside world? in fact ? flowers and Spring, the first dawn of New Years, the first harvest of Autumn, even the winter snow, having to be ?invited? forth by a shrinemaiden. It was irrational, unscientific?and yet here in this world it was ?Real?.

For this world was anything but ?Real?. It is the land of Fantasy and Illusion, Gensokyo. A land where vampires are behind greenhouse gas leakages, glutton ghosts steal Golden weeks, and hikikomori NEETs play hide and seek with cosmic bodies.

*Clap Clap Clap*

The shrinemaiden clapped thrice before raising her gohei and continuing her slow, graceful dance, her long, silky black hair flowing out in the gentle breeze. The first glow of sunlight from the east lanced out from behind the Youkai mountains, lighting up her face, highlighting her expression of absolute serenity and intense focus. Mitaka felt his heart skip a beat as the light rays danced across the beads of sweat on the shrinemaiden?s face.

?Look but don?t touch, ?kay, Niichan.? He felt a sharp nudge in his ribs. He looked down and found the resident drunkard Oni shrinemaiden and adopted little sister, a certain Ibuki Suika, grinning sideways at him. Neither of them quite remember how they became adopted brother and sister?but it felt as if it has always been so, and so they swung with it. Strange, considering the old mountain deva oni is older by a factor of 100, but the issue?s never been brought up for some reason. So far it?s been a mutually rewarding sake-filled relationship.

?Wouldn?t come close with a 10 yard broomstick, Suika-chan.? Mitaka chuckled heartily as he swung Sergeant Sweep across his back. ?Wouldn?t dare look either, not even with a welding mask.?

?I heard that.? the shrinemaiden of Paradise (and local overlord) Hakurei Reimu did not snap, she merely commented, as she twirled and stomped her feet into the ground, a little harder than the dance really required.

?Oni ears.? Mitaka sighed.

?Hey, that?s insulting? Suika giggled.

?I heard that too. Please, don?t make me come over there.? It was a very polite request. It was heeded, wordlessly.

?M-Mitaka-sama, Suika-sama, good work this morning.? A tray bearing chilled barley tea sailed up to Mitaka.

?Thanks, Ruukoto-chan? Mitaka said with a grateful smile as he exchanged the tea with a pat on the tray-bearer?s light-green hair, followed by a quick hair-ruffle. ?Hmm, always divine, as expected of Reimu?s little sister.?

?Th-thank you, you?re t-too kind, M-Mitaka-sama? Hakurei Ruukoto, maid Karakuri (tea-serving) doll of Paradise, and Hakurei Reimu?s own adopted little sister, stammered, her biometal cheeks glowing a deep red.

?Yep yep, excellent stuff, Ruu-chan.? Suika nodded in agreement, ?Could do with some more sake in it though, yep?

?Mouu, i-it?s only s-sunrise Suika-sama! You s-shouldn?t be d-drinking this early in the d-day!? The robot maid protested at a retreating Suika who ducked behind the safety of Mitaka?s wiry frame.

?Just so happens I?ve got some right here, yep? Suika grinned, brandishing her gourd.

?N-no, you know what Reimu-neesama said about drinking in the m-morning! P-please, g-give me that!? Ruukoto made a lunge for the gourd, which the oni sidestepped neatly, using Mitaka as a shield. ?S-Suika-san!?

?There, there, she?s just pulling your leg with her usual oni nonsense, Ruukoto.? A calm, gentle voice, serene and tinkling like a little stream, said. ?Mitaka? The stream turned stern into white rapids as it turned its attention towards the shrine janitor.

?Yes, Alice-san?? Mitaka, live-in punching bag, braced himself as he turned to face the dollmaker and volunteer temporary shrinemaiden, Alice Margatroid. ?I swear we haven?t been up to any pranks.? Suika giggled at this, for which she received a quick nudge from Mitaka. Alice didn?t need to know about the superglue in her sarashi.

??.That?s?.reassuring?? The steel-eyed golden-haired girl clad in shrinemaiden garb cleared her throat. ?Mitaka, the invitations for today?s spring flower viewing festival?.?

?I?ve delivered all of them, personally, even the ones you addressed to the Earth Spirits Palace people at the end of the world.? Mitaka replied. ?I dodged murder attempts from a bucket loli, a jealous bridge hobo and a drunken unicorn, all for you, m?lady.?

?Good, I was worried we wouldn?t make it in time for today?s festival.? Alice nodded. ?Now there?s just the few final details to take care of??

?Mitaka-dono~? A sweet, melodious, yet solid and commanding voice, like a natural-born mother?s, called out from the direction of the shrine.

?Yes, Byakuren-san?? Mitaka turned to face another volunteer shrinemaiden, Hijiri Byakuren, her strange, gleaming irridiscent long hair tied into a smart ponytail, twirled around a fishbone (She's been trying ever so hard to fit in. She's even chosen Suika as a rolemodel). ?What is it??

?I?ve just finished writing the last of the invitations~? She chirped cheerfully. ?Would you be able to run out and deliver them??

An awkward silence fell, broken only by Reimu?s soft footsteps.

??ah, pardon me if I said something untoward?? Byakuren brought a hand up to her lips in apology.

??deliv-?.wait, then what was in the invitations I just delivered yesterday?? Mitaka turned to look at Alice.

??.ah?well?err?.? Alice shifted nervously. ??.I?.? She cleared her throat and rallied herself, ?I was reasonably confident they were ready to be delivered.? She said, before looking away. ?Now, if you?ll excuse me, I must see to the food and drinks.? She said, retreating into the safety of the shrine. 

??.Well, looks like I?ll have to brave the geysers to deliver all them invitations again. It?d help if Jeremy?d move his gap-bum of a girlfriend out of the hotsprings though?.? Mitaka sighed. ?Suika-chan, care to take care of Yuugi for me this time??

?Sure thing.? Suika cracked her little knuckles. ?One order of Miko-miko Suika brand disaster resolution, coming right up, yep?

?B-be careful you two, please don?t push yourself?and Suika-san, please don?t drink and fly?? Ruukoto said, this time successfully snatching the gourd away from Suika with the help of her trusty rocket punch.

?Hey, what if I need to lay waste to a few cities and?.? Suika began, before she was interrupted by a rather shrill shriek.

?KYAAAAAH!?

?What was tha-?? Everyone turned towards the shrine just in time to see a dark figure explode out the front door, smashing the donation box up into the air.

?It?s?.big?? Mitaka blinked at the thing?s size which took up the entire width of the shrine?s double sliding doors.

??It?s?.cute?? Byakuren gasped at its cute, fluffy pinkness.

??it?s?eaten the invitations?? Suika nodded at the thing?s mouth, which took up almost the entirety of its entire spherical body not occupied by its big, cute baby eyes.

?It?s also eaten Marisa's cookie-...I mean, all our food!? Alice shrieked from inside. ?GET IT!?

?It?s also damaged my shrine?? A dark, ominous voice muttered. Everyone felt a cold chill run down their spine. They slowly turned around to find Reimu, radiating a calm so intense it could freeze nitrogen. ??and my donation box?? She added, catching the donation box as it spiraled out of the air in one hand before setting it down on the ground with a slam. That must have concluded the spring-inviting dance, as just then, as if on cue, or perhaps by intimidation, all the sakura trees around them exploded into bloom, spreading out sakura petals up into the air. The shrinemaiden?s hair billowed in the sudden breeze as thousands of petals raced up into the sky above Gensokyo, just as Gensokyo itself sprang into a bright pinkish bloom of Spring.

??.A god of plenty, huh?.?? Reimu nodded at the spherical big-mouthed pink fluffy creature who had taken a step back in abject terror. ?Well now, the question is, will you bestow upon us your abundant feast miracle willingly?.or at gohei-point?? She twirled her gohei menacingly before pointing it at the god.

The creature, apparently a god of plenty, gulped down its non-existent throat, before crying out ?Kyuuuu!? and bouncing off across the front yard, flattening Mitaka, before sailing high above Reimu, and into the skies above Gensokyo.

?After it! That?s our entire food supply for the next month, and profit on the side, and then some!? Reimu snapped.

??and today?s feast.? Byakuren added.

?And today?s feast.? Reimu nodded, correcting herself.

?And the invitations.? Mitaka added in a muffled voice from where he lay half buried in a Mitaka-shaped crack in the ground..

?And the invitations.? Reimu echoed.

?And our pride, yep.? Suika added.

?And our?.can we get moving?? Reimu asked.

?Can I have breakfast first?? Mitaka asked, pealing himself from the dirt. This earned him a dark look from the shrinemaiden of Paradise. ?Err?.nevermind, I wasn?t hungry. Ate enough dirt anyway.? He sighed.

OOC: Instructions:
Now the rest of Gensokyo can expect a visit from the god of plenty, bearing the invitations to the festival as well as the promise of a splendid feast! Good hunting!

You can start out by detailing your daily happenings at this point in time. Please fell free to focus on yourself and your partner characters at this point, introduce them, flesh out your character and his/her relationship with his/her partners, etc., as well as give us a brief glimpse of their life. Then you can in some way join the chase for the god of plenty. It may crash into your home and eat up some of your stuff, or maybe you catch sight of the Hakurei shrine group running after it, etc. It's up to you. The god of plenty will also drop invitations to the festival and maybe even random trinkets and treasures if you can keep up with it.

Also, some of you and your partner characters may already have volunteered to help out at the shrine in preparation for the festival, maybe even as shrinemaidens. You might already be on site or are on your way to the shrine, you decide.

Btw. in case you need help imagining it, it looks sort of like Kirby.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on May 13, 2011, 11:46:00 PM
Moriya Shrine, 6.30 AM, Day 1

Usual day, usual morning cup of tea, usual birds chirping, usual lack of energy. Vant sat on the front porch of the Moriya Shrine gazing out at the always beautiful landscape. Tomorrow was the flower-viewing festival so he had nothing really to do today. He'd usually aid Sanae with chores, but she had gone to help with the preparations at the Hakurei Shrine. "Hehehe, she's probably spacing out again at this very moment."

"Who, Sanae?" Kanako spoke out from behind Vant. She had brought an extra pot of tea since their first was running low. She was actually rather nice in close-quarters, despite the fierce appearance she gives everyone else. She was wearing her normal attire, a black skirt with a red shirt and white long-sleeve under-shirt, her mirror and a simple pair of sandals. Her long blue hair fluttered a bit in the cool breeze. "I wouldn't doubt it honestly", she gave out a small sigh, "I do worry about that girl."

"For good reason, if it weren't for you two watching out for her, she'd....I'd rather not actually go into that." Vant deterred from the subject, given he normally thinks of worst-case scenarios. He was wearing his black t-shirt, blue jeans, and large boots. His silver hair was loose about his head as it always was.

"Oh shut up, she'd be fine either way, I'm just glad she's here with us~" Suwako chirped out, sipping her tea calmly and kicking her legs over the edge of the porch. She really did act a lot like a child, but the wisdom that Vant gathered from her tells that there's far more to Suwako than meets the eye. She was wearing her casual white long-sleeve shirt and blue sleeve-less shirt and skirt along with her hat; her lengthy blonde hair hung loosely about her shoulders. She seemed rather normal to Vant now, unlike when he had first met her, the only thing bothering him was her hat....though it still bothers him a bit even now. "I can't wait for the festival tomorrow~"

"Yeah~ can't wait for all the sake we'll have!" Kanako stretched a bit, still a bit tired from waking up not long ago.

"Please don't make me carry you and Sanae home again. That was a bother, especially with the constant fear of you hurling all over my back" Vant grimaced, thinking again of the image.

"Oi! If you would walk more carefully I wouldn't!" Kanako blurted out. "...then again, it is my fault for drinking so much."

"Yes, yes it is." Vant said rather matter-of-factly before getting smacked upside the head by Kanako.

"Hey, do either of you see that?" Suwako pointed out a round, pink object in the distance.

"Yeah I do...also looks like Ms. Hakurei is chasing after it. Shall we join them?" Vant looked between the goddesses, wondering if either cared.

"Might as well, I need to do something before I fall asleep again." Kanako hopped up and stretched a bit more, Suwako and Vant joining her.

"Alright, so which one of you is lending me a hand?" Vant asked to the morning air.

"She will!" Suwako yells out, already having taken off while Kanako was getting her shimenawa on.

"Must you wear that thing?" Vant poked the large rope bindings.

"Just get on dammit!" Kanako wasn't in the mood for his comments about her style.

"Fine fine, let's go." Vant always chose to hop onto the large rope, lying back-to-back with Kanako whenever he was flying with her. Suwako would just grant him the powers and they would have fun doing circles. "So, incident or just someone screwing around?....wait..."

"Sounds normal either way to me." Kanako took off along with Vant towards the strange pink blob floating through the sky.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yuyuko Yakumo on May 14, 2011, 01:05:20 AM
7 AM, Day 1, Human Village, Center Plaza

Wow, everyone seems to be so busy today. Yuki thought to herself as she walked through the bustling Human Village from her house to the center marketplace. Usually, the village has a rush of people during afternoon hours, but now, many people were getting ready for the Flower-Viewing festival due to happen tomorrow. It relates somewhat to New Year's Day in the outside world, except it takes place during the day and not at night. People would invite others over to watch the new cherry petals of Spring fall while they had a huge party. Of course, being new to Gensokyo, Yuki knew very little about the details of the event. She had heard people around the village mention the event, which was how she picked up on what she knew.

Despite the business going around the center of the village, Yuki still took her usual post and her violin and began to play. As people passed by, she was rewarded with money for her beautiful playing. She saw some regulars every day, such as Kamishirasawa Keine, who were always generous to her. After some time had passed, she paused to take a break from her performance. At that moment, she recognized someone in the distance.

"Hey... Luna-chan! Hi!!" She waved erratically at Lunasa Prismriver, even though she was still pretty far away. Yuki, in her excitement, took her violin and earnings and ran to where Lunasa was.

"You don't have to chase after me every day," Lunasa said as Yuki ran up. "I'm not going to run away from you."

"I know, but I'm just excited to see you! It's not like you come here every day."

"I would if I could, but I have a lot of performances. Plus, it's hard for me to blend in here without getting noticed." Though the Prismrivers' concerts were originally meant for youkai, they have recently become popular with humans too. To avoid being swarmed by fans of the Prismrivers, Lunasa wears a dark blue shirt and skirt, as opposed to her usual black band uniform. Unfortunately, due to Yuki's outburst, people were starting to take a second look. "Ah, actually... We probably shouldn't stay here much longer."

"Then let's go to the place in the forest." Before Lunasa could protest, Yuki took her arm in one hand and her violin in the other, and ran towards the outskirts of the village, in the direction of the Forest of Magic.

Forest of Magic- Secluded Clearing

Though the forest was usually filled with dangerous mushrooms whose gases would be impossible to breathe, there was one area of the forest that had very few mushrooms in it. The area was near the entrance to the forest, but it was blocked by thick tress so it remained undiscovered for a time. Lunasa was the first to find it; in fact, this was the location where she encountered Yuki for the first time and guided her to the village. Now it has become their own place where the two can be alone and secluded from the rest of the world. (OOC: It's clean here, mind you. >_>)

"So," Yuki began as they arrived at the clearing. Yuki was full of energy as always and hardly seemed tired; Lunasa, on the other hand, panted because she was more accustomed to flying rather than running. There was really no need to run anyways, but Yuki always enjoyed whatever excited her and Lunasa tended to play along. "What brings you here this time?"

"Have you heard of the Great Hakurei Flower-Viewing Festival?" Lunasa asked.

Yuki nodded. "I've heard a bit. It's the biggest party for the yearly flower viewing event that takes place tomorrow."

Lunasa cut right to the point. "We'll be performing there tomorrow. Would you like to join us in our performance?"

Yuki was shocked. "M-Me?" she pointed to herself. "But why would you need me to help you tomorrow? You already sound great!"

"Good, but not great. With only three people, we have very limited options with harmonies. Having a fourth player, and another violinist at that, would make us sound much better." Lunasa's response was very matter-of-fact. She showed little care for the fact that Yuki was playing, only that they needed another violin.

However, in Yuki's naivety, she noticed very little of that. "Ok, then. I'll do my best tomorrow!" She gave a big smile and raised a hand to the air.

"We better start practicing then. It wouldn't do any good for us for you to go in not knowing anything." In Lunasa's hand, her famous phantom violin materialized with a glow. It was capable of producing beautiful and entrancing sounds that could outclass any violin the outside world could ever hope to produce. Its secret was that the violin itself was a phantom. What this meant, nobody, not even Yuki, knew. She played the first few notes of Phantom Ensemble. Yuki hastily picked up her violin and began to play as well. Individually, they both sounded great, but together, a whole new sound was created. Of course, Lunasa was much better than Yuki, and she needed some (a lot) of help along the way.

"Stop here. Let's take a bit of a break." After about an hour and a half had passed, Yuki was tired out from playing. In the village, she usually played for half hour blocks at a time, so she wasn't used to such a long session, especially one filled with mistakes. However, she was better and more prepared for the event than she was an hour and  half ago. She could probably go through the concert without making too many major mistakes though Lunasa, being the perfectionist she is, was not satisfied with this. But, even she has a heart for Yuki, and her stop after seeing her exhausted from playing.

"Phew," Yuki sighed. She proceeded to fall back on the soft grass below and gaze at the sky above. It was still morning; the sun hadn't risen above the tall trees of the forest. Some clouds passed by, none of which looked very threatening. The day so far was fairly average, save for Lunasa's surprise. Though Lunasa did her best to act as dignified as possible, seeing Yuki lying in the grass was tempting her to try the same. She put her violin down and lay next to Yuki, looking at the same sky, the same clouds, and the same treetops.

However, something suddenly obscured the sky from Yuki's view. She blinked. It seemed to be floating in the sky. It was large, pink, and round. After what seemed to be a few seconds of hovering, the blob passed over them and landed with a thump nearby. Yuki and Lunasa scrambled to their feet and took a long look at the creature. It seemed very out of place compared to the graceful scene of the forest behind it. It suddenly took off in their direction. They jumped barely in the nick of time to avoid getting rammed by its soft squishy body. Everything seemed intact except...

"Hey, that's my violin!" Yuki shouted. She tried to chase after it, but it jumped off into the sky. Despite its appearance, it was surprisingly fast. It was impossibly to catch up to it by foot. Lunasa collected herself off to the side, checked to make sure her phantom violin was secure, and walked over to Yuki who was still staring at the sky where the creature disappeared to. "Now what are we going to do, Luna-chan?"

"That was a god of plenty. It always shows up before the flower viewing festival. Don't worry, Yuki-chan, I'm sure we'll see it again. In the meantime, I think we've practiced enough. Take the rest of the day off. Here's some money so you can support yourself for today." Lunasa spoke like a teacher to her pupil rather than a friend to a friend. Yuki didn't mind, but she wished that Lunasa would be more open from time to time. "Let's get back to the village, shall we?"

OOC: If I defined too much about the flower-festival, sorry. I'll change it if it needs changing.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 14, 2011, 09:47:24 AM
9:00 AM - Day 1 - Ken's House - Human Village

"Hey, Kenno!"

Ken put down the book he had been intensely reading, hearing a familiar voice and a light fluttering sound. She's come early, he thought to himself. She always calls me by that name, after all.

A fairy with long purple hair poked her head around the corner of the room's entrance. "There you are, Kenno!" The fairy grinned, letting off a short victorious laugh. "Heh heh~ I see you're studying already."

"Of course, Reisa. I really should...Miss Keine has helped me so much, this is the least I can do for the Village." Still looking at her, he reaches over several times unsuccessfully for the nearby bookmark. "Besides, aren't you here a bit early?"

The fairy cocked her head to the left, watching him finally glance over and mark his place in the book. She placed her hand beneath her chin. It was nearly time for the Spring flower festival, where many gathered at the Hakurei Shrine to celebrate the blooming of beautiful sakura blossoms as they danced across the sky as far as the eye could see. She herself had only gone once before, three years ago. Having been one of the few hard-working fairies at the Scarlet Devil Mansion, the head maid allowed her to come to one of these festivals. She had only fond memories of the celebration, the dancing, the feasting, meeting so many important people of Gensokyo...

"Reisa...?" Ken waved a hand in front of her face, adjusting his glasses.

The fairy flapped her wings as she snapped back to reality. "Ah! Sorry, sorry! I was just remembering the festival...you know what I'm talking about, right, Kenno?"

He placed his book inside a drawer in the desk. "I believe so. This is the day before the flower-viewing festival Miss Keine mentioned, right? And please stop calling me 'Kenno', it's not really a nickname I'm fond of..."

"Hee~ You're no fun sometimes, Kenno. Lighten up a bit!"

Ken stood up and yawned, then smiled at her. "I will tomorrow. I'm rather honored that Miss Keine wants me to go this year, no way will I miss out on such a special event!"

Reisa watched as he stretched out a bit and rubbed his eyes. She was still adjusting to her time away from the Scarlet Devil Mansion. At first she was rather disappointed when Lady Patchouli had sent her to the Human Village to help a young man she didn't even know, but she had quickly become accustomed to this place. And thanks to her help, Ken started picking up magic much faster! She prided herself on her curiosity, as that got her into reading the magician's books in the first place. Magic is really fun, she thought with a grin. I'm probably the only fairy to ever think that. Granted, I only know one tiny spell, but it's certainly better than what those other fairies back at the Mansion could muster.

"All right fairy, now that you're here, let's continue." He sat back down at the desk, pulling the book out of the drawer again. "I think I'm definitely getting the hang of this lightning spell now, but I still have problems..."

"Hey! I have a name, you know! Kenno, don't be so mean~" Reisa stuck her tongue out at him.

He shrugged with a slight smile, opening the book to the page he had left off at. "All's fair in love, war and nicknaming, wouldn't you agree?" He had a strange respect for her, even though she could be annoying at times. She was so whimsical but he could tell she honestly enjoyed her current job.

Putting on a pouting face, she sat down on his desk. "Fine, today I'll call you Ken. So, same spell as yesterday?"

"Yeah. Yesterday I got off a small bolt, but you know me. That's not good enough."

"And that will be enough for today, actually." Keine stepped into the room, holding his jacket in one arm.

"Miss Keine!" Ken exclaimed, standing up again. "What do you mean? The festival isn't until tomorrow, I thought..."

The teacher walked over to his desk. "Oh, I thought everyone should just relax on the day before the festival, as well. You don't need to study all the time, although I appreciate your desire to work hard."

Reisa waved at Keine energetically. "Hi teacher!"

"Haha, hello there. Anyway, would both of you take a look at this?" Keine put his jacket on the desk in addition to a strange-looking envelope with a special slip of paper inside.

Ken pulled the paper out of the envelope, holding it out so his fairy friend could read it too. "It looks like..."

She completed his sentence. "...an invitation? This is an invitation to the festival at the Hakurei Shrine!"

Keine folded her arms. "Precisely. According to some witnesses, a very large, fluffy, pink entity found its way around here...it dropped a few of these in addition to various food items."

"Food? Invitations? Sounds exciting already!" The fairy flapped her wings in approval.

He sighed. "Right, but...aren't you forgetting that they were dropped by a giant pink thing that floated here? Do you have any idea what it is, Miss Keine?"

She nodded, appearing unfazed by the mention of a giant, living, floating pink balloon creature. "Someone said that the Hakurei Shrine maiden and some of her friends were chasing it. It must be the 'god of plenty'..."

Ken and Reisa looked at each other quizzically.

She flashed a smile at them. "Don't worry, I'll explain. In the meantime, let's go check out what happened to the rest of the Village. C'mon, you two."

The two nodded in agreement and followed the teacher out of his house.

(OOC: This post establishes that starting at or just before 9:00 AM on Day 1, the 'god of plenty' finished passing through the Human Village. Any poster who wants to post at or after 9:00 AM can decide where the 'god of plenty' goes next, but it does not stick around the Human Village area from 9:00 AM to roughly 10:00 AM.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Gappy on May 14, 2011, 03:18:40 PM
Somewhere above the Forest of Magic, Day 1, 6.45 AM

"It went that way!" Alice, pathfinder extraordinaire pointed a confident finger up into the sky.

"No, that way!" Suika, AKA Oni-nose(TM), declared, pointing, as far as Mitaka could see, in the general direction of whatever's opposite.

"You're both completely off by a whole 120 degrees. It's that way." Reimu, the profit radar, said, pointing in a third direction.

"Perhaps it went...." Byakuren was about to suggest, before the others turned to Mitaka who was strapped securely atop a rather weary Genji.

"Mitaka!" Alice, Suika and Reimu rounded on the team's tie-breaker. "Which way did it go?!" In essence, Mitaka heard 'which of us is right?'. Pity he's not the fairest tie-breaker around. To be fair, Mitaka, being a product of survival-based evolution, has learned to base his tie-breaking decisions on Darwinian probability - i.e. whichever decision allowed him the highest probability of survival. And up here, 500 yards above ground, said survival was already very much in doubt even without the attention of these three.

At this point, he was offered salvation in the form of a pair of goddesses. 'O-oh, Yasaka-san, Moriya-san!' He called out. "And....the...thing...strapped to your....butt."

"....excuse me?" Vant poked his head up over Kanako's shoulder. "It's still a little too early in the morning, but I'll show you what things-strapped-to-butts can do, especially to your butt."

"I mean, good ol' Vant, of course." Mitaka grinned.

"A good morning to you all, Hakurei-san, Margatroid-san, Ibuki-san, Hijiri-san and....the Hakurei broomstick's assistant..." Kanako bowed stiffly. "Hakurei-san, I note your work with the spring bloom was quite....satisfactory."

"How gracious of you to notice the work of us commoners," Reimu bowed in return, rather woodenly. "Perhaps I might see how a real goddess does it one of these days and learn how it should truly be done."

"Ahahaha, Kanako, please do act your age, you old maid." Suwako giggled, slapping Kanako's back as she flew over upside down. "How is everyone? Sarashi boy?" She nodded over at Mitaka with a playful grin.

"All the better for you asking, Moriya-san. Your hat looks absolutely stunning today, I must say." Mitaka nodded back, amiably. "Have you guys seen a big pink fluffball fly by?"

"A pink fluffball who's about to pay for eating my shrine's torii and oinari as well as several dozen trees on the way." Reimu corrected.

"You mean that thing?" Vant asked, pointing down.

"Hey, that's my violin!" An indignant voice cried out from the forest below where Vant was pointing.

"It eats violins too...." Byakuren noted down in a notepad underneath 'dolls' and 'paper talismans'.

"...I think soon it'll be easier to list down what it DOESN'T eat, and it'll be a very short list indeed." Mitaka sighed. "C'mon, let's check it out."

"Isn't that...." Vant looked down as they descended towards the clearing. "Oh, if it isn't Yuki." He said, noticing one of their fellow outsiders looking up at the sky with a forlorn look.

"Guys, a ridiculously cute beachball just ate my violin for breakfast and ran off. I may be relatively new here but I'm sure that's NOT how busking works." Yuki said. "I'm also quite sure violins aren't good for one's digestion.'

"....violins....well, at least it sounds tasty..." Suika commented.

"Aren't they part of our five a day?" Byakuren asked.

"Hijiri-san....which planet did you come from?" Alice sighed.

"You aren't getting mine." Lunasa clutched hers protectively, eyeing Suika and Byakuren warily.

"That's okay, not eating anything without a proper drink, nope nope." Suika sighed, looking over longingly at Ruukoto, who similarly clutched Suika's gourd protectively.

"Heads up, everyone, it's flying off towards the human village." Suwako said.

"Maybe we should get a proper shrinemaiden like our Sanae, just to be sure." Kanako said, with a sideways glance at Reimu.

"Hmmph....on to the village! We've got loot to ga-...I mean, a disaster to resolve!" Reimu declared.

"And a violin to retrieve!" Yuki added vindictively.

"That too." Reimu nodded. "Move out!"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 14, 2011, 03:32:12 PM
Posted on Trance's (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php?action=profile;u=24) behalf

The Cottage on the Hill on the outskirts. 0530. Day 1.
In between the Forest and the Human Village.

The girl... boy... thing could feel cold, mechanical hands pushing his body gently. He could hear several faint voices from the background. The boy tossed and turned in his sleep, today, he was feeling quite lethargic, and could not get up. Around this time of the day, it would be when he and his friend Meira would go sparring very early in the morning. Meira was looking over him alongside the one pushing him in an attempt to wake him, the Saboten-powered VIVIT. The boy, Hirowaza, was tossing and turning in the futon as VIVIT pushed him gently over and over again, moaning as she did so. Meira blushed faintly watching this sight, and gestured for VIVIT to stop. Meira took matters into her own hands and literally kicked Hirowaza right into the wall, forcibly waking him. He screamed in pain as he felt his body hit the wall hard. "Ouch!" he groaned as he sat up and rubbed his sides. "What was that for?" he exclaimed while staring at a displeased Meira and an apathetic VIVIT. Meira's arms were crossed and she looked at Hirowaza with disdain. "What's up with you, Meira-dono?" Hirowaza groaned as he rubbed his eyes. It must have been a painful impact, having breasts that big. Still, even with the sarashi, it was uncomfortable. VIVIT tilted her head and took note of the occasion. "Yoh-sama, did you forget about the festival?" she chirped. Meira and Hirowaza looked at each other in confusion.

"We aren't involved in it, sadly." Hirowaza said.

"Why?" VIVIT asked curiously.

"Well, we sort of are, I guess..." Meira corrected quickly as Hirowaza opened his mouth to answer. "See, the two of us... aren't really on good terms with Miss Reimu."

"I see. I don't ever remember you explaining this to me."

"Mostly because it's irrelevant hogwash!" Hirowaza sighed, looking to the side before getting up and getting dressed. VIVIT looked outside and recalled about a weird fluffball and wondered what was special about it. She hadn't seen it yet, but wondered about what it was. "Hey, Meira-sama, Yoh-sama?" she called. Meira and Hirowaza turned to face her (with the latter half-naked while getting dressed) to see what she wanted.

"I heard about some strange puffball around this festival, what is that?" she asked.

Meira laughed. "Don't they call that the god of plenty, or something? That's what they tell me," she said, looking out the window. "Anyway, let's not worry about it now, it's the time for our daily spar, is it not, Hirowaza-dono?" she said, as Hirowaza just finished getting dressed into her typical wear.

"Man, Hirowaza-dono, you are trying too hard. Unconventional clothing like that is only going to hinder you."

"Still thy tongue, Meira-dono! I wear what I like." Hirowaza retorted back with a slight tinge of venom.

Meira laughed. "Well, VIVIT, you know the drill. ST Field and all that nonsense."

VIVIT nodded. The ST Field is actually nothing really, it was a nickname that Meira gave for VIVIT's Saboten energy radiation, that affects Hirowaza adversely, like a radiation sickness. Hirowaza rolled his eyes at the name, and muttered something incomprehensible to himself before waving his hand out. "Let's go to our clearing in the forest already, okay?" he sighed.

The clearing of sparring. 0600. Day 1.
In the Forest.

Hirowaza and Meira were standing opposite each other. They were fairly far apart from each other, with VIVIT sitting down against a nearby tree, eyes closed as if in deep thought or concentration of some sort. Meira cracked a joke at Hirowaza. "You think that god of plenty will drop by and watch our fight! Wahahaha..." Hirowaza shook his head. "Keep your head in the game, Meira-dono."

"You are no fun!"

Hirowaza sighed as Meira suddenly drew her blade and rushed forth at him. "Those who aren't any fun need to be punished! You know, I don't like the fun police!" she laughed as she charged, and Hirowaza was taken a bit offguard after that joke. He rushed to magick up a charm from his repertoire, but Meira was already so close, so he only eked out a clay shield that released some dust, as it crumbled into pieces from the impact of Meira's blade clashing against it. "Woah, I'm sorry!" Hirowaza said as he rolled away. Quickly he magicked up another charm, it was a thin rapier that seemed to be nothing special, except that it was extremely lightweight and it seemed to increase Hirowaza's reaction speed, almost as if he could charge furthermore. He lunged at Meira with the rapier, but she stepped aside to evade it, but right as she tried to counter with her own weapon, the rapier that Hirowaza held in his hand faded away and he was about to conjure yet another charm, it was a rather non-descript great-axe and he spun with it, about to bring it down on Meira's head, but she was also quite reactive, and stopped it by impacting the matte edge of her weapon against the hilt of the axe, causing its motion to stop. She forced her weapon against his, and brought him to a halt, pushing him with much force that he fell backwards on to his bottom as the axe faded away.

"Damn!" Hirowaza cursed. "How do you keep doing that?"

"Well, you have much to learn. Besides, you're tired as ever-loving hell. Look at all that sweat on you. You look terrible." Meira said, as she placed a hand on Hirowaza's forehead to check if he had a fever or some sort of diseased reaction to the "ST Field," or rather, VIVIT's presence. VIVIT opened her eyes and looked up at the sky.

"Well, let's head back, eh?" Meira laughed, winking at Hirowaza.

VIVIT continued looking up at the sky.

"I still wonder about that god of plenty..." VIVIT murmured to herself audibly.

Meira and Hirowaza sighed.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: 日巫子 on May 14, 2011, 04:26:34 PM
6:35 AM, Day 1, Youkai Mountain (Kasen's dojo)

Himiko, by nature, was not an early riser.  In fact, her sleeping schedule often consisted of staying up until almost midnight and not waking up for at least nine hours.  Right around now, she would have been asleep.  Today, however, Himiko was sitting fully dressed on the porch, stifling a yawn as she watched the sky.  She had been wearing a winter vest over her clothes at the beginning of the day, but she had since shedded it in favor of letting her hair down; the vest was now lying next to her as she enjoyed a pleasant breeze.  Himiko closed her eyes to listen to the trees rustling.

The girl sitting next to her with a bandaged-covered arm sighed contently.  ?It?s so peaceful around here, isn?t it??

Ibara Kasen fit in rather well with spring scenery, now that Himiko thought about it.  Her current wardrobe consisted of a green skirt, white blouse, and brown panel.  There was that flower ornament on her chest, too.  Part of her hair, which was a bit darker than pink cherry blossoms, was in covered hair buns while the rest hung freely around her shoulders.

?Himiko??

?Y-yeah.?

The shackle on Kasen?s left wrist jangled as she lifted the tea pot and poured a cup of tea.  She handed it off to Himiko.

?Want some??

Himiko jolted.  ?Eh??  She took the cup from Kasen and hesitantly took a sip.  Shivers ran down her spine, and she actually had to turn away to keep Kasen from seeing the disgust so clearly written on her [Himiko?s] face.  When she had recovered, she turned back to Kasen, who was watching her with an oblivious smile.  It?s not like Kasen?s tea was bad, it?s just that she bought all the bitter kinds?or maybe she was just sensitive to that kind of thing.

?It?s bitter.?  In fact, Himiko didn?t want to know what kind of tea she was drinking.

?It?s supposed to be.  Do you feel more awake?? Kasen asked.  Himiko shrugged and looked back at the sky.

?Sort of.  How can you drink that kind of stuff, anyway??

?Discipline, perhaps.?  Kasen took a long drink out of her own cup, completely unfazed.

?I could never be a hermit with that kind of discipline?? Himiko mused.

?That?s a shame.  You'd make a good hermit,? Kasen said.  ?You could become immortal.  A lot of humans desire that, don?t they??

?I wouldn?t know.  I?d probably go mad from it.  Also everything would eat me.?  Himiko raised the cup to her lips, and hesitated.  She was used to Kasen offering her the chance to become a hermit at this point.  Himiko didn't really see why Kasen even thought she could, though: she was too attached to material items, unlike Kasen.  Then again, she was the one who brought it up in the first place...

?Are you saying I have a few screws loose?? Kasen teased, draining the rest of her cup.  She didn?t even have that much to begin with, did she?

?No.  But what is ?normal? anyway??  Himiko rubbed her eye.  She set her cup on the porch and let it grow cold, not wanting anything else to do with it.  After a few moments of silence, she spoke up again. 

?Isn?t there a festival tomorrow??

?Where did you hear that from?? Kasen asked, a note of curiosity in her voice.

?Some faeries in the forest told me,? Himiko said, swirling the contents of her cup around, content with leaving them where they were.  ?A flower-viewing festival at theeee?Hakurei Shrine.  I?ve never heard of it happening before.?

Kasen blinked.  ?I figured you would?ve found out about that while traveling down the mountain.?

Himiko shook her head and looked back up.  That was one habit she didn?t feel too inclined to kick, especially after coming to Gensokyo.  The sky was just so?

?What.?

?What?s wrong??

Himiko leapt off the porch and pointed to the sky.  ?What, what, what, there?s, um, something up there!?

Kasen looked into the sky to see a few figures drifting through the clouds.  It was too far away to make out any details, but there was no way they were balloons, or birds, or?

But they was flying.  Himiko fixated her eyes on the unidentified flying objects, the pupil in her green eye thinning to a sliver.

?They can fly.?  Himiko grabbed her vest from the porch and broke into a run.  ?They know how to fly!  Get them!? she called out to Kasen as she ran into the trees.  Kasen watched her go, wide-eyed, then started running after her.

?Wait!  Himiko!  You don?t even know where you?re going!?

Editted by request
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yonowaaru on May 14, 2011, 04:54:44 PM
The Great Waterfall, Day 1, 0630.


The man had woken up early, as always. After he'd been tossed into Gensokyo, landing on the Youkai Mountain and meeting Aya and Minamitsu, he had set out to find a better place to stay than the Tengu Village, with all the drunken birdmen and women at every hour of the day. He had discovered the Great Waterfall, and had discovered a small furnitured  cave behind it, lit by torches, which seemed to have once been someone's home. At this moment, however, the furniture was covered in cobwebs and small spiders were crawling all over. He had decided to clean the place up and call it his home and base.

That morning, he had left his cave after grabbing his trusty Claymore and left for the village to see if he could find any supplies, but instead, he met Aya, flying down from the village.

"Ah, Shameimaru, up early as always?" Umbron asked.

"I could say the same to you, Whitestone! My motto isn't 'The best shots are surprise shots' for no reason, is it?" Aya responded.

"I suppose so! So, where are you heading on this early morning? Any scoops you'd like to share?"

"Definitely! This night, while all of us Tengu were partying, some flying ball flew over the mountain, spreading all sorts of food items and invitations for the flower-viewing festival at the Hakurei Shrine. Hatate had a cake fall on her head! Skillfull as I was, I snapped some pictures before she could shake it off!" she says, nodding proudly, perhaps even smugly. "We tried to stop it using our fans, but drunk as we were, we weren't really able to.." she adds, blushing. "Right now, I'm heading for the Shrine. Oh, and I left some food at Murasa's for you! Be sure to pick it up."

"Ah, interesting. I will definitely join you later, but I think I'll be heading to Murasa's for now. Be sure to make some good shots for me!" he said.

Aya nodded, and flew away in a dash. Even though he'd always had a distaste for journalists on Earth because they were too weak, Aya was the exact opposite; willing to risk her life and limbs just to take some good pictures. She was definitely admirable in her own way.

After this encounter, he started climbing the mountain. On his way, he saw other Tengu flying over, presumably also headed to the Shrine. He arrived at the Tengu Village, and walked over to the Palanquin. He'd heard it had once been a ship, but it had left for the Mountain some time ago along with its occupants. Murasa was the ship's captain. Some other youkai also lived there, a mouse and its tiger master, a gipsy in control of a humongous pink cloud (which he thought was absurd) and a youkai magician revered by them for her equal treating of humans and youkai. They had all left, though, so the only person left there was Murasa.


The Palanquin, Day 1, 0700.

Murasa's house was mostly buried inside the mountain. Only a small hut with a slanted roof was visible from the outside, but he had gone inside before and climbed down the ladder inside to see how vast it actually was. The bottom floor functioned as some sort of church, with an altar at the far side and settees left and right from a path leading to it. The altar was richly decorated with all sorts of gems, and showed the youkai magician aiding youkai who are being hunted down by humans. Murasa had told him that was how life had been in Gensokyo about a thousand years ago. When he arrived, he knocked on the door twice, and Murasa opened it. She was wearing a white nightgown.

"Ah, Whitestone! Aya left a package for you with me." she said

"Yes, I met her on my way here." Umbron answered

"I'll get it for you!" she says, and looked around the room. This was the room where she slept and ate, and had all sorts of objects and pieces of clothing lying around. "Please don't mind the mess here! I was planning on cleaning today, but then Aya came and told me everyone in the village was invited to the flower-viewing party at Reimu's, so I didn't really have time" she murmurs, while looking around for Aya's package.

"Ah, here it is!" she yelled, and presented him with a cotton bag. He took it, and looked inside. There were all sorts of food inside it. "All this was apparently dropped by some flying fluffball that also spread the invitations. Speaking about those.." She looks around again and hands you a small piece of paper with a hand-written invitiation on it. "So, you are going too, aren't you?"

"I was planning on gathering some supplies first, but since Aya supplied them to me already, I don't see any reason not to. It'll be nice to relax for some time and meet some of the other denizens of Gensokyo" Umbron answered.

"Sounds good to me!" she answers. "I'll be getting dressed now, but I'd like to join you, if you don't mind waiting for a second?"

Umbron nodded, and left the building.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Tsunade Gakudan on May 14, 2011, 06:26:03 PM
House of the Human, The Ancient City, Former Hell. 10:00, Day 001.
[The Prologue: Part 1.]

‘Another day, another tiring session of work last night. I say tiring but what I mean is that it was busier than usual. Not like I expect it to be peaceful anymore; in fact, I like it this way. Wait, I’ve probably said that before; ignore me.’

‘Either way, it was pretty good last night. To think I used to drop sake dishes quite often when I started shows how much I’ve improved. I’d put that down to being new here in general, but with someone like Yuugi around, I really can’t. I owe a lot to her; more than I give off I’m sure. Maybe she’s like a guardian to me or something. Gah, I really should stop writing that sort of stuff down first.’

‘Speaking of Yuugi, she seemed as lively as ever last night. Well, I say last night, I mean early morning. She had that grin on her face again; makes me wonder if she got into yet another fight. Well, it’ll take some time before someone beats her; I’ve never seen her lose yet. She walked me home too, talking about the time I first came here. Makes me wonder what that silly little bucket girl is up to. Haven’t seen her since Yuugi dragged her out of the city; no idea what she did, but she looked happy enough.’

‘I didn’t sing last night; I couldn’t. I mean, I love singing; it’s the very reason the bar keeps me around. A human who loves drinking and has a beautiful voice are rare in Former Hell. Well, that’s what a lot of oni have said to me. I wouldn’t call my voice that good, but it helps with my confidence, if anything. Anyway, I needed a break and they were fine with that; guess they know the limits of a human more than I thought.’

‘I had a dream about the outside again. No matter what, it always seems to involve the sky. Maybe it’s because it’s the one thing I don’t see anymore. I always do wonder how much the sky has changed; call me stupid, but I’m human. We’re bound to think that way about things we haven’t seen in ages. To be fair I don’t really mind; I mean, this IS home. I wouldn’t give this place up for the world.’


-

Tsunade stretched a little and looked down at the book in front of her. She would have never dreamt of writing such words in a diary before, let alone in her past life. That’s what she considered her life before Gensokyo now; a life that had finished. A life she no longer cared about. She didn’t have to worry about moving anymore. No more states of depression for saying goodbye to the rarity of friends she made. For a place that sounded so ominous and evil, Tsunade had called it, ‘Former Hell’, her paradise. Her home. She re-read her sentences again and smiled; through all the noise and drunken stories she had heard every night, she was at peace here. She placed a little paper marker in the book and sealed it before tucking it away in a small hand-bag. It wasn’t really a hand-bag, well, not in the way the outside would see it as. Sure, the size was one that matched it, but the strap was no where near the length to sling it over your shoulder without causing issues. Tsunade had experimented with it several times over before finding a way to conceal it inside her kimono. This meant she had to carry it by the straps if she was wearing anything other than her usual green kimono, which she was sat in right now, or the purple-ish one she used for work. Of course, since the purple one was normally always done up properly unlike the green one, getting to the bag would be more of a challenge. They had told her not to worry about wearing it, but she had insisted on it; if anything, it made her look the part when she sung. Well, that’s how it was in her head.

Before long, a random burst of noise came from outside and attracted her attention. Not all of it, but enough to break her from her thoughts. Whatever had happened, the oni were being as lively as ever. As she rose to her feet, she glanced at a chart of sorts hanging on the wall. She called it a calendar, even if it was just a list of her working days. It was her day off for once. As the money Tsunade had worked so hard for jingled as she picked up the bag, she knew it was going to be a pretty good day. Shopping aside, she had all the time in the world right now. But that would have to wait a little longer; first she had to clean up the state of her current place. Tsunade sighed a little as she began to tidy up.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sect on May 14, 2011, 07:45:22 PM
8:30 A.M., Day 1, Crop Fields Outside of the Human Village

The sun was already high in the air when the farmers collected the last of the winter crops. A small handful of men and women trudged along the rows of crop, pulling beets, cabbage, and onions from their beds and stacking them in wooden carts. Behind them, other farmers began digging into the remnants with spades, grinding up the stems and roots of the plants in order to provide nutrients for the seed that was to be planted that spring. The whole lot of them were tired: they had been up since before the sun fully rose, and they still had work to do even after harvesting the vegetables.

Ahead of them, a man wearing brown pants and a denim jacket kneeled in the dirt, inspecting a recently uprooted carrot while holding a ring bound notebook in his other hand. Satisfied by what he saw, he laid the vegetable down in front of him and opened up the notebook, covered in neatly ordered scrawls. He reached up into the band of his faded blue hat, emblazoned with a white, curvy "A" on the front, pulled out a pencil, and began scribbling into the notebook.

"Hey, Hugh, why did you call me out here?" a voice called out from behind him, feminine yet gruff. The man, Hugh, paused in his writing, then snatched up the carrot, hiding it from the view of the person behind him momentarily.

"Naz, I got a bone to pick with you," he said, tossing the carrot over his head at the girl, short, mouse-eared, and clad in a grey dress. The youkai caught the carrot with her free hand: her other hand were occupied by her iron dowsing rods.

"It's Nazrin, you jerk. And what's this?" she asked, looking at the carrot, obviously chewed on. Hugh straightened up from his crouch, dusting dirt off his knees, and turned fully to Nazrin.

"That right there's evidence that your little mouse buddies decided to snack on our crops," he said, walking up to the youkai, who only came up to his chest. "Jeez, a little commander like you can't keep control of her troops? For shaaaame..."

Nazrin's eyes, once hooded in boredom, were now wide with indignation. "Wh-what?! My friends would never do anything like that! I keep them fed and warm during the winter, and they didn't get into the stores!"

"Is that right? Then explain that big chunk taken out of the carrot." Nazrin flipped the carrot in her hand, to look at the large bit of missing root. Her nervousness began to ebb away, to be replaced by irritation as pieces began to fall into place.

"There's no way they did this, the bite's too fresh. Also, it was a single, large bite that did it, say, a bite from a big, dumb, bearded human..." she explained, giving Hugh a cross look as he scratched at his short red beard.

"Oh? That's a pretty big accusation. Where's your proof, Naz?" Nazrin only gave him a flat stare.

"You still have the piece of carrot in your mouth, dunderhead." Hugh quickly spit the vegetable out, and wiped his lips dry, prompting her to sigh. "Jeez, why do you keep doing stuff like that? It's not fair, accusing my comrades just because they're little."

The human only shrugged as he finished up the notes he was writing. "Because it's funny watching you panic like that," he remarked, ruffling Nazrin's hair and just barely dodging the halfhearted swipe the youkai made with her rods. "Anyways, you're here a bit early: after we finished getting the winter crops out I was going to check out that field over there," he gestured to the north of them, further away from the Human Village, "and see about marking out some boundaries for expanding the field. Would you mind helping me out, keeping an eye out for rocks or stuff underground?"

Nazrin shrugged as she tossed the carrot at Hugh's head, smirking at the satisfying "thunk" it made when it bounced off his hat. "I guess, but won't you guys find that kind of stuff when you dig up the plot?" she asked as Hugh bent down to pick up the carrot and shove it in his jacket pocket.

"Oh, yeah, we'd definitely find them," the human said as he continued down the rows of crops, stopping every now and then to pluck one of the produce out of the ground, inspect it, and set it down in order to write notes. "And then we'd have to fix or replace equipment when we bang up against them like we did two years ago. Might as well go through first and dig it up before we cause more trouble for ourselves." Nazrin's mouth formed an "o" in understanding, and she leaned around him to peek at his notebook.

"So, crops did all right?" Hugh nodded, tapping the notebook with the worn pencil.

"Yeah, almost all the crops did well, thanks to us putting down mulch. The cabbages didn't do so well, because we planted them too soon, but most of them survived. The rest we'll just use as compost. But, we definitely made a killing this winter, so our stores will be just fi-" Shouting interrupted his explanation, and human and youkai turned behind them, where they saw the other farmers crowding around where they kept the wagons full of produce. Nazrin eyebrow was arched, as her ears twitched, much to Hugh's amusement. "Hey, Mickey, what do you hear?"

The youkai gave him a sharp, questioning look. "What is Mick- anyways, seems like something's gotten into the wagons." Hugh opened his mouth to speak. "Not my friends." Hugh deflated, and began to pout, looking utterly ridiculous for a man in his mid-twenties.

"Well, fine then. Let's go see what's going on." He put action to words, and strode to the gathered crowd, Nazrin following quickly with her shorter legs. Hugh and the youkai had to push through the small herd of farmers. "Hey now, what's everyone getting upset over a... few... pests...?" he trailed off, seeing what the farmers were fussing over. Nazrin broke through the crowd just behind him, and stared with wide eyes.

"... Wow, Unzan really let himself go," the mouse youkai couldn't help but say. Hugh grinned slightly.

"My thoughts exactly." The farmers had came out to the fields with five carts to carry produce in: one of the carts was still out in the field, but they had filled the other four already. Now, two of the carts were completely empty and knocked over on its side, and a spherical, pink... thing was busy dumping the contents of another cart into its enormous cavern of a mouth.

Of the final cart, there was no sign.

Hugh, Nazrin, and the farmers stared at the thing as it gorged itself, and Hugh couldn't help but comment, "I don't think that's Unzan. No beard, see?"

"Of all the reasons why it can't be Unzan, it's because of his beard?"

Hugh gestured at his own beard in response. "Well, yeah. I mean, it's his trademark, or something. The epitome of manliness, right up there with Sean Connery or Grizzly Adams or something."

Nazrin scratched her ear. "Well, I was thinking that he was better known for being, well, a cloud or something, but I guess that's true. Plus, that thing's just way too cute to be Unzan." Hugh nodded in agreement.

"Yeah, there's many things Unzan can do, but 'cute''s not one of them. Now that I'm thinking about it, 'eating' is probably another." A farmer tapped the postulating man on the shoulder, and Hugh turned to look at her.

"Er, Mr. Hugh? Aren't you going to do something about it?" Hugh blinked at her, then turned back to the scene.

"Yeah, we should do something, huh? Naz, hop to it!" The mouse youkai whirled around to glare at the human.

"Me?! That thing could eat me in one bite!" The human rolled his eyes.

"It can probably eat any of us in one bite, stop using your tinyness as an excuse. Fine, someone, give me a hoe!" Ignoring Nazrin's sputtered rage, he accepted the farming implement. "Not quite what I was asking for, but it'll do." The human took a dozen steps towards the pink vegetable eater machine, hefting the tool like a javelin. Taking a few short breaths, he snarled as he threw the tool, hitting the thing squarely in the side, forcing it to burp. Hugh blinked as several radishes, cabbages, carrots, a violin bow, and a half dozen folded pieces of paper were coughed up by the pink thing. "Oh, hey, a pinata," he remarked, before the thing turned to glare at him.

Nazrin stood, rooted in place, as Hugh swallowed and began backing up. "I think you just made it mad..." she noted. Hugh laughed woodenly.

"Maybe a bit... hey, we outnumber it, right?" he asked, looking over his shoulder, only to gawk as he realized that the other farmers abandoned them, leaving him and Nazrin alone with the pink terror. "Oh, thanks!" he shouted, and turned back to the puffball, who was glaring at him in adorable fury. Nazrin, behind him, looked from side to side, and made the decision to follow the farmers' suit.

Unfortunately for her, before she could scamper off, Hugh had already tucked her underneath her arm with his notebook and started running through the fields. "H-hey! Let me go!" she cried.

"No can do!" Hugh huffed, other arm pumping and legs pounding against dirt. "Y'know that, huff, story with, huff, the lion chasing, huff, people?" Nazrin thought quickly, remembering the old joke about one of the runner putting on tennis shoes.

"That doesn't make sense!" she shouted, looking back and seeing the pink blob pursuing them in the air. "I'm faster than you!"

"Exactly!"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Gappy on May 14, 2011, 10:37:30 PM
8.30 AM, day 1, outskirts of the human village

"So...pardon me for asking, but just to clarify, Yuki-san...." Byakuren began, looking thoughtful, while munching on a dango they bought from Mokou's stand for breakfast a while back.

"Yes?" Yuki looked up at the magician-cum-shrinemaiden from where she was sitting on Genji, now official mundane human transport.

"....your violin causes indigestion and constipation. Is this due to low fiber content or otherwise?" Byakuren asked, flipping to a new page on her little notepad.

This elicited a facepalm from Alice, a sigh from Kanako, and a giggle from Suwako.

"....err...." Yuki looked towards the others for help.

"Well, it won't make a difference, as when we catch up to it, it WILL suffer some SERIOUS indigestion." Reimu growled.

"You're going to make it eat Alice's cooking?" Mitaka asked. This earned him a charge from Hourai which he narrowly avoided, thanks to reflexes honed through years of surviving day to day life at the shrine. "H-hey, I have a passenger here!"

"No, we're going to feed it something more disgusting." Reimu said.

"Implying Alice's cooking is disgusting to begin with." Suwako giggled.

"Hey!" Alice protested.

"Taka-kun." Reimu said.

"....yes?" Mitaka replied.

"Well, you're its dessert." Reimu said.

"...Oh, that's okay then, nice and healthy." Mitaka said. "....I'm disgusting?"

"High sugar content though, yeps." Suika giggled. "Oniichan's sweet~"

"And disgusting." Alice muttered.

"....why though?" Mitaka asked. "I mean, it's not particularly easy to find shrine janitors in this economic climate."

"Not permanently, silly." Reimu said, sighing. "You're going in to get everything out."

"....and if it doesn't work?" Mitaka raised an eyebrow.

"...." There was a pause. "We'll....think of something else." Reimu said.

"Hey! I don't like that pause! It was a non-committal pause!" Mitaka

"You'll always come out the other end, Niichan, yep." Suika giggled.

"Disgusting." Alice muttered.

"You're the only one who could do it, Taka-kun!" Reimu declared, encouragingly. "And no matter what, we'll come save you!"

"It's all you're good for, Mitaka!" Alice added.

".....y-you guys...." Mitaka shed a few tears. "You....you all....for me....."

"There there, we know...." Suika giggled, patting him on the back.

"You all....think I'm that expendable......" Mitaka sniffled. "I'm...I'm so touched...."

"....Oh, and you're also bad for digestion." Suika threw another in.

"Oh, sure, thanks. Now, in answer to your question, Yes, yes it does, Byakuren-san, and it's mainly down to the material and make. That's why rich people buy Stradivarius violins - they're richer in fiber and better for you too." Mitaka explained.

"I see...." Byakuren noted this down. "Wow, you really do know a lot, Mitaka-dono."

"I try not to flaunt it." Mitaka grinned. This earned him a shove from Alice which sent him flying off Genji and into freefall. "I REGRET NOTHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAaaaaaaaaaaaa-..........!!!"

"You've got to respect him for putting his life on the line for a few lame jokes." Suwako nodded with approval as the doppler effect carried Mitaka's scream further and further away.

"As expected of the Hakurei Shrine's janitor." Kanako nodded with a sideways smirk at Reimu.

"Better than your resident overglorified breast cushion...though I guess it's important to have something to rest those huge watermelons on, lest it cause you trouble in your old...oh, sorry, I forgot, you're already in your old age. My apologies." Reimu replied, nonchalant.

"For the record, they're not tha-...." Vant began, before he was quickly interrupted by Yuki.

"What about Mitaka?" Yuki ventured. "Can he...fly?"

"...." There was a pause as everyone considered this.

"Last time I checked, no." Alice shrugged.

"......" There was a longer pause.

Meanwhile, down below....

"Let me go! I don't have to run fast! I just have to run faster than you!" Nazrin struggled against Hugh's grip.

"Like I'd let you!" Hugh replied, looking over his back and noting the pink balloon's proximity. "Besides, if I let go of you now, you'd only become monster bait!"

Nazrin looked back, considered the truth of this statement, and shouted, "Then run FASTER! That beard's not just for show, right?!"

"There's absolutely no correlation between the awesomeness of one's beard and one's GTFO speed. Only with one's manliness!" Hugh explained in between puffs.

"....so it's useless...." Nazrin sighed. "It's gaining. Think I should start praying?"

"For a miracle to fall out of the sky? Why not?!" Hugh panted.

".........aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA" BAM, something indeed did fall out of the sky, bash the god of plenty smack dab on the head, cause it to regurgitate a huge pie, before bouncing off and landing squarely in said pie. "....AAAaaaaa.....it's custard....why is it always custard? It can be cream, maybe even pear or apple, but it has to be custard...."

"....Oh, hey, Mickey, it worked." Hugh turned around to find the god of plenty bouncing away from the collision, seemingly somewhat phased, leaving behind the human cannonball from the sky with its head stuck in a large custard pie.

"...it did? Oh, I mean, of course it did!" Nazrin said, trying her hardest to peel herself off Hugh, but to no avail. "Still....who is that who answered our prayer? Some fallen god?"

"....or just a poor sod who couldn't pay proper air fare." Hugh shrugged.

"....such mockery....I've reached the human village, haven't I?" A muffled voice from the custard pie sighed.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 15, 2011, 01:00:35 AM
Guest/Jeremy's Bedroom, Yakumo Residence
5:00 AM, Day 1, 1 day before the Great Hakurei Shrine Flower-Viewing Festival, Reitaisai


I'm not a morning person.

Normally, neither is Yukari.

But somehow that didn't stop her from waking me up at the crack of dawn that day with a couple of umbrella jabs to the side.

"Ow. OW! Damnit, I'm up!"

After announcing my consciousness, I rolled off the futon, away from her poking implement, and failed to fight off a yawn as I glared up at her. Fairly tall, long, flowing blonde hair, smiling/smirking down at me with an umbrella in her hand... the usual Yukari, naturally.

Except for the part where she was wearing a deep purple yukata, (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yukata) with abstract flower decorations instead of her usual poofy dress. Come to think of it, the white towel flung over her shoulder wasn't typical, either.

She grinned a little. "I see you like the outfit."

On the upside, her teasing DID tell me I was staring, so I looked away. Am I blushing? Damnit, I'm probably blushing. Bah, salvage what dignity you can...

"It's certainly unexpected." I replied, staring over at the wall. And now that I notice it to use as an excuse, at the desk where my laptop was sitting. Damn old thing can barely run games anymore... but it's still usable, at least.

Yukari giggled a little at my reply. Okay, time to change the topic before she decides to push this further and I start digging myself a hole I can't get out of.

Since I take after Yukari's erratic, night-friendly sleep schedules, there was no window in my room. But I could tell from the ambient light from the sliding door she'd left open that it was early morning. So I looked past Yukari, out the door, and asked the obvious question.

"What time is it?"

"Oh, probably five or so." Yukari answered, resting her parasol on top of the towel on her shoulder. "Need to be up bright and early for Reitaisai!"

I blinked up at her a few times, trying to process that, and yawned again. Damnit, I hate mornings.

Then it hit me. "... wait, Reitaisai? Isn't that the Touhou doujin event?"

The gap youkai chuckled. "Of course it is, Jeremy! But that's what Reimu's been calling her spring flower-viewing festival~"

She smiled down at me and let me do the math on that. I came to two conclusions. I brought up the one I expected a simpler answer (or lack thereof) first:

"Was that your idea?"

"That would be telling~" Yukarin sang back, shifting her pose a little.

Yeah, that's about what I expected. Damnit, Yukari.

"And you woke me up because..." my intended brief pause was lengthened by another unwanted yawn, which ruled out having her interrupt me with the answer - so I finished, "... you want me to go, right?"

A grin. "Fast as usual, Jeremy! Though perhaps I should have told you last night, ne?"

I groaned a bit and sat up on the floor. "Damnit, Yukari."

Well, at least I probably got a few hours' sleep... what was it when I signed off last night? Eleven? Lucky I'd drifted back onto a relatively normal schedule by then. And maybe I should have noticed Yukari turning in early...?

I sighed. Oh, whatever. It's not like I can stop her dragging me along, so...

"Can I at least get dressed?" I asked.

"Do I get to watch?" Yukari countered, a twinkle in her eye.

We had had this exchange many times. Sometimes it manages to retain its humor, sometimes it doesn't. I wasn't sure which it was this time, but my answer remained the same: A level deadpan glare.

After a few seconds, Sukima laughed and shook her head. "Oh, fine, you silly." She raised one finger. "I'll be back in one minute. Make sure you're ready by then~"

I gave her a nod. "Yes ma'am."

Yukari gave me a small wink, a little wave, and stepped sideways into a gap beside her whose appearance I had apparently failed to notice. It quietly slid closed again, and vanished. With any luck, Yukari had actually left the room for me to change.

Which didn't stop me from sighing again. Damn crazy woman. Now to try and find some decent clothes...

-----

Front Porch, Yakumo Residence
5:05 AM, Day 1


At least I wasn't the only one tired this morning. Chen is a somewhat uncommon sight at the Yakumos' place, but damn if her yawning isn't adorable. With or without the little fangs, for that matter.

Fortunately Ran's presence made for a good reminder not to stare at the catgirl. Though those tails of hers seem a little better-groomed than usual... Yukari must have warned her kitsune shikigami, at least. Damnit, Yukari.

And both of them are wearing yukata, too... Chen red, and Ran blue. Fitting. And some decent style choices with Chen keeping her hat and Ran ditching hers... Now I feel a little out of place with that sweater and slacks I threw on... oh well.

"There!" Yukari said, once she was done literally dragging me over to the porch by a forearm, "That should be all of us, then!"

Ran gave me a small nod and her usual polite greeting. "Good morning, Jeremy-san."

Chen waved in my direction and roughly echoed her master with her own "Morning, Jeremy-sam...aaaaaaahhh..."

That last part was actually one of those adorable yawns, interrupting the end of the honorific. Damnit Chen, you're too cute.

But I had my oft-rehearsed answer to use, even if it never seemed to stop them.

"Just Jeremy, please." I requested, calmly, then nodded at the two for my own greeting. "Hey."

Yukari ruffled my hair with a hand, and I... well, cringed away from the touch a bit.

"Always trying to be so modest, aren't we?" she teased.

"Yes." I muttered back.

She chuckled a little, and a soft 'zwuun' hailed the appearance of a fairly large gap floating just above the lawn, surface shimmering with a strange dark blur of red and purple.

"Shall we get going, then?" Yukari said, but didn't wait for an answer, immediately hopping off the porch to float through it.

"Haaaai~" Chen answered, sounding a little sleepy, and stepped off the porch to enter the gap as well.

That left me and Ran. I've done it a few times, but gap-travel still weirded me out a bit. That brief moment of 'empty' running over your body and the weird zero-gravity sensation when jumping right through are kinda disturbing, no matter how you slice it. That and the part where Yukari's dumped me into some less than enjoyable (at the time, at least) scenarios, so I don't think being wary of them is unreasonable.

Ran snapped me out of my hesitation with a polite question. "Would you like any help getting through, Jeremy-san?"

"Huh?" I replied, glancing over. Damnit, must have spaced out for a bit if she was doing that.

... it's close enough to the ground for me to jump through. Just hope I make the landing on the other side.

"Nah, I should be good."

And I was, sort of.

-----

Courtyard, Hakurei Shrine
5:10 AM, Day 1


The top of the Hakurei Shrine's front gate... archway... thing, I forget the name (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Torii), was not my first choice of landing spots. I'm not terrible with heights, but never learning how to fly after arriving in Gensokyo made getting down rather inconvenient. Fortunately, Ran's arrival a moment afterwards rescued me from that readily enough. Though getting carried down was... fairly awkward. No, she's NOT... hugging me. Remember that, Jeremy...

Fortunately, Yukari's conversation in the Hakurei Shrine courtyard served as some distraction. Especially the person she was talking to - not Reimu, not Suika, but... that had to be Ruukoto. Green hair, maid dress, slightly odd eyes... the only real possibility in context. Not who I would have expected... but I guess I never did find out what the fallout of PC-98 actually was in Gensokyo. Pretty clear it happened, though...

Oh great, is Mima going to be at the shrine, too?

Ruukoto seemed to be rather timid under Yukari's interrogation, at least from what I managed to catch of their conversation during our descent. "... very early, Yukari-sama, the main festival is tomorrow..."

I noticed that the gap youkai hesitated just a moment too long before replying, "Well then, I suppose I've set a new record for being early to the festival, haven't I?"

Ruukoto silently bit her lip for a moment, then nodded. "I... I suppose."

Hm. Something's up here.

It was about then that Ran gently placed me on the ground and let go, my weight settling onto my legs once more. She floated a foot or two away and landed, herself.

I glanced over and nodded at her... bowing slightly, I guess. "Thanks."

"You're welcome, Jeremy-san." Ran replied, and turned around. That was abrupt...?

I turned to follow her gaze and saw Chen curled up at the base of one of the shrine-gate-thing's pillars, snoozing contentedly in that dark red yukata. Awww...

Ran sighed a little and started walking over to her shikigami. Er... that means I should probably leave them to themselves, shouldn't I?

Right, let's bother Yukari instead. Even if that's almost as suicidal. Almost. Or maybe I can help peel Ruukoto away...

"Damnit, Yukari."

Or Reimu could interrupt, walking out onto the shrine's porch with a half-eaten onigiri (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Onigiri) in her hand.

"The last thing I needed was an interruption halfway through breakfast while those two lazybones are falling asleep before they reach the table and I still need to take care of the main festival preparations."

Food? Yes, food does sound good. Yukari dragged me out here without breakfast, didn't she?

Fortunately hunger wasn't getting in my way enough to actually SAY any of that, or I might have earned myself some violence. Which would have been bad.

Instead, I simply walked up a few feet alongside Yukari, and a bit behind. She and Ruukoto both turned to face Reimu, as well.

Yukari gave the shrine maiden a cheerful wave, and called back, "Good morning, Reimu dear! I came early this year~"

'This year?' So this is a regular thing?... I guess Yukari didn't insist on dragging me along last year. I guess she's considerate sometimes, at least...

"Yeah, and I know better than to think your arrival is a good sign." Reimu replied, grouchily. She took a bite of her onigiri and glared at Yukari for a moment... then at me. I tensed up a bit as she frowned, staring and chewing for a moment before asking, "Is this the guy who's supposed to be staying at your place?"

"Sounds about right." I quipped. At least she didn't call me her boyfriend or something. My stupid, hormonal fanboy fantasies do not need that sort of encouragement. Damnit, Yuyuko.

Yukari laughed a little and confirmed it as well: "Oh, yes, he is! It's nice to have a human around for entertainment every once in a while, and he does quite a good job at it~" She turned halfway towards me and put a hand to her lips, half-covering a smirk. "Though he gets so nervous when I try to catch him changing..."

Damnit, Yukari. I blushed and tried to focus on Reimu instead of amusing Yukari's smirk, which made it easy to catch the miko rolling her eyes and sighing.

"Whatever." Reimu said, heavily, "Just no funny business with him. You know my job."

The gap youkai dismissed this with a small wave of her hand. "Yes, yes. Don't worry, Jeremy is just fine~"

Reimu frowned at Yukari for a moment, then looked at me. She raised an eyebrow inquisitively, obviously asking me to weigh in.

... while there are a lot of things I could complain about, none of them are overwhelming enough to really rock the boat at this point.

I gave the miko a shrug. "Yeah, I'm treated okay."

"Hmm." Reimu... replied, for lack of a better term. She took another bite of her onigiri and looked at Yukari again. "So why are you here, anyway?"

"To help with preparations, of course!" Yukari replied, cheerfully.

Yeah, I call bullshit on that. What's she up to this time?

Reimu nodded slowly, looking clearly unimpressed. "Uh-huh. 'Help.'"

Sounds like she agrees with my assessment.

"Oh, Reimu dear, that's hardly fair!" the gap youkai said, sounding hurt. "I helped out last year, didn't I?"

Wait, what?

The miko on the porch chewed thoughtfully for a moment, swallowed, and answered, "You just dumped Ran here and had her help."

Ah. That explains it.

"But she did, didn't she~" Yukari sang back.

Reimu put the last of her onigiri in her mouth and chewed for a moment again. "Then why are YOU here this time?"

"To help, of course~"

"With what?"

I could see just enough of Yukari's face to catch the enormous grin she grew before replying, "Testing the hot springs, of course!"

A heavy, telling silence fell over the Hakurei Shrine courtyard as this sunk in.

I lowered my forehead into a palm and tried not to laugh. Damnit, Yukari. That's so you. And I guess it explains the towel, too. Heh.

"Uh, um, Yukari-sama, I don't think..." Ruukoto began to say, apparently recovering first, but she was cut off by a heavy sigh from Reimu.

"Okay. Fine. Whatever. Just don't mess things up." the red-white said, waving Yukari away in annoyance.

"Thank you, Reimu-chan~" Yukari sang, and took to the air, making a quick flight over the shrine and to wherever those hot springs from after Subterranean Animism showed up.

Hm. Now I wonder if she'll run into Genji.

And I know that the back of the shrine is now strictly off-limits to me, because if I ended up peeking, accidentally or otherwise, Yukari would never let me hear the end of it.

Reimu rubbed her forehead for a moment, sighed, and looked at me again, frowning. I took a nervous half-step back as she walked over to me in order to speak more privately.

"You sure you're alright with her?" she asked.

I shrugged. "She can be obnoxious, but it's kinda fun, too."

The miko sighed. "You're a weird one."

"I try."

She shook her head in disbelief. "Well, I hope you're not all the real help she brought this time..."

I jerked a thumb over my shoulder, back towards where I'd last seen Ran and Chen. "I think Ran and Chen are both right over there... er, if you think they'd be willing."

"They'd better be." Reimu said, darkly. "I don't even know how far along things are, Alice's been taking care of the invitations and I've been spending all my time making those two lazybones actually pull their weight..." She trailed off, and sighed.

Two lazybones...? Well, Suika's a shoe-in, but I don't know about the other. Genji? Mima? Who else would be here?

And Alice is here? That's a little odd... I think. I guess I don't really know what's fanon and canon anymore... even at the Yakumos' there's been a weird blend. Hopefully I don't make any stupid mistakes on that front.

Reimu shook me out of my introspection with a rather pointed question. "I don't suppose there's anything useful YOU could do?"

I jumped a little, startled. "Uh... I'm not sure, but I hope we can find something. I'd like some breakfast."

She sighed. "Breakfast. Right." The miko shook her head and said heavily, "I hope you like rice."

"I'll live."

She muttered a little and looked me over, then frowned again. "And I hope you're willing to change out of whatever the hell those are."

... and here I thought Yukari in a yukata was enough of an excuse to get away with casual clothing. Sweater and slacks is Western casual, isn't it?

"I... suppose." I replied, a little uncomfortable with where this was going. "Into what?"

Reimu smirked at me a little. "Well, I do keep a few spare miko uniforms..."

Ah. Crossdressing. Fabulous.

-----

Dining Room, Hakurei Shrine
5:35 AM, Day 1


Okay, not QUITE crossdressing. Before getting breakfast, Reimu insisted on getting me into a reasonably masculine hakama and pants - surprising to find in a Gensokyo shrine. But apparently Armpits was also keeping a few more... male Shinto uniforms around, thanks to her live-in... well, he doesn't seem to be treated affectionately enough to be considered a boyfriend. But he was male, he was staying at the Hakurei Shrine, he was strangely familiar for reasons I wish I knew, he was scrawny, he was apparently the other 'lazybones' Reimu had mentioned, he'd just been dragged out of bed to nurse some tea before cleaning up (a glare from Reimu had cut off his request for having one of the limited number of completed onigiri)...

"Still say you've got to be Yukari's boyfriend. That's what everyone's been saying!"

... and he was somewhat annoying.

"He's the only guy in the house, right?" Suika added, lounging over the table in her somewhat inexplicable miko-miko outfit.

Though it's difficult to say if he's just getting egged on by Suika...

"Yeah, and knowing Yukari..."

... or egging HER on...

I wonder which one's the boke.

"I'm entertainment, not a sex toy." I asserted, gruffly, around a bite of onigiri. Yeah, just rice, but it was pretty good rice. Or maybe I'm just that hungry.

"What kind of entertainment?" Suika asked, smirking.

I sighed. Ran and Chen hadn't come to my defense on the matter, even with their own riceballs to munch on at the table. Well, at least Chen had the courtesy to frown at the two between bites. Mikomiko Alice was silent as well, sipping her tea with her eyes closed... probably trying to drown out the whole conversation. Joy.

Luckily, Reimu came to my rescue by peeking into the room and spotting the two lazybones not even pretending to be finishing their tea as an excuse to avoid work.

"You're done, aren't you?" she asked, sternly, making the two jump.

"Uh, well, we were talking with Yukari's boyfriend..." Suika started, a little nervously. The guy... what was his name, Motoko?... just tried to smile.

"Not boyfriend." I cut in, tersely.

"Whatever he is, he's not as important as getting the courtyard clean for the spring-inviting dance." Reimu growled.

... the what?

I couldn't help it. I turned and gave the genuine miko a perplexed look, stunned by the notion of Reimu dancing.

"Don't give me that look." she told me, coldly.

"Not stepping outside." I replied, turning around again to focus on my riceball.

Armpits muttered something I couldn't hear, sighed, and added, "Alice, get these Yakumos something productive to do."

Alice nodded, still nursing her tea. "Right."

"Not a Yakumo either." I muttered. Cheeks burning. Blushing again. Damnit.

"Maybe get them to help with whatever Byakuren's up to."

That was an unexpected name. I spun around again.

"Byakuren?!"

... did Ran's ears just twitch?... why am I assuming the name is important to her, too? What's going on h--

"Yeah, Byakuren." Reimu went on, giving me a puzzled look. "She's here to help out."

Well yeah, but why...?

"What do you care?"

Oh dear. Delicate question. Choose words carefully. "Uh... well... I... rather respect her philosophy." I explained, cautiously.

Reimu nodded, the interest in her face promptly vanishing. "Right, whatever. Now would you two get the front cleaned, already?"

It took a minute or two for her to chase the drunkard oni and her distinctly male cohort out of the room, leaving us with just Alice, still sipping her tea.

There was an awkward silence as the sounds of Reimu chasing away the lazier shrine residents faded into the distance, and the shikigami and I finished our rice.

Ran pressed her hands together after she finished. "Gochisosama deshita."

Oops. I always forget that bit of etiquette. I mimicked her, rather quietly.

After a moment, Ran broke the relative silence again with a question.

"Alice-san, how should we help prepare for the festival?"

Alice finally opened her eyes, and looked each of us over carefully.

"Can you keep a secret?" she asked.

Maybe for a little while...

-----

Guest Bedroom, Hakurei Shrine
5:50 AM, Day 1


It didn't take very long to figure out why Alice wanted to keep the last-second invitation writing a secret: The day before is really not enough time to respond to, or make arrangements around, an invitation. And since Reimu mentioned that Alice was supposed to be responsible for them and didn't know what Byakuren was doing, well...

Whatever. It'll bite Alice in the ass soon enough. Might as well not make myself the target for retaliation.

Unfortunately, Ran was the only one of us three that had good enough penmanship to make the invitations look as attractive as they should. And she was very fast at it, too. Between her and Byakuren, it was enough to keep both Chen and I folding up finished invitations and carrying nondescript stacks of them over to the front room on a regular basis.

But after a little while, we caught up, and I tried to make some... well, admittedly small talk with Byakuren, to try and touch on a few things that I was curious about. After seeing everyone else at the shrine in miko outfits, I was willing to assume that it was due to some whim of Reimu's, and not worth trying to get an explanation for. There were more important questions to ask, anyway.

Such as why she was here.

"So... Byakuren, right?"

She looked up for a moment and blinked at me. "Hm? Oh, yes." She smiled warmly; between the soothing voice and those first few hints of her personality, she was looking like the motherly sort. I am okay with this.

"I'm surprised, not many humans really know my name." Byakuren continued, looking down again to better focus on her repetitive writing task.

"I'm not especially normal for a human." I countered, "Especially if living with three youkai is any indication."

Byakuren's pen paused. She turned to look at me again, eyebrows raised in surprise. "Really?"

I shrugged. "Being Yukari's plaything isn't a bad existence, really."

"So she treats you well?" the gradient-haired magician asked.

That question again. "Yeah, it's okay. She's mischievous and uh..."

A glance at Ran cut off my impulse response of 'sometimes obnoxious,' so I toned it down a little.

"... can be a pain sometimes, but if you're willing to laugh at yourself a little..."

... well, unless that's Stockholm Syndrome setting in.

... nah, probably not. Still got a fair share of complaints, and I've been careful to squelch any romantic impulses, even at Yukari's suggestion. Especially at Yukari's suggestion. Still...

Byakuren nodded at her paperwork, putting the finishing touches on an invitation and setting it aside for proper folding and sealing. I still really wasn't very good at it, but a little guidance from Byakuren had made it pretty easy. And if our recent timing cycle is any indication, Chen should be returning...

"Stack delivered, Ran-shama!"

... right about now.

This time it was Ran's turn to look up, and give her shikigami a beaming smile. "Thank you, Chen. Why don't you take a break for now, and let Jeremy-san get the next stack."

"Yeah, yeah." I replied. The usual for now. But I still wanted to finish that train of thought with Byakuren... I still didn't know why she was bothering with all this. She had a temple in the human village to run, didn't she?

"Does Yukari seem to care that you're human?" Byakuren asked.

I blinked. Huh, I guess she's curious, too...

"I don't think we make a big deal about it, at least."

Okay, where was I in folding this? Crease...there, fold this way... right?

Byakuren chuckled softly. "So, there are youkai that have learned what I forgot..."

I looked up and blinked at her. "Huh?"

Her pen hesitated. "... I suppose it's something personal. It shouldn't be much of a concern for you..."

... am I willing to take a risk here, and try to push for an explanation?

... yes. Yes I am.

"Is this about the Temple's philosophy about humans and youkai getting along?" I asked.

Byakuren chuckled again. "So, you know about that, too?"

"And for what it's worth, I respect it deeply." And I was dead serious about that.

Her pen paused again.

"... I truly wish there were more humans like you at the village." She said, wistfully.

... maybe I went a little far.

"It's so difficult to convince them to give youkai a chance, even with all we do at the village..." she sighed. "I just hope that helping them come to enjoy this flower-viewing festival will help them understand..."

Ah... that would explain why she's here. Makes an awful lot of sense, really... she'd have a harder time convincing humans as a youkai, wouldn't she? Even if she once was human...

"Byakuren-dono." Ran said, calmly.

... why did she use that honorific? I know she tends to be a little formal, but... there was something about -dodo that meant more, somehow. And why do I find it significant? I feel like I'm forgetting something, but I can't put my finger on it... maybe the two have some sort of history?

Well, with Ran involved, I'm not about to pry further. For my health, you see.

"Ah, yes, yes." Byakuren said, her voice growing even again. "We're not here to reminisce, are we? These invitations won't write themselves, after all."

"Or fold." Ran added, a little pointedly.

Whoops...

-----

Living Room, Hakurei Shrine
6:15 AM, Day 1


I ended up taking the last stack of invitations into the corner of the shrine's front room. And OCDly trying to organize them into easily managed, evenly sized towers, just right for carrying an armful. Chen's staring at my unnecessary fiddling made me a little uncomfortable, but I couldn't really do anything about it. Ran and Byakuren were talking quietly in another corner of the room, though I couldn't catch any of the details... it sounded amicable enough, though. Good that those two get along. Two of my favor--

No, oh god no, stop thinking like that. This isn't an internet fandom anymore! I can't do that sort of shit!

I smacked the side of my head with a palm. Bad thoughts! Out!

"Is something wrong, Jeremy-sama?" Chen asked, curiously.

I glanced over at her and blinked. "Uh... not really. Just stupid fanboy stuff."

"Ohh..." Chen nodded, and left it at that.

"Well, I should let Mitaka-dono know that the invitations are done." Byakuren finally announced, sounding rather cheerful. Guess she did enjoy that talk with Ran, though I'm a little curious about what it was about.

I turned, and caught the youkai magician smiling over at Chen and I, bowing reasonably low to both of us. "Thank you, Chen-san, Jeremy-san."

She faced Ran again, and gave her a bow as well. "And Ran-san. You were all a great help."

"No problem." I replied.

"You're welcome, Byakuren-san!" Chen added, with an enthusiastic wave.

Ran was more formal, as usual, and gave Byakuren a proper bow - at least as low as the one the magician had given her. "It was a pleasure, Byakuren-dono. Shall I prepare some tea?"

Byakuren laughed lightly. "Oh, yes, that would be very nice. Thank you again, Ran-san."

The kitsune smiled and gave her another, smaller bow, then backed towards one of the other exits from the shrine's main room. Probably the kitchen - with Yukari's shenanigans I suspect she has some knowledge of the shrine's layout. Convenient, isn't it?

"I'll help!" Chen chirped, and rushed after her, skirting around Byakuren en route to the door Ran had used.

Byakuren chuckled a little at Chen's behavior, and gave me another small smile. "Even youkai can be children, it seems. If you'll excuse me..."

I nodded, and she headed out to the main porch to announce the results to the shrine members outside.

... so now what do I do?

Lounge about, I guess.

Oh yes, getting off my feet and flopping down against the wall next to those invitations was a definite relief. Ahhhhh... yes, that was worth a contented sigh.

... wonder where Alice is, and when her invitation negligence is going to get discovered. I'd rather not be there to see it, but the event would probably be morbidly amusing. Hopefully it won't dash Byakuren's hopes, either...

I closed my eyes, mind wandering. Oh... now I'm all tired again. Maybe I can doze off for a few minutes... mmm, were those footsteps? Ugh, don't feel like messing with it right now...

"KYAAAAAH!"

What the-?!

Wasn't that from the kitchen?

That means Ran and Chen--

My train of thought was interrupted by an oversized Kirby abruptly poofing through the door to the kitchen, and belching.

The fuck?

... wait, that isn't a Kirby. It's too fluffy, and the mouth and eyes aren't quite the right shape, and I don't see any arms or legs...

... and it seems to be staring right at me. And it still looks hungry.

Oh dear.

"HELP!" I cried, scooting backwards on my rump, silently praying that the main shrinegoers outside would be able and willing to save my ass, and that I'd live long enough for them to try.

Luckily, the... fluffy... pink... Kirby... thing made a beeline for less mobile 'food,' in the form of the stack of invitations that were off to my side. Damnit, we worked hard on those!

But they're not worth my hide. I managed to scramble into one of the other doors leading further into the shrine, and hid around the corner, hoping that it would lose interest in me.

It seemed to, fortunately, and instead zipped over to the front doors of the shrine with incredible speed, ramming straight through the front doors and... into Reimu's donation box, launching it into the air.

This thing is so dead it isn't even funny.

I stuck to my hiding spot and watched for a bit as Reimu caught her precious donation box, the sakura trees around the shrine spontaneously burst into full bloom, and the Kirby-like 'god of plenty' was threatened at gohei-point to provide some sort of abundant feast.

It was clearly frightened by the (metaphorical) oni miko, but apparently decided it was better to smack her boytoy into the dirt and take off into the skies like a rocket.

God damn that thing is fast. It'd probably give Aya a run for her money. Not that I've seen her in action in order to compare, mind, but jesus.

Reimu roared after the rampaging god, others from the shrine chiming in on things other than money that it had interfered with. Including a less familiar voice from the kitchen - must have been those footsteps I heard. And... was that a whimper? I think something other than food got hurt in there...

A rather frazzled Alice walked out of the kitchen, obviously alarmed by whatever had happened in there. She saw me peeking out from behind one of the other doors in the shrine's front room, and scowled.

"You didn't even try to stop it, did you?" she asked, grouchily.

"And you?" I snapped back.

... fuck that was a bad thing to say no change topic NOW

"Sorry, I'm not exactly danmaku-capable."

She snorted, and turned her glare away. Phew, dodged a bullet there.

"Wonderful. And now there's another thing to add to that mini-incident list Reimu mentioned."

"Er, what?"

She frowned at me again. Eep. Stop shooting your mouth off, Jer, or you'll shoot yourself in the foot soon enough...

The dollmaker shook her head. "Something about weird little things that Aya told her about and she's got a hunch about... I think she was planning to explain once the festival got underway, since she doesn't want to repeat it a dozen times. So she didn't tell us what the deal is, but apparently it's nothing Incident-level..." She looked out the broken front doors of the shrine, and into the sky beyond, where Fluffball God Kirby was surely running amok. "... unlike this, I suppose."

"Ah."

Alice continued peering out the broken doors. "And I see Mitaka's already strapped down for the chase... I suppose I should join them." She grinned cruelly, and raised the grimoire in her arm.

"Um... ganbatte." I offered. No, I do not want to go chasing that thing. And come to think of it, I need to make sure Ran and Chen are okay...

Alice turned to smirk at me, in a... more sinister fashion than Yukari generally gave me. Made the hair on the back of my neck stand up...

"Not going to come along?" she asked, dark mocking in her voice.

This girl can be scary.

"I've already proven that I'm useless for something like that." I tried to explain.

Much to my relief, she seemed to buy it, smirk vanishing into indifference. "Hmph. Well, make sure Yukari and her pets don't make a mess. I suppose you should check on them as well..."

Well, I'm not about to go see if Yukari's alright on my own. She MUST have heard what's going on, one way or another... and she must have watched it through some stealth gap after that scream, right? She's not about to let herself get hurt, either...

But I AM worried about the shikigami, Alice's insulting referral aside.

I gave her a nod, and repeated my only real advice on the matter. "Ganbatte."

"Hmph." Alice dismissed the encouragement with a flick of her hair, and silently took to the air, dashing out the broken doors at roughly running speed, following a small squadron of other specks fading in the open sky... was one of them turtle-shaped?

... ah. Genji. That must be what Mito... Mati... what's-his-face got strapped on to.

Deodorant. That's his name.

... wait, why am I so convinced of that?

Fuck, whatever, the shikigami are waiting!

-----

Kitchen, Hakurei Shrine
6:30 AM, Day 1


The shrine's kitchen was not in pretty shape.

Which is rather an understatement, considering that the remains of the pantry were limited to a few stray planks of wood the... Kirby F.O.E., yes, that's the perfect name... had apparently failed to eat during its sweep of the kitchen.

Not much remained of the non-food stuff, either. If that means it can eat knives, then we may be in for trouble...

More importantly, Ran and Chen were huddling in the far corner of the room, among the remains of a simple stove that had mostly fallen victim to The Hunger.

"Ran? Chen?" I called out, looking them over. Neither of them looked hurt, at a glance, but something didn't seem quite right... and even if Chen curling up in Ran's lap is normally benign and cute, the nekomata's choice of the fetal position in her master's arms and the wide-eyed shock on her face were worrisome.

Ran looked up from, I presume, comforting her shikigami for whatever had happened, and looked me in the eye, still looking a little frazzled herself. Those tails weren't nearly as tidy as they'd been earlier.

"Ah, Jeremy-san. You're alright." Ran said, in a rather neutral tone, all things considered.

"It went for the invitations instead." I supplied, though I suppose the detail was ultimately irrelevant. "Sorry I took so long..."

"An... and it ate the invitations too..." Chen whimpered, nuzzling up against Ran a little more.

If it weren't for realizing that she'd been crying, I'd have found it very cute. But as it stands it was... not encouraging.

... yeah, this warrants crouching down closer to them. Yes, even if it risks Ran's wrath. I don't like seeing a girl cry without trying to help somehow.

"Chen." I said, quietly, "What happened?"

Ran cut in crossly. "Can't you see? That thing ate half the room and ran off!"

Okay, playing with fire here. Um... how to do this...

"Well, I... think there... might be something more specific?" I provided, lamely.

Shit. This wasn't going to reflect well.

Ran just glared at me, but after a few seconds Chen spoke up again, in a small voice.

"...hat..."

"Hat?"

"... it ate my hat... my favorite hat...!"

And with that, Chen started to tear up again.

Right. Kirby F.O.E. just earned a few more hells to pay.

... now if only I could actually help with that.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on May 15, 2011, 04:32:12 AM
0700AM, Amarillo's Hut near the Forest of Magic

"Something Wrong?" Amarillo don't to see the fairy who just flied in from her window to know something like that.
After all, doorways is supposed to be used regularly.
"Lily...Black?" However the visitor's identity makes her surprised.
"No, nothing is wrong, just want to surprise you." Lily Black lands beside her desk.
"Hmm, let me guess, you are wanting me to go to the Festival again?" Amarillo sighed, "a lot of fairies just forget I helped the preparations of it. It's just today is not the time it opened."
"Well we may be forgetful, but yeah TODAY is the day the festival started." Lily Black flashes out a sheet of paper.
It's the news that Aya had wrote.

-40 Seconds of Slience-

"How Did I forget that?!" Amarillo bounce up from her chair.
"Well, you see, sometimes my sister like you because you are similar to our kind. Heh."Lily Black just followed her out of the door.
"Oh cut the unfriendly comments, will you?" As they starting walking to the Hakurei Shrine, Amarillo added.
"Said of "Sister", " As they went across the Human Village and greet the townspeople, "Where is your sister now?"
"Don't know, never saw her this morning, maybe she just remembers better than you and actually is on the festival scene." replied Lily Black, "Why don't you just look for her using Telepathy?"
"Oh you don't want to use Telepathy on everything, you know." Amarillo slightly walks faster, as if wanting to avoid that topic.
"Hmm, I get it, make sure you drink some sake there, since I read from the tengus that drinking sake helps with ability activation." It works on Lily Black, since she really don't have a clue as what she just suggested.

0730, Human Village[/b]

And then the two's conversion get stopped as the sister they just discussed is flying towards them in a high speed.
"Something is Wrong!" as Lily White claims something unnatural has shown up in the Hakurei Shrine and messed up the final preparation.
"Ok, you, calm down a bit." as Amarillo listens to what Lily is saying.

"So there is this dark-looking, thing, or whatever that is eating everything and is roaming around?" Asked Amarillo after Lily finish her sentences.
"Yes."

then they heard a whoosh sound, and look upwards.
Here it is, the unidentified dark object that they cannot even describe its color appears, roams across the morning sky, leave a trail of black marks as it went by, and triumphantly disappears from their lines of view.

"终于……开始了啊……异变什么的……"As Amarillo mutters in a language the fairies tried to understand, they saw a group of other people running towards it.
"追!, er, I mean, go pursuit!" As Amarillo finish her sentence, the three of them joins the chase as well.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 15, 2011, 07:26:52 AM
9:20 AM - Day 1 - Residential Clearing - Human Village

Ken gazed around at the mess the 'god of plenty' had left. He was confused as to why there were several concentrated messes of food and various items strewn throughout the village as far as he could see, including more of the invitations similar to what Keine had shown him. Earlier he almost stepped in a large pool of what resembled pudding, just outside his door. Here and there, the ground was littered with food of all kinds.

"Uhhhh!! Ah!"

He turned to see Reisa...who was now coated in what looked like chocolate pudding. "Eh--Reisa? Are..." He held back a laugh. "Mmm...are you all right?" he said as he ran over to her.

The fairy sat up, her whole body covered. "Yes...that was really stupid of me..." she mumbled, pointing to a large object sticking up from the mess. "I tried to pick up this really big piece of watermelon..."

"Ha...wait, what were you doing trying to pick that up?" Ken grinned at the situation, circumnavigated the pudding pile and leaned down, carefully picking up the watermelon half.

"Bleh! Pluh!" She spit some pudding out of her mouth, not knowing where it had come from. "It was so heavy, but I thought I could lift it if I stayed on the ground..."

"Why did you try to pick it up in the first place, silly? Oh well, what's done is done, I guess." It seemed larger than any other watermelon he'd seen before. "Well, this thing is pretty darn big. I bet that huge floating creature...that 'god of plenty' dropped it, you think?"

"Yes...but how about putting that thing down and helping me out!" she whined. "My poor wings...hey, c'mon!"

"Yeah, all right." He lowered his hands down, only to have the pudding-covered watermelon half slip out of his hands and fall to the ground. Looking back up at her, he noticed that even her wings had pudding on them. "Ah...oh well. Here, hold my hands, I'll pull you up." He reached out to her she immediately took his hands. Looking down, he first made sure he wasn't standing in something slippery as he proceeded to help her to her feet.

Reisa groaned, trying to flap her wings and failing to rid them of the sticky pudding. "Help!"

Ken closed his eyes and focused, muttering a short spell chant as water formed in the palms of his hands. He reopened his eyes and held his hands out in front of her. "I hope this is enough. Reisa, close your eyes!"

"Huh? Wait, what are you--AHHH!" She was suddenly subjected to a brief shower of water, washing away almost all of the pudding on her but drenching her clothes. "C-Cold! Ahh~!"

He sighed as the downpour cleaned her up. "Sorry...I guess I still need practice. I tried to make it not be cold, I swear!" He watched dejectedly as the water in his hands evaporated. Oh well, that's what I get for trying to use a spell I only recently learned, he thought. At least I can reliably cast a decent earth and wind spell.

All this studying had only slightly paid off for him. He had practiced swordplay for several years now and even Keine was impressed with his progress, but learning magic made his head hurt all too often. It frustrated him that he wasn't doing as well as he hoped he could do. "It looks like I failed to finish the job, too. I guess I have to keep practicing, huh..."

Shivering slightly, she opened her eyes when the water stopped running over her and looked back. Her clothes were soaked, but at least she was relatively clean. "T-Thanks anyway, Kenno..." She succeeded in fluttering her wings, water droplets spewing every which way as she took flight once more.

He disregarded her use of the nickname again. "Oh, I bet you want to be dry again. I could--"

Reisa shook her head from side to side, her long purple hair sending a tiny bombardment of water drops flying through the air. "No, that's okay! I can dry quickly in the sun~" The fairy flew over to a nearby patch of grass and flopped down, rolling around several times.

"Okay then, if you say so..." He hoped she wasn't afraid of his magic now. Ah well, I can't let it get to me, he thought to himself.

"Kenno~ Come sit here, let's talk while I dry out!"

Ken strode over to a dry patch of grass and sat down near her. "I'm trying to figure out what all of this mess is for..."

She looked at him, already noticing his disappointment. "Kenno...don't feel so bad. Magic is really hard to learn. Really!"

"No, I--"

"Don't lie! I can tell you're lying, you always look around everywhere...like that!" She pointed at him from her lying position, wearing an unsatisfied look on her face.

He sighed again, turning his head to face her. "Yeah...you're right, I am really disappointed. I mean, I have a few spells down, but I really want to learn all I can. I don't know when I'll ever get such a good opportunity to become useful and pay back Miss Keine for everything she's done for me. And you too, Reisa..."

She fluttered her wings faster in acknowledgment, blushing slightly. "Aww, c'mon...I don't do much, just what Lady Patchouli asked me to do..." She decided to put the focus back on him. "But y'know, it's hard, so you should keep at it!"

"Yeah, I can't disagree with you on that. It's just like programming on a computer, back when I...well, I won't talk about that right now."

Reisa frowned. "Why not? I never got the chance to hear about this 'other world' you came from. I wanna know! Tell me, tell me!"

He chuckled at her antics. She'll learn someday, he thought. One of these days I'll finally get around to telling her.

"Hey, what's wrong? Do you not trust me?" She put on a pouting face, trying to get him to tell her what she wanted to hear.

"No, Miss Keine has returned." He pointed towards the teacher's approaching figure. "And she has something in her hands. Wait, is that--" His eyes fell on two plates in her hand, and his expression turned to mock horror. "That's...no way..."

The teacher smiled. "Yes Ken, it's exactly what you think it is. Somehow, the 'god of plenty' left quite a few gifts for us, including whole cakes..."

Reisa burst out with a laugh. "HA! Cake? Really?! Hee, that's funny~ This whole place is turning into a dessert!"

"Cake..." He took a plate she offered to him. "Wait a minute...what kind of creature floats around spitting up desserts? WHOLE desserts, at that..."

Keine sat down and held out a fork to each of them. "Most of the Village is as surprised as you are. This 'god of plenty' has intrigued me, as well..."

Reisa reached out for a fork. "Wait...are you saying you want to follow that big thing?"

"I'm more concerned with what that 'god of plenty' is doing with so much food, and with those invitations..." Ken took a bite of the cake slice on his plate. "This is pretty good, by the way."

The teacher paused to swallow the cake in her mouth before speaking. "It is. And yes, Reisa, I want to see what that thing is up to. Interested in tagging along?"

"Yeah, it'll be fun! A lot more fun than being buried in pudding..."

Ken closed his eyes, glad that she was letting his lack of magical prowess drop. It was probably her own way of cheering him up. "If you wouldn't mind, I would like to check it out as well. Is this fine, Miss Keine?"

She nodded in approval. "Yes, I was going to ask you anyway. Most of the Village inhabitants are already cleaning up the mess. They're having quite a good time with it, since, you know, cake and other things..."

After a bit of silence with the three of them eating the surprisingly tasty cake, he stood up and started walking towards his house. "I'll go get my sword then, just in case."

Suddenly, a flying piece of cake struck the back of his neck. "Wha-?!" He whirled around to see the fairy doubled over with laughter. "You...!"

Reisa paused to stick out her tongue at him. "Ahahaha~ Kenno, that's for drenching me earlier!" She quickly got up and flew around him, avoiding him as he slipped on a bit of pudding.

"Guagh! Darn you, come back here!" He got to his feet and took off after her, his clothes covered in pudding on the side he fell on.

Giggling at their sudden antics, Keine yelled to them as they ran towards his house. "Make sure to clean up and meet me soon! We're heading out in half an hour!"

I'm glad he feels comfortable with Reisa, she thought. This is the first time I've seen him so comfortable here. Now, I wonder where that 'god of plenty' is...


(OOC: At this point, Ken, Reisa and Keine will head out at approximately 10:00 AM to try to find the 'god of plenty'. I did not give an actual location for the god of plenty at this time because I wanted to leave its location up to others. At any time from 9:00 AM onward, the 'god of plenty' can be somewhere else besides the Human Village, it's up to the other posters. UPDATE: Based on the intentions of others, it seems like it's heading towards the Scarlet Devil Mansion next. That's where Keine, Reisa and Ken will be headed.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Janitor Morgan on May 15, 2011, 09:36:08 PM
8:00 AM, Day 1, Entrance to Chireiden

The mouth of the cave leading to Former Hell, dark and intimidating, was a stark contrast to the cheerful spring atmosphere that surrounded it.  The spot of forest in the vicinity was decorated with several different types of flowers, creating a colorful and vibrant view, whereas the cave entrance was adorned with a lone spiderweb, the message "SHOP AT KOURINDOU" etched into its design.  For outsiders looking in, it was a rather dreary change of scenery.

For those exiting the cave, however, the change was very pleasing to the eye, as evidenced by a certain red-haired kasha's reaction as she pushed her wheelbarrow into the sun.  Most of her time was spent carting corpses to fuel the fires underground, so being able to step out of the dank environment was a refreshing change of pace.  Despite this, she had to squint a bit to keep from being blinded by the sun; she was not used to the amount of natural light outside.

"...man, it's bright out here today.  I remember it being darker the last time I came to the surface, though I suppose it's because it was wintertime," said the kasha, rubbing her eyes.  "And something tells me I should find a lighter-colored dress for any future trips up here..."

"Yeah, dark colors absorb more light, and thus more heat," replied a brown-haired human coming up behind her; he squinted a bit as well, but did not have as much difficulty adjusting.  "Though don't you spend a lot of time around fire anyway, Orin?  I'd think you'd be used to that kind of heat, and this is nothing compared to the area around Okuu's reactor."

Orin nodded, allowing her eyes to focus a bit.  "That's true, yeah.  Still, it'll take a bit of getting used to; new environment and all.  I suppose you're more accustomed to it because you're always running around up here?"

"More the fact that I was raised in the outside world, where this environment is standard," said the human.  "The errand-running does help me stay accustomed, but it's not the only reason."

"Ah, that's right.  It's good to have someone at the palace who can adjust to the surface, I suppose!  ...ah, but we're getting sidetracked.  Roark, tell me what we're going to the human village to buy again?"

"Lemme check the list," said Roark as he pulled out a sheet of paper from the small bag hanging from his belt.  He began reading off the list, which consisted mostly of edible commodities that weren't produced in the Ancient City, such as various farm products and certain types of fish.  Also on the list were a few books that Satori had heard about from Iku Nagae and Tenshi Hinanai's visit a while back; the literature in the Ancient City was rather limited, so she rather enjoyed the opportunity to read something new.

As Roark finished, Orin grinned. "I can see why you asked for my help, then; that's a lot of stuff to carry.  Should be easy enough with the wheelbarrow, thou--"

"HEY!  YOU TWO!" interrupted a voice from above.  Orin tried to look up, but was only blinded more by the sun.  Roark didn't fare much better when he shifted his gaze, but could make out the outline of a certain blue-haired celestial rapidly approaching them.  She landed in front of the human and kasha, and was evidently very excited about something, judging by the look of mixed amusement and urgency on her face.

"Hey, Tenshi," greeted Roark, slightly surprised that she hadn't immediately taken to picking on him like she had the last time they'd met.  "What's got you all riled up?"

"Well, I was looking for someplace to mess around, since I was really bored today," started Tenshi, not even pausing to catch her breath, "when I saw this huge fluffy pink thing running through the Forest of Magic!  It was eating pretty much everything it came across, and a bunch of people were trying to catch it, including both resident shrine maidens!  Plus it was dropping food wherever it went!  If it can attract the attention of both shrines AND drop free food like that, it's got to be worth a fortune!"

Wheels immediately began turning in Orin's head as the celestial said this. "...hmm...Roark, I think we may have found a way to make this errand more interesting."

"Huh? ...wait a minute," said Roark, quickly becoming concerned.  "Are you saying we're going to try to fight this thing?  What if it eats us?!"

"Then we'll just smack it from the inside until it spits us out," said Tenshi matter-of-factly.

"Right!  Plus, if we can manage to beat it, given all the food it's dropping, we'll have the first part of our errand taken care of for...well, months!  I say lead the way, sis!" exclaimed Orin, clearly very interested in the current chain of events.

Roark opened his mouth to object, but realized he was outnumbered and sighed instead.  "Okay, okay, we'll go after it.  Tenshi, where is it right now?" he asked, climbing into Orin's wheelbarrow since he had no flying ability.

The celestial ascended into the air from whence she had come, looking at gaps in the forest canopy to see if the puffball had moved on.  "...Looks like it's leaving the forest now.  Let's get after it!" she exclaimed, making a beeline for its position.  Orin followed suit, lifting the Roark-laden wheelbarrow into the air and chasing after the celestial, trying to make sure she didn't pull out of view.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 16, 2011, 01:43:41 AM
Posted on Trance's (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php?action=profile;u=24) behalf

The Cottage on the Hill on the outskirts. 0630. Day 1.
In between the Forest and the Human Village.

Hirowaza, Meira and VIVIT had returned to their little cottage on the hill after the spar, to eat some breakfast. VIVIT was busy preparing something on the mini-range that she helped Hirowaza build from rudimentary materials, it was a wonder it even managed to work right now, because at first glance it's definitely something that didn't look like it'd work properly. Today, VIVIT made some small pancakes with the range. Meira looked at the robot curiously while Hirowaza smiled and wondered if VIVIT knew how to make waffles. Mmm, waffles. Anyway, Hirowaza and Meira were discussing some matters regarding the festival. They did not really want to directly get involved with the so-called god of plenty, if it even properly existed. Hirowaza had already prepared a special set of trinkets and wooden weaponry for the festival, which were lying on a pile right by his futon. Meira tilted her head. "You made all those?" she asked inquisitively. Hirowaza nodded. "I'm going to try and sell them over at the Human Village." Meira nodded. "You think you can do that?"

"I hope so." Hirowaza said bluntly.

"Well, then let us get going after we eat breakfast?" Meira exclaimed, wolfing down the pancake on her stone plate thing. Hirowaza had just finished his as well, he was quite hungry after the sparring. As for VIVIT, well, she just ended up drinking some strange sort of liquid right by the mini-range. Afterwards, Hirowaza was quickly washing these dishes and such, while VIVIT had lugged out the wheelbarrow with which to store all the trinkets and such in. Meira wanted to hold the wooden naginata, so she did. After Hirowaza was done, he held the wheelbarrow, thanking VIVIT for helping out.

"Well, we're moving out." Hirowaza said softly.

Nearby a market in the village. 0740. Day 1.
In the Human Village.

Hirowaza would always set up shop right by wherever the market would be at the time of assembly in the human village, and with the festival mood in the air, it was in quite an obvious place. Hirowaza was carrying most of the parts needed to assemble the stall in a home-made pack he was carrying on his back, and was sweating madly by the time he got there - after all, he was wearing autumnal/winter gear during such a time. He quickly assembled the stall and asked the trinkets from VIVIT who was now manning the wheelbarrow, and soon placed the good luck charm bracelets and statuettes on the table, and hung the wooden swords, knives and such behind him. He took the wooden naginata off of Meira's hands after she played around with it and planted it firmly on the ground next to the stall. He then sat behind the table like a shopkeeper and sat on the ground.

"Well, I sure do hope I make more money today." Hirowaza said to himself.

VIVIT looked up at the sky curiously.

"Do you think that god of plenty will come? You think anything will happen?" the robot asked curiously.

"By ye goddesses, I'd certainly hope not!" Hirowaza sighed.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on May 16, 2011, 02:34:38 AM
7:30 AM, Day 1, Middle of the Human Village

Mrf... I didn't sleep so well last night. Wodan sat up, only to realize he had fallen out of his bed last night. No wonder why his shoulders were so stiff. The sun's light creeping through the window's opening straight on his face, the morning breeze entering the cottage from the small gaps on the shoddily built wall... yes, it was time to wake up.

This day would soon prove to be busy, too. Not too son after Wodan ended the regular cleaning around his cottage and himself, someone knocked at his door.

"Ah... It's kinda early for you to be up, isn't it?" Wodan's expression quickly became easygoing. Not that kind of easygoing, mind you.

The small girl standing in front of Wodan's door was smiling brightly. She was evidently proud on being so early, somehow.

"Well, we need to get things ready for tomorrow's festival!" The young girl was Aiko, the only daughter of one of the families on the village. Lil' Aiko was always curious about Wodan's odd jobs and his past, so they quickly became good friends.

"That's right... your parents got to do the desserts this time, no? I'm definitively looking forward their creations." Due to being Aiko's friend, Wodan got to taste some of their very delicious treats.

"Eheh, that's why I woke up so early! I wanted to help them too, but first I thought I'd ask you what would you do for the festival!"

"Eh... I don't have anything to contribute myself." Wodan shrugged. "I guess I'll help people around with moving heavier stuff like I always do."

Surprisingly, Aiko didn't take it too well. "But you should have some secret talent that you can show the world! Impress them with your inner strength!"

"Inner strength... I'd need something that's not from this world to show it. Besides, it wouldn't be a good idea to show it around if it's so foreign, don't you think?"

Aiko was clearly confused. "Uh, I don't get it... but you know about it so I guess you're right!"

Wodan pats Aiko's head, smiling at her. " You should get going, your parents are going to need all the help they can have!"

"Sure! See you later, then!" The young girl went off running to her home, that wasn't too far away.

"Hm... I'll go to the market. Surely someone will need my help there!"

7:50 AM, Day 1, Village Market

"Lots of stands put up early... Maybe I was wrong?"

Since the festival would be tomorrow, a lot of people put up their stands way earlier than normal. Some stands were newish, even.

Still someone would need some help, right? There's always someone that needs help. Wodan started wandering around, until something caught his attention.

"Is that a goddamn SWORD SELLING POST!?" His mind was filled with the thoughts of finally having a sword, even if wooden. Gathering a bunch of cash he always brought with him, he approached the stand.

"So I see you're selling wooden swords, huh?"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yuyuko Yakumo on May 16, 2011, 05:04:40 AM
8:45 AM, Somewhere near the Human Village

"Nii-chan..." Suika chuckled. She flew quickly down to where Mitaka fell, leaving a gust of wind behind her.

Reimu and the others paused in midair, heard a distant *squish* followed by a *splat*, and sighed. A few seconds of awkward silence passed. "H-Hey, shouldn't we go get him or something?" Yuki asked nervously.

"He'll be fine," Alice retorted.

"But--" Yuki was cut off in the middle of her protest by Kanako.

"I see why you've taken the boy under your wing, Hakurei-san. You just needed somebody lazier than you to make yourself seem active. Quite an impressive move under your part," Kanako said in obvious sarcasm.

"You're one to speak," Reimu responded. "What about your guest? I'm guessing he does all of the work around your shrine as you order him around while you relax and sip sake?"

"If anything, I've at least taught him to be a bit more respectful of his elders. " Kanako said with growing contempt. "Where do you think Mitaka's terrible attitude comes from? Obviously this ignorant little shrine maiden here."

"If you're looking for a fight, don't forget I've beaten you once, and I can do so again. Even if you are a god, I could--"

"Reimu!" Genji snapped. Everyone but the shrine maiden flinched, because they hadn't heard Genji at all during this journey. His deep voice was certainly a huge difference in pitch from the girls' high voices (except for maybe Kanako's). "Now is not the time to be bickering. You too," Genji glared at Kanako; she scowled and turned her face away to avoid his look.

Another set of awkward seconds ensued. These were apparently going to be a habit with this group. "Yuki-san," Byakuren spoke out against the silence.

"Yeah, Byakuren-chan?" Yuki always ended with the familiar honorific, no matter who she was talking to.

"About the Stri... Stre... Strum... Suterivadius," Byakuren stammered.

"Stradivarius," Yuki corrected.

"Yes, the Stradivarius. What kind of wood is it made out of?"

"Why? Do you want to have one for yourself?"

"I certainly would like to try one. It seems healthy and delicious. I'd also like the recipe for it."

"Violins, much less the Stradivarius, are not meant for consumption," Lunasa corrected dryly.

"Didn't Mitaka-san say that they are high in fiber? I might need some of that," Byakuren said.

Yuki giggled. "No, you see, violins are a kind of instrument. You play them to make beautiful sounds. Eating them would be like saying you want to take a bite out of paper even though they're clearly used for writing." She put her hands on her hips, proud of her explanation.

"I... see..." Byakuren said, though she, and clearly no one else, did.

During this conversation, Suwako whispered to Vant, "You do know that they're talking about you."

"Ah, let them," Vant responded. "Genji's already solved the problem. Worst comes to worst, they'll just start bickering again. But knowing them, I doubt any real violence would occur. Not now at least."

"Well, I'll let you know if we need to start dodging bullets," Suwako said. She took a peek down to where Suika disappeared to. "Hey," Suwako spoke out to the rest of airborne group. "Are we going to find the giant balloon of desserts or are we going to pick up Mitaka?"

Reimu gave a loud sigh. "We'll go back for him. After all, we need him for our god-feeding plan." Everyone seemed to agree. Simultaneously, they flew down to head back for Mitaka. As they grew closer, they spotted him next to Suika, who was rubbing off traces of what appeared to be a pie, another human, and a tall gray mouse.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: 日巫子 on May 17, 2011, 07:13:05 PM
10:00AM, Day 1, Human Village

?I told you you didn?t know where you were going."

?shutupshutupshutup.?

Kasen could only sigh as the two continued to stroll along.  Himiko's idea of running down the mountain to catch up with whatever had been flying only ended in her running out of breath after three minutes and being forced to walk the rest of the way down with Kasen.  This took much longer than anticipated, and they saw nothing flying in the sky anymore.  Both girls were beginning to think that they were probably just overreacting over a few birds.  Himiko, in particular, could be heard grumbling if Kasen listened closely enough.

Of course, she stopped paying attention when they neared a familiar sight.

"It's the Human Village."  Himiko blinked as she gazed ahead at the houses and fields.  She came down here to buy groceries before, but...

"I wonder what they're going to do to celebrate the coming of spring?" Kasen wondered as the two walked past.  "Maybe they'll go to the fl--"

squelch

Beside Kasen, Himiko was grimacing.

"I stepped in..."  She looked down, and chills ran down her spine.  "...pudding."

They both stared.  There was pudding in the grass.

"Geh..."  Kasen looked like she didn't know what to think, but to say she looked disgusted was an understatement.  "What is this?!"

Himiko gingerly stepped out of the pudding and scuffled across the grass, trying to get the pudding off her shoes.

"....In Spain..."  Himiko stopped moving and stared Kasen in the eye.  "...They have La Tomatina, where they throw tomatoes...In Gensokyo..."

...

"La--"

"Okay, okay."  Kasen hastily interrupted Himiko.  "It's fine, I'm sure this is normal.  Let's just keep going.  Whatever was flying around can't have just disappeared, right?"

"Uh..."  Himiko nodded hesitantly.

"We'll find out about this later, let's just keep going."

And then they kept walking at a brisk pace until they were out of the Human Village.  Why there was pudding on the ground, neither of them had much of an inclination to find out.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Caber Knight Etch-A-Sketch on May 17, 2011, 10:14:44 PM
8:21 AM, Human village, Hieda Household.


Out of the way of the general hustle and bustle that was morning, a young girl sat in her room.  She was hard at work writting a very long document, stopping every now and then to take a sip of her tea, or to brush the hair out of her eyes. Every now and then, however, she would look up from her work at the man laying on the floor. His hair was rather mess, as if he had just woken up, although his trimmed goatie would argue otherwise. His blue alien shirt was as slightly faded as ever while the contents of his favorite pair of cargo pants lay scattered around. On top of the
neatly folded longcoat sat a slim, grey rectangle with the word "Toshiba" emblazoned on the top. The faint hint of the name "lappy" remains as a tiny stain of sharpie.

"You know Etch," Akyu started, breaking the easy silence between them, "It's not that I don't mind you coming over, but nowadays it's like you're living here."

"Well, it's not like I'm being a bother to anyone." Etch said, sitting up and looking at Akyu. "There's just nothing to do over there, you know?"

"But you don't do anything here either."

"Well yeah, but you're here, so I don't mind it so much." The silence became uneasy just like that. The two of them just looked down at the floor awkwardly when they were interupted by a knock.

"Miss Hieda, there's a nun with a cloud here, wanting to address your guest."

The man had a guess who the nun was...

"Excuse me." A voice called out from the hallway as a nun let herself into the room. The nun in question was none other than Ichirin, accompanied silently by Unzan. She crossed her arms, looking at the lazing Etch before starting "What happened to helping out at Myourenji? You did make that promise the other day."

"Hey, you never said when I had to do it, though. Besides, today's the flower festival, isn't it?" Etch argued in his defense before turning to Akyu for help. She merely coughed, getting back to
her work. "Uh, right, well, uh, leave you to your work." The two of them stepped out into the hallway, where the heated discussion was to continue.

"Now look here, buster," She said, poking Etch's chest. "You said you would do anything to get some money, right?"

"Well, maybe not anything..."

"Regardless, you promised that you'd help us out when we needed it. Well, we need it now. With everyone gone and Byakuren visiting the crazed shrine maiden, we're a little undermanned."

"Fine, fine, give me a sec." Etch said, walking back in.



8:45 AM, Human village.


"So..." Akyu began, the four of them walking through the village on their way to Myourenji, "Why do you need me to come along??"

"Come on, it's fun to do things in the company of friends." As they continued, there was a shout, followed by a clamor of voiced as everyone looked the the sky. A big, pink, round and fuzzy thing soared through the air, in a direction that would make Etch's heart sink as he heard tales of things being consumed by some sort of god.

"Come on, let's go!" He shouted, grabbing Akyu's and Ichirin's wrists as they run back Etch's shack.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 18, 2011, 12:34:31 AM
(OOC: This is a somewhat summarized post. The full version can be found on Nemoma's archival site here (http://amarilloviridian.co.cc/OriZone/?p=698).)

8.45 AM, day 1, outskirts of the human village

"Must be a far-fallen god if he's expecting to get mocked at the human village, eh Mickey?" Hugh teased the mouse youkai wriggling under his arm as he walked over to Mitaka's fallen body, reached down, and sampled the custard pie he had fallen into.

"You never know, Hugh, male gods aren't so popular in Gensokyo..." Nazrin retorted, voice trailing off as the pie's scent distracted her from her indignation.

"Um, are neither of you going to help me up...?" Mitaka asked pitifully, still facedown in custard pie.

The rodent-carrying farmer licked his fingers clean and shrugged. "I dunno, it tastes pretty good." He turned his head to grin down at Nazrin. "You want a taste, Naz?"

"It'd help if you put me down." the dowser replied, grumpily.

Further exchange between the group was cut off by a rather high-pitched, cutesy growl from a few feet in the air behind Hugh and Nazrin.

"We forgot about something, didn't we?" Hugh quipped, and took a step forward to start running again...

"Nii-chan!"

... but stopped and turned when a female voice from just above the growl cried out, just in time to see a small, flying oni miko diving down at the God of Plenty, hands clasped and arms raised to deliver a devastating hammer blow.

But the fluffy pink godling heard her and quickly darted to the side, just enough to make it more of a glancing blow - sending the rubbery-skinned god bouncing away at a low angle, spinning wildly... and spraying the area with a thick arc of low-flying fruits, snack cakes, and a large wedge of gorgonzola cheese that hit Hugh directly in the face, knocking him to the ground.

Nazrin took the opportunity to wriggle out of her captor's grip, and got a good look at the wedge of cheese that had freed her.

"Karma," she concluded, hefting the cheese and taking a bite.

-----

Suika was otherwise occupied with rubbing mushy crumbs out of her eyes, thanks to a rum-scented snack cake that had smacked her in the face. Sadly, the scattered remnants licked off of her lips did not contain enough alcohol to remove her sobriety.

But after a few seconds, her face was clean again, and she looked around at the food-covered landscape below. Suika didn't see any pink, fluffy disturbances to the peace nearby, but the mouse youkai sitting on a fallen human did catch her attention.

She dropped to the ground and approached to see if the human was her unfortunate Nii-chan, but was disappointed to see that it wasn't.

"Uh, Nazrin, lemme up."

"Karma." Nazrin repeated, taking another bite of the cheese from her perch on top of Hugh's stomach.

After another glance around at the mountains of food in the area showed no sign of Mitaka, Suika decided it was best to ask about the matter.

"Hey, did you guys see Taka-nii drop down here?"

Nazrin pointed at a nearby pile of pears, and swallowed her mouthful of cheese. "We had a fallen god drop in, yeah."

The human she was sitting on retorted with a smug, "Air fare."

"Mmph!" the pears objected.

Suika chuckled a little, and walked over to start digging through the pile of fruit. "Looks like niichan got himself in trouble again, yep."

"Oi, Suika, you found him yet?" called a voice from above.

"White..." Hugh muttered, staring up at the sky.

Nazrin craned her neck back to stare up as well, and paled a little. "... and red."

"Think I found him, yep yep!" Suika called back, pulling a battered and pear-juice-soaked Mitaka out of his grave of fruit.

The shrine janitor wiped some sticky juice out of his eyes, looked up at the sky, and smiled mischievously.

"Ahhh! After ten thousand years, I'm free! It's time to conquer Gensokyo!" (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q0YkXmebAGM)

A small red-and-white orb plummeted from the sky and bounced off of Mitaka's forehead, knocking him back to the ground.

"Worth it." he giggled.

Hugh stared at the exchange, Mitaka's weirdness proving more interesting than Reimu's bloomers. "Uh, what IS he, again?"

"Our janitor, yep!" Suika replied, dragging the Hakurei punching bag to his feet again.

"See, Mickey? Air fare!" Hugh said, triumphantly, looking up above his chest to find only air. "Oh hey, and you already let me up for winn-eh?"

The outsider-turned-farmer blinked in confusion as Nazrin picked him up by the waist, youkai strength making up somewhat for the size difference.

"I'm faster than you." the mouse youkai said, tersely, and started running towards the village.

"Um, what?"

Nazrin started to run away from the infamous Hakurei miko and her entourage, but was easily cut off and surrounded. Luckily Byakuren's kind greeting and Kanako's sniping criticism kept her from engaging in her violent reputation, but it took a firm suggestion from Genji to return the focus to the matter at hand.

"Perhaps we should focus on the God of Plenty, Reimu." the flying turtle suggested.

Alice gave him a steely glare. "Then perhaps you can tell us where it went, Mister Turtle."

The two glared at each other in silence for a moment before a cry from Suika distracted them.

"Heeeeey guys!" the oni cried, dancing between piles of (sadly unfermented) grapes to approach the main conversation as she dragged Mitaka through the air, "Guess what!"

"We know you found him, Suika." Reimu said, calmly. "Now we need to find that stupid god for him to be useful."

"Oh, it was just here, yep." the oni said with a nod, as Genji lowered himself within human-flinging distance.

"It WHAT?!" many of the god's pursuers cried.

Suika grinned and effortlessly tossed the shrine janitor on top of Genji again, his fall cushioned by the delightfully soft surface of ancient turtle shell. "Yeppers! Sounds like Niisan bounced right off it, and then I smacked it good!"

"You WHAT?!"

"Yep! And then it spat this food stuff all over the ground." The little oni frowned. "And in my face. Dunno where it went, nope."

Byakuren put a pen to her notepad once again. "Spits out food when attacked..."

Ever hopeful, Yuki added a question of her own. "Hey, uh, mousey-chan!" she called down, "Did it spit out a violin, too?"

Lunasa shook her head at her new prot?g?e. "I wouldn't hope for much more than avenging it, Yuki..."

"Actually, it did spit out a violin bow when I threw that hoe at it." Hugh provided. He wriggled in Nazrin's youkai grip. "Naz, could you let me down?"

"Spits out high-fiber instruments when given farming implements..." Byakuren added to the list.

Lunasa raised an eyebrow as Yuki cried out in delight. "Then let's find it! We'll need it for the performance tomorrow, right, Lunasa-chan?"

The poltergeist shook her head. "We can get another bow more easily than a new violin. And it's probably ruined by all this food already..."

Yuki's face fell. "But..."

"Another pair of eyes to look out for it would be more useful than looking for the bow through all of this." Lunasa continued, nodding down at the sea of food below.

"Speaking of which..." Reimu growled, and turned to glare at Hugh and Nazrin again. "I don't suppose either of you saw where that stupid pink thing went?"

Nazrin silently shook her head, while Hugh apologized, "Sorry, ma'am, I was too busy getting hit by cheese."

"Bet your pet enjoyed that." Alice quipped, dryly. The cheese still in Nazrin's free hand supported her point.

"Oh, no, no, Nazrin isn't anyone's pet, really!" Byakuren said, with a giggle. She paused a moment, then clapped her hands together and added, "Oh, there's an idea! Nazrin, do you think you could track the God of Plenty for us?"

The mouse youkai glanced between Byakuren's beaming smile and Reimu's fierce glare, readily concluding that she didn't really have a choice in the matter.

"Yes, Byakuren-sama."

"Um, can I go now?" Hugh asked.

"You are sticking around for getting me involved in this." Nazrin growled back.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on May 18, 2011, 01:10:17 AM
8:45am, outskirts of Human Village

"While hilarious, this is getting rather boring. Think I'll just slip away for now." Vant thought to himself before hopping the short distance from Kanako, who barely noticed him leaving, to the ground.

"Going somewhere?" Suwako asked.

"Just off to the mansion, see ya later~" Vant waved before walking off.

"Have fun." Suwako smirked with a knowing twinkle in her eye.


9:30am, Road to SDM.

"Heh." Vant couldn't help but smile at what had happened earlier at the outskirts of the Human Village. There was food everywhere, and it was whole too. "Maybe I should've grabbed a bite to eat...ah well, I'm sure I'll see it again. *chuckle* "

Vant continued down the simple dirt path, heading towards the Scarlet Devil Mansion, but more importantly, to the gateguard that was situated there, Hong Meiling. Vant had known Hon for quite awhile, ever since he saw her in a visit to the SDM in order for Kanako to spread faith. He'd decided to stay outside and talk with her, and found out they both had interest in martial arts. Since then, he'd taken oft oppurtunity to meet with her and train or just simply talk about their lives. They'd gotten closer over the months and eventually hit it off. It's settled down into a more casual relationship lately.

Vant stepped out of the darkness of the overhanging trees up to a solid wall surrounding a large stone castle. He always did like Victorian architecture. He looked towards the front gate and noticed a familiar figure, sitting perfectly still next to the gate. She looked as she always did, green hat with a gold star on front, perfect long red hair, green vest with white shirt underneath, green gloves, long white loose pants, and green china-dress with both sides open so that they won't inhibit her kicking with her black steel-toe'd shoes. She didn't move but the slightest bit to breathe, sitting cross-legged in meditation, her focus absolute. Vant slowly and quietly walked up to her until he was just a couple feet away. He quickly launched out his hand and snatched a hair from her head, only to have his arm grabbed by her hand.

"I gotcha~!" She said with a smirk of satisfaction.

"Move a little faster and you might get to keep your hair, Hon." Vant retorted with his usual nickname for her. He moved in quickly and gave her a warm hug which she responded to in kind. "How have you been? Sorry I haven't been able to visit earlier, been busy with all the faith gathering."

"Generally well off." Meiling stood up and stretched. "It's been the usual here, the black-white stealing books, the young mistress playing around, The Mistress doing what she likes, Sakuya watching over everything, Jan is helping Patchouli in the library, and I've been here." She moves over and kisses Vant before settling against the wall.

"Well at least it wasn't like earlier this morning." Vant notices her quizzical look and fills her in on the "god of plenty". "So if we're lucky, it'll fly by here and bring us something to eat...though they won't like it." Vant hooks a thumb at the mansion.

"Hmm, I could go for some cake~. Though the mess would be a hazard....it's a hard choice." Meiling caught her chin in her hand and thought about it for awhile.

"Well Hon, doesn't matter to me anyway. These things always sort themselves out around here, so why bother?" Vant smiled at her.

"You're too easy-going, someone has to deal with it." Meiling chirped back at him.

"I know, I know. Still, it's after food and such, so it'll obviously come he-...speak of the devil." Vant looked out into the woods and noticed a bit of pink moving quite fast. It burst out of the depth of the trees and rocketed over the gate and straight through the large double-doors of the SDM, breaking them open.

"Gah!! THAT WAS THE GOD OF PLENTY?!" Meiling was shocked at what it was, despite it being described to her before. Though her attention quickly changed to the fruits and sweets lying in it's trail. "Well...I guess let's eat up while we can eh?" She was quick to grab a few apples and a cantelope. "Mmm~ it's quite good."

"It is~ Can't wait for the noises that will come out of there since the thing broke in. You're supposed to guard the gate...but since the gate itself is still intact...I think you're okay Hon." Vant nudged her with his elbow while chuckling.

"I doubt it, they'll blame it on me anyway. *sigh* Maybe I shou-" Meiling was interrupted by a shrill scream as a few fairy maids flew out of the mansion covered in chocolate pudding.

"I guess we should finish this while we can and get to looking like we're doing something productive, eh Hon?" Vant finished his apple and cantelope as did Meiling.

"I get the feeling it's gonna be a long day, glad you're around to suffer with me Vant." She smiled warmly at him.

"As always~" Vant pitched back.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 18, 2011, 08:06:57 PM
10:25 AM - Day 1 - Forest Edge - Between Human Village & Scarlet Devil Mansion

Keine laid her hands on a tree and peeked her head out past it. "Oh Ken, Reisa, there you are." She happened upon the two of them examining a shiny, teardrop-shaped pendant in the grass. It had a red and white glow with a very ornate design. The chain was golden and looked like it could glow very brightly in the sun, if it was exposed to sunlight. The face of the pendant had a streak of green and blue, with rubbed-off white separating each color. "That's a very beautiful pendant you have there...I bet the 'god of plenty' dropped that too."

"Yeah!" Reisa grinned in delight at her find. She picked up the pendant and stood up, her hair and wings gently flowing in the wind. "Heh heh~ I'm gonna look pretty wearing this." She leaned her head forward and slid the chain around her neck, looking down at the glowing pendant. After a quick twirl, she put her hands on her hips and winked at Ken. "What do you think, Kenno~?"

He scratched the back of his head. "Erh...well, it suits you, I'd say. I guess purple and red go together, heh." One of his hands was behind his back, hiding the doll he had found. Apparently the 'god of plenty' dropped plenty of items, true to its name.

The teacher folded her arms. "That's nice. But I was searching for you two for a while...I started to get worried."

"Sorry about that, Miss Keine. This crazy fairy saw something shiny and stayed behind to find it..."

"Hey!" Reisa blew a puff of air up from her mouth, briefly lifting her bangs. "It caught my eye! You know us fairies..." She dug the toe of her right shoe into the grass.

He adjusted his glasses. "Yeah, yeah...It was my choice to follow you. I got worried when I turned around and you suddenly weren't there." She actually looked even prettier with the pendant, he thought.

Keine sighed and smiled. "At least everyone's okay. We ought to continue after the 'god of plenty' now, right?"

Ken nodded in agreement. "Yes...although I found something else while I searched for Reisa..." He began to bring the doll out from behind his back.

*rustle rustle*

Suddenly, he heard footsteps behind them. Someone was approaching. He turned around, instinctively placing his hand on the hilt of his sword at his side. "Somebody's here..." His countenance grew serious.

Reisa, who had been trying to see what he was hiding behind his back, looked in the direction he was facing. "Eh?"

Into the clearing came a young woman; she seemed as surprised to find them all staring at her as they were to find her. Her long, dark brown hair swayed to a stop as she paused almost mid-step. He noticed that she wore casual clothes similar to what many from the real--no, his world wore. Upon closer examination, her expression seemed like a mix of curiosity, amazement and shock.

"Ah...this is..." she started to walk backwards, turning around to go back the way she had come.

"Wait!" Ken called after her. "Hold on...!" She did not seem dangerous, and besides, Keine was with them. He had never seen her before, not in the Village.

The woman turned back around, and he saw that her eyes were not the same color. One looked as brown as her hair, the other a shade of emerald. "Um...what?"

Reisa pointed to another figure approaching quickly. "Kenno, look!"

Another woman stepped into the clearing in front of the woman with differently-colored eyes. She had a very serious expression on her face and had distinctly pink hair. Ken was used to odd hair colors by now, but she seemed to have an aura of calmness around her.

Her eyes scanned him and then Reisa, then she walked in front of the brown-haired woman and placed her right arm, which was wrapped in innumerable bandages, in front of her. She then looked over to Keine, who had her arms crossed. Smiling slightly, the woman lowered her arm. "Don't worry, Himiko, they aren't dangerous. The were-hakutaku is with them..."

Unfazed, Ken took a step forward and held his hand out in a friendly, explanatory fashion. "My name's Ken. My apologies, but who might you be?" Had he not been trained as he was in swordplay, he probably could never emit such calmness in the face of the unknown. Yet he couldn't help but wonder how this woman knew Keine, he had never seen either of them before in his life.

The woman with the bandaged arm stepped forward with no hesitation and looked at him. "I don't believe we've met before. I am the hermit, Kasen." She turned to the brown-haired woman. "This is my best friend, Himiko. I'm sorry if we caused you worry..."

The swordsman looked over at his teacher for some form of validation. Kasen, a hermit? It was coming back to him...yes, he had heard of her, he thought. Keine had told him about her previously, but it was at least a year ago.

"Kasen, well met. It's been a while. I'm glad you still remember me." Keine adjusted her hat and ran her other hand through her hair, also smiling slightly.

"Miss Keine? Ah, then..." Ken sighed with relief. He suddenly remembered that he had a doll in his hands, and quickly pocketed it. "Kasen and...Himiko, right?"

The woman Kasen called Himiko looked almost quizzically at him. "Yes?"

He stepped closer and held his hand out. "Pleased to meet you, Himiko." She reached her hand out somewhat nervously as he shook it gently. "You too, Kasen."

"Aww..." Reisa had a sad look on her face. She was disappointed that the attention she was getting about her new treasure had quickly evaporated.

"Ah, yeah, that's right. This is Reisa, she's...helping me learn magic. We're all from the Human Village." He thought he saw Himiko perk up slightly when he mentioned magic, but dismissed the thought as Reisa spoke up.

"Hello, new friends!" The fairy grinned cheerfully and waved her hand at them.

Kasen placed her left hand on her hip, the chains on her shackle jingling slightly. "Pleased to meet you. Now, you wouldn't happen to be searching for something suspicious flying through the air, would you?"

Keine nodded in affirmation. "That sounds about right, actually. According to several people in our Village, a very large, flying, fluffy pink creature has worked its way around the area...it was last spotted headed that way." She pointed in the direction they had been traveling. "It sounds rather incredulous, but..."

"Is that so? We just came through the Village about...I'd say, half an hour ago. There was quite a mess there..." Kasen looked over at Himiko, who was looking at her, and saw her nod. She suspected they were both thinking the same thing.

Reisa groaned. "Tell me about it...I, um, fell in this really big pile of pudding...hey, don't laugh!" She glared at Ken as he started to crack up a bit.

"Haha...sorry about that, Reisa, I probably should have paid more attention when we stepped outside." He put a hand on the fairy's shoulder apologetically.

"Pudding..." Himiko murmured to herself. She absentmindedly scraped her feet on the clean grass. Stepping in it had certainly been an interesting but bothersome experience.

Ken turned back to Kasen and Himiko. "Apparently, there's this creature called the 'god of plenty' floating around here and there, and when it passed through our Village it left a mess of food, trinkets and some odd-looking invitations. Something to do with a Spring festival, and whatnot."

"A 'god of plenty?' " The hermit sighed and looked over at Himiko. "Well, there you go, I guess there was something. Are you happy?"

"I guess so..." Himiko was feeling a bit uneasy being around three people she'd never met before. Normally she just had Kasen around. She thought the fairy was cute though. If Kasen thought they were okay, maybe tagging along wouldn't be so bad.

Keine tapped her foot once in the grass. "Would you like to come with us? I'd like to see what this 'god of plenty' is doing...I want to study it a bit."

"Yeah, that sounds fine. Right?" Kasen looked at Himiko, who nodded in agreement.

Ken put one hand in his pocket. "All right, then. Let's get going towards the Scarlet Devil Mansion again! Reisa, soon you'll be close to your old home..."

The fairy flew close to him as the five of them started to travel, with Keine and Kasen in front, Himiko walking closely behind Kasen and the two of them bringing up the rear. "Yep, maybe I can say hi to everyone there! But, Kenno..." She suddenly wore a sly grin. "They're pretty nice, eh?"

"Huh? What are you going on about...your necklace looks great, I already--"

"No, silly~" She flew closer and whispered in his ear. "So, which one of them do you prefer? I saw it in your eyes..."

His expression turned to irritation. "That's--no, that's not--gosh darn it, Reisa! Now's not the time for that!" He made lazy attempt to grab her, but she flew just out of his reach, continuing to tease him.

Himiko looked back at them. The purple fairy flying around him with a gleeful look on her face. What interesting people, she thought. Her mind was digesting all of what had happened. She turned to see Kasen and Keine conversing periodically about this 'god of plenty'. This wasn't so bad, and Kasen seemed okay with it now too. Despite the scoldings she gave her about running after what she saw earlier around Youkai Mountain on impulse, her hermit friend seemed interested in it as well.

At least they were doing something exciting now.


(OOC: At this point, Himiko's and Ken's group are on their way to the SDM. Depending on the timestamps of others' posts, they might arrive just in time to see the 'god of plenty' leave the SDM and head towards its next destination, or they may happen upon the 'god of plenty' and those chasing after it at or inside the SDM somewhere.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Gappy on May 18, 2011, 08:15:29 PM
8.45 AM, Day 1, Human Village, just before Vant and Meiling witness the GoP plough into the SDM

"I see, so this 'ice cream' of the outer world comes in a variety of colours?" Kasen marvelled at the myriad of different coloured fat drops of frosty dairy adorning the bushes and thistles along the winding road leading up the village.

"Yes, each one's a different flavour, like chocolate, vanilla, chocolate chip, strawberry, chocolate cookie dough...." Himiko rattled off a mental list of flavours.

"....green tea....?" The hermit suggested.

"Green tea, yes....though I wouldn't have thought of that one. How'd you..." She turned around to find her hermit friend smacking her lips through a curtain of dark green cream oozing down her face.

"Your 'outer world' must be a mad place, to have tomato throwing festivals and green-tea-flavoured ice." The hermit concluded. "Still, I believe further study may earn it my approval. At any rate, I surmise that we've found the source of our little 'cake walk' as well as our elusive unidentified flying object, all in one stroke."

"What makes you say that?" Himiko asked, turning around to follow Kasen's gaze...

....and saw a pink balloon smash out of a storeroom in a shower of short cake, profiteroles, broccoli and tomatoes, followed closely by....

"....I didn't know Gensokyo has Bull Running festivals like they do in Spain too..." Himiko murmured in awe as she watched a madman in a rather worn hakama and gi pass by, laughing maniacally as he spun a lasso over his head while gripping a candy rose tightly in his teeth, all while balancing precariously at the front of a runaway wheelbarrow pushed along at breakneck speed by a crazed cackling oni miko.

"I must see this Spain of yours." Kasen said, watching as a blue-haired Celestial waving around a rather dangerous looking blade in the air ran after the two, screaming theft and murder, followed closely by a rather concerned looking kasha and what seems to be a human male. "If this is but a mere impression of the real thing, I am curious to see the genuine article."

"My fish! It ate all my fish!" The Kasha cried in panic. "Hey, sister or brother or whatever you are, give me back my fish or I'll....I'll....I'll do something really bad to you! Like...like...leave a lot of corpses under your pillow!"

"Shouldn't you be more worried about your wheelbarrow?!" The human gasped, trying to keep up.

"I don't know about that..." Himiko said, doubtful. She had a feeling Bull running didn't involve girls (and a big bearded guy) riding turtles....or flying shrinemaidens...or girls riding logs either....all of which just passed by, screaming death from above.

"This is an uncommon sight, seeing a god of plenty in broad daylight." Kasen observed, picking up a short cake off Himiko's head and sampling it. They watched as the huge pink balloon flew past again, this time dragging the man in the worn hakama and gi through the dirt by his own rope with the aforementioned oni miko riding him like a surf-board. This was followed by the Kasha's male companion standing atop a runaway wheelbarrow carted along by the fish-avenging Kasha, carrying a bloodthirsty sword-totting threat-calling Celestial on his back. "Though seeing it pursued by so many is not."

"Here's a question for you, Himiko." Kasen said, picking up a random lemon that rolled up against her foot. "When life gives you lemons, what do you do?"

Meanwhile...

"Oh dear....that was Myourenji's storeroom...." Byakuren said, worriedly, looking over her shoulder as she picked an ear of broccoli out of her ears. "I fear Ichirin and Shou won't be too happy about that...."

"What about you, isn't that your temple?" Reimu asked, tossing a few paper talismans at the god of plenty while eating her way through her third profiterole.

"I don't like tomatoes and broccoli anyway." Byakuren said with a smile. "....Reimu-san, at this rate you'll gain a few pounds by the end of this pursuit."

"Hugh, do you have any more farming implements?" Yuki demanded, sitting poised atop Genji, holding her stricken violin bow like a blade of vengeance.

Hugh looked into his empty farming tool sack, the contents of which had all been thrown at the god of plenty in the hopes of getting a violin in return. Then he looked down at Nazrin. "I don't know. How do you define 'human resources'?"

"I'm no human." Nazrin pointed out, pointedly, poking Hugh with the sharp point of her dowsing rod. "Don't make me prove it."

"Resources anyway." Hugh shrugged.

"I-Incoming wave!" Ruukoto warned. "E-e-evasive maneuvers!"

"Evasively maneuvering!" Hugh declared.

They all ducked and rolled their way through a very nutritious storm of strawberries and cherries.

"I think we can safely say it has passed the dairy and confectionery period." Reimu observed.

"That means no more cheese?!" Nazrin groaned.

"D'ya think there'll be a beer period? Ya'know, a period full of beer?" Suika seemed to get drunk on the very idea alone.

"Then Gensokyo is doomed." Alice sighed.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on May 18, 2011, 09:12:58 PM
?我不会忘记的???
?现在,我有一个使命??如果要维持现状必须要这么做的话,我也没有办法???


0840AM, Human Village

When Amarillo and the two Lilys arrive at the center of the Human Village, they are given a clear view on this strange creature who is causing all kind of trouble. It's even causing trouble now as it sucks in the food from villager's kitchens (while blow half of their kitchen away with it), played with the pets of them for a bit (while having their furs "trimmed") and pay its thanks with hundreds or thousands of random objects.

"We need to stop it, attack it now!" Amarillo shouted, while drawing her lightspear.
"Heh, are you sure this thing works?" Lily Black asked in a "Oh I know it will fail" tone.
"Well, I believe in Nitori's works, however I can't quite handle it, it seems lighter than my previous weapon though." Amarillo looks at the design of the weapon - It really is super light, and looks different than what a normal beam blade would be.
"OK, here goes." As Amarillo claims, she extends her hand and did a spin, and the weapon's laser blade is flipped out.
"I still don't know why Nitori designed it like this, it reacts to the force of actually drawing the weapon instead of a switch like my previous one."
"Now, Black, shower it with danmaku first, White, follow me!" As she commanded, the three of them instantly spread out into 2 directions.
This Creature - seemly aware of what they are try to do, spitted out a big ledge - or what was a big ledge anyways - towards Lily White. However it's blocked by a single swing from Amarillo's weapon. Then after a blinding flash, it stops in curiosity and confusion as its target fairy now disappeared. and the human it's chasing suddenly has a shiny wing on the her back.
"Now I wonder who will you chase, the one who will baffle you from behind, or the one that will face you straight in melee?" smiled the girl, and she quickly fly upwards and soon disappeared from the creature's sight.
While the creature is try to get upwards, its back have been hit by a stream of bullets. In response, more random stuff falls down, including a violin.
"Now this is some serious stuff to bring on. Guess it have swept the Prismrivers some time ago?" As Lily Black thought so, she quickly rushed down and picked that up before it smashed to the ground.

As she turns back, she saw this pink figure closely behind her, and is spawning another huge log.
"Oh you never realize you are no match with the speed of a fairy?" As Lily Black quickly does a backflip in the air and shoot 3 lines of streaming bullets towards it.
The creature didn't seem to realize so.
Because its reply is shooting the ledge straight at Lily Black, who dodged it without moving.
"Still, thinking that several huge logs can hit me?" as Lily Black is finishing her sentence----

"LOOK OUT!"
"Sword-Skill [Awesome Chop]!"
        劍技          【輝煌爆斬】

(    Jian Ji      [Awesome Chop])

"Oops," as Lily Black quickly makes way, she saw a white light cuts from the sky.
It went though the pink creature behind her, and shocked the earth when it hit the ground.
"Whoa, nice one, sis." As Lily Black looks at the pink creature, now in half, slowly falling back to the ground. and her sister now appears beside her.
"Not that soon." The other girl replied, "When things that heavy are falling down slowly, you are sure this-"
Her words are cut off (again) with the pink creature, now in two, slowly rise in midair, while leaving a huge pile of food on the ground.
The two of them stopped for a while, and suddenly launches off in a very fast speed, towards 2 different directions.
One of them is heading to a shack towards the end of Human Village.

"Yeah, that will happen." as the girl finished her sentence, the two started another pursuit.
They are not the only ones that chases after it, anyways.

"That's MY home!" as a young man and his crew runs towards them.
"Oh, Akyu." The girl greeted one of them, "what blows you here?"
"Well, as Etch said, this God of Plenty - as others call it - is heading to his house, and we are here to stop it. By the way, How do I call you in this form? Amarillo, or-"
"Whichever name are ok, we are both of them so it didn't matter." replied the girl.
Etch slows down and is looking at her.
"Do we met somewhere before?" he asked.
"Well I live near the Forest of Magic, you may saw me several times. Name is Amarillo White, at least now I'm this. "
"Don't get what you are trying to tell, but okay with that, so what do you gonna do with that thing? and oh shoot-"
As they are talking, the creature has descended onto that shack, and its roof have been blown off.
"Seems, we need to finish this as quickly as possible, before things get really ugly." the nun that's with them muttered. while firing some lasers at it.
Its reply - throw the roof at them.
"Gah, that's my roof!" as the gang dodges past the flying huge cluster of construction materials. "can it even fights with spellcards?"
"Nope," replied Lily Black, "It tried to impale me with some huge logs, but no bullets so far."
"Great thing that you don't die when killed, you are a fairy right?" Etch replied.
"Another word on that and I'll pass judgement on you like a fairy does!" Lily Black summoned a bullet right in front of Etch's eyes, for a split second no less, "Oh well, Amarillo will not glad if she heard that, but only I can do things that dangerous."

"You guys, can you just stop fooling around?" Shouted as the girl is busy fending off the creature, which is trying to suck up more of Etch's shack as weapons.
"Sorry~" Lily Black shouted back, and as her reply, shoot another 3-way string of bullets at the creature.

However, their fending didn't seem to do that well, since more and more of the shack's contents have been suck up by the creature, and was used by weapons.
"Nah, this is not good." said Etch as he dodged the a sink-like object. "at this rate my shack is going to be destroyed! Please think about some big attacks to deal with it!"
"Well, if you don't mind..." The Girl, after hearing that, swiftly descended on the ground, facing the creature, and rise her spear.
"Step back." she called out as the creature is cautionously waiting for her to make a move.

Then, a huge pillar of light is seen erupting from where she is standing.

"Blade-Skill [Cristierra]!"
       劍技      【地流光】

(   Jian Ji   [Di Liu Guang])

The light engulfed everything like a wall of flame after where the girl is standing.
"Uh-Oh, I don't like the outcome of this...." said Etch.
As the Wall of Flamey light disappears, there is nothing left in that area,
The creature, with the remain of Etch's shack, have completely disappeared without a trace.

"Er.. I overdid it a little..." The girl sat down and sighed,
"My shack...... at least we finished that thing." Etch facepalms.

"No, we are back to square one on this." Lily Black explained the splitting creature.

The gang falls speechless.

"Well, seems we must go hunt down the other half." As Akyu states, they quickly runs/flies towards the direction where the other half of the creature went.

Meanwhile..
A pink mist can be saw emitting from the ground, and slowly floats out of the Human Village.


Blade-Skill [Awesome Chop] - This spellcard that has a seemly stupid name is inspired by Komari Kamitika's signature spellcard HugeStar[Awesome Drop] while Komari rides a huge albeit hollowed star from above to crush her enemies. Amarillo's adaptation utilized her weapon's lightweight nature and strikes down from high in lightening speed via the help of the fairies. It may not chop something to half, but the gravity alone will be enough to pose a threat.

Blade-Skill [Cristierra] - This Spellcard make use of the Lightblade's "Light" part, by erupting a pure energy of beam light from where Amarillo is standing, this spellcard release a pillar of light that deal heavy damage in front of her. However, the attack lasts shortly - Not like the short time lessen the power of the spellcard itself though.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 19, 2011, 12:38:13 AM
Posted on Trance's (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php?action=profile;u=24) behalf

Stand: "Gensou no Kyoukai". 0755. Day 1.
Hirowaza's stall.

Hirowaza was met by a guy who seemed quite interested in his wooden swords. No, not that sword. This guy had silvery white, short hair, that seemed a little out of place, but Hirowaza didn't really mind that. He was a potential customer and potential customers were always welcome. "Yes sir, I am selling an assorted collection of wooden weaponry and some good luck charms, all of them were hand-crafted by me," Hirowaza said. "You seem to be interested mostly in my bokken, which are behind me. Each of them are crafted in a different way, you can see some are more curved than others. Take your time to pick wisely." Hirowaza said, smiling. VIVIT tilted her head and Meira fingered the hilt of her own blade impatiently.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on May 19, 2011, 03:16:03 PM
8:00 AM, Day 1, Gensou no Kyoukai Stand

Ah, so much to pick from... All the wooden blades were very well crafted, each one slightly different from the last one. All of the swords were unique in their own right... Even if they were made of wood.

"The one with the five degree curve... yeah, that should do. Would you mind if I could check that one myself?" Wodan pointed at the aforementioned sword.

"Oh, that's a rather classic choice. You look like you know this stuff, don't you?" The stand attendant had a serious face, even after expressing such surprise.

"Well yeah, I had some experience in the past... but after some, er, events, I became unattached to the art of the sword. Let's say that this is a reminder of something I really want to get back on." Wodan's right hand grappled tightly the handle of the wooden sword.

"So you have a different past? That sounds familiar, but then many people from the village that came from the outside tend to be like that. Normally they don't stick for long, however... they all miss their modern ways and eventually return to their old lives."

Wodan chuckled. "Maybe I'm sillier than the rest of them, but I prefer the laid back lifestyle of this place." Wodan was able to talk calmly, even if he was pulling off a successful sword kata while doing it.

"It is quite a thing, isn't it? Life in Gensokyo is really peaceful, unless you go out of your way to search thrills, and believe me, there are plenty of these in this world."

Wodan would have asked something else, but he remembered there could be other people needing his help later. Besides, there are a lot of stands that become regulars of the makeshift marketplace, so he'd have more time to do so other day. So he took a hand to his pocket, and payed for the sword's price.

No, actually he took all the money on his pocket. About four times the sword's price. That way he'd have a reason to meet this person again.

"Well, I hope we meet again soon..." Wodan said while shouldering the wooden sword, leaving quickly. He'd have to return to his cottage to store the sword somewhere... it's not a good idea to carry such a big thing when you may need your physical strength to help people.

And so, he left the center of the Village, eyeing the sword. There were a lot of little details on it... It wasn't just a fancy named wooden piece. It was definitively worth it's price.

Five minutes later, the stand attendant realized that the payment was way more than the sword was worth. A collective facepalm was soon issued.

"Man, did he have to give /all/ his money? I would have been satisfied with just the retail price. Ah, I'm not going to complain!"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Gappy on May 19, 2011, 03:52:40 PM
OC: Sorry, Nemo, I can't resist. :3 Let me know later if you don't like it. Also, quality is meh due to hurried writing.

8.50 AM, Day 1, Streets of the Human Village, just shortly after Amarillo splits the GoP in two....

"That's my temple!" Ichirin was trembling inconsolably, despite Etch's attempts at calming her down. "That was our entire supply of broccoli and tomato! Byakuren-sama loves broccoli and tomatoes!"

"Well, our course of action now is quite obvious." Akyu said, trying to keep up with Amarillo's determined stride. "We need to stop it befo-...ouch!" She gasped upon walking straight into Amarillo's back, poking her eyes on the wide brim of Amarillo's straw hat. "W-what's wrong? Why the sudden..."

"R-r-red white!" The fairy-possessed girl gasped.

The Gensokyo scribe peeked over Amarillo's frozen shoulders to follow her gaze...and saw an approaching contingent of shrinemaidens in Hakurei colours as well as a few other familiar and some not-so-familiar faces. "Oh, it's just Hakurei-san, what's wro-...." She was interrupted again by Amarillo turning about face abruptly away from the approaching crowd, her shoulders hunched in internal monologue.

"Calm down, calm down Lily, it's just a shrinemaiden....lots of shrinemaidens....just...." Amarillo repeated over and over under her breath.

"....Yo, sis, what's....wrong?" Lily Black stopped in her tracks to look around at her sister(?) fairy.

"Lily, we've been over this issue of yours, danmaku isn't the most appropriate way of expressing....yes, yes, I know you can't help it...." Amarillo muttered to herself in a manic whisper. "But shooting people to death to announce the rebirth of all things defeats the purp-....Lily....please, list-....Lily....LILY!"

".....Hey, what'd we miss?" Etch asked, catching up with a slightly less upset Ichirin in tow.

"I'm not sure, but Amarillo-san is...." Akyu began, before she was interrupted a third time, this time by Lily Black grabbing her and her companions bodily and making a dash for a nearbly lean-to. "W-whah! B-Black-san, w-wha....?!"

"It's spring!" Lily Black hissed.

"Yeah, so it is....I don't see how that and you manhandling me have anything to do...." Etch began.

"No, not 'that' Spring. 'THAT' SPRING!" Lily said in way of explanation in a rather exasperated voice.

"That....spring?" Akyu blinked.

"...." Etch's eyes widened. "You don't mean...."

"Yes, THAT Spring." Lily nodded gravely.

"No, actually, I don't really know what you mean...." Etch admitted. "You're being a little too cryptic."

"...." Lily sighed and rolled her eyes. "Take cover and take care not to bite your tongue."

Meanwhile, just a few minutes before....

"Right, Mickey, are you sure this is the right way?" Hugh asked the dowser who was now leading the GoP hunting party, dowsing rods swinging gently to and thro. The rods were quivering more and more with each step they took.

"Yeah, we're close....close....reaaaaaaaaaaal close...." Nazrin said excitedly. "Aaaand...." The dowsing rods swung open rather abruptly. "It's here!"

"Where?!" The entire group exclaimed, leaping into combat position, which pretty much meant taking cover behind the most expendable member of the group - Mitaka.

"....I like where this is going." Mitaka said with a nasty grin. "Okay, where is it so I at least know what hit me."

"*munch* Right'ere *Chew*" Nazrin said through a huge mouthful of cheddar. "*gulp* Knew it was still spewing cheese! Hah!"

"Trust the rodent to find the cheese." Kanako sighed.

"But you know, we don't really need to rely on that." Yuki said. "I mean, it's not like the god is making it hard for us." She nodded at the slew of debris it left in its wake, both nutritional and non-nutritional.

Everyone blinked as the weight of the obvious sunk in.

"....I knew that." Kanako announced. "It was just so obvious it was superfluous to mention."

"Except the trail split two ways here." Byakuren observed, nodding at a huge, rather precariously balanced pile of food sitting in the middle of the street. From there the trail of wanton destruction and wantonness in general split in two directions, one out of the village towards the Misty Lake, the other towards the village outskirts.

"I found the wheelbarrow thief!" A voice boomed out across the street. "Now cough up our ten million yen in unlocked currency, jewels and treasures, and my peaches!" Everyone turned around to find a certain peach-topped Celestial sitting astride a rather bewildered young man's shoulders, who was in turn standing at the bow of a wheelbarrow.

"....and my fish, you fishy thieves!" The Kasha wrangling the wheelbarrow turned her fists in a revving motion around the wheelbarrow's handlebars, eliciting a low, threatening rumble from the otherwise innocuous-looking wheelbarrow.

"....err....and Satori's books as well, if you please...." The man cleared his throat politely. "I mean, if you don't mind, that is."

".....Mitaka, I know you're disgusting, but to stoop to stealing stuff, from a peach-brained Celestial no less...." Alice sighed, shaking her head.

"Says the girl who joins a certain BlackWhite to raid the SDM library every now and then...." Mitaka deadpanned.

"T-that's....t-that's plain, innocent borrowing!" Alice declared, indignant. "Th-the nerve!"

"Explain that to Patchouli-san then." Mitaka said. "Now....what's this about peaches and fish?"

"And one thousand million yen in unlocked currency! And our jewels and treasures and other shiny stuff!" The celestial demanded.

"....and....err...our books, please?" The celestial's mount added.

"Hey, the value just went up by a factor of 100.... and iss a thousand million even a number?" Mitaka turned to ask the others.

"Interest rates these days are rather atrocious." Kanako nodded in sympathy. "You may have to mortgage your shrine. We know of a rather good mortgage scheme though."

"It's the ~*~*Economy~*~*~ Thing." Suwako trilled.

"Ummm, are you okay?" Everyone turned to look at Yuki shouting out at a lone girl in white and yellow standing in the middle of the street, trembling a little. "It's all right, that monster's gone now. We'll make sure it doesn't return here...after I get my violin back."

"Hey, isn't that...." Reimu squinted to look at the girl. "That girl who lives in the forest...."

"Ya mean the fairy-loving weirdo?" Suika asked.

"Yeah, the weird one." Alice nodded.

"Is she alright, however? The poor thing is trembling." Byakuren said.

"Aaaah! I-I can't help it.....It's....It's....aaaaahn.....IT'S S-S-SPRRRIIIIIIIIIIIIING!" The girl in yellow and white suddenly turned around and threw her arms open wide with a huge, bright, nervous smile on her face.

"....incomi-...." Ruukoto began her proximity warning, before she rudely interrupted by a flying-tackled from Reimu into cover behind a nearby half-eaten stall. They tumbled into its shadow just as bright white danmaku lanced over their heads, blasting everything within its field of fire.

"Oh ME! She's channeling that spring fairy!" Kanako gasped from behind a number of haphazardly planted logs acting as a danmaku shield.

"...I think she IS the spring fairy...." Suwako added, peeking out a little before a shot glanced off her hat, forcing her back into cover.

"D-Danmaku pattern s-signature confirmed t-t-to be identical to subject 092, t-t-termed 'That Darn Random Immortal Spring Fairy'." Ruukoto said, her maid cap split apart to reveal a handy periscope.

"Why is she here?!" Alice hissed from behind Mitaka as a stray bullet frayed her bow. "We're not even shooting anyone....yet!"

"Didn't you hear her?" Mitaka looked around at Alice from where he was crouching behind the protection of Genji's shell. "It's Spring." Sparks flew around them as fierce Lunatic-level danmaku glanced off Genji's shell. It would have been beautiful if the situation weren't so potentially lethal.

"More importantly, what do we do?" Yuki asked. "We can't get bogged down here! I still need to find my violin!"

"What she said." Lunasa said. "That and I don't plan on dying here. It'd be rather pathetic."

"You guys go on ahead." Mitaka nodded over to the others with a grin. "I'll hold her off."

"....with...what?" Reimu asked, incredulous, from her stall halfway across the street.

"What are you going to do? Tremble at her? Shake your knees at her?" Alice demanded with a nod at Mitaka's shaking knees.

"This? This is excitement! I can barely hold it in!" Mitaka said dismissively, stumbling shakily onto his feet. "Besides, I've always wanted to try my luck with Amarillo-san."

"Disgusting." He heard Alice mutter.

"I mean try my skills." Mitaka elaborated.

"Very disgusting." He heard Alice mutter again.

"At martial arts." Mitaka explained, exasperation mounting.

"Disgus.....oh." Alice blinked. "....You should have said so, you disgusting person."

"....what exactly were you thinking?" Mitaka asked with a sigh. "Anyway, go on, all of you. I got this."

"So, bets on how long he'll last?" Suwako asked as Mitaka stepped out of the cover of Genji's shell and walked into the maelstrom.

"3 Minutes." Reimu suggested.

"I'd say....2 minutes." Alice shrugged.

"That's generous. I give him one." Kanako said. "Oh wait, he's a Hakurei. Make that half."

"5! 5 on Taka-kun!" Reimu shouted in retaliation. "Oh, you know what?! He'll KNOCK HER OUT! 100 yen on Taka-kun knocking her out!"

"Disgusting." Alice muttered for the umpteenth time.

"100 yen. That's a LOT of confidence, coming from you and your coffers." Kanako scoffed.

"Hah, and where's YOUR over-glorified breast pillow then if he's any better?" Reimu challenged. "At least Taka-kun there is here in our time of need, even if only as a bumper-sub!"

"At least I value my followers! All you have is that armpit-warmer of yours and even then you squander him!"

"Followers?! You must be getting so senile you can't count, old hag!"

"Stay right there while I prepare you an onbashira sandwich!"

"Heeeeeeeeeey! Can we come kill you yet?!" The Celestia's voice sailed over from the other side of the street from behind the upturned wheelbarrow acting as a shield. "I still want my one thousand million billion yen, you know!"

"In unlocked fish currency!" The Kasha's voice joined in.

"SHUT UP!" The goddess and shrinemaiden roared in unison.

Meanwhile, Mitaka strode up the street, through a roaring, blinding storm of what had become a Last Word level pandemonium, praying silently that Suika doesn't somehow suddenly turn sober (or drunk, he can never really tell) and forget to maintain the mass dispersion spell protecting him. He walked onwards, grabbing a wooden sword off a half-blasted stall as he passed.

"Oy, Mita-whatsyourface, you have to pay for that!" A voice shouted from behind the stall.

"...." Mitaka, a little irritated that someone felt it necessary to ruin his moment of cool with ~*~*economics*~*~, ignored the voice.

"I mean it! I'm putting it on your tab!" The voice added, a little more nervously.

"Look, this is a moment of dramatic awesome." Mitaka turned around to point out. "Here, have an IOU." He said, taking out a ready-made IOU from his pouch of Hakurei-sealed IOUs.

"Now.....Amarillo...." Mitaka turned again to face his adversary as he dug into his pocket to bring out his ace-in-the-hole. "At last, the circle is complete. When I left you I was but the learner; now I am the master!"

"He's....Niisan's resorting to his ace-in-the-hole, yep!" Suika exclaimed.

"....Does this mean he's going to die?" Hugh asked.

Mitaka tied his ace-in-the-hole to the wooden sword before spinning the sword around.

"FRENCH SKILL! [AWESOME SURRENDER]"

(法國藝術 [真棒投降])

 (Fa Guo   [Yi Shu] )

He waved the white flag triumphantly.

French Skill (Awesome Surrrender) -  [/i]This....ability.... is inspired by the French ability - Fail Surrender. Mitaka's version improves on the original French version by simple virtue of sheer awesome. Considering the user, it's probably a lot more useless though.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Tsunade Gakudan on May 19, 2011, 09:04:55 PM
House of the Human, The Ancient City, Former Hell. 10:30 AM, Day 001.
[The Prologue: Part 2.]

Stepping out of the house always warranted the same bustling noise of oni moving around; today was no exception. If Tsunade hadn?t known any better, they had probably stayed up all night; most of them were normally seen drinking anyway. It didn?t change the fact that they were all out in force; going about whatever business they had to attend to. By now, Tsunade had learnt to just go with the flow as opposed to trying to force your way through. For her, it never worked. People like Yuugi could do it if they so desired, but she was human. Her strength was no way near their level. Not that she was strong anyway; carrying heavy stuff was always a strain for her. Bar work aside, there wasn?t much else she could physically do. If she had the training, maybe she could improve. But in her head, an oni training a human felt quite intimidating; even if she knew them.
The smell of food rose through the air and reminded Tsunade why she had left the house in the first place; shopping. With that, she slipped into the crowd and began walking to her left; being aware of how close everyone was to her in the process. So often had she stepped on the heels of someone, and vice versa, when she began living here. Now, it was almost second nature; though there was still the odd moment or two. But it didn?t matter to most of them either way; they?d normally shrug it off. The only time it had been a real problem was when she was still adapting to the travel to and from work. Yuugi saved her on that occasion, but Tsunade knew she wasn?t planning on letting it happen again.

As her eyes darted around, she noticed the usual amount of sake dishes carried by the oni. She had been after one for ages, but every time she had gone to buy one, they always ran out. It was like someone was telling her not to bother. But she loved her sake and hated drinking it out of a bottle all the time. The cups she had were broken during her first few days and she had discarded them before she realised she could have actually fixed them. Not that she complained; she never liked holding on to stuff which were in a bad state. With each drink the oni around her had, a slight trickle would run down the side of one of them; from over-drinking or accident, she would never know. If anyone ever said they had seen an oni drunk, Tsunade would have probably asked them for proof since it was rare for her to see one in such a state. Her mind flicked back to a little oni she encountered a while back and, after seeing how much she flailed, was certain that was the closest she would get to seeing an oni ?drunk.?
The crowd began to part as the end of the road came up; splitting itself into two different directions and a lot of stands in the distance. The main path was always such a relief to her since everyone would spread out and you wouldn?t have to worry about being shoved in any...

OOF!

To her surprise, someone charged straight into the side of her; sending her back into an oni behind her. To her relief, the oni didn?t mind so much and simply moved on after pushing her out the way; even her instinctive sorry was brushed aside. Tsunade quickly glanced back to see where the figure went and saw the person dart round a corner. From a quick glance, she didn?t see any horns, and she was certain there weren?t any shackles on the figure?s wrist when they barged into her. So it wasn?t an oni. But this had happened before; in fact, several times. Tsunade sort of wished she could see the person?s face at least once; if only just to see what they looked like. She was certain it was a girl, yet had no real way of confirming that.

?Gakudan!?

And no sooner had she started to go towards the direction she vanished in, the familiar sound of a strong oni came from behind her.

?Ah, Yuugi.? Tsunade turned and waved as she acknowledged her. ?Good morning.?

?Like every other morning.? Yuugi replied as she stood in front of her; her sake dish in hand. ?I do hope you haven?t got anything planned today.?

Tsunade tilted her head slightly. For Yuugi to tell her not to have something planned meant either lots of drinks, or lots of fights. Not that she didn?t mind watching the fights; in fact, it secretly inspired her to learn at some point. Just not against oni.

?Well, I was about to go shopping. I sort of need to stock up.?

?Ah, it?s not a problem then.? Yuugi smiled as she patted her shoulder. ?I was hoping you could have come with me for a bit. I have something to give you, actually.?

That quickly changed the expression on her face. Suddenly, shopping could wait a little bit. If it was indeed a gift, especially after the last present from Yuugi, she didn?t care about anything else.

?Re... Really? I mean... What is it??

Yuugi took a sip from her dish and grinned at her.

?Telling would be a surprise.? She chuckled. ?Plus, you?d have to drink with me first to get it.?

?You?re not trying to pull anything are you?? Tsunade asked; she had seen Yuugi goad others into drinking contests with her before and knew how they all ended. ?I won?t end up like everyone else.?

?Relax, Tsu-chan.? Yuugi smiled as she ruffled her hair. ?I wouldn?t dream of it. It?s only a friendly drink.?

Tsunade pouted a little as she attempted to straighten out her hair. When she wasn?t working, her hair flowed down her back, but it was never permanently straight. The attempt was useless as was trying to straighten it in a normal day.

?Fine, I?ll go with you.? Tsunade sighed; yet looking pretty happy with the situation. ?But not to my place; I don?t want to be dragged into work again.?

?Wouldn?t dre...?

Yuugi stopped mid-sentence as a scene began to un-fold out of the corner of her eye. In one swift movement, she had pushed Tsunade to her side and into a group of unsuspecting oni. After that, she swung round, sake dish in hand, and delivered a solid punch to, what could only be described, as a giant pink, fluffy creature. The fluff-ball groaned as it went soaring into the air; coughing up various amounts of food and pieces of paper, before it came soaring back down behind Yuugi; resulting in a considerable impact that shook the ground around them. Everyone around them began to murmur about the scene in front of them as a green hat landed on Tsunade?s head; blinding her view temporally.

?Wha... What was that?!? Tsunade called out as she lifted the hat slightly over her eyes.

Yuugi walked over and helped her up before looking back at the fluff-ball.

?I?m not sure.? Yuugi replied in a serious tone. ?Whatever it is, it?s still alive; must be pretty tough.?

Tsunade knew that line coming from Yuugi wasn?t always the best one for someone to hear. From the times she had heard it, a fight normally followed. This time, however, Yuugi gently kicked it; testing to see whether it could actually move or not. For once, Tsunade was glad to be standing quite a bit away from her. A sudden spew of cream engulfed Yuugi as the fluff-ball darted up and shot right into her. The oni stumbled backwards instantly, yet some how managed to keep her sake dish, not only out of the spray of the cream, but without dropping any of her sake. Tsunade knew she was too close to the scene now and quickly ran to the other side of the street. Unfortunately for her, the ball of fluff went right down the middle of the street. Tsunade barely missed getting bowled over by it, but felt something come off from the inside of her open kimono.

?NO!?

Her hand instinctively reached for her bag and, some how, caught on to it; just as the fluff-ball began to take it. How it managed to remove the bag from her in the first place was a mystery; but its mouth was open, ready to consume it. Tsunade attempted to pull it free, but just didn?t have the strength. In fact, she felt her feet leave the ground for a split second before the creature moved forward; it?s mouth even bigger. And that?s when she really felt her weight shift backwards. Yuugi, cream-covered and all, threw a giant ring at the ever-consuming fluff-ball and caused it to not only release the bag, but sent it flying into the distance until the ring faded out. The creature began to fall, but some how continued to bounce along the ground in the direction of where the bridge was.

?Well... that was quite something...?

Yuugi licked a bit of the cream off her and went to take a drink, before hesitating and leaving it for the time being. She walked up to Tsunade, who was quickly checking her bag to see if anything was missing.

?I think that should be the least of your worries.? She spoke up again. ?You almost went for a ride no one would have liked.?

Tsunade paused for a second, looked up at Yuugi, glanced at the scene around her before lying flat on the ground.

?I?m sorry.?

?Hey, it?s not your fault.?

Yuugi held out a hand to help her up again. This time, however, Tsunade ignored it.

?You?re filthy right now.?

Yuugi smiled as Tsunade picked herself up; holding on to the hat she had 'obtained' from the scene. She gave it a quick glance before putting it back on her head and started to walk in the direction of where the bridge sat in the far distance.

?And here I was thinking I was the one who looked for a fight.?

?That?s not it at all.? Tsunade muttered as Yuugi stood next to her. ?That thing took my money. In fact, it took everything but my d... notebook.?

Yuugi looked at her and sighed before setting off into the distance.

?Well, let us get going then.? She grinned. ?Can?t let it get it away with that.?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Janitor Morgan on May 19, 2011, 09:59:22 PM
Meanwhile...

~10:30 AM, Day 1, Palace of the Earth Spirits

The Ancient City began to bustle with activity as some of the slightly less smashed oni started opening up their bars, businesses, and roadside shops, and pedestrians started filling the streets.  For a city that never saw the natural sun, it was surprisingly productive, producing much of Gensokyo's alcoholic beverages and other commodities that could only be manufactured within the cave.  This was due in part to the power of the raven youkai, Utsuho "Okuu" Reiuji; she had swallowed a dying sun god, giving her control over the process of nuclear fusion, which she used to supply energy to the Ancient City.  Because of this power's great boon upon the oni, the Ancient City had flourished over time and had become more lively over the years.

Satori Komeiji closed the curtain that draped in front of the window she was sitting near.  The activity in the city was a bit too exuberant for her; with all the oni milling about, her Third Eye would simply flit about from one to the next, reading the mind of each one it looked at and flooding Satori's mind with their thoughts.  It had happened several times before, and she did not particularly want a repeat experience.

This was not to say that she disliked the oni; rather, her power just did not allow her to handle huge crowds.  She far preferred the palace, where it was much quieter.  She could far more easily handle three other minds -- Okuu, Orin, and more recently Roark -- as opposed to a whole city's thoughts.  Her sister Koishi was present on occasion as well, but her mind could not be read on account of her Third Eye being shut.  Regardless, Satori greatly enjoyed her sister's company as well.

Satori turned to her left, where there sat a glass of water, half full; the latest edition of the Bunbunmaru newspaper, turned to an article about the coming of spring; and a book titled Crime and Punishment, which Roark had picked up at Kourindou while on an errand.  The book was about a man who believed himself to be "extraordinary" and thus above the law...at least, until he committed a horrible atrocity.  Given the psychological nature of both the book and her powers, Satori rather enjoyed reading it; it gave her an interesting look into the human perception of the mind.

The pink-haired woman picked up the book, ready to start where she left off, when she heard the flapping of wings from somewhere above.  She glanced toward the ceiling and saw a raven flying through a skylight, sharply swooping downwards to meet her.  As the raven approached the ground, it leveled out and slowed its momentum, then shifted its form into that of a black-haired woman with large wings, as well as what appeared to be a boot made of cement on her foot and some sort of control rod on her right arm.

"Ah, Okuu.  I hadn't expected you to be back so early," said Satori, putting the book down again.  As her Third Eye focused on the raven youkai, the reason was clear: "...there's nothing wrong with the reactor today?  How odd."

"Mmhmm, that's what I was thinking," said Okuu.  "...no pun intended, of course.  But yeah, the reactor didn't need very much adjustment today, which is unusual.  Gives me some free time today, though!"

"It does...which is why -- and I'm sorry to ask you this -- I would like you to do something for me today," said Satori, smiling apologetically.

"Unyu?" came the response, Utsuho's face falling slightly.  This was supposed to be her day off...  She knew that Satori wouldn't ask for much without a good reason, however, and smiled back.  "Whatever it is, I can handle it, no problem.  What's up?"

Satori turned to grab the newspaper and showed Okuu the article.  "According to the Bunbunmaru this morning, it's spring above ground, or about to be.  This means that there should be a festival soon.  Could you go up and find out when the festival will take place?"

"Ooh, a festival!" exclaimed the raven, pumping her left fist in the air.  "Sure, I can figure that out.  Are we all going?"

Satori nodded.  "Yes, we'll all have fun at the festival together.  If it gets too noisy for me where the festivities are taking place, we can still go to the flower viewing and watch the wind pick up petals, at least."

"That's true, yeah.  Anyway, I'll get on that.  If I see Orin and Roark, I'll say hi to them for you!" said Okuu before becoming a simple raven again and taking to the sky.

"Take care, Utsuho, and good luck," replied Satori as she waved goodbye to her pet.  Sighing contentedly, she picked Crime and Punishment back up and prepared to read. Let's see what Raskolnikov does next...

---

Man...I really wanted to take today to just relax.  Still, there's going to be a festival!  I can't wait!

Thoughts about the festival raced through Okuu's mind as she, in the form of a bird, glided across the cityscape.  To someone on the ground, she would be near-impossible to see against the dark backdrop that was the cavernous ceiling.  Not that she minded; her goal was not to be noticed, but to get to the surface and figure out the date of the spring festival.

Looks like the city is as lively as eve--...what the heck?  There's some sort of pink fluffba--

The raven's thoughts were replaced by panic as she suddenly got a face full of key lime pie, which had evidently hit her from the direction of said fluffball.  Not able to see where she was going, she fired a small burst of nuclear energy from her beak, forcing the dessert off of her face and temporarily lighting up that part of the cave.  She looked for the strange creature and noticed that it had been flung back towards the bridge, and was beginning to run away.

...hmm.  That seems like something else I'll need to investigate today, thought Okuu as she, too, made her way towards the bridge, swooping downwards from the ceiling of the city's cavernous chamber.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: 日巫子 on May 19, 2011, 11:11:53 PM
10:30AM, Day 1, Between Human Village and Scarlet Devil Mansion

?We saw a lot of people chasing this God of Plenty earlier,? Kasen noted as she strolled along the path, Keine walking beside her.

?Really?? Keine asked.  Her walk was a little more brisk, perhaps in anticipation.

?It dropped quite the variety of sweets.?  Kasen couldn?t help but smile a little.

?It seems like it drops a lot of things.?

As Kasen and Keine made small talk about the God of Plenty, Himiko followed closely behind, eavesdropping every now and then.  She had never seen this pagoda lady before, but it seemed like she and Kasen were already acquainted??

But there was another pressing matter at hand?

Himiko glanced back at Ken.  He was exchanging banter with that faerie wearing the pendant, with a sword at his belt.  It seemed normal, but?There was something she noticed when she first came across him.  It couldn?t have been that his eyes were two different colors as well.  Something about it gave her a vague feeling of d?j? vu, as if she were supposed to know of someone else with different-colored eyes.  It kind of made her wonder how people felt when they saw her, but that wasn?t the problem?

Ken seemed to notice that Himiko was staring at him, and glanced over at her.  ?What?s wrong??

?N-nothing,? Himiko muttered as she quickly turned back.  Ken raised an eyebrow. 

?Huh??  That was odd.

Reisa looked confused, too, but that didn?t stop her from continuing the conversation.  ?So, Kenno, maybe this God of Plenty will have dropped enough food for a feast by the time we catch up with it!?

?If you don?t mind having paper and other non-foodstuffs, be my guest.?

?Excluding whatever isn?t food!?

Meanwhile, Kasen felt someone tug at her sleeve.

?Himiko??

?When we first came into the clearing??  Himiko?s voice was barely above a whisper.  ?Why a doll??

?What??
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sect on May 20, 2011, 04:05:22 AM
8.55 AM, Day 1, Streets of the Human Village, just shortly after Mitaka splits his credibility in two....

"I'm not sure if I should be insulted by that..."

Nazrin glanced at Hugh with raised eyebrows. "Whad wath that?" she asked around a mouthful of cheese.

"Nothing, nothing," Hugh muttered, before snaking a finger into Nazrin's collar and pulling her behind cover, into the shadow of a shop. "I guess we'll be making a quick stop while that kid gets his ass handed to him by a girl half his size, right?" he asked, peering at the confrontation from behind the cover of the building.

Nazrin also watched from around the human. "I guess. I'd love to sneak away while the red-white's distracted, but..."

Hugh smirked as he nabbed a bit of cheese from the mouse. "But you can't say no to Byakuren?" He munched on the cheese thoughtfully, then glanced down at the mouse youkai. "Hey, Naz. Whaddya know about all these people? Hakurei, the woman with the ropes, all them."

Nazrin looked up at Hugh, then glanced at their companions, who were either watching the poor sod or talking amongst themselves. The low tone, the neutral expression on the human's face... it wasn't the usual mischief that most people were used to from the man. Nazrin, however, had seen it many times over the last three years that she'd known him, ever since she had helped rescue him: the cold, analytical side that he kept carefully hidden behind snark and general jackassery. She chewed on her lip, formulating her answer to him...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 21, 2011, 12:56:01 AM
Posted on Trance's (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php?action=profile;u=24) behalf

Stand: "Gensou no Kyoukai". 1000. Day 1.
Hirowaza's stall.

"What a terrible mess." Hirowaza groaned as he finally fixed the mess of his stall since danmaku had razed part of it over, and that Mitaka fellow outright just took one of his products, and decided to pay using a Hakurei-sealed IOU? Didn't Mitaka know those things meant absolutely nothing to him? He sighed, looking out and not really paying attention to much. Meira was sitting on the ground, she had apparently managed to take a nap amidst all the chaos, whereas VIVIT just looked confused, but said nothing. It seemed perhaps she didn't WANT to know what was going on in the minds of these people. Hirowaza then realized, that perhaps it was a bit of a blessing that fellow had generously paid several times more than he actually needed to, especially since Mitaka just outright took (stole?) one of his things, without even paying for it (properly, at least...). VIVIT had also helped Hirowaza with the repairs while Meira was napping, so she seemed a little tired, and by now was sitting down on the ground.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on May 24, 2011, 02:45:30 AM
(OOC: I think I did a better job trimming this time. Again, full/verbose version can be found on Nemoma's archival site - here (http://amarilloviridian.co.cc/OriZone/?p=703).)

7:00 AM, Day 1
Hakurei Shrine Kitchen


After Chen's whispered explanation of her emotional breakdown, I ended up in the rather awkward position of trying to help comfort her while she was already curled up in Ran's arms and there was nothing I could possibly do in addition to that. But it would have been neglectful and awkward to just leave, wouldn't it? And Ran didn't even really glare at me when I slumped down against the wall a bit across the room and offered the occasional hopefully-soothing "It's okay."

After a while, Chen's crying softened. I risked glancing over, and Ran put her finger in front of her lips in a 'hush' gesture. Once I'd spent another few very awkward, increasingly restless minutes waiting in silence, I noticed that Chen's breathing had begun to slow.

... she cried herself to sleep, didn't she? Damnit.

I tried (and failed) to fight down a yawn as I realized that, remembering that I could certainly go for a nap myself. Bah.

"Is she asleep?" I asked, quietly.

Ran nodded.

... now what? I'd uh, rather get out of here without pissing her off, but I really don't know what else I can do here aside from invite Yukari to pick on me, so...

... well, actually, now that I think about it, I could at least try and clean up some of that mess Kirby made. Or go take that nap... I guess if Chen's feeling a little better, I don't have much reason to be here begging Ran to eviscerate me, do I?

Following another awkward exchange, I managed to safely escape the room.

-----

7:30 AM, Day 1
Hakurei Shrine Living Room


After fleeing the kitchen, I took a minute or two to survey the damage and figure out what I could do to clean up the shrine a bit. The donation box and broken door were beyond me, but cleaning up the leftover invitations and smaller door fragments would be manageable enough.

Though, it did get me thinking about why Reimu had left the Yakumos and I back here, while bringing Deodorant along... I wonder if he's, ah, emotionally important somehow. Probably not, but it's an amusing thought after his teasing this morning...

Whatever. Uh, right. Let's see what I can manage here...

-----

8:00 AM, Day 1
Hakurei Shrine Living Room


Ultimately, I only really had the patience and endurance to take care of the stuff I had identified as being easy to handle. The invitations were easy enough to sweep up and re-pile in a corner for someone else to figure out what to do with, and sweeping up the smaller rubble in the front courtyard was more tedious than difficult. Though the new pile of broken shoji (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sh%C5%8Dji) pieces by one of the front corners of the shrine didn't look very pretty, with or without the pink from already-fallen sakura petals mixed among them.

Gotta say, that lawn is pretty. Peeking in on the flower-viewing festival would have been worth it, even for me. Arriving at 5 AM a day early, on the other hand, was rather excessive.

Oh well. At least Yukari's been leaving us alone for whatever the hell she's doing in the hot springs.

I yawned. Now, where can I nap... hm, the kotatsu cover looks fluffy enough to serve as a makeshift blanket, or pillow. Even if I'm already sweating after sweeping around in this shrine getup for... however long it's been.

... and I'll push it back into a more central position first. The top got detached from the heater underneath, mostly; that was easy enough to fix. And oh, oh, curling up beneath one side of it and using a corner as a pillow... yes, I can nap like this. Mmm...

-----

9:15 AM, Day 1
Hakurei Shrine Living Room


I was later awoken by... Marisa, of all people. Somehow she mistook me for Deodorant while I was napping. And when I tried to explain, well...

"Uh... Yukari dragged me here..."

The witch stared at me for a moment, then slowly started to smile, mischief twinkling in her eye.

"Ohhh, you must be the gap hag's boytoy!"

Damnit. Marisa's grin widened as I glared at her. Yep, that's the tomboy witch I know from the games, all right. Now to try and get her off my case.

"If you're looking for Reimu, she's off chasing Kirby." I grumbled, crawling out from beneath the kotatsu and blinking out the front door. How long have I been out? And... oh right, the property damage... damnit.

Marisa tilted her head at me. "Kirby?"

I reconsidered. "Well, okay, not really Kirby. Uh, big, pink, fluffy, fast as hell, eats stuff, uh... Reimu called it a god of something?"

The witch frowned at me, bouncing the broom over her shoulder as she interpreted that. After a moment, she chuckled and grinned. "Heheh, it tried to eat and run this year, didn't it, ze?"

That made me blink. "... this is a regular thing?"

Marisa nodded, still grinning. "You bet, ze! Great fun when it tries to run off for a chase all over Gensokyo!"

Lovely. I'm in a land of lunatics. Well, at least they're fun lunatics. "And I'm guessing you want to join in the hunt, right?" I asked, almost rhetorically.

She laughed a little. "It's more fun than having Reimu make me help out at the shrine, ze!" Tilted her head at me again, with a bemused smirk. "And it looks like you did okay with that already."

Yeah, I guess the pile of rubble outside isn't exactly subtle... but, "I don't suppose you feel like helping me get the donation box back where it belongs?" It was a bit too heavy for me to drag, let alone carry back onto the 'front porch' - especially without being able to fly.

"Reimu'd smack me if I messed that up, so I'll pass, ze." Marisa replied, as a relatively feeble excuse. She quickly changed the topic to avoid any pressure, too: "So where'd that god-thing go, anyway?"

That's... a good question. I shrugged. "Dunno. Reimu and the rest all ran off after it, but I don't know where--"

"Oh, it just left the human village."

That made me jump. I turned tow-- NO! Don't look! She might have included a visual view for that communications gap, and she's probably still in the hot springs!

"Damnit, Yukari."

Sukima giggled, and Marisa frowned at the air off to my left, where Yukari's voice had come from. Yeah, probably safe to assume there was a gap visible there.

"Keeping an eye on things, ze?" the witch asked.

"Of course." Yukari replied. "I think it's picked up a new trick or two this year~"

"'Zat so, ze? I'd better check it out, then." Marisa smirked at me. "Y'want me to give your boytoy a ride over?"

Damnit. "I'll pass, thanks." I said, gruffly.

"Oh, no need. He's just as entertaining to have close at hand~" Yukari sang.

The witch grinned. "Sure thing, ze. You two have fun~"

Marisa laughed and walked out the door, hopping on her broom and, for lack of a better term, blasting off into the air in pursuit of that Kirby thing that Reimu was chasing.

I sighed. Yukari wasn't helping with squashing that rumor... but I guess she isn't encouraging it, at least. That's something...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on May 24, 2011, 02:28:45 PM
10:15 AM, Day 1, Human Village Marketplace

Wodan just wasn't able to resist the temptation, and spent a whole hour practicing his old self-made sword katas on his cottage. Somehow, the knowledge never left him, even if he hadn't even touched a wooden sword for more than two years.

Alas, the time passed quickly, and the peak hours would reach the stands on the village. Surely someone would have to need Wodan's help sooner or later!

What he found in the marketplace was a lot more different. A familiar stall looked in pretty bad shape.

"H-Hey, what the hell happened here? The whole place is a mess!" Wodan checked if any of the girls had wounds, thankfully, it seemed like they were fine.

The stand attendant sighed. "Someone went on a spring-related rampage, and my stand got looted, but I already fi- Hey, what are you doing?"

Wodan was using a leftover piece of wood to hit a nail. "What does it look like I'm doing? This nail is loose, so I'm helping you with it. Besides, I like helping other people, too. I live off that, so often I do stuff for free. By the way, what is your name?"

"E-Eh?" The question was seemingly rushed, to say the least. "Why do you ask me that all of a sudden?"

Wodan grinned widely. No, not the evil kind of grin. "Well, we seem to be running into each other a lot by now, so I think it would be nice if I at least knew how should I call you! By the way, my name is Wodan."

"Uh... My name is Hirowaza... nice to meet you, I guess."

Wodan quickly stood up as the nail was properly placed. "Well, that's odd! I guess that sounds like a man's name... but don't bother explaining stuff to me. Your red eye already tells me you're something unnatural, maybe a youkai!"

"That's not right, I'm a human..." Hiro looked quite confused by his reaction. Such a short time, and he already realized that something was up with the eye's color.

"Is that so~?" Wodan grinned again, mimicking the speech patterns of a certain youkai he had escaped from not too long ago.

"Heheh, it is so!" Hiro seemed to catch the reference. Score!

And then a log fell from the structure.

"Just... how often do you nail stuff into place?" Wodan had already kneeled down, prepared to fix this one up.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: trancehime on May 24, 2011, 03:28:44 PM
Stand: "Gensou no Kyoukai". 1020. Day 1.
Hirowaza's stall.

Hirowaza sighed and upon further inspection on the haphazard job he did with VIVIT, since Meira was still sleepy for the most part, the stall was, in fact, in a bit of a shambles still. He sighed. "To be honest, they're usually done pretty tightly... I guess the damage was a bit more than what I'm usually used to..." Hirowaza said, flipping a card from his pouch of charms and blowing into it, causing a tiny, animated hammer to fly about hammering the nails into place. "And you know, thank you for your kindness, sir Wodan," Hiro said, curtseying as the animated hammer continued its work before suddenly fading into the wind. Most of the nails pounded by the hammer were tight, but some kinks and such still needed ironing out. "I greatly appreciate your kindness and generosity. I'd love to give you another thing for your toubles, but as you can see, a bunch of my wares got stolen." he continued, bowing in apology. VIVIT giggled.

Wodan smiled after seeing the animated hammer do its work. "I figured you'd have something going on," he said. "I knew it the moment I saw your eyes!"

Hirowaza made a rather crooked, nervous smile. "Eheh, well, sir Wodan," he said, dusting himself off and placing his arms beneath his chest. "Is there a problem with that? It's part of my job."

"Your job? You're just selling stuff here, though, I can't see why you'd need to do something like that for marketing!" Wodan responded quite heartily to this question, ignoring the disdain on Hirowaza's face.

"Ah, well, my old job, that is."

Suddenly, Wodan looked a bit more serious than he did a couple of moments ago. "Your old job? Now I'm curious."

"I used to hunt down ghosts and demons, and then exorcise or exterminate them, much like a certain Shrine Maiden we both know. Ever since I crashlanded here in Gensokyo, I've had little reason to continue my monster-slaying business when we have much more efficient people around," Hirowaza exposited. "Furthermore, I've been taking care of poor VIVIT here, who I found in a complete wreck, and the fact she runs on Saboten has... been... quite detrimental to me in high quantities, I must admit."

VIVIT looked a little sad after Hirowaza said that, though it was less about herself and more that Hirowaza still was willing to keep her around despite knowing her presence was a disease to him. Hirowaza saw VIVIT's face and then pet her.

"So you can see that life for me has been pretty peaceful for me, too, you know?" Hiro said, smiling for the first time in a very long time.

First official post by me! Woooh!
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yonowaaru on May 24, 2011, 03:55:26 PM
9:00 AM, Day 1, The Forest of Magic.

Umbron and Murasa had started climbing down the mountain after Murasa had gotten dressed. The trip down the mountain had been long, but uneventful.
Once they arrived in the forest however, a peculiar thing happened...

Umbron walked down the mountain with Murasa.


"Have you ever been here, Murasa" Umbron asked.


"Not for a very long time, really! I've been sealed underground for a long time, but I've visited here before that. Most people that lived here left, though.."


"Ah, that is a pity. But there's Byakuren and...."


Suddenly, Umbron turned around because of a rustling behind him.


"Is someone there?" Murasa asked, and readied her anchor.


From somewhere in the bushes, they heard a girl speaking in a squeaky voice.


"Sakuya, how many times do I need to tell you I don't need you to follow me! I brought my umbrella, and I'm a five-hundred year-old vampire! I can take care of myself!" the girl said. Another voice, a bit lower than the vampire's, says: "But it is my duty to help you in your endavours!"


Murasa looked at Umbron, and started walking towards the girls. He followed her, carrying his trusty weapon on his shoulders. They arrived at a clearing, and saw a vampire with leathery wings and a maid clutching some kitchen knives. Suddenly, knives appeared at all sides, floating in midair around them. Umbron and Murasa staggered, but managed to regain their sang-froid.  Umbron repressed swearing at the maid.


"Who are you, and why are you sneaking up on the Mistress? You'd better explain yourself quickly!" the maid said, but the vampire said: "Sakuya! Stop this at once! They're just travellers like us, going to the shrine, right?"


Murasa responded:"Ehe-ee, yes! Yes, that's exactly why we're here! This is Umbron Whitestone, a swordsman who recently crossed over to Gensokyo. I am Minamitsu Murasa, the captain of Byakuren's holy palanquin!" "Ah, the senchou! I am sorry for my paranoia, but I had never met you before.." the maid says. "I am Sakuya Izayoi, head maid of the Scarlet Devil Mansion, and this is the young mistress Remilia Scarlet. My pleasure." Sakuya says, coldly The knives dropped around them, and Umbron unsheathed his sword. "I do not know who you are, but if you are magicians, I will show no mercy!" Murasa nervously giggles...


"Magicians? I don't like magicians either! They're so selfish! Like that black witch flying on a broom that one day flew into the mansion and beat everyone up!" Remilia said, and Umbron lowered his sword. "So, you're from the Outside World, huh? How's stuff back there? It's been ages since we left..." Remilia asked "Wait, you're from the Outside World?" Murasa asked her.....


And so, the odd quartet headed to the festival together.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Tsunade Gakudan on May 27, 2011, 12:20:14 AM
Inside the Entrance to Former Hell. 11:00 AM, Day 001.
[The Prologue: Part 3.]

If anything could beat the day she was having right now, she?d buy them a drink herself. Well, that?s what she would have liked to have thought. The truth was that sure, the contents of her bag had been emptied by some pink, fluffy creature, but she was still alive. And to top that off...

?I wonder if it?ll be warm outside...?

She had a soaking wet oni walking beside her. The reason why, of course, was because Yuugi had to make a quick stop to at least get cleaned some what. It may have only been a dive into the nearest source of water and continuing on in soggy clothes, but at least she could be taken seriously like usual, as opposed to being coated in cream. Tsunade had half a mind to let her borrow her outer robe, but she didn?t like getting her clothes dirty unless she was at work; in which case, it happened all the time. These were her daily life clothes; she?d be upset if anything bad happened to them.

?Well, even if it isn?t, it?ll still be good to see the surface again.?

?Again?? Tsunade asked. ?I thought you had lived down here forever.?

?Don?t be silly.? Yuugi chuckled. ?We used to rule a mountain up there...?

Tsunade remembered almost immediately no sooner had she mentioned it. Yuugi was, and still is, referred to as one of the four devas. From what she remembered, the little oni she encountered briefly was also one of them; meaning she had at least seen two of the group. It sort of made her feel special, not only having met them, but actually being able to drink and be friendly around one of them

?Do you think we might see them up there?? Tsunade chirped in again. ?The devas I mean.?

Yuugi sighed a little and took a sip from her sake dish.

?Who knows? Other than Suika, I don?t know where they could...?

Yuugi stopped suddenly and grabbed Tsunade by the collar; pulling her back as quickly as possible. As Tsunade stumbled, a bucket dropped just centimetres away from them; swinging back and forth as it slowed to a stop at eye-level. Tsunade didn?t need to ask who it was; there was only one person who would attempt to ?greet? them like that.

?Good day to you~?

Sure enough, a head poked out from inside the bucket to reveal a green haired girl with the usual white robe just being displayed from under the neck.

?Can?t you descend in a manner that doesn?t target my head??

?But that wouldn?t be fun.?

No matter how annoyed Tsunade got with her, that child-like manner of speaking always got to her. The bucket girl, Kisume, is actually a pretty scary youkai. It just so happened that she inadvertently sent Tsunade tumbling into Former Hell in the first place. As a result, Tsunade lived and, even though Kisume made her a target each time they crossed paths, Yuugi was always a step ahead. Three steps, some might say.

?Either way, we need to get moving.? Tsunade sighed. ?We?ve got something to recover and...?

?To recover?? Came a new voice. ?This wouldn?t be the same thing the bird was flying after??

Behind Kisume came a blonde haired girl wearing a brown dress; dangling upside down as she came down from the roof of the cave. It was common knowledge for the people of Former Hell that where Kisume?s bucket was, Yamame was probably not far off. It always confused her as to how Kisume would end up in the city but Yamame wouldn?t; but she soon realised that Yamame was simply watching the entrance and, on most occasions, would stay there.

?If by bird you mean the hell raven, then it depends on what she was chasing.? Came Yuugi?s sly grin. ?It wouldn?t happen to be huge and pink??

Yamame nodded as she flipped the right way up and floated towards Kisume.

?To be fair, everyone seems to be heading out today.? The spider went on. ?I mean, at this rate, we might get scolded by the...?

Yamame saw the stare coming from Yuugi before she attempted to finish the sentence. Yuugi knew better than anyone else the terms and agreements originally made involving those in Former Hell. If so many had left already, it would be part of her job to bring them back. And if that meant a side-quest on the way, then it would kill 2 birds with one stone. Yamame shrugged and pulled on Kisume?s bucket; almost signalling her to ascend back to their original positions.

?I?ll leave you two be then.? Yamame said as they moved upwards.

Tsunade went to move onwards before Kisume suddenly dropped right in front of her face again.

?You may want this first though.? She giggled as she emptied a pile of papers from her bucket.

Tsunade braced for impact as they flew over her and grabbed her hat in the process; like the number of papers were going to summon a gust of wind from somewhere. She opened her eyes again to a stare coming from the bucket girl; like she was trying to be serious or something.

?What?s with the hat?? Kisume asked as she stretched for it.

Tsunade quickly moved backwards, right into Yuugi for that matter, and pulled it down slightly.

?It?s nothing... Just something that thing spat at me.?

?And you?re still wearing it because...?

?It smells like a cat.? Tsunade quickly replied. ?I kind of like cats.?

Yuugi shrugged and patted her head in response before looking at the piece of paper in her hand.

?The Hakurei Shrine, huh?? Yuugi murmured. ?Could it be...?

Tsunade looked at one of them on the floor and saw it was an invite to a festival. Whilst it sounded like it would be fun and nice to get away from work, the fact that a giant pink fluff-ball had spat them out made it seem like trouble.

?So whoever caused this will be here then??

Yuugi turned to Tsunade as she started to walk past Kisume, who was still dangling around her.

?Well, I don?t think a shrine maiden would cause an incident.? Yuugi reassured her. ?Well, not intentionally.?

?In either case, it must have originated from there.?

The determination in her voice was quite surprising. On any other day, it would be simply ignored since it normally had to do with being pumped up for work. But this was different. This was an incident that had affected her and there was no way she was going to just go home and pretend like it had never happened.

?Well, the festival isn?t happening till tomorrow.? Yuugi pointed out.

?Then we have till tomorrow to get my stuff back.?

At first, Yuugi was taken back by the sudden declaration from her friend. But then she grinned. If Tsunade was that determined, then Yuugi knew she?d run into a fight or two along the way. It couldn?t have worked any better; more so since she was making the red-white maiden a target. Perhaps this time, she?d show her the true strength of an oni. The two walked on towards the light that signalled the beginning of something more than just a simple step on the surface...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on May 31, 2011, 02:51:14 PM
10:30 AM, Day 1, ?Gensou no Kyoukai?.

?W-What?? Hirowaza was shocked after the sudden proposal of Wodan.

?Hey, I kinda need something to do consistently? After all, doing random errands will only get me so far in life.? Wodan looked dead serious.

?I don?t think I need any further help, with VIVIT and Meira around??

?Are you serious? I mean, you could make a lot more swords if I helped you with that. Besides, it?s fun to hang around you already!? Wodan?s expression changed to a widely smiling face.

?A-Ah, do you think so??? Hiro looked away, apparently embarrassed. Promptly, Wodan walked towards her, and patted her back.

?Of course I do. The fact that you have people to live with confirms it! Hell, it?s been two years for me and I still stay alone at my old cottage.?

?But in Viv?s case it?s different; I?m the only one around that can repair her??

Wodan?s senses tingled. Wildly. ?Oh god, is she? a gynoid??

?I didn?t mean that, It?s just tha-? Wodan was quick in interrupting Hiro, starting to show an interest he hadn?t the chance to express for years.

?I can?t believe it! What is her armor?s made of? Steel, Titanium, Chogokin? Is her power source an annihilation engine?? Wodan was already examining the maid?s body (With his eyes only, you perverts) throughtly.

?Aren?t you taking this a little bit too far? I mean, it?s rare in Gensokyo, but it?s not that much of a big deal??

Wodan quickly dismissed this. ?Are you kidding me? This is? This is great! Fantastic! Amazing! No, this is??

And then Wodan said the forbidden words.

?This is Sweetdiculous!?

Hirowaza promptly lost her shit, and started laughing loudly.

?Hey, it?s not funny! Well it is, but? Ah, forget that! I am really interested in how does she work??

Hiro sighed. ?First the swords, now Viv? Jeez, I wonder if he?s into spirit busting, it would be too much??
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on June 02, 2011, 06:29:19 AM
10:35 AM - Day 1 - Forest Area - Between Human Village & Scarlet Devil Mansion

"Ouch!"

Ken gasped in surprise as he walked straight into a tree, falling backwards to the ground.

Reisa stuck her tongue out, flying back to pick up the doll he had dropped. "Ha! Kenno, stop being silly! You've been staring at her for too long, watch where you're going!" She had been watching him for some time now, and wondered when he was going to fall victim to obstacles in the road. He was normally very attentive, but this was something that seemed to hold his interest rather firmly.

"Ugh...sorry, it's just--" He squeezed his right hand--empty. "Oh, where'd it go..."

The fairy held up the blonde-haired doll in her hands. "Looking for this?"

"Yeah, thanks." He got to his feet and took the doll back.

"Hmmph. You've been studying that girl for a while now...what's so good about her, huh?" Reisa's face was twisted in extreme mock jealousy.

Ken sighed as he got to his feet. "She's not a girl, she's--well, she's a female doll, yeah." I know I've seen someone that looks just like her before somewhere, he thought. But where? Maybe a few years ago, in one of Keine's lectures...

He looked back down at the doll. Lifeless, blank blue eyes stared back at him. The doll seemed human, showing no joints whatsoever. She was cold to the touch and stayed quite firm when squeezed; she definitely felt like a doll. He had never seen such an intricately crafted work of art before. Her white wings felt soft and almost like Reisa's; they were as white as her leggings. She wore two bright red ribbons, a large one in her hair and a small one on her soft, maroon-colored shirt. A lengthy, bright red skirt flowed down to her thighs.

"Hmm..." Ken briefly and tightly closed his eyes once, reopening them with several blinks. He looked at her again. Where did he see such a girl before? Perhaps--no, he couldn't bother Keine about it. She was still talking with Kasen, although they had stopped to rest briefly as he was getting back up.

He looked around briefly only to find Himiko nearby, looking at the doll in his hand. When his gaze met hers, she slowly looked away and brushed at her sleeve. Himiko seemed rather interested in the doll, although he wasn't entirely sure why. Perhaps she was driven by curiosity as much as he was. That made sense; finding a doll like this was completely out of the ordinary.

He looked back at the lifelike doll a third time and gasped.

The doll blinked.

No, he had to be imagining things. He held the doll in his hand and stared at her for a while...no movement. His eyes must have played tricks on him. Grimly, he slipped her back into his pocket, trying hard to remember where he'd seen her before. "Sorry about that, everyone, let's keep going now."

"Silly, so fascinated with a doll..." Reisa glided closer to him and lowered her voice so only he could hear her. "I didn't know you loved cute girls' toys~"

"Argh..." He felt the warm pulse of embarrassment on his face. "That's not it! I swear I've seen someone who looks just like this before, though." He knew it would bother him until he found out, but now wasn't the time to worry about it. "Whatever, let's just continue on."

Reisa raised an eyebrow, but decided to leave the subject alone. "Say, can I ask you a question?"

"Yeah, Reisa, what is it?"

She stuck her tongue out again. "Do you like chocolate-covered fairies?"


(OOC: At this point, Ken's and Himiko's groups are still walking towards the SDM. Don't worry about trying to fit either of our groups into an important 'god of plenty' event, as we'd prefer to hang back and not chase it or do anything else that would extremely involve our groups in its pursuit.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Jana on June 03, 2011, 10:56:27 PM
9:25 AM - Day 1 - Deep Inside the Scarlet Devil Mansion Library

Far removed from the hustle and bustle of everyday life was the Scarlet Devil Mansion. Further removed was the mansion's expansive library, known to many as Voile. And furthest removed was a small corner of the library, where the librarian Patchouli Knowledge slept.

However, at this time of day, she was the only one sleeping. Fairy maids affiliated with the mansion flitted about with dusters, and the librarian's two employees oversaw their work. Koakuma, the Little Devil Without a Name, and Jan Monteiro, the Moderately Useful Outsider (Perhaps), wandered through the library's maze of shelves with carts of books in tow.

Scratching the back of his head, Jan yawned as he moved some thin volumes from the cart and to their proper places in the shelf next to him. He and his coworker had been hoping to finish putting away their Lady's entertaining picture books so that the librarian could work unobstructed. They had lucked out in that she had been up working for much of the night, and was sleeping later than usual... But Remilia Scarlet, mistress of the mansion, had left many books for them to put away. She had told them that they were for her younger sister, and as he saw the pictures of automobiles and airplanes on the covers of the books, Jan couldn't help but think about how long it had been since he had seen one himself.

Being Moderately Useful may have been as much as he could have hoped for (Perhaps), but the young man knew why he was being allowed to stay in the library. As an Outsider, a human from the outside world, the knowledge of the complex machines he brought to Gensokyo could be considered valuable. (That, and he knew that Koakuma appreciated him handling the books in the lower shelves while she flew above.) Even if he didn't know the specifics of how to build an airplane or car, Patchouli still asked him about various things he had used to consider a part of everyday life.

Hearing some fairies chattering in panicked tones of voice above, Jan looked up in time to see a new fairy. He couldn't make out what was being said, but it had gotten them into enough of a frenzy that he felt it was worth checking out. Little did he suspect that the mansion was about to receive a very rare sort of visitor...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on June 05, 2011, 08:14:37 PM
0900 AM, Day 1, Outskirts of Human Village
As Mitaka is waving the flag,it seems something is triggered at Amarillo's side, since instead of attacking, she put down her weapon.
"That's what I don't like about her, just blow him up already!" Lily Black facepalms.
"About what?" asked Akyu, "Something bad will happen when people are weaving white flags at her?"
"Yes and No." Lily Black sighed, "Just see. It's called something among the words of a Emergency System or some sort."
As she is saying that, the danmaku storm  just stopped.
and Amarillo just froze in the position where she was standing.
"You see, when people surrenders in front of her when she is attacking, she will stop the attack. She told me she have disabled that program, but it seems sis triggered it again. But still, I don't understand why that program exists in the first place, you humans can totally wave the flag, and then stab her in the chest." Lily Black replied.
"Erh, I don't really think most humans will act that way." Etch said, "But I do admit something is sick with that system."


?系統警告:對手明確了投降傾向。?
(SYSTEM WARNING: OPPONENT CLEARLY SHOWED SIGNS OF SURRENDER)
?按照預定義程式行動:強行停止並且重啟界面。?
(FOLLOWING PREDEFINED PROGRAMME: EMERGENCY HALT AND REBOOT THE INTERFACE.)
?注意:同步率超出100%,啟動強行離脫程式。?
(CAUTION: SYNCHRO RATE GREATER THAN 100%, INIT EJECTION.)


When Amarillo snaps back, she saw these texts flashing in front of her eyes, that others couldn't see.
Which is obvious since these are directly projected by herself, alerting what just happened before her system goes haywire.
As the green texts starts dissolving,  she saw Mikata, still waving that flag thing, and Lily White who is currently sleeping (or more precisely, fainted from the shock of herself just get "rebooted") on her back.
"So...."Mikata lowers the flag thing, "did that mean I have beat you?"
"........" Instead of replying, Amarillo just lower down her weapon and tied it back on her belt, then rises her hand...
And draws a cross in the air.
"It's more like you surrendered than actually fighting Lily. Plus, I'll never rise my blade against you, Mitaka. I don't think Lily will either, but.. err what I'm supposed to say..... yeah something goes wrong at the moment she sees Reimu. Donno why." Amarillo quickly finished that sentence in a lower voice.
"You know, could it be something like the mental trauma Reimu had inflicted on her."
Seeing the ground is totally safe now, The others returned.
"I'll deal with it." Amarillo, still carrying the sleeping fairy, started to walk towards them.
"Hey, wait up! Don't tell me your memory got rebooted too and don't remember me!" Lily Black quickly runs after her.
"Hah, This fairy just claimed that she won't trust humans, yet she do developed a bond with her." Etch smiles.
"Well that's called Tsundere you know." said Mitaka, who follows up with the rest of the party.

Then they discovered when Amarillo said she will deal with it, she really mean it.


0907AM, Day1, Outskirts of Human Villages

"Don't tell you that actually worked!" exclaimed Reimu as she saw Mitaka walking unharmed.
"Well, knowing your opponent is a great way towards success."
"Hey," Etch said "do you know beforehand that Amarillo won't fight you?"
"Err..."Mitaka stopped.
Reimu facepalmed.
"So you REALLY don't know what you are getting yourself into though,"
"Yeah, yeah, but see, I'm fine, so let's don't push this more, right?"
As they prepares to leave since there is no trace of that creature in the way..

"Reimu. I need a word with you."
Amarillo suddenly appears behind them.
"Woah, didn't she left already?!" Etch turned back to see Amarillo standing there with the two fairies behind her.
 "Yeah, I remembered she was in front of us, but now she is behind us." As Mikata is commenting on that, Now everyone has turned back to see Amarillo, who just took off her hat.
"And she probably means business too." said Reimu.

"So I just heard from Lily that everytime you guys met, you will shoot her down, is that correct?" Amarillo begins.
"That depends. But I shot down too many fairies on my way so I don't really know whom I shot down though." Reimu tried to dodge Amarillo's direct stare, not because that is scary (in fact Amarillo can't be scary even if she tried), but with other reasons.
"Well you are not lying, but shooting down fairies is still not acceptable in my book." Amarillo just rise her hands in the air, "Just try to hurt as little of them as possible after this, okay?"
"Yeah, yeah I get it." Said Reimu, "now please excuse me, we have a God to pursuit."
"THEY, not YOU or me, " a huge plate like object is seen forming in Amarillo's hands, it's shiny with an bright orange color, and the letters NSWE can be seen on it.
"What's that?! that's almost like a huge compass!" shouted Alice.
"Oh this isn't good, Reimu, Dodge that! Don't-"
As Mikata warns about the unidentified object that's just thrown out of Amarillo's hand, Reimu has already moved.
She tried to graze that, thinking it is some oversized bullet.
However, that bullet, instead of pass by her, homes on her "hitbox" and locked it in place.
"Oh Reimu you looks funny now." Commented Etch, as you can't really see people with a huge compass plate as decoration.
"Well, it's not funny once you know what this is." Mitaka started, "That's Amarillo's power manifested in Spell Card form, this thing locks some of your abilities...."
"Nope, it didn't seem to lock anything for me." Mitaka is cut short by Reimu, who tried to move around, jumped and floats in the air, "I can move as I wish, seems she just threw something for bluff."
"Hmm, If you insist on shooting Lily down everytime you encounter her, then I'll shoot you down until you apologize to her! I wish you have trained in the way of Gradius. It will help! En Garde!" As they are discussing what have happened to Reimu, Amarillo started her attack.
"No Spellcards this time, since I just drained most of my strength fighting that creature, but this would be enough." As she is saying, she fired four lines of surprising slow lasers towards Reimu.
"By the way the word Gradius seems so familiar....." thought Mitaka.
"If you are tired, then why don't-" As Reimu tried to graze though the slowly travelling lasers.
*PI-CHHUN!*
It seems she got hit even though the lasers have just reached her clothes.
"What? How is that be!" Reimu tried to land her foot on the ground, "How did that hit me?!"
"Oh YES!" Mikata finally thought up what Amarillo is referring, "Be careful, she had locked your ability to GRAZE. Now your hitbox is as large as you!"
"Oh that's ridiculous." Reimu flies into the air again, and was greeted by 5 Homing Missile-like bullets to the face.
*PI-CHHUN!*
"Yeah she got missiles too, even though this is only bullets that looks like them." Mikata looks at Amarillo who is ready for her third attack, which seems like some spreading bullets. "I think we should go hunt down that god, guys. It seems their fight will be not very easy for Reimu."
"I still don't get why there are people who love fairies." Alice smirks, "However, losing the ability to graze.... Reimu is in a hard time today."
"Reimu, try to catch up with us when you're done, all right?" As they are leaving, Mikata shouted.
"All ri-" As Reimu is replying, she got hit by a bullet.
*PI-CHHUN!*
"Gah, I'm sorry, Okay?"
"Well, apologize not to me, to Lily!" Amarillo summoned four tentacle-shaped lasers around her and starts spinning.
*PI-CHHUN!*
"Owwwwww.......Just tell me how many times I need to get shot down already!"
"Until you realize what you have done."
*PI-CHHUN!*

"这样就行了,再拖延点时间吧,谁知道隧道的尽头是什么??如果恐惧的话,那么就永远不要到达这样最好了??"

OOC: Big Core, Death MK-II, Crystal Core(Gradius Gaiden), and Tertan. Yeah Gradius is a good game, since it teach you to dodge.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Jana on June 07, 2011, 06:22:05 AM
9:45 AM - Day 1 - Scarlet Devil Mansion Library Lobby

Koakuma found herself at the sudden forefront of an impromptu defense operation. According to some fairy maids, an intruder was rampaging through the hallways of the mansion, spreading food and mess wherever it went. Fairy maids throughout the mansion had been trying to halt it, without success... And with the chief maid (and the mistress gone), as well as her own employer asleep, Koakuma decided that it was up to her to take charge... At least, for a little bit.

Giving instructions to the few maids in the library, she then took a look at her newest helper in the library, the outsider named Jan. Unlike the fairies, he couldn't fly at all, but he was a fair bit taller and physically stronger than them. Perhaps she could find a way to use him to the library's advantage...

9:50 AM - Day 1 - Just Outside of the Scarlet Devil Mansion Library

As the fairy maids positioned themselves in the hallways leading to the library doors, Koakuma and Jan made sure to close them tightly. Whatever this intruder was had managed to make it past the gate guard and the gate, possibly by flying, but it had also managed to get into the mansion prior... It was possible that the door would only be a temporary barrier. They needed to find a way to keep it from getting that far in the first place.

It wasn't too much longer until one of the fairy maids shouted in surprise. "I-It's coming this way-!" Her voice was cut off by the sound of a splat... It wouldn't be until later that she was dug out of a large mound of pudding.

Koakuma and Jan flew and ran in the fairy's direction, and rounded a corner to come face to face with a large, bouncing pink puffball. As it bounced, it seemed to be dumping copious amounts of food and paper out of its gaping maw. "Damn..." Jan thought to himself. "We do't have much time to come up with a plan of attack."

However, Koakuma vanished from his side and reappeared directly in front of him. With her hands in front of her, a magic circle appeared at her feed and she fired off a barrage of large blue bullets. One of the streams hit the pink ball, but it only served to stall its movement. Jan backed away, not being used to danmaku in any form, and took some time to gather his wits while Koakuma kept showering the pink ball with a flurry of small knife bullets.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on June 07, 2011, 06:25:34 AM
10:00AM, Main Hall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion

Vant and Hon walked along, looking at the shattered glass, broken vases, torn pictures, and food scattered everywhere. There was quite a bit, and the trail of food headed down the corridor towards the Voile.

"Seems like it's caused quite a bit of hell." Vant looked around at the destruction.

"I'm gonna have to clean up too...glad we have so many fairy maids." Meiling sighed.

"Doesn't stuff like this happen often enough that you have a plan for it?" Vant asked.

"Yeah, clean up everything and have Sakuya fix the damaged paintings." Meiling pouted.

Vant left it at that and continued walking along the corrider, gazing at the various bits of food and parchment laying about. He picked one up and read through it.

"Hey, an invitation to the flower-viewing festival. Wanna go?"

"I'm sure I'll have to stay behind and guard while everyone else goes." Meiling continued her pouting for a bit before perking up. "There's fighting going on...this way." She took off in the direction the noise was coming from with Vant following behind.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on June 09, 2011, 07:04:57 PM
10:45 AM, Day 1, ?Gensou no Kyoukai?.

That was... an interesting amount of revisions, truly. Wodan literally looked through every part of VIVIT that could be seen with the naked eye without being labeled a pervert.

"Incredible... it's completely sealed, there's no way to tell she's a machine... Tell me, how experienced are you at repairing her?"

Hiro laughed weakly. "Well, I'm barely decent enough so she can work, but apart from that I can do nothing to her..."

Once again, Wodan stood up with determination in his eyes. "Tell you what! I'll help you with her, should you need to!"

Hiro cleared her throat. "I don't think I need any help, there's little to do to her. I mean, it's all maintenance..."

"But then you can do the work more efficiently, faster! There's no loss!"

Not a single word came up, as a long haired girl appeared out of nowhere, collapsing into the ground. The gasps were loud.

Wodan hurried to pick up the green haired girl. She was cold.

"H-Hey, are you allright? Can you- She's out! Wake up, damnit!"

Nothing. Shaking her wouldn't wake her up. Hiro approached her too... odd shivers going down her spine.

"Hey, Wodan... there's something odd about her."

"Of course there is! I mean she appeared out of the blue, and is unconscious! Quick, help me get her to my cottage, it isn't so far away!"

Doing a motion with her hand, Hiro asked Meira and Vivit to guard the stand, as bot her and Wodan cradled the girl.

Once at the cottage, Wodan and Hiro placed the mysterious woman on Wodan's bed.

"She may feel cold... but she's breathing. At least she's still alive..."

Hiro's face revealed how preoccupied she was. "I'm not sure... Something about her makes me feel uneasy. Are you sure that you want to keep her here?"

"Of course I am!" Rather than foolish determination, Wodan's expression showed concern and seriousness. "Once she wakes up, we'll learn what's up..."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: trancehime on June 10, 2011, 12:31:43 PM
Wodan's House. 1050. Day 1.
In the Human Village.

Indeed, the cottage where Wodan lived was not such a far sight from the stall. Hirowaza had left VIVIT and Meira to stand guard for the meanwhile, VIVIT expressed similar concern for the girl who had fallen, while Meira remained as apprehensive as Hiro was with regards to this unconscious girl. He knew Wodan meant nothing wrong, yet he wasn't sure Wodan knew just exactly what this girl could be. Hirowaza's exorcism instincts were going mad, he wanted nothing to do with this girl, lest he may do something to her that would not be so pleasant, as he was afraid of this fallen child's true nature. He looked away and turned to face VIVIT and Meira in the distance, entertaining potential customers who suddenly started flocking to the stall after Hirowaza left.

"Good sir," Hirowaza said, still not turning to face Wodan. "I hope she is indeed as harmless as you treat her to be, simply by virtue of her unconscious state." He continued, turning to face Wodan with a grim expression. Wodan still remained concerned and did not really believe Hirowaza at first.

"What makes you say such a thing? She needs our help! You can't just say that." Wodan said firmly.

"I'm getting some very ghostly, poltergeist vibes from this young woman," Hirowaza said bluntly. "Then again, I could be wrong, and I hope I am wrong."

"..."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on June 17, 2011, 01:04:25 AM
11:00 AM, Day 1, Wodan's Cottage.

"Poltergeist... I guess it was time until I came into contact with any kind of supernatural creature." Wodan was at the same time excited and terrified. What would happen now? Would he be in danger? Or would this be the start of a new friendship? His thoughts were cut quickly as Hiro stepped forward.

"Worry not... I'll exorcize her as soon as possible. She won't cause you any trouble."

Wodan put a hand on Hiro's shoulder. "No, you won't do that. There's something different about this girl. She's obviously in trouble."

"What tells you that? Chances are that in any moment she'll stop faking to be asleep, draw a knife from that dress and kill you!"

"I dunno... there's something human about this girl.  Or at least it's different... Look at her. Her sleep isn't pleasant at all..."

Hiro walked in closer. Wodan was right! In closer inspection, the girl looked like she was struggling  to breathe, even if she might not be breathing for real.

"She looks like she's suffering... I'm not willing to let anyone suffer like this, be it a human, a Youkai, a ghost or whatever."

Hiro let out a small chuckle. "Remember, in the real world things won't work like that... death awaits all, in the most unexpected ways. I just hope she isn't your fated demise."

"N-Nhhh... S-Sisters... Don't leave..." The girl started stirring... she was waking up. Would she be a friend? Or a ruthless murderer...?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on June 20, 2011, 05:19:52 AM
10:45 AM - Day 1 - Traveling Path - Near Scarlet Devil Mansion

"It's...another pile of pudding." Kasen sighed, carefully stepping around one of the huge globs on the trail to the Scarlet Devil Mansion. The hermit looked further on down the road, watching Keine quickly move on ahead of them. Hopefully the teacher could uncover this mystery by the time they got there. "Himiko, make sure to watch your step, okay?"

Himiko nodded in silent approval. Her curiosity had finally shifted from the doll to something else. What could have dropped so much dessert everywhere? She was certain she had seen something in the sky earlier in the day...but how could just one creature carry so much?

"You wondering the same thing, Himiko?" Ken caught up to her, deftly hopping over the edge of a pile of invitation-riddled tapioca pudding.

"Possibly..."

"Whatever it was, it's got to be big..." He briefly looked back to see Reisa looking down at the invitations stuck in the pudding. "But I've never seen or even heard of a large floating creature like this before, and certainly not one that spills all kinds of fruits and candy and whatnot everywhere."

She quietly thought out loud. "Maybe...there's more than one..."

Ken leaned closer. "Huh? Sorry, I didn't quite catch that." She's awfully quiet, he thought. But she keeps looking at me. I wonder why...

"No...that's probably not it..." Himiko wondered where all this pudding was actually coming from. Such a large monster would have been easily spotted. She sighed and dismissed it as a mirage, or perhaps she was just groggy in the morning--

"Himiko!" Ken grabbed her arm and shoulder brusquely, keeping her from walking straight into a sloppy mess of rainbow-colored gelatin. "Stay alert, all right..."

She snapped out of thought. "Ahhhh..." Looking down, she saw the impending spillage and retracted her foot.

He sighed, looking around nonchalantly. "Be careful, wouldn't want you to become a pudding mess too..." She looked rather deep in thought, and although he was curious about it, he probably shouldn't press for it. After all, he didn't want her to become a victim of walking into something like he had done earlier.

"Sorry, I was thinking about something...I'll be more careful now." Jerked into an aware state, she stepped around the danger and continued forward.

"Uh, I didn't mean to grab you so roughly, sorry...I don't want you to get dirty like that ridiculous fairy did earlier..."

Himiko shook her head. "It's okay..." She looked around. "But, what fairy?"

"Huh?" Ken looked around again. "Wait..." There wasn't any sign of the lightning fairy anywhere! He heaved a sigh. "Reisa! Gosh darn it...what are you up to this ti--!"

Out of the corner of his eye, he saw it. A rather large, floating pink creature--and it was carrying a struggling Reisa headfirst in its mouth! "Wha--Himiko, watch out!" It was going to collide with her!

He shoved her into the nearby tall grass as the creature zoomed by at an astonishing speed. He grunted as it slightly buffeted him, sending him tumbling down on top of her. "Ungh!" He heard her cry out in surprise as he landed on and rolled over her on his way down. "Gah--sorry!"

Hearing the commotion, Kasen rushed over and immediately felt a breeze fly past her in the creature's wake. She caught a glimpse of the creature making its way along a crosstrail. "Are you two all right?!"

His heart racing, he hurriedly got to his feet. "I have to chase that thing down, it's got Reisa!" He drew his sword and hurried off after it. "You two keep going, I'll catch up later!" He shouted back to them before clearing the area in hot pursuit. This must be the 'god of plenty', he thought. I need to catch up to it to observe its behavio--wait, what am I thinking, I have to rescue Reisa!

On her toes, Kasen hesitated, debating whether or not to follow, but decided to stay. She walked back to find Himiko getting up. "You're unharmed, right?"

"Yes...I think so..." Breathing somewhat heavily, Himiko started dusting bits of grass off of her clothing. She probably didn't have any bruises, but she nearly had the wind knocked out of her. She certainly didn't expect to almost get run over. "That must have been..."

"...the 'god of plenty'." The hermit completed her sentence. "I've never seen something so large in the air move so quickly. Do you think it was okay to let Ken go off on his own?"

"Probably...he said so. Hey..." Himiko pointed into the sky near the nearby mansion. "What's that?"

Kasen turned to look where she was pointing. "That's..."


(OOC: At this point, Ken's team is separating from Himiko's. Keine is heading towards the SDM and will reach it just shy of 11:00 AM. Ken and Reisa will be nearby, but not at the mansion. Those at the SDM around 11:00AM, feel free to include Keine in your posts until my team reacquires her.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Tsunade Gakudan on July 06, 2011, 09:11:50 AM
Outside the Entrance to Former Hell. 11:10 AM, Day 001.

The sky? the earth? the sun? the wind? It had been a long time since she had walked under the rays of the sun; and she had missed it. She had missed the brightness of it. The air smelt so fresh compared to how the underground was; and the sight was?

Colourful?

Well, it certainly wasn?t a natural happening. All manner of food, and large amounts of paper, were scattered around the surface; most of it forming a sort of path, leading away from where the two were. Whatever had happened, the fluff-ball had certainly been occupied.

?I don?t think it?ll chase itself.?

Yuugi nudged Tsunade, who was still looking up towards the sky, and started to walk beside the trail of sweets and cream. Looking around, it wasn?t as different as she had first imagined it to be. Sure, it was vastly different from the underground; but that was to be expected. But this was the surface of Gensokyo; not the usual place she had lived around. If anything, it was still different; but not in the way she was expecting.

?It?s so nice to be up here again.? Tsunade finally smiled as she walked alongside the oni. ?It?s good to see the Sun once more.?

?You should be thankful it hasn?t been that long for you.? Yuugi replied. ?I?ve been down there a lot longer.?

Tsunade looked up to the sky again; the Sun wasn?t in her eyes this time, but it still was bright to her.

?What was it like when you were here then??

Yuugi took a deep sigh; like the thought of it alone had triggered some memories she didn?t quite want to remember.

?The main mountain in Gensokyo was like our little playground.? The oni answered. ?The tengu would kiss our feet and our mere presence changed the mood of everyone in the area. It was back in a time where there were no rules; anyone and everyone could be seriously hurt or killed. Making off with one of us was simply the last thing anyone would consider.?

?So why did??

Tsunade knew how the question was going to go down and quickly thought better of it. She knew Yuugi didn?t like talking about it just by the sigh beforehand; pushing her for more wasn?t the best thing to do either.

?Or? why does that little oni follow you around when she comes down??

?Oh, Suika?? Gasped Yuugi, before giving a little chuckle and sipping more of her sake. ?Deva of the Mountain, remember? She comes down because we?re there. She loves the surface too much though. It?s why I like it when she comes down from time to time; even if she gets dragged away by??

Yuugi started to rub her forehead a little, trying to remember the name of Suika?s chaser.

?But why don?t you go up to her then??

Yuugi glanced back and laughed a little.

?Oh, I?ve thought about it too. But I like the place right now; I feel like I couldn?t leave it if I tried. Plus, the rules say??

?Since when did an oni care about the rules??

The pair of them laughed again for a while; the Sun reminding them that it was indeed a hot day. The steam rising up ahead of them also signified this?

?Wait a second. What?s happening?? Tsunade asked.

Yuugi ran towards the rising steam, with Tsunade chasing after her. As the view came into their sights, Yuugi whistled a little.

?Is this from what I think it is??

Tsunade looked on and had a sneak feeling it was an open bath. But it was way too hot to be deemed a bath, surely. Unless?

?Is this? coming from Former Hell?? She asked, in a hushed tone.

Yuugi simply nodded and began to walk towards it. Tsunade thought about stopping her for a second, but shrugged it off; Yuugi wasn?t scared of anything. She?d be safe as long as she was with her. Yet there was something else amiss. The place seemed untouched. Almost like no one had been round it for a while. She was certain that the fluff-ball would have seen this place and rampaged around it; but there was no food around it at all. If Yuugi was as focused as she looked, Tsunade knew that anything could still happen.

?

?So it IS a hot spring.?

The two got to the very edge of what was indeed water and looked around; the amount of steam billowing around them made it hard to see anyone? or anything for that matter.

?Shouldn?t we do something about it?? Tsunade looked to Yuugi. ?I mean, it is linked to Former Hell, right??

Yuugi nodded and looked towards the silhouette of a building.

?Yeah, we definitely should.?

A grin crept on to her face and began walking around the water.

?We should test it out!?

Tsunade looked baffled for a split second. All of a sudden, the seriousness of the oni she knew twisted into that fun loving drinking side she knew from the bars. However, this was a proper bath, unlike the quick shower she took after the attack; so it was only fair for her to have one. Plus, it did look quite tempting.

?Oh fine.? Tsunade sighed. ?I?ll come in with? HEY!?

Yuugi had already started to walk off ahead of her. Tsunade quickly hurried after her; oblivious to the little gap that had appeared behind her.

?My? this could get interesting.?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on July 06, 2011, 06:20:36 PM
11:00 AM - Day 1 - Side Path - Near Scarlet Devil Mansion

High in the air, a young woman flew gracefully, threading herself through a hole in a low-flying cloud. Today was a special day, just like tomorrow. Exciting, too; some flying monsters had appeared and were shaking up Gensokyo. Finally something good to investigate.

She descended lower, her long hair flapping fervently in ripples behind her head. The weather was absolutely perfect, she thought. No way could this day be ruined! Smiling to herself, she rolled twice in the air. Flying was amazing; it was so hard to not take it for granted. It was the best feeling in the world sometimes...

..but flying through clouds was just as exhilarating. So what if it was a bit dangerous? She tucked her arms in and closed her eyes, shooting into an approaching large cloud. Regardless of her specialty, she should enjoy her natural ability to its fullest. Although she could not tarry for long; she might miss out on a good opportunity to see what was happening. Her senses told her that a particular mansion would be a good place to start looking.

She was probably getting close now, she thought. This was an awfully large cloud though. Bigger than a cloud normally is--SMACK! Suddenly, something large collided with her!

"Uwaaaaah!?" The woman gasped in surprise as she collided head-on with something firm but bouncy. Regaining her momentum in the air, she saw herself face-to-face with an extraordinarily large, pink creature. Wait--was that a--someone was in its mouth! Those were definitely legs! She pulled out her phone in anticipation. Whatever this thing was, it wasn't going anywhere...what was it doing?

Before the woman could react further, the creature moved forward and greedily tried to bite down on her phone, causing whoever was caught in its mouth to tumble out. "Ergh! Go away!" It was pushing her down; they were quickly losing altitude. She jerked her hand back and flailed in its direction, but not before it opened its mouth again...

The woman gasped as the cloud cover ended. What WAS this creature?! Why did it have so much food inside of its mouth? The person that was caught earlier had either escaped or fell into its mouth. She had to get footage! She held her phone up...only to have her hair get chomped on by the large, pink creature as it tried to go for her phone again.

"Eeek! Get away from me!" She successfully kicked it away from her without pulling on her hair much, unaware that she had dropped her phone and altitude further in the process. Finally...but now her photo opportunity was nearly gone. "No...gotta...!"

She realized she had lost her phone at the precise moment she realized how low she had descended while it was chasing her--without warning, her left arm and upper body slammed into a tree. "Augh! Ugh!" Wincing in pain, she saw stars as her head banged against the tree trunk. Stunned, she fell down onto a tree branch as the creature flew away with remarkable speed. That stupid floating oaf of a creature had ruined everything for her! How could such an insult to flying creatures have bested her...this definitely was not her day.

"Ah! Nooooo!" She cried out as she slid off of the branch and fell towards the ground. With her right arm, she made an attempt to grab the branch, but it slipped out of her grip, a rough edge of the branch slightly cutting into her hand. She was too low...no way could she make a diving swoop to save herself. She closed her eyes, bracing for impact--

And suddenly her fall was broken rather abruptly. "Uhhh! Nnnnn..." Groaning, she rubbed the arm that had slammed into the tree trunk. It felt broken...

"Ouch..."

She gasped, instinctively rolling off of whatever she had landed on. It was...a human?

He looked up at her, grimacing slightly. "Well, that was quite interesting..."

Bewildered, she sat up, gasping in pain. This was not good...she couldn't afford to get injured now. "Why did you try to catch me? I was going to hit the ground..."

A rather wet, grumpy-looking fairy suddenly flew into view. "UGH...Kenno, you suck...why didn't you save me earlier?! Now I'm all dirty, everywhere! And sticky...eww, so much saliva!!" She started rolling around in the grass, moaning unhappily. "I was almost a fairy snack! Uuu~ Can't believe I forgot I could use lightning..." She continued to grumble to herself. This must have been the person stuck in that...thing's mouth, from before.

The woman reached for her camera to take a picture of this fairy she'd never seen before, but remembered too late that it was missing. "Blast..."

"Sorry, Reisa...that thing moved much faster than I expected it to..." He was catching his breath and--

The woman gasped. A very faint light faded from his fingertips, which were hovered over an injured spot on her leg where her sock had gotten torn by a piece of the branch. The scratches on her leg were very slowly healing. She rubbed her eyes with her one free hand and looked again. "N-No way...you can heal yourself?!" He must be a wizard, then, like that Patchouli. No way would a human be able to heal...she winced suddenly as her left wrist gave out. "O-Ouch..."

"Ma'am, hang on..." Worried, he scooted over closer to her, his fingertips lighting up slightly. He was sweating now, probably due to concentration. His healing was rather slow...maybe he was a magician-in-training.

She stared in wonder for a while. "Thanks...you don't even know me, why are you--"

"Cuz Kenno loves to help girls!" The now mostly-clean fairy had flown over to where they were sitting.

The woman looked up and groaned. "Hey...quit that..." What an annoyance, the woman thought. She was one of those bratty, teasing fairies...

"Hehe, you're embarrassed~" the fairy stuck out her tongue and flew in a cicle around them.

"Reisa, now is not the time for that...I'm sorry, she's really childish sometimes." He sighed. "Anyway, this is all I can do. I'm not the best healer, so..."

The woman shook her head. "No, this is fine...ah! O-Ouch..." She gasped for breath, sighing unhappily. Her body still felt like fire. "Hopefully nothing's broken...stupid pink thing!"

"Hey, help her out!" The fairy seemed in much better spirits, but she had now grasped the gravity of the situation. The woman looked pretty banged up and disheveled.

Grunting, the woman slowly got to her feet with his help. "Tch...this is annoying...I can't fly well like this..." She hovered slightly above the ground, looking for her camera. "It must've dropped over here somewhere..."

"Hey...you sure you're okay? You just hit that tree pretty hard, don't push yourself!" He sighed, walking to catch up to her.

Reisa watched as the woman tried to resist his aid. She had never seen someone like her before. That hat, though...it looked like the hat of someone she'd seen before at the Scarlet Devil Mansion. The fairy sighed, finally glad to be free of the creature. What was she, a special on the dessert menu?! She blew her bangs up with a release of breath from her mouth. Fairies are not snacks...

He finally gave up trying to help the woman, even though she looked rather pained and injured still. "Okay, fine, have it your way..." He was getting an independent vibe from her. "By the way...who are you?"

"Me?" She flapped her wings a few times, smiling as much as she could manage. "Just call me Hatate."


(OOC: Hatate GET! Otherwise no changes since my last post, all conditions remain the same. Ken, Hatate and Reisa will try to rendezvous with Keine now.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on July 06, 2011, 11:04:03 PM
(OOC: Once again, summarized. Full version at Nemo's Orizone (http://amarilloviridian.co.cc/OriZone/?p=707).)

9:30 AM, Day 1
Hakurei Shrine Living Room


It didn't take long for me to get bored.

What can I say? I'm not the type to stay idle for long, and I'd done about all I could for getting the shrine back together. And after hearing some more about that Kirby of Plenty thing, I was starting to wonder... I sure as hell can't catch or fight that thing, but if it's still running amok after what it did to Chen... there's got to be something I can do.

A little consideration led me to the poor decision of asking Yukari for help. "Hey, Yukari." I paused. "You still listening in?"

"Is poor Jerry-Jerry having trouble sleeping~" Yukari's voice sang, from above the kotatsu I was lounging beside.

Yeah, still not looking. Though I did stop to think about her taunt for a moment. I really wasn't feeling that tired anymore... mostly distracted by that Kirby thing. "I guess. Wondering about that Kirby thing that ran off."

"Oh my, I'm not sure what the God of Plenty would think of that nickname." the gap youkai replied, amused.

"I'm not sure I'll bother learning to call it anything else." I quipped, "But I kinda what to know what the deal is. Is this really a regular thing in Gensokyo?"

Sukima chuckled a little. "Oh, yes, about yearly. Reimu dear always calls it up to help with the feast for Reitaisai."

"'cause she can't provide it herself, right?" I said, then paused. Whoops. I get a little hasty with the offensive jokes when I'm chatting with her... at least Reimu isn't here to shank me for it. Gotta be more careful...

Fortunately, Yukari just laughed. "Oh my, yes, exactly! Sometimes it just gives up, but most years it bounces off to cause a little havoc in the rest of Gensokyo, until it surrenders enough meals and blessings for Reimu. And everyone else following, of course~"

Figures. "And how do they pull that off, usually?"

"Danmaku, of course." She chuckled. "Though it's rather difficult to keep up with, let alone catch properly."

"And I take it just gapping into its face would ruin the fun?"

Yukari's reply was prompt. "You bet! Watching it all is much more entertaining~"

Yeah, that's about what I figured. Though... time to tread on some thin ice... I took the risk of trying to convince her to help figure out some way to get back at it. Thankfully it didn't go too badly, but as for what to do...

"Such as?" the gap youkai asked, sounding bemused by my enthusiasm.

Erk. Okay, I deserved to go on point for that one. "Uh... letting her and Ran chase after it, helping with that as much as you feel comfortable, retrieving the hat somehow, remaking it, um..."

"Hm... well, they're certainly free to join the hunt..." Yukari said, then paused to consider. "... and I believe one of its new tricks is returning eaten things intact..."

Wait, what? "Really?"

"It spat up that violin bow just fine." she replied, sounding... somewhat distracted. Must be something unusual about that... "It could very well return Chen's hat..."

"So how would we..." Whoops. "Er, they manage that?"

Sukima chuckled. "Danmaku, of course. It's no powerhouse, but catching it is rather a problem~"

"What about ambushing it?"

A second or two of silence, followed by a 'zwuun' I was willing to assume was Yukari opening the communication gap a little farther to take a look at me. I tensed up a bit; getting too much attention from her tended to mean trouble...

"Are you scheming something~" she asked, rather playfully.

"Probably."

A chuckle. "Well, go on, then."

I spent a little while asking her about that Kirby god thing, to find that it rather liked foods... especially sweets. And I think I know one or two ways that could be used against it...

-----

10:00 AM, Day 1
Hakurei Shrine Living Room


So I spent a while scheming, asking for info from, and bouncing ideas off of, a rather bemused Yukari-gap. It took a little while to get the details right, but eventually I worked out two big targets it could shoot for, depending on how good its memory and intelligence were: Hakugyokurou's absurdly overstocked pantry, and making Minoriko Aki conjure up tons of food out of nowhere. Assuming she was capable of that, at least... Yukari wasn't sure, though a description of her powers suggested it was possible.

The next problem was figuring out how to go about it. I mean, there are two locations that are worth heading to; conveniently, there are also two shikigami that have reason to want to get a piece of that Kirby thing. The problem is that I rather doubt Ran would want Chen to split up, and sending Chen alone to either location would have its risks; Chen alone would have trouble defending Minoriko, and if PCB was any indication, the way to Hakugyokurou was a bit more dangerous even if Yuyuko and Youmu were much more capable of setting up a respectable ambush once alerted. So either way, there's a risk of some danger to her, and I rather suspect putting Chen in any danger would make Ran a bit upset... and an upset Ran is a danger to my health.

My concerns were interrupted by footsteps from the kitchen and a small yawn. I looked over to see Chen shuffling out of the kitchen, with drooping ears and bleary eyes. Looks like I don't have more time to plan...

"Good morning." I said. "Feeling any better?"

The catgirl blinked at me, and gave me a dull nod. "Yeah," she replied, in a small voice, "A little."

Damn, she looks down. Those ears... shit, moe nosebleed.

I turned away to try and discreetly wipe away the blood on my face. Thankfully Ran's footsteps didn't enter the room until after I'd managed to turn away and start mopping it up. After a moment, she calmly said, "It does look a bit cleaner here."

Oh, right, that's what I left to do first... "Uh... thanks." I replied, a bit timidly. There, face should be clean now...

"Ah, Ran, little Jerry-Jerry had an idea to send you two off to fight the God of Plenty~"

SHIT. Damnit Yukari! Why'd you have to put it that way?! Okay, salvage the situation, salvage the situation!

I managed not to piss off anyone, even if Ran wasn't enthusiastic about the idea. Still, despite Yukari mentioning that Kirbygod was risking its life at the SDM, Ran showed at least enough willingness to ask her master if she should join the chase.

"I'm not the one to ask right now, am I?~" the gap youkai sang back, to put me on point again. The shikigami's gaze focusing on me again made that extra clear.

Time to explain then. "Well, not really. I was uh... more thinking some sort of ambush."

One of Ran's ears twitched. I tried not to stare, because damnit that was cut-NO DON'T NOSEBLEED.

"Hmm. I suppose that could work." she said, coolly, "I assume you have a location in mind?"

Time to tread carefully... "Well... sort of. I mean - it's supposed to like sweets and food, right? And er, if it found Yuyuko's pantry..."

Yukari laughed a little. I'm not sure if it was at my nervousness or the simplicity of the explanation.

Ran was still frowning. Not a good sign. "That's true, but I believe Yuyuko-sama would be able to fend it off herself."

I shrugged a little, trying not to get TOO nervous. "W... well, a warning would still be good, right? And there's another place... well, person that might be worth protecting..."

"Very well."

This isn't going very well. "There's... a minor goddess at Youkai Mountain - near the foot of it, I think - named Minoriko Aki. She's the harvest goddess, so I'm guessing she'd be able to create food, so..."

"I suppose, though I wouldn't expect it to be that... clever." The kitsune didn't seem to be very supportive of this plan...

Okay, I can salvage this... I hope I can salvage this. I just need... oh. Yukari DID give me something for that, didn't she? "Apparently it's been acting weird this year, if what Yukari's been saying is any indication."

... in fact. I grinned a bit and gave her a REAL reason to be enthusiastic about this. "Actually, didn't you say it might be possible to get Chen's hat back?"

Chen had silently listened to the exchange so far, but that got a reaction out of her. The catgirl's ears perked up, and she jumped forward with an eager "Really?!"

The way Ran straightened up after that line made me think I'd caught her attention as well. "Is that true, Yukari-sama?"

Sukima giggled through her gap. "Well, it already ate and spat up a violin bow, so it's a reasonable thing to assume, isn't it?"

Chen clapped her hands and danced in place with glee for a moment. I brought a hand to my nose to hide a thankfully-small nosebleed, easily concealed on my palm and discreetly wiped off on the underside of my clothes. Sorry, Reimu...

Anyway, the catgirl quickly recovered and eagerly grabbed her master's sleeve. "Let's go, Ran-sama!" she paused. "Though, uh... which one should we go to...?"

I'm probably taking too many risks today, but... "Act...ually, I was thinking it might be a good idea to split up...?"

Ran's subtle enthusiasm faded, and she hesitated before responding, "... I'm not sure that would be wise."

"Well, uh, I'm not entirely sure, either." I admitted, "But there's two places to go, right? I uh... just dunno whether it's safer to get to Hakugyokurou than Youkai Mountain, if Yuyuko just needs a warning..."

Yukari interrupted my incoherent excuses with a chortle. "Oh, silly Jeremy. If Yuyu-chan just needs a warning, why don't you go?"

I failed to pick up on two warning signs that would have kept me from turning around to look in surprise in response to that suggestion: First, the soft 'zwuun' that the gap youkai's chortle had masked, and second, the fact that her voice was a little louder and closer than it had been until now.

As it was, I got an eyeful of Yukari's naked torso sticking out of an enlarged gap, covered only by the arms crossed over her breasts.

"Ghk!" I commented, before turning away and attempting to stem yet another nosebleed. "Goddamnit, Yukari!"

She giggled. "Gotcha~ ♥"

Damnit. Well, at least Ran seems to be alright with me reacting like that, if the lack of eviscerating me for similar antics in the past is any indication. That didn't stop her from sighing, but at least it didn't end with me getting violenced.

Rather, after a moment Yukari went on: "Really, little Jeremy, if you're being so helpful, why not be the messenger yourself? I'm sure Yuyu-chan would love to see you again~"

Yeah, and both her and Yukari would love to see her mess with me... though maybe setting up defenses would keep her occupied..... no, it wouldn't. That'd be all Youmu's work, wouldn't it. Well, maybe that'd keep her from trying to kill me?.. urgh, damnit. She's right. Well, except for one thing.

"Uh, I can't fly." I paused for a moment before realizing the other loophole - Yukari gapped me over there the first time around, anyway. "And I thought you weren't going to interfere."

"Oh, I think I can make a small exception for Yuyuko." she explained, "And it's not much more than telling her myself, is it?"

Well, except for my getting abused by the mischievous ghosts being far more amusing...

I sighed. "I guess you're right. Just... don't let Youmu shank me, alright?" She really wasn't fond of me, after hearing about how the Touhou fandom treats her and Yuyuko. Well, rather, that h-doujins of either of them exist. Both Yuyuko and Yukari ordered her not to hurt me for it, but I'm not sure how well that would keep her temper in check alone with me...

"Oh, don't worry, I'll keep an eye out." Sukima said, sounding amused once again. "Bon voyage~"

I felt the floor vanish from beneath me.

Oh, damnit Yukari! At least let me stand up first so I have some chance of landing on my feet!

Gravity briefly made itself known to me, before the feeling of empty air brought me through the gap under me.

(Executive summary: Jeremy comes up with a plan to ambush the God of Plenty. Jeremy is gapped over to Hakugyokurou. Ran and Chen leave for the foot of Youkai Mountain to find Minoriko.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Zengar Zombolt on July 08, 2011, 11:04:26 AM
11:10 AM, Day 1, Wodan's Cottage.

The eyes of the girl opened completely, as she sat in her bed. Her breath was heavy, her pupils were dilated. Hiro was prepared to take any action, yet Wodan approached the girl first. Putting his happiest smile on, he proceeded to engage with the poltergeist.

"Good morning, Ma-am! Welcome to the Ymir Residence! I am the owner of the place, Wodan. What may I do for you?" Hiro's face met her palm at an astonishing speed. Thank god she didn't wait to pull of this maneuver!

"U-Uh... a british breakfast, with a can of beer..." The ghostly girl wasn't even completely awake. And it showed. "...Oh, and a couple of brass knuckles, too..."

Sweatdrops were falling. Oh so fast. I think that room would have drowned within minutes. Thankfully, before that happened the young phantom reacted.

"Eh... Where am I? Where are my sisters? Who are you?" These questions were far more rational. After hearing Hiro's sighing, Wodan started to adress her questions.

"Well, like I said I'm Wodan, she's Hirozawa and this is my house... you kinda appeared in front of us and fell unconscious, so we took you here to help you recover. What is your name, by the way?"

"Huh? Oh, right... My name is Layla... Layla Prismriver. I'm a po-" She didn't get to finish that before Wodan interrupted her. "A poltergeist, right? Hiro over there was clever enough to realize that inmediatly. And your last name gives it away... you must be related to that Phantom Ensemble, right?"

Layla's face changed quickly. She was now interested in what I was saying. "Y-You know about my sisters? Can you tell me where can I find them? Please, I've been searching for so long, and I-" She stopped talking suddenly... at least she realized that she was kinda talking too quickly. "Please, you have to help me find them..."

"Well, finding them wouldn't be that much of an issue... After all, they are somewhat popular, and there's going to be a festival soon. So I guess your reunion is going to be just matter of time. But for now you should get some rest... After all remember that you just woke up from collapsing horribly."

Layla streched. "I'm afraid that rest isn't going to change my state... The reason why am I so exhausted is that as a poltergeist, I need a place to haunt... and well, I haven't haunted a house ever since I became this..."

Zengar was somewhat amazed by this fact. "All this time, without fading out of existence? I remember reading texts about your sisters... really old texts! Are you sure that you haven't haunted a house ever since?"

Layla nodded. Wodan was quick to react. "Well, given the circumstances why don't you spend the rest of the day haunting this house? I'm sure you'll feel better just in time for you to meet your sisters!"

Hirowaza was quick in yelling at Wodan. "What the hell do you think you're doing? Don't you know what does the word haunt mean? By the end of the day you might be dead!"

Wodan patted Hiro's shoulder. "Look at her, Hiro. Does she seem threatening at all?" Hiro's sudden outburst brought small tears to Layla's eyes. "She's just a poor girl who has been lost for too long. I thought I might as well give her some peace, you know. She deserves it."

Hiro smiled widely. "I guess you're right. I'll trust that you won't cause any harm, do you understand?"

Layla wiped the tears off her eyes, and smiled back. " I promise I'll be gentle and careful!"

"Jeez, Wodan... you're so nice you'll get killed one of these days..."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on July 09, 2011, 08:34:28 AM
11:25 AM - Day 1 - Forest Area - Near Scarlet Devil Mansion

"Not too much farther, right?" Reisa flew low to the ground, looking a bit fatigued.

Ken nodded back at the fairy. "We're close to the gate of the mansion, I think."

Reisa sighed. They were being boring. "Hey...Hatate, right?"

The tengu spoke without looking over. "Yes, fairy?"

"So, you're a reporter, huh?"

"Yes..." Hatate looked around, ever so vigilant. "I do enjoy serving up news to everyone. This 'god of plenty' is an excellent opportunity for me." Unfortunately, it had thrown her for a loop a short time ago. She subconsciously adjusted her tokin hat and flipped her hair ribbons. Thank goodness her phone hadn't been damaged too much by the fall, or else she would almost be out of a job!

"Hatate, are you feeling okay?" Ken looked back at her again.

"Pffft." Reisa stuck her tongue out and blew a small raspberry. "He's still lacking in magic."

"Reisa..." He groaned. "That's not helping."

The tengu's checkered skirt flapped in the wind as she smiled at them. "Haha, well I appreciate it, I feel fine." She really was appreciative, but her mind was on something else. This was her chance to get the jump on Aya! Cell phone at the ready, she kept scanning the skies near the Scarlet Devil Mansion.

*BOOM*

"Whoa!" Ken jumped a bit at the sudden crash emitting from the mansion.

Hatate's ears perked up. "Something's happening! I'm gonna investigate, see ya later!" She shot off at a high speed.

"Wait, be carefu--" He held his hand out in vain. She had already zoomed out of earshot. "Eh...she'll be fine, I hope." He half-expected Reisa to make a joke about his worrying, but looked back up and saw that she was preoccupied with something else.

The fairy was looking in the distance, her eyes squinted. "I think...I see someone...it's Keine! Kenno, she's up there in the sky, coming this way!" She eagerly pointed towards a corner of the mansion.

"Reisa, I can't fly. I can't see what you're pointing at..." He jumped up and grabbed onto a sturdy-looking tree branch, grunting as he pulled himself up to a higher vantage point. By that time, the figure was drawing closer. He shielded his eyes from the sun and stared, trying to ascertain its identity. It was...a woman? She definitely looked like Keine, although why she was coming back he had not a clue. "That's..." He looked again, his mouth twisting into a surly frown. "Wait a minute, that's not Keine..."

"Eh? You su--waaa!" The fairy gasped as she saw the thing that ate her, making a beeline straight for the woman in the distance! "Kenno, hurry!" She flapped her wings energetically in preparation for taking off. Looking up again, the woman had stopped and...was that fire in her hands?

Ken had already descended from the tree and, drawing his sword, had taken off to help. However, he slowed to a quick jogging gait and then a standstill as he suddenly witnessed a tremendous spectacle: The woman, her silver hair trailing every which way, placed her hands together as they began to glow. The god of plenty was slowing down in the air; perhaps it was realizing that it had underestimated its target. With no warning, she shot a frothing, screaming torrent of fire out of her hands, engulfing the god of plenty. He gazed in awe, but suddenly remembered something...

Ken dropped his sword. "Wait no, that thing's full of...! It's gonna explo--!" He yelled to the woman in futility; it was too late. The god of plenty, drenched in roaring flames, detonated like a bomb!

He heard Reisa cry out behind him as he instinctively shielded himself. The sky around them was instantly peppered with a pink liquid-like spray. The woman screamed in surprise as she was simultaneously drenched and launched at an odd angle, her body flying directly towards him--

"UGH!"

Careening into him, both of them gasped and rolled at least 15 feet. He felt dizzy after the impact, both of them sprawled out near a tree trunk. Was that--he felt a burning sensation everywhere. This was not good...was that a fire starting, or...no, it was this woman of the flame draped on him...he tried to move his arm but it felt jarred; he gave off an uncomfortable groan.

The silver-haired woman groaned as well. She quickly sat up and surveyed the surroundings. There was no fire; that was good. That was the second time she had been attacked like that, although she certainly didn't expect that awful creature to explode. She felt rather sticky, and now she smelled like--

"Ah...hey, can I..."

The ground beneath her shifted. Startled, she coughed before looking down. When she saw she was sitting on a man, she quickly scooted away, dusting herself off to avoid awkwardness. "Sorry about that, didn't expect it to explode..." She donned a cool face of dissatisfaction at the situation.

Ken sat up, rubbing his left elbow to try to restore its feeling. Thank goodness nothing was broken, she had hit him at what seemed like a high speed. He wondered why collisions seemed to be in store for him today. "That's fine, I'm glad no one got seriously hurt."

This woman seemed remarkably similar to his teacher, although she wore red overalls and a plain dirty-white shirt. Her overalls were quite eccentric and attention-grabbing; he guessed that the god of plenty perhaps had confused them for invitations or other similarly-shaped, attractive objects for consumption. The ends of her incredibly long hair seemed to be also be decorated with them. He finally found himself staring into her distant eyes, which were colored similarly to that of her overalls.

"Something on my face?" She coughed again and wiped her hands on the outsides of her pockets. Her wrist cuffs looked rather scorched.

He deferred his gaze. "No...sorry, I'm just...you look kind of familiar..."

She quickly got to her feet and shook her head, causing her sea of hair to ripple freely. "Sorry, I don't think we've met. You must be thinking of the wrong woman." She put her hands in her pockets. "I'm in a hurry, I'm supposed to meet with some swordsman, or something."

"Whoa, hey! A swordsman? Kenno's a sword dude." Reisa, hands on hips, floated closer. "You have business with this guy?" She tried to look intimidating, or at least on par with the serious countenance of the silver-haired woman. "You didn't even say thanks! He broke your fall!"

She only returned with her serious gaze. "I never asked anyone to save my life. Now, please move out of my way, fairy..."

Ken got to his feet, his only apparent injuries revealing themselves as slight burns on his arms. "Reisa, that's enough. I think I know what's going on...are you in league with my teacher?"

At the sound of the last word that escaped from his mouth, the woman raised an eyebrow. "You know Keine? Hmm...maybe it is you, after all..."

Reisa sat down cross-legged on a large rock, with a pouting face. Her wings were once again sticky and weighed down. The curse of being a fairy, indeed.

The silver-haired woman paid her no mind. "You're this Ken guy? Keine sent me to out here, but I don't know if you're up to the task...hell, you might not even really be him. Maybe I should just do it myself..."

Suddenly, it came to him. He'd seen this woman around Keine before, plenty of times, but they had never been introduced to each other. She must be Keine's friend, the one called Fujiwara no Mokou. Her fiery personality certainly matched the description he had been told. "So you would be Mokou...?"

The woman took her hands out of her pockets. "You know my name...I guess you must know Keine after all."

The fairy was irritated. This woman thinks she's all that, huh?! How unappreciative! "This is the guy you're looking for! Jeez..."

"Reisa, that's enough! No more fighting." He stepped in-between them. Mokou was certainly not very trusting, that much was a certainty. "Yeah, I'm Keine's neighbor. What do you want?"

"Neighbor? Oh, that's right...she's told me that much. All right, I guess it's really you. Listen, there's word going around that that floating pink thing--"

His hand shifted to his side, where his sword once was. "The god of plenty?"

"--right, that...Keine wants you to go back to the Village now. Let's go."

"What? Why should we trust you, anyway..." The fairy, arms crossed, avoided eye contact with the woman.

Ken sighed. "Reisa, don't be like that, okay?"

Mokou grinned. "Ha, your fairy is poorly disciplined. At least you've got some manners. Now come on, no more sitting on our thumbs."

The swordsman stopped in his tracks. "What's so urgent, anyway?" Suddenly, his nostrils realized the smell of watermelon. So the god of plenty was filled with watermelon juice, perhaps? No wonder he felt slightly sticky.

She turned back and looked at him, wearing a cool, serious face. "You want the Village to suffer? That god of...whatever it was...it can split...there's more than one of 'em, you know."

It was his turn to raise an eyebrow. "Is that so? Interesting...we'd better get going then. Truce?"

Mokou gave a slight grin again, the kind of expression a dealer wears when a juicy deal has been sealed. "Sure, why not."

"Why isn't Keine coming with us?"

"She's investigating at the Mansion still. That kind of thing bores me and she asked a favor, so, eh..." Hands thrust in pockets again, she shrugged offhandedly.

"I hope we aren't a burden, then." His expression was slightly piercing.

"Nah, this ain't half as bad as fighting with that ridiculous, childish--gah, nevermind."

Keine had mentioned Mokou a few times to him. She spoke rather fondly of their friendship, but also disappointingly about Mokou's war with her rival, whose name escaped him at the time. Every time he heard it, it did not make sense to him. Perhaps Mokou was just destined to fight with her rival forever. She certainly seemed stubborn enough and willingly up to the task.

"I see your fairy has decided to hang back."

"Wha?" Surprised, Ken looked around--no Reisa in sight. "Hey, Rei--!" He saw her flying back to the front doors of the mansion, which were surprisingly left unguarded. He sighed. "I don't think she likes you..."

Mokou folded her arms across her chest. She looked rather imposing, like a free spirit who could never be tamed. "Yeah, well that's too bad. Now c'mon, we can't dally." The slight, challenging grin returned. "You up for jogging?" She looked at him not quite scornfully; he chose to interpret it as challenging yet accepting.

"After you."

"Ha! Try to keep up, then!" The challenge was indeed accepted. Today was certainly turning out to be interesting enough for her. It was time to see what this guy was capable of...


(OOC: Hatate is now free, Mokou GET! Ken and Mokou currently heading back to the Village at this time, although they may have a fateful encounter with some Eientei members on the way there. Reisa and Keine currently at the SDM at this time.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: ES-Anthy on July 16, 2011, 09:56:26 PM
TIME 5:30 AM
LOCATION: EDGE OF MISTY/SCARLET LAKE


The sky was a dark blue, just on the fringe of dawn as a lone person exits his shack with a fishing pole on hand, an empty stomach, and all of the time in the world.  The alone man walked a few paces to the edge of the lake, sat down, and threw out his line, the light plop of the tackle and hook sounds out with the ripples on the water, and soon it went silent.  As he continues to wait, the sky soon lightened up, the sun rises up into the sky, and the life of the land awakes, the occasional rustle in the leaves, and the sound of the man's stomach roars.

?Damn I'm hungry...?

Several hours have passed since he started his fishing, and no results to show for his time.  The tackle bobs lightly on the water, and Joey wriggles the pole, and it bobs again, tempting, and drawing in Joey as he yanks the pole back, and a crack fills the air...

?Shi-....it broke.? he mutters, the pole snapped nearly in half, just dangling from a few wood fibers, the hook had caught itself on a rock, and Joey's simple fishing pole failed between the immovable object and the unstoppable force, and in the end, left Joey a hungry man. He stands up, pulls in the line and puts his broken rod back inside his mess of a house, a small, single room cabin on the edge of the Scarlet lake and forest, with a bed, a table, a chair, a candle, lots of scattered tools and assorted junk.

?There's no food in the shack, and I ate my backup rations last night, my rod is broken, and I really can't get away with hunting, so searching for berries and shrooms it is.? Joey speaks to himself, soon walking off into the forest with the clothes on his body and the bag on his back with only a few items.

DEEP FOREST NEAR SCARLET MANSION ? 8:00AM

Joey continues to stroll through the forest, pushing past brush and sifting through bushes, slipping between trees until he stumbles on a small clearing, he takes a seat and sighs ?Uugh, where's a damn berry bush or a mushroom or anything around here!? Joey cries out, and is replied to with a small pebble from above!

?Jeeze could you be any louder your dope?? A young voice sounds out from the tree behind Joey, and in it is a young bo- girl, with neck length green hair, a white dress shirt and shorts, the most outstanding parts being two little black antenna on her head and a black cape that splits into two parts at the half way point.

?Sorry Wriggle, just been up since before the crack of dawn and haven't even gotten a bite yet.?  Joey speaks out, turning to the tomboy bug, ?I ate the last of my food last night and there isn't much I can get without my fishing rod, and I can't find anything so far.?

?Did you think of the fact it's barely the beginning of spring?? Wriggle crosses her legs as she sits high up on the branch of a tree. Joey looks down and sighs in realization.

?You know where some food would be then?? Joey looks back up, drooling a little as his stomach growls in its own questioning.

?Yeesh you weren't lying, I don't have any on me now, I tend to bum some off of Mystia though she's busy now.? The bug girl hops off of the branch, landing next to Joey.

?Ugh...this sucks...? Joey mutters, despairing over his growling stomach, the Nightbug walks over and pats him on the back. ?If it was at least winter I could at least eat the snow...?

?You do know that isn't too good for you right?? Wriggle crosses her arms, looking off to the side ?Either way I'm sure you could just grab a bite from someone in the village.?

?Yea yea, just that the odd job business has been drying up...?

As the two mull over the possibilities, a set of feet sound out as they rustle through the grass with each step towards the pair. ?Hello?? another girl calls out from that direction, a girl in white and blue, with short lavender hair and a white hat like a beret. ?Is that you Anthony??

?L-Letty? I thought you left!? Joey perks up, walking briskly to Letty, hugging her tightly, his arms wrapping around her soft body in the cold, brisk air.  Her hands wrap around Joey's waist, gently stroking his back a bit.

?I don't know why I haven't left yet...? Letty trails off a little, continuing to hold Joey close, stroking his head a bit, petting him.  The two stay like this for several moments, in each-others' arms, holding one another.

Joey soon lets go, stepping away from Letty with a tint of red on his cheeks ?Ah, s-sorry, I uh, just, kinda missed you.? He pokes the tips of his fingers together, looking down at the ground.?  Wriggle just giggles, watching the two from a few steps away, and Letty smiles warmly, though the sounding out of Joey's stomach breaks the silence.

?So, how about that Makai place? I know you're familiar with that Sara girl? Wriggle speaks out, poking at Joey's side.

?That could work, I don't really like mooching off of people but...it is a desperate situation.?Joey contemplates, bringing a hand to his chin and nodding.  ?You two don't mind following along do you? It'd be kinda lonely without someone to travel with.?

?I'm good with going with you Joey, it's, interesting seeing everything not covered in snow.? Letty speaks up, walking over to him, taking his hand into her own, their breath visible in the morning air from Letty's presence.

?I'll tag along, always been curious about that Makai place.? Wriggle nods, walking a little ?We might as well get going now.? As both Letty and Joey nod, following the bug in the direction of the Hakurei Shrine, and the gate to Makai.

DEEP FOREST, HEADING TOWARDS GATE OF MAKAI ? 8:30AM - END
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Bias Bus on July 17, 2011, 06:12:28 PM
7:00 AM, Day 1 - Makai ~ Luize's Abode

The curtain was closing...

The curtain to the wonderous dream that was playing through Owlbear's mind. It had all been glorious experience, one he didn't want to end or something he thought wasn't even possible. Then, like a hunter in the night, reality backstabbed fantasy with it's cold knife, bleeding it dry of all it's chimerical goodness and slowly pulling the 22 year old slacker back into the waking realms of what was real. With a stubborn groan, Owlbear fought against the current, hoping to regain dominance over the urges of his own mind and, for a moment, he felt that he was going to win this battle. Until...

"Owlbear~!"

That cheerfully polite voice from the kitchen rang in his ear and did well to spook whatever sleep he held right out of his body, much to his disdain. Sleep was one of Owlbear's favorite things to do...but, alas, he was already awake thanks to a certaind demon's calling. No use in trying to return within it's embrace...once Owlbear fell out of sleep it was hard for him to go back into it. With his mind now waking up, Owlbear begrudgingly pushed the covers off his face, the morning rays of the sun seeping into the room he called home...at least, home here in Makai. Unlike the woman who called him...he wasn't exactly a native here. At least...he thought he wasn't. It's hard to remember where you come from when alot of your memories were pretty much wiped from your mind.

"Ugh...screw this..." Owlbear grunted under his breath, as he turned onto his side and pulled the covers back of his head, not in any mood to make any moves that required him to get out of bed. Sleep was his mistress...and she had been good to him all his life. With this logic in mind, who was he to ignore the caress of the sleep that he loved so much?

"Owlbear," That same voice called back to him, the sound of a door opening behind the bed letting Owlbear know who was in here; his roommate and landlord, Luize. Owlbear didn't make any attempt to move, hoping that Luize's naturally polite demeanor would help ward her off from bugging him any further. Unfortunately, her busting into the room was proof enough that she wasn't going to leave him be. "What are you still doing in bed, I called you almost 3 minutes ago."

"Mrgh...I dun wanna get up..." Owlbear whined lazily, his tone very similar to that of a child who refused to get up for their first day of school. "Can't you lemme sleep in for like...another minute...?" Luize responded only with a surpressed sigh as she stepped forth to force her roomie out of bed. He was always difficult to get out of bed, especially on days when they had to do somethings. And of all days to do this...

"Well tough kitties, we have something to do today." Luize remarked, taking the drapes in hand and pulling them apart to let in the full brilliance of the sun, the brightness of it all evoking a defensive response from the lazy outsider who moaned rebelliously and wrapped himself up within the covers. Luize turned to the crumpled mass of covers and stood akimbo, her lips pulled into a frown as she fixated her (still closed) eyes on the unmoveable Owlbear. "Now, wake up those lazybones, we have somewhere important to go and you're going with me."

"What do ya want me to go for?" Owlbear asked, wondering just why Luize was so bent on dragging him with her. She could do whatever it is she was gonna do on her own...couldn't she? "...I'll just get in the way, you go ahead..."

"Oooh no you don't. You're not pulling the wool over my eyes with that one again." Luize knew this routine of his...the 'I'll make myself look useless so I don't have to do anything' card. Owlbear's played it before and she fell for it like a sack of bricks. Not this time. "Now, get dressed. Miss Shinki has requested our presence at the palace and we mustn't be late." Upon hearing this, Luize heard a rustle behind her, turning around to see that Owlbear was at full attention in bed. If she wanted his attention, then it seems she's already managed to gain it...

"...Sh-Shinki requested wants us to come to the palace?" Owlbear parroted, "What for? Is it because of the clogged toilet explosion? I swear to god that I was on break when that happened!"

"...It has something to do with the outside affairs of Makai, preferably Gensokyo." Answered Luize, ignoring how and why Owlbear would. "I can't recall all of the details but, that's why we're going to see Miss Shinki. It was, after all, her idea to send us." This was  apart of a much broader plan that was in part of the reconstruction of Makai. Years back, there was a grave incident that took place in this realm, one that resulted in thousands upon thousands of destroyed homes and broken communities. Outsiders from Gensokyo came into Makai (some would argue they invaded it with malicious intent) seek to solve a problem with demons overruning Gensokyo due to a problem with Makai's tourist agency. It eventually led up to a destructive battle between the intruders and Shinki, the fight itself destroying most of Makai in it's wake. After the incident, and Shinki's defeat, Makai was immedieatly sealed off from Gensokyo entriely as Shinki made time to rebuild her world from the ground up. Owlbear wasn't present during the incident or the reconstruction, so much of his know how on what happened back then was only accessable through stories and rumors.

"Gensokyo...aren't those the guys that came here wreckin' junk some odd years ago?"

"Not it's entirety, just several of it's natives, but they still caused quite a ruckus here nonetheless." Luize nodded, recalling her struggle against them all those years ago. In all honesty, she had forgotten alot about it but, this recent chore Shinki seemed to want to impose on them was a good way to remind her of what happened back then. Because of her forgotten experiences with the intruders, Luize didn't think she harbored any sort of ill feelings towards them but, the destruction of her home was something she wanted to blame them for...everyone in Makai wished to pin the blame and hatred on the outsiders, especially for their crimes against Makai. "Now then, get up and put some clothes on...I doubt Shinki would think highly of you if you came to her palace in your night clothes~"


7:25 AM, Day 1 - Makai ~ Pandemonium - Throne Room

"And that's how it happened, Miss Shinki." A demon maid concluded, her story finished as she and several others who accompanied her bowed to the silver haired woman who stood before them. This was the one and only goddess of Makai, having forged the land and it's people from her own hands long ago. As a result, Shinki was the ruler of this realm and it's people,  "Please, don't punish us about the...erm, explosion in the restroom."

Shinki looked to the maids for a moment, her confusion obvious on her face as she turned to the head maid of Pandemonium and the strongest known creation she ever had; Yumeko. "...What is this 'explosion in the bathroom', everyone keeps going on about, Yumeko?"

"Something that's simply been overblown by rumors." Yumeko replied to the goddess surpressing a tone of annoyance as she turned to the maids and thrust her finger to the immense doors of the throne room. "Leave. All of you. There's much work to be done around the palace." The maids arose and took their leave of the room, their silent exit only doing well to increase what little was said between the demon goddess and her head maid. Eventually, Yumeko's lack of words evoked a curious response from Shinki.

"Yumeko...is there something I should know?"

"No, I assure you Miss Shinki, everything is perfectly fine." Yumeko told the goddess, Shinki's suspicious expression staring at the maid for several seconds before it finally relented and a smile returned to her lips. Yumeko always told her the truth and made sure everything within the palace was in working order, of course, Shinki could trust her judgement on the situation.

"Very well, I'll take your word for it, Yumeko." Shinki remarked, rising from her throne. "But, if I find out something different, I'll expect you to take responsibility for this ordeal. So let's hope there are no more exploding toilets~"

"...Indeed, Miss Shinki..." The entire exchange about exploding toilets was Yumeko's share of weird junk of the day. It probably didn't help matters that she wasn't exactly sure where this rumor even originated. Although, if she could make at least one guess...

"No, you can't use my flying suitcase." And it centered around the one 'busted leg' of all the staff of this here demonic castle that had just walked in behind Luize, apparently wanting to use her prized suitcase in which she carried with her on her many different travels. The so called, 'busted leg' was a human that fell into Makai and took up residence with the resident tourist and the only one who seemed to have alot of knowledge on outside cultures that are otherwise foreign to Makai as a whole. As Shinki looked on with curiosity on as to what Luize and her little earthen roommate were discussing, Yumeko's golden eyes narrowed as she glared at Owlbear's visage. "Good morning Miss Shinki, I hope we're not late." Luize spoke up to the goddess,

"You're not late at all, Luize. In fact, you're much earlier than I expected." Replied Shinki.

"Hm, which is quite surprising given how someone has a poor preception of staying awake and active." Luize knew who this directed to, one of her closed eyes, opening slightly to look to her room mate.

"That was messed up and you know it." Owlbear muttered, giving the tourist a dirty look. Luize, didn't seem sorry about the comment at all and even came to chuckle at Owlbear's reaction. Luize had always given the air of how she seemed to act polite and well mannered around other folks, but Owlbear has seen a fair amount of instances where she shed this facade and showed a much more sinister side. Oddly enough, this only seemed to crop up one of Luize's eyes open up...Owlbear isn't sure how trolley she'll get if she opens BOTH eyes, but he has always made it his best effort not to be near her when that happened.

"In anycase, I'm glad that the both of you volunteered for this, I was afraid no one would come up and take the challenge." Shinki began, as she gave the demon tourist and the attention impaired human a grateful smile. Owlbear was still in the dark as to what this all meant and what she wanted them to do...but judging by what Shinki was talking of, it seemed like it would be fairly hard. Owlbear disliked things that were difficult...especially if said tasks were difficult for no reason. "Now that I've successfully managed to rebuild Makai from that...accident years ago, I think it's time I mend our relations with the realm of Gensokyo by allowing the gate to be re-opened. That said, I can understand why many of the demons would be hesitant to accept this, many of them rather dislike Gensokyo for the outcome of the incident. However, I don't wish for our relationship with the residents of that realm to linger on our past squabbles, so I feel it's only best to send several of Makai's residents to Gensokyo and have them live amongst the locals for a while.

"Oh, so it's like...playing Ambassador and all that, huh?"

"Yes, that's exactly what the both of you will be doing." Shinki nodded in agreement, "My main reasons for doing this is that I feel we all can benefit from a reestblished connection with Gensokyo. It not only shows the demons in Makai that Gensokyo shouldn't be disliked for their past relations with us, but also works as a way to open new paths to what Gensokyo has to offer to us, and perhaps even allowing the residents to see our world, as well. It's a chance to make Makai better than it was before and we'll need Gensokyo's help for it. In anycase, I'll have the gate opened for you to begin the task at hand." So that's what this was all about, Makai was about to be reconnected to Gensokyo via a reopened gate. Of course, Luize saw the oppurtunity to point out a possible hidden motive to all of this...

"...Are you sure, it's not so you can see Alice again?"

The room fell eeriely silent, Yumeko glancing to an expressionless Shinki and Owlbear looking to Luize who merely smiled to the goddess as she awaited her initial response. Alice was the 'supposed daughter' of Shinki, the only one so far to have left Makai entirely and never returning after the gate itself was closed to beging reconstruction of Makai. Luize told Owlbear of how Shinki was greatly saddened by her disappearance from Makai, but ultimately, put it out of mind to focus on rebuilding her world. "...Seeing Alice again has nothing to do with my overall goal of this mission." Shinki finally answered, her straight face seeming to faulter for only a moment as she spoke once more. "...But it certainly wouldn't hurt if I could meet her again. Unfortunately, I can't really leave with you so, do you mind if you do one more favor for me?"

"Sure, what would that be?" Luize already had a good idea where this little 'favor' would end up going...

"Tell Alice that her mother misses her...and that she'd love it if she would visit sometime."

8:05 AM, Day 1 - Makai ~ Luize's Abode - Luize's Backyard

"Hah, sweet ASS we get to use you're Flying Suitcase!" Owlbear cheered, Luize seeming to pay his excitement no mind as she revealed her fabled 'Flying Suitcase' to the human. At first glance, one would have mistook it as a normal, everyday suitcase, one that told of all the places Luize has been to in her days as a tourist. By this point, though, Owlbear wasn't detered by the rather average appearance of the flying luggage bag and instead embraced a ...that is until he realized on thing about it. "Although, I'm kinda worried about...y'know falling."

"You're not going to fall, do you think I would let that happen to you~?" Luize said, dropping her things into the suitcase and sealing it shut. Owlbear had really no idea as to how much space that thing had, but it certainly was bigger on the inside than what it appeared...he could have sworn, Luize dumped at least 3 weeks worth of clothes in that thing. All Owlbear had was a backpack of sorts that didn't even hold two days worth of clothes.

"Well no, but there's always a possibility for an accident, y'know." Owlbear said.

"Well don't worry, I'll be willing to catch you if you (somehow) fall off." Luize replied, the odd suitcase beginning to levitate off the ground. With the suitcase, effectively airborne, Luize hopped onto her cubical stead and motioned Owlbear to follow behind. "Come along now, we had better get moving~"

Owlbear nodded and stepped forth to begin his new adventure on the outside of Makai for the first time...

"What the...?" Too bad, he had suddenly come down with a strange form of full body paralysis, one that froze him in place fully erect and frozen in place. "I can't...move..." Not only that...but his senses to the world around him were all but dampened; he couldn't hear, he couldn't speak, his vision of Luize and his surroundings were beginning to grow distorted and fade from his eyes. Owlbear could only stand in his frozen state, his mind in a rush of questions on what was happening to his body as a chilling aura began to encroach upon.

Then, out of nowhere, a pair of arms drapped around his neck as an otherworldly presence manifested directly behind him.

You didn't think you were going to Gensokyo without me, did you?

It sounded of a woman...one who's voice was like silk to his ears, yet menacing to his heart.

"Wait, who are...?"

Shhh, don't talk. The less we say the better~

And just when things couldn't get weird enough, Owlbear could feel something slithering into his body. A cold presence that felt like nothing he had ever experienced before was slowly invading his person.

"Wh-wha...what're you...?"

Just need to hijack your body for a while. Hope you don't mind a strapping young woman inside you~

... ... ...

"O-Owlbear, Owlbear!" And just like that, the voice in his head, the chilling sensation running through his body, and the odd form of paralysis subsided as the outsider's mind regained awareness of the world around him. Owlbear's body convulsed as his muscles relaxed once again and he regain control of his motor functions, the outsider let out a deep gasp as his head snapped back into normal position and his eyes realigned themselves. Naturally, Luize was more than a little concerned about what was happening to him. "Owlbear, my goodness are you okay?"

"Y-Yeah...I'm fine." Owlbear muttered, rubbing the side of his head. "Dunno what that was about..."

"Maybe you should stay here, I don't want to bring you along if you're under the weather."

"Naw, I got this." Owlbear shook his head, hopping onto the back of the flying suitcase. Just as if he was riding a motorcycle, Owlbear braced himself onto Luize...only to find his hands wander...

"Ooop!" Luize yelped in surprise, turning around to see her room mate's palm resting on her bottom. "Owlbear, you-!"

Owlbear blinked in confusion at Luize's angered expression before his eyes traveled down to the source of her annoyance. Automatically, he recoiled and tried to clear his name. That certainly wasn't his doing...he knew his boundries and what not to touch on Luize. "I-It wasn't me! Well, it was me but I didn't do that on purpose!"

Luize merely turned her nose up in disgust and silently commanded the suitcase to take off into the skies above Makai...

Hmhm, sorry. I just had to give your body a test drive~
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on July 20, 2011, 02:11:29 AM
11:40 AM - Day 1 - Grassy Path - Between Human Village & Scarlet Devil Mansion

Mokou spat onto the ground, putting one foot up onto a small rock. "Yuck, what was inside of that thing, anyway? I'm so sticky...and I'm tired of smelling like this..."

Sighing and panting slightly, Ken took a seat on the grass. Mokou was a pretty fast runner. Fortunately, they had decided to take a break here in the clearing. He decided against asking if she wanted to be drenched. Mokou was fiery in both spirit and ability, surely she wouldn't respond well to such a suggestion. "There isn't really much we can do about it, sorry."

"I smell like...like strawberries, or something!" Her face twisted in disgust, she leaned against a rather out-of-place tree, choosing not to sit down.

Ken's mind was racing, as usual. He hoped Keine and Reisa were okay. Reisa in particular; she didn't seem to hit it off well with Mokou. But then again, she had her specific tastes and besides, he was like that too. Regardless of all that, the day had definitely been nothing short of exciting so far.

He was suddenly distracted by an interesting, oddly pleasant smell. It wasn't just the fruity scent that plagued both himself and his company; it seemed like an amalgamation of the former, and additionally like that of body odor.

She looked at him. "What, what is it?"

"Ah, nothing really." For some bizarre reason, the smell of her sweating body mixed with--no, he shouldn't think of it further. What was wrong with him? Maybe he didn't sleep enough last night, or the day's events had worn on his mind somehow. Reisa would have a field day poking fun at him right now, if she was still here. Maybe it was best to just let it go without mentioning anything else.

But Mokou had already read his facial expressions. "Heh. Sorry I'm not your typical girl, staying clean isn't at the top of my list."

He closed his eyes, his face slightly flushed. "That's--"

"You can complain if you want, I don't mind. I'm rather used to it." Her expression cracked a small smile. "The fruity smell probably helps, right?"

"I suppose, and I don't have any complaints." This conversation could use a change of subject before it got too awkward. "So, you're Miss Keine's good friend...I've seen you plenty of times but never really got a chance to say hello."

She idly twiddled a lock of her long, flowing hair. "Yeah, I don't have many that I call 'friend', but your teacher is--well, you know the deal with Keine and humans."

"Human?" He leaned forward. "Oh, that's right." He thought she might be a youkai of some sort, with the power of fire she held.

"Surprised I can use fire so well, as a human? It's an interesting story, but for another day, maybe."

"I see."

There was a slight pause in the conversation. Ken spoke up after a few moments of silence.

"So why are you doing this, anyway?" He got the impression that she tended to roam and do what she wanted to do. Based on his experience so far, he guessed that she wasn't very happy about spending time with him in tow. Not much he could do about it, though.

"Isn't it obvious?" She tried to uncross her arms, but they were too stuck together to be worth uncrossing.

"So you're doing this just because Keine asked you to?"

"That, and because it's something exciting, sort of. But she's pretty much my only friend." She bit lightly at one of her fingernails. "Not only a friend, but somewhat of a guardian too." She quickly added, "not that I need help too often!"

"I wonder why Keine hasn't introduced you to us." Mokou was mostly an enigma to him even though he'd seen her multiple times.

"'Us'? You mean you and that stupid fairy?"

"Reisa isn't stupid! She just--I don't know what happened back there, I hope she's not going to be like that for too long." He sighed and wound several longer blades of grass around his fingers.

"Oh well, too bad. But I don't really care too much. It's easy to make friends, but it's also very easy to lose 'em too."

He wrinkled his nose briefly. She wasn't very personable or open, but she likely had some good reasons for it. "I understand. I hope I'm not dragging you down or anything."

"Nah, don't worry about it." Surprisingly, she smiled rather warmly. She probably was just being nice because he was associated with Miss Keine.

"Ouch..." Mokou winced as part of her hair got tangled together in her fingers. Whatever that 'god of plenty' had covered her with, it was causing her whole body to stick to itself. "This is not...ugh."

"Do you..." He hesitated before asking. "Would you like some help?"

She gave a short laugh. "Ha, what're you going to do? Showers and baths don't roam freely in the wild."

He raised an eyebrow. "Maybe they don't, but I know a little magic..."

"You do? Didn't think people actually kept up with their training these days." Since when did humans try to learn magic? Was it not too complicated and pointless for them to learn in their meager lifespans?

Ken produced a small cloth that he kept in his waistline at his back. "You'll need this afterwards."

She looked at him skeptically. "Wait, you're serious? What are you going to do, shower me with water?"

He tucked the towel under his arm and held his hands out, concentrating on bringing up the image of rushing water in his head. Hopefully this time, he would actually do it right.

Mokou stood there, waiting impatiently. "So..."

Unresponsive, he continued to focus. If anything, he needed to get this down. Keine would be delighted at his progress, but it was almost making his head hurt.

"This isn't a joke, right? I appreciate the effort, but if it's just kiddie magic then--"

Suddenly, a miniature surge of water engulfed her! She gasped in surprise, closing her eyes and holding her arms up in front of her. It was very cold but strangely welcome on her sticky body. "Plfgh!"

No sooner had it began, the water finished crashing over her as it settled in the surrounding grassy domain, hungrily consumed by the dry land. She shook her incredible mass of hair as water leapt from it in all directions. "T-That was...interesting..." Shivering slightly, she took the cloth from his outstretched hand and began methodically wiping first her skin and then her clothes off as best she could.

Exhausted, he sat back down without saying a word. He felt a headache coming on, but he put on a serious face in an attempt to mask it. Magic was tough on the mind, and it would only get worse from here on out, the more complicated the spells got.

She wrapped her hair around her left shoulder and tried to wipe it, but soon gave up. Feeling cleaner, she summoned a warm fiery light in her hands to restore her temperature. "Not b-bad, I guess..."

"I'm still rather novice at such arts. I need more practice...much more practice."

She felt a surprisingly warm feeling stir in her, and she offered the cloth back to him. "What about you?"

"I'll be fine, it's not too much farther." Putting on an air of slight humility, he attempted in vain to brush the grass off of his sticky clothing. He was trying to convince himself that he had only done it for the sake of practicing magic. "Mokou, why don't you live in the Village with other humans?" Before she could interrupt him he continued. "Surely if they accept Miss Keine..."

She flipped her hair back and fiddled with one of the many tags on her somewhat poofy pants with her right hand. Her expression had turned to that which looked not the least bit humorous. "You don't know much, do you? I--bah, we should get going now."

He reached up to scratch his head but stopped upon realizing his hand was too sticky to continue effectively. Perhaps he had touched a tender subject. She didn't look too old, but looks could be deceiving; maybe she was hiding a tremendous secret. Perhaps it had something to do with Keine not introducing her even after all these times seeing her. He shook his head; he was too curious for his own good. "Sure, I'm ready to go if you are."

"Eh...we talked for too long." She clicked her tongue and held up a hand, feeling a slight breeze lift the fire that was resting in her palm up and over her body. The flames licked at her limbs and dried her clothes ever so slightly with each passing moment. Why did she talk so much with a stranger? She was trying to convince herself that she had only done it since he was Keine's neighbor.

"Your control of fire is astounding. I wish someday I could become half as proficient as you in that regard..."

Hands now in pockets, she shrugged. "Well, when you've--" She caught herself before spilling the beans. "It, it just takes practice."

He noted that she seemed rather irritated. "Anyway, the Village isn't too far from here." He yawned briefly, his eyesight temporarily blurring as he blinked many times over.

"Yeah, let's get outta here."


(OOC: Ken and Mokou are heading back to the Village at this time. Nothing new to add here.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Tsunade Gakudan on July 29, 2011, 02:36:41 AM
The Hot Springs; Near the Hakurei Shrine. 11:20 AM, Day 001.
[The Prologue: Part 5.]


Money missing, bag stolen, chasing an unknown being all the way to the surface of Gensokyo, and what were they doing now…

“Come on Tsunade; can’t wait on you forever.”

Taking a break at a spring. Tsunade sighed a little as she wrapped the towel around her and headed outside. Her eyes caught the green hat she had been wearing for most of the morning. Whilst it seemed silly to take it with her, given the area she was in, something about it kept telling her to take it anyway. Tsunade sighed again before grabbing the hat.



“Honestly; you humans take so long.”

Yuugi grinned back at her as she finally emerged. Tsunade was half expecting a comment regarding the hat and towel combo; but Yuugi seemed to ignore it. It was almost like it was a part of her now.

“I didn’t mean to take that long.” She answered back. “It’s not like my mind wanders on to…”

“Relax!”

Yuugi’s hand playfully slapping her back caught her by surprise; almost causing Tsunade to lose balance.

“We’ll get your things back soon enough.” Yuugi beamed. “So just relax for a little while.”

Tsunade was tempted to pout and retaliate, but thought better of it. To be fair, Yuugi was right; this was the first time she had actually explored any part of the surface of Gensokyo. The pair of them picked up a bowl each and headed outside.



The steam clouded their vision for a few short seconds before the water could finally be seen in front of them. For Tsunade, it seemed to take a lot longer; she wasn’t sure if it was just her eye-sight or if it was because she was human. It certainly lived up to its name of being hot; even outside of the water. Tsunade’s imagination, however, was almost certain that the water would burn her. As she took a step forward, the familiar ‘pulling back’ grip of Yuugi’s hand kept her from going any further.

“Can’t you see it?”

Tsunade looked back to ask why, but thought better of it and looked back to whatever Yuugi was staring at. Sure enough, there was some sort of silhouette in the steam; the figure becoming more and more human like as her vision got better.

“It? That’s quite rude of you~”

Tsunade whirled round in confusion as Yuugi continued to look on.

“And just how long do you plan on being mysterious… Yakumo?”

The steam started to subside, almost in response. As it did, Tsunade began to see a long, blonde haired lady wearing nothing but a grin on her face. The lady was sitting in the spring itself, her top half above the smoking water.

“Honestly.” The lady giggled. “It’s nice to be playful once in a while, no? You oni sure like being serious.”

Tsunade chuckled a bit this time as Yuugi glanced down at her.

“If we were being serious, would we really be standing here in a towel?”

“Oh my, such a funny little human you have there.” The lady smiled evilly. “Is this what a Deva has been reduced to, huh? Guiding humans around?”

Yuugi clenched her left hand slowly; her anger beginning to rise ever so slightly.

“I’ll have you know that we’re chasing a…”

“God; yes I know.” Yakumo interrupted. “Everyone is currently after it up here.”

Tsunade’s eyes lit up instantly.

“Wait, you know? Then can you tell us where it is?”

The lady whipped out a fan and held it up to her face; covering the obvious grin.

“I could, but then where would the fun in that be?”

“Would it be fun if I beat you for it?”

“Relax!”

This time, it was Yuugi who got a slap on the back. A hand appeared from some small gap in the air and gently tapped her.

“Don’t play with me, Yakumo.” Yuugi growled. “You know what we’re like.”

“Which part of you though?” Yakumo asked playfully. “Your lack of fun or your lack of chest?”

In a single second, water exploded into the air. Yuugi had taken one step forward and punched the water; sending a wave in her direction. The lady vanished and reappeared in an alternate part of it. Tsunade was showered as the stream of water began to fall down around the area as Yakumo seemed to float up into the sky. It was beautiful to Tsunade, almost; the sight of her figure, before the barrage of small arrows rained down on to the spring, was quite something. Yuugi moved around and flung her towel to the side; to her, it probably didn’t matter at this point. For a few seconds, Tsunade was frozen on the spot; witnessing yet another danmaku fight with Yuugi involved. Sure, this time it was vastly different; both Yuugi and her opponent were naked, and, instead of just danmaku, water was flying in the midst of all the steam that rose around them. But it was a fight nonetheless. In any other normal circumstance, she would have lingered around and watched from a safe distance. But there was nowhere she could go. If she ran back to the changing area, she would be likely swept off her feet. So Tsunade turned away from the spring itself and ran.



“You sure haven’t lost your abilities.” The gap youkai chuckled as she sent a stream of lasers out from another gap.

Yuugi flew cleanly out of harms way before diving into the water. The impact sent water shooting up like a geyser. But it wasn’t just water being aimed at her; a mix of danmaku, big and small, had launched up with it. For anyone else, this would be extremely hard to dodge; but she knew Yukari well. Her gaps had saved her one too many times. But she still could fall like everyone else. Another attack narrowly whizzed past Yuugi as Yukari poked out of another gap; sending small arrows towards her. Doubling back to outside of the spring, Yuugi realized she was missing one crucial thing; spell cards. Yukari, almost sensing this, pulled out one from her gaps and grinned at the oni.

“So, do you concede yet?”

“Like hell!”



Tsunade wasn’t the best runner; in fact, for a human, she was half decent. Hanging around Oni taught her how to keep her stamina up throughout the evenings; but she never did run much. Plus, it didn’t help that she only had a towel around her. Of all the times to be on the surface, she had to be making a first impression by streaking with a towel. As she got further away from the spring, however, she took note of another building coming into view. It didn’t take her long to realise that it was a shrine. But the amount of debris nearby sent warning bells through her head. If what that lady had said was true, it probably ran through here too. She sighed a little as that would also mean no one would be there. It was the perfect place to stay inside and...

“Huh?”

She heard it all at the last possible second. And she saw something that, for everything she had witnessed in the Ancient City, seemed impossible.



Yuugi had swung every possible pattern she could towards Yukari; almost in a sense of urgency. If she attacked without her cards, Yukari would have even more to hold above her. But if she carried on like this, it would do her no favours.

“Perhaps I should end this…”

Yukari looked down at the oni, fighting off her cruel patterns with grit determination. She knew an oni would never try to fight unfairly; but she couldn’t help but play the ‘fun but evil’ card on her when the chance arose. Suika had been caught out like this before. Yuugi, however, was handling it differently. Yukari glanced at the card and smiled before focusing for what seemed like a few seconds.

“Abandoned Line - Aimless Journey to the Abandoned Station!"

A huge gap opened up in front of Yuugi as the danmaku began to subside. Yuugi took several steps backwards; almost waiting for the next wave of danmaku to appear. But it never came. In fact, even after ten seconds, nothing came out. The oni knew that something wasn’t right; however, getting closer to it screamed ‘trap’ more then getting further away. She glanced behind her, spotting Tsunade nearby. A Shrine stood close by too; one she had heard about before. Her thought was to call out to her, but something else caught her attention first. A horn, of some sort, sounded behind her; followed by the sudden noise of something approaching. No sooner had she turned around, a huge metal object was hurtling towards her very position. In the blink of an eye, Yuugi’s foot stomped into the ground hard as her right hand clenched up. The train was going to hit her, but not if she could hit it first. It was at that exact moment, Yukari looked on and realised what was about to happen.

“HYA!”

Yuugi punched the front of the object with all her might. In a split second, the moving ceased. In fact, it did more then just that. The object crumpled like it was paper; the force of the punch was far greater then the speed it was travelling at. The object, unfortunately, was connected to others exactly like it. No sooner had the front one stopped, the rest were still travelling at the same speed. One by one, each took off into the sky; departing in different directions.



She had to be dreaming. She just had to be. Tsunade looked up in disbelief as something very familiar flew over her head. It was something she hadn’t seen for quite some time. Something that looked like a carriage from a train. It flew clean over her; debris scattering around her as it went. Out of the corner of her eyes, she saw a couple more; but they vanished pretty quickly. Maybe it was all a dream…

And then the earth rumbled below her; knocking her clean off her feet. If that didn’t signal the fact that something monumental had just happened, the sound of destruction certainly would. The train came down on its front; right in the heart of the shrine itself. Everything began to crash down around it as the train began to tilt. It came down onto its side as it crushed everything beneath it. The breaking of wood and everything else that made the shrine what it was, mixed with the roar the train made as it collapsed onto the ground was simply too much for Tsunade to take in. She stood up slowly as the train fell into some form of hole; leaving only the remains of the shrine in its place.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: 日巫子 on July 30, 2011, 04:31:39 PM
11:20AM Day 1, Near Scarlet Devil Mansion

It had been a short while since Himiko and Kasen had been left alone, and they were now continuing their search for the God of Plenty once again.  Over the tops of the trees, however, Himiko could see something that caught her eye.  Halting right in the middle of the path, she stood on her toes, trying to get a better look at it.  Kasen stopped walking and turned her head, looking over at her human companion with an expression of slight curiosity. 

?Hm??

?That?s totally a haunted house.?  Himiko, who was still standing on tiptoe, deescalated to her normal height.  Kasen blinked, and walked over to join her in looking.  From where the two were standing, they could see the roof of a brilliant red mansion, peeking out from over the treetops a distance away.  Kasen hummed in thought for a few moments before smiling a little.

?It must be the Scarlet Devil Mansion.  I?ve heard a little bit about it, but I don?t know whether or not it?s haunted,? the hermit explained.

?Heheh.?  Himiko was getting a bit excited just looking at the mansion, trying to imagine it as an amusement park attraction.  There would be paintings with eyes that followed you and boarded up windows, complete with skeletons decorating the walls and cobwebs in every corner of the ceiling.  It would be a little chilly, too, with a draft that you couldn?t quite tell the direction of.  And then you got lazer guns and shot everything down in a seizure-inducing rampage of glory and blinking red lazer beams.  As long as she thought of it as harmless and staged, it was fine?

?Well, whatever we?re looking for is probably around there,? Kasen said.  They both turned, ready to continue on towards the mansion

Fweeeeeeeeeeeeee

?Followed by a rumbling sound.  The ground itself didn?t rumble, but the noise was sudden and loud, causing both girls to jump out of their skins.
Kasen whipped her head towards the direction of the sound and furrowed her brow. 

?What was that???  Could it be what they were looking for?  She grabbed Himiko?s hand (?Eh?  What?  Where are we going??) and started backtracking down the path they were taking to the mansion.

~

11:25AM, Day 1, Outside the Entrance to the Underground

Utsuho had a bird?s eye view of Gensokyo, literally.  As she exited the tunnel leading to the Underground, she was treated to the sight of a huge, expansive blue sky ahead.  It was quite different to the cave she was used to, to put it lightly, although she didn?t mind this, either.  Now that she was above ground, it was time to find out where this festival was being held.  Swooping low, she shifted back into her human form, briefly wondering how long it took for her to get from the Palace of the Earth Spirits to the surface.  There was that run in with a key lime pie, of course?and the pink puff ball.

Catching herself with her wings, Utsuho landed feet first on the ground and started walking away from the entrance of the Underground.
~

11:37AM, Day 1, Steps leading to the Hakurei Shrine

It was a torii.

?Shinto Shrine??  It was a rhetorical question for Himiko, even if she had never been to one.

?It?s the Hakurei Shrine.? 

The name of the place the flower viewing was being held, right?  Himiko let go of Kasen?s hand and started hopping up the steps.

?Be careful, okay??  The hermit called out her warning as she started following her friend up the stairs at a leisurely pace.

Himiko turned and waved back.  ?Yeees.?  She went a bit faster, going two steps at a time until she was standing underneath the torii.  Looking out past that, she expected to see something amazing?but then her heart sunk when she saw the ruined remains of what was most likely the shrine in question.  That was the first thing she saw.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on August 01, 2011, 01:23:14 AM
11:50 AM - Day 1 - Ken's House - Human Village

Mokou sniffed and walked around inside the abode. "Smells good in here...does Keine hide her perfume in your house, or somethin'?"

"N..." Ken fought back an unamused sigh and an eye roll. "...no, not that I know of."

"Really? Well, something smells good in here, and it most certainly isn't me."

"It's probably something of Reisa's, she leaves her toiletries here occasionally. That, and the bathroom is nearby, it's right around the corner."

"Ha, if you say so. Still smells like lady in here." She paused and turned around, looking at him playfully yet suspiciously. "That fairy's not someone special, is she?"

Taken aback, he blushed slightly. His face transformed to that of slight irritation as he began to dig the toe of his shoe into the carpet. Whatever was she saying? Reisa was only sent here upon special request, anyway. "She's helping me with magic." He was getting overly defensive about it; Mokou would surely jump at the chance if he left his response as vulnerable as it was. "Reisa is a good friend of mine, even if she's rather spontaneous sometimes."

"Well, whatever. I wasn't really interested in her anyway." She blew some air from her mouth up at her slightly greasy-looking bangs.

He sighed. Little did she know that this was a habit of Reisa's. He took this opportunity to change the subject. "By the way, sorry if the watery surprise earlier was inconsiderate. I wasn't sure if you were weak to water, or something like that..."

Mokou raised an eyebrow and put her hands on her hips.

Ken quickly continued. "Well, since you're a fire user..."

She looked like she were about to explode in laughter. "Wait, are you serious? What do you think this is, Pok?mon?"

He tensed up. How did she know about something like that?! His eyes visibly widened. That was a real-world thing...he thought that didn't exist here! Suddenly, his curiosity for this strange female grew stronger. Just who was she?

She chuckled coarsely, her mouth twisting into an asymmetrical grin. "Haha, I'm just kidding. I'm okay with water, I just can't use my magic as well around it."

His eyebrows lowered. "Still..."

"You're wondering where I heard that phrase from? One of my...well, someone I...spend time around...she uses that as a comeback quite often. I don't know why I even said it, it just sounds stupid."

Slightly disappointed yet intensely mystified, he relaxed. "I see. Well in any case, please go right ahead and freshen up, I'll be outside checking out the Village." Without waiting for a response, he left her to her own devices, closing the door behind him.

"What a wired guy...he needs to chill out sometimes." She noted how he had closed the door: twisting the handle before closing the door, and then releasing it upon the door's closing. "Kinda weird too. Wonder what Keine saw in him." Dismissing it for the time being, she locked the door and began to remove her still-sticky clothing in preparation for a nice hot shower.



11:52 AM - Day 1 - Ken's House - Human Village

Not surprisingly, Ken had gotten distracted from checking outside.

He took a deep breath and stared at the art on the CD case in his hand; one of the only reminders of the real--no, his previous life. He remembered when Keine had taken him to that vendor's shop, Kourindou--and how shocked he was at the items he saw. Gensokyo seemed relatively primitive compared to the world in his past life; yet this shop was alive with a collection of items he was more than familiar with. Fortunately, he had just enough money on hand to buy what he recognized and valued: A CD player that half-worked, and this single album. And now Mokou mentioning a game he used to play so many--was it really that many years ago? He popped the CD into the player and pushed the half-mashed-off Play button, praying the batteries still worked.

It was no use. The player wouldn't play the CD.

"Damn." He used it sparingly in the hope that the batteries could stretch out, but maybe it was a problem with the player. The whole thing seemed like a lost cause. He pushed the Stop button and half-threw the CD case gently down onto the table near his bed, on which also rested the player. Maybe next time.

Suddenly he remembered the odd doll he had found. He felt around in his pockets--had it fallen out at some point? Curses. This was certainly a day of ups and downs. His mind drifted back to the now fading memories of living pre-Gensokyo...

His thoughts of the real world were interrupted by a rather hard knock on the door. Was it Keine, back already? Looking down at himself, he gave off a slight groan. He certainly wasn't presentable, but he was obligated to answer anyway. "Coming..."

Upon opening the door moments later, he was greeted not by the sight of the teacher, but the visage of a very elegant-looking girl with long, flowing black hair. She looked familiar to him, for some reason.

The woman spoke before he could analyze her further. "Excuse me, do you have a towel?" Her face was rather emotionless. "I stepped in something sticky, and now my shoe is nearly ruined."

His eyes quickly scanned her body as he looked down, finally settling on her feet area. She had on a very clean pink shirt and a rather long dark red skirt. He frowned, as her shoes were completely hidden beneath the skirt. Fortunately he had plenty of clean towels at the ready. "I suppose, one moment please..."

He walked quickly towards the bathroom and opened a cupboard containing fresh towels. Mokou was clearly enjoying her shower, as the sound of humming reached his ears. Pausing only slightly in his towel retrieval, he listened to her somewhat odd melody. He didn't think Mokou was one to normally produce a tune. Maybe this was a rare occasion. Chuckling to himself at her antics, he closed the cupboard and reappeared in the front room.

The black-haired girl--or so he thought she was rather young, as her face was very flawless and youthful in appearance--snatched the towel from his outstretched hand and smiled slightly. Then she started to walk away.

"Um...wait a minute," he called out to her, and she slowly made an about-face. "I would like that towel back at some point."

"Oh." She looked disappointed. "Well, then can you wipe my shoe off?"

"Wait...what?" He raised an eyebrow in surprise. What was she thinking? Was it so hard to--

She brushed past him and entered his home, taking a seat on the nearby couch. Her face was rather plain still. She held up the towel as if to encourage him to follow through.

"Ugh." He certainly didn't find her friendly. "Why can't you wipe it yourself?"

Her expression dissolved into that similar to agitation. She cocked her head slightly and stared at him. "What's wrong? Can't you help me?"

"I already got you a towel, isn't that enough?"

"But if you want it back, you can help me, can't you?"

He put the back of his right hand against his hip. What in the world did she think she was doing? How illogical and rude.

She sighed and lifted the bottom of her dress up. He noticed that the dress seemed rather clean. How odd that her shoe would be dirty, but not her dress. What's more, her shoe was hardly dirty! It wouldn't take much more effort to clean it by herself.

Yet still she was insistent. "Can you please...?"

He snatched up the towel and leaned down. "Yeah, whatever." Not more than a few moments later, he had wiped off what appeared to be smushed banana, due to the smell and color.

She smiled slightly and got to her feet. "Thank you, I appreciate it."

He looked at her warily. It seemed more like a victorious grin to him, as if she was used to getting her way. "You're okay now, so please watch your step here in the Village today."

Placing a sleeved hand to her mouth, she nodded. Without any further adieu, she turned and left.

Half-slamming the door in disgust, he muttered to himself. "Where was she raised, a barn? No respect at all..." Thankfully, her appearance had saved her. Maybe she was just really young. No matter how much it ground on him, it couldn't be helped. Many children in the Village were like this, so he shouldn't expect too much.

"What happened just now?" Mokou came around the corner, wearing only a towel.

"Err..." he forced himself to stare into her eyes. "Some rude girl came and wanted me to clean her shoe off."

She gave a short laugh. "Ha! I know someone who would behave like that. Spoiled little brat, that one. You didn't do it, did you?"

"I did, although I wanted to smack her for her insolence...honestly, who assumes that people are just willing to clean what you wear...I even gave her one of my towels, thinking she'd do it herself." His face looked unsatisfied and annoyed.

Mokou frowned and continued. "That sucks. This bratty girl I know, every time I see her do that, I wanna smack her until her black hair turns as white as mine."

He gave a start. Black hair? The girl in question had long black hair. "Well, that girl did have black hair, but..."

"Eh?" Mokou stopped biting her fingernail and looked directly at him. "What was she wearing?"

"She had a pink shirt with a ton of ribbons on it..."

Mokou's eyes widened. "Wait...was she wearing a really long red skirt?"

He hesitated before confirming. "Well yes, but--"

Suddenly, her eyes were full of hate and anger. "Where is she?!"

"Whoa there, hold on, maybe it's just a coincide--!!"

She had grabbed his shirt with one hand and pulled him closer. "Is she still in the Village?!"

"M-Maybe...listen, Mokou, you can't just go out there looking like thi--oof!"

She had pushed him onto the couch. "This is my chance!"

Before he could do anything else, she had thrown open the door and departed in haste.

He scratched his head and got to his feet. "Oh dear, this won't end well, will it..." He wondered why Mokou held such fervent hatred for this girl she mentioned. Maybe it was the same girl, but...

"Wait..." It suddenly hit him, what could happen. "She's going to--"

He quickly grabbed his sword off of its resting point on the wall and ran to the door. He had to stop her. "Dammit Mokou, don't you dare!"

Flinging open the door, he raced outside in hot pursuit.



(OOC: Ken and Mokou will remain in the Human Village for some time after this post.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on August 18, 2011, 07:25:15 PM
Double-posting, yes. Haterz gonna hate, but I've had this ready for a while.


12:00 PM - Day 1 - Clearing outside Ken's House - Human Village

Ken skidded to a stop, sword still in hand. He was too late.

He stared at the spectacle before him. Mokou, wrapped only in a towel, had tackled the pink-shirted girl to the ground. Glancing side to side, he could see villagers starting to turn and see the commotion for themselves.

Suddenly, Mokou threw a fierce punch, hitting the girl square in the back with a force that gave off a solid thumping noise. Gasping and wincing, the girl tried to struggle free, but Mokou had grabbed her arms

He had to stop them right away! "Hey, Mokou! Quit it!" Ken started running forward only to find himself face-to-face with a shield of fire, which flared up out of nowhere. Shielding his eyes with his free hand, he yelled as loud as he could through the roaring flames. "MOKOU, STOP IT RIGHT NOW!!"

Eyes blazing with the same fury as her flames, Mokou angrily yelled back. "Why should I?! You don't--urgh!--know anything! This girl is nothing b--argh!--but trouble!" The hothead quickly raised a hand swirling with flames, intending to bring it down upon her victim's head, only to be knocked off the girl by several magical-looking orbs. Coughing blood, the girl quickly got to her feet as Mokou got to hers with a kickstand. He had to act now or else the Village could be in danger!

He dashed forward at the flames, preparing to roll through them. "You stop this immediately!!" His blood was boiling now. How could she beat up this girl so offhandedly?! "Get away from her!!"

Mokou spat on the ground and assumed a fighting stance. "What are you, dumb?" She was looking directly into the girl's eyes. "I'll have your head for your insolence!"

To his surprise, the girl answered back by shooting a large, glowing bullet-shaped object towards Mokou, which Mokou sidestepped. The girl spoke up, but in a much different tone than when he had aided her in his house. "Go to hell, and say hello to your father for me!"

Ken fell back as a thunderous explosion nearly knocked him off of his feet. "Ugh!" Mokou had cloaked herself in flames. Her eyes glowing white-hot, she nearly roared in fury. "YOU'RE DEAD, KAGUYA!"

The hair on his arms raised. Her name was Kaguya? He shook his head; now was not the time to think about such things. This was about to get extremely messy, he sensed. Before his very eyes, the flaming shield had lowered. Mokou had gathered the fire around herself. Now was his chance! Sweating from the heat of the flames, he gripped his sword and dashed in towards them.

Mokou made the first move. She feinted a kick to Kaguya's right, only to spin and land a firm kick on her side, and she grunted as she lost her balance and fell over. She was a mess of robes on the ground. Mokou reached down and grabbed the girl's robe, ripping it slightly as she lifted her up, setting fire to her clothing. Kaguya yelped and gasped hoarsely as Mokou forcibly got her in a choke hold. She struggled savagely, but could not free herself.

Suddenly, several multicolored orbs of tremendous size formed around them and closed in. Gritting her teeth, Mokou braced for impact...

Ken had his arms out and, as he was not more than a few feet from them, prepared to tackle them both and get them separated. He couldn't let them destroy the Village, much less each other!

An older woman's voice suddenly pierced the battle noise. "Medicine Sign - Galaxy in a Pot!"

*BOOM*

Crying out, he was bowled over backwards by the impact. Turning to face the fight scene, he saw an amazing array of dancing blue and red lights among several light-blue explosions. He heard Mokou scream in surprise--or was it both of them? He couldn't tell. Regardless, the battle was over in a twinkling.

Disoriented, he closed his eyes and felt the ground to regain his balance. When he opened them again, he saw a beautiful, mature woman wearing red and blue standing near him. She wore her hair in a single long silver braid. He immediately recognized her upon running his eyes over her clothing: the great pharmacist, Eirin Yagokoro. Suddenly everything made sense--the girl was indeed Kaguya! Why didn't he realize that earlier?

Groaning, he got to his feet, mindfully aware of Eirin's presence near him. She had her bow on her back, and stared hard at Mokou and Kaguya with hands on hips. "That's quite enough of your uncivilized shenanigans!"

Mokou rolled off of Kaguya, coughing and trying to get to her feet. It seemed she too was disoriented and fell over, blood dripping from her body. To Ken's surprise and relief, her towel was still barely hanging on. Mokou seemed to have noticed it too, but dismissed it. Clutching her head in one hand and stomach in another, she swore under her breath and looked up at Eirin. "Ergh...curses, why do you keep interfering...it's none of your damn business..."

"It's every bit my business!" Eirin bent down. "Princess, you--"

Kaguya moaned angrily, spitting out dirt from her mouth. He noticed how much more different she looked when she was in a fighting mood. She interrupted her caretaker. "Eirin, just lemme kill her...she just never learns, the dumb--"

Mokou attempted to lunge at her, but Ken held her back by her upper arms. She growled as he pulled her away from Kaguya. "That's enough out of you."

Eirin sighed as she healed Kaguya. "Honestly, you two need to grow up and get over it...or at least have the smarts to take it elsewhere."

Ken also sighed. Finally someone understood. "Mokou, please try to control yourself more. I don't care if your greatest enemy is here, don't burn the Village down! Keine would be all over you for that."

"Keine?" Eirin looked up at him. "Who are you? Did Keine have a son since the last time I saw her?"

Hearing this, Mokou half-coughed, half-laughed. "Son, ha..."

He shook his head in disbelief. He didn't look too much like a kid, did he? "I'm not related to her, but I live here. She's my neighbor."

Letting go of the Princess, Eirin curtsied politely as she closed her eyes, smiling softly. "My name is Eirin. Pleased to meet you, Mr...?"

Slightly taken aback at her formality, he caught his breath and responded quickly. "Uh, I'm Ken. Nice to meet you, I guess?"

"Yes~" Her smile quickly dissolved as she saw Kaguya moving out of the corner of her eye. She reached down and slapped Kaguya's wrist before she could perform a sneak attack on Mokou. "This ridiculously childish female beside me is Kaguya. She's supposed to be a Princess, but she certainly doesn't behave like one at all. I'm starting to have doubts myself..."

Eirin seemed to have the sense he hoped for. "Well, Mokou struck first..."

"Yeah!" Kaguya narrowed her eyes. "And all I did was go to this dude's house...I didn't even want to fight."

"She bothered you?" Eirin looked confused. Kaguya usually didn't talk to anyone, unless it was for...

It was his turn to appear unhappy. "She wanted me to clean off her shoe, even though it was hardly dirty!"

"Ha, what a stupidly spoiled--mmmph!"

Ken covered Mokou's mouth with his hand. "Enough! You ran out with only a towel! I'm surprised it didn't come off already..." He felt rather important, taking charge like this. "Go to my house and get some fresh clothes on."

Mumbling to herself, Mokou surprisingly obeyed. "Whatev..." She limped off.

He turned back to speak to Eirin, but she was already dragging Kaguya off and talking to--wait, someone he'd never seen before. He could hear their conversation slightly. He walked around nearby listening to their conversation, and politely asked the other villagers to leave in the meantime.

"So, Udonge, please do sell a good deal of medicine, okay?"

"Yes, master..."

"Oh, and please be a dear and clean up where the Princess fought, okay? I need to...give her a very stern talking-to."

He heard Eirin sigh and Kaguya groan.

The other girl spoke up. "Master, what should I do about the burnt grass?"

"Just...be creative. Or ask that guy over there."

Ken tensed up and pretended to turn with a purpose in the direction they were talking. Sure enough, Eirin was pointing directly at him.

"Okay..." The long-haired girl looked at him with no perceivable emotion.

He rubbed his eyes and stared again. Sure enough, she had bunny ears! He scratched the back of his head, hiding his surprise. Today was most definitely interesting...

"Make sure to sell lots of medicine before the Festival, too~" Eirin patted the bunny girl on the head before continuing to drag a now struggling Kaguya off.

The purple-haired girl sighed. She turned to wave at them, but she stopped mid-wave as they were turned in the opposite direction. She bent down and picked up a rather large sack, walking over in his direction.

He couldn't help but notice how sad--no, not nearly as sad as they were...empty. Her eyes were glowing, but empty-looking. For unexplained reasons, his chivalrous side took over. "Ma'am, would you like some help? I'll clean up this mess Mokou made..."

"Eh...that's okay, I can manage..." heaving a sigh of discontent, she looked at the scorched, ruined area where the two rivals had fought. It stuck out like a sore thumb in the surrounding area. Nothing ever changed, it seemed. She was always cleaning up after the Princess.

"Ah wait, watch where you're g--!"

"Huh?" At that moment, she stepped in a puddle that did not feel like water. Looking down, she saw that her foot had put a clean imprint in a tiny patch of jello. "Ugh...just great." She always had the worst of luck. Even the day before the festival, she knew that would not change.

Folding his arms, he stepped closer. "You all right?"

"Yes, just..." instead of finishing her sentence, she looked around. "Wait...where is Keine?"

He raised an eyebrow. This...bunny girl, she knew the teacher? "Keine is not here at the moment. Please, rest assured, I'll clean--"

"No, I'll do it." She forced a smile. "But, thank you. No one usually offers to help me."

"Eh...well, if you say so." He'd seen this bunny girl a few times. Or was his mind playing tricks on him? He wouldn't be surprised if that were the case. First that doll, then the quiet girl--Himiko. he had nearly forgotten her name already. She and Kasen were rather interesting if not quiet. Then that Hatate girl, the one who could fly--and then Mokou, now Eirin and Mokou's rival and this...whoever this girl was.

I swear I've seen her before, he thought. He remembered Eirin mentioning something about selling medicine...so she would be around after this. "Er...ma'am?"

She had placed the bag down and was on her knees surveying the area, trying to figure out how to fix the mess. "Hmm?"

"Would you like to st--" He suddenly remembered that Mokou was here. "Ah, nevermind."

"Okay..." She smiled again. "Sorry, I am not very cheerful right now. I don't like being left by myself, but I do what my master asks of me." Most humans stayed away from her. This one seemed different, somehow...

"That's not really any of my business...but I've seen you around before. Who are you?"

One ear of hers perked up. "Me?" Inside, she frowned. She wasn't supposed to get too friendly with anyone in the Village. Well, maybe this once was okay.

"I'm..." She almost said 'Inaba', since that's what Kaguya called her frequently. "...just call me Reisen."

"Reisen, huh? Cool name." He was curious as to why she called Eirin 'Master', but decided to not pursue it. "I'm Ken, training to be a Village guardian here. Pleased to make your acquaintance."

"Uh...the pleasure is mine?" She closed her eyes and opened her mouth in awkwardness. The close encounter with the huge pink thing earlier, the one that tried to eat her...she still wasn't over that. No wonder she was still nervous.

"Heh. Well, Reisen, if you need anything, please let me know. Today's been a crazy day so far, so we can't be too careful." His heart was still beating quickly from the fight earlier. "I'm going to go lay down for a while. I don't know if Mokou has a beef with you or not, so..."

"Ah, no, not particularly." She was strangely quick to answer. Mokou did not really mind her in the past, though.

"Say...you do sell medicine here, right?" He couldn't help but ask. "Where do you stay when you come here?"

"Uh..." This was one reason why she didn't like staying in the Village by herself. Last time the inn was completely full, and not wanting to trouble anyone, she had chosen to sleep outside. But, he didn't need to know that. She simply said nothing and picked up burnt bits of grass.

"Reisen?"

"It's nothing, don't worry about it."

He was curious, but he got the sense that she wanted to keep to herself. "Well, okay then. Here, lemme help you with that for a bit..."

"No no, I can--"

"Nonsense, this is partially my fault anyway."

She looked at him. "Mmm." Had she seen him before on a previous visit? He seemed more approachable than the other humans in the Village.

"Huh..."

"Eh?" She looked back down and realized she had grabbed his finger on accident. "S-Sorry..." She let go. This was getting even worse for her. She would probably end up being hated by him too. Everyone looked at her oddly when she came to sell medicine here. This was a good reminder that she shouldn't get her hopes up. Still, she was glad to finally be around someone who didn't seem too strange or crazy...

"That's okay." He smiled and stood up. To avoid more awkwardness, he decided to go check up on Mokou. "I'll be back in a bit, I need to check something really quick."

"Sure." Reisen scooped everything up and took it with her. "Um, can I throw this away somewhere?"

"Yeah, sure. Come swing by my house, all right?" He noted her hesitation. As she stood up, he observed that she was quite pretty. Swallowing, he turned back around towards the direction of his house. She had amazingly beautiful red eyes. For some reason, he had run into an unusually large number of females today...it seemed that many of Gensokyo's women were very--

"Ergh!"

Hearing her, he turned around only to see...the 'god of plenty' again! It was trying to suck her up! "No!" Surprised, he quickly looked around and saw a wet trail beneath it. Perfect! This time, he would get it for sure. He threw his blade to the side and it stuck in the ground, its glint in the overhead sunlight attracting the attention of the creature. He took a short running start and leaped in front of her, towards its gaping maw...

He prayed the trail was not sticky. Much to his delight, he slid just underneath its mouth and to the other side. As he was preparing to kick it as hard as he could, suddenly the sound of laser beams was heard. Wanting to remove this pesky creature once and for all, he disregarded the noises and focused hard on creating a gentle breeze. Everything was going according to plan!

Reisen was firing beams from her eyes at the creature. She wanted it gone! This was the same thing that had nearly consumed her earlier. The creature was, unfortunately, unrelenting. It moaned and tried to move closer. Dropping everything, she prepared a heftier attack. What was the guy doing? If he was going to help, he should do it soon!

Ken's head hurt, but he succeeded in casting the spell. It wouldn't last more than a few moments though. Now was his chance! He sprinted alarmingly quickly towards the creature and brought his foot back...

*POOM*

His foot collided with the creature's rubbery skin. It was as light as he'd suspected. Surprised, it moaned loudly and flew off like a rocket. He watched it soar off. About time that creature got what it deser--

*PSHEW*

"AAAAAUGH!" Suddenly, an intensely hot, painful wave of energy flooded over him. He flew back, spinning and yelling in surprise as he hit the grass hard and rolled over several times before stopping. His body was throbbing with pain. He felt disoriented, like his skin was on fire...

"O-Oh goodness-!!" Reisen's face blanched. She thought she was going to hit that big pink thing, only it had suddenly moved away, leaving him at point-blank range...

"Oh no...are you okay?!" Flying over to him, she put her hands to her face in horror. "Ah...I'm so sorry!"

"Nnnnnnngh..." He held his breath and released it in a single painfully loud groan. The spinning was slowing down, but he felt incredibly dizzy. What had happened? So much pain and bright lights everywhere...

"H-Hey...please...you're okay, right?!" She kneeled down and tried to help him up, only to get no response. This always happened with her around, it seemed. "Oh dear..." Eirin was going to kill her...

She shook her head and took a deeper breath. Now wasn't the time to panic; she turned towards his house. Mokou could help, she had to! Forgetting the pack of medicine she had left nearby, the moon rabbit took one more look back at his nearly unconscious figure before sprinting off to get help.



(OOC: Reisen GET! Otherwise, nothing new to add since last post.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on September 25, 2011, 05:57:22 PM
It ain't dead yet! Triple-posting because I won't let Neo-WUFTD die! (Also, I had this ready a month ago)


Kakyoin presents, WUFTD: WTF Am I Reading?


12:20 PM - Day 1 - Location: ??

"Uhnnn...huh?" Ken opened his eyes to a vision of blurry, colorful shapes, some of them dark and some light in color. Wiping his eyes, he felt a strange, slightly vibrating sensation. Glancing slowly left and right, he felt the ground around him with his outstretched fingers--he felt nothing, but he didn't seem to care anymore. He had no desire to question what was going on and why he lost interest in everything so easily. Why was he lying on the ground, and why was the space above him just that? There was no blue atmosphere, no sense of height. Maybe he was in the Netherworld, everything seemed like it. From his limited view, the surroundings were entirely devoid of life and sound, and even feeling. Why would he be there, though? This made no sense.

A patch of fog passed right behind him, breaking apart and vanishing upon grazing his back.

Sitting up with a slight grunt, he sat in a state resembling that which is felt upon waking up. He didn't feel sleepy, but he didn't care either. He looked at his hands to look for his fingerprints, trying to recover his attention to detail, but suddenly desired to look elsewhere. His palms were purple, like the color of the ground, yet he ignored this and glanced around panoramically, scooting himself to look every which way.

He suddenly heard the sound of cheering, and froze mid-scoot.

Groaning, he got to his feet. He couldn't remember what had happened...he didn't even know where he was. Reaching down at his side, he suddenly felt something pressing against him. Looking down rather nonchalantly, he saw that his sword handle was--wait, was it pushing into him? He must be somewhere magical. Not that he cared too much in particular.

The cheering edged closer, to the point where it flared up loudly, blaring in his ears. But it didn't hurt, so he didn't cover them up. Grabbing his sword handle, he looked back up to see a crowd of...white fluffy balls, sitting in bleachers. Raising an eyebrow and casting a facade of surprise, he looked to each side. The seating stretched on for what seemed the horizon, if there was a horizon to compare it to. But the creatures...they were--they had eyes and a mouth, and they were clapping...no, someone else was clapping, the fuzzballs had no hands. What a bizarre pl--

"Hey! Hey hey! Welcome, kero!"

He froze in place and performed an about-face. No one? Great, now he was hearing things too.

"Keroooooo~!"

"Huh?" With his left hand, he swatted at the handle of his sword, which was bumping into him for no reason. Looking down towards the source of the sound, he found himself looking at a short, blonde-haired girl with a happy expression on her face. She was sitting oddly. So strange...what a cheerful persona for such a dark locatio--

"Augh..." He suddenly raised his hands to block the luminescent, bursting light. Perhaps he briefly fell deaf, but for that shining moment he only felt the sword handle thumping against him. Suddenly he forgot to care about it, as he briefly got a gag reflex out of nowhere. "Ugh!" This was growing more and more interesting, though. He had to focus on what would be happening now. Who was that girl? He felt his pupils dilate...was that even the right word to describe it? As soon as it had happened, it subsided and he could see somewhat straight again. He felt his head spin quickly before the light subsided. He removed his hand shield.

A grinning woman's face stood inches away from his.

"Uh?!" He stumbled back. For some reason he knew the names of both women in front of him, all of a sudden. "Goddess Kanako, Goddess Suwako...?" Now that he thought about it, they did seem familiar, he probably read about them in a book at the Human Village school.

The sound of music reached his ears; it was the first track on the CD he had back home.

He focused on the tennis rackets in their hands. They didn't say another word, but instead motioned him to join them. "Come play with us!" they seemed to imply. The crowd of puffballs fell silent, as if waiting for a response from him. Was this serious? What manner of drugs was he on? Oh well, who cared. He grasped his sword handle and brought it in front of him in a friendly acceptance pose. It wasn't a sword, but rather the handle to a tennis racket like he suspected. At least the dumb thing had stopped attacking him.

Suddenly he was ready to serve in a game of tennis.

He looked over at his partner. It was...wait, he knew her from before, somewhere. His memory was suddenly foggy. The more he tried to figure out who she was, the more phased-out she appeared. Maybe this wasn't the Netherworld after all...regardless, she had two tied buns on top of her short pink hair. Her right hand was missing; instead, a bandaged tennis racket hovered in its place. He scratched his head and bounced a tennis ball that he suddenly possessed.

The ball bounced back up as three.

His movement froze as he caught the one ball. He looked up at his partner, who smiled encouragingly at him as if to indicate that he should continue. Briefly smiling back, he focused again on bouncing the ball. Bouncing it several times, it split into three balls with each bounce, and the duplicates gathered and swirled around him before flying off in multiple directions.

But now was not the time to focus on that.

He chucked the ball up in the air, and realized only then that it was red- and white-colored. As it came down, he smashed it as hard as he could. The crowd was silent, as if it was holding its breath. Away it went--

*PONK*

"Ooooh!" It hit Kanako square on the head, but that wasn't too important. The ball hung in the air above her for a few moments before a jagged beam of light muscled its way out of the ball and fell upon the blue-haired goddess.

His partner gasped and disappeared in a cloud of smoke, but he wasn't the least bit concerned. Kanako was being sucked into the ball! Fascinated, he reached for glasses that weren't there as he walked closer. Suwako was kneeling down looking at the ball, which had fallen to the ground. How Kanako had gotten trapped inside of it, they had not a clue. But the earth goddess smiled, hopped over and picked the ball up, handing it to Ken as a trophy.

The crowd thunderously roared in victorious pleasure!

He felt like bowing, so he bowed down deeply, so deep that when he looked up again, everything was gone. Kanako was in front of him...she looked to be about a third of the size she normally was, though. Also before him were a woman and a girl, the girl roughly the same size as Kanako.

Wiping sudden sweat off of his forehead, he couldn't help but laugh as Kanako and the other girl started fighting ferociously, like two cats. The woman also laughed at the spectacle.

Hearing a noise behind him, he turned around and there was the same woman. She had incredibly long, flowing silver-colored hair. It looked like Mokou, but there wasn't a chance that Mokou would wear an apron like this woman had on. Turning to completely face her, he stared at her. She looked exactly like Mokou. Smiling at him, she spoke in a soft voice. "Oh dear, well it seems you won...I don't have much to offer as a reward, but would you like to come have dinner with me?"

Eager to see what would happen next, he nodded as modestly as he could. He could not figure out why she was offering this nor what he had done to deserve it, and it confused him. Looking past her briefly, he could see that everything looked normal again, like a traditional village with a grand field of grass adjacent to what was presumably this woman's house. He seemed to be on top of things now, too, sense-wise. Returning her smile, he extended his thanks for the offer.

"Okay then, please close your eyes~" she cooed, closing her eyes in astonishing happiness. Inside he was laughing; Mokou would never--

His eyes closed as if on command, and he lost all sense of direction, time and touch.

...

...

Finally, after what seemed like an eon, he heard the same voice. "Hey, wake up, sweetie." It sounded like it was coming from his teacher. He opened his eyes...

"AHH!"

He was sitting on a bed of fire! Gasping, he frantically scrambled to leave the area. He could see sweat dripping from his body as he grunted and struggled to move, but found himself restricted. For whatever reason, he saw flames licking at his body and sweat falling around his eyes, but could feel neither.

Trying not to panic, he heard the voice again. "Don't worry. I, Mokou, won't let the flames of passion harm you..." A blurry, hazy-looking head materialized in his field of vision. He could barely make out the features of the same woman from before. It had to be her, she was still wearing the apron--

"Wh--!!" That couldn't be right...he instinctively tried to move his hands up to rub his eyes and restore his vision. Feeling resistance, he could only assume that something had tied him down. As if on cue, his vision was somehow restored enough so he could see much clearer. He lifted his head to find the woman's hands pinning his arms down.

Looking forward, he stared in surprise as his initial vision was confirmed: she was wearing nothing but an apron! He opened his mouth, but not single a sound emitted. This wasn't good...

Giggling delightfully at his reaction, she moved closer, her hair stroking and caressing his skin, and whispered something into his ear. He could not hear it, but the look on her face spelled everything out loud and clear. Struggling once more, he swallowed nervously. Without knowing it, both of them had begun to breath much more quickly.

His eyes widened as the bottom of her apron fell slightly to the side. With a naughty look on her face, she licked her lips as she moved in closer...


(Notes: This is a dream sequence Ken is seeing after Reisen sent him into unconsciousness with Mega Optic Blast (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QrpyS7qlMC0). Same time as last post. He will soon wake up on the couch in his own home.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on October 09, 2011, 08:57:27 PM
QUADRA post!


1:00 PM - Day 1 - Ken's House

"AHHHH!"

"Whoa!? " Mokou flinched as he suddenly jerked to life at her touch.

He looked sleepy at first. "O-Oh...Mok--wha?!" His face blanched as he woke up staring into Mokou's visage. "Aack!" Panicking at the sight of the towel-wearing beauty, his thoughts swam quickly as his eyes trailed down to a very revealing view of her--

"Er..." she realized that it looked like she was crawling on him, even though she didn't mean to do anything but tap him to wake him up. And perhaps shake him a tad if he didn't. Just a bit. No harm meant, of course.

"W-what are you d-doing?!" Perhaps it wasn't a dream after all, he started to think. Or perhaps he had lost his mind. Mokou didn't seem like this kind of person, but maybe he was quite wrong.

"Huh...I was just gonna wake you up, yeah." Flustered, she struggled to push her body back upright. What if Kaguya saw her like this? She'd be a laughingstock for years and years...

He embarrassingly ran his fingers through his hair, drumming his other hand on the side of his stomach idly. "Well, this is kinda--"

"Whoop!" Mokou gasped as her sweaty hand slipped off the side of the couch, falling flat on top of him. This could NOT get any worse...what the hell was she thinking?

"Um..."

"Ehehe. Maybe you should buy her dinner first." Smiling, Reisen popped out from around the corner. Her smile somewhat calmed him down.

"Rrrgh...this isn't..." Red-faced, Mokou scrambled to shift to an upright position, but only ended up falling back down. "Don't you DARE tell anyone--"

The rabbit laughed lightly at Mokou's act. "I know, I won't tell anyone. But..." She looked to him, frowning slightly. "...I'm glad you're feeling better. I'm really sorry about earlier."

He sighed. "It's okay. I just had kind of a bad dream. Sort of."

"Hey!" The silver-haired lady started squirming.

Realizing he had absentmindedly put his arm around her, he lifted his arm up. "Sorry about that..." Also realizing she still had on that same towel, which had miraculously not fallen off due to unknown forces, he continued. "You ought to get some actual clothes on though."

"Yeah but...you're okay, right?" Mokou put on her best caring face. So what if the situation looked like this? Keine wouldn't be happy if anything happened to him. She had to endure this for her best friend's sake.

But he had already seen through it. "I said I'm fine. I have a slight headache, but otherwise I feel better." Patting Mokou on the back, he smiled and started to push her back up. "It's okay, I know you're only concerned for me because of Keine."

"N-No! That's--"

He kept going. "Although I do appreciate your...attempts to make me feel better, though."

Mokou's eyes widened. "Wait a minute...I wasn't...look, I--"

"Mmmf..." Reisen coughed in an attempt at stifling a laugh.

While he was at it, he might as well deliver the finisher. He put on as serious a face as he could muster. "Mokou, I can tell we can get along quite well, but we shouldn't move this fast." He gave her a final reaffirming pat on the back. "I'm not sure Keine would approve of this so soon. What if she saw us together?" He put on a twisted frown for good measure. "Especially so close like this. This is quite nice and I'm glad I got to see your delicate, feminine side, but--"

"No, I'm not--UGH!" Like lightning, Mokou scrambled to her feet and dashed out of the room as quickly as she could, hiding her burning red face as she left.

The two remaining in the room waited a few seconds before bursting out in laughter. After about a minute, Reisen spoke up first. "I can't believe--wait, you weren't being serious, were you?"

He sat up on his couch. "No, of course not. I couldn't help it though." His hand still felt the lingering touch of Mokou's surprisingly soft skin. Shaking his head, he couldn't believe what he had just done. Keine would probably have his head for that, if Mokou didn't get first dibs. "Can't help but think that I shouldn't have done that..."

Smoothing her ears with her hands, she sat down on his couch. "I'm sure it'll be fine, Mokou is someone who usually takes things in stride. Anyway, sorry about hitting you earlier, I--"

Sighing, he closed his eyes and leaned back. "It's fine, it worked out in the end." There were many things running through his mind right now. "You're stronger than you look, though. That blast really threw me for a loop."

"Mmm." She shifted on the couch. She still felt bad about it, but decided to let it go for now. "I'm really happy that I can stay here. You're sure it's all right?"

"Yeah, this is my own place, and it has more than enough space. You can probably just borrow Reisa's room, she only uses it when she comes over." He looked into the rabbit's eyes again. Something in them seemed kind but pained. Putting his arm on the sofa's arm rest, he went on. "I owe Keine a lot for everything she's done for me."

She smiled slightly. "I'd love to hear all about that." This was turning into something nice, she thought. Well, nicer than how she was usually treated back at home.

"Well, I have some time." He figured it'd be better to stay in for a while anyway. "It'll probably sound like a bunch of hooey to you..."

"Trust me, I've been through and heard a lot. I'm sure it makes sense in context."

He liked her down-to-earth attitude. "All right then." Settling in the couch, he began. "Years ago, about...4, I think...I used to be in what I'd call the 'Real World'. I was, uh, in school..." He was actually forgetting his past. "...and I was studying...computers and technology." He wasn't sure how much she knew about his former discipline.

"Computers?" One of her ears raised.

"Yeah. It was interesting to me. But then suddenly one night, I had a nightmare..."

"A nightmare?"

"Some sort of odd nightmare. I will never forget it." Sighing once more, he took a breath before continuing. "I woke up outside my apartment. It...it was the first time that I was scared for my life."

Reisen's face grew concerned. "Really? Where were you?"

"I had no idea where I was. Nothing around me looked familiar." Pausing, he noticed that she was actually interested. "It was...some forest region, I think. I was really tired and I tried to find familiar territory. Pretty sure I collapsed..."

"Oh goodness, that couldn't have been fun."

He shrugged. "I don't remember much, but it turns out that I was on the outskirts of this village. And then...youkai came..."

Reisen frowned. "Oh no..."

"But Keine saved me...I probably would've been eaten alive if she wasn't there. I'm so lucky..."

"Ah, well that's good. But, your poor family...and all your friends in this other world..."

"I know. I was...I cried. I cried for many days. I was devastated." He kept his head up. "Now I'm past it for the most part, I think..." Reaching over to the nearby table, he pulled over the one music CD he had. "This is the only memory I have left of my former life..."

"Oh..." Reisen looked remarkably unhappy. "I'm...so sorry."

Maybe he was imagining things, but he thought he saw her ears droop. Interesting that her ears seemed to be mood indicators. He shook his head and continued. "Well...it's fine. I can't let it get in my way too much, anyway."

"So then what happened after Keine saved you?" The rabbit was slightly jealous of Keine's ability to protect everyone so well. If only she could do the same for her mistress and princess.

"Keine, she--she dotes on me too much, I swear. She felt so bad for me after hearing my story, and now here I am, living here right next to her and helping to guard her--our village."

"Oh, great! I guess all stories end well somehow."

He stretched and drummed his fingers in the air, a common stretch he performed. "It's a happy enough story, I suppose. It could have been worse. But, I could not have had a better last few years...Keine has practically been a mother to me." He felt his face getting warm, but didn't mind. She deserved the praise.

Reisen folded her fingers together. "Sounds like you two have a great relationship. I wish I--" She carefully looked around to make sure no one else was listening. "--wish I had a...um..."

Aha. That was it. She probably had a rough relationship with Eirin and Kaguya. "Well, no worries. You're always welcome here."

"Sorry to ruin the precious heartfelt moment, but I'm just a LITTLE bit uncomfortable here..." Mokou strode out into the front room.

"Uh..." Ken could do nothing but stare as she was wearing...his clothing! The shirt was looking a bit tight...

As if he needed more of a reason to stare at her chest, she placed her hands there. "Don't you have a bigger shirt? I'm a woman, I have woman parts, you know..."

Groaning, he rolled his eyes. "Mokou, I don't--listen, I have no female clothing here..." He pondered for a moment. "Well, except for some of Reisa's stuff, but there's no way that would fit."

Reisen chimed in. "Perhaps Keine has some more fitting clothing in her place?"

"Oh yeah, that's right!" He usually didn't do this when she was gone, but he did have a key to her place. "Let me go grab the key to her place." He hopped off the couch.

Mokou took this opportunity to take some of the load off of herself from earlier. "Ha, I bet that key comes in handy late at night..."

"Huh? What do y--NO!" He protested loudly.

"Ha, I'm sure you don't. You're awfully close to her, so I'm sure there's no way there's anything between you two."

"I don't...Keine was my teacher, that kind of thing isn't...listen to me, there's nothing there..."

Smirking in victory, the fiery hothead waved her hand nonchalantly. "Yeah, I know. Keine is basically your momma, huh...how sweet."

Reisen and Ken exchanged a grave look before turning back to Mokou.

"In fact, you sure your last name isn't Kamishirasawa? Keine didn't have a son behind my back, did she? 'Ken Kamishirasawa' sounds awfully similar to Kei--"

Reisen cut her off. "Mokou, that's not nice! He--"

"Enough!" He raised his voice slightly. "She doesn't know, it's not a big deal."

Mokou folded her arms across her rather prominent-looking chest. "Hmmph. Well, he certainly feels better. So, what do we do now? Sit on our thumbs?"

He folded his arms as well. "Let me go get the key to her place, then." Walking out of the room, he heaved yet another sigh. This day has been incredibly crazy, and it was barely halfway over...

Reisen caught up with him as he walked away. "By the way...what happened between you and Mokou? I sense a lot of tension, even though it's Mokou...usually nothing phases her."

He bit his lip. "Well, to be honest, I had a rather...interesting dream when I was out cold on the couch."

"Oh? What do you mean?"

"Do you REALLY  want to know?" He probably shouldn't divulge this, but he almost had to tell someone, at least in a general sense.

"If...if you feel comfortable telling me." She was actually getting along with someone in the Human Village! It felt natural talking to him.

He opened the door to his room. "Okay then. It all started when I was flat on my back in complete darkness..."


(Notes: Ken, Mokou and Reisen will remain in the Human Village for some time longer unless other events cause a reason for investigation. Keine and Reisa will likely return to the Village in a few hours from this post.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on October 13, 2011, 03:42:44 AM
Flower field nearby Road of Liminality heading to Sanzu River. 11:00 AM; Day 1


   Komachi Onozuka, shinigami, lay spread out across the grass, dozing happily. A cool wind swept across the plain

and gently rustled the flowers, carrying their scent with it. A small flower petal landed softly on Komachi's nose, waking

her from her slumber and drifting away as she rose up. *Yawn* "Such a nice nap, and a nice bed. I should come to this

place more often, seeing as Shiki-sama hasn't found me here." She snickers at the thought before rising to her feet and

walking for no particular reason other than to walk. The empty field lay spread out in front of her, only occupied by the

occasional ghost floating by. "Eh, it's not really busy but if they keep gathering Shiki-sama will notice...seems a lot

like that day back then..." Komachi's mind drifted as she recalled the day she met that one man...Vant.



Suzuran field nearby Sanzu River(Suicides wander here). Three years ago.

   Komachi flew towards the red field with haste. She felt a presence there and it could only mean one

thing....someone had given up. She touched down and gazed out to the field before her eyes met another pair. Clear, sharp

blue eyes stared straight back at her, not the usual lifeless eyes of a hopeless person. "Yo there! Why are you here?" She

always asked the same question, it's always better to let the person talk than to lecture them initially.

   "I don't really know..." Vant answered weakly. His eyes drifted back up to the empty sky and dulled. He simply lay

in the field unmoving. "I can't seem to find what I've been searching for...I don't know what I lost...but I don't have

the energy to find it."

   "Why don't you want to try? Are you afraid of trying?" Komachi cocked her head to the side studying this man. He

wasn't really different than any normal person who wound up here, aside from his silver hair.

   "I'm not afraid of trying...just afraid of failing if I try." Vant turned his gaze back to this red-headed woman

sitting next to him. She was beautiful, and had this triumphant look on her face, as though she had already won in

whatever she was doing.

   "Aren't you failing already? If you never try in the first place...you've already failed. If you want to make any

headway, you have to push yourself up if you're ever gonna get anywhere."

   "I know...but I just don't feel like I have the energy to do it...or the motivation."

   "It's hard I know, but if you'd like, I can help you along...but all I can really do is give you

encouragement...and help you on your feet. You have to walk by yourself." Komachi stood up and held out her hand to Vant

with a smile. "Go on, this is a new place, why not try?"

   "....heh..a new place, huh?" Vant reaches out slowly and takes Komachi's hand and she pulls him up onto his feet.

He stagger for a bit but regains his balance. "You got any tips on where to go?"

   "I can tell you not to head in that direction" Komachi points towards a river. "That's the Sanzu river, only the

dead cross it. You're still alive so it's best you head in the opposite direction."

   "...Right..thank you, I'll try...I'm Vant" He awkwardly holds out his hand, but stares straight into Komachi's

eyes.

   Komachi grips his hand firmly. "I'm Komachi Onozuka. Don't have a last name?"

   "Can't really seem to recall it..." Vant laughs, his entire appearance growing brighter as he does.

   "Well then, I wish you the best of luck!" Komachi pushes him off towards the main of Gensokyo.



Present Day, in the nearby field.


   Komachi gazed upwards at the still empty sky. "It's just like that day....I haven't seen him in a year, he at

least visited. He was even brighter then than when he smiled that first time. I wonder how he's doing...Ah well, the

cherry blossoms are starting to bloom so it's about time for the usual festival at the Hakurei Shrine. I'll head into town

and see if I can't find out when it is...and maybe give Vant a surprise visit, some sake would be good too~" Komachi

laughs to herself as she takes off into the skies, headed towards the Hakurei Shrine.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on October 16, 2011, 05:00:28 AM
1:25 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Inside Ken's House

"Ahaha...now it all makes sense. It doesn't sound like anything Mokou would do, though, that's for sure."

"Yeah. I mean, that's not...I don't like her like that or anything, but a lot's happened lately."

Ken and Reisen were walking out of his room. He was surprised the rabbit was so interested to hear about his dream, and didn't really make fun of him for it. Then again, he wasn't too sure that it should have slipped out anyway. She seemed trustworthy enough. Twirling the key on the keyring slipped on his finger, he suddenly paused and reached out to grab her shoulder. "You won't tell her about this will you? It's...well, it's embarrassing."

She responded without turning around. "Oh, don't worry!"

Mokou stood in the front room near the door, hands on hips. She wore a look of discomfort, but replaced it with a grimace when they came out. "Ready to go?"

"You bet, lady." He opened the door and held it open. "After you..."

Her face changed to a slight smile. "Well now, aren't you a gentleman?" She put a finger over her lower lip. "Perhaps this whole time you've just been practicing on me, so you can feel comfortable when you turn up the charm for your next-door nei--"

Ken cleared his throat loudly. "That's not really the case, I'm just trying to be nice to you, really." He extended his free hand towards the doorway to encourage her to step outside. "Although, maybe if you played a little less hard-to-get sometimes..."

Eyebrow raised and mouth hanging open, the fire mage returned his gaze, chuckling slightly at his antics before stepping outside, leaving a somewhat sarcastic comment in her wake. "Ahaha...well now. He's pretty sharp."



1:28 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Keine's House

He slid the key into the lock on the door to his teacher's house. Surely she wouldn't mind this, it was only for Mokou's sake. As he opened the door, he thought he heard someone yelling from far away. He was definitely going crazy.

"All right, this won't take long. Comfy, here I come~" Humming to herself, Mokou casually strode inside.

After almost a minute of waiting in silence, Reisen spoke up. "Do you...how long have you known Mokou for?"

"Not more than a day, why?"

The rabbit's answer was halted by a series of sudden long, deep whining noises. Both of them turned away from the house in the direction of the sounds. It was the 'god of plenty', and it was floating just over the top of a tree nearby. It looked like it was searching for something.

He moved to deal with it, but Reisen stretched her arm out to block him. "I'll handle this, don't worry." She had to do it right this time, and not hit anyone else. Her eyes began to glow a fierce red as she prepared to blast it from afar.

Suddenly, two more of the large creatures flew into view.

"Uh..." Reisen swallowed and took a step back. Just one earlier was enough, but three? Why were these things here, and how many of them were there? What if they saw them? "Oop!"

He pulled her down behind the front fence and placed a finger over his lips before she could say anything. "Shhh..." His left hand was on the hilt of his blade.

She looked over and met his twisted, serious face with hers. "Wh-what?"

"Why are there so many of them?!" he quietly hissed.

"I...I don't know!" she whispered back.

*WHOOOOOOOOON*

The creatures moaned deeply, and louder. They were closer.

Reisen bit her lip as the sounds caused her to jump slightly. Her hair had fallen over her eyes. She didn't want to get eaten by those things...it's not like she was scared of them, it was just that she felt so disturbed by their presence. She couldn't quite put a finger on it, but those mysterious creatures were freaking her out.

He stared at her. For some reason, she looked beautiful when frightened. He shook his head; now wasn't the time. He knew what needed to be done, and didn't want anyone else to get involved.

*WHOOOOON~*

The sound echoed loudly nearby.

Carefully, he poked his head up and over the fence. It's almost as if they were pretending like no one noticed them. The creatures were closer, but hadn't noticed them yet. He whispered, "Okay...here's the plan. I want you to go make sure Mokou's okay in there."

"Why? I want to help get those...things out of here!"

He looked into her bright, concerned eyes. "Just go get Mokou, we might need some backup!"

"I...but I can--!"

*WHOOOM!*

Suddenly, something bumped into the fence just at their backs.

Reisen covered her mouth to prevent a sound from leaking out. Her right hand grabbed at the grass near the bottom of the fence, and her left grabbed...

"Ah..." He looked down as Reisen had grabbed his right hand. He quickly looked up at her panicked, disheveled face. For some reason, she seemed abnormally scared. Letting go of her hand, he maneuvered as quietly as possible so he could see slightly above the top of the fence.

His eyes met the body of a large creature. It was indeed a 'god of plenty'. He steeled himself for another fight, but then out of nowhere, a humongous tongue appeared above Reisen's--oh no. His breath caught in his throat. Her ears had been sticking up above the fence this whole time.

They had known about their hiding place all along.

"LOOK OUT!" He shoved her aside as the creature lunged forward, the sound of creaking filling the air as it smashed against the now deformed fence. She cried out as her ears suddenly felt hot and warm; the creature's tongue had slid around them.

He rolled into a standing position, drawing his sword. This time, there would be no mercy. There was absolutely no reason for these creatures to be here, terrorizing everyone in the Village! One glance over at the scrambling rabbit put him over the top. "GET...OUT!"

Getting a running start, he leaped over the fence, preparing to slash it in half. It was probably a youkai anyway, and needed to be taught a lesson.

"Uwagh!"

Out of the blue, he suddenly had the wind knocked out of him as another of the creatures had body slammed him. Careening to the side, he hit the ground rolling, losing his sword in the process. He thought he heard Reisen scream, but couldn't focus on it as the third had appeared, surrounding him along with another on two sides. But where had the third gone...it didn't matter. Gritting his teeth, he focused and brought up a ball of fire in his hand. They were going to pay.

In an instant, chaos ensued. He shot a giant, searing ball of fire at one, causing it to moan in pain while wet, sloppy food poured from its opened mouth as it bounced slightly away. He turned to face the other as a column of fire erupted beneath it, sending it skyrocketing into the air. He heard a muffled scream and a yell, followed by a battle cry. He quickly whirled about, and his heart rose in his chest.

It was Keine!

The teacher flew down at an astonishing speed, shooting a concentrated spray of glowing bullets at the third, pummeling and forcing it to the ground. It was sent rolling away before it could do anything further.

Feeling empowered upon her arrival, he leaped at one of the two remaining ones, smacking in the face with fragments of the earth that rose with his earthen magic. While not jarringly powerful, it provided enough force to knock it up into the air, causing it spit out what was in its mouth in surprise. He stared up at...oh no, it wasn't--

"RAAARGH!" The last thing he heard before a screaming, sticky Reisen fell painfully on top of him was Keine's victory yell as she sent the final one flying with a blindingly fast fiery kick, a scorching noise bellowing everywhere. He had not a fraction of a second to comprehend it before he was pushed to the ground, his legs buckling without any resistance under her weight.

The shaking rabbit was breathing quickly, her head spinning. She had actually been nearly swallowed whole by one of those freaky, disgusting creatures. Her entire body felt grossly saturated by saliva, and as hot as the inside of its foul, wretched mouth. She thought she was going to die in there...even her poor ears were soaked. Worse yet, her head throbbed, and not only due to her traumatic experience and landing on top of...oh gosh! She just realized he had broken her fall.

"Reisen! Are you all right?! Ugh..." He groaned as he closed an eye in pain. This was certainly an unlucky day for him, but he was glad everything worked out.

"S...sorry, I..." She coughed and rested her head on him.

While he didn't enjoy feeling so sticky and hurt, he felt oddly satisfied. But--wait, she was all wet! "Oh jeez, did that thing--"

She smiled weakly and then opened her mouth. "Haah...I almost got...eaten..."

"Man, you got ladies falling all over you today. Either that, or you make a magnificent human doormat." His teacher walked into his view, wearing a smug grin. He was taken aback. Keine wouldn't--

"Hey! Be nice. Honestly..." Keine stood nearby, arms crossed.

The two started getting up, Reisen flinching slightly as the saliva on her chest slipped onto him. He looked up and thought he was seeing double! "Keine...? Wait, I didn't think you knew how to--"

One of the Keines extended her arm to help him up. The other had...fire in the palm of her hand?

"Oh, for crying out loud, I just borrowed some of your precious teacher's clothes." Mokou tapped her foot impatiently. The grin she wore widened. "But, if you're done making out with--"

Reisen sat up, wiping her face of the saliva and some sort of sweet-smelling liquid. She was also trying to hide the redness on her cheeks. Now she knew how Mokou felt earlier. "No! I didn't--"

"Mokou! Please, this is not the time. Here, up you go..." Keine grabbed his hand, which slipped out of hers. She sighed. "Oh dear...what on earth happened?"

"Haah...haah...hey, lemme at 'em!"

Ken paused wiping his hands on the grass to turn and see Reisa flying slowly towards them. She looked slightly disappointed.

"Aww, man! I wanted a piece of the action too! Stupid fairy wings, make me move faster next time!" The fairy sputtered, clearly out of breath as she had finally caught up with Keine. She look around and saw what had happened. "Oh. Hey Kenno, what's u--"

Mokou was glaring at her. "Hey, fancy seeing you around." She stuck her tongue out. "Figures you'd be the last one to show up. I know, shocking, isn't i--" She dodged an expected miniature bolt of lightning. "Ha, too slow indeed."

"Shut up! I can't help it...hey wait, why is SHE still here?! Tell her to stop being such a jerk..."

Coughing, he put his hand up to motion for silence. "Please, not now? We need to get cleaned up."

The fairy ran her fingers through her long purple hair. "Wow...let's see, first a flaming idiot, and now a cute bunny rabbit girl? Jeez, Kenno, you meet a lot of strange girlies."

"It's not my fault! Anyway, I'm going to get cleaned up. C'mon, Reisen." He looked at Mokou and the fairy. "Now don't get into too much trouble." He tried his best to drown out Mokou's expected protest.

Reisen followed him blindly, lost in thought. Those creatures were unaffected by her wave manipulation. They made her feel uneasy. Also, the fact that one had almost EATEN her didn't help. What was happening? Those creatures, the spawn of a 'god of plenty'...they were an anomaly to her. Everything happens for a reason, she thought, but all this was just crazy; it was even crazier than a normal day at Eientei with Eirin and Kaguya and Tewi, and even Mokou sometimes. Perhaps this was good for her; change is certainly interesting and exciting.

"Uh, hey...you all right?"

She had bumped into his back. "Ah...well, I guess s--"

No. She couldn't lie about it, and besides, Eirin and Kaguya weren't around. It was really bugging her. "Actually...maybe you'll think I'm crazy, but those big bouncy things...what do you know about them? They bother me a lot, like, more than anything usually does."

"Mmm. We can talk about it later. For now, I kinda want to not feel sticky anymore." He looked up at her and gasped. "Oh goodness...Reisen, your ears!"

She sighed. She knew they were droopy and sticky, and probably bent since they were hurting a little. They felt miserable, but she couldn't let that get in the way of what she wanted to talk about. "I know...there's nothing much I can do right n--" She stared at him quizzically as he brought his hands up. "What...what are you doing?"

"It just...it bothers me, you know? I bet you feel miserable about what just happened, so hold still..." He reached his hands up and felt her ears.

"Aahhh...w-why are you--"

"Shhh. Hold on." They were remarkably soft even though they were slightly sticky. He heard her gasp as he ran his now water-soaked hands over them, caressing them gently. "Mmm, I bet this feels good."

She nodded silently, closing her eyes. How could this be happening?

He raised an eyebrow and resumed. They were surprisingly big, even bigger now that he had a chance to touch them and see them up close. Because of her earlier experience, they felt more lopsided than smooth and curvy.

The wet stickiness ran down her skin as she moaned lightly. It didn't matter, it felt amazing.

He was starting to get the feeling that he was touching some sort of special spot that he shouldn't. "Um...should I stop, or...?"

Reisen softly shook her head and bit her lip. It was too nice to stop...

He gave a fake laugh of concern before continuing. "Haha...ha...well, okay then." He seriously doubted he should continue, but he wanted to finish the job. Squeezing them a bit, he ran his fingers over every inch he could feel. Hearing her moan, he jerked his hands back. "Uh, sorry...too hard?"

"Nnnn...n-no..." She bit her lip harder and closed her eyes tighter as he stroked the more delicate parts, circling slowly to make sure he didn't make too fast of a move. Her ears had somehow perked up again as more sticky liquid flowed down.

Okay! That was it. He was probably overdoing it, and he felt exhausted. He had probably used too much magic in too short of a time frame.

She let out a heavy breath. Oh dear, she thought. This was getting out of hand. But, it felt so wonderful to have them rubbed and squeezed gently for once...

"Reisen?"

"Oh~" She was unable to hide her excitement aside from turning her face to the side. "U-Uh...well, could you keep going, maybe a little bit..."

He sighed and sat down on the tree stump outside his house. He was too tired to do any more cleaning of her ears anyway. "Hey, Reisen?"

Uh oh. Here it comes. Now she was going to have this wonderful moment shattered. Perhaps Eirin was right about fraternizing here in the Village.

He folded his fingers together and smiled. "Tell me more about yourself."


(Notes: Ken, Keine, Mokou, Reisen and Reisa will remain in the Village unless otherwise prompted to leave.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on October 21, 2011, 10:56:33 PM
Day 1, Time Unknown, Amarillo's Hut
Amarillo has already left for the festival, but that didn't means this hut will stay empty. After all, she never locks the doors of the hut, since Fairies often budge in and she don't want them to stay outside.

Normally it would be no matter, however these times it's different. It's been too long since she used her ability to "program fairies". First, it's very tiring to do, and secondly, no matter what others may think, Fairies are not cannon fodders, they have their own personality and abilities. So Amarillo won't completely control them. Even in tight situations like this.

What she do is just planted the idea to some specific fairies and make them gather here every day to receive what is called "missions". Even those missions are fairly mundane stuff, such like "Get me some more baits for fishing, thanks very much! A" or "Bring this shoplist to Kourindou, and collect the items, thanks very much! A"

The fairies are under very good care by Amarillo (well, at least she don't shoot at them on sight.), so there is no reason that they obey these orders, after all, the fairies have endless free time on their hands.

Soon, a fairy come flying in the entrance, and looked for a brown folded paper, she unfolded the paper and it said:
?帮我找一条新发带,谢谢! A?
not troubled by the content on this paper, However, the fairy looked at it for a while, and then started heading for the Human Village.
It didn't seems she was hindered by the language barrier at all. Even though that order is written using a language she probably never heard before in her "life".

The fairy flew through the markets. and landed in front of a shop that sells all kinds of hairchips.
She found the woman who is the shop owner, and showed her that paper.

"Excuse me... What are you trying to buy?" The shop owner looks at the fairy, who is half her height.
The fairy tried to speak, but cannot for some unknown reason, so she make a pose.
"A hair ribbon?"
"......! Yes, A hair ribbon! Here is the money!" the fairy flies up and give her the money that comes with the mission order.

"Next time just spell it out, this is your hair ribbon~ Come Again!" The shopowner returned to the back of the shop.

The fairy flied back to Amarillo's hut, and put the Hair Ribbon down on Amarillo's table together with the paper.
And then, suddenly she realized she cannot understand every single thing Amarillo had written on that paper.
But, fairies being fairies, they didn't think too much about it, thus, instead of rising questions, she simply flies out of the hut.

She met another fairy in front of the door. But that's a common sight of this area.
So she continued forward.

The other fairy flew in, and looks for a Red folded paper.
she found that easily, on the paper it said the following.
"到妖怪之山的大瀑布前,用一下你的能力,谢谢! A"

The fairy stared at the paper for a few seconds, then folded the paper, and files out of the hut.
Something is about to be done.
Something that's strange.
Something that can't explain with common sense.

and one of Amarillo's theory is going to get proven.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: E-Nazrin on October 24, 2011, 01:04:51 AM
9:15 AM, Day 1
Outskirts of Human Village


For a while after Amarillo's initial challenge and curious compass magic, Reimu seemed to have a rather difficult time avoiding her danmaku, growing increasingly frustrated as shots that really should have just missed her kept painfully glancing off her body. But after a minute or two she managed to adapt, giving the fairy girl's attacks a rather exaggerated berth and snarling in frustration while flinging exorcism needles in her general direction.

Naturally, Kanako found this amusing. "You seem to be having trouble with a little girl with a fairy complex." she called, eagerly munching on a sample of the inexplicable box of chocolate Pocky the God of Plenty had left in the village square.

?What happened to your teeny hitbox? Been indulging too much in the God of Plenty?s gifts?? Etch called out.

"Shut up, she's cheating!" Reimu called back as she veered well off course to avoid the loose grid of lasers Amarillo fired at her instead of weaving through them like she normally would have, "I don't know how she's making this danmaku look smaller than it is, but it's a pain in the ass!"

"I told you, it's Gradius rules!" her opponent yelled back, waving a hand through the air to fire another set of small, straight lasers at the Hakurei maiden.

"You know, that's kinda familiar..." Mitaka mused, nibbling on a handful of crackers from atop his white flag, now repurposed as a poor man's picnic blanket.

"What is, niichan?" Suika asked, rummaging in the piles of food in the streets of the village in search of something alcoholic, "Seein' Reimu get mad at people?"

"I heard that!"

"I think he means Gradius. It's a game series back in the outer world." Etch suggested from the other side of the picnic flag, sipping on a Mountain Dew.

Yuki paused, potato chip halfway to her mouth. "Outer world... that feels like a lifetime ago, now."

Genji swallowed the mouthful of shrimp he was snacking on before replying, "I'm afraid it might as well be. Reimu has had no luck getting anyone back through the Border recently."

"For that matter," Alice added, spreading jam on some crackers of her own, "Rinnosuke doesn't seem to have been getting anything new lately..."

Reimu froze in midair for a moment, and barely managed to dodge out of the way of one of Amarillo's many lasers. Something had clicked.

"YOU!"

The fairy leader paused at the newfound anger in Reimu's voice. She wasn't just irritated anymore - that was real... especially if the handful of spellcards pulled out of her sleeve was any indication.

"YOU'RE the one behind all those fairy pranks!!"

Amarillo decided to ignore the shrine maiden?s outburst, only to be met with another as the opposition started to up the ante.

?First that shopkeeper not having fresh items for sale...? Reimu shot a series of bullets at Amarillo as she glided away, trying to lead her. ?...and then the Fall of Youkai Mountain flowing backwards...? She swept her arms out and directly in front of her body, trying to trap the girl in a bullet pincer formation.

Byakuren smiled lightly at Reimu?s antics. ?Oh dear, seems like she is finally stepping it up. Hehe, I haven?t seen this in a while.?

Reimu continued as she prepared for a more serious assault. ?And those auroras appearing above that Lake of Mist...it had to have been you!?

Lily Black and Lily White were watching the two duel. The latter spoke up first. ?Look, they?re getting more tense. Maybe we should ring the bell now!?

The former looked at her light counterpart. ?What are you talking about? This isn?t a boxing match!?

?Well, how about some water? They look thirsty, especially that red-white one...?

?Ah, we shouldn?t help Reimu, she?s the opposition. A-chan might not like that.?

?Oi!? Lily White seemed like she had just come up with an idea. ?We?re black and white, why don?t we help referee the match??

?Hey!? Her dark counterpart gently hit her over the head with a paper fan. ?That?s not boxing, you mean the one where all the people tackle each other!?

?Oh, right.? The lighter spring fairy paused for a moment. ?Maybe I was thinking of something else. Do they kick the ball around a lot in the tackling one, too??

?I?m going to kick you two around a lot if you don?t shut up!? Reimu snapped, effectively shutting them up.

Akyu looked away from the comedy act. She found it odd that they didn?t seem to worried about how the battle was playing out. The girl was holding her own surprisingly well against Reimu. It made her wonder who Amarillo really was...

?And that?s not all!? Reimu?s countenance toughened. ?Some windowless hut showed up out of nowhere in that Forest of Magic!? It HAD to be the girl in front of her - no one else could convince so many fairies to pull suspicious pranks at once! ?And you even made frog-hat?s lake on the mountain start boiling!?

Suwako blinked. She wasn?t really expecting Reimu to know about that... but even if the lake looked like it was boiling, ?That turned out harmless, you know...?

The Hakurei maiden didn?t seem to care, as she finally declared a spellcard for the fight. ?AND,? she cried, her voice and anger rising, ?You even got them to mess with that big block of air in back of the shrine so no one can fly properly!?

Ruukoto waited until after her master gestured for a bright rainbow of yin-yang orbs to chase down her opponent before suggesting another explanation - ?Ah... Reimu-sama... w, wasn?t that gravity being manipulated...??

?So you have realized it.? in her surprise, Amarillo stopped firing, ?We may need a timeout then.?

?Hey, get this weird thing off me first!? Reimu points at the compass circle thing locked on her.

?Sorry, cannot do that, it?s only a timeout though.? As the bullets disappears from the battlefield, Amarillo withdrew her lightspear, ?So you are noticing the incidents happening everywhere? That?s good. However, to pin everything on me is...wrong.?

The shrine maiden scoffed. ?How? These are all fairy pranks, aren?t they? They sure look like it, at least!? She glared at Amarillo, and fired another volley of yin-yang-orb danmaku at her. ?And YOU?RE the Fairy Controller, aren?t you?!?

?Huh, ? Amarillo mused, floating out of the way of the wild attack, ?I did say it?s a timeout, right? Yes, I have been experimenting with this world; however, not all of the things you mentioned are done by me. Another thing, did these things actually caused any of you any harm??

That made Reimu pause. ?... well, no, but they?ve sure been annoying, and I?ve been getting a bad feeling about these in particular!? What was strange is that this was unlike any incident she has saw before - no one?s life was getting disturbed, youkai and humans were still in balance... ?But so what? I know you?ve got something going on, and it?s my job to interfere!?

?Your job? OK, then recall: when did you realize you got this job of protecting this world?! Recall what really happened!? Amarillo cried. Yet... it seemed more like a plea than an order.

Reimu blinked. When did I realize that I?m the Barrier Maiden and needed to protect Gensokyo?

There was no reason for that simple a question to leave her speechless, but it did. She knew that she was the Barrier Maiden since the last Reimu Hakurei retired because of old age. And of course, she?d been solving incidents since then. Starting with the Red Mist Incident, then...she mentally listed off a timeline of her incident solving, recalling the many youkai and humans that she had she met...

I should be protecting Gensokyo...but...wait, what?

Looking at Reimu?s puzzled expression, Amarillo went on. ?So that means you found it, the crack in your memory.?

Yes, something happened in Gensokyo, a while ago. Something big, world-wide... for an incident, far too large scale to ignore. But she couldn?t remember what it was: just a faint memory, a vague thought that something had happened. That something was wrong.

Amarillo had touched on something...

But...she might be responsible for it, too. Reimu shook her head to clear it and glared at Amarillo again. ?I won?t fall for your mind tricks! We?re in a danmaku battle, aren?t we?! And you thought you could stop me with mind tricks like this?? She put her doubts aside for the moment, to focus on the flurry of needles sent in Amarillo?s direction.

The fairy girl sighed. ?Did I progress too fast? OK, if you want it, let?s continue this. I?m not going easy on you from now on.? A fairy was summoned to help her from behind, and quickly filled the air between Amarillo and Reimu with a thick cloud of bubbles.

The shrine maiden tensed up, preparing to try to read her attacks through the cloud, but Amarillo still had more to say:

?The reason I fight with you, is that only on such an occasion will you actually listen to me, believe it or not.? Before the miko could reply, the speaker declared a spell card.

Emulation [Magical Mitori]
  模   拟  【魔法少女美鸟】


Prismatic bubbles blossomed out of the air all around the young fairy commander, spiralling into a mystifying, beautiful crown all around her.

?Ah, finally this looks like a proper spellcard battle.? Alice commented from the ground, her face hardly growing more excited.

Mitaka didn?t really seem to be watching the battle. ?What really happened...? he mused, distantly. He could feel it too; something was out of place...but what?

?You want my attention, do you?? Reimu grinned, her game face on. ?Well, you?ve got it. Lots of it! Fantasy Seal - Bli-...? She began to declare, before vanishing under the impact of a flurry of explosive bubbles.

?Duck!? Yuki cried, skidding underneath Rin?s wheelbarrow as the bubbles burst, spraying the surrounding area with innumerable random painful-looking flying things.

?Nope, nothing but corpses in this here wheelbarrow, sister.? Rin replied, candidly. This didn?t amuse Yuki one bit; Merlin wasn?t either, but that was mainly due to the rank smell permeating from the wheelbarrow that reached her nose. It reminded her exactly why Phantoms leave their bodies behind after death.

?Such an obvious move, shrinemaiden.? Amarillo gave a faint smile as she spun around, lightspear flourished to slice...thin air.. Amarillo?s smile vanished. ?What? Where did...?

?Oneechan!? Amarillo heard her fairy comrade shout just as a pair of hands pulled her from underneath, just in time to spare her face a collision with a speeding gohei.

?Lily, this is dangerous.? the young fairy commander intoned as the two hit the ground, squelching an unfortunate selection of pastries and a gorgonzola underfoot. She looked up just in time to see a flash of red and white speeding down from the heavens towards her. ?No time....Lily, hold on!? She grabbed hold of her fairy companion and spun both her and herself out of the way of yet another furious barrage of talismans.

?Lily, on three. One, two...? Amarillo began as she twirled herself and Lily through yet another salvo of needles.

?Wh-what happens on three-eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee!? Lily cried, as Amarillo grabbed both her arms and, using the momentum from the twirl, spun her fairy companion?s legs out at the oncoming Reimu.

The unsuspecting miko claimed a fairy foot to the face, sending her flying backwards before spinning in midair and skidding into the ground, only to crash into Rin?s corpsebarrow.

?Ugh...oi, cat! Full speed ahead!? Reimu ordered, righting herself and kicking the corpsebarrow by its handle bars, spinning it back upright onto its wheels, revealing Yuki, Merlin and Rin hiding underneath it.

?What...why should I?!? Rin asked, looking worriedly over at the fairy commander.

?All the fish you can eat tonight.? Reimu replied.

?You have my wheelbarrow!? Rin declared, her hands on the handlebars, turning them threateningly like accelerators.

*VRROOOOOOOOOOM*

The corpsebarrow kicked up chocolate pudding bits into the air--splattering onto Yuki and Merlin as it sped forward--with Reimu balancing at the fore, bearing down on the fairy duo like a speeding truck intent on leaving naught but roadkill behind.

Amarillo looked around casually, spotted Hirowaza?s stand and grabbed the nearest wooden sword on it. Ignoring Hirowaza?s protests, she deftly twirled it in one hand and skillfully threw it at the corpsebarrow?s wheels, into which it spun, jamming itself in its spokes. ?Observe, Lily, the many applications of the Jedi saber throw,? she commented as the corpsebarrow spun on its own wheels, sending both its red-white occupant and feline driver flying up into the air, wheelbarrow and all.

?That application needs a name,? she murmured offhandedly, as she kicked up the rest of Hirowaza?s stall into the air before performing a spinning leap towards it, kicking it and all of its swords up at her red-white opponent.

?Muh... my stall...? Hirowaza stammered, weakly.

Reimu tensed up as she stared at the incoming blades. This feeling she suddenly felt...was it fear? Just who was this Amarillo person, anyway? There were so many things happening, so many thoughts swirling in her mind...but the fight must go on.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on October 25, 2011, 09:33:18 AM
2:30 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Inside Ken's House

Keine glanced over and saw Ken coming out into the front room. She motioned for him to sit next to her on the couch. "How are you feeling? I know today's been a little rough..."

From across the room, Mokou rolled her eyes unnoticed. She really did dote on him, almost as if she was his mother. How...irritatingly sweet. Not like she herself wanted a relationship like that, far from it.

"I've felt worse." He sat down next to his teacher. This had been a remarkably crazy day: This 'god of plenty' appearing several times, meeting so many new faces, and actually having to fight off real enemies--granted, they were all gargantuan and filled with things like party balloons and ice cream sundaes. He sighed; he felt tired, but also like he was improving. It was a great day so far.

"So now that those two are all cleaned up, I need to share something important with you all." The teacher stood up and walked behind the couch, folding her hands as she placed her elbows on top of the cushion. "I found out some very interesting things today, you see."

Reisen stayed quiet in the presence of so many Villagers. She had to mind her manners and make up for Kaguya's actions earlier. Still, she couldn't help but remember what had happened just not half an hour ago, outside. He had fondled her ears so wonderfully...

Keine continued. "Very early this morning, I took a trip to Youkai Mountain."

Reisa blew air from her mouth to lift her bangs as she scratched her head, a small electrical force building as she did so. "Why that Mountain, Teach?"

"I followed a fairy, you see. I saw her flying above the Village, but it wasn't Lily White. Normally just that one does so, but because this one seemed to be in a hurry, I decided to investigate."

Ken sat up, still listening.

Mokou spoke up nonchalantly as she walked over, tying a her trademark hair ribbon to the hair on the back of her head. "Sure it wasn't this short round here?"

Before Reisa could protest, the protector-in-training raised a hand to silence her. "Don't stoop to that level, Reisa. You know that isn't what you want."

The fairy stuck her tongue out at Mokou. "Bah..."

Keine raised her voice. "Anyway! I did follow her carefully. In fact, she didn't even seem to look back and notice that I was there. It was very odd...she ended up at Youkai Mountain, in front of the great fall."

"Oh, that fall is beautiful," Reisen accidentally mused out loud.

Ken looked at her briefly. "Well, what happened?"

"That fairy raised her hands in front of the waterfall, and a few seconds later..." Keine bit her lower lip before continuing. Even though she had seen it with her own two eyes, it still seemed unbelievable. Yet, she continued. "...the fall, it...the water was..."

"What, it evaporated?" Mokou was nibbling on some strands of hair.

Keine looked around seriously. "Suddenly, the fall...the water was moving...upwards..."

"What?! That's ridiculous!" Ken stood up with a puzzled look on her face.

"It's true. I saw it myself. I couldn't believe it at first either."

"Then why didn't you tell me an' Kenno earlier?" Reisa, seeing Ken stand up, did her best to hover over closer to him.

"For that matter, why did you come back so soon?" he added. "I assume that if this is indeed true--not that I doubt you or anything--then you would have tried to do something about it, right?"

Keine blinked. "I walked up to that fairy and asked her what she was doing, but she didn't respond. She had an odd piece of paper in her hand with...well, I didn't get a good look at it."

Ken sat back down and thought hard about this. The Youkai Mountain fall...with a reversed flow? What would that do to the Mountain itself? Surely it would be a huge source of interest to some. But Keine wouldn't be able to solve something like that by herself, so that means...

His neighbor smiled at him. "I think Ken's figuring it out for himself." She looked back at Mokou. "Remember when I was at the Lady Scarlet's Mansion and I met you?"

The fire mage shrugged. "Yeah, you told me to find this kid and get back here." Her countenance narrowed slightly. "Why, what did you do there, anyway? You were gone for some time."

"Research in Voile. I needed to see if there were any documented cases of this same phenomenon, but..." she shook her head as her mouth formed a disappointed expression. "There was nothing of the sort. I may be the mistress of history, but for the life of me I can't recall something of this magnitude happening to that great fall."

Mokou immediately responded, "Well then, what are we waiting for? Let's go take a look." Regardless of all the stupid stuff that had happened to her today, it was actually pretty exciting. Maybe she should live in the Human Village too, if it was this action-packed every day. If only, she thought. Everyone would think I'm weird for not aging.

Keine sighed. "I guess we can. I don't want it to cause a huge panic or anything. You all must not tell anyone else about it or where we're going, okay?" She looked in Reisen's direction. "Rabbit of Eientei, are you in on this?"

Her bunny ears perked up as she looked at the teacher. "Ah, I guess, yeah." She stole a glance at Ken, only to see him turning away from looking at her. I wonder what's on his mind, she thought as she stood up with the rest of them.



2:40 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Ken's House

"Uh...are you sure you want me to come, too?" Ken gulped. It was true that they ought to get there as soon as possible, but Keine wanted to fly there, and yet...

"Hahaha~ Kenno, you're so silly, you don't have any wings. Maybe if you had stronger magic, you could fly with us." Reisa stuck her tongue out playfully.

"Y'know, there's an old rumor going around..." Mokou suddenly appeared behind the fairy and grabbed her, lifting her up off the ground easily.

"Hey! What're you doing, you fat ugly fire monkey?! PUT ME DOWN!"

"Just shut your trap for a bit and I will. Now then..." still firmly holding her, she walked up to him. "This should help you out, right?"

He was confused. What would Reisa do for him? "Sorry, it's not my birthday, even though I appreciate the gift," he responded lightly, holding up his hands in uncertainty.

Grinning victoriously, Mokou started to shake her somewhat violently in his direction. "C'mon, fairy! Let your dust out all over him, that way he can fly!"

Ken froze. How did Mokou know about--nevermind, that wasn't important right now. "Mokou! That's enough. I'll just stay here, it's fine. Someone needs to watch out for this place anyway."

Keine whistled sharply, catching everyone's attention. She took Reisa from Mokou's grasp as the latter sighed. "Based on what I've seen today, I have a feeling the Village will be all right. The humans are strong together. We should focus on getting there quickly. Ken, I know you can't fly, but Mokou and I will assist you."

Mokou turned from looking at Reisa's angry face at the mention of the idea and raised an eyebrow. "What? You want ME to help? The dude can't fly, I don't--wait, you don't mean..."

The teacher smiled. "Thanks for volunteering to help, Mokou~"

"Argh...FINE! All right, kid, h-hold my hand." Looking away, she forcefully put her hand in front of him.

"Um...I don't know what you're doing, but okay." He took her hand in his. It felt soft, warm and slightly sweaty. That's just like Mokou, he guessed. Wait...why did THAT remind him of Mokou? Yeah, this day could not stretch on longer...

Keine grabbed his other hand in hers. "Ready? We're going to fly you there. Prepare yourself!"

His eyes widened. "Wait...what? WHAT?! You can't be serious!" That kind of thing only worked in fairy tales, movies and video games, right? Surely it couldn't be as simple as--

He felt his legs lifted. Something was flowing through him...it was energy. He felt so strong and light...looking over at his teacher, he met her gaze.

"See? You'll be fine, just hold on tight!"



3:30 PM - Day 1 - Youkai Mountain - Small stream at Mountain base

Beautiful...that was the only word that came to his mind. He had never been this close to the Mountain before, and now he was upon it. The view was breathtaking, the scenery quiet yet profoundly lush. The Mountain itself was rather large, and it was overtaken by small patches of forest and grassy fields.

"You like this place already, I can see it on your face." Keine looked at him from across the bank.

He stepped over a few rocks in the small body of water they were crossing. "It's very peaceful here. It's hard to believe that there was a large incident here at one point." Pausing, he looked around once more. He could lose himself in this place and he wouldn't care. No one could dare defile a paradise like this. It was like back in the real world, where technology was taking over the wonderful land. This world seemed nothing like it--

He turned back to finish going across, but they had gone ahead of him.

"Excuse me, but are you all right?"

He froze and looked ahead once more. Keine, Mokou, Reisa and Reisen were all up ahead. He turned around slowly, hand on the handle of his sword...

Nothing.

"Hey, over here..."

The voice was coming from the right. He turned his head and gasped gently in shock.

It was a woman (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/hina.jpg), sitting on a fallen tree above the water. She wore a large red dress pulled tightly over her body, since it draped into the water below. Her leg was raised perfectly into the incoming beam of light. She was casually looking at him with her right arm lowered so her hand was just above the water's surface.

"Are you lost, human?" She sat up and lifted her dress. Smiling slightly, she started wringing it out, revealing the circular symbol stitched into it near the bottom.

'Human'? Was she not human herself? "Uh...no, I'm...I'm with a group, they're over there." He pointed in the direction where everyone else was.

"Oh, all right then." She looked down and adjusted the bow on the two locks of hair tied beneath her chin.

He couldn't help but stare at her. She had so many ribbons and frills...he couldn't help but think that he'd seen someone else who looked just like her.

Finished fiddling with her bow, she looked back up and caught him staring at her. It had been a long time since she had been so close to a human, one on one. "Well, don't you need to catch up?"

"Yes, but..." He looked away for a moment, still thinking. Perhaps this day was all just a big dream, and this woman in front of him, and this gorgeous place, were just figments of his imagination. He rubbed his eyes and turned back; she was still there. "Who...um, I'm Ken. What's your name, miss?" He placed his hand on his sword hilt, which was his way of collecting himself.

She let out a soft, feminine laugh. He felt the hair on the back of his neck stand up as she floated over to him, droplets still dripping off of her dress into the running water.

"Ken...you're an honest one, aren't you?" She daintily landed barefoot on a rock near him. "I am called Hina Kagiyama." She curtsied slightly. "But, please call me Hina~"

His breath caught in his throat for a short time before he replied. "Ah...well, pleased to meet you." For some reason, he felt a tension growing in the air; looking around, he found nothing that could be the cause of it.

"Tell me, why are you here? Is it about those strange creatures that suddenly appeared?"

"Well...yes." He looked down and saw her bare feet; she was still perfectly poised. She seemed very sure of herself. Maybe she came here in her spare time. She certainly seemed completely comfortable. He went on. "I'm here with my...neighbor, Keine, and--"

"Keine?" The woman calling herself Hina put a fingernail between her front teeth as she thought for a moment. If that woman was here, then certainly she wanted to check out that special incident.

"Yeah, Keine and I...well, and some others too. Do you know her?"

"Mhmm, sort of. You are from the Human Village?"

"That's correct. We're here to--" He stopped himself before saying anything. No one was supposed to know. And yet, the look on her face...

"You're here to investigate the great fall."

He fiddled with the hilt of his sheathed sword, saying nothing.

She smiled. "It's okay. I live here, I know all about it."

His eyes narrowed. "Can you..." He turned and hopped across to the other side of the bank. "Can you come with me, for just a second? Please?" Perhaps she knew more about it, but he had to make sure she was telling the truth.

"I suppose." She leaped slowly to the other side, spinning gently and gracefully as she landed near him.

He felt a sudden shock surge through his body. Was this woman a youkai in disguise?! He drummed his fingers furiously over the hilt.

She sighed. "Don't worry, I won't harm you. Just be careful near me. Now please, after you~"



3:54 PM - Day 1 - Youkai Mountain - Near Youkai Mountain Great Fall

They all stared in awe at the upward surge of water. How was this possible?

Reisa looked over; Keine had finished filling Hina in, and the teacher was now looking at the flow of water, hands on hips. She turned to see Ken sitting on the ground looking down, his eyes now closed. He looked like he was meditating, so she decided to leave him alone. Mokou was tossing a ball of fire up and down in one hand, leaning against a large rock near the edge of the fall. Every so often she would glance up at the water and shake her head. Reisen stared at the fall, her mouth open. The lightning fairy closed her eyes and blew her bangs up. Nobody was doing anything. It was surprisingly quiet as the water was no longer splashing near their feet. Even the fairy herself wasn't sure what to make of this.

Eyes still closed, Ken thought hard. What did this mean? They had all seen it just now. Even Keine didn't know what to do about it, and Hina's guess was as good as theirs.

*rustle*

He opened his eyes. Was he hearing things? He turned to look behind him, only to glance straight at a very large rock face.

"Hey, so..." Reisen came and sat down next to him. She drew her legs up and hugged her knees. "What do you think of this?"

"I don't know, but--"

*rustle*

He turned around again. Reisen's ears had reacted to the noise as well. They looked at each other. This time, Reisen seemed much less fazed than when those huge dessert-scarfing creatures were close by. Maybe it wasn't those things this time. But if not them, then what?

*thump*

Ken turned back around; everyone else was looking at them on the ground. He quickly stood up. "I think I hear something nearby."

Keine looked at everyone with her finger across her lips, indicating that they should all be quiet. They all waited.

...

...

Mokou started to whisper, "I don't hear anyth--"

*flip flip flip*

Everyone looked at each other. There was someone around the corner.

Keine quietly floated over to the huge rock face, landing as she pressed her back against it. She inched over to the edge and peaked around. Almost immediately, she signaled for everyone to follow suit. Her face bore abnormal look of uncertainty.

Ken found himself near the other end of the rock. This was a pretty secluded place. He looked at Hina, who was next to him. She didn't look very comfortable now; was this an undesired intruder? He hoped to find out soon, but at the same time he didn't. He noticed that Reisa had on an incredibly serious face as she floated at his other side. Apparently even she was worried, so it must be a big deal.

Meanwhile, Hina had peeked around the rock. She turned back with a look of surprise and confusion. How could she not realize this before? It couldn't be...

Mokou had gotten down on her hands and feet. Creeping along the ground slowly around Keine's feet, she poked her head around the corner. Moments later, she crawled back. After helping her up, Reisen whispered to her. "Mokou, who is it?"

Mokou gritted her teeth before whispering back. "I have a feeling we'll find out why they're here soon enough..."




(Notes: Hina has joined Ken's team.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on October 30, 2011, 09:36:50 PM
Day 1, Around noon, Above a clearing outside of Human Village

Reimu was in a state of doubt.

Her opponent was not using attacks that were hard to dodge anymore. However, her attack patterns had become tricky. The bubbles she threw exploded into tons of small bullets aimed at her upon being blasted by Reimu?s needles. She could graze all of them, if not for the weird compass thing on her that removed her ability to do so.

So Reimu stopped attacking; instead, she started to find the gaps between bubbles and traverse between them until she arrived at the center where Amarillo stood. After confirming the exact position, she threw a stream of needles. However, these needles passed through her opponent as all the bubbles suddenly disappeared.

?Seems you solved that one. Then how about this?? Amarillo?s voice came from above as she declared another spellcard:

Emulation [Haruka?s Special Typhoon]
   模  拟      【叶留佳超特弹珠台风】


Before Reimu could react, hundreds of small water drops suddenly appeared and scattered around her, and they are highly reflective as Reimu was dazed by the sunlight that reflected on these water drops.

Then she saw it, another special ray of pale white light that ran across her. As she figured it out and flew to the side, she heard a huge crushing sound as Amarillo appeared out of nowhere, spear in hand. If Reimu hadn?t dodged before, that would have been a direct hit.

?Don?t worry. This blade won?t hurt you, you should know that,? Amarillo calmly said as she disappears into a mist of waterdrops again.

?How was I supposed to know th--!? Reimu did not need to finish her sentence, as the answer had somehow come to her just then. Yes, Amarillo?s blade reflected on her own intentions and powers. Thus if she were to strike directly, it would leave a pale white track, and such a blade could not really harm something. It would have a paralyzing effect though...wait, she thought, why do I know all of that? Did I see it in action before...?

This time she was too busy thinking to notice the pale white light that had just fall over her.

At the same time, Lily White, who had recovered from being thrown earlier, sat on the ground, puzzled by Amarillo?s way of declaring the card. ?I wanted to ask earlier, but why did Amarillo always declare her cards twice??

?Well, one time using English, the other time her ?Native Language?, it?s that easy. ? Mikata explained. ?Though I don?t know when she started to do that.?

?I think it?s since she arrived at Gensokyo and learned danmaku battle from us.? Lily White continued, ?After all, most of us have spell card names that have two parts, like mine is [春夏秋冬 ~Circulation of Seasons~]. The rabbits in Eientei also use styles like this.?

No, Mikata thought, Amarillo?s naming and theme of spellcards was usually not like this. Something was wrong. He cried ?Be careful, Reimu! She is not fighting at her full strength--?

And he saw Reimu drop down from above; however, Amarillo caught her midway as the two of them landed at the same time.

?Hey, I can still fight!? As Reimu collapsed on the ground, she shouted. ?If not for your mind tricks--? She stopped mid-sentence as the compass-like lock scattered with a loud crash.

?Fight after you cleared your mind, or the results won?t change.? Amarillo calmly turned back, facing her fairy friends. ?We?re done here, let?s go.?

Mitaka ran up to the fairy leader, hardly believing what he had just seen. ?Don?t tell me, you actually defeated her...??

?I just said, if she didn?t clear her mind when fighting me, the same result is bound to happen. What are you planning to do afterwards, Mitaka? Fight me again?? Amarillo turned back, ?I don?t like starting fights without proper reasons. You should know that.?

Mitaka?s focus shifted to Reimu. ?Oi, Armpit-sama, are you all right??

The miko muttered something to herself and looked up. ?No, I?m fine, she just slashed me and fired a bullet straight through me.?

He remembered what he was going to tell Reimu. ?You know, you didn?t completely destroy that weird thing...? Mitaka sighed. ?It kinda... disappeared into thin air or something, and we need to deal with it, right Reimu??

Reimu stood up. ?That floating pink thing? Worry about it later, we have a lot of things to do today.?

As Reimu got up, Amarillo and her accompanying fairies left the grounds and headed into the Human Village again.

.?So that pink thing is still alive, it seems.? Lily Black said with a smile. ?We failed to destroy it??

Amarillo nodded, ?It?s not that easy, to destroy something like this.?

?Something like what??

?You will soon know, let?s head back.? Amarillo grabbed Lily White?s hands. ?You are not wounded, right??

?I?m fine, but what about the festival??

?I don?t think we are in the right mood for a festival today. I have something that must be done, anyway. We are heading back, then we will go to Youkai Mountain. Something big is going to happen, and the shrine maiden only knows 5% about it.? Amarillo sighed. ?She need to realize it sooner, so let?s get going.?



~3:30 PM at the foot of Youkai Mountain~

?Nice hairstyle, you redone your ponytail.? As Lily Black rejoined them on their way, (?Screw it! I won?t disturb you two by following you everywhere you go!? as she claimed outside of Amarillo?s hut.) she commented.

?Thanks, I did buy a new ribbon and just tried it out. ? Amarillo replied, ?But we have things that are more important to do right now.?

?You have been saying that for the past hour. I wonder what can be more important than a festival?? Asked Lily White.

?Like this, ? Amarillo pointed to the fall far in the distance.

One reason Youkai Mountain stand out in Gensokyo is because of the huge fall. Many claimed that the Elder Tengu?s Lair could be found on top of said fall; however, after one attempt of Reimu?s incident solving, it turned out that instead of a lair of elder youkai, it?s actually another Shrine on top of the fall, together with a huge lake that was moved there from the outside world. Rumors are never accurate, after all.

However...

?How is that possible?!? exclaimed Lily Black, upon seeing the fall. ?Where did the fairy of fall go to? The fall is flowing backwards!?

?Backwards? may not have been the most accurate word to describe it. It was more like the flow of the fall has been ?reversed?. Water was not supposed to flow upwards. However, it was happening before their very eyes.

?Now, can anyone lend a wing so we?ll observe it closer?? asked Amarillo.

?I see that the shrine maiden was right about you. She noticed a lot of things earlier, remember?? Lily Black smirked. ?Some lake boiling, some hut that?s exactly looking like yours appearing out of nowhere, some other fairies tripped over themselves because of some gravity issue behind the Hakurei Shrine, some yaoi doujinshi featuring Rinnosuke and another similar male appearing on sale at the Human Village...?

?...I?m not too sure about the last one. I blame Yukari for that,? Amarillo chuckled. ?I?m not short of money, but I don?t know who will buy or even read that anyway.?

?Oh well, let me guess, we need to see someone on the top of Youkai Mountain? Someone important, right? Maybe the Elder Tengu??

?No, not that important, and not on top of the mountain either.? replied Amarillo, ?Some allies of humans, that?s all. You can bath in the reversed waterfall too, who knows, you may become a lot stronger after that~? She headed up towards the fall with some other fairy.

?Heh, you just demonstrated that nothing is more effective in a danmaku fight than slashing the shrine maiden?s legs and punching her in the face.? Lily Black murmured as she follows up.
Amarillo overheard her. ?That?s horrible! I didn?t do that! I did slashed her legs though.?

Then they noticed something in the waterfall. Upon a closer look, it seemed like a certain someone was trying to swim in the reversed waterfall.

?Gotcha!? Amarillo smiled, ?Ms. Kawashiro!?

?Eh? You are actually looking for that kappa?? asked Lily White.

?Eh? Who is looking for me?? The figure stopped swimming, and then, with a loud scream, she got helplessly swept by the reversed flow towards the top of the mountain.

?Getting stronger, you said, right? Hmm?? Lily Black grinned.

?In a sense, yes. By swimming against the flow, you are exercising your muscles.? replied Amarillo.

?Not like I need them, tell Rinnosuke about that instead.? Lily Black looked onwards as the kappa tried desperately to swim down the waterfall.

?Oh whatever, I recall there were some caves in the back of the waterfall--but enough on that, we will end up talking about nothing if she keeps being swept away by the waterfall.? Amarillo flew up towards the kappa and pushed her into a cave.

?Whoa, what are you doing?! Who are you, anyway?? As Nitori Kawashiro was being knocked into the cave, she shouted, ?HEY, GET OFF ME!?

?Oh, sorry.? said Amarillo as she stood up, drawing her blade. ?You recognize this, don?t you? You made it, after all.?

?That?s.... Oh, I get it now. You are Amarillo Viridian...yes, the human that moved in Gensokyo.? Nitori jumped up. ?Did that blade work as intended??

?Well, I want to say it?s too light, but overall it?s perfect, thanks. I?m not here to talk about the blade, though.?

?Then what can I do for you? Recently the Tengu are acting strange...like something big is going to happen...and I heard something about a festival? Then there comes the reversed waterfall thing...?

?You know, swimming in a reversed waterfall is good for your health.? said Lily White as the two fairies flew into the cave.

?Oh, not you too...? Lily Black facepalmed.

?Wait, you are suspecting that? Okay, if you really want to...? said Nitori, as she ran out of the cave, excited.


Suddenly, they heard another scream.

?Oh well, she needs to hike down the mountain instead of swimming, then.? Lily Black looked out from the cave.

?So accept it, swimming in a reversed waterfall has become an national sport,? joked Amarillo.

?Oh you.? Lily Black facepalmed again, ?seems today I?m surrounded by idiots.?

?Wait, so you are done with her?? Asked Lily White.

?Yeah, I have something that requires her knowledge...? Amarillo started to answer, but didn?t continue.

?I hate it when people never finish their sentence,? said Lily Black.

?You will know soon enough.? A voice came from nowhere.

?Who is there?? Amarillo asked with caution.

?It?s not you who thought you know everything, human girl. ? a shadow began to materialize from thin air. It looked like a boy who was slightly taller than the spear wielder. He held a very heavy-looking golden sword in hand.

Amarillo gasped. ?GA-05!? But--no, you are not him...who are you?!?

?Keen eyes you got there, though this boy?s image was something that you felt unsure about, so I merely used him for now. After all, the true form of the Great Youkai of Unknown, Nue Houjuu, is not what?s important to you, am I right?? The boy spoke with a grin.

?Next time, when you are dressing up like somebody, at least know what you are doing, and don?t spell out your name like no one has heard of you. But fine, I?ll take it.? answered Amarillo.

?So there is a truth inside your mind, and you want to confirm it. That?s why you sent two fairies and Nitori out, am I right?? Nue smiled. ?I have the same feeling myself, so do you care to exchange some info??

?No, thanks, though I?m fairly sure my truth is no further than yours.? Amarillo nodded. ?You may not want to know what I might do to make others realize that truth.?

?I bet it?s something like killing ?em all or such. After all, a fight is the most direct way of putting an idea inside people?s minds.?

?I won?t do things like that,? said Amarillo. ?They must realize the truth by themselves, or it will be all for naught.?

?No, it?s not that simple,? replied Nue. ?You see, they all believe in what they see, except for some fairly strong ones. I?m one such strong youkai, so I sensed something was amiss, and I bet there are others too. After all, more allies, better chance, right??

?So what point are you making? We seems to have the same information.? Amarillo looked at Nue straight in the eyes, ?But do you want to work with me??

?If that feeds my curiosity, yes.? Nue smiled, and tried to lift up the sword before grunting and painstakingly lowering it. ?Ow, that?s heavy!?

?You see, next time at least know who you are imitating.? Amarillo looked at the sword. ?Don?t tell me you materialized a gold sword from thin air.?

?Naturally. I?m one strong youkai, after all,? Nue stated again.

?This has become awfully similar to a certain fairy?s claim.? Lily White sat down.

?With that being said, if you need any assistance on that, you can use my help. As of now, goodbye.? Nue said as she disappeared into the darkness of the cave.

?So what to do now?? asked Lily Black.

?Explain all of these to me, of course!? said Reimu as she barged into the cave, gohei in hand. ?I heard everything! You and Nue are planning genocide, right??

?Eh...wait, what?? Amarillo gave her a puzzled look.

?Don?t play dumb with me! Nue suggested that you try to kill us all! And as if that?s not bad enough, nothing will! I need the truth, NOW!? Reimu pointed the gohei straight at Amarillo.

?I still need some time,? Amarillo explained. ?And I bet you are busy too.?

?Okay then, you?d better explain this to everybody at midnight, and it better be good! I?m not the kind of person that can just get by with some poor explanation of things like this...? Furious, the shrine maiden turned back and flew out of the cave.

?See, some people never listen to anything at all. Care to reconsider my advice?? Nue said as she reappeared.

?Yeah, I?m afraid so.? Amarillo sighed. ?I hope Nitori can sort this out by midnight...it seems you are right after all. A fight might be necessary.?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on November 05, 2011, 08:48:02 AM
4:02 PM - Day 1 - Youkai Mountain - Base of the Great Fall

All of them couldn't believe what they had just seen and heard. Reimu and another younger-looking girl carrying a spear had come out of a cave near the fall. The shrine maiden had spoken angrily with her briefly before flying off looking particularly unhappy. The other girl had flown away with many fairies in tow. But what disturbed each and every one of them the most was something Reimu had mentioned:

"You'd better explain yourself well come midnight, or else I will find you and end your genocide attempt myself!"

Genocide in Gensokyo? Was she being serious? THAT young girl Reimu talked to was planning to kill people off?

Ken looked around at everyone, seeing the same sort of fearful confusion across each of their faces. Even Keine, normally calm and composed, looked particularly worried. He looked to his other side.

Hina wasn't there.

Flinching slightly, he looked around his surroundings but couldn't spot her. He peered around the corner of the large rock face. She was there, speaking with...someone. He couldn't make her out, but it surely wasn't the spear wielder or Reimu. Who was it? He stepped out from behind the rock, hand on sword hilt.

"Ahh, who's that?!"

He froze as Hina and the one she was talking to turned to look at him.

"Oh, that's just a human friend. Don't worry Nitori."

He quickly ascertained the situation. No one else was around, and Hina was not particularly worried, so he relaxed. "Who is this?"

The ribbon-ridden one took her conversation partner by the shoulders and steered her over so he could get a good look at her. "This is my friend, Nitori Kawashiro. She's a kappa."

Nitori waved back cautiously. "Hello..."

Hina smiled slightly. "Er, she's a bit uncomfortable around humans."

He blinked. "Yes, I can see that. Don't worry, I won't--" He paused as the kappa's eyes darted to the sheathed sword at his side. "It's fine, I just wanted to know what was going on over here," he added in a quieter voice.

"Oh. Well, that's fine then, I guess. I suppose you've noticed the oddity here..." Nitori pointed up at the reversed fall as she spoke of it.

Ken folded his arms across his chest. The kappa's attire was almost entirely blue, his favorite color, and even her hair was an intense blue color. She wore a flowing dress with many pockets near the bottom, and it nearly matched the color of her rain boots. The only green part about her was her hat, and he thought he saw something green behind her; maybe she was wearing a green pack of sorts. He saw a key at the center of her chest, tying together what he guessed were straps of that pack. What was the key to?

"Gah, h-hey..." seeing him looking at her, she ceased pointing and covered her chest in embarrassment.

Hina smiled. "Don't worry, he's just never seen you before, I bet he's just curious about you." She stole an irritated look at him as if to say 'That had better be the case'.

"Oh, my bad. I didn't mean to stare at you. I've never met a kappa before." So this was Nitori...he heard that the kappa were elusive, and he had never seen one in person before until now. She looks quite cute up close, he thought.

"Hey, it's that kappa. Did you overhear them talking, too?" Mokou had come around the corner of the rock wall face as well.

"Who? Ah, you mean Reimu and--"

"Yeah, that girl. Amarillo." Mokou twirled some of her hair between her fingers. "That dangerous girl..."

Ken turned completely around to face the fire mage. "Her name is Amarillo? How do you know her?"

"Well, if you really must know...it was...huh?" Suddenly Mokou couldn't remember; she was drawing a blank. I swear, I just had the answer not too long ago, she thought. What happened?

Hina floated closer. "It was what?"

"Just...I've seen her in the past. That one is much stronger than she looks. Kinda odd, too. Fights with a bunch of fairy buddies and such." Mokou looked away and closed her eyes. "I've got a bad feeling about this..."

The swordsman decided to take this further. He turned back around. "Hey Nitori..."

She perked up, her twintails bouncing slightly. "Y-Yeah?"

"Did you overhear anything those two were talking about?"

"Um..."

Keine, Reisa and Reisen had also come around the corner now. Feeling slightly intimidated, the kappa tried to back up.

Hina rubbed Nitori's shoulders reassuringly. "Don't worry, we just want to know what's happening. What do you know about the fall, Reimu and that Amarillo girl?"

The kappa looked around. There were quite a few familiar faces. Maybe it was okay to reveal what she had heard.

Keine stepped forward. "We just want to know so we can make things right. Please tell us, it's an emergency!"

Nitori looked to the teacher, then at everyone else. It was something important, but should she really tell them that other thing too? "Well..."



6:00 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Keine's House

Keine sat in her bath, attempting to piece everything together and realize what Amarillo's end goal was. Based on what the kappa had told them, this really was a serious and disturbing situation. However, it was uncertain that what was discussed was actually true. She had no way of knowing that everything told to her was actually the case. Trying to confirm what Nitori said would be dangerous and could have terrible implications. That would also require Reimu's help, and it was unlikely that the shrine maiden would agree to such things. Then there was Amarillo and Nue...

Sighing, she leaned her head back and wiggled her feet under the water. Genocide? Really? That's taking things too far...surely there would be more humane ways of getting a point across. Perhaps the best course of action was indeed to wait until tonight to see what would happen.

She drew her knees closer to her chest and wrapped her arms around them. She had to do something about it, but what could she do? If this place was as Nitori said, perhaps her power would be useless, and she should just let things run their course. She rarely needed to use her power anyway, and yet--

*knock knock*

Someone was at the bathroom door. She closed her eyes. "Come in, Mokou."

Mokou entered the bathroom looking concerned. "I never thought I'd say this, but I think we may actually be powerless to stop this midnight meeting thing. Apparently word's getting out about this rather quickly, and soon everyone in the whole Village--no, all across our Gensokyo--will know about it." She bit her fingernail and stared at Keine in the bath. "What should we do?"

Keine returned to a leaned-back position in the bath. "What do you think we should do?"

"I..." Normally Mokou was quick to make decisions, but nothing was coming to her. "I don't know, but--"

"But?"

Mokou sat down on the edge of the tub. "I think we should talk to some others about this..."



6:05 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Ken's Bedroom

Reisen walked over to Ken, who was lying down on the bed with his eyes closed. "Hey."

Somewhat startled, he opened his eyes to see her visage. "Oh...hey."

She held her hands behind her back. "Do you mind if I join you for a while?"

He raised an eyebrow and, looking over, realized she had closed the door completely behind her. "Yeah, that's fine." He sat up. "I actually have a question for you, if you don't mind." Realizing that he probably needed to get the reversed fall and genocide problems off of his mind for now, he quickly propped up several pillows and sat up. Smiling, he motioned that she could sit down next to him.

"Hmm, okay." She also smiled and sat down, shifting to get comfortable. Perhaps it wasn't the smartest choice to get close to someone that she would probably not see for many more months after her usual few days of selling medicine in the Village, but she couldn't help it. The idea of dropping her guard was exciting; she felt appreciated and understood here.

"Uh...Reisen?" He waved his hand in front of her face.

"Oh, sorry. I just spaced out a bit there. Anyway, what's your question?"

"Who...who are you?"

Her ears drooped slightly. "Wh...what?"

"Well, I mean..." He paused. What was the best way to phrase this? "You intrigue me, and..." C'mon, you coward, just say it, he thought. Just ask her why she seems standoffish.

"And?"

"And...there's something about you that I'm not quite sure of."

She shifted slightly, ears back up. "What is it? You can ask me anything..."

He took a breath and turned to stare directly into her eyes. "I'm not sure how to say this, but...you seem a bit distanced, like you want to stay out of everyone's way. Like you don't want to mess anything up." He was all in now, might as well say it all. "Is, uh...is something wrong?"

Reisen looked down at her lap. Should she open up? Now was the perfect chance...someone actually wanted to talk to her about things. But if Eirin or Kaguya found out about what she would say, it would surely result in 'Punishment Time'...

"I mean, you seem happy but--"

She looked back up and he stopped talking, so she spoke. "Well, my work is quite stressful sometimes. Too often it seems like my master and the Princess..."

"Princess? Oh right, Kaguya."

"Yes, they both push me really hard to do...pretty much anything they need: manual labor, and--" She didn't want to say any more. "The point is, for the rest of my life I'm to do what I can for them."

"I see." He had a good guess as to how she felt. "So, because you're married to your job, you don't really have time to do the things you'd like to do."

She turned away, nodding.

"Is that why you like being here in the Village selling medicine for Eirin? Because it's time away from those issues?"

Her eyes widened. He was very interpretive, but her face quickly returned to normal as she turned to face him again "It's a great change from the normal work and--" She caught herself before she could mention how much she got punished and picked on. "--and I have to endure a lot, but here it's more relaxing." She forced a smile and placed her hands on her lap.

So that was it, he thought. "Well, I don't think you're a bother or anything, so it's fine if you hang around. Mokou doesn't seem to have a beef with you either, I guess it's just between her and your Princess."

Reisen sighed. "Yes, that gets rather tiring, especially considering that both of them are im--" She clamped a hand over her mouth; this wasn't something she should just blab to anyone.

"Huh?"

"Uh, they're impossibly hard to break apart when they fight." That was close. It was time for a change of subject. "So, I can stay here at your place? Really?"

"Well, where else would you stay? Besides, it wouldn't be for too long anyway."

She remained silent.

Concerned, he cocked his head and continued to look at her. "Wait, where'd you stay the last time you were here?"

"Um...it's fine, don't worry about it. Do you--"

"Hold up...where did you stay? I remember, I definitely saw you for a few days a couple months back. A rabbit sticks out in a crowd of humans..."

Her head sank further into the propped-up pillows as she stared straight ahead.

He raised his voice slightly. "Reisen! C'mon, you can tell me." He already had a guess, but he wanted to make sure he was on the right track. "We have an inn here, and you certainly look human enough..." He immediately regretted saying that. Closing his eyes, he realized that he had just drawn the border between humans and youkai into this, even though that wasn't his intention.

As he expected, she also raised her voice, almost to yelling. "It was full when I was here!" She quieted down a bit. "So..."

Now it was his turn for eye-widening surprise. "Wait, but if you didn't stay there, where did y--" He felt his heart sinks lightly in his chest at the sudden realization. "Oh no, don't tell me..."

"I just...the weather was fine, so it wasn't too bad sleeping outside," she mumbled in a flat voice.

There was a 10-second silence. Finally he spoke. "That's terrible...why didn't you--"

"Because!" She interrupted him. "Because...I can't cause a disturbance here, as per master's orders." She felt angry for doing this. "I can't risk anything..." Why was she telling him all this? He hadn't been experimented on, or put to grueling work on a whim. She couldn't expect him to understand how hard it was for her back home.

Ken took one look into her eyes and knew she was greatly troubled. He took a deep breath so as not to overreact. "Reisen, you're welcome to stay at my place if you want to, when you come here. Just don't sleep outside, you don't have to go that far! Even though you're powerful, it's still dangerous outside and you could get hurt or have your precious things stolen."

"I..." She swallowed before continuing. "I would like that. But..."

"But what?" He absentmindedly placed a hand on her shoulder.

There was a hint of irritation in her voice. "Why are you being so nice to me? I'm not even from the Village, and I'm not even a human..."

This was his chance to make up for the slip-up earlier. "Well, I guess it's because it doesn't really matter to me. I mean, look at Keine. She's not entirely human herself and yet the people of this Village trust her completely. She saved me from certain death, took me in and raised me as if I was her own child!" He bit his lip before continuing. "If I can't even do that, then...then what kind of person would I be?"

"You..." She felt her eyes watering up. All the stress was coming out right now. "I, um..."

Suddenly he seized her in a quick hug. He wasn't sure if it was the right thing to do, but while patting her back he knew it sure felt like it. "You'll be fine."

Startled, she stared down at him. "Oh..." What was she supposed to do? She didn't know, and didn't care right now. It felt great. Hugging him to her, she felt the pain going away. "Thank y--"

A voice rang out. "Do you know what we should d--oh. Well...that's sweet."

Both of them froze and turned towards the now-open door to see Hina standing there.

"Sorry, didn't mean to interrupt. As you were~" Hina promptly closed the door with a smile.



6:10 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Ken's House

"Really? Reisen and that guy?"

Hina giggled. "Well, I think it was a personal moment. That rabbit always seems like she's hiding something, maybe those two are close." Her face turned more serious after a few seconds. "So, how does it feel to be in a human household?"

Nitori looked around before shrugging her shoulders. "Not too bad. This place could use some more technology, but it's peaceful. I guess I like it."

"But you seemed pretty uneasy around so many humans when we first came here. You look just like them, why would you be so worried?"

"I'm just not used to it! You, your job is to handle the curses of humans so you're more familiar with them than I am..."

Hina fiddled with the ribbon on the hair beneath her chin. "Well whatever. This is a serious matter we have at hand. Even Keine and Mokou needed more time to think..."

The kappa didn't want to draw attention to the other secret she had told them. "I...think it would be best if we waited to see what happened tonight at midnight. Even in the worst possible scenario, you know..."

"Hmm, you're right. That Amarillo girl and Nue picking a fight with all of us? Come to think of it, why would they invite us all to one loc--"

Both of them got the same idea in the same moment. Nitori verbalized it for them.

"With everyone in one location...it would be easy to do something to all of us."

Hina put a hand to her mouth as her face blanched. "Oh no..."

Nitori sprung up from the couch. "We gotta tell Keine!"

"Wait, hold on. That's just a possibility!"

"But we still gotta let her know about it! C'mon Hina, let's go!" The kappa sprang up and ran off, throwing open the front door.

Sighing, Hina floated after her out the front door. Everyone in all of Gensokyo in one location? This could seriously be trouble, indeed...



(Note: Nitori has joined Ken's team...for now.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: trancehime on November 07, 2011, 01:54:41 AM
The remains of the store. 1230. Day 1.
Collecting the remnants of the sale.

"Crazed filth, all of you!" Hirowaza squealed weakly as he scrambled about to collect the pieces of his now broken and battered store. "You immature knaves, settling such things through fighting!" he stammered in place, twitching as he rubbed his eyes. He could see the offender, Amarillo, going away to attend to what he could only assume was her own business, and as he saw her and her entourage walk away, Hirowaza scowled and materialized a [Wooden Sword] in his hand and threw it into the distance. "How dare you walk away from this! You had better take responsibility!" he yelled, but he knew it was futile... He groaned and put the pieces in the fortunately unharmed wheelbarrow he laid in the side, and just looked at Meira and VIVIT (who was in quite a state of shock...) before shaking his head and shambled off. Meira wanted to stop Hirowaza, but VIVIT placed a hand on Meira's shoulder and shook her head. "No..." Meira sighed and looked into the distance and growled.

"I knew that Reimu was nothing but trouble. And those fairy girls, who do they think they are? Do they own this place?" she spat at the ground indignantly. "If Reimu didn't start that fight, none of this would have happened. And then that girl just ruined somebody else's property without warning. How immature." Hirowaza dismissed Meira with a wave of the hand, as if saying That's enough. "I can never have some peace and quiet these days. Sigh. Come on, you two. Let's go home."

The Cottage on the Hill on the outskirts. 1530. Day 1.
In between the Forest and the Human Village.

Hirowaza was lying around in bed while VIVIT was staring at him by his side. Meira was outside looking around, and looking awfully concerned about what was going on. This was awfully uncharacteristic of Meira, but surely she had her reasons for acting that way. Hirowaza was just groaning around in bed. "I'm just trying to make a living, and then people like them have to ruin everything. I should probably handle this better, but..." he then stands up and fetches some small blocks of wood in a pile in the corner and pulls out a wood carver from his drawer, and sits by his bed, before beginning to make some wood sculptures again. VIVIT tilts her head and just watches, while Meira peeks in the cottage and sighs.

"Hiro..." she says, gripping the hilt of her blade tightly. "I won't let them get away scott-free."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on November 07, 2011, 08:37:07 PM
6:12 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Ken's & Keine's Homes

Nitori was rushing over to Keine's house. There probably wasn't much time, so she had to make sure the teacher knew about it before--

"Hello, kappa. I've been expecting you."

Yelping slightly, she tripped as her legs half-froze mid-run. Quickly rolling over, she found herself looking up at a mostly familiar, confident face. It was the Scarlet Devil herself.

"R-Remilia..." Hina maintained her distance from the vampire, not taking kindly to her sudden entrance. This one was extremely dangerous, but what was she doing out here?

Nitori got to her feet quickly, all the while staring at this new presence.

Revealing one of her fangs, Remilia stepped closer. "What are you doing all the way down here, hmm? Don't you have, ah..." She looked at her hand, pausing for effect before turning back to Nitori with a small grin. "...a reversed waterfall to attend to?"

"Um..." The kappa was more concerned with how Remilia was able to walk in the sunlight. Then she remembered how her mana partner had...wait, what had he done again? Who was he? Suddenly she couldn't remember anything about it. "Well, why are you here...?"

"The Mistress wishes to investigate this supposed midnight incident, and we would appreciate your compliance in answering." The elegance of the Scarlet Devil Mansion, Sakuya Izayoi, stepped out from the shadows behind one of the houses.

Nitori took a step back. They seemed rather intrusive, but she tried to maintain her cool. "I, I'm here because--"

"What's going on out here?" The four of them turned to see Ken and Reisen emerging from his house. He had a sword in a scabbard at his side, and while the rabbit closed the door behind them, he ran out to see what was the matter.

Sakuya tensed up briefly. Who was this young man? He did not seem familiar. But he was approaching Remilia with surprising speed, not many would dare to do so. Maybe he didn't know who she was.

He eased his run into a walk as he stepped directly in front of Remilia and looked down at her. "Who are you?"

Unfazed, Remilia folded her arms across her chest and returned his gaze. "How rude, human. At the very least, you could not fail completely by introducing yourself to me first."

"Wh...what?" Was she a youkai? She looked slightly familiar, like he'd seen her in a book before. Wait, it was...it couldn't be...Remilia Scarlet, the Scarlet Devil of Gensokyo? What was she doing at the Human Village?! His mind raced as his countenance narrowed. This couldn't be the Scarlet Devil. She was a vampire, yet the sunlight wasn't affecting her...it must be some youkai pretending to be her. Unfortunately, he had yet to fully register Sakuya's presence, as he was staring at this imposter. "Nitori, did she bully you?"

Hina cleared her throat. "Hey Ken, you might want to, uh...not say things like that."

Nitori looked around to assess the situation. She gulped and froze as she noticed that Sakuya had disappeared from view.

He drew his sword. "I don't know if you're a friendly youkai or not, but I'd appreciate it if you ditched that poor disguise and stopped bullying my friends."

That did it. In the blink of an eye, Sakuya had leaped out from the shadows, throwing several knives his way. "Huah!"

"Whoa?!" He managed to move out of the way, dodging all but one knife that struck his sword so swiftly and squarely that he nearly lost his grip on it. Staggering backwards, he let his sword fall lightly into the earth to regain his balance.

Suddenly he had been flung onto his back, and the knife-throwing woman was standing over him...yet she showed no signs of continuing the assault. She was standing straight up, holding several knives. What happened? How did she hit him so hard, so fast? He didn't even see her coming that time...

The girl with the bat wings walked over and looked down at him. "You must be either quite brave or quite stupid to stand up to me like that."

Breathing somewhat heavily from the encounter with--wait! That was...

"You...y-you're Sakuya..."

"So I am. Please treat the mistress with the respect she deserves." Her gaze burned into his eyes, yet it wasn't fierce at all.

"It's really Remilia." Reisen had run over, having figured it out. She looked first at Sakuya and then her mistress, then helped Ken up. "He just thought you were some youkai because you are somehow immune to the sunlight."

Remilia closed her eyes and smirked again. "Oh, that. Well whatever, I'm not here to see the lot of you anyway. Where's the teacher?"

Ken looked at her quizzically. "Why do you need to talk to her? She's a bit busy at the moment, anyway."

"Fool! That's exactly why I'm here. I heard some things, and now I want answers! Now, is she in her home or not?"

"She's in there, I think..." Man, what a pushy girl, he thought. Hard to believe she was really hundreds of years old.

"Very good. Sakuya!"

The maid merely turned her head towards the sound of her voice. "...Mistress?"

"You are to keep an eye on this lot. I need to do some...interrogation."

"Understood."

Before any of the others could reply, Remilia took wing and flew over to the door. Trying the handle, she found the door to be unlocked and slipped inside Keine's house.



6:25 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Ken's & Keine's Homes

Sakuya had chosen to sit down on the tree stump outside Ken's house. "Forgive me for earlier, I did not know if you were attempting to harm the Mistress or not."

"Nah, it's okay. But I thought vampires couldn't survive in the sunlight..." Ken sat on the grass. All he could think about was how quickly he had been floored earlier. He had heard Sakuya was nearly flawless in all aspects, and no wonder. Perhaps she had used her time-stopping powers. His breath partially caught in his chest. No wonder he had stood no chance...

"The Mistress has undergone special treatment thanks to a particular set of incidents with a partner she established in the past." Her answer was precise.

He looked up at her. She seemed incredibly serious and carried herself well. Seeing the maid up-close like this was rather breathtaking. "I thought she might've been a youkai in disguise."

"That's understandable. I must admit, you stood up to her rather admirably. I guess as a guardian of the Human Village, you must always hunt for certainty."

He looked at her again. Was that a partial smile he had seen? Maybe he was seeing things. He also remembered having seen her maybe once or twice before at the Village, but perhaps even that was just his mind flipping out.

"Sakuya, is Remilia really here to try to figure out what's happening to our Gensokyo?" Hina stopped twiddling her hair to ask.

The chief maid lifted her leg up and placed her foot upon the edge of the stump. Without much concern, she lifted her dress and slipped several knives into a slot on the top of her right thigh high. "Yes, we heard from Aya that several of Gensokyo's inhabitants were going to commit a genocide of sorts here. The Mistress has her doubts and is currently conducting research."

Ken averted his gaze as she spoke, then turned back when he thought she was done. She wasn't. Still, he spoke up. "Does it bother you too?"

"The Mistress will solve this problem, this I am sure of."

"Hold on for one minute. That's nice, but how did she know to come here?" Hina asked.

"Simple, Keine had done a bit of research at the Mistress' manse regarding the reversed flow of the great fall at Youkai Mountain. Lady Patchouli informed me of this detail."

"Well I hope Nitori can fix the fall's flow," Ken added. Nitori had gone off to try to do something about the great fall at Youkai Mountain. That made sense, as the kappa was a water expert. Well, so she had claimed.

"Yes, that might partially cure the uneasiness that seems to plague this place as of now." She finished restocking her knives very quickly, even during conversation. "Even the Mistress is upset. Hopefully she can solve the problem Reimu failed to solve."

"I wouldn't be too sure about that, maid." Mokou's voice rang out. "First she has to find that shrine maiden."

Sakuya expected Mokou to be here as well. "Perhaps, although tracking her down will likely be an easy task."

Mokou wrinkled her nose and looked over at Ken, who was staring at Sakuya's outfit. "What, is this your first time laying eyes on a maid?"

He turned to face her and cleared his throat. "N--well, yes, in person."

Sakuya looked over at the other silver-hair. "I did almost severely injure him earlier, so perhaps he can be slightly forgiven."

Putting her hands on her hips, Mokou walked closer. "Hey, go easy on the boy, he's--"

"Training to guard this Village, I know. It's an admirable goal, to defend an entire place." He actually did see her smile slightly before she continued. "Although...I do wish we had someone just as focused to guard the manse's front gate."

"Eh?" Mokou scratched her head. "What's wrong with Meiling?"

The smile on the chief maid's face had dissolved into dissatisfaction. "She has been having, erm...well, she has a daily distraction in the form of a human male now. It bothers me a little bit, even though it has not really escalated yet..."

Oh no...Ken closed his eyes, waiting for the expected Mokou chime-in.

"Oh, is that so? This guy here is--"

Mokou was unable to finish her sentence, as Remilia had reappeared in the doorway to Keine's house. She didn't look too satisfied.

"Mistress, do you now kn--"

Remilia interrupted her maid. "Sakuya, we have many questions still that need answering. Keine and I have a plan to get to the bottom of this and put a stop to this nonsense."

Sakuya nodded. "Understood. Then, shall we--"

"Ha, nope! I want you to stay...here~" She pointed down at the ground for emphasis.

She was slightly taken aback. Remilia almost never went anywhere to investigate things without her. "Mistress...? Are you sure? Please, let me aid y--"

"Shh! This is something we need to do alone. I want you to keep tabs on this Village and these here people." The vampire sniffed casually.

Sakuya seemed to finally break her calm demeanor, even only slightly. "But Mistress, I--"

"That's an order, Sakuya! Now listen to me. We are going to try to track down Nue and Reimu. I heard that this Amarillo girl was here in the Village a few hours ago, so I want you to keep an eye out and see if she's still here. If you find her, bring her back to Keine's house and keep her here using any means necessary. I can rely on you for that, right?"

The maid sighed. "Yes Mistress."

"Good. I will return in a few hours' time regardless of the outcome of our search. You can have faith in me, you know I always succeed. Just trust me and trust fate, like you always have." The vampire reached out and lifted Sakuya's chin, staring into her eyes. "Okay?"

Sakuya's determined eyes stared back. "You're right. That's a promise, then."

"Indeed. Now, you stay with them until I get back. We need you to monitor this place."

"Understood." Sakuya nodded as Remilia took to the air. "Farewell, Mistress."

"Yeah, I'll be back before you know it."

Keine put a hand on Ken's shoulder from behind. "Now even though Sakuya is here, I still need you to help too. All right?"

"Yeah, I got this. At least, I think I do..." His voice trailed off towards the end. This was the first time Keine was not here to guard the Village with him.

"Ken. You can do this, I believe in you." She paused and looked over. "And Mokou does too, even though she might not outright say it..."

"Hey!" Mokou objected.

Keine produced a short laugh. "Well, I'm off." She turned to join Remilia, but first turned back to him. "Oh, and one more thing."

"Yeah, what is it?"

She leaned in closer and whispered to him. "I don't know where she went, but...Reisa was acting a bit strange earlier. I think she wandered off somewhere. Keep an eye out for her, yeah?"

"Sure thing. Good luck and godspeed...Keine."

She nodded. This was the first time he had simply called her by her first name without a title in over a year. "Thanks, Ken.? After giving him a quick, tight hug, she turned and looked up at Remilia. ?Ready, vampire?"

"Pfft, I've never been more ready!"

Ken, Mokou, Reisen, Hina and Sakuya watched as the two of them flew off in opposite directions.

"Gimme a break...was she serious?" Mokou had buried her face in her hands.

Hina giggled. "I guess there's some history between you two that some of us don't know, huh?"

The fire mage peeked out at him through her hands. "No, don't you dare tell them!"

He sighed and drew his sword. "Don't worry about it. Anyway, we gotta hold the fort."

Sakuya's thoughts had drifted from her Mistress to the design of his sword. The engraving on it seemed familiar...where had she seen it before? Perhaps at that shopkeep's place, or--

"What's wrong, maid? Impressed by his need to overcompensate?" Mokou snarked.

"Ah...n-no, not--that wasn't..." she closed her eyes and heaved a sigh. She couldn't help but worry for Remilia anyway. One day she'd finally meet her match, but until then...

Meanwhile, Ken let out a groan. "Mokou! That's terrible..." To be honest, he was worried about this whole incident. But Keine had never failed to resolve things, and with the Scarlet Devil and her chief maid helping, and also Nitori too, surely things would work out. Today had been a day filled with excitement, perhaps too much, but enough worrying. He had a task to perform.

Smiling victoriously, Mokou flew in front of them as they started walking towards the center of the Village and muttered to herself. "Ha, teasing you never gets old."



(Notes: Reisa, Keine and Nitori have left Ken's team. Sakuya has joined Ken's team.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on November 09, 2011, 08:22:25 PM
Scarlet Devil Mansion, 10:30am, Day 1

   Vant and Meiling flew around the corner, following the recently picked up trail of food. As they turned again, vaulting over a pile of chocolate pudding and dodging a few falling fruits they came to a large pink blob, obviously the God of Plenty, just as it is sent flying at them at extreme speeds, mouth open, and knocks them both out of a nearby window into the SDM courtyard. Vant manages to roll away before getting covered in shards of glass and looks back at the GoP to see a leg and arm sticking out of out it's mouth.

   "Meiling! Hang on!" Vant sprints towards the blob and jump kicks it, bouncing it off the ground and causing it to spit out Meiling who is now covered in pink cake frosting. He looks at the GoP that's flying away now and notices a bit of green still hanging out of its mouth.

   Meiling shakes some of the frosting off, and looks around, finding Vant next to her and the GoP fleeing, she let's out a small sigh before something about the blob catches her eye. "AHH! That thing has my hat!" Meiling grabs Vant's hand and pulls him along a bit before breaking into a full sprint after it. "Come on! We gotta catch it!"

   Vant takes off and catches up to Meiling. "Wait wait! Why do we have to get your hat? It's not enough the thing

already tried to kill us with sweets?"

   "That hat was a birthday present! I'm not gonna lose it now! Not to that thing!" Meiling continues along the path of food, little bits of frosting coming off of her as Vant runs behind her and catches a bit to eat~.


Path to Hakurei Shrine, 2:30pm, Day 1


   Vant and Meiling come to a halt as the food trail ends, leaving no trace of which direction the blob went. Both are out of breath and exhausted from tracking it. They've stumbled upon a simple dirt trail leading up to a forested area up a hill and the other direction leading to the Human Village.

   "*pant* This must be the path to the Hakurei Shrine, but the damn thing is nowhere in sight. Seriously Meiling? We had to chase it this far...for this long?" Vant fell back and sat on the grass by the road, just under the shade of a tree as he tries to catch his breath.

   "Auugh, all this chasing in circles and the only things I have to show for it is that I'm hot, sticky, an-"

   "And delicious, Hon~" Vant grinned at Meiling, who still had some frosting on her. "Sounds like our usual night~"

   Meiling choked back a laugh before throwing her shoe at Vant who promptly caught it. "Dammit! Ahaahah, I don't need cracks like that from you right now...now give me my shoe back." Meiling couldn't help hiding her smile and blushing a bit as she hopped on one foot over to Vant.

   "What? No way, it's mine. You threw it at me so you don't get it back~." Vant hid the shoe behind his back, teasing Meiling before something caught his attention. He looked up into the sky, as did Meiling, and saw a small figure in the sky. As Vant stood up and looked a bit closer, he recognized the clothing pattern and the large scythe. He tossed Meiling's shoe back to her before calling out. "OI! Komachi! Down here!"

   Komachi heard a familiar voice as she was headed over to the shrine and looked down to see a small blip on the ground waving at her. She immediately flew down and dropped next to Vant before hugging him. "Hey Vant! Long time no see! How have ya been?" Komachi looked her usual, blue-white dress with a corset held by a coin and her wicked-looking scythe over her shoulder, red hair tied into two pigtails and her usual bright face laced with that look of just having woken up. "It's nice to see you again, and who's the cake?" Komachi hooked a thumb at Meiling who was still trying to get some of the frosting off of her while keeping a straight gaze focused on Vant as she shot an occasional glance at this woman.

   "Yeah I've been great, and this is my..." Vant looks over at Meiling who's bent over, looking straight at him as she tries to get the frosting out of her hair. "Well this is my tasty treat for later tonight, we're gonna have some fun that probably involves stripping and me getting the last of the frosting off of her with my tongue." Vant smiled mischievously before getting pegged in the head with a shoe.

   "Mind not the idiot who can't keep his trap shut." Meiling hopped over before slipping her shoe on and sticking her hand out...before pulling it back. "Well I'm Hong Meiling, gate guard of Scarlet Devil Mansion, I'd shake your hand but this frosting is everywhere because of that damned blob."

   "I'm Komachi Onozuka, ferryman of the dead across the Sanzu River, and...blob? I noticed something like that awhile ago...had this green thing in its mouth. Headed that way." She points over to Youkai Mountain.

   Vant sighs before Meiling perks up. "Then that's where we'll head next! Come on!" She takes off running towards the mountain before Vant can protest.

   "Heh, well seems we're off again. Wanna tag along while we chat?" Vant nods his head towards Meiling.

   "Sure! I was only heading to the shrine for the festival early, so it won't really matter." Komachi replied happily.


   (OOC)

   (RANK UP! KOMACHI HAS JOINED THE PARTY! She has s*** stats except for her HP and defense so be sure to stick her in the way of any and all attacks so you won't get hu-*stuck through with scythe*)


Youkai Mountain(nearby reversed falls), 5:00pm, Day 1


   
   Vant, Meiling, and Komachi continue their trek up the mountain, Vant making more headway than Meiling in climbing while Komachi just flies next to them. "Hey..uh...Meiling, why don't you fly?"

   Meiling glances back at Komachi who's practically laying back in the air. "Because I prefer to do it this way, and not let my limbs atrophy from lack of use." Meiling rolls her eyes at the shinigami and continues upwards. "So Vant, how did you meet this one?"

   Vant pulls himself up onto the top of the apparent cliff. Taking a short break from the climb and sitting back. "I met her when I first got here, during my droopy times. If it weren't for her, I'd probably be already across the Sanzu River and in Hell." Vant leans over the cliff when Meiling nears and pulls her up. "Now come on, I hear flowing water nearby, let's go wash up."

   Meiling looks over at Komachi again. A different kind of light surrounded this seemingly lazy ferryman. Perhaps there was more to her than she showed....then again, it's foolhardy to not think that of everyone..." Meiling shakes her head for a bit before following Vant towards the sound of water. After a short walk they come upon a clearing with a small pond and a river flowing out as well as a... "AH! There it is!" Meiling rushes forward towards the edge of the pond and picks up her hat. "Finally! Thing must've dropped it. Ah well, I'll pay it back later. Seems this will be a good place to wash this frosting off...and Vant, if you make a joke about me getting wet I'll smack you so hard tha-"

   "Um...Meiling...it's backwards.." Vant slowly let the words fall out of his mouth.

   "What? That I made mention of the joke before you? I swear sometimes I just wanna kick you upside the he-..." Meiling finally looked up and saw what Vant meant by "backwards". The waterfall here...was flowing backwards, right back up the mountain. It was a strange but beautiful sight to behold.

   "You know...in this world, there are times, such as this, that I actually feel like maybe learning magic...just to do this." Vant grinned and watched as the water traveled upwards.

   Komachi watched with amazement as well. "I don't think you could manage this with years of practice..."

   The three sat and watched in amazement for some time before Vant finally spoke up. "I don't think that blob did this...maybe we should at least check this out."

   "Check it out? How? We gonna push the water back down the mountain?" Meiling joked, smiling at Vant.

   "Meh, that'd be too hard, let's just go tell the shrine maiden about this..if she hasn't already seen it. Either way I've been getting a bad feeling lately. But seriously, did we have to go THIS far to get that hat of yours?"

   "Of course it was a birthday present from you anyway." Meiling glared at him.

   "I'm sorry what? I didn't give you that hat for your birthday.." Vant stared incredulously at Meiling. "Did you hit your head maybe?"

   "Of course not! You gave it to me back at.....at....." Meiling stared at the ground...there was just a hole in her memory...the thoughts just dropped away. When had Vant given her this hat, or was it him?

   "...am I affecting you or something? Usually I'm the one with memory blackouts." Vant focused on Meiling, obviously this was bothering her quite a bit. "Well let's hurry on to the shrine. Maybe someone's stealing our memories eh?" Vant joked a bit but the worried look on Meiling's face didn't quite lift, despite her smile. The two held hands for a bit, just looking at each other.

   Komachi was watching, rather amused at their antics before sticking her head between them, causing both to jump back. "Sorry to interrupt, but I'm getting rather bored. Let's head to the Hakurei Shrine. Reimu's usually the one to solve these things anyway." Komachi laughed at them both as Meiling blushed a bit and Vant chuckled.

   "Yeah, let's go. We'll figure this out eventually." Vant started walking off back down the mountain with Komachi and Meiling in tow.


   (End...for now. Vant, Meiling, and Komachi will arrive at the Hakurei shrine at approximately 8:00pm because they're taking their sweet time.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on November 12, 2011, 03:36:16 AM
6:40 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outskirts

"Inconvenient? Not really, I've adapted to wearing this." A light breeze blew Sakuya's dress in a rippling pattern. "Besides, this is not a full maid outfit. What I wear is easier to move in."

Ken scratched his head. "I still have a hard time imagining how difficult it is to fight with all that on..."

The two of them had come to the edge of one of the primary entrances to the Human Village, away from the others. Sakuya held a few knives in her right hand. "If you wore this for years, you would get used to it."

"I guess, yeah." She just seemed like a very powerful, independent woman, wearing the maid outfit out of complete respect for her Mistress. "I wish I could be as useful to Keine as you are to Remilia."

"You'll get there eventually if your desire is strong enough."

Desire. The word stuck on him for some reason. Shaking his head, he turned back to the maid. "How long did it take you to become so proficient with knives?"

"Quite a long time. After all, I'm only human." To his surprise, she smiled and lifted her dress slightly, revealing the knife-ridden thigh strap over her right thigh high (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/sakuyadresslift.jpg). "This in particular took quite a while to adjust to."

He blinked and cocked his head slightly. "Just how many of those knives do you have, anyway? I've heard you can throw a hundred in one barrage..."

Dropping her dress abruptly, she assumed a more serious look once more. "That's obviously only a rumor. Of course, I can often make it seem like that."

"Huh..." He enjoyed talking to her so far, but didn't want to mention it out loud. "I--"

*EEEEEEE*

Sakuya suddenly assumed a wary position, spreading the knives in her right hand. "Did you hear that?"

Indeed he had, and he had already drawn his sword in response. That was definitely a scream he'd heard, in the near distance. "I heard someone out there."

"Do you think there's trouble?"

He nodded. "Yeah, let's go check it out!"



6:47 PM - Day 1 - Road - Human Village Outskirts

Sakuya skidded to a stop as she observed a small horde of vicious-looking youkai nearby, surrounding a tree. They had yet to notice her arrival, so she prepared a plan of attack in her mind. But something wasn't right.

A few moments later, Ken caught up to her. What were youkai doing here right now? This didn't make sense; the sun hadn't even set yet. Unless...

The Chief Maid looked up and found the answer. "In the tree, that's..." Sakuya pointed a gloved finger just above them.

"Wh--oh jeez..." His heart sunk in his chest. There was a young woman in the tree. This was a complete slaughter waiting to happen...

Sakuya grimaced and prepared to dash in. They didn't seem like tough opponents, but there was a human girl at stake. There wasn't any time, she had to use her power and act now. She turned to Ken and explained to him quickly but carefully. "Listen to me. In a few moments, you will suddenly be near them. I want you to take them out while I rescue the person in the tree. Got it?" She hoped he was competent enough to handle a few youkai.

"Well, I suppose. But--"

"HELP MEEEEE!" The young woman cried out, clinging firmly to the tree trunk as best she could.

Stealing a glance towards the tree, the maid saw that the situation had worsened. They were playing with their food now. How disgustingly terrible. "There's no time left! Get ready!"

Before he could do anything, she raised her hands above her head.

"THE WORLD!"


-TIME IS FROZEN-

Grunting slightly, she grabbed his frozen figure and pulled him into the air with her, gliding over to the tree. True enough, they were about to climb the tree. Dropping him off at what she thought was a safe yet close enough distance to fight them, she spun into the air and threw the knives in her right hand at one of the four creatures. Her masterful technique in full display, she threaded herself between two tree branches mid-jump as she once again resumed her flight, ascending to rescue the woman.

-TIME CONTINUES-


There was a cry from one of the beasts as the knives the maid had thrown sunk into it, wounding it enough to disable it. Ken blinked once and, realizing the situation, charged forward to confront the remaining youkai before they realized what had happened. "Hyaaah!"

Sakuya had floated in front of the woman stuck in the tree. She did not seem familiar at all to her.

The woman, dumbfounded, stared at the maid in front of her. Before she could say anything, Sakuya had picked her up and began descending away from the tree, when she suddenly heard a tearing noise followed by an abrupt stop to her movement. "Ugh!" She gasped, instinctively turning her head to see what was preventing her from moving. Her dress had gotten caught on several branchlings sticking up from the tree branches. Squirming, she had her hands full and couldn't quite free herself. Finding this futile, she tried to free herself by pushing forward in the hopes that her attire would rip. Struggling desperately, she cursed under her breath. How could she let this happen? The World was far too dangerous for her to use again so soon...she couldn't just drop this woman, it was too high...her hands were full and she couldn't get at her knives...

Ken had disabled one of the beasts already, having received nearly no injuries in return thanks to the surprise attack. He turned to fight another nearby when his eyes darted to the Chief Maid, who was vulnerable. Unfortunately, the other nearby youkai had realized this and was crawling towards her and the woman in her arms. "SAKUYA! LOOK OUT!"

Hearing a snarl, she looked down to see the youkai coming after her. Sakuya flew harder, trying to get free. There wasn't enough time for her to place the woman back on a sturdy branch now, as that would place the woman directly in harm's way. It would take a miracle to get out of this unscathed, she thought. Perhaps she could kick it away, at least to stall until Ken got--

"Great Miracle - Yasaka's Divine Wind!"

Suddenly out of nowhere, a green blur passed straight through the remaining three creatures. For a moment, time seemed to stand still.

Ken's eyes went wide as he witnessed this sudden attack. It reminded him of Hokuto Ujou Danjinken (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tFQ-4JXd6uA&#t=00m09s), a lightning-swift killing technique he'd witnessed on an old animated series he had seen back in the real world.

Surprised, the youkai found themselves unable to move as they were dealt delayed fatal blows, falling helplessly to the ground.

He turned and saw who this attacker was right as she turned back around to face him, a determined look still on her face (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/sanaewindbattlepose.jpg). He was greeted by the visage of Sanae Kochiya, the Moriya Shrine priestess. Relief washed warmly over him. They were saved!

"Is everyone all right?" Sanae was still looking rather concerned, and she glanced up at Sakuya. "Oh, Sakuya. I didn't expect to see you here of all places."

Growling in disgust, she finally managed to work her dress so it glided off of the branchlings. "It's a Human Village, Sanae. What's your point?"

The shrine maiden suddenly looked surprisingly happy. "Ehehe. Well, I'm glad everyone's okay. Just doing my job, y'know~" She twirled her gohei in her right hand as the wind around her died down and her hair fell back down to its natural position. She truly was a sight to behold.

"Sanae, you came at just the right time, thanks for the help." Panting slightly, Ken sheathed his sword.

She turned to look at him but, upon seeing that the Chief Maid had descended and released the scared woman, turned to her. "Are you feeling okay?"

The woman was clearly shaken, but still able to respond. "I-I'm okay..." Seeing Ken, she first hesitated. After a pause, she spoke to him. "Ken!"

In that instant, he recognized her. It was Mayli Ayume (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/MayliAyume.txt), one of the students in Keine's upper division classes that he TA'd for. Without her glasses, she looked different. "Mayli..." She wasn't too much younger than him, he remembered. It would be a real shame to lose her. "That was too close, sorry we weren't faster."

The student nodded briefly in acknowledgment before responding. "It's f-fine..."

One look at her shaking legs told him that she wasn't anywhere close to being fine. "Hey...you're safe now, all right?"

After a brief pause, she ran over to him. "Ahhhh...it was so scary...I thought I was gonna die..." Sobbing, she squeezed him. "Ken, what's happening to this place...?"

He was a bit taken aback at her behavior as she normally was very quiet and distant, but patted her on the back reassuringly. He told her as much as he felt comfortable mentioning. "I...to be honest, I'm not sure, but Ms. Keine is investigating for us." But where were Mayli's glasses? Did she leave them at home? After a quick glance at the ground, he saw them--crushed and beyond repair, likely trodden on by the youkai. Damn. "Ah, your glasses are--"

She pulled back and looked up at him, tears in her eyes. She opened her mouth as if to say something, but closed it, drawing her hands closer to her chest (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/maylitears.jpg).

He took a deep breath. This was as serious an issue as Keine made it out to be. First all of these ridiculous events, and now even youkai attacking so close to the Village? Did they know that Keine was gone? He suddenly had a terrible thought: were those youkai sent by Nue or that Amarillo girl? No...he couldn't jump to any conclusions. He looked at Mayli's desperate face and snapped back to the situation at hand. He immediately turned to Sakuya and Sanae. "Let's get back, we need to--"

"Wait!" Mayli grabbed his arm. "Don't leave me...I'm s-scared..."

"Yeah...all right, stay close." She had nearly lost her life, so he understood her fear. Suddenly, she reminded him of Himiko from earlier in the day, but he resorted to watching the surroundings as the four of them headed back.



7:45 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Mayli's Bedroom

Ken looked at some pictures of Sanae on the wall. They looked like they were hand-drawn. Did she know Sanae somehow? They hadn't exchanged any words on the way back to the Village. How odd.

Mayli paused while sliding her right thigh high up (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/maylidressing.jpg) (tiny NSFW warning). "Um...sorry, does it bother you?" She felt much more comfortable with him around, even though she felt bad for making him wait all this time for her to shower and freshen up.

Clearing his throat, he answered while continuing to look away. "Mayli, this is--" Oh, what the hell. He turned to her to finish answering. "I understand that what just happened to you is a huge deal, so don't worry about it." He folded his arms and leaned against the wall of her room, looking around. A heart-shaped clock, a stuffed bear...yep, it was definitely a girl's room. It also smelled particularly nice. "I mean, you could have died back there. Don't worry about bothering me about it."

"Ken, do you think we'll be attacked more?" He opened his mouth to respond, but before he could do so, she patted the side of her bed. "Um, please...you can sit down here..." She was a bit nervous about letting him get so close, but he had saved her, so she felt that it was fair in a way. She wasn't sure what to think right now, she couldn't stop thinking about those terrible creatures and what they'd nearly done to her...

"Well...all right." He walked over and sat down on her bed. This was his first time inside her home, much less her bedroom. He wasn't sure if he should even be there in the first place, but she had insisted and he couldn't help but come with her. Not her fault whatsoever; had he been the one in her shoes, he would have run to Keine for protection immediately. Youkai were not fun to encounter, particularly in groups. Poor Mayli was an easy target, too.

"Thanks for helping me out." Her heart was still racing from earlier. Somehow, she was trying desperately to get her mind off of what happened to her, but could not shake it away. Her mind was on the one who had slain most of the youkai. Was that really Sanae? Did Sanae not remember who she was or what had happened to her years ago?

"Mayli, I just did my job, and besides...those two ladies did most of the work anyway. I don't deserve any credit, really." He looked over and saw her staring off into space. "Mayli?"

"Ah, sorry. I just can't...I can't believe it. I almost got--" She swallowed hard before completing her sentence. The encounter had triggered her fear, a fear developed years ago...

He put an arm on her shoulder and looked at her. He too was worried, but couldn't let her know it was getting to him. "You're safe now though." He remembered her strange history here. She, like him, had also somehow become a part of this magical place called Gensokyo, right around the same time as him. She--wait.

The same time?

Come to think of it, he hadn't actually considered this because it had never crossed his mind. How did they both get into Gensokyo at the same time? Was it coincidence? He had heard of others who had somehow come to this place, but no one knew enough to really draw any conclusions, not even Keine. Things from the real world drift into Gensokyo, the teacher had told him. That seemed to be the running explanation, and yet...

"Ken? Mr. TA? Can I, please?"

"Huh?" He had zoned out. That was rude of him to do. "Sorry, what did you say?"

"Um..." It had taken a lot for her to say it the first time. Maybe she was just emotionally wild right now, but she really wanted someone to be with and talk to. She decided to lay back on her pillow.

"Mayli, what is i--" Turning to look down at her, he got a glorious eyeful of her figure. She definitely looked her age, youthful but maturing. Why was she wearing her school uniform right now? He felt his heart beat faster. In all his time studying, defending and helping at school, he had not really had time to stop and consider how good the women in Gensokyo looked. This was hard to ignore...and Mayli wasn't even from Gensokyo in the first place. Wait, what was he thinking?! That wasn't appropriate right now. "Are you really all right? Talk to me."

"I'm so scared...but, I want to get it off my mind." She looked up at him. "And I'm sorry if you're uncomfortable here, or if I'm distracting you, or if what I'm doing or asking for is too much..." Why was she apologizing so much? He already said he was here on his own time, and she was very happy to have someone else around right now.

"What? No, this is--" he started, before adjusting his glasses. "Look. Even if it wasn't my duty or any of that..." He paused, making sure what he planned to say next was appropriate. "We have to be there for each other, right?"

"Ah...well, yeah, I guess."

"So, how can I help you get your mind off of it?"

Her almond-brown eyes looked into his. "I, I don't know! I just want something good to happen, or something like that..." There she was, bumbling like an idiot. What DID she want? For the past few years she had to adjust to her new home, Gensokyo. She wasn't sure if she should get close to anyone, but sometimes being alone was so hard on her. Now was one of those times.

He tried to change the subject. "Well, what about your glasses? Can you see well enough without them?" He didn't have to wear his own glasses all the time, and he was fairly certain that she was in the same boat.

"I have a spare pair of glasses. They aren't as strong though."

Smiling at her slightly, he knew he had to be more encouraging and positive. "All right, that's good. You know, I was surprised you climbed that tree...didn't know you had it in you."

"I...I didn't." She looked away and put a hand to her chest. "T-They put me up there..."

His face grew concerned. Oh no...they had toyed with her first? Unforgivable! No wonder she had been so frightened. "Well, tell me what I can do to help you. Really, it's fine, go ahead."

"Then..." She sat up and adjusted her hair. "I...um." She crawled over and sat up nearly in front of him, leaning her head back against his chest. "Can I stay like this? Just to talk for a little, I mean..." she quickly added.

"Huh? Wait..." He figured she probably just wanted some close company right now, someone to talk to. She was like him in that he had no family here. Sure, he could be like family to her for a little while. "Yeah, that's fine." Smiling, he put an arm around her and felt her sinking further into him. It felt nice, and it reminded him of what happened with Reisen earlier. In fact, why had he not gotten to know Mayli at all in the first place? They were very much alike in many ways, and she was not an unfriendly person. Still, he had to make sure that his intentions were clear. "But you know, this is just--"

"I know. I just want to be around someone I can trust."

Phew, that was a relief. However, she was right there in front of him, and he could smell her hair. She smelled quite good overall after showering, he thought, blushing slightly. "Yeah, okay. Nothing personal or anything." Thank goodness she couldn't see his face. If someone like Keine saw him now...

She giggled lightly. "Hehehe...Ken, how often have you been this close to girls? This isn't a big deal, don't worry."

"Hey! I just had to make sure, you know..." His mind jumped to his dream about Mokou and how she had fallen into his lap trying to wake him up. "And let's just say that there have been a few...awkward moments in the past."

"I gotcha. And thanks for being here with me, it makes me feel better." She closed her eyes and smiled before reopening them soon after. She felt a little better already. "So, can you tell me about all that's happened to you today?" She quickly added, "I mean, besides what just happened to us."

He sighed. "Today? Oh boy, where do I start..."



7:30 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Ken's House

Sakuya and Sanae had taken to talking to each other. The shrine maiden was standing, and Sakuya had once again resorted to sitting down on the tree stump in front of his home. "So you've noticed too, eh?"

"Well, yeah. News like this reaches me through the divine winds..." Sanae had been thinking of the woman she had rescued. Somehow she looked familiar, but couldn't figure out why.

Sakuya's countenance narrowed. "Oh please, be serious."

Sanae shrugged. "Okay okay, whatever. It's not important how I heard it. Someone told me about this Amarillo girl and I figured I'd go hunting for some clues." Looking around, she put her hands on her hips before looking back at the Chief Maid. "I guess I ended up hunting for something else instead."

The Chief Maid looked down at the shredded-looking tear in her dress. She was still disappointed about what happened. "In any case, Mistress is looking into this, as well as Keine. I have faith that they'll get to the bottom of this issue."

Sanae smiled at her use of the word 'faith'. And yet faith was the least important thing on her mind right now. "That's good then. Well, I should probably get to looking around this place, there could be more troublesome youkai to exterminate hanging around here too." She turned to leave, but then turned back to Sakuya. "Oh, that reminds me. I did see Remilia earlier, myself."

"You saw the Mistress?" Sakuya's face was concentrated as usual. "Where was she?"

"She actually stopped by our shrine earlier, that's actually how I heard about this whole ordeal."

"So then, you're really here to watch out for Amarillo's presence."

Sanae nodded. "Although, it seems like I can make myself useful in other ways while I'm at it." She looked around. "Say, where's that dude Ken? He still helping that lady out?"

Sakuya paused before answering. "You know him?"

"I've been around him a few times, yeah. He's a pretty nice fellow, don't you think?"

"He's all right, I guess. Why do you ask?"

"You know, Sakuya." Sanae ran a hand through her hair. "You need some human interaction here and there."

Sakuya crossed her arms. "I get out of the Scarlet Devil Mansion often enough. What are you implying?"

"Ah, nothing. So are you going to come help me, or not?"

The Chief Maid shook her head. "My duty is to remain here and stay on the lookout for Amarillo. In fact, I should probably be watching for any signs of her approaching instead of talking to you..."

"Really? That's boring. Well, I can do that and exterminate at the same time, so let's go!"

The maid sighed as she got up. "Right...just don't get distracted." Now the Moriya shrine maiden had come to this place too? Seems like this Village had quickly become a central part of this mystery.

"Hey Sakuya." It was Mokou, secretly returning from an unsuccessful search for Reisa. "Oh, Sanae...the hell are you doing here?"

Sanae looked displeased. "That's not a very nice way to say hello. But then again, you were never good at exchanging pleasantries, were you..."

Mokou smirked. "So what? Why are you here, because you're bored? Wanted to escape from the goddesses for a while?"

"No way! I have business to attend to." The shrine maiden looked towards Ken's house and decided to tease Mokou a little. "I'm here to...ask Ken to go on a date with me."

The fire mage's face went from shocked to unamused. "WHAT?! No, be serious. Why are you really here, Sanae?"

Sanae laughed and grinned at Mokou. "Haha! No seriously, come with us and I'll explain why I'm here."



(Notes: Sanae and Mayli have joined Ken's team.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on November 28, 2011, 01:25:15 PM

8:13 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Mayli's Bedroom

   Ken looked around Mayli's room again as she was getting a jacket from her closet. There were pictures and even one portrait-sized drawing of Sanae on the walls. He was curious to know what kind of relationship she had with Sanae. "Hey, what is it with all of these drawings you have on display?"
   "Oh, those?" Her answer was muffled, since she had her head in the closet. "I drew those myself--"
   He raised an eyebrow. "Wait, you drew them?" They looked meticulously well-done, very vibrant and detailed. So she was an artist, then. "These are pretty good..." How come he hadn't realized this earlier? Her homework usually had drawings on them.
   She exited the closet with an almond-colored jacket in her arms. "Hehe, thanks. I love to draw. But..."
   "But?"
   "You're probably curious to know why Sanae is all over my room, aren't you?"
   "Hmm." She was as sharp and attentive as he'd seen in class. "Only if you feel like telling me."
   She smiled lightly after closing the closet door behind her. "Ken, I know you. You like to know everything."
   "...all right, you got me there. I am curious." Sighing, he assumed his typical folded-arms stance as he leaned against a wall between two mounted pictures.
   "You know today, how I almost got eaten..."
   "Yes, what of it? Is there more?" He moved away from the wall. "Did something else happen to you?"
   "No no, that wasn't it. It was something that happened a long time ago, years ago when I first--"
   "...when you first came to Gensokyo?"
   She nodded and began to put her jacket on. "Yeah. Something similar to what happened to me today. Something horrible..."
   He thought for a moment. Mayli had nearly been youkai food in the past? It made him feel powerless, not because he couldn't help her during that time, but the fact that he didn't know much about everyone in the Village other than general information. If he was going to be guarding this place in the future, he'd better get to know others on a more personal level. Keine had mentioned something like that in the past, he thought.
   She went on. "Well, when I first came to this place, I...was attacked." Pausing to gulp, she looked down at her feet.
   "What? I didn't know that...I'm sorry."
   "It's fine. I was lost, distraught and exhausted...I would've made an easy meal, heh..."
   "That's terrible! Thank goodness you're here now, hopefully that won't happen nearly as often anymore."
   "Yeah. I thought I was going to die. They...one of them lunged at me, and--"
   He gritted his teeth. Sure, youkai and humans were in a balance, just like humans and lesser animals in the world he used to live in. But many of the youkai were such savage creatures. Even humans were not so violent. "And what?"
   "I lost consciousness. Sanae...rescued me. I woke up days later. If she wasn't doing rounds of youkai extermination, I probably would have--well, I don't want to think about it."
   So Sanae was her hero. That made sense. "Did they--"
   "Yes...they got me, but somehow I survived. Sanae used some sort of power to save me. My body would have been...e-eaten...if not for her."
No wonder she had been so terrified earlier. "I see. Well, we'll do our best to try to keep that from happening." He felt even worse, having not been there to stop it from happening just a few hours ago. Come to think of it, how had she ended up in that situation in the first place? Did someone send them to the Village? He had considered that earlier, but no one in Gensokyo was so malicious as to meaninglessly endanger lives. "Sorry I--we weren't there to stop it."
   She left her jacket unzipped, as she usually did. "Well...I'm just glad I didn't lose my life. Oh..." She suddenly smiled and pointed at him. "You leave your jacket open, too~"
   He put his hands in his pants pockets and looked away. "Uh, yeah..."
She laughed. He was so awkward around girls. "Haha. So tell me, are you honestly okay with me coming with you? I don't want to be a burden." Her fingers were playing with the zipper on her jacket.
   "Nah, you're not a burden. Besides, we're inside the Village now and we have some strong allies here right now."
   "Yeah, and Sanae too." She wanted to talk to Sanae sometime tonight, to see if she remembered her.
   "I got a quick question for you, though." He turned back to face her directly. "How'd you end up outside the Village near that tree in the first place?"
   Mayli bit her lip. "Eh?"
   "I mean, how did those beasts..."
   "Oh!" She had completely forgotten to tell him what had drawn her outside the Village in the first place. "Well, I saw someone strange walk out that way. I had never seen someone like her before...she had blue and red wings, so I know she wasn't human."
   "Blue and red wings?" That sounded somewhat familiar.
   "Yeah, and she was flying above the ground. I got too curious and--"
   He held his hand up. "All right, that's enough. I don't think we should talk about that any more, anyway."
   "Okay. Are we going now?"
   "I promised Keine that I'd watch this place while she's gone, so I need to head back out. You ready?"
   Even though she just had a near-death experience, she was excited to go outside and observe something interesting happening. "Yes!"
   He smiled at her mood change. "Then let's go. Just remember, this isn't a field trip, it could be dangerous."
   "Yeah yeah, I know." She descended down the steps.
   He watched her head down before following suit. He wished he could be as carefree about it as she was. He was still worried about Keine, and although some very powerful people like Sakuya and Sanae were here, he had to prepare for the worst.



8:24 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Mayli's Apartment Complex

Ken froze. Keine was looking straight at him with her hands on her hips. Did he do something wrong? Had he forgotten something?
   "Hey, uh...what's wrong?" Mayli looked quizzically back and forth to him and her.
   "Ken!" Keine walked forward, hands still on hips. "You have failed! You have failed both me and the Village!"
   He panicked. "Wh...w-wait, I...Keine, I--!"
   "How could you not--mmmph..." the teacher seemed to be losing her composure. "...geh..."
   Shocked, he looked at her. "What is i--wait a minute..." His face blanched as hot relief washed over him and was quickly replaced by embarrassment. "Mokou, that's not funny!"
   Still wearing Keine's clothing, the fire mage burst out laughing. "Ha! You should have seen the look on your face. I guess I make a good Keine, don't I? Bwahahaha~ "
   "Hey, that's not very nice, you know," Mayli began to protest.
   Mokou stopped laughing. "Huh? Who's this girly girl?"
   "That doesn't matter. Ken does a good job protecting this place--"
   He put a hand on her shoulder. "Mayli, that's enough, really..."
   She continued despite the warning. "...and he even saved me from those awful monsters!" Feeling emboldened, she felt herself standing taller.
   "Mayli! Enough." He stepped in front of her and eyed Mokou. "Jeez, don't you know when an appropriate time is to make a joke? We might be dealing with something significant at any time..."
   "Right, says the guy who just spent quality time in some girl's bedroom." Upon seeing his scowl, she sighed and gave him a flat look. "C'mon, you know me and messing around. Unless she really is someone important..."
   "Mokou, that's a terrible excuse, even for you." Reisen, having just met up with the trio outside before the two of them had come back out, spoke up. "Ken, I heard what happened. I'm glad you and your friend are okay. Not all of Gensokyo is friendly..."
   He looked over to address her concern. "We're fine. Let's not make it more of a deal than it needs to be, please." He felt that now was the best time to take charge, since he had some momentum in conversation. "Mokou, let's be reasonable right now. We could have a huge threat incoming, for all we know."
   Mokou wrinkled her nose. "But that doesn't make sense. If Amarillo and Nue are going to reveal something big at midnight, we'll have to be, you know...alive, to experience it. Last I checked, we can't hear when we die."
   Just then, Hina floated in and landed near them. "Funny how you should say that, Mokou."
   "Er...well, you get what I mean! Anyway, looks like the gang's all here now. So we're supposed to patrol this place and watch for that Amarillo girl? What about Nue?" She rubbed her hands together. "I'm almost eager to see how they plan on dropping us all. I'd like to see them try."
   Ken was reminded of something. "Speaking of that, I think Nue might have been here. Mayli said--"
   Mokou eyed the girl behind him suspiciously. "Wait, her name is Mayli?" Why was that familiar to her? It must've been something years ago, she thought. "Well whatever. She your girlfriend, or something?"
   Having gotten used to Mokou's antics and anticipated this, he spoke up before the student behind him could object. "No. In fact, I don't know her too well. She's studying at school and I would grade her homework sometimes, that's all."
   Mokou's smile widened. "Heh, two smart kids in a pod." Upon seeing Ken shoot a fierce look her way, she dropped the subject. "So what's this about Nue, huh? Spill the beans."
   Mayli stepped forward, not about to appear weak. "Well, right before I almost got EATEN ALIVE by youkai earlier..."
   The fire mage's eyes widened. "Oh, THAT'S what happened?! You should have said so earlier! " She turned to Sakuya and Sanae. "Why didn't you tell me that?!"
   Arms folded, Sakuya responded calmly. "It wasn't supposed to be a big deal, so we kept quiet about it."
   Sanae nodded, but before she could say anything, she got a good look at the woman she had rescued. "Mayli, huh? You look kinda familiar..."
   The student continued. "Um, yes...but about Nue..."
   Ken nodded once. "Let her finish first."
   "Right. So, before I got in trouble, I saw this girl with short black hair leaving the Village. She definitely wasn't human. Um, she had these red and blue wing-like things on her back...and she carried something in her hands, maybe a weapon or something. And she was flying, too."
   Hina stopped twiddling her hair and looked up. "That sounds like Nue to me."
   "I had never seen her before, so I followed her but she flew away so quickly. Before I knew it, I was pretty far outside the Village and then..."
   Sakuya cleared her throat. "Then those youkai got you."
   "Y-Yeah. But, I lost track of her before I got trapped. She flies quickly..."
   "She can also transform at will," Reisen added. "She is an expert at hiding...she can even assume the form of someone else you know. Truly a master of disguises."
   "Ha, maybe." Mokou put her hands back on her hips. She actually found Keine's clothes comfortable. Perhaps they accentuated her in a way she had not expected. "But Nue can't use our powers if she transforms into someone, and that's how you can tell if it's a fake or not."
   "I guess so." Ken had never encountered Nue before. Perhaps he had once or twice before without even knowing it. She didn't seem like someone who came out in the open often. "But what was Nue doing here in the first place?"
   Mokou looked at Mayli. "Yeah, and are you absolutely sure you saw someone who looked just like that? What would Nue need to do here?"
   The Chief Maid cleared her throat again. "Perhaps she was passing through. We're probably overthinking this."
   "Well still, it's possible that she did something here," Hina objected. "Maybe we should just take a look around to see if anything look suspicious."
   Mayli's face blanched. "What if Nue is here right now, pretending to be someone..." That was such a powerful ability, she thought. It was truly frightening to think about...
   Ken raised his hands. They needed to be productive somehow. "Okay, let's not theorize too much. Yes, Nue could be here, but worrying about it isn't going to solve anything. We could theorize until the cows come home, but we have to focus on what we need to do. Personally, I agree with what Hina said. Mokou, you're going to stay here for the rest of the day, right?"
   "Of course, I got nothin' better to do." She grinned again. "Except maybe trick you with my appearance."
   He groaned and continued. "Yes, we all know how similar you look to Keine." He turned to Sakuya. "Sakuya, your mistress has tasked you with staying here, right?"
   "Yes, I will watch out for Amarillo as Mistress requested," Sakuya said coolly, offhandedly throwing a knife up into the air every so often.
   "That's good. Reisen...do you--"
   The rabbit's ears rose when he mentioned her name. "Hmm, yeah. I'll help, seeing as I can't really sell medicine given what's going on."
   "Thanks." He turned to Hina. "You don't have to get involved in this if you don't want to, Hina...this is a Human Village issue, after all. Heck, maybe Nitori needs your help."
   To his surprise, she shook her head. "Nitori asked me to stay here and help the humans." Smiling, she twirled around once and stopped. "Besides, perhaps you didn't know this, but I aid humans in my own special way. They are my friends. But..." She looked into his eyes. "How did you know I wasn't a human?"
   "Uh...since you called me 'human' when I first saw you, I just assumed you weren't one..."
   "Mhmm, well you were right. And yes, I'll help. Nitori should be fine, I trust that she can do what needs to be done to reverse the reversed waterfall."
   "Great then. What about you, Sanae?" He looked to the wind priestess.
   She was twirling her gohei. "Oh, yes. I am here to do some investigating and--" She gave Mayli a quick glance. "And to exterminate any youkai out of place, I guess."
   "Sanae." Mayli couldn't contain it any more. "Do you remember me?"
   "Hmm..." Sanae looked at her carefully. "Not off the top of my head, but you do look kind of familiar."
   Ken interrupted. "Okay, well how about you two can go together and catch up, since you two apparently know each other."
   "No!" Mayli interjected suddenly, causing some of them to jump a bit. She looked back at Ken. "I mean..."
   Mokou stopped playing with the paper charms on her pants and looked up. "Oh, is there something going on that we don't know about?"
   "It's not that. I just...you know, I--"
   Sanae walked over and cheerfully patted her head. "Don't worry, I understand." She looked at Ken. "I think she wants you to come along too."
   "Actually," he began as he looked at Mayli and then Sanae, "I was going to ask if I could come with you two for a while anyway." He was curious to watch them interact, and he could also tell that Mayli knew he wanted to know more about her relationship with Sanae anyway.
   "Boo, no fair! I wanted to part--to make fun of you." Mokou spat on the ground to the side. "Guess I'll just try to get the maid to show any kind of emotion, if she has any."
   Sakuya brushed her apron off with both hands. "Very well, let's take a look around."
   Hina and Reisen turned to each other. "I guess we can watch for anything suspicious," Reisen said. It probably made sense that the humans paired up anyway, she thought.
   He turned away from watching Mokou and Sakuya walk away to look at them. "Reisen, are you sure? I don't mind tagging along if you want..."
   The rabbit shook her head. "Nah, go ahead. I need to talk to Hina about something, anyway."
   Cocking her head at Reisen, the goddess of misfortune wondered what it was, and then remembered what she had seen them do earlier. She guessed that was probably it. "Ah, yes. Let's go then."
   With a twirl, she started flying in a different direction, Reisen following behind on foot.
   
----------
   
   Ken took a deep breath and let it out, putting his left hand on his hip. "That takes care of that, I guess."
   "Heh, good going. You sound like a natural-born leader," Sanae said as she took to the air, hovering above the ground.
   He ran his fingers through his hair. "You think so? I just figured that we need to do this in an organized way, so yeah." His eyes darted to Mayli and back without her noticing. "So, shall we? The others already went this way and that way..." He pointed with both hands in their general directions. "So let's take the other half of the Village."
   Sanae floated beside them as the three started off at a moderate pace. "Nice to see you again, by the way."
   "Oh...yeah, well met. It's been a while. Thanks for the help earlier."
   "Psh, it was nothing." The priestess set her sights on Mayli, who was walking on his other side. "Say, Mayli?" She landed and walked over as they stopped.
   "Sanae..." Mayli habitually clasped her hands together.
   "Are you...I mean, a few years ago, I think...I found someone being attacked near the Moriya Shrine. She was beset by youkai and--well, it wasn't a pretty sight, but...you look kinda like her, just saying."
   The artistic student was delightfully pleased, and a big smile spread across her face. "Yes! That was me. I'm so glad you remembered!"
   Ken fought back a laugh. If only Sanae knew what she was to Mayli, she might be a bit disturbed. But knowing Sanae, she'd probably be fine with it or even thrilled to have a fan. More faith was probably a top priority for the shrine maiden, which reminded him of something else. Where was Reimu in all this? Surely she ought to be doing something, especially given the potential danger.
   Sanae grinned, and he thought he saw her eyes twinkle. She embraced Mayli as the latter ran up to hug her. "Haha, well I'll be darned! I guess Gensokyo's a smaller world than I keep thinking. Looks like you made a good recovery since then."
   "Yeah...thanks so much, Sanae~" She felt quite safe and snug in the presence of both of them, and she was relieved that Sanae remembered her. "Um, do you mind visiting my house--I mean, my room sometime? I want to show you something I think you'll like!"
   "Oh, sure!" Sanae patted her on the back. "Maybe I should come here more often, I probably need more interaction anyway."
   "Heh." He couldn't help but smile. Mayli probably needed this, and he was glad at least something had worked out well today. "I'm sure you could gather some extra faith here at the Village too. We could use some youkai protection, as well."
   She looked somewhat disappointed. "Ah, but why can't you do it? You're probably good enough...aren't ya?"
   Mayli finally let go and stepped back. "Well, Ken's pretty strong, but I don't think he's--I mean..." She looked over at him.
   "Don't worry, it's true. I'm still training. Learning magic is pretty tough but I think I'm getting the hang of it well enough. Reisa's been helping too."
   Reisa.
   Where was she? He hadn't seen her in a while. His mind raced, trying to remember the last time he saw her. This had been such a mixed-up, ridiculously packed day that it was escaping him. She was at the Village when they arrived earlier...or was she not with them?
   "Ken, you all right?" Sanae waved a hand in front of his face.
   He blinked several times. "Mmm, I guess. I should probably look for Reisa though." She couldn't have wandered far, he thought.
   "Let's look together, okay?" Mayli had calmed down after her fangirly moment. "Reisa is that one fairy that visits you occasionally, right?"
   "Yeah, how'd you know?" He started walking slowly, and the other two followed suit.
   She instinctively reached to push her glasses up, but then realized that she had left them at home in her excitement. "Oh, I see her sometimes around your place when I walk home after finishing class."
   "Really? I didn't know she was there. Maybe she's..." Suddenly his mind drew a blank. What would she be doing there at that time? "Honestly, I didn't know she was hanging out in front of my house in the afternoon. Usually my magic lessons are in the morning when I'm fully refreshed."
   "What does this Reisa look like?" Sanae asked.
   "Oh, she's a lightning fairy, so kind of on the small side with wings and the whole fairy deal. She has long purple hair."
   "Hehe, so basically a fairy version of Patchouli. I bet she's cute~" Sanae winked.
   He drummed his fingers on the hilt of his sword. "I guess so. Which is ironic, considering Lady Patchouli sent her over at Keine's request to help me learn magic. I really appreciate Reisa's help, so I should probably return the favor at some point. Huh?" Suddenly he realized that they had walked in a circle; they were back in front of Mayli's house.
   She had realized it too; they had gone around a small neighborhood...or at least, what could be called one. "Oh..."
   "Hmm?" Sanae looked at them. "What's wrong?"
   "Nothing! We just walked in a circle, somehow." Mayli paused. Maybe this was a good time to ask. "Sanae, do you want to see my room right now? I really want to show it to you."
   "Er, I guess so, if it's quick. Why, is this your place?" It was just an apartment.
   Mayli bit her lip. "Yeah...I don't have a big place, just a bedroom and a bathroom. Oh, and I share a kitchen with everyone else there. But, I really want to just show you my place."
   Ken felt pretty bad. Here he was living in a near full-size house of his own...and here was Mayli, who only had a single room to herself? Was Keine just giving him better treatment? Why did no one else live with him? "Um, Mayli?"
   She turned around, her chocolate-colored eyes looking into his. "Ken?"
   "Ah, nothing. You two go on ahead, I'll stay out here." He turned away from them.
   "Don't worry, I think he has something on his mind." Sanae put her hands on Mayli's shoulders and steered her back towards her house. "Hey, show me your place now."
   The artist was concerned, but decided to take advantage of this opportunity to entertain her hero. "Okay. Here, follow me up the steps."

----------

Ken sighed as he practiced sword stances near Mayli's apartment complex. It was getting quite dark. There were too many thoughts surging through his mind. He turned around and--

*BUMP*

"Ah!" He recoiled in surprise as he had run into something. Looking up, he saw that it was Sakuya. "S-Sorry...I didn't see you." She must have appeared right behind him that one second he was turned around.
   "No problem. I think I got too close."
   "Okay..." That was a relief. Wait, where was Mokou? He looked around, but didn't see her anywhere nearby. Sakuya was busy looking at his sword. "Um, what are you..."
   "Oh. I was looking at your blade. It seems a bit familiar to me, so I wanted to get a closer look."
   "Is that so? Sure, you can look at it if you want." He was reluctant to give it to her, even though she could be trusted. Keine had told him to never give it to anyone, not even her, even though she had given it to him. He couldn't figure out what was so special about it. "Sakuya, have you seen this sword before or something?"
   She noticed that he maintained a firm grip on the sword the whole time she was inspecting the carving in the blade part. "This sword...I'm fairly certain I have seen it before, but...where?" She was drawing a blank, and it frustrated her. It had been right on the tip of her tongue, too.
   He shrugged. "I don't know, your guess is as good as mine."
   "Who gave it to you? Was it Miss Kamishirasawa?"
   "Yeah...when I decided to train here, she gave it to me. I figured that it was a bit ornate, but nothing really special."
   She touched the blade, keeping an eye on him the entire time. "This is actual--yes, there's no mistaking it. This is a very valuable sword...but, for the life of me, I cannot remember anything about it. I have seen this sword before somewhere...did Miss Kamishirasawa tell you where she bought it?"
   "Oh. I think she said she got it from the shopkeeper's--"
   "Morichika, then."
   Rinnosuke? He scratched his head and refreshed his grip on the handle. "I suppose." That would make sense, he thought. Perhaps this sword was otherworldly. Items were known to magically drift into this magical world of Gensokyo, and Rinnosuke ended up in possession of many of them. But he had never seen such a sword in the real world, in his past life...
   "May I hold it?" She saw him tense up as soon as the words left her mouth.
   "Sorry, I can't let anyone else hold it." He was firm in his answer, and looked into her eyes with a determined yet apologetic stare. "You above others should understand, I hope."
   "Mmm, yes. That would be directly disobeying orders." She lifted her dress up to reach for a knife in the strap around the top of her left thigh high.
   He looked away instinctively. Was she always so casual about it?
   "My mistake. Does that make you uncomfortable, seeing so much? I don't intend to bother you with it."
   Ken waved his hands in front of himself. "No! I just don't want to be disrespectful by looking..."
   She gave a light, mature laugh. "You're a good man, I don't really care if you see. Besides, most of it is covered by my knives." Throwing a knife into the air, she caught it cleanly between her right index and middle finger. "I appreciate the concern, though. I ought to apologize for nearly killing you when you threatened Mistress."
   "That's--to be honest, ignorance can be punished within reason...actually, it should. I wasn't attentive enough..."
   "Huh? Don't be silly, there's no way you could have known about the Mistress' new ability. Anyway, shouldn't we be watching this place carefully?" She had pulled another knife out, from where he had not a clue.
   "Yeah. But, where did Mokou go? She was with you when you parted."
   "She went to go change into something more appropriate for her than Miss Kamishirasawa's normal outfit, or so she said. I just kept going. But, where are Miss Sanae and Miss Mayli?"
   He pointed towards Mayli's apartment complex. "Erm, Mayli's kind of a big fan of Sanae, so..."
   "Ah, I see. Then, would you like to come with me?" She had her arms crossed, as usual.
   "Well...I didn't tell them I would leave, so I should probably stay here. Sorry."
   "That's fine, I will go find Mokou in the meantime. Keep an eye out."
   He thought he saw her wink as she started to leave. Confused, he shook his head and dismissed the thought as his imagination going wild. That wouldn't ever happen anyway...most likely.
   


9:00 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Mayli's Bedroom

"Whoa..." Sanae felt flustered and awestruck. There were so many pictures of...of herself! "You drew these?"
   "Well, yeah...do you like them?" Mayli focused all her efforts on looking at Sanae. "I, uh...well..." She lowered her flushed face in embarrassment and excitement.
   Sanae smiled happily and pulled her close. "I'm very impressed, and kinda...embarrassed too, hehe~" She had inspired this woman so much! It made her feel warm and satisfied inside.
   "Maybe this is just fate, but I'm glad I got to see you again, and show you how much I appreciate what you did for me."
   "Hmmm...well, there's no way I can not come here every so often, yeah?" The wind priestess put an arm around her.
   "Hehe, yeah~ But, we should probably get going now, right?" She really loved being around Sanae; she was so easily approachable and friendly. Perhaps someday she could be as extraordinary as her.
   "Yep. But, thank you for showing me your lovely drawings!" She gave Mayli a friendly pat on the shoulder and rubbed it a bit. "Nice to know someone appreciates me so much!"
   As the two headed down the stairs, Sanae felt something odd. She felt a strange connection to this artistic woman in front of her. Unsure of what it meant, she just continued walking down. That was a nice surprise present, but now she had more urgent issues to attend to.




(Notes: Nothing new.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on December 14, 2011, 09:06:21 PM
8:55 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Mayli's Apartment

Ken's face blanched as he laid eyes upon the girl in front of him. It was her, again! The spoiled one from earlier that day, who had treated him like a servant boy! What was her name again? It was evading him for the moment. "Um...what are you doing here?" he asked, speaking with slight irritation. The last thing he wanted was to have another problem to deal with.
   "Oh." She held a sleeved hand up to her face. "You're from before..."
   "Yes indeed, that would be me. What do you want now?" Was she being innocent on purpose? He wasn't about to believe her acting one bit. "Do you want me to lick your shoes clean now, too? Is that how it works?"
   "Ah...I'm, um...I'm sorry about before, really..." She looked slightly concerned.
   "Yeah, well you should be. I'm not your personal slave." Jeez...barging into his home all for a minor issue...just thinking about it made him angry. He could see why Mokou was annoyed whenever she was around. "Why are you here now?"
   She pondered for a moment before walking closer. He stepped back accordingly, causing her to stop. "Look, I didn't mean to make you clean it..."
   Ken heaved a large sigh. "Then what DID you mean to do?" He was having a tough time imagining a legitimate reason for her to get out of this. "And for that matter, where's--" Who was that woman again? The one who had stopped Mokou and this girl from fighting earlier...oh yes, of course. "Where's your friend Eirin?"
   "Eirin? She's off doing some personal business." She wasn't supposed to say that Eirin was trying to investigate the truth behind what Reimu had told them. Instead, she continued talking about the incident from before. "Anyway, I was going to...talk to you, but then I sensed Mokou nearby and didn't want to start a fight in your house."
   He put one hand on his hip and the other on the handle of his sword. "Hmm...so then, you still haven't answered my question. Why are you here?"
   "Eh? Well...since Eirin is busy, I needed something to kill time. So I came here!" She smiled, showing her perfectly white teeth.
   "Ugh, really? We're in a bit of a situation right now, so now's not the time to play around. I suggest you go elsewhere if you want to be entertained." This was starting to bother him now, but she wasn't doing anything wrong...
   Her expression changed to surprise. "Even here, huh. Is this about the genocide threat?"
   "Yes it is. We could be attacked at any time, for all we know." Still, Mokou was right. How could Amarillo and Nue threaten Gensokyo with genocide, when they were going to reveal something big around midnight? The more he thought about it, the less sense it made. Perhaps it was just a scare tactic. Wait, Nue...suddenly he was worried. "Wait a minute...how do I know you're really you?"
   The girl looked taken aback at first, then smirked. "You think I'm Nue? Please, I'm not that horrible of a being."
   "I don't know if you're telling the truth or not..." His mind was trying to think of a way to figure out if she was Nue. What was this girl's power? He had not a clue, but she seemed to remember the earlier situation. "But, I guess since you seem to remember me from earlier, then you can't be Nue." Eirin and Reisen were with her before, as well, so she was probably the real deal.
   "Mmm, yes. Well as I said, I'm sorry for earlier. I don't usually spend much time outside of Eientei...maybe once every few years or so, and--"
   He raised an eyebrow. Once every few years? Now he was recalling the information Keine told him. This girl was actually Lunarian royalty, seeking refuge with Eirin here. No wonder her behavior was so awkward. "All right, I guess I can forgive you...just be careful, not everyone is willing to put up those kinds of things, even if you might think they're trivial." He was running into quite a few well-respected individuals today. Something was definitely stirring up the fates.
   The girl nodded. "Yeah, so...I just want something to do right now, standing around is so boring." She felt like she could trust him, since he was close to Keine. "What're you up to here, anyw--"
   Suddenly, a large fireball soared over their heads. She screamed in surprise and ducked as it burned loudly and crashed nearby.

*KABOOM*

"KAGUYA!" A voice boomed out as Mokou, having set herself ablaze, was hovering menacingly in the air.
   Kaguya calmly stood back up and grinned up at Mokou as she herself took to the air. "Mokou...how expected." She could tell Mokou wasn't about to listen to anything she said. "Like always, eh...fine then! One shall stand..." Kaguya began glowing as a light blue aura engulfed her. "...and one shall fall!"
   Unfazed, Mokou returned the grin. She took great pleasure in the anticipation before battle. Beating up Kaguya in front of this guy would be her pleasure. "You fool! Why throw away your life so recklessly?!"
   Kaguya laughed joyously. Humiliating Mokou would be a real treat. "That's a question you should ask yourself, you outcast!"
   Mokou roared in anger. Her voice sounded otherworldly as she was assimilated into a flaming phoenix. She prepared to fly straight into her opposition. "RAAARGH! I'LL CRUSH YOU WITH MY BARE HANDS!"
   Kaguya assumed a stance and prepared a counter spell. Mokou would likely try to overpower her in close combat, and she couldn't let that happen. She tensed up as Mokou started rushing towards her...
   Out of nowhere, a torrent of water surged over Mokou. She gasped and stopped mid-flight as a loud hissing noise filled the air; it was the water interacting with her fire. Spluttering and coughing, she gradually lowered herself to the ground. "...the hell..." Looking over, she saw where the water came from. "KEN! WHAT ARE YOU DOING?!"
   Ken lowered his hands and opened his eyes. His head hurt, but he had accomplished what he wanted. If they hadn't insulted each other, he probably wouldn't have had enough time to cast that. "Mokou! No fighting right now...urgh..." His knees felt weak, and he kneeled on the ground. He knew he had exhausted himself doing that. I still have a long way to go to learn magic properly, he thought.
   "Tsk..." Kaguya also lowered herself, her flowing hair now settling calmly once more onto her back. Beating Mokou unfairly would leave a bad taste in her mouth. "You live for today. I pity you, being so dependent on fire..."
   "Go to hell, you fiend!" Mokou snarled back as she dried herself with fire in her hands. "I don't want your pity!"
   Getting back up, he looked at both of them. "Stop this nonsense! I don't care how much you two hate each other. We don't have time for this..."
   "He's right, you know." Kaguya stood over Mokou looking victorious. "This is an exciting time for me! How dare you try to ruin it!"
   "The heck?" Mokou glared back as she stood back up to full height. "Exciting time for YOU? What are you doing out of your cage anyway, little birdie? Did your Lunarian lover loosen your leash?"
   The princess' face flushed, and she gritted her teeth. "Wha--how dare you! Eirin isn't--"
   "ENOUGH!" Ken stepped in and gently pushed them apart. "If you fight any more, you'll have Keine to deal with!" He hoped that was a good enough threat.
   Kaguya looked particularly miserable. She couldn't let Mokou win, but Keine was a problem. "Where is Keine, anyway? I thought she'd be here..."
   "Keine is busy investigating the situation, with Remilia. Ugh..." His legs felt weak again.
   "Hmm..." To his surprise, Kaguya reached out and helped him stay standing. "You don't look so good. Looks like you could use some rest."
   Mokou stared with her mouth open in surprising disgust. No way could she let Kaguya get away with this! "Oi, get your hands off of him!"
   Kaguya immediately stuck her tongue out. "Why? I'm just trying to be helpful. Besides, you should probably change clothes before I make fun of you more~"
   "Eh...!" Mokou realized that since she had changed out of Keine's clothes, she wasn't wearing much now--and it was all wet. "Ghh!" Embarrassed, she covered herself. "Wait, what are you going to do with him?!"
   Kaguya winked at her rival. "I'd worry more about the people behind you."
   "Huh?" The fire mage turned around to see Mayli and Sanae watching them with amused looks on their faces. Her own face flushed. "Oh...uh, hello there, hehe."
   Sanae sighed. "Don't tell me you were fighting again...honestly, we have enough to worry about already!" Without Keine around, trying to keep Mokou in line was difficult, it seemed.
   Mokou turned around and stared daggers into Kaguya's back as she walked away with Ken. That filthy girl was trying to play the heroine and earn good favor! "You'll get what's coming to you, Kaguya..." she muttered under her breath before turning back to Sanae and Mayli. "Er, I can explain this..."




(Notes: Acquired Kaguya, may be dropping Hina in the near future.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on December 25, 2011, 06:11:24 AM
'Twas the night before Christmas, and on the west coast,
Not a creature was stirring, except one with a post!


9:15 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Outside Mayli's Apartment

Sanae laughed and patted Mokou's clothed, wet shoulder. "Don't worry, you should probably just go get changed."
   Groaning again, the soaked mage pulled herself away. Her arms were diagonally crossed over her chest, her hands defensively on her shoulders. "I'm fine! Don't touch me." Muttering a few curses as she walked away, she beat a somewhat hasty retreat towards Keine's house.
   "All right, jeez. So..." Sanae turned to face her remaining company. "Have you ever flown before?"
   Mayli's cheerful face dissolved into confusion. "What? F-Flown? You mean, like in an airplane?"
   It was Sanae's turn to look puzzled. "What? There are no airplanes in Gensokyo. I meant you yourself, in the air, flying around. Don't they teach that kind of thing in school?"
   "I don't...I mean, I don't have wings or magic or any of that, so of course not. Our school here isn't for magicians or anything like that, it's just a typical school..."
   "I see..." She had only been joking about that, anyway. "Well then, I'm going to make some rounds around this place." She began hovering above the ground, her feet unmoving. "You want to try it out?"
   "Me? But I told you, I can't--"
   Sanae extended a hand. "Mayli, don't say you can't, that it's impossible. I can help you! Here, hold on..."
   The student eventually reached out and took the shrine maiden's warm hand. Her face felt abnormally hot despite the low temperature outside. "All right..."
   

   
9:13 PM - Day 1 - Human Village - Inside Ken's House

He winced as he sat down at one of the kitchen chairs. This headache was killing him. Still, he didn't expect Kaguya to help him out. He looked over at her as she flopped down on the couch, looking rather comfortable already. He used to be more carefree like that when he was younger. But that was then and this was now.
   "Hey, this is a pretty nice place. And you live here yourself, huh?" The Lunarian princess smoothed her sleeves and continued. "Looks like you hit the jackpot."
   "Yeah, I guess you could say that. I mean, I didn't ask for this or anything, but..."
   He paused as Kaguya immediately froze in place, watching as she carefully looked around the room. What was the matter now? It was only the two of them here. His muscles tensed, then relaxed as he closed his eyes to the pain. His head throbbed. Still, he had done what needed to be done, so it was worth it.
   "Hmm..." She seemed to relax once more. "Sorry, I just had this feeling that someone I know is in here."
   "That's...no problem, then. But, why did you help me back there?"
   She wore an emotionless expression. "What do you mean?"
   "You helped me get here."
   "Oh, pfft. That's hardly anything. I just didn't wanna be--" She cleared her throat. "I don't want you to think I'm some sort of terrible being...I bet Mokou already laid down the law as to what kind of awful beast I am."
   "Actually," he interjected, "Mokou didn't say much about you other than expressing very clearly her, erm...dislike of you." Kaguya wasn't too bad, he thought, just probably misunderstood. He couldn't let Mokou's bias interfere, that wasn't the way of the Human Village as Keine wished it. "For the record, I'd say you two are pretty similar, actually..."
   Her face blanched. "You can't be serious! I'm nothing like--well, I guess it takes one to know one..." She bit on her right sleeve, which was held up to her face out of habit.
   He let out a soft, dry chuckle. "Well either way, thanks for the help."
   "Naw, you stopped Mokou, or at least surprised her enough to get her to lay off. I was a little impressed. I didn't think a human from here could use magic."
   He groaned, not from her assumption but from another head throbbing. Still, the pain was going away ever so slowly. "I'm such an amateur though, I got a long way to go..."
   She smiled, looking somewhat amused. "Not bad though. No wonder Keine chose you."
   He closed his eyes. Mokou had said something similar...right? He tried to recall it, but the statement eluded him. It had been a long day and it wasn't over yet. He responded in a habitual fashion. "We'll see."
   "Hey, so let's talk about something else. Hrmmm...oh!" Her eyes settled on the music player sitting on the table in front of her. "This is..."
   He raised an eyebrow and proceeded to explain what it was to her.
   "I see...we have something similar at our place, I think." She slid her shoes off casually and rested her feet on the couch. "Say, got any computer stuff here?"
   He blinked in disbelief. "What?" She had just said...he had not heard of nor seen a computer in years, since he had come to Gensokyo! What did she know about them?
   "I said, got any--"
   "No, I heard what you said. But, what do you know about computers? I thought they only existed in my world..."
   She seemed puzzled. Looking away momentarily, she responded with lower volume. "What, it's just a computer..."
   He could hardly believe his ears. Perhaps his seclusion in the Village was finally showing. There were computers in this world, too!
   She looked back. "I mean, not like everyone has one or something, but still..."
   "Kaguya!" His face had changed to show fierce focus.
   "Wh-what? Jeez, don't look so scary! Now, what's this about another world? You weren't born in Gensokyo?" She was starting to understand why Keine had taken interest in him. He wasn't a typical human.
   He dismissed the thought of using a computer for now. "I should probably explain who I am then, huh."
   Her face lit up. She loved hearing stories. "Sure. But I think it's only fair that I explain who I am in return."
   He scowled, feeling slightly offended. "What? Of course I know who you are. Kaguya Houraisan, the Lunarian Princess living here in exile from the moon."
   She opened her mouth to respond, but nothing came out. Instead, she gave a sheepish grin. "I guess you learned about me in school, huh?"
   "Keine told me who you were and why you were important." Even now, he was surprised that he was speaking so casually to THE Kaguya, the same one Keine had talked about.
   "Really now...then, what did she say about Mokou?"
   "Mokou?" He paused to think. Nothing was coming to him. In fact, as far as he could remember, Keine had only told him that Mokou was a human and a friend, and could be trusted. "Not much, why?"
   "Ah, nothing." She sat up and tilted her head slightly until her neck popped. "So, just who are you, huh?"
   He smiled for the first time since he had come back to his home. "Well..."



(Notes: Nothing new. But, Merry Christmas! And if you don't like Merry Christmas, then Happy Holidays!)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on January 09, 2012, 11:42:25 PM


9:30 pm, Amarillo’s hut near the Forest of Magic[/b]
Amarillo and all fairies that she could manage to summon were now in the hut, sitting around one table, making the hut seems rather crowded.

Some of the fairies didn’t respond to her, and she knows perfectly the reason why. However, she spent 2 full hours explaining to the others why they cannot assemble a fairy army.

“As long as it’s not because you cannot control us anymore, I’m fine with that.” Lily Black responded. “Not that there isn’t anything weird going on at Higan, so it makes perfect sense.”

“So you mean aside from us, everybody else is losing their mind?” asked Lunachild. “Come to think of it, the other fairies in the forest are behaving out of order these days...”

Her words got cut off by Sunny Milk. “If they aren’t having a mind anymore, won’t Amarillo have an easier time controlling them?”

“Nope, ” Amarillo finished reading the newspaper - a Special Edition of Bunbunmaru news that talks about the meeting that’s supposed to happen several hours later - and looked up. “Actually, it’s because they lost their mind that I cannot reach out to them. You will know the truth pretty soon. ” She nervously avoided Sunny’s stare. “Or what’s left of the truth, anyway.”

“Oh?” A voice can be heard just outside the door. “Since when did the protector of fairies, the one who has faith in everyone, Amarillo Viridian, have doubts?” As the voice became louder, Nue opened the unlocked door (it’s never locked anyway) and walked in.

“She’s scary...” Daiyousei murmured, looking at the Youkai of Unknown. “so we’ll work with her this time?”

Amarillo nodded.

“Young girl, sometimes blood must be shed if you want something done. I understand you don’t want to hurt anyone, but that’s all right, that’s why I, the strongest-”

“Cut it out already! You really sound like a certain fairy....” Amarillo noticed that Cirno was not there. “Shoot, where did she wander off again...Gale-chan?”
Daiyousei nodded and rushed out.

“Oh, I see you still have your personality and usual behavior..” Nue sat down at the chair Daiyousei had vacated. “That’s a good sign, you see. This time we may need to persuade them by force, and me and my friend will do it for you. There is no need for you to see the blood spill, really.”

“And why do you always say that like a massacre--” Amarillo was interrupted as the door got pushed open again, and another youkai appeared.

If Nue can be said to be an athletic type, then this Youkai is more like a scholar - not that every scholar has a bottle of sake readily equipped on her belt, that is. However, the vibe she let out and the glasses made her a much friendlier one at firs sight than Nue.

“Mamizou?” Amarillo seemed to recognize her.

The youkai’s name is Mamizou Futatsuiwa. It’s difficult for Amarillo to NOT recognize her anyway: she is the kind of youkai that seems more suitable to barter with the human shop owners in the Human Village. Obviously, Amarillo didn’t know if she used her tanuki tricks to make the shop owner give her free discounts, but still, she would get along pretty well with people. Now why did she have anything in this?

Reading Amarillo’s confusion, Mamizou smiled. “Well, it seems that there are people who boast their strength to everybody...even though she should be living up to her nickname.” she glares at Nue, who seems to ignoring what she just said. “However, Amarillo-san, I understand you want to be willfully weak in order to hide from conflicts, but sometimes this just won’t do. People aren’t as nice as they seem. You are one special case because...” she stopped, trying to find the words she need.

“So you found out that I’m different than most people. Never mind, I don’t care about that anymore, please treat me as only a pacifist.” Amarillo said without any visible emotion.

“Whatever, the important thing is that words don’t always work. that’s why Nue offered her help, because we sensed something was wrong with Gensokyo already. Hey, give me your hand.”

Mamizou took Amarillo’s hand and wrote something on it using her fingers.

“So we are thinking the same.” Amarillo replied slowly. “I’ve already asked Nitori to confirm that...”

“And what are you expecting?” Mamizou took off her glasses.

“Expecting? No, didn’t everything already happen?” She looked up at the tanuki. “You don’t need to take off your glasses to show you are serious, it’s only used in some fanfiction nowadays.”

“That’s what I like about her,” Mamizou turned to Nue, “She is stressing, but there are always ways that she will use to stop herself from breaking down. As long as it doesn’t involve hurting people - You said she’s weak? No, she is actually stronger in many aspects.”

“Okay, enough lessons for me.” Nue answered curtly in a flat tone. “You kept saying that on your way here.”

“And that’s because it’s important! Yo don’t want to have to fight your way out of everything!” Mamizou put her hand down on Nue’s head and gave it a pat, which was quite awkward judging from the fairies’ reactions.

Amarillo seems realized something, and stood up.

“Hm, something happening with Cirno?” asked Nue.

“How did you know that?”

“It’s written all over your face.”

“Actually, something weird is going on at the Misty Lake. The fairies just flat out disappeared, but Cirno on the other hand is still there, and now they are heading back,” explained Amarillo as the other fairies made way for her to step out.

“So be it. Nitori can come at any time, there is no need to know the results anymore, since now everything is so easy to see through. The only thing is, can the others believe in us?” Amarillo thought.

And then, she indeed saw Nitori running to her, together with Daiyousei and Cirno.

“So what now?” Amarillo asked, and for a spilt second she wished that the kappa would pass on a different answer to her question. Like that was going to happen.

“Yeah, it’s there... and I found something more interesting on that site,” Nitori mentioned.

Things were indeed more than they seemed. After hearing what Nitori had to say, Amarillo quickly returned to the hut. Looking at the time, it was already 10pm.

“The miracle didn’t happen, correct?” she found Mamizou and Nue still waiting for her, “I can contact more of our friends if you desire it. I promise if they don’t move first, we won’t either. Let’s give them a chance there, shall we?”

Amarillo replied nothing, yet instead moved to take off a white-colored trench coat hanging on the wall (which seemed like it had been hanging there forever). The fairies looked at that coat in curiously, but all they could see was a gear-shaped label with the letters “GA-04” on it, and a four-leaf clover design on the back.

“I never thought I would need to use this again...” muttered Amarillo.

“The memory of the past? I see the boy in your mind had a similar coat...” Nue’s words got cut off by a second glare from Mamizou.

To their surprise, instead of wearing the coat, Amarillo just folded it and put it in the bag (which she used to contain her fishing gear - now it’s certainly not a time to go fishing though).

“What are we waiting for? Let’s go.”

11:00pm, Hakurei Shrine[/b]
“What, they had something like that handy?” Though she had already heard the details from Nitori earlier, Amarillo was still amazed at the black, box-like device, cleverly disguised as a nameplate, at the back of the shrine grounds. “Okay Nitori, now probe it again...”

As Nitori got out her tools and applied some energy to it, the edge of the shrine ground began to have a shade of pink spreading out.

“So this is the border...” Amarillo mused.
“And this is what you were going to show us?” Asked Reimu, seemingly coming from nowhere.

“I have been following you for hours, but strangely you don’t show any intention to fight, that is...” Reimu stopped, as if the shrine maiden was thinking of something. “No, it’s more like I KNEW that you wouldn’t fight us, though I still can’t believe you bested me in a danmaku battle...”

“That’s because you had doubt.” Amarillo looked at the shrine maiden. “So I see you have grasped the truth that the Gensokyo you are supposed to guard is more than it seems. That...”

“You are saying that I failed my job? Honestly....” Reimu shifted her eyesight on the expanding pink barrier. “You know, in my memory, the Hakurei Barrier is never something like that...so yeah.”

“So what’s the point of following me if you knew I wasn’t gonna fight you anyway?” asked Amarillo.

“Well, at first I did think you were going to kill us all with Nue your other friends, but then Mikata seemed to remember something and told me that you wouldn’t hurt anyone. Then I realized the same thing. But thanks to that tengu, you may find out that some of us won’t let you get away without a fight.” Reimu let out a laugh. “See, I’m not the police around here.”

“So there is no way but fighting, even when there is absolutely zero sense to it?” Amarillo gave Nitori a signal as she stopped pouring the energy into her tools, and the strange pink border disappeared quickly.

“Before that, let me ask you something. What exactly did I just see?”

“The truth.”

A commanding silence quickly fell over all in the area.

“You aren’t implying that...” Reimu reached out her hand, but it was stopped by Amarillo.

“Yes, this Gensokyo, or the place that we know as Gensokyo, isn’t really what it seems.” Amarillo looked at the border, which was now only a grey wall beyond the edge of the backyard shrine grounds. “It seems there is something else that’s caught our attention. If this border detects anyone trying to destroy it, it will initiate a mechanism that we don’t really know about at the moment.”

“You mean it will fight back?”

“That’s one of the possibilities, however, worse would happen.”

“Sorry to cut you short, but it’s almost midnight. I’m starting to see people coming to the shrine from afar,” said Star Sapphire, who was currently on the top of the huge tree in the backyard they were standing in.

“Now what do we do?” Reimu asked in a somewhat demanding tone. “You keep talking about this truth thing, what are you implying?”

“I mean, we need to somehow smash this border. The truth lies beyond it, and-”

Reimu smiled. “Heh, I understood that. You are still the bad guy for tonight - if you think that this border needs to be smashed open with people’s strength, then just telling them to do so won’t work, not on my  life! So yeah, prepare for a fight, and hope that the energy generated with that fight can somehow smash the border without triggering whatever you are fearing. As long as I know no one will be fatally injured, I can work out a way to somehow minimize the violence needed.” As Reimu said, she turned away and left, probably to greet the incoming early birds.

“So we need to fight then? Good thing I can finally show them how strong I am!” Cirno said as she appeared from behind, with the other fairies nodding their heads.

“With that being said, where are Mamizou and Nue? We didn’t see them once we got here.”

“They are high above us in the sky with me.” Lily Black’s voice echoed via telepathy. “We didn’t expect things to turn up like this, as the shrine maiden for once actually listened to you. But a fight is a fight, and we’ll move once they moved first, as promised.”

“Fine by me.” Amarillo opened the bag and took out her trench coat, slowly putting it on. “Haven’t used this  in nearly 10 years. I don’t know what will happen to me if I’m forced to fight, but if anything happened to me, don’t mind me and just escape with the others. ”

“You mean you’ll got killed out there?” Cirno looked at her with a confused face. “But we’ll be here to protect you! So don’t worry.”

“Thanks, but I’m not referring to our opponent. Tonight... my biggest enemy is myself.”

She could hear Reimu’s voice coming from the front of the Shrine, assuring that everything was settled, but there was still something else to be revealed. Amarillo wondered who was already at the front gate.

But soon she got her answer, as Eirin and Remilia stepped in.

“So I heard something unusual is at the backyard, and only you can explain it.” Eirin started.

“Yes, but I’m afraid it’s-”

“It’s nothing. If we somehow know what that incident is, maybe we can solve it in these few days. After all, destiny is not something that cannot be changed.” Remilia added with a slight smirk.

“Okay Nitori, give it 50% energy.” Amarillo looked back and gave Nitori yet another signal.

The black nameplate started to grow pink, and a pink border was quickly generated.

“Hmm, I have never saw something like that before. It’s certainly not something from the Moon.” Eirin put up something resembling a pair of glasses, and began closely inspecting it.

Remilia on the other hand had just called Sakuya over, who was apparently waiting just outside the backyard. The vampire told her something, then left.

“Hmm? Where is she going?” Eirin asked as she finished the inspection and saw the young vampire taking off.

“I’m sorry, but Milady Remilia forbids me from telling you. The Mistress only said she has something very important to do, and told me to stay here with everyone and help out as necessary. To tell the truth, I’m pretty worried about them too.” Sakuya answered.

Suddenlyu, Reimu came in yet again. “Hey, guess what? Your time is up, and soon everyone will be at the shrine grounds. I hope you are prepared.”

“Hmph, so be it.” Amarillo nodded and let Reimu open the two-fold shrine backdoor so the others outside the shrine could see what was going on.

“So a big crisis is going to happen in Gensokyo? Yukari is nowhere to be found, Reimu can’t provide anything, and a certain tengu has been spreading news that you guys are gonna commit genocide - well, I don’t believe in any of it!” The voice was Marisa’s, but her questioning came to a halt when she saw the growing pink border.

Not only her, but all humans and youkai, be it creatures from the Youkai Mountian, the Misty Lake, the Bamboo Forest (though strangely, Amarillo didn’t see any of the rabbits) and some villagers from the Human Village....

It seemed that really everybody was here. And they were waiting peacefully but anxiously for the explanation they deserved.

“Luna, please let my voice be heard clearly to everybody, thanks,” Amarillo muttered, and the fairy reached out her hand so Amarillo could hold it.

“Ok....well...” She was never too good at these large announcements. “firstly, does anyone here actually know me?” Amarillo looked at everyone standing outside the gate, and asked this question.

“I certainly know you, since you live close.” Marisa grinned. “Not that you got anything that’s interesting.”

Amarillo quickly stopped her. “And how do you know that I don’t have anything that’s interesting to you?”

“Well, that’s because you....yeah that’s weird, something is telling me that you won’t have any magic books in your house...but to live in the Forest of Magic, one ought to have something like these, since only Magicians...Wait, that means you are a magician?”

“Well, I’m certainly not, and you know it.” Amarillo replied. “Does anyone remember who I am?”

“I know you, since you are the Fairy Commander. I interviewed you!” shouted Aya, who is standing in the back but is clearly using her advantage to fly to see over people. “Though what’s strange is that it didn’t show up in any of my newspapers. Maybe it’s too boring and got shot down.”

“And I know you as well, since you give me your weapon for me to mend, remember?” Nitori’s voice came from behind.

“Oh, what weapon is it?” asked Amarillo.

“You are doubting my memory? It’s a beam spear, fused with your fishing rod.”

“But she uses a beam saber! We all saw it in action before!” shouted Marisa.

Amarillo stared back at the talkative human magician. “And when did you see me use a saber? I fought with the spear this morning, mind you.”

“So, ” Reimu said, “Do you mean that some of our memories got blurred because of this...this pink border?”

“I.... no, you should see that for yourself. Nitori, raise the energy to 90%.”

The kappa blanched. “But it will trigger the unknown mechanism!”

“Erm, then just set it to some level that won’t trigger it.” Amarillo looked up as the pink border expanded through the walls, the forests and everything around it, eventually growing into the sky. As the border expanded, its color becomes less identifiable, but it was clearly moving to swallow all of Gensokyo, with the backyard they were currently acting as a cornerstone of the border zone.

“But that’s impossible! The Hakurei Shrine is supposed to be located at the center of Gensokyo, not the corner of it!” exclaimed Reimu.

“That only means two things: Firstly, this is NOT the Hakurei Border,” Amarillo answered. “And secondly, I’m afraid that this entire Gensokyo, this world, is our dream. It seems that recently, the dream world began to bend itself by spawning holes and bugs in it.”

“Like the reversed waterfall?!” Keine asked, speaking for the first time.

“Oh, so you have been there too. Yes, that’s because something is wrong with this.” She pointed to the black nameplate, which is generating the pink barrier.

“Heh, if it’s this that’s generating everything strange, then we’ll need to destroy it.” As she spoke, Sakuya swiftly threw a knife at the nameplate.

To everyone’s surprise, the knife got cut in half and fell to the ground. The wooden nameplate seemed unchanged.

“Didn’t I just say what is happening a few minutes ago? We are in a fake world, while this thing is part of the real world; you can’t use something originating in the fake world to harm something in the real world. The only way to break our illusion and end this mess is to break the barrier using all of our energy combined. Even then-”

Amarillo was interrupted as Nitori screamed. The kappa’s tools had suddenly caught on fire.

“No!” Amarillo shouted as the ground began to shake violently, and the once-peaceful night sky started to change.

“Seems we just triggered the self-defending mechanism!” Nitori shouted.

“We.. don’t have much time left. ” Amarillo quickly recovered from the initial stunning of the sudden change.

Hexagonal pieces of light blue substance began to appear in the sky, seeming to create a typical sunny morning.

“Don’t tell me... It’s trying to repair the sky?” Aya stared at the hexagon pieces in awe, which were now combining together and spawning more pieces.

Seeing this, Reimu gulped. “Okay...I believe in you now...but, what do we need to do?”

“As I said, we have to break the barrier ourselves before this mechanism mends the world. Or do you prefer to disbelieve in what you’ve just seen, pretending that all this never happened and continue to live in this world? The above world isn’t a much better place.”

“What are you saying? It’s nothing about it better world or not, just feeling trapped in a dream is awful enough! Of course we’ll break it out, but before that...”

As Marisa is speaking, Reimu gives Amarillo a “look that said ‘You see, this was bound to happen’.

“... Let’s end tonight with a danmaku battle! I heard you bring allies!”

“Oh, come ON!” Amarillo shouted in protest. “If you have the power to fight me, why don’t you just blast out the border?”

“Because it’s more fun! You know me, I’m not the kind of person to easily change my ideas.” Marisa took out her mini-hakkero.

“I suppose it can’t hurt.” Reimu grinned. “Besides, I want some revenge for what happened this morning.”

“Oh you guys...I didn’’t think that things would come to this...” Amarillo sighed, but everybody can see that something is forming behind her back.

Gears.
Gears with metal colors.
Gears that people may see in their grandfather clocks.
Gears that slowly rotates, generating a ticking sound.
Gears that bends perfectly with each other.
Gears that echos in a harmonic manner.
Gears that seems to be ticking for eternity.

“I... never saw anything like this before.” Lily White commented.
“Don’t kid me, it’s a Time Motif?” Reimu is left speechless seeing the background melt into a parade of gears, as if a mental world is forming.

Amarillo reaches out both arms, “If this is how it’s gonna end, then so be it, Chrono Agent Genetic Altered No.4, Lin Xiyin now accept your challenge!”

She is greeted with a Master Spark directly comes towards her face, however, a barrier made of gears quickly materialize in thin air, blocking the beam.

“Now, who goes first?” Amarillo asked as she saw Nue, Mamizou and Lily Black rushing down to join the fray.

Gensokyo’s Final morning begins with this fight.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on January 09, 2012, 11:57:58 PM
12:30 AM - Day 2 - Hakurei Shrine ? Outside the Shrine

*CLANG*

"Ugh!"
   Staggering back, Ken felt the ringing vibration searing through his sword's handle to his hands. His opponent was strong; deceptively powerful. Every attack he made against her was blocked by her trident, which she held stoutly in front of her, unyielding.
   "What's wrong? Struggling?" She let out a soft, amused chuckle as she pulled her trident back to her side. The girl took a step forwards him as he cautiously held his ground. "You look so tense."
   Her soothing voice grated on him. Panting slightly, he lowered his blade arm and walked around her perimeter a short distance. He felt abnormally tired and his arms were quite sore. "Why..." This was his chance to ask, as she clearly wasn't out for blood. "What did you do to Mayli?"
   The nue stuck her trident into the ground at her side and put both hands on hips. "Who?"
   Without warning, he whipped his sword arm up and pointed the weapon at her. He was losing his patience, likely due to fatigue. "Why did you leave her...to those beasts?"
   She grinned. Her countenance grew more mischievous. "Oh, THAT girl...she was too curious for her own good, so I decided to have some fun with her. Why, is she someone important?"
   He gritted his teeth and posed to square off against her. How could she put Mayli in danger without a care for her survival? "Is this a game to you?!"
   "Are you playing at being clever? Are you trying to be funny, human?" Her haughty tone pierced through his anger. "We already told you, we believe this entire world, this Gensokyo, to be a fake of sorts. What's the harm in a little playing around, after all?"
   "Playing--You think toying with the lives of innocents is a JOKE?!"
   She extended her blue wings out and pointed them towards him. "Come now, it won't help you to get angry. Now then..." She pulled her trident out of the ground before continuing. "It seems like you are somewhat skilled, so I will fight you using your own hand-to-hand combat style. Playing with you ought to be...fun~"
   Ken took a breath and stared at her. He was fighting a madwoman. He encircled her for a brief moment before attempting to slash her. "HAAAAUGH!"
   
*CLANG*

"Ha! Is that all you've got?!" After blocking his attack, she threw her trident down casually. "I don't need this, it seems." She grinned devilishly once more. "But enough talk, human. Have at you!"
   Closing his eyes, he threw his sword to the side as well. Hands raised, he took another breath. He heard a slight gasp; apparently it had the intended effect of surprising her.
   Nue looked at him as he was focusing. "Huh, what's wrong? Given up already? That's no fu--"
   
*WHOOSH*

She yelped in surprise as a tremendous gust of wind swept her away. The kid knew how to use magic! It didn't seem to harm her much, but it was certainly formidable enough to blow her away. "Impressive," she uttered as she righted herself in the air, flying back in his direction. "I didn't expect a pathetic human like you to know something of magic."
   He placed a hand to the side of his head. The small headache was returning. They were fighting to 'reveal the truth'...all around nearby, he could see and hear the sounds of combat. He had gotten separated from his friends, but they likely had their hands full with Amarillo and her fairy squad, the tanuki and that satori. Pathetic, he thought. If only he were stronger-willed, he could actually use magic effectively and not as a surprise tactic. Was this fighting actually worth it?
   "But, you know...if you can use your form of magic, then so can I!"
   She swept her hands in front her her and opened her palms to face him. A torrent of small energy-filled bullets swarmed out and hit him square in the chest before he could dodge. Crying out, his body was propelled backwards until he settled on his chest, face-down.
   "Urgh..." The bullets hadn't inflicted harm from what he could see, but they had certainly knocked the wind out of him. He got to his feet as quickly as he could. The headache had already worsened. Struggling to catch his breath, he looked around for his sword. His mind raced back to the question at hand. They had to fight after what he had seen; there was no way the border could be real after that CGI-like effect Nitori had shown everyone. Even Reimu had been surprised. He looked in Nue's general direction to make sure she wasn't pulling a trick on him.
   It was Mayli.
   "What?" He froze. "M-Mayli!" Her face looked panicked. "Are...are you all right?"
   "Please, don't fight anymore! Ken, I'm so scared..." Her eyes were watery, and she sunk to her knees.
   He felt so bad for her. Even though there was fighting going on around him, this was way too much for someone like her. "Mayli...don't worry. But we have to do something! You saw it too, the bord--" He stopped, realizing that something was wrong--Nue wasn't around anymore--yet he could not ignore the woman in front of him. He had to protect her. "Come here, stay close by. We'll get through this somehow."
   Mayli nodded and began walking towards him.

*FSSHH*

Before they could do anything further, a wickedly fast winged being flew between them, buffeting them hard enough so they fell over. Again gasping in surprise as he hit the ground, he heard Mayli scream. No! He scrambled to get to his feet. She had to be protected! He was failing at his job...
   "Hey again!" said a nearby voice. It wasn't Mayli's, nor was it Nue's. Suddenly, he was staring into a familiar face. Who was it again...he had seen her before...wait, was it--
   "H...Hatate?" It was the flying woman from earlier in the day. Talk about surprises, he thought. But wait, something was still not right...
   She smiled, looking satisfied. "Looks like I was just in time."
   "Wait, why--!"
   Her smile dissolved slightly. "Hmm?"
   "You attacked Mayli!" He got to his feet. Hopefully she was not an enemy of humans as well, or else he and Mayli were in serious trouble.
   "Oh, you mean that girl?" Hatate flipped open her cell phone.
   "What are you--"
   "Shh! Just look." The tengu had the phone's camera pointed directly at Mayli. A small click sounded, and suddenly a photo appeared in his hand. It was a picture of someone in the same pose as Mayli was in, on the ground. His eyes widened.
   That wasn't Mayli in the picture. It was Nue.
   "You--" He looked again at Mayli laying on the ground. That wasn't her, it couldn't be. Nue was just messing with him, trying to get him to lower his guard...she had only assumed the form of Mayli. "You're not Mayli!"
   "Damn." With a small flash of light, Nue, having reverted back to her original form, was on her feet once more. "It had to be you of all people..."
   Camera still open, Hatate's other hand began to glow (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/hataterescue.jpg). "Oh please! You couldn't fool me even if you tried!" She glanced over to Ken. "Leave her to me!"
   Relief washed over him. "Are you sure?"
   "I owe you one for earlier, so hurry up and go find her and your other pals! Go on, get!"
   He felt conflicted. Was Hatate strong enough to take on Nue by herself, or was she just being prideful? Regardless, this incident reminded him that he needed to protect the people of the Village. But the fighting was...serious but not serious. No one was going to really die, were they? They were all fighting to get out of this supposed 'simulated' world...yet after seeing what they all saw, it was hard to believe otherwise. He had to make a decision.
   Nue charged forward, making that decision for him. He rolled to the side as she was sent off-course by energy bullets fired by Hatate. The trickster clicked her tongue in dissatisfaction as she spun back around. "Two on one, eh?"
   A different voice rang out. "Three on one!"
   Ken's face brightened as he saw a very familiar face. "Mokou!" In her arm was...Mayli. She was unharmed!
   "Yeah, that's right. Here." She let go of Mayli as they landed. "It's not my responsibility to look out for her, you know!" Turning to Nue, the fire mage cracked her knuckles. "If it's a fight you want, then prepare yourself!"
   "Ken!" Mayli ran over to him.
   "Mayli...wait please, get back! This could get ugly..."
   She wore an expression of determination. "No, I wanna help! I'm tired of being rescued..."
   This wasn't the time to argue over it, as Mokou had now engaged in fighting Nue as well. Soon the area would become a combat zone. He looked into her eyes. "Can...can you fight?"
   She clenched her hands into fists. "I...if I have to..." Her face flushed and her heart was pounding, both out of fear and excitement. This whole incident seemed like something out of one of her fantasy novels!
   He smiled and nearly laughed. She was tougher than he had given her credit for. "All right then...but I'd rather you just look after yourself in case things get ugly."
   "I'll stay close!" She had read all sorts of books where heroes and villains had done battle, but she could most definitely not perform such moves herself. What was she thinking?
   Ken still wasn't sure what to do. He should probably stay near so he could care for her, but Nue might get her. "All right then, I can see you don't want to hide..." He looked over towards the fight, only to see a giant ball of darkness flying towards them. "DUCK!" He threw himself on top of her just in time to dodge it. It made a sickeningly high-pitched whine as it crashed into a nearby tree.
   "AHH!" She screamed and put her hands on top of her head. This was what real combat was like--loud, dangerous and violent--it took her breath away and made her chest thump. But she didn't want to be dead weight.
   "Ah, you two..." Hatate had flown over to them. "Ken, what's going on? Why aren't you--"
   "I...I'm sorry, I have to protect the people in the Human Village...that's kinda my job."
   The twin-tailed tengu blinked. "I see, so you're Keine's--ahh...?" She heard a noise sounding almost like beeping. It wasn't coming from her phone.
   The three of them looked over to see an emerging fairy peeking its head out from behind the tree that had been hit by the ball of darkness.
   "Reisa!" Ken nearly tripped over his own feet as he ran over to her. "There you are! I've been looking for y--Reisa?" Something was wrong. She was staring at him with empty eyes.
   Mayli grabbed his arm. "C'mon Ken! She'll be fine, we need to go!"
   He was almost frightened by the lightning fairy's stupor. "But..."
   She gritted her teeth and pulled on his arm, meeting resistance. "You promised Keine! You have to help the villagers..." Mayli knew that he didn't like leaving anyone behind. Worse yet, Reisa was technically not from the Human Village.
   "Mayli, I can't! Reisa is--something's wrong with--"
   Hatate flew near them and signaled to get their attention. "We'll take care of her, don't you worry!" She glanced over to see Mokou aiming a fiery kick at Nue, who was dodging as best she could in return. Looking back, she aimed her gaze and phone camera at Reisa. "If she's your friend, we can look out for her after we deal with Nue."
   He tore his eyes away from the fairy. They were both right: he had to defend the villagers at all costs, and Nue didn't seem particularly interested in going after Reisa. "All right. Be careful then!" He brusquely grabbed his charge and started off. "Mayli, let's go!"
   "O-Okay!"
   "We'll be fine, don't worry." Hatate took a quick picture of the fairy before turning back to the duel. She quickly glanced down at the picture. "Huh, that's odd..."



(Notes: This was originally intended to be a part of Nemo Ma's previous post, but was split up to allow others to join in on the fighting. My team has taken to fighting Nue, and others can fight against Mamizou, Amarillo, her fairies or even join my team in fighting against Nue. Anyway, Hatate has rejoined Ken's team; Sanae, Reisen and Hina have left Ken's team.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: trancehime on January 11, 2012, 12:04:04 PM
12:35 AM - Day 2 - Hakurei Shrine
i'll miss you my friend

"This is incredibly stupid. Why are we even here at such an unholy hour?" Meira spat at the ground as VIVIT and Hirowaza were leaning against a tree by the Hakurei Shrine, watching a battle take place. The girl-boy person was leaning against a tree, idly shaking his hand and stretching it, continuing to eye the scene unfolding before him. "I don't see that red-white anywhere... Do you?" Hirowaza snarled, but quickly reverting back to his apathetic gaze at the chaos that was occurring at the outside of the Shrine. VIVIT shook her head and looked panicked, while Meira sighed. "If you were listening, you would have noticed that Reimu and her rag-tag band of misfits idly started a fight right here. Why are we watching this? We shouldn't get ourselves involved in their stupid affairs." Hirowaza handwaved the samurai girl and pat the incredibly worried VIVIT. "I'm honestly trying very hard not to join in, haha..." Hirowaza laughed. "That red-white won't be forgiven for the atrocities she did to my shop. And stealing all my creations." he yawned, continuing to watch the fight. For some reason, Hirowaza could see the strange machinations in the atmosphere, strange chronographic illusions fading in and out of the background, almost like some sort of backdrop to the chaos.

And that was when a switch was flipped. Eventually, a trident (presumably from Nue) had dropped casually by Hirowaza, who looked down and then back at the fight. "Hey, look at that kid." Hirowaza yawned, eyeing a boy and presumably a friend or companion of his, a girl who looked like she had just been rescued. The two of them were running away, and Hirowaza could hear something about "helping the human village." Meira grinned. "What an admirable kid, that guy. Isn't he Keine-dono's protege or some sort? They appear to be fighting someone who treats them like toys... I mean, it's not every day you see Nue-dono drop her trident so casually. You know what, Hiro-kun?"

"It's not every day you call me that."

"Screw that red-white, I think we need to teach that alien skank a lesson in humility."

"Wow, what's gotten into you?"

"Race you there, Hiro-kun!" Meira suddenly dashed away from the tree and drew her blade, rushing towards Nue from the side, who was having her hands full with dealing with Mokou and Hatate. "Hey, little Heian Alien!!! Why don't you stop being so cocky for once!" Meira suddenly rushed from the side and raised her blade to bring it down on Nue, but the latter kicked her strike aside. The black-haired girl laughed as she took a few steps back. "Aren't you that fool who tried to steal the red-white's balls? What brings you here?" Nue cackles, but soon a bolt of ice whizzes past her cheek, causing some frost to glaze over in a tiny circle on her cheek. "...?" Hirowaza stood far behind Meira, holding a small wand of ice which dissipated into the dust. "I'm with her," Hirowaza said. "You're severely outnumbered, play time's over." he continued, looking at Nue with a stern face. The alien giggled as she casually side-stepped danmaku which Hatate had shot at her earlier.

"Why did you even bother to get yourselves involved?"

Suddenly, a red trident was flung right at Nue's face, but she effortlessly caught it. "Hey, thanks!" VIVIT sighed and looked panicked. "It seems I have no choice but to use this. As you said, play time's over!" she cackled once more and twirled her crimson weapon, ready to defend herself against what appeared to be five people bent on kicking her ass. "First, I'll start with you, over there!" Nue flipped back and readied a bow of energy, GRUDGE BOW! Five bolts of purple danmaku struck forth at the feet of her assailants, and temporarily pinned them in place. Mokou, Hatate, Meira, and VIVIT struggled out while Hirowaza found himself stuck to the same tree he was leaning on, since he wasn't as strong as the other four. Nue pointed her trident at Hiro's chest. "You naughty boy!! Dressing like that, haha!" Hiro tried to spit at Nue in response, and weaved something from his hands as Nue charged forward to strike him down. Suddenly, a big red shield with a lion adorned on the front appeared to stop the trident dead in its tracks as Hirowaza's feet were pinned to the tree.

"SHIELD OF THE BRAVE!"

Mokou quickly escaped her bonds and tackled the staggering Nue, who rolled over and quickly got to her feet, only to start dancing about as she evaded both Hatate's stream of danmaku and missiles coming from VIVIT's hands. "Damn, all of you people are quite a handful. I didn't expect that boy to have some power of the phantasm." she cursed silently to herself as she deftly blocked a strike from Meira. Meanwhile, VIVIT destroyed the bolt of energy keeping Hirowaza locked in place. "We need to overwhelm her so she'll stop fighting... But don't hurt her." VIVIT said. "I don't like hurting people."

"It doesn't look like she can get hurt that easily, anyway." Hirowaza sighed and almost took a breather, except that Nue pushed aside Meira and Mokou with their attacks and rushed at Hirowaza again, but this time Hatate managed to make her trip over with danmaku. "Woah! Careless!" Nue said as she flipped in the air. Soon, Mokou had prepared a flaming kick at her back while she was airborne. "Here's the fight you so desperately wanted!" Mokou said loudly and clearly, causing Nue to stumble to the ground and cringe for a moment, bracing herself from the pain, but she got up. "Keho. I'm not that weak." She raised her trident forward and cleared herself away from the five combatants, but this time, she looked prepared and was waiting for another strike.

Meira looked at Nue carefully, but Hirowaza glared at the alien and recalled the boy and his charge rushing back to the Human Village. "You... Stop this at once!"

"WARDEN LANCE!"

A thin, but resilient spear with an enormously large guard materialized in his hands and soon Hirowaza ran at Nue to strike.

"No, Hiro-kun! It's a counter-stance!"

"What?!"

Nue had an incredibly mischievous grin on her face and lowered her body as Hirowaza ran forward, his momentum forward was so much that he could not stop, and then Nue swept his feet forward and drove her trident down on his side, grazing his skin by inches, making the boy groan as the force of Nue's thrust caused his body to bounce up a bit, further grazing the trident's edge.

"Damnit!"

Nue kicked aside Hirowaza's injured body back against the tree and twirled her trident once more. "He's just a kid. I can tell that he has alien powers; I'm surprised you haven't noticed them." Meira gripped her blade tightly and glared at Nue while VIVIT began to tend to Hirowaza's wound, looking at him incredibly worriedly. Mokou stared at Meira. "I didn't know you cared so much for a human like that." she interjected.

"He's not just an ordinary human." Meira said.

Hatate took a picture of VIVIT taking care of Hirowaza. "Well, let's get this show on the road, then!" she continued as Mokou, Hatate and Meira poised themselves to continue the fight while Nue laughed.

Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Bias Bus on January 26, 2012, 12:00:18 AM
11:00 PM, Day 1 - Gensokyo ~ Mountain Road to Hakurei Shrine

It had seemed like ages since Owlbear and Luize packed their things and left from Makai. The trip through border space was...jarring to say the least, but all in all, it wasn't entirely bad. He had to deal with holding onto Luize the entire trip though to avoid 'falling forever' as stated by the one who piloted the flying suitcase. During the travel, Owlbear managed to get a bit of a geography lesson (or at least a light astrological one) from the tourist demon, her words giving rise to how the border space between Makai and the outside actually worked and just how extensive it was. Out of all the areas in Makai, the border space is the least understood by the general public of Makai. It was enough to get Owlbear to wonder just what truly lay in border space if anything at all.

Once the duo managed to pass through border space without any incident,  through the gate, the two were able to continue onward to their destination; the Hakurei Shrine. Sense of time was effectively skewered apparently, as both Owlbear and Luize had no real idea as to how long it was taking them to get from Makai to Gensokyo through border space travel.


~ Load BGM ~ (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y994Cy8mMHM)

"Oh my, look at this wonderful...statue~!" Luize cooed in a sense of wonder, a blush tinging her fair cheeks as she 'gazed' at, what Owlbear believed to be, a Jizou Statue of sorts. "Ooh fiddlesticks, if only I had brought that camera device, I would snap a picture and send it back to Miss Shinki!" From Owlbear's perspective it didn't seem that special, looking to have seen better days and was thoroughly weathered by the effects of nature around it. Owlbear couldn't even discern it's facial features due to it's eroded state. One could only assume that Makai didn't completely share Japanese culture, which was understandable, it was brought into existence by a deity outside of said style of living.

"You've never seen a Jizou Statue before?" Owlbear prodded the tourist who looked up from her amazement to answer.

"Oh, so that's what this is?" She says, looking it over with fascination. Through it all, however, Owlbear couldn't help but feel...strange. This was his first time seeing Gensokyo and while he was amazed by it's scenic wonder, a piece of his mind just felt distant and detached from his other thought processes. To put it simply, he didn't feel like himself...something Luize seem to take note of for most of the trip, his unusual silence being part of her suspicions on her his odd shift in behavior.

"You've been rather distant ever since we took off," Luize spoke up, the question seeming to catch Owlbear a little off guard. "If something's bothering you, then you can tell me, you know. I'm not going to bite your head off and steal your soul or anything~" She wasn't, but Owlbear wasn't exactly sure he could honestly explain his situation to her without sounding...well, crazy.

"Well...nothing's really wrong," He replied in a hesitant tone of sorts, looking around the darkened path the night had painted their surroundings in. "I uhm...well, it's tough to explain."

"Come, walk with me." Luize said gesturing him to follow her down the path that would lead them to the Hakurei Shrine. "Just tell me what's on your mind. It shouldn't be too bad, yes?"

"Well, s'not so much bad as it is...weird." Here goes.

"Hmm? What could be so weird about it, you live in an alternate demonic realm filled with supernatural creatures." Yeah, there's that, however, Owlbear felt it was something he would still be labled crazy for...maybe it was because the ways of the demons haven't really...sunk in for him yet. Which is understandable given that he's human and has human thought processes.

"Well when we left Makai, I felt this..." Owlbear tried explaining, "...weird sense came over me, like...I didn't have control over my body or something." He gazes down to his hands and flexes them a bit, as if testing to see if he still held control over his own limbs and motor skills. Owlbear took a moment or two to recall what all of this could mean, what was happening to his body. The end result could only produce one possible fact to this. "Luize...don't be alarmed but...I think I'm possessed."

One of Luize's eyes opened as she looked to her room mate with an odd gaze of sorts. One Owlbear cowered from, feeling that it looked too much like a stinkeye. "Hmm, well...I'm finding it a little hard to buy as we've never usually had any cases of Makai residents being possessed by something, however,since you're human maybe something did manage to crawl inside your body." The tourist explained, her eye closing as she faced the front once more. "No need to worry, we're heading to the Hakurei Shrine, maybe the priestess there can dispell the evil spirit?"

"Well...I hope so." Owlbear said, "It feels really weird."

Weird? Do you not like having a powerful and beautiful woman rooming in your soul?


12:00 AM, Day 2 - Gensokyo ~ Hakurei Shrine

It would seem that things weren't going so well in the realm of Gensokyo...or at least, that's what someone was telling everyone located at the shrine including Owlbear and Luize. Neither Makai go'ers had any clue as to who this stranger was or who the rest were...but it looks like there was a great crisis brewing...or rather already in effect. From what could be gather by the duo, the Gensokyo they spent hours in border space trying to get to...was false. An imitation of the real Gensokyo or rather a virtual one. Having only been in Gensokyo an hour, neither Makai natives knew of what this meant to Makai or what it all even meant, but it became clear as to what they had to do now that they had arrived here.

However, there was a way to solve this, apparently. That was consisting of breaking the barrier and by extension breaking the 'illusion' of this Gensokyo.

And just like that the fight began.

"Ah, what in Shinki's name is going on?" Luize questioned clearly taken aback by the sudden out burst of colorful violence. She was sent her for peaceful negotiations, not war! "This wasn't supposed to happen at all!"

Owlbear opened his mouth to responded only to find a familiar sensation wash over his body again. Owlbear's breathing started to shallow as he stiffened and slowly began to convulse. Luize stopped in her walking and focused her concern on the human, now seeing as he slowly lost himself in what looked like an epileptic seizure while still standing.

"O-owlbear, what's the matter?" Luize asked in concern, seeing his eyes roll back, his white schlera flicking black as green eyes soon shuttered down in place of his dark brown eyes. A deep gasp rose from his lips in reverse as his body ceased it's shivers and returned to normal stillness.

"Nothing would be if he just let me take control quietly. Sheesh that kid..." The hollow feminine voice sighed in a bit of annoyance. The entity controlling the mooch of a human had him look over his body before flexing his fingers and tightening them into fists. "Well, looks like I'm in full control now~"

Luize narrowed her eyes, finally seeing the being that was controlling Owlbear...or rather hearing her speak and act. "You're the evil spirit possessing Owlbear, I take it?"

"I prefer the term 'ghost with plans', but if 'evil spirit' suffices, then yes. I am." The spirit said, seeming none to concerned with Luize's slight distaste in her. "Some would be nice enough to call me Mima though, since, you know...it's my name and all."

Luize's eyes jetted open, her memory doing well to recall that name. She knew the name Mima...it belonged to someone very infamous in Makai. "...I know you," The once polite tourist began, her voice reflecting disdain to the one who was controlling Owlbear. "You were one of the accomplices in the incident involving Gensokyo and Makai."

"Yes, yes, I helped blow up your house. But right now we need to focus on battle." Mima shrugged, far more concerned with the state of the chaos that was ensuing in and around the shrine. She had hoped to see Reimu alone...but apparently she couldn't do that. At least, not now anyway. "Does this meatsack have any special powers I can abuse? I want to try combat with a possessed body."

"Uhm...No." Luize said, glancing elsewhere. "Owlbear's only human."

"...You're kidding?" Mima drops whatever excitement she held in her body and huffed, looking about as she tried to think of an alternative. "Screw this, I'm out then."

"What?"

"I'm out, you heard me." Mima repeated, "Just...gimme a sec, lemme dislodge myself from his immortal soul." After those words were spoken, Owlbear's body shook and began to levitate his mouth opened wide and his eyes engulfed in an otherworldly light. A ghastly wail rose from his gullet before Mima's visage tore from his chest, slamming her host back down to the ground below. Luize went to his side, finding that, despite the rough landing, Owlbear was already waking up and returning to normal.

"Ugh...why does it sound like everyone's playing Monoply while drunk?" Owlbear droned, Luize hoisting him back to his feet to get him to stand. He needed to if he was going to fight.

"A fight broke out." Mima answered simply, gazing up to see a raccoon tail first and the figure it belonged to second. Given how the one floating above her was one of the individuals who stood alongside the one who claimed this Gensokyo was false, Mima only assumed that the tanuki was here to take the fight to them. On that realization, the spirit brandished her cresent tipped sceptor and pointed it to their challenger. "And if you guys ever want to get your job done, it looks like you'll have to join the fray too."


12:36 AM, Day 2 - Gensokyo ~ Hakurei Shrine

Fighting. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=18OYxKhxugQ)

Owlbear thought he would have to use his two bare hands in order to help Luize and Mima in the fight against the raccoon girl who called herself, Mamizou. For all intents and purposes, she didn't look all that tough, and even had a big fluffy tail that made her look even more harmless. Of course, this was before, he saw her attack them. All sorts of colorful shapes were sent awry as Luize and Mima followed suit in her assault and countered with their own set of colorful magic bullets; Mima seeming to favor stars, while Luize using lasers. Mamizou was doing well to dodge most of their shots made to her, but it was clear she could handle herself well against the combined efforts of Luize and Mima. Owlbear had only one thing to say about these odds.

"I can't do any of that shit!"

No. He couldn't. Owlbear only had his two hands and his own body as a weapon, granted he knew how to fight with such weapons, but...how the fuck could he compete with a magical tanuki who could fire off colorful diarrhea that shoots even more colorful diarreha? Well first, he needed to go airborne. Fleeing from the rain of magic, Owlbear made his way over to the flying suitcase he and Luize arrived in Gensokyo riding on. He knew this thing could be his ticket to gain some wings...but, could he really fly it? Looking back up to the darting figures of Luize and Mima, he'd need to in order to help them out.

Speaking of whom, the two were holding their own against the tanuki, Luize making good use of her fast paced lasers . Of course, Mima was convinced that something...wasn't right.

"Ugh, this is getting us nowhere." She chided, ceasing her projectile assault and bringing her sceptor to her front, looking to be charging up for a much larger attack. The spirits body began to flicker in and out of existence, an odd glow undulating around her ghostly form. Luize ceased only a second to get a glimpse of Mima before, the ghost vanished into thin air and suddenly re-appeared in front of Mamizou, apparently having collided into her with a full body charge and doing well to knock the tanuki back.

"Ah, you got her!" Luize declared, ready to follow up with her own attack when Mamizou's body poofed and appeared to regain it's old shape...an old green leaf. "...Wait, what?"

"Tch...a fake." Mima sneered with a click of her teeth, floating back to Luize and beginning to scan the ground below for any signs of her prey. "Tanuki's are tricky like that..."

"Well, if it's a fake then where's the real one...?" A good question, Luize.

On the ground, Owlbear had tried his best to get the damned suitcase to take flight, but...had very limited success in having it do such a thing. By this point, the dark skinned human had managed to get it open...but not into the open air. "This blows, why won't this piece of shit fly!?"

"Maybe because it's a suitcase."

"No, no, it's a flying-" Owlbear froze, seeing that the one this voice belonged to was Mamizou. "You...how?"

"It's not that hard to make a substitution, you know~"

"Oh well, that's nice to knowTAKE THIS BITCH, YAAA!" Owlbear suddenly threw his hand from the suitcase, producing a pair of purple laced panties that flew right onto the face of the bespectacled Tanuki. "Wow, dark purple...such a mature color..." Wait, this was no time to be thinking of panties...or how good they would look on Luize, but rather taking advantage of the tanuki who was flailing about trying to get said undergarments off her face.

"Wait no, fuck that; BIG MAN-" Owlbear realed back, centering his focus on Mamizou's middle and thrust forth with his first attack. "BAKUDAN GUT PUNCH!" Owlbear threw his fist into Mamizou's gut with as much force he could muster, the impact managing to evoke a choked gasp from the tanuki but a much louder declaration of profanity from Owlbear. The human fell to his knees, nursing his arm as it seemed he had been hit with some recoil of the attack itself.

"Ow, FUCK, what's your gut made of? Lead?" In a sense. Owlbear hadn't considered that youkai were much tougher than humans, so his punch would end with doing a little less damage than it would have, if only thanks to Mamizou being non human.

"Keh...not really, all flesh and bone." Mamizou coughed again, still believing the punch was worth noting since it did knock some wind out of her. "You got a mean right hook but, compared to youkai, you've gotta long way to go."

"...You're going to hit me, aren't you?"

"Oh yeah." She answered back, raising her arm and materialzing odd dwarven figures beside her person. Owlbear readied his fists once more only to flinch at the sudden shot from above, a laser of magic piercing one of the figures and poofing it out of existence. Looking up, Luize could be seen diving down to assist her tenant, palms glowing with sparkles of magic before she flung forth a flurry of red arrow-headed bullets. "I believe these are yours." Mamizou said with a bit of a chuckle, tossing the purple panties to Luize, the tourist catching them in her hands and shooting Owlbear a rather mean glare. "Now, where were we~?"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on January 26, 2012, 05:19:18 AM
12:45 AM - Day 2 - Hakurei Shrine ? Outside the Shrine

"This way!"

Leading Ken by the arm, Mayli was dashing ahead with surprising speed. The swordsman wondered what other traits she had hidden that he had yet to discover. But now wasn?t the time to worry about that! Looking from side to side, he couldn?t see anyone from the Village, although he could still make out Mokou and Hatate behind him in the distance...were there others there fighting Nue, as well? It seemed like it, but he couldn't make them out.
   The two stopped in a relatively peaceful area and looked around. Mayli was panting slightly, not used to running as fast as she had. "Ken...do you see anyone...?"
   "Not yet, no..." He was surprised to find that he didn?t recognize many who were around them, but there were some familiar faces. Reimu was encircling an area that he guessed was occupied by Amarillo, as he noticed fairies in the area.
   "Eargh!" He suddenly stopped as his shoulder grew extremely cold, painfully quickly. "Ahh...w-what's--?!"
   Mayli turned around and glanced questioningly at him at first, then grew concerned after he tore his other hand free of her grip to clutch his shoulder. Her eyes widened as a thinly-veiled figure of a creature appeared right behind him. She stifled a scream with her hands. It was a...a ghost?! Was it a youkai? "Ken...b-behind you..."
   "Uhhnn...what? What is i--" He reached his hand up to feel his shoulder again.
   He felt smooth ice.
   Instantly he jumped towards Mayli and made an about-face. The cold feeling on his shoulder instantly vanished, and he brought his hand down to his sword hilt. When he looked up, he saw...
   His jaw dropped. Facing him was a smiling, floating, pink-haired woman (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/yuyukoappears.png). There were butterflies floating around her, dazzling spirits that seemed to make up her aura. She wore a gushing blue robe with finely-detailed flower patterns, which complimented her gentle pink hair perfectly. She had a darker blue ribbon tied beneath her chest and a fan in her right hand. Her left hand was outstretched, a butterfly resting on the tip of her index finger. While he didn't know who she was, he was paralyzed by her breathtaking beauty; he felt more like walking towards her the longer he stared.
   To his good fortune, Mayli ran in front of him and faced the floating apparition, speaking out against her. "W-Who are you?! What--"
   "Ah..."
   Ken took a step back in surprise. "Whoa, she...she talked!" He pulled Mayli back by the collar of her shirt, slightly embarrassed at his behavior. As beautiful as the ghostly woman was, he had suspected that she was a youkai. But her voice was surprisingly human-like and motherly...then again, she certainly looked human-like. He shouldn't look at her for too long...
   "Ehehe, of course I can talk!" She smiled and floated closer.
   He gulped and looked down. She did have feet, so perhaps she wasn't a ghost. "Why did you grab me like that!"
   She closed her eyes and smiled. "Oh, well...I've been following you for a bit, mhmm~"
   Sighing, Mayli pulled Ken's hand off of her. "Why would you do that? Then again, if you're a ghost...wait! We don't have time to worry about that!" She turned back to Ken. "I don't think she means any harm, but we gotta get going!"
   "Ah, wait please!" The woman stopped twiddling her short pink hair and flew a bit closer. "I need some help..."
   He tensed up a bit, but decided that she wasn't harmful. "What is it? We're in a bit of a hurry..."
   "Well, I want to escape this place, and I need a bit of help to do so."
   Mayli raised an eyebrow. "That sounds like you want to possess us," she remarked in a suspicious tone.
   "Eh?" The ghost blinked several times before letting out a surprisingly adorable giggle. "No, not like that!"
   Ken cleared his throat. "Well, we're in a bit of a hurry, so if you don't mind...come with us, since what we're in the process of doing is part of an attempt to get out of here, anyway."
   "Really? Yay, I was right to follow you, then~"
   The student brushed her brown hair back. "Are you sure? We don't want to freak everyone out with this..." she didn't want to call this ghostly woman a monster, but under the circumstances, she wasn't sure what to call her. That didn't matter right now, anyway, as long as she wasn't an enemy!
   "Mayli, the world is at risk right now, Keine is nowhere to be found, we fought a shape-shifting youkai, you almost got eaten alive and--well, you get the point." He signaled to the two of them that they ought to get moving again. "I don't think we're in any position to judge..."
   A different voice rang out from nearby. "Oh, you think so?"
   The three of them stopped moving. A girl was blocking their path. Ken moved to go around her, but then she jumped over slightly to get in his way. She had on a yellow dress of sorts, that faded into an emerald green skirt. Her body was surrounded by purple tube-looking strings attached to a floating...was it an eye? A closed eye?
   He put a hand on his hip. "Excuse me, but we need to get through. If you could be so kind as to step aside..."
   "Ah, nope, sorry. Koishi can't do that~" she said rather playfully.
   Mayli stepped forward, still feeling bold. "Koishi? Who's that?"
   The ghost floated closer. "Koishi, what are you doing? Why aren't you with Satori?"
   He shook his head and looked at them. "Wait, THIS girl is Koishi?" Koishi...he tried to remember if he knew someone with that name, but couldn't recall anything.
   The girl, whose name was apparently Koishi, cocked her head to the side. "'course I'm not with sister, she's busy! Important stuff, yeah." She moved the floating closed eye surreptitiously closer to the ghost woman. "What's Yuyuko doing here, huh? Come to play with me too?"
   Yuyuko moved backwards. Hmm, she wondered. Something's not right here.
   Ken moved as if to pass Koishi. "Now then, we'll just be on our way..."
   "Ah, nope! Can't let you do that!" She suddenly flung out her arms as if to strike Ken. Before he could even react, he was pulled away, his body rather cold...the ghost woman had grabbed him and whisked him to safety before he could even notice anything else. Panting and shivering slighly, he watched as a stream of energy-filled orbs hit the ground exactly where he used to be.
   "Ken!" Mayli ran over to him and began to feel rather cold herself. What was causing that?
   "I know what's going on. She wants to fight us." Yuyuko released the protector-in-training and became more solid-looking, her feet gently touching the ground. She had a determined look on her face. "Isn't that right, satori?"
   Koishi nodded rather emphatically. "Uh-huh! Nue-Nue said that fighting is what we have to do, and Koishi wants to escape and play in a bigger world too!"
   "Wait, what?!" Mayli paused to think before continuing. "Why would--"
   A bigger world.
   That was it! Her eyes brightened. "Ken, I get it! We--well, she and Nue and those others want to fight because fighting is going to have us expend a lot of energy, right?"
   "Hmm..." He thought about it. If they were to fight, even if it wasn't with any intention to actually harm one another, that would certainly unleash a lot of energy, and all in one place. "Wait...the Hakurei Barrier...that's--"
   Yuyuko nodded and looked up at the sky. "Yes, I think you've got the idea. Above us is reality, according to her..."
   Curious, Mayli started biting on one of her fingernails. "Her?"
   The ghost smiled innocently. "Ah, nevermind. But, we have something to worry about here in front of us..."
   Ken drew his sword and pointed it at Koishi. "All right, then. I guess there's no choice...ready, Mayli?"
   "Wha-?! Me? ME?! B-But I can't--"
   Yuyuko put her hand on Mayli's shoulder. The latter flinched, but calmed down upon realizing that it wasn't chilling her body. Perhaps this ghost woman was not in a ghostly form right now, the student thought.
   "You'll be fine, you see...this fighting can't really hurt you, so just do your best to dodge!" As she finished speaking, Yuyuko began hovering in the air almost at the same time Koishi did. Both of them started to glow...



(Notes: Acquired Yuyuko Saigyouji. Team is now Mayli, Mokou, Kaguya, Hatate and Yuyuko.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Caber Knight Etch-A-Sketch on January 27, 2012, 01:45:11 AM
12:32 AM Day 2 Hakurei Shrine


Boy, time flies when everything drops on you. Fake Gensokyo, loss of property for everyone. Hell, his last hope for power, his power cable, was lost in the chaos earlier in the day. All that fighting was pretty neat, but on a day like this? It couldn't be helped, some would probably say.

Everyone has a breaking point. Doesn't matter who it is, they could be a wall of disciplined silence to a blubbering coward, they all have limits. Etch knew he hit his when he found out he wasn't even in a real home the moment he considered smacking things with Lappy. However, the idea of just smashing things in the shoulder with fists of bro seemed much more appealing. Another person would smack the human upside the head for having such ridiculous thoughts when some serious shit was going down.

Akyuu had a slightly better idea, involving hiding herself behind Etch as a violent storm of a battle brewed. Ichirin and Unzan focused more on having the two unharmed. Of course, with an angry fairy commander thingamabob (Hey, Unzan said it through ichirin, so...), it didn't look like they'd be able to just walk away.

"Damn it, all I wanted was a lazy Harvest Festival!" Etch groaned audibly as a giant cloud fist stopped a random spray of danmaku.

"So you really were--" a quick shake of the head "this isn't the time for that kind of talk, Etch!" Ichirin turned her attention back to the battle, or rather the dodging of it.

"Akyu!"

"Damn it Etch, this is not the time for that badger chainsaw thing again!" She was about to say when she was hugged rather tightly. Etch let go, wearing a serious face that hasn't been seen in a long time. "Wha..."

"On one hand, if Gensokyo blows up, this is the last time we're going to be seeing each other. On the other hand, if there is really is a dream world, we might not be together when we wake up. And that scares me dammit." Akyu looked up into Etch's face, a gentle nod between the two.

"If you two are done, we should probably get out of here!" Ichirin called out as she ran past, Unzan picking the two up as they looked for a safer place. Then again, with the fate of Gensokyo and everyone concerned in the hands of several angry youkai and humans, where would be a safe place? Could a haven really be found in a crumbling world?

---------

"Personally, I prefer the ground." Etch grumbled, standing on Unzan's hand (and not turning into a pancake on the ground).

"Oh, hush you. We can still see what's going on while being able to dodge the fire." Ichirin had her arms crossed, looking at the battle exploding beneath their feet.

"Like staying at the bottom of the screen" A faint whisper echoed in Etch's ear. The human nodded before wondering where the voice came from. Turning to Unzan, he tilted his head, to which Unzan responded with a grin.

-------------------------


"In summary, Etch and his group whimped out and fled to watch the battle from a distance"

Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on February 09, 2012, 03:23:55 PM
The Final Morning, Gensokyo,Day 2

It is not a fight to the death, yet it seems so. As Marisa and Reimu is busy dodging the powerful gear-shaped bullets released by Amarillo, they noticed one thing.
"Hey, Reimu, I remembered several hours ago you got defeated in one-on-one combat with her, right?" As Marisa dodges yet another gear-bullet followed by a string of lasers, she shouts as Reimu flew beside her.
"Don't bring that up! Though I'm also wondering why she didn't just merge with a fairy and rush down on us, what are the fairies doing anyways..?" Reimu shoots a needle at that gear, breaking it as Marisa successfully dodged the lasers.
Then suddenly a different stream of bullets is shot towards her, and it's heart-shaped.
"Oh not her and not at this time..." Reimu dodged the bullet however Marisa is too fast and hit that bullet head-on, she don't seem to have much problem with that though, "Actually it got missed and hit my hat instead. No time trying to fix it though."
"You'll be glad that I aimed for your hat instead of your head in the beginning!" a voice can be heard over the distance, it's the Youkai of subconciousness, Koishi Komeiji, "What that human girl said is right all along! I knew it-Owwwww..." She got cut off as one stream of Marisa's stars just hit her.
"Not like we don't believe her, but we just want to have fun!" As Koishi backs off from the blast, Marisa smiles.
"Oh I don't understand you...." sighed Reimu, "If not for the majority of the people want to fight here, I'll be out for now and kicking whoever trapped us instead of Amarillo there."
"No, that will still be done, after we get out, we'll ask Amarillo to locate the bad guys, and we all teach them a lesson, that's it." Marisa nodded.

At this time, the atmosphere in the air has changed.
Amarillo's attacks stopped, instead, 3 giant gears formed around her crew, completely blocking all the attacks thrown by various humans and youkais. Though only the fairies around her know what actually happened-
"...Are you alright..? You can always just get out with us and go save them in another go or something, I don't know." Lily Black asked as Amarillo suddenly kneel down and blood dripping from her mouth.
"No, I'm fine, I guess..." Amarillo coughs up some more blood, "just the limiter broke - Not a bad thing though... Thank you.", As Lily Black untied her Ribbon and wiped out the blood spilled everywhere, "now I need you to go all-out and lure everybody attacking this barrier." She noticed that "You Mad?!" whispered by the fairy, and added, "This barrier is no normal barrier, It don't actually block attacks, but just redirect them... and *cough*".
"I got it, I won't say anything." Lily Black looked around and waved to get everyone's attention before flying off first from a crack at the gears while the rest of the fairies soon follows.
At that same time, an obviously defeated Koishi stumbled in.
"And where did YOU come from anyways." Amarillo let out a sigh but she quickly realized something.
"Hey, where are your sister? and the rest of the Subterrian Palace?" she asked.
"They're gone when I wake up, so I just come on the ground-"
Yes, Satori and her pets may decided that they'll went aboveground because of Aya's news, but that still didn't explain why Koishi is not with her sister or the pets.
In other words...
"...No, I know they're fine, before worrying about the others, worry about yourself first, like there..." Koishi points at Amarillo's mouth, "I don't know you got more damaged than them that quick!"
Even though Koishi cannot read people's "minds" anymore, Amarillo still need to admit that her ability of guessing what one's thinking is superb.
"I'm fine though, just now the limiter I set on myself got broken because I did something crazy here and there. Actually It'll get more crazier from now on." Amarillo rise her head and looks at the gears-barrier. seemingly lost in thought.

And then suddenly, Koishi shouted, "What did you done to me?! I know nothing bad will come out of it, but I still think I have the rights to know..."
"I don't know if the Subterrian Palace have books on Chinese Rituals and Magic - But it's not harmful to tell you anyways - Human Blood - no, blood in general has some awesome usage in Rituals, Magics and Medicine in the Southern Part of China, the tribes there believe that blood is still living when freshly extracted. However, this is not a mistake as the technology finally catch up with the Ancients - We found blood are the prefect catylyst for us ESPer's abilities." Amarillo looks at the pile of blood on the gear floor, "Yes, I implanted some of my blood on you, that will, because of my ability,  allows you to survive in the outer world, at least for a while, since now your guardian is no where to be found."
"My Grardians...?" Koishi gives out a puzzled look.
"Don't think too hard about it." Amarilo smiled.
"So you want me to exit right now and pave the way for you guys?" Asked Koishi, "since technically I'm defeated out there - used up all my Spellcards and that."
"and how can you exit? Wait for some more time, the change will soon come. Also, I may ask you a fever to do."
"What is that?"
"......"

At this time- outside the gear-barrier,
The gensokyo residents didn't show even a trace of doubt about Amarillo's status, which is a good thing. Lily Black told Mamizou about the broken limiter, however she didn't seems to mind, but after Lily Black tells her that Amarillo want others to focus on Amarillo's barrier, she seems to know something.
"So she went that-a-way, interesting." Mamizou is amused by the new change of tactics and fired another stream of animal shaped bullets at the crowd, forcing them to spread out.

"You think you are ready for that? The big attack that may come from that?" she points to the giant gear barrier in the sky.
"But isn't that just a barrier?" The one who charged out head on is Mokou, "Whatever.." she declared her "Phoenix's tail" Spellcard, and all of the bullets, to other's surprise, are absorbed by the barrier.

"Oh, so it's not a simple barrier..." Mokou smiled as the Barrier eats in wave and wave of bullets. "Any barrier has a limit! everyone, focus on that barrier! Amarillo may want to just delay some time for some reason!"

They didn't see that the three giant gears forms a triangle, and the bullets Mokou and the other fired are just hitting through the tip of the triangle to somewhere even higherer in the sky.
Inside the gear-barrier, Koishi is also looking at the top of the gear-barrier, which is entirely out of her view.
"So what's that leads to?" she asked out of curiousity.
"The Change." Amarillo let out a smile, "You'll see it soon enough."

Then, they heard Marisa's voice just below.
"Oops, prepare for some big crush." Amarillo sits down on the gear-floor.
"Wait, what-?" Before Koishi is able to reply anything, a huge blast can be felt just below, seems like Marisa fired her Master Spark at the bottom of the gear-barrier.
The shockwave created by this impact knocked Koishi down.

Outside the barrier-
"Hey, look, the sky!"
someone shouted, and points to the sky.
The repairing of the sky has abructly stopped, it felt wierd to see that the moon and the sun are both on the sky, and evening and morning exists on the same time. But more importantly...
"MEMORY ALTERATION SYSTEM - OFFLINE." A cold machine female voice claimed.
then another voice followed :"BEGINNING...EMERGENCY EVALUCION SYSTEM"

"It's finished." As Amarillo let out a sigh of happiness, the "walls" of the gear-barrier crumble into ashes.
"Guys, remembered everything?" she asks while giving Koishi a thumb up, as a dark colored portal is forming over her in the high sky. Koishi first flew through it.
"I really want to thank you for what you've done, but keep all these stuff until we made it out of that place." Reimu flew pass her bringing Mikata and co. who don't seems to be injured at all.
"You are quite good, I never thought you're that good with big bullets, and I believe this alteration system didn't have a part in that." Marisa follows her.
"So what we left to do is go through that protal?" As Ken flew up (with other's help, more or less), "Hmm, interesting - though my memories are still fuzzy."
"You couldn't hurt to be prepared for a fight though, we are trapped in a nasty place, no less."
"Ok, I got it."

Then they heard Nue shouting, "And I'm doing this because you didn't put up a good fight - At All! hope you do better out there!" As Nue angrily drag Etch from his "hiding place" and sends him up with a powerful.... is that a punch?

As Amarillo is looking up, seeing that more and more people are heading through the portal, the portal suddenly begin to emit a bright light.
"My mission is over.... Mission Successful. GA-04, over and out." as she muttered these words, the light fully engulfed her.
Though in the other's eyes, she is falling down to the ground.
"Did she really thought it's worth it?!" Lily Black rushed down.
"We are saving people, so I think it's ok, let's just make sure she didn't get hurt." Lily White follows as well.

How...long has I been here?
Amarillo opened her eyes, they are currently on the Shrine Grounds.
"And why are you guys still there?!" Seeing the fairies beside her, Amarillo sighed, "The portal won't open forever - and I'm too tired to get up by myself anyways - So you guys go first, I'll break out from within."
"What do you think you're saying? You saved everyone, now it's our turn to save you." Claimed Lily White as the fairies are trying to lift her.
but with no anvil.
"Still don't realize it? by directing the people's attacks towards what's called the power source of the simulation, I've shut it down and so is the mana simulation system. You can't carry me out because there is not enough energy for us to do so. Either I or you guys must stay."
"Don't say things like that..." Mamizou appears, "It seems that most of the residents has vacated. Remilia is no where to be found, and Sakuya is forbidded to look for her but she did so anyways, where in the world could they be.."
"What about the subterrain palace?" Amarillo asked.
"Can't find them anywhere, could be out already."
"...and how long has I been out down there..?" seeing the confused look in Mamizou's eyes, Amarillo repeated, "I mean, how long since I fainted down here...oh wait."
"Did you hit your head somewhere? You are talking wierd." The tanuki looks up, "About 15 minutes, if I would say - I spend these long time looking for other people, you know."
"...Then you must go at once, the standard UPS is going to restart as we speak."
"And what is that?" Nue asked, however the same cold female sound cuts in that prefectly answered her question.
"WARNING: UNIVERSAL POWER SUPPLY ONLINE IN 1 MINUTE."
"Shoot, it's still repairing itself?! Humans and their technologies." Nue stick her trident down on the dirt.
"So as I said, get outta here already - not like I cannot make it out myself. after some time I mean."
"Are these our only choices?" Asked Daiyousei.
"Yes."
"No."at the same time Amarillo replies, Nue cuts her off.
"So you decided then, that's.... very unusual of you." Mamizou laughed.
"Why? With great power comes greater needs, I read that from a comic book."
"POWER SUPPLY ONLINE T-MINUS 40 SECONDS."
"I'm sure it's "your version" of it. But if you have decided, we must do it soon, taking the 3rd option here, I mean."
"Seems you are ready..."
Amarillo don't know what they are talking about, but there can be only one possibility.
"Don't tell me..."
"POWER SUPPLY ONLINE T-MINUS 10 SECONDS."
"Exactly, you have showed great bravery and faith these days, and this is what you deserved. Don't worry for us!" As Amarillo is speaking, she found herself already in the air, with the fairies follows her.
"FIVE."
"FOUR."
"THREE."
Looking down, they see that Nue is still striking a pose with her fists in the air, seems they are launched the exact same way Etch did.
"ONE."
Amarillo couldn't even ask what they are planning to do afterwards as the portal completely closed behind her crew.
"EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE ON-LINE."

...It's the most beautiful comet ever drawn across the sky of gensokyo.

-30 minutes ago-
"...... It's something as simple as that?" Koishi asked in surprise.
"Yeah, I don't know if I could make it out, if I didn't, do as I said." replied Amarillo.
"What if you made it out?" Koishi smiled, "trust me, you will."
"Heh, then let's form a plan outside this world."

Look like Koishi is right after all.

.... ....
....
..

and the dream said It loves you


and the dream said you have played the game well


and the dream said everything you need is within you


and the dream said you are stronger than you know


and the dream said you are the daylight


and the dream said you are the night


and the dream said the darkness you fight is within you


and the dream said the light you seek is within you


and the dream said you are not alone


and the dream said you are not separate from every other thing


and the dream said you are the dream tasting itself, talking to itself, reading its own mind.


and the dream said It love you because you are love.


And the game was over and you woke up from the dream. And you began a new dream. And you dreamed again,

dreamed better.


And you was the universe.


You are what you are.


Now, Wake up.

..
....
.... ....

Kamisuiwa Town Outskirts - RAI Secret Research Lab Codename "GRAVEYARD" - ??:?? DAY2
So it has come to this.
As Lily White carries Amarillo out, she received the message that somehow Amarillo can't normally talk and can only speak in a very weak voice.
"Seems some other parts of me has burnt away, I need time to recover, we'll regroup at Tourist Helpers and we'll settle a plan. Koishi and Nitori may already be there."
With that being said, there is no point of them staying at the human-pot filled rooms any longer.

Yukari and Jeremy already made it out much earlier before the fight and has taking out all the scientists in the base. Strangely, no soldiers are in it.
As Jeremy and Yukari are busy opening the strangely looking machine jars and releasing people, a monitor lights up. And a lazy-looking man is shown on the monitor.
"Graveyard Base, Graveyard Base, this is Diamond Clear, reply!"
Yukari stopped what she's doing and dragged one of the scientists over.
"Reply as nothing has happened, do it!"
The scientist opened the connection and picked up the phone.
"This is Graveyard base, everything is fine, over."
"Graveyard Base, are all the subjects all right?"
The scientist tried to look back, but Yukari is pointing at him on the head with her fan. "NOTHING has happened, tell them!"
"Yes, everything is OK." The scientist said.
"Great, we are finishing our recon mission and is heading back, probably about 48 hours later we'll arrive."
"Roger, godspeed." The scientist answered and cut off the phone.

"hah, we get visitors." The Gap-Youkai pushed the scientists aside.
"And he's tough to creak, I suggest you to escape outta here and regroup." Amarillo's voice is echoing in the hall, however the girl is nowhere to be found.

Kamisuiwa Town - Town Square - Tourist Helpers - 13:15, DAY 2
A knock can be heard on the door, then 5 knocks, stopped for a second, 7 knocks, another pause, then 3 knocks.
"They are there!" The kappa known as Kawashiro Nitori - now under the name Nancy the shopkeeper - running down from upstairs and opened the door, and welcome the exhausted girls inside.
"So Nancy and Emily, huh? I wonder why didn't I got a nametag that at least start with a K......" seeing Amarillo and the fairies has finally arrived, Koishi hanged up the "CLOSED" sign at the front door and closed the shop. (Not this shop gets a lot of visitors anyways...)


A plan is forming for a rescue.
A squad is heading back for a surprise.
A team has been gathered for a revenge.

1 hour later, the old Saniwa Shrine website get updated after a 2 month slience, it show nothing but one sentence.
"Do you have faith at yourself, and others who believed in you? - Amarillo Viridian."

Fin
EPISODE I : Fake Dreams


EPISODE II : Dreamin' Leagues
Title: Neo Waking Up from the Dream - Episode Two Begins
Post by: Kakyoin on February 09, 2012, 03:58:34 PM
Unknown Time - Day 2 - Unknown Location

Spinning...

All Ken could feel was a spinning sensation. He could not comprehend what was occurring around him, everything was a swirling swath of...he wasn't even sure what was surrounding him. Was he dreaming? He could only see blue darkness everywhere...

Something went off in his head. An explosion? No...it was neither painful nor pleasant. He felt like gasping, but was trapped in a stasis of sorts. His body did not seem to be visually restrained, but he was immobilized somehow, perhaps due to an invisible apparatus.

"Ken...!"

He tried to glance around upon hearing a young woman's voice, but his body was unyielding and refused to move. Surprisingly, he felt the feeling of floating in nothingness being sucked from him...if that could even describe it accurately. What was happening?

"Wake up...!"

His mouth somehow opened in an attempt to respond, but no words came out. Where were the others? Trying to remember what had just happened, he thought of Kaguya and Mokou, and Hatate too...that ghost woman also, from the previous battle. But, he was forgetting someone...someone important...

"Please, get up..."

A rush of colors and light blasted across his body and overwhelmed his widened eyes. He felt like a vacuum was sucking his soul dry. Where was he going? Looking ahead, he braced for impact as a concave, translucent object came rushing towards him...



10:30 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

"Huh!"

Startlingly, Ken became aware of his surroundings. He blinked a few times before looking around. He was inside something that looked like the interior of a machine...his whole body was inside of it. A see-through window was staring at him as he looked up, and he thought he saw a face through it. It was definitely someone on the other side, and although their mouth was moving, he couldn't hear them.
   "What...?" He tried to indicate that he couldn't understand, but then a mechanical noise descended upon his ears.

*Click*  *BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZT*  *SHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH*

His arms jerked to life, and he found that he could move them finally. Sitting up as the door window opened upwards, he saw a brief flash of different lights, first on the left side of the interior of the thing he was in, then the right.
   "Ken! Oh, thank goodness you're okay..."
   His eyes darted back outside and he was greeted by a familiar face. It was Mayli!
   "Here, let me help you up!" She extended her hand out to him and he took it without hesitation. He was still a bit confused, even after regaining his memories of reality.
   Wait...reality.
   That was it! This was the real world now, not that fake Gensokyo. He suddenly became much more aware as she gave a grunt, pulling him up and out of what appeared to be a mechanical pod. "Ah...thanks..."

*RAI Base BGM* (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hVSXMFJOXvQ)

He immediately looked around and was greeted by a startlingly familiar view. The room they were in was quite large, filled with more of the same mechanical pods--there were rows and rows of them. He could hardly believe that there could be so many of these machines in one place. Everywhere he looked otherwise, there were computer monitors, devices with lights...even the walls seemed to have a circuit board appearance. It was quite a technological spectrum to behold.
   "You're okay, right?" Mayli bit her lip and looked around as well, then gasped as she glanced into the pod adjacent to the one he had just been pulled from. "K-Ken...um..."
   "What is it, Mayli? I--" He turned to see what she was distressed over. Looking into the pod, his eyes widened.
   Stuck inside the pod was none other than Keine.
   Silently, he observed her for a moment. She had a slightly pained look on her face, but otherwise seemed unharmed. Was she still trapped in the virtual world? But that was impossible, hadn't everyone escaped?
   "Keine...we gotta get you outta here!" His fingers searched around the rim of the pod for a good grip, and upon finding one on each side began to pull up. No matter how hard he tried to lift it, he could not budge it one bit. Taking a few breaths, he attempted once more to no avail.
   "Ugh...it's no good," he said, turning back to Mayli. "Well, maybe if I try this..."
   Whipping out his sword, he tried carefully to pry open the top. Before he could get good leverage, he decided against it. He didn't want to force anything too much, lest his sword break or the machine malfunction. It could possibly hurt Keine if he wasn't careful, and that above all else had to be avoided.
   "Ah...Ken, look! Another one's opening!"
   "Huh?" He glanced around before seeing Hatate sitting up in the opened pod in the next row, yawning.
   "Ahhhh...wha? This place..." She seemed sleepy, just like he was when first awakening.
   He sheathed his sword and carefully maneuvered between two of the pods in the row in front of him, carefully stepping around the wires and cables that connected them all together. "Hatate! You all right?"
   "Eh? Ah, heya~" She waved drowsily at him. "Where are we? Is this...the RAI base we got taken to?"
   Mayli nodded and responded from afar. "I think so! Everyone is slowly waking up from being in the fake world..."
   "It sure seems that way, at least." He took the tengu's hand and helped her up as best he could. She stumbled and fell against him. Her chest felt satisfyingly soft.
   "Ehehe...thanks, dude. I still feel kinda wishy-washy." She reached into her pocket and found her cell phone. "Oh, that's right...I need to show you something that I--"

"WHAAAAAAT?!"

Both of them jumped in surprise at the sudden yell. His free hand shot to the hilt of his sword, while he gripped Hatate tighter. However, when they saw Mokou running over from out of nowhere, looking distressed and irritated, they calmed down.
   "What's the meaning of this?!" she demanded.
   "M-Meaning of what? Jeez, Mokou, calm down..." he said, letting the tengu lady go.
   The fiery woman had her hands on her hips. "Why aren't they all out of their pods?!" Before they could respond, she turned around and set to searching for something. "Where's Keine..."
   Mayli signaled to Mokou. "She's over here..."
   "Really?! Hold on, I'll be right over there!"
   Hatate sighed, watching Mokou take off. "I thought she was talking about the way you were holding me."
   Ken groaned. "If we weren't in this strange situation, I have a feeling she would...well, we ought to have a look around and see what's going on here. This lab looks pretty empty aside from ourselves, but we can never be too cautious..."
   "Yeah, no kidding. I'll go scout, then." Hatate hovered a few inches above the ground and carefully flew towards the far corner of the room.
   He felt a lurch in his chest after she had taken off. Dismissing it as a side-effect of leaving the virtual experience, he saw another pod opening up. Walking over, he saw that it was Yuyuko.
   "Hwaaaaah~ Oh my, what a nice long adventure." Yawning, she looked around with innocent eyes, until they settled on him. "Oh, hey Ken." Rubbing her eyes, she sat up and proceeded to get out by herself.
   His countenance narrowed. She seemed unaffected by the change. "Hmm...are you okay, ghostie?"
   "Yes, I feel fine, I think..."
   "Okay, that's good."
   "It looks like we escaped to reality after all. But, what about the others?"
   "They seem to be coming out of these...pod things, or machines or whatever...slowly but surely. Oh look, there are some others opening up right now!" He pointed down the line.
   The two of them walked over to see who was inside of them. Ken ran ahead to the closer pod and saw that Kaguya was inside. She too looked a bit drowsy, but also somewhat worried. Upon seeing him, she relaxed a little. "Oh...hi. Hey, help me up, will ya?"
   As he was helping the moon princess out of her pod, he felt a tug at his sleeve. "Ken, look who's in the other one..."
   "Huh?" He turned around to see Yuyuko pointing at the second one that had recently opened. "Wait...this is..."
   It was Amarillo.
   "Her too, huh...she doesn't look too good right now," he noted. It was hard to tell if she was conscious or not, but given what she had just gone through, it was understandable that--
   "Hold on a minute," he said. "Did what happened in the virtual Gensokyo, really carry over to reality?"
   Yuyuko nodded "It would seem so. That does make sense...after all, your sword is here, so..."
   That was true; he hadn't given it much thought. He had received the sword in Kourindou in the virtual world, the fake Gensokyo; he didn't have it when they had fought against RAI and were forced into that place. Come to think of it, what time was it? How long had it been since everyone had been captured? He had no idea how to answer since they were inside the RAI base, presumably in the depths of its laboratory.
   He had no time to answer, as a seemingly frustrated battle cry emitted from Mokou, drawing everyone's attention to what she was doing. Forming flames in her hands, she gripped Keine's pod and pulled with all her strength trying to free her best friend. "URGGGGGH!"
   "Wait, Mokou! Don't do that!" he yelled, running over to where she was. "You don't know if that will--"
   Unnerved, she continued to pull. When it would not yield, she raised her right hand and shouted. "Immortal 'Fire Bird -Flying Phoenix-'!!" Leaning back, she prepared to crash into Keine's pod.
   Suddenly, her spell card stopped working.
   She let out a surprised gasp and fell to the ground, feeling power fading from her body. What was happening to her?!
   Ken suddenly felt like his body had frozen and his heart had stopped. A painfully hot, incendiary feeling roared through his limbs like an endless barrage of numbing stings. Everything stood still for a split-second.
   
*CRASH* (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/standcrash.png)

*Tragedy in Progress BGM* (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JVN0WQLFjXU)

"GUAGH!" He felt like his entire body was breaking, all at once. He collapsed to the ground in an instant, gurgling helplessly and writhing in agony. All he could see was red, a deep bloody glaze drowning his vision. He croaked hoarsely as he clawed at his chest area, unable to control his hands. His heart felt like it was going to explode...
   "KEN!!!" Mayli screamed his name and ran towards him immediately, tripping over her own feet and clattering to the ground with a cry of desperation. She scrambled to get to her feet as Yuyuko quickly moved to aid him if she could.
   Having already gotten back on her feet, Mokou stood in a trance, staring at what was happening. What was going on?! Why was he--was he having a heart attack?
   "Don't just stand there!" Kaguya barked, as she had leaned down to try to restrain his flailing body. "Get over here!! Hurry!!!"



11:27 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

*RAI Base BGM* (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hVSXMFJOXvQ)

".....up..."

"...W...ke...up...plea..."

Hearing a voice, Ken opened his eyes. His senses were disturbed and reduced; rubbing his lips together, he felt the crusty coarseness and tasted something thick and heavy: the taste of his own blood.
   Blinking several times, he tried to sit up, but a robed hand reached over and urged him to remain seated. He heard the voice again, but more clearly this time.
   "Shhh, just stay there..."
   Looking up, he saw Yuyuko's face. He thought he saw her smile, as she reached down to stroke his hair. After glancing around as best he could, he noticed that he was resting in her lap.
   "Wha..."
   She put a finger to her lips to silence him before he could finish his thought verbally. "You're fine now. It seems like in all the confusion, we forgot about the mana links...and..." Her face wrinkled in displeasure as she glanced up, setting her eyes on a target he could not see. "...and well, Mokou used a spell card..."
   He closed his eyes as he felt his strength returning. Mana...just great, he thought. That problem was back. Since the real Gensokyo had collapsed, its inhabitants needed some form of energy for sustenance. He had willingly formed a mana pact with Hatate, but he was unaware of how he had come under one with Mokou...or even Yuyuko...and what about Kaguya? He sat there confused for a while, trying to figure out what it all meant.
   The Lunarian Princess appeared in his field of vision, looking rather concerned. "Is he okay now? Looks like it, I hope..."
   He managed a light smile as her face drew nearer; it wasn't often that she was so worried, but given the situation, her life was on the line already anyway...her care was justified, he concluded in his mind.
   As soon as she had come, she was gone. He heard her mumbling about Mokou as she walked away.
   "W-Where's Mokou...?" he managed to say quite clearly. Indeed, he was already feeling much better, and yet the pain he felt before was indescribably intense...
   "Ah, Mokou..." the ghost princess frowned momentarily. "She doesn't--she's...Mayli's trying to get through to her, but..."
   "But...?"
   She shook her head. "But, she too is exhausted, perhaps from shock or...something else altogether."
   So that was it, he thought. Mokou wasn't going to have an easy time approaching him. And yet, all he could wonder at the moment was how her spell card usage was tied to him. Then his thoughts roamed to how his sudden emergency reaction may have affected those around him. He hoped it wasn't keeping everyone overly worried for too long. At the least, this was certainly a wake-up call: mana was back, the necessary monster to keep everyone alive and well.
   He yawned and tried to sit up in Yuyuko's lap. As he expected, she moved forward to help prop him up, wrapping her arms around him as a support. Being held by her was surprisingly calming, for a bringer of death. Then again, if she invoked her powers here...he would die, that was unquestionably and disturbingly assured.
   Taking in the surroundings, he saw that many pods had opened. He could only wonder how long it had been since that accident occurred. Glancing around, there were more people up and about, some of which he recognized. One of them seemed to be coming his direction.
   "This is the guy, huh? He doesn't look so impressive to me." It was a woman with a long sword that looked similar to Reimu...who was she? Had he seen her somewhere before? Maybe one of the ones helping Mokou and Hatate fend off Nue in the virtual world? Wait...it was Meira, the detached, cynical one.
   Before he could act on her words, another walked nearby and replied. "Meira, don't be rude! He had a mana accident."
   Was that a sword this other one had, too? Looking closer, he noticed that, aside from her rather prominent chest, she looked distinctly masculine. He decided to set that aside for now. "Yeah, but I feel better now."
   "Good. Now you, apologize!" She turned to face Meira in disgust.
   "Whatever, Hiro-kun." She turned to Ken and immediately stated the bare minimum. "Sorry, and feel better."
   "Huh...it's fine, I guess," he responded autonomously. "I wonder where the others are...Keine...Reisa..." he mumbled somewhat to himself.
   "This is a good reminder of the burden we bear now, keep that in mind." Another voice entered the conversation, and Meira and this Hiro character turned to observe its owner's arrival. Ken followed suit, and was surprised to see someone he didn't think he'd be seeing again for a while. "Hello, Lady Patchouli."
   The youkai magician cleared her throat before continuing. "Yes, well met. It appears that you've recovered. No need to worry any longer about your condition, then."
   "Patchouli..." Yuyuko said her name with a hint of disdain and worry.
   He nodded, knowing what her words meant. "It's okay." Such 'mana crashes', as they had come to be dubbed as, did not have significant long-lasting after-effects, other than the initial spasm or similar problem. Still, that was no reason to abuse the system in any way.
   Then he remembered something, and spoke up. "So, where's Reisa? You remember her, right, Lady Patchouli?"
   She averted her eyes momentarily. "That's...ah, one moment." She turned upon being tapped on the shoulder by Koakuma, someone he recognized as her library assistant. Before walking away, she spoke over her shoulder back to him. "I think the tengu might know, ask her."
   "Hmm, okay then." He looked at his remaining audience. Glancing at the woman again, he finally remembered that it was Hirowaza, but he had other things to ask about. "Well, what about Keine?"
   "Maybe you haven't realized, but..." Hirowaza started to say, pausing to see if anyone would continue. No one did. "...well, not everyone made it out, apparently."
   "What!" He sat up straighter in Yuyuko's lap as she tried to restrain him, but almost immediately let him do as he pleased. "...I see. Then, I guess it's time for me to get up and check things out." Using his hand as a support, he slowly got to his feet. "I guess we've still got some problems to take care of..."



(Notes: Final team is Mayli, Mokou, Kaguya, Hatate and Yuyuko. It is apparent to everyone now after Ken's accident that the mana links between partners have been reestablished. Keep in mind that Touhous or OCs using ANY ability beyond that of normal human limits, including hovering/flying, will affect the pool of mana shared amongst an entire team, and too extreme or too much usage will lead to more and more severe exhaustion of more and more teammates.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: trancehime on February 11, 2012, 08:25:57 AM
aurora, seeker of the stars
she will come and i will bind her.

?? ?? - Day 2 - ??

VIVIT had been frantically panicking within the time it took for the rather mystical sight to whiz in the horizon, Meira was keeping the now standing Hirowaza straight up, as the two of them attempted to shuffle in an aimless direction. Yet, Hirowaza stopped moving and looked up at the strange sight. "Hiro-kun! What are you doing, just gawking?! We have to dash! Move, move! Your leg is injured, we can't waste time here!" Meira shook the disoriented Hiro-waza about as he stood, dumbstruck. VIVIT squeaked and unloaded some mechanical devices from her arms, scooped up both Meira and Hirowaza, and took the both of them away for evacuation.

i think it's a rainbow. i've always wanted to touch a rainbow. so this will turn out well, as i think this one wants to touch me.

Hirowaza was not entirely sure about the events that transgressed, he was not even sure if he was alive, as VIVIT had swept him and Meira from their legs and attempted evacuation, all he could see was a strange, beautiful feminine figure of light, it was a strange vision, a strange phenomena, unreal, that of the phantasm, in the recesses of his mind. Lightning flickered, thunder everywhere, the environs that was the darkness began to crackle, break open, break down, revealing a backdrop of pure psychedelic chaos... More lightning, the sound of disintegration, the sound of anarchy, the screaming... There was nothing but screaming.

A song of chaos lingered as Hirowaza lay unconscious in... wherever place he was, he didn't know, he wasn't sure if he was even alive, and yet, he could not stop thinking of that vision, that vision seemed to fill him with a renewed vigor, a renewed sense of being, something... out of this world. A higher form of power. Beyond the mortal plane of existence. Yet... was this tangible, was this even real? Or was it merely phantasmic, a fragment of his own imagination? Hirowaza did not know... But he would find out. A flash of blue and red light struck inside his mind, and, eyes jolting wide open, he awoke from his long slumber.

11:00 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base
i already know the answer. i made that choice long ago.

Hirowaza found himself in a strange, unfamiliar yet rather familiar environs. Unfamiliar in the sense that he had never seen most of this stuff before, but familiar in the sense that this huge sense of unknown he was feeling definitely reeked of RAI. He found himself in a strange pod of some sort, and then he realized something as he looked about, and tapped back into his vision. The song of chaos, that sound of anarchy... Was the Gensokyo he had been in that time... a fake? An illusion? Hirowaza left his pod and stretched in place, cracking his knuckles and looking down at the ground. Then he looked up. Then he looked at an empty pod, eyeing a reflection of himself in it. The eye which had now been exuding a red trail was now literally exuming a faint, translucent, blue flame. He looked at his hands, and swore he saw some electricity flicker from one of his fingers.

"...Aurora...?"

Hirowaza shook his head and looked about, and spotted the cool and composed Samurai Girl, Meira, leaning against the pod that he could only assume she came out of and approached her. Meira smiled weakly. "You're finally awake," she said. "I'm glad to see that you made it." Hirowaza tilted his head. "I'm sure you must have noticed from the fact that a lot of the pods around here are still closed, but not everyone who was in the virtual world, as VIVIT puts it, evacuated." Hirowaza clenched his fists, but ultimately sighed. Behind one of the pods next to Meira's, scuttled VIVIT, who seemed to be just fine as well. She squeaked and pitter-pattered about, exploring and seemingly studying the various mechanical pods. Hiro fidgeted.

"Let's see who else is still awake?" Hiro suggested, to which Meira nodded solemnly and the two of them started pacing about. Hirowaza had noted to the robot that she should follow them when she is done studying the various mechanisms and contraptions scattered about the large room. VIVIT acknowledged with a cheerful smile and nod before going on her business. Meanwhile, Meira had spotted a small congregation of people in a secluded part of the room, where someone appeared to be in a recovering condition; it was the protege of Keine. He couldn't really remember his name that well, Ken or something? Meira had strolled at a brisk pace towards them.

"Hmm, so this is the guy, eh..." Meira tilted her head and looked down at Ken, who appeared to have just gained consciousness from a terrible accident or something of the sort. "Doesn't look like much to me, at least for someone who appears to be in high-regard to his... peers." Meira scoffed, but Hirowaza sighed and approached her from behind.

"Now, now, Meira. Don't be rude; it was a 'Mana' accident!" Hiro sighed as Meira shrugged in response. Ken had expressed that he felt better, but nevertheless, Hiro insisted on Meira apologizing to the guy, to which she did, albeit hesitantly and reluctantly. Eventually, Patchouli and Koakuma had entered to provide a little bit more background information; to which Hirowaza found it fitting to break the news that the possibility that not everybody had actually made it through was quite likely. Ken did act rather passionately towards this, but Hiro ignored it. His burning left eye seemed to burn a bit brighter.

"So, what's your plan then?" Hiro seemed to ask Ken, almost in a manner of sorts that implied it was a challenge.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Jana on February 11, 2012, 09:43:25 AM
11:00 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base

Alternating between squeezing his eyes shut and squinting them to try and see his surroundings, Jan slowly sat up. His head hurt like hell, but he figured he cold at least try and piece together his last few memories (http://i.imgur.com/2u8bZ.png).

Koa and I were just shelving books... There was... An earthquake? Things collapsing... Koa rushed to Patchouli-sama and I tried to hold the books. The shelves were too large. I'm sure of that. But there was something else... Collapsing. That's the key. Felt like I was getting sucked into something, torn apart... A singularity?

Did everything collapse into a singularity?

Finally, his eyes used to the light, Jan opened them wide and looked around. He still had no idea where he was, or how he had gotten here, and even what he had pieced together in his head told him nothing about his new surroundings. He could see that he was inside of what looked like a science fiction pod, and that there were many more around him. Some of them were opened, like his own. Following the growing din of chit-chat, he could see some people standing in a group some distance away, Patchouli and Koakuma among them. Feeling relief for his mistress and co-worker's safety, he slowly pulled himself out and to a standing position, and sluggishly dragged his feet over.

"...What's your plan then?" he overheard. He still had no idea of what was happening, but Jan seemed to have chosen a good time to wake up.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on February 11, 2012, 12:15:29 PM
1:00 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Cafe

Experiments were horrible luck.

Gulping down the remains of a sushi platter, Danao checked his phone again. The message was still there on its Internet browser. Honestly, he would not have paid attention to it if it was not so cryptic and foreboding. Just thinking about it was sending chills through him.

It was really all his fault for testing it. The same thing came up on his laptop and refused to leave the screen. No matter how many new tabs and windows he opened on the browser, it stuck like a tick on skin. It was probably a freak occurence, but certainly something that had never ever happened before.

"What am I going to do there..." He fished out his pen and notebook, flipping it all the way to the back. Squeezed in the top of the page was the address of the place he was going to visit, just in case his phone ran out of battery. "I hope this doesn't take more than a day..." A nagging voice in his head screamed that there was not going to be a normal convention of anything tomorrow.

He looked at his phone's clock. One o'clock. He would probably want to start walking to the shrine to get it over with. If there really was no convention, at least no effort was wasted. Just a lot of time.

He scooted off his chair. With a satisfied stomach, he had all the time in the world to walk there. He was not going to spend a cent to investigate this.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on February 11, 2012, 11:13:48 PM
11:30 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

Ken turned to Hirowaza. "My plan? First we need to figure out what we can and should do from here on out..."
   "Yeah, that sounds right. C'mon, Meira. Let's go find VIVIT and take a look around this place." Hiro headed off to the right and looked around.
   "Right, right," Meira mumbled. A robotic maid couldn't be that hard to find, anyway.
   "Hmm." Ken set his sights on the line of pods ahead of him. "I guess I should do the same for my partners too."
   "...so I guess you really do feel okay, then."
   His walking was interrupted by the sound of a womanly voice. He looked back upon hearing it, and smiled back at the ghost princess who stood there. "It would seem so. Thanks for your concern." She had a habit of being able to sneak up on just about anyone, even though she wasn't even visible. He reached a hand out and patted her shoulder. "And, thanks for your...care earlier."
   "Ehehe, no problem~" she gleefully stated. "We ought to go see what's up with everyone else, right?"
   "That's the plan, yep. Coming along?"
   "Sure. I mean, Youmu isn't awake, so..."
   He stared into her beautiful eyes and met a look smacking of concern. "I'm sure Youmu will be all right...and Keine too, and everyone else, somehow. But we can't really try to get them out." Looking around, he saw many computers, computer monitors and other strange devices scattered at workstations in-between the layers of pods. "Besides, this stuff is technology of sorts, and with enough time I'm sure we can figure it out..."
   "What about that kappa?" she asked.
   "What about her?"
   "Couldn't she, y'know...with her tinkering and such..."
   "Oh, that's a good point." He looked around again and saw a rather large group sitting down against a desk. "Just in case though, we ought to first check up on everyone else."
   "Yes...and I don't see Nitori anywhere nearby either, so...oh, stay still for a moment."
   Ken blinked. "Wha--"
   She put a finger to her own lips to silence him. "Turn around~"
   For a moment, he was puzzled. Upon figuring out what it was, he smiled and turned around. "Ah, hehe. I see, you want that right now...I don't see why not."
   "Just like a few years ago, yeah? It'll be like old times again." The ghost carefully climbed onto his back, hanging her arms around his neck and across his chest.
   He felt her pressing against him. It was a nice feeling, and it made him feel a bit stronger inside. This was a perk to the mana links, he thought. And since she was so light, it didn't really trouble nor affect him. Chuckling a bit, he reveled in the nostalgia. "This certainly brings back old t--"
   As he stopped to consider something, the two of them both seemed to wonder about the same thing at the same time. She spoke up first. "Yes, although..."
   "Yeah...I wonder how much time has actually passed."
   "Oh well, let's go check up on everyone else, 'kay~?" She playfully rubbed her body against his.
   "A-Ahh...yeah, okay." He was still embarrassed when she did that, apparently to her delight. She really was a friendly ghost...cunning, but friendly. Smirking, he walked over to the group with a Yuyuko in tow.


11:35 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

"Hey Ken, long time no see." Vant subsequently stretched his arms out and yawned.
   The swordsman looked over. Indeed it was Vant. He walked over, but before he could reply, the gate guardian spoke up.
   "Hey!"
   "Huh?" Vant looked over to see that his left hand had gotten close to Meiling's chest.
   "What's the big idea, man? I told you, not here..."
   Komachi gave a hearty laugh and stopped playing with her scythe, which was laid out flat on the ground in front of her. "Pretty sure he wasn't trying to do that!"
   "Ehehe..." Ken looked around again before answering. "Yeah, it's been a while. I guess virtual worlds do that to one another, don't they?"
   "No kidding." The man between the two redheads cracked his knuckles. "Good to see you up and at 'em though."
   "I guess so..." he made as if to walk on, but then stopped and turned back to Vant. "Wait a minute, what did you want?"
   "Nothing really. It's enough to see that you live and are walking around. Just wanted to make sure you weren't overdoing it with me not around before."
   "Ha, I see." That was pretty typical Vant. The two of them shared somewhat of a friendly rivalry bond in the past, so why should it end now? "I should say the same to you, though."
   "Me? Don't worry about me, I'm fine." He grinned before continuing. "I'm built tough, you know. A little too much is just enough for me."
   "Heehee, I can see that~" Yuyuko teased, looking at Meiling and Komachi.
   "Yeah. We're all weaklings compared to you, Vant. Well...thankfully trials are not overcome by sheer physical strength alone, eh?"
   "Yup, sounds about right," Komachi interjected. "Hey guy, you sure you're feeling better?"
   "Me?" Ken blinked a few times. "Yeah, I feel fine like I should."
   "Hmm, okay." The shinigami nudged Vant. "Let's go look around, yeah?"
   Vant laughed "Look around? You probably just want an excuse to stretch after napping!"
   "Er, hey...well yeah, okay."
   "Haha...well, catch you later then." Ken walked over to an even larger part of the gathering. "Hey Owlbear, I guess you made it out just fine too."
   "Huh? Oh..." Upon being spoken to, the man known only as Owlbear glanced up. "Hello." Luize was sitting in his lap, looking somewhat comfortable. "You look good."
   "Yeah, as you probably just heard me say." Ken motioned over to Vant's group, who was standing up, in acknowledgment. "So, anything happen while I was out?"
   "Oh! Yes, there was some message on a monitor thing, or whatever they're called," Luize answered.
   "Right, that." Owlbear suddenly looked a bit more concerned. "We probably shouldn't just sit here, knowing that..."
   "And yet you sat down anyway!" Luize teased.
   "So? You sat down with me." He cleared his throat before looking up at Ken and Yuyuko. "Anyway, before Amarillo left there was--"
   "Hold on a minute...Amarillo isn't here?"
   "Yeah. She left about half an hour ago, you see. Something about getting help, and Tourist Hideout..."
   "Tourist Helpers!" Luize corrected him immediately.
   "Whatever. That old place of hers. Apparently it's pretty close by. I think she took Nitori along with her, as well."
   Ken looked at Luize and then fixed his eyes between both her and Owlbear, as if to give both of them his attention. "I see. What was this message-monitor thing, though?"
   "That...well, there are some RAI scientists still in this surpringly empty place. Some sort of conference call...notification...thing popped up on one of the monitors, according to Amarillo, intended for the scientists to see. The message was--well, apparently this place was left alone by RAI for the most part, but now it seems that since we are awake and about..."
   "...so they're doing something to interfere with our potential escape?" Ken attempted to finish his line. He wondered how it was possible that they knew about it so quickly. Maybe one of the scientists had notified other RAI officials elsewhere when the virtual system got overloaded.
   "Basically. I think--"
   "It's someone by the name of Diamond, who's coming over in about 2 days' time." Owlbear was interrupted by Shinki as she walked back over.
   "Really?" Ken asked. "Sounds like we should get outta here, then."
   Another, calmer voice sounded out. "Perhaps, although it would be best to preserve what we have as much as possible first." It was Yumeko, Shinki's shadow.
   "Indeed," the Makai Goddess said as she nodded in agreement. "Can we get everyone out of these machines?"
   "That is a very good question," Yuyuko exclaimed, speaking for the first time in a while. "It doesn't seem like brute force is the way to go though, that's for sure."
   Owlbear wondered for a moment about Mima. Why didn't she escape with them? It seemed like everyone else he was friends with managed to get out. Sure, she wasn't the friendliest creature, but the fact that she had somewhat possessed his body should count for something.
   "Oh well, I guess we should all gather ourselves before acting." The guardian-in-training set his sights on Hatate, who was walking around taking pictures of a few of the pods with her cell phone camera. "I suppose before we do that, we ought to at least take roll call..."
   "Remember, we have about 48 hours." A somewhat cold voice rang out. Ken looked back and recognized that it belonged to Mai, and he could see Yuki behind her.
   "Right, so we'll have to plan accordingly." Ken reached up and adjusted his Yuyupack before turning to the tengu. "Okay then. C'mon ghostie, let's go get everyone else and talk things over."



(Notes: None.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on February 11, 2012, 11:59:23 PM
11:00 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Saniwa Shrine
Pencils scratch into the paper, leaving wide, swooping trails of graphite. The image of the forest around him is slowly transferred to his pad, line by line. The bell, the box. The shrine itself, the trees and cobblestone paths. He didn't know why exactly he was here, to be honest. After receiving that email and seeing the militants around the town, he felt...drawn. Called, as if beckoned by a voice.

His utensil tears furiously into the paper. Every detail. Nothing left behind. Eraser shavings grow in number at an astounding rate. The growing soreness in his wrist is ignored in favor of the art. Lead dust falls to the floor as paint cans pop open. The plastic sheeting he sits on catches errants drops of pigment. 

Something about this is unhealthy, he notes in an unused corner of his head. Never mind.

Draw. Paint. Shade. Color. Create. Become. Dive.

A sudden rustling behind him. Then silence. But he's already turned around, deep inside his adrenaline fueled trance, pupils dilated and body tensed.

Nothing. Absolutely nothing.

Mao Xuezheng, child of a doctor and a soldier, relaxes from the Bagua stance he never realized he took. And, though it lingers in the corner of his vision, he can see all too clearly what he has created.

Two forms, dueling with naught but their bodies amongst the ruins of a shrine.

Sweat runs down his face, burning hot yet ice cold at the same time. Breaths come hard and fast, his chest rising in an erratic rhythm.

He sighs, finally. That always happens. He thinks too much and delves too deep. A trance, his father called it? Battle trance? '...Yeah, dad got an award or something during Vietnam for 'great valor'...otherwise known as killing lots of people himself. Old geezer always chalked it up to some kind of 'super mode'...wonder if I picked it up.'

Too many times had he been alone in a studio, interrupted, and nearly hurt someone. Wasn't the first time.

He sighs and whips out the paint remover, spotting the spots of paint that have hit the stone path. His lunch waits for him inside his pack. He doesn't have anything else to do.

The noon sun hangs peacefully above Xuezheng.

4:00 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Town Square
Having returned from his excursion into the wilderness and otherwise, Xuezheng felt pretty exhausted. On the other hand, he was also hungry; his preprepared food didn't last long after that adrenaline rush. At least a quick bowl of beef and rice (nikudon, was it?) had solved that.

'This is the address, huh?' he wondered, staring at the closed up shop. '...I have nothing better to do. Nothing ventured nothing gained, especially for an artist...'

And with that, the door was opened and Xuezheng walked in.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yog-N'yggoth on February 12, 2012, 05:49:41 AM
12:00 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room

Flick

 The knife popped out, and with a deft movement, was folded just as quick. The switchblade was a real bi- pain to keep on his person for this trip but somehow he managed to hold onto it. It wasn't a keepsake or anything; This was his third knife after the other two either got lost or had its edge broken. The thought of not holding onto it just seemed alien to him, like not having a piece of yourself with you. Still, the knife was useful in just about everything, although he doubt he'd find a situation that called for it.

 The switchblade itself was a fine one at least. The black grip was as long as his hold, with the blade a bit shorter than that. The blade was sharp and partially serrated on the lower end of it.

 Ashley was laying on the bed, a bored expression on his face. His jacket was on his side, the left sleeve dangling off. His gloves were on the desk besides him, which had a lamp for late night reading and whatnot. The room was comfortable, aside from the single bed, there was a large tv, a bathroom, and even a closet for whatever extra things you've brought. He didn't have much to bring with him however, most of the furnetire he used at "home" was owned by his friend. Although home itself was just a room his friend let him borrowed since god knows just how expensive renting a decent place is. Like there, he kept the place as realitively clean as it was before he came here.

 It wasn't like he didn't feel thrilled to be here, in fact, he was absolutely excited. A good clean break from all the troubles he managed to get into. The convention sparked a interest that he only dabbled at times, starting with his friend showing some show to his little cousins.

 To this day, he still got hounded about that.

 The lack of understanding of the local language was al bothersome, but hey, not like he was going to stay here for long, right? So that wasn't bothering him too much.

 It was just that he couldn't really do anything in this town. The language barrier would be a obsticual, and he was a stranger in this place. Yes, helping others tended to end badly for him instead, but he'd gotten used to it.

 This was supposed to a break from that wasn't it? Ha ha, even on vacation he couldn't have a break. He rolled to one side of the bed and closed his eyes. He was restless and hadn't slept much lately after he came here. Maybe some rest would be good for him. And maybe just some browsing on the web.

 
1:16 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room
 
 Ashley's day just gotten stranger as it went on. First he got a all-expense paid trip to some convention for whatever reason, and now while browsing the web on a hotel computer, he found this strange message popping up. No matter what he did, it just wouldn't close for him. Giving up, he decided to just click it and wait for the virus. To his surprise, it didn't do anything but linked him to some defunct site with a single, noticeable line. That he could barely read, what with a shoddy translation to go by. However, what he did manage to get was an address that seemed to be in the town. After figuring out where it was and how to get there, he wrote down the location and went out. The free trip was a interesting surprise; This little side trip might be another.

 
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on February 12, 2012, 10:04:08 AM
8:00 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room

Kristian was sitting at a desk in his hotel room, twirling a ten sided die in his fingers as his mind wandered all over the place. It really seemed like something out of some sort of detective novel didn't it? Or possibly the introduction to some sort of supernatural drama, he never was the best with genres.

An all-expenses paid trip to what could possibly be described as his favorite country had obviously been too good to pass up, despite his parent's initial worry and/or concerns about his ability to handle himself.

However, while the initial days had been quite pleasant, things had taken a turn for the stranger in the last few days with the Shrine resident apparently disappearing, some military-ish group showing up. Then the shrine website being wiped for some inexplicable reason and randomly popping back up basically in the form of an incessant message that wouldn't go away.

He casually tossed the die across the table and without checking the result he pulled a card from a deck located near the opposite end of where the die landed. Ace of spades, now if only he had believed in some sort of card fortune telling and that might have carried some sort of significance. He sighed heavily as he spun the card around in his hand before pulling up the laptop sitting in front of him and opening up a browser to check if anything had changed with the shrine web-page.

A minute later he closed it again after confirming that, indeed, there had been no change and he still had no idea what the whole 'Faith in yourself' thing meant. Faith in general felt like a really cheesy word without a lot of base in logic in his opinion.

"Maybe it's some kind of event put on by the convention arrangers." He muttered to himself, completely disregarding a possible connection to the militant types hanging around.

"Perhaps they've arranged some sort of drawing for the people attending, and it will happen at this tourist shop." He mused as a slight smirk crept onto his face.

"I mean, this is way too cheesy to actually mean something right?" "Pfft faith, such an abstract concept, and the people important to me are miles away." He stood up and started slowly making his way across the room which was currently unlit, apart from the dim light coming in through the shade covered windows.

"Whatever, I guess I'll just get some practice done before I check out that place. If it is something put on by the convention arrangers then reason dictates that it's scheduled properly before it right?" He stopped muttering to himself as he picked up an elongated case laying next to the bed, he was glad that the deconstructed bow-and-arrow-set it contained had not caused any problems during customs.

"I'll check that tourist shop after lunch I think" He thought as he headed out through the hotel lobby, covered his eyes against the morning sun and went to look for a place where someone might allow him to practice a bit of archery without any objections, the townsfolk had been helpful enough before.

Note: Kristian will be walking around aimlessly for about an hour before settling down and practicing archery at some location for a couple of hours before eventually heading off towards the tourist helper shop.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on February 12, 2012, 12:43:14 PM
1:30 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Town Square

"Is this the place?" Danao stood by a lamp post, glancing at the empty establishment. The shop was there, apparently, and it was as abandoned as he thought it was. Much like any other closed-down shop, the windows were blocked off from the inside with some worn-out material, and the glass was discolored and translucent. A focused stare into the panes registered nothing in his vision, although he thought he could make out the vague outline of a reception table inside. It seemed that this place was closed down in a rush. Even the door seemed to have no lock.

Warily, he looked behind. One hand was on his messenger bag. No one was on to him, and no one across the square was looking at him.

He smiled. "Good."

Pushing himself off the post, he walked straight to the door. Trying to push the door was not doing anything, so he grabbed the door handle and tugged at it. The door budged.

With one quick yank on the handle, he disappeared into the shop as quickly as he had entered.

OOC: Danao has entered the Tourist Helpers shop.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on February 12, 2012, 02:01:03 PM
The weaving of the Threads of Fate has begun. The resulting cloth better be firm.
4:37 AM - Day 2 - Tokyo, Japan - Outside friend's house en route to Kamisuiwa

"Alright, Leo. Thanks for the help, your father's a good man."

A youthful teenager clad in a military-themed outfit finished packing his heavy baggage in the back of the car owned by Leo's father and seats in the front. He waves goodbye to his friend as he begins his trip to the province of Kamisuiwa. He then talks to himself mentally, or rather, with his 'original characters', mental entities he keeps around in his mind for company as well as his conscience to guide him with decisions.

"Ah, it's about time I reset my body clock back to waking up at a glorious 3:00 in the morning. Though I kinda procrastinated huh?

"Well, yes, just be sure to motivate yourself to sleep every 9-pm. Leo's such a good guy, even though he's twice as stoic as you."

"Also, go back to sleep, just a bit. The trip will take a while to get there and obviously the traffic's gonna be a killer, if there is any."

"Alright, I will."


He dozes off inside the vehicle, as time passes until he reaches his destination.


5:21 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa - Drop-off Station near the Town Central

"Hey, wake up. Wake up and smell the awesome."

"Um...uh...what?"

The youth wakes up and looks at his surrounding, exiting the car to pick up his large backpack and fortified trolley case. While he is taking a good look at the wonderful dawn approaching, he is questioned by the driver.

"Hey Neil, you kinda look a bit too young to be carrying all that weight around."

"It's okay, sir. I can handle myself. I guess I'll be back in weeks, being busy going around."

"Hm, with all these guys looking like serious soldiers, this is probably one of your 'military enthusiast conventions'."

"(Wait, what? Thought this was an anime convention!) Yeah, I hear this time they're talking about the modern Japanese defense force."

"Alright, I'll let you off now. Stay safe, kid."

Neil watches the car speed away, feeling the cool and refreshing breeze in the region. He's spent so much time in Metro Manila that pristine air like this feels 12 times better in his perspective. He notices something about him...something.

"That guy is seriously Laguna Loire. Carefree, lovable by all and possesses lot's of guns. He even has that long hair!" "I know, right?"

 Still, he realized he forgot to eat at Leo's home for breakfast, silly Neil. He spends several minutes looking for a place to eat, with a creative convenience store-slash-cafe sporting a clockwork/gear-motif in top priority. He read about it online, famous for its pragmatism and accepting atmosphere. Eventually he finds it and rests his already weary self in there along with getting a meal.


6:37 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Carl Clover's Convenience Cache and Creative Cafe

Neil is finished eating a delicious meal of the standard rice meal Filipinos take for granted. A plate of rice along with 'variants' and they're good to go. Beside him are his belongings, slightly bloated after a spending spree that wasted more than half of his funds on various merchandise(in which he stuffed into his bags). He thinks he can probably redeem himself for that. He puts on his backpack and brings his trolley case outside, where he starts looking for some path that leads to the forest for his hiking.

Later, he finds such a path but there seems to a stone walkway that progressively gets more and more...erm...dilapidated. It's probably the path to some old shrine that has been forgotten by the millennium that was deep in the forest, right? The Saniwa Shrine is obviously placed closer to the city...but that's just him. Anyways, he thought not only would it be an excellent campsite but he could probably find something to loot too. He decides to slack off there for a few hours or more...or until he gets sick of it which would happen quite fast.


9:48 AM - Day 2 - Forest near Kamisuiwa - Random Shrine Ruins

For some bizarre broken down establishment, it's quite roomy here though the two hours spent following the path to this point wasn't really worth it. No wonder it was torn down, people got tired of this madness just for their spiritual routine and demanded a closer one. Look at it, it's so hellishly deep in the jungle that it might as well start a village of its own instead of having to drag people this freakin' far.

"Ah! Venomous spider detected!" yelled Neil, frightened at a small spider he deems threatening. Immediately he throws a large stick broken from one of the wooden windows at it, killing it instantly.

"It's just a spider, going about to kill a few insects like that cockroach you've been desperately going genocidal over."

"What do I care? I'm not gonna risk anything!"


He spends a few more minutes, calmed, attempting to loot and salvage all he can find. So far all he found is a chest-high walking stick that seems to be carved from a thick branch, piles of rusted machine-junk and...is that a military uniform? Upon closer inspection it is, fresh, unscathed and still in its clear packaging. Analysis reveals it to be a Winter-Ops (http://www.sovietarmystuff.com/images/products/200710261119540.snowcamo.jpg) uniform originating from a Soviet-enthusiast's online store.

"Hmm, I wonder who's the poor sap who dropped this? I mean, this is a rare find right here!" Neil wondered, "I always wanted my own NBC package...that covers the feet too, but I guess this will do, finders-keepers!"

"Are you really sure you want that? Is it even the right size?" "Of course he's sure, look closely at the size tags, it's just his size! It is kinda loose in some parts...is it?"

He begins putting it in in his case when all of a sudden a large yet benevolent, stray dog passes by. He is immediately stricken with fear, having second and third thoughts about stealing this even though the dog obviously means no harm. It's just that he has a phobia for dogs, fearing that one may bite him eventually.

"Should I drop it or greed?" "Greed! Greed! This is a once-in-a-lifetime chance so GREED!!"

He freezes for a moment hoping the dog would pass by into the next room, and sure enough it did. He lets out a quiet sigh of relief as he finishes packing in the object. At least now the largest bit of empty space in his trolley case is filled and he needs no more items as it's full now.

"You might want to go back now, at this point your arrival time will be lunch time, so get going."

He thinks of bringing the stick to but then it might not be allowed back in the cafe so he leaves it there and heads back. This will be one long walk back now that he's starting to feel tired. His walking speed is reduced now that he has to conserve enough energy to make it back there. Once that is out of the way, he's going to have a nourishing meal and slack off online.

Three-fourths of the way back to the town central, he decides to take a short break to drink some water. Just as he finished he was spotted by, what he perceives as, a friendly military personnel on patrol.

"Hey you, kid! What are you doing here!?"

"Um...hiking?"

"You shouldn't be allowed here."

"Why?"

"You're not supposed to know, it's forbidden but what I can tell you is that it's really, really bad if you continue wandering up there."

"Okay, so about this military convention...I thought it was the standard Otaku scene."

"Oh that? It's probably a mistake in the advertisement department, come along now."

"It's amazing you can talk in fluent English. (And I don't have to use my poorly-memorized 'Conversational Japanese for Drop-Outs'.)"

They have a casual conversation until he gets back in the town central, where the soldier returns to patrolling the mountains.


12:59 Noon - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Carl Clover's Convenience Cache and Creative Cafe

She was right, anticipating the possible travel time crossing the path longer than the infamous staircase in Baguio he makes it at around 12:30 in the noon. Lucky for him he didn't stick out like a sore thumb, vacationers are often seen bringing their baggage around. Only now did he realize he was fortunate that no one tried to steal from him, would really suck if someone did even if he were to track that bastard down and force him to look at shock sites. And only NOW did he notice the absurd density of people here. There's only him and like 7 more people in this cafe. The employees don't seem to mind though. He is done eating a quick yet heavy meal to optimize his browsing time. The table is cleaned for him so he can use the cafe's wireless interface and the nearby power outlet for his laptop.

He checks the website that advertised this opportunity to him. Wait, why is he going hiking when a convention is starting? Don't know, but he can simply maneuver his way around and get himself in time for the convention. Besides, it's in a rural location so it's probably small scale. He is startled at what he found, it was wiped dead and it is now infected, to his horror (but his face refuses to show it). However, the powerful anti-virus his hacker classmate illegitimately modified to be even more powerful and brutal, showed no alarm. Was it him going for a chat? No, he'd never use a site and he can simply open up a secret chat program he installed, it's probably something different. The only thing bugging him was that it refuses to close, but he can still access TvTropes for some time-killing.

He spots a person dart off immediately after finishing his own browsing session, did he see the same thing? He looked familiar, was he that famous costume-maker who helped him with designing his gloves? (That was before he got the claws installed, obviously.)

"Hm, what's his problem?" he thought, afterwards he continued browsing the internet for some amusement, checking updates and replying to a few comments. He posts an update saying that he'll be busy for a long while so he won't be flooded with comments when he gets back online.

And what about the official military presence? Why isn't he allowed to wander off before attending? Why are there even soldiers in the first place?

The rush of questions, from the recent events and his online life, are dizzying his mind. Nevertheless, he's going to procrastinate visiting the site, though it does seem like a good opportunity to play the hero. I mean, look at that message, it's basically begging for someone who can believe in himself. Though about the trip...hmmm...something's up. Then suddenly his brain experiences the equivalent of an Overflow Exception after which he (indirectly) reprimands himself.

"You're obviously thinking things too hard, the guy's probably someone who looks like him and he's probably late for a meeting. The website in particular is dead from a hacker attack and the 'Tourist Helpers' shop is obviously some criminal trap to do you in. The deviants in particular probably got the hapless innocents who worked so hard to bring you the all-expense paid trip, in which by the time you got it everything else they had in mind is off the table. The military is here on a crackdown operation, like the -good- police you see on local TV. As your conscience you're gonna have to stand this down!" she reprimanded, showing both concern and some other emotion.

"And you're overreacting. I say get going around 1:30 PM once you finish packing up your stuff and had your share of new tropes. It's just across the town center." she suggested, though when she meant 'across the town center', she probably meant 'across the town center stuffed in a little corner of isolation, they should pick a better location to help more tourists'.

"Great idea, but first there's this list of humans with 'awesome powers'. Can't believe the marathon man is included."

Neil slacks off for several minutes, the first tab in his browser constantly reminding him so he wouldn't spend too much time.

"Stay sharp, Neil." she advised.


OOC: Goof-balling, obviously. Will arrive in the shop several minutes after Danao has made his entrance.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Jana on February 13, 2012, 11:24:20 PM
11:30 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

"My plan? First we need to figure out what we can and should do from here on out..." "Yeah, that sounds right. C'mon, Meira. Let's go find VIVIT and take a look around this place."

Jan listened just enough to hear what the others who had woken before him said before he turned to look at Patchouli and Koakuma. They seemed to have noticed him when he had approached, and he gave them a shy little wave. "I'm sorry for being so late, heh heh..." Giving himself pause with a little cough, Koakuma was the first to speak. "It's okay. I know how hard it is to get you out of bed in the morning sometimes."

Patchouli raised an eyebrow at the pair, then looked at Jan. "Oh? I had not heard about this before..." "It-It's because we usually get up before you, Miss Patchouli. Ahaha... Um, more importantly, do either of you know-" "Not a lot. We still don't know where we are, how long we have been here, nor for what reason."

Giving his mistress a curt nod, Jan turned back to the other people, as they spread out to find other teams or members or whatnot. "It is quite good to have you back, Jan." "Yeah! Good to see you up!" "Hahaha! Yes, it is indeed good to be back!"



11:35 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

The trio had sat in place to chit-chat about various things and consider what had happened to them while others were gathering. Eventually, Patchouli looked up and pointed, prompting her two employees to follow with their eyes. "Our gate guards are here as well."

Jan had never had much reason to speak with the gate guards of the Scarlet Devil Mansion (indeed, he assumed neither Patchouli nor Koakuma did either), but he at least knew who they were. "If the two of them are here, then whatever happened probably had little to do with fighting or anything." Patchouli nodded and continued Jan's thought, "Yes, that ghost is here as well, and she is certainly more powerful than our gate guards." Jan cocked his head to one side, but didn't question any further as some other people continued to speak together.

 "Oh well, I guess we should all gather ourselves before acting. I suppose before we do that, we ought to at least take roll call..."  "Remember, we have about 48 hours." "Right, so we'll have to plan accordingly. Okay then. C'mon ghostie, let's go get everyone else and talk things over."

Jan hopped to his feet with some difficulty while Koakuma helped herself and Patchouli stand up, and the three walked on over. Jan gave a friendly wave, not really matching the library's suit-like uniform which he was wearing. "Heyo, we were listening in, so I think we about have the jist of it. Anything us bookish sorts can help with?"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on February 15, 2012, 09:22:06 AM
11:46 AM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

After letting Yuyuko off of his back, Ken walked over alone to the mostly empty corner of the lab room. "Mayli?"
   The student was sitting on the ground, a hand to her chest. She seemed to be breathing evenly, but her breath was strained.
   "Hey, you okay?" He leaned down and looked at her, meeting a surprisingly flat gaze. It was as if she was completely oblivious to everything going on around her. He raised his voice at her. "Mayli!"
   "Ahh!" She jumped in surprise, but upon seeing his face, relaxed. "K-Ken...I, uh, hehe..."
   "You don't look so good." He sat down next to her and put an arm around her opposite shoulder, slightly pulling them together. "Er...Mayli...?"
   "U-Um...well, I...ehehe..."
   Ken sighed. "Mayli...c'mon, what's wrong? You're doing that little laugh. You always laugh like that when you're trying to hide something."
   She shook her head. "Just out of breath...maybe coming out of those--hah--machines is taking a toll on me still..."
   "Hmm..." He knew something was up. "Is that so..."
   Sighing herself, she looked at him worriedly. There was no use trying to hide it from him. "I, um...I feel kinda...tired..." Somehow, that feeling was going away slightly. Or was that just her imagination?
   "Huh...do you have a cold, or what is it?"
   Mayli looked away briefly and took a deep breath, then gazed at him again. "I-I'm not sure...my chest feels funny though. I don't think it's an illness, Ken, but it's a bit..."
   He squeezed her shoulder and pulled her a bit closer. "A bit...what?" He knew she secretly liked being taken care of, so he was trying to give her reassurance.
   She gasped, and a blush began appearing on her cheeks. "...hah..."
   "Mayli? Are you--sure you really aren't sick?" He glanced around, but there wasn't anyone besides himself who could really do any sort of healing. Not like he could treat the sick, anyway. "Please..."
   Looking surprised, she held her mouth open. When he had pulled her closer, the strange feeling had increased...it did not feel unpleasant, but suddenly it felt warmer. Now she wasn't out of breath, either. What was going on?
   He had noticed it too, and spoke up. "Uh...hold on. Let me try something real quick." He stood up and looked down at her. "Don't--I mean, stay sitting there, please." Not wanting to look down at her exposed chest, he quickly fixed his eyes on the wall above her head.
   She placed her hands over her chest. "What're you..."
   He slowly stepped away from her; first a single step, then two more steps back. "Feel any different?"
   "N-No, I don't think so..."
   "Then, maybe if I go further back, just a bit more..." He took another few steps back and heard her gasp. "Eh?"
   "Ah...hah~ K-Ken, I--"
   "Mayli!" He ran back over to her and kneeled next to her. "Um...how do you feel now?"
   "W-Well, suddenly I felt a bit out of breath, but...I think it's back to nor--eh?!" she was interrupted by a feeling of restoration and relaxation, and her shortness of breath was taken away as quickly as it had come to plague her.
   So that was it, he thought. But as far as he could remember, Mayli was never--she didn't have any special powers, so how was this possible?
   "What's happening to me?" she whispered in a voice only they could hear.
   "I think it's...you must have..." he breathed out and back in, incredulously. "You're using mana..."
   She opened her mouth in surprise. "Eh? M-Mana? ME?! But, I don't--I never--!"
   He groaned out of concern. "Ugh...well hold on, calm down...this is a bit unexpected, and yet..." This could be a problem, since the safe distance in which mana transfer would become stretched thin was very limited in more newly-established link contracts. He didn't recall Mayli ever using mana previously before RAI captured them and stuck them in the virtual Gensokyo world, but he also couldn't remember ever forming a mana contract with her...this stuff was getting more confusing than it should.
   "So...what does it mean? I, I have no special powers though..." she eeked out.
   He helped her to her feet. "Honestly, I have no idea. But, it seems like you should stay close to me from here on out, all right?"
   She put her hands on her cheeks. Ken's mana was keeping her body functioning properly...it felt exciting in a way she'd never felt before. Was this the next step in the fantasy adventure she had dreamed of one day going on, similar to the ones she had read about in her books back home? It sounded so dangerous, yet she wanted to know what else might happen...
   "Hey, Mayli! Earth to Mayli! (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-32NGYLqwAQ)" Having stepped a bit away, he leaned forward and waved a hand in front of her face. "Hey, are you in there? It's your move. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-32NGYLqwAQ)"
   "Oh, yes." She raised her right hand and ran her fingers through her medium-length, almond-brown hair. "Let's go, then. Ah, but wait..."
   He turned around. "What's up?"
   She let out an exasperated sigh and pointed across the room. "You might want to talk to Mokou soon, about what happened earlier..."
   "Er..." he paused at the thought of how awkward it would be. "Yeah, probably." He muttered to himself: "...man!"



(Notes: It has been discovered that after being in the virtual Gensokyo simulation, Mayli has a mana link with Ken...somehow.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yog-N'yggoth on February 17, 2012, 05:10:23 AM
2:30 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Entrance

 Back here again. Ashley sighed and scratched his head in frustration. This was the fourth time he got lost somehow. He wasn't sure why, it should've been simple. Yet here he was, double checking the directions again. This probably looked weird to any of the onlookers, although it might've also familiar to see a foreigner having no idea where he was.

 Taking a detour to a noodle shop once didn't help. At least it was a interesting experience. None of that cheapness and unhealthiness of instant noodles he felt. Although that might been just him not eating much besides some airplane food and snacks he brought along.

 His stomach growled again. Well attempting to find the source of that strange message would give anyone a appitate. He retraced his steps, funny how it's much easier to find food than that.

3:35 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Town Square

 Aaand here it is

 Ashley finally found the correct destination. Maybe the hunger he had affected his sense of direction. And forgetting that people would probably know what he's intending when he shows the addresses leading up to this location. He passed near it a couple times, but he didn't take notice, for good reason.

 He stared at the building. It looked...well one of those places where you wake up in a bathtub with your kidney missing. It looked empty, it felt empty, and it had that old run-down look like most buildings. He looked around. No one else was here that he could see.

 He slowly made his way up to the door, his switchblade in his left hand. He was proficient in wielding with both of his hands now. If someone jumps me, I'm gonna go slashing away, he thought, as he opened the door and went it.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on February 17, 2012, 09:53:56 PM
10:00 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Open Field

Complete silence. Kristian takes a deep breath as he pulls back slightly on the string and raises the bow in front of him.

"Focus, take your time."

He breathes out slowly as he pulls the string back fully and places his right hand next to his face. Nothing moves for a few seconds as he looks down the arrow and lines it up with the target.

"Slo~wly now"

*TWANG* The silence is finally broken as he lets go off the string, followed by the dampened thud of the arrow hitting the target.

"Outer blue ring, inner blue and inner black." Kristian sighs as he walks forward to pull out the arrows and mark down the score. "Abysmal score but the grouping could have been worse I guess."

As he returns to the firing line he looks at his watch. "Still too early for lunch, I can go for another hour or so I guess."

With that thought he places the arrows in his makeshift stand, puts one of them to the string and resumes his shooting.

2:00 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Cafe Near the Town Central

"God! Why are my timekeeping skills so terrible."

Kristian mentally chides himself as he finishes up the sandwich that had to stand in as his lunch for the day.

"Why am I feeling stressed anyways? It's not like I have an actual schedule to keep just yet." He scarfs down the last bit of the sandwich and glances at his wristwatch. "And I just spent like what? Three hours shooting. Not often that I get into that kind of flow." He stands up and checks his phone for the address that he was heading for before his stomach distracted him.

"I guess it's nearby at least." He mumbles while picking the case that had been placed under his chair while he ate, before heading off, walking through the town at a brisk pace.

When he rounds a corner and the closed down tourist shop comes into view he slows down while skepticism assails his mind. "Okay, this looks way dodgy."

A few years ago he would never have considered even going close to a store like this but during the last few years he'd been getting, in his own words, 'ballsier'.

He switches his case into his left hand before shaking his head and heading towards the entrance. "I feel so gullible right now."

He paused for a moment right in front of the door and switched the case back to his right hand before finally stepping in. "If I'm gonna have to swing this at someone I will slap myself for being tricked into this."

OOC: Welp, he's in the store now.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on February 19, 2012, 12:54:59 AM
12:04 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

"..."

Mokou continued to stare at the wall, hands in pockets. To the casual onlooker, it wouldn't seem out of the ordinary.
   She clenched her fists tighter inside of her pockets. Frustration had taken her over, and while she knew it to be true there was little she felt she could do to quell it, to stop it from inflicting the heavy feeling she felt in her chest.
   Damn...I really fucked that up, she thought. Gritting her teeth, she reached a hand up and played with one of her suspender straps. It had happened before she could realize what was going on. She failed to remember what would happen if she tried to use a spell card in reality...she'd nearly sacrificed one friend in an attempt to recover another.
   "...hey." A voice called out to her from behind. Choosing to ignore it, she waited to hear if it was directed at herself. "Hey, Mokou."
   She responded without turning around. "...what?"
   "Come on, don't be like this."
   The fire mage looked at a higher point on the wall she was facing. "What do you want?"
   "You know it wasn't your fault for--"
   She cleared her throat haughtily. "...be quiet. I know it wasn't my fault."
   "And yet..."
   "What are you getting at?" She kicked her foot against the wall a few times. "Is that all you came here to say?"
   She heard a sigh before the voice continued. "What's wrong then, Mokou?"
   "..." She said nothing, only closing her eyes shut tightly.
   "Oh please, don't give me that. What's wrong, can't bring yourself to turn around, to look at others?"
   "Shut up! I told you alread--"
   "Is the great Fujiwara no Mokou hiding from her problems?"
   Her body began to quiver slightly. "That's enough of that...!"
   The voice seemed to calm down slightly. "Then I have a gift for you, to cheer you up."
   She opened her eyes. "What? You've got to be kidding me..."
   "Come on, turn around so I can give it to you."
   "Humph. What have I done to deserve any sort of present? If anything, I should be punished..."
   "That's what you think. Come now, can't you face Ken?"
   Mokou felt her eyes starting to water in hot frustration, at the mention of his name. Even if it was an accident, it could have been easily prevented if she had just kept her cool after escaping the pods. But even now, her best friend was stuck in that...that fake world. Stuck in that place without her...the more she thought about it, the more frustrated she felt. They had tried everything, but without someone around who knew how to free them, it was hopeless. That damned Nitori couldn't have picked a worse time to run off somewhere, she thought.
   "Well?" The voice spoke up in a condescending way. "Are you trying to be the hero, Fujiwara no Mokou? Trying to keep everything sealed up inside?"
   Mokou gasped slightly, then growled a reply. "Grrgh...N-No...it's not--"
   "Is that really the truth? You know what you need to do, just swallow that stupid pride of yours. What's wrong with apologizing?"
   "..."
   "There's no use crying over spilled milk now. Until we can figure something out, Keine's stuck inside the virtual reality. Would she want you to spend your moments of freedom by moping around?"
   That was it. She whirled around and yelled at her audience of one. "SHUT UP! I--"
   A hand came swinging towards her face.
   
*SLAP*

"Uwah?!" Staggering back more in surprise than pain, she gave a grunting cry of frustration.
   "There, now we're even. Got it?!" He had his hand still extended and his body still posed. "I've had enough of you bottling up your feelings..."
   "You--!" She felt an extreme yet hot sadness ripple through her body, as if the stinging warmth of the mark on her right cheek was seeping into her like a parasite. "W-Why did you...hah..."
   He grimaced and stepped closer. "You idiot..."
   She held back a sob, feeling a tear running down her cheek. It only served to boil her blood even further. Now he would assume that she was crying like a weakling...
   "I know you didn't mean to hurt me, you only wanted to protect Keine." He grabbed her right hand and pulled it away from her cheek, trying to touch the spot he had hit. "Here, let me--"
   She instinctively moved her hand back up before he could touch her. "Kuh..." her breathing began to even out again. "W-What are you..."
   "Don't want the evidence to go away, I see..."
   Swallowing, she realized that her back was against the wall. She lifted her head up as he moved her hand down away from the reddening spot. "I...s-stop, it's not--"
   "Shh, be quiet." He placed a hand on the raw spot on her cheek and, with a gasp and shudder, got his hand to illuminate with faint magic.
   Her other cheek had turned pink in embarrassment. "Nnnnh...stop wasting mana on me..." Still, the stinging feeling was going away thanks to his heal. Why did she always have to resist help so much?
   "It's not a waste, and you don't have a choice. I want you to feel better, so sit still for a few more seconds..."
   She closed her eyes and waited until he had removed his hand. Without feeling her cheek, she knew the effects of him having hit her had been mitigated to nothingness. Looking into his eyes, she could tell her blush hadn't.
   "Well?" He rubbed his hand on the side of his shirt.
   Mokou put her hands behind her back and moved away from the wall (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/mokouembarrassed.jpg). "T-Thanks..."
   He almost broke his seriousness when he looked at her pouting face. "Sure, no problem. I don't think we need to talk any more about this now, do we?"
   She shook her head and mumbled back. "No, and...I'm sorry."
   "That's good enough for me. I'm sorry for hitting you, it just felt appropriate for some reason. Don't get get your pretty hair ribbons in a bunch because of something you didn't mean to do, especially when we already know what your intentions were."
   "W-Whatever. So..." She twirled a strand of her long hair while trying to figure out how to continue. "...um. How are you...feeling, then?"
   Ken sighed and smiled at her in resolve. "Like nothing happened...at least not now. Thank goodness you didn't follow through with that spell card of yours, or I might've been toast..."
   "Of course not! If you die, then I..." Mokou paused. "Wait a second...how'd we get a mana link, anyway? I was so worried about what had happened that I didn't really think about it..."
   He beamed at her suddenly. "D'awww, you were worried about me?"
   Her blush intensified. "Eh...d-don't...this isn't a good time to say something like that!"
   "Haha. But seriously, I'm not sure. I don't know what to believe anymore, but the truth is that you and I are linked, somehow. That means no fighting with Kaguya needlessly from here on out, got it?"
   Unamused, she frowned and rolled her eyes. "I'm not dumb, of course I know that." Realizing something, she stopped dead in her tracks. "Hold up...do you have a mana link with that bi--with Kaguya?"
   "I think we will find out sooner or later. For now we should try to figure out what to do."
   The two of them started walking back towards the center of the laboratory room.
   He walked up to a virtualization pod and put his hand on it indicatively. "Do we try to figure out how to free the others, or should we get outta here while we can?"
   Mokou stopped blowing her bangs up. "Beats me. We sure as hell can't open 'em with brute force..."
   "Yeah, and you're pretty strong. If you couldn't open it, what hope does everyone else have?" He glanced around, scanning the various workstations, monitors and walls for any oddities. "Maybe there's a way to release them from these prisons. Probably some machine here or elsewhere in this place..."
   "Well seriously, why don't we just try to smash these machines up somehow?" she asked offhandedly.
   "We don't know what will happen if they're suddenly taken offline, otherwise it would be worth a try." He turned back to her.
   She returned his stare. "What? Why are you..."
   "Be straight with me, Mokou. How'd you feel about what I just did to you...?"
   "Well duh, ain't it obvious? If you were in my shoes, I probably would have done the same, so...whatever, I guess."
   "Hmm, okay then. I guess we should go talk to the others about Diamond first."
   "Eh?! Hey, what? Wait, Diamond? Who's--"
   He reached out and took grabbed her hand, pulling her in the direction he began to walk.
   Hey, leggo!" she spluttered.
   He grinned sheepishly. "Oh c'mon, if we're mana partners then it shouldn't be a problem if we just do this, you know..."
   "HOLD IT! (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/pwholdit.png) I never agreed to that! I want a second opinion!"
   "Oh c'mon, be mature about it. Besides...don't you want to make Kaguya jealous?"
   She relented almost immediately. "Er, I suppose...that might work, and...just for a little while! O-Only because I feel bad for what I did to you, so there!"
   He chuckled and only squeezed her hand harder. "Oh Mokou, you're so tsundere."
   She turned back to him in a huff. "What did you say?!"
   "Oh, nothing. Let's go!"



(Notes: None.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on February 19, 2012, 06:15:49 PM
幻想再現(gensou saigen, Reanimated Phantasm) for Danao Madarang
Time: 1:30 PM, Day 2

Descend
As Danao stepped into the shop, the door closed behind him.
The store is obviously closed from the lack of lighting and the empty counters. It even says ?closed? on the LCD Sign beside the door.
However, upon closer inspection, Danao found a bell that?s residing on the counter, beside the cashier machine. Something tells him that something very big will happen if the silence would be disrupted from this empty space. But, thinking of the reason why he came there in the first place, he reached out his hand and pressed the bell anyway.
As he place his hand on the bell, a chime instantly echoes throughout the whole room. Did a regular bell produce this kind of sound? He could only wonder as the echoing died down, and a doorway at the other end of the shop slowly swung open.
No one came out to welcome him, but Danao felt compelled to go through this door. He walked his way across the room, passing various shelves, and walked through the doorway. He heard the door close behind him, just like the front door.
Inside, there were several rooms and a stairway leading to the 2nd floor of the shop. Danao swiftly opened the doors to the two rooms that were on his side. one is revealed to be a washroom, the other a bedroom of sorts. It was a typical design for the combination of a store and a home. That means that whoever this Amarillo is, he thought, she must be on the second floor.
Looking around, it seemed that the only other place to go was up the stairs. His curiosity growing, Danao let out a smirk and quickly climbed.

Submerge
Danao was slowly figuring out that something about the situation wasn?t right, but it was already too late. The sound of his footsteps told him that he was climbing up stone stairs, but...obviously hard stone stairs like these shouldn?t appear in a traditional Asian wooden house!
He looked down. They were indeed stone stairs. He looked back up to see what was beyond the stairs, and was greeted by...clouds? Was he just seeing things, or were those clouds in a sky? He looked back down the stairs, and he seemed to be shrouded in a cloudy environment. Maybe it was fog...but even that made little sense. Now he was even more curious.
Continuing upwards, he looked up again. To his surprise, he saw a shrine; a traditional Shinto shrine. He shook his head. A shrine appearing in a store-turned-home? That wasn?t possible, was it?
Suddenly sunlight shone through the clouds, and he suddenly realized something.
He wasn?t in Tourist Helpers anymore.
Was he going to be kidnapped? He pulled out his mobile phone, but it displays ?No Signal?.
Well, he thought, wondering about these things won?t get me any further. He once again started climbing until he eventually reached the shrine gates.
He turned back and, to his surprise, saw a huge mist gathering at the foot of the stairs he had just climbed up. It was as if the place was telling him that he could not return before his job here was done.
Danao set his sight on the shrine again. Beside the gate, a wooden sign told him that this was the ?Moriya Shrine?. He couldn?t remember having ever heard of that name before.

?Visitor.?
He is stunned by a voice in front of him. He looked around and saw a girl half his height. She seemed normal enough to talk to, so he spoke up. ?Err....where is this place??
?The Moriya Shrine of the Suwa Lakes,? the girl said.
?No, I?m supposed to be...?
?You should be in a shop called Tourist Helpers...? Another girl about the same height appeared, but unlike the other girl, this one?s got a pair of horns on her forehead - obviously not human, Danao thought.
?But you see, how can you prove that everything you see today is reality, or just a dream of someone else?" The first girl quipped.

Danao was lost in thought. ?Err, wait, I didn?t quite get that...?
?Visitor, that?s rude for not hearing someone?s self introduction! My name is Suwako Moriya, the god of this shrine. And that girl Suika over here is not a regular human either. However we are not real - We are fragments of your subconscious created by someone who is in urgent need of your power - but again, how can you prove that everything you experienced today is reality, or just another dream??
?Well, you have a point, but as someone who design and produce fashion items...? Danao paused before continuing. ?...every day I?m making people?s dreams of better appeal into reality.? He stopped. As a tailor, he could design things from his thought produce them with materials, but that had nothing to do with whether or not any of this was real.
?You missed the point here. We are not questioning your existence,? Suika replied. ?But rather, do you have faith in your dreams??
Danao thought for a while - Do I have faith...in my dreams? Yes, he started his career wanting to be popular - wasn?t that my dream? He wondered if that was justifying his existence until today.
He shook his head. Of course, he thought. The answer was right there. ?Yes.?
Both girl smiled. ?That?s the spirit, even though we already knew the answer - after all, we are from your subconscious - the two of us, this place, our talk just now - It?s basically a confirmation of your own inner power. However, another question...?

Ascend
Suddenly the sky turned dark and the sunlight withdrew. A huge cyclone from the mist beneath the stairway drifted up.
Danao heard a voice. ?There is no dream that won?t end...when that time comes, can you still keep your faith? Can you still be true to yourself??
The cyclone has reached the shrine entrance they were standing on, and in a spilt second the ground below them simply disappeared.
He gasped and reached out towards the two girls, hoping to save them. There was no way I?ll let down those who trust me!, he thought. However, they had disappeared along with the floor. Looking down, he braced for a falling sensation...
But it never happened. He found himself sitting on the floor of the inner quarters of Tourist Helpers - near the stairway, the same wooden stairway that he tried to climb earlier...it was still there. Along with the two girls he talked with, it seemed that the shrine grounds and the sudden cyclone were gone.
A figure appeared on the top of the stairway and quickly walked down to him. It was a girl with long hair tied in a simple-looking ponytail. She didn?t seem to be much older than the girls he had seen.

?So what had just happened?? Danao asked in confusion.
?Nothing, but it seems that you confirmed with yourself about your ideals. How does it feel, exposing your mind like that?? The girl smiled. ?The name is Amarillo Viridian, what?s yours??

?Eh...are you sure you haven?t read my mind and figured out my name?? Danao asked. Was she the one who had caused that just now?
?I cannot. I just enabled you to face your subconscious, I don?t know anything that happened just now inside there.? The girl pointed at her head, ?You keep your thoughts here nice and safe~?
?Oh.. I never know about that kind of power... Seems I cannot turn back now, can I??
?Nonono, you certainly can. I cannot force you to join us, you know - However, this is not your everyday life, it?s another kind of life where... your faith and trust are the most powerful weapons.?
?Heh...faith and trust. Seems like a fairy tale to me.? Danao smiled at this surprising turn of events. ?Tell me what I need to do, then.?
The girl looked down at her watch. ?33 hours later - That?s tomorrow at 10pm - if you make a decision, just wait for me here at the gate of this shop.?
?Certainly seems interesting.? Danao replied. ?Or....?
?Yeah, if you want to you can stay here, but don?t you already have somewhere to stay?? Amarillo nodded in understanding ?I won?t keep you here any longer, but good luck.?
She turned back and disappeared up the stairs.
Danao blinked. For a split second he though he had seen some transparent wings showing up on the girl?s back.
?Maybe this is just my imagination...a fairy tale, heh.? He thought this as he opened the door to the shop.


幻想再現(gensou saigen, Reanimated Phantasm) for Kristian Johansson
Time: 2:00 PM, Day 2

Descend
As Kristian approached the counter, he immediately noticed a bell that seemed so ordinary...and yet he had a strange desire to press it.
?So I guess you want me to press this, whoever you are...? He switched his case to the other hand, and pressed the bell ringer.
An echoing chime filled the empty room, and the doorway at the very end of the shop opened, as if inviting him.
?Now let?s see what?s beyond here.? Kristian thought and walked in the doorway.

Submerge
However, what he saw was so different than what he thought it would be. A dining room shouldn?t be in a shop, especially not a western-style dining room in an eastern-style shop. To his surprise, he thought he walked into a doorway, but the apparent exit of the room was right near him.
?Ah, so you are wondering how you ended up here?? A voice can be heard behind him, so he turned back.
Two girls he had never seen before were sitting around a small table, drinking what seems to be black tea.
He was surprised. ?Er...If I disturbed your tea time, sorry...? Kristian don?t know what else to say.

?But you didn?t - We are just imaginations created from your subconscious, anyway.? one of the girls stood up after responding. She had pink hair, which was interesting enough...but what was even more odd was some other eye staring at him from around her chest area. ?So, wanna talk about something? It?s not everyday that you can talk with your subconscious.?
The other girl prepared another cup of tea and pushed it over towards his direction on the table. ?Here, this is for you.?
?So what do you think about the message that leads you here??
?......
?.
..
.

Ascend

Before Kristian could answer, a silence suddenly fell over the room. All of a sudden, the entire room just dissolved, and instead he found himself near a familiar stairway. Then several other rooms appeared, seeming to be what was really beyond the doorway.

?Eh? Why didn?t the projection work?? A girl?s voice can be heard upstairs - ?don?t tell me it?s because of sis- oh whatever.? Then the voice?s owner - a girl with stylized clothes and a nice fedora on her head - hurried down from upstairs.

?What projection...? Oh, you mean the girls from earlier.? Kristian smiled, ?so you are the one that caused all that??

?Yes and no. I just used information from your subconscious - however it seems that you don?t need to have a word with your subconscious on things like that... Hence why it suddenly failed to work - You?re pretty set with your ideals.? The girl gave a puzzled look before continuing. ?Since I cannot read your mind, I?ll just ask you right now: Do you have faith....?

Recalling the question that was posted on the website, he interrupted her. ?Certainly I do, I will do whatever I can to trust them as they trust me.? This situation was growing stranger by the minute, he thought. But it was certainly intriguing...

She smiled again. ?Yeah, you are pretty much settled...the quiet type, I see. Now the next question: How does it feel, exposing your mind like that??

?But as you see, I didn?t expose any of it...I guess. By the way, my name is Kristian, nice to meet you, and you are....?

?Oh, me?! I?m Amarillo Viridian...well no, actually, I?m not, ahaha~? The girl giggled and pointed at her nametag, which was stuck on her shoulder for some reason. ?Name is Emily Vixen. Amarillo is currently busy and I?m just a normal cashier at this shop, ehehe. But nevertheless, I got your answer.? The girl turned back, ?Hmm...if you are determined, just come here again tomorrow sometime around 10 PM, okay?? With these words, the girl went back upstairs.

?That was...weird. Well, it?s time for me to go then...? Kristian thought, ?but projecting your thoughts into reality seems interesting though. Maybe I should come back here tomorrow.? He turned back and walked out through the doorway, trying to make heads or tails of what he had just seen.

For some reason that girl had looked similar to the girl he had seen earlier, the one with the weird eye...but maybe that was only his imagination.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on February 20, 2012, 01:11:36 PM
1:36 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - 7C's (Should know this by now)

After spending some time browsing various time-wasters and pondering about the 'Tourist Helpers Shop', Neil decides that he should be going now before the senseless procrastination sets in. He puts on his backpack and stands up, staggering for a bit. The weight of it is offsetting his balance for a few seconds from being relaxed for too long. After he stabilizes his footing, he packs up the rest of his precious (electronic) belongings and leaves.

"Okay, if I put my mind into it, I'll be there before 1:40 PM, right?" he thought, "Nothing in this quaint location will distract me from my destination!"

"You are seriously tempting The Fates there, partner." warned his conscience, now the fates will obviously screw with him and sure enough, it did. Oh well, poor boy, the quirky pet of The Fates.


1:45 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Tourist Helpers Shop (?)

A new feat of inconstancy has been achieved! Neil (and his two consciences) cannot believe it, they're around five minutes late. He tries to recall precisely what the hell happened on his way here, and this list is the result:

"Dammit, Fates." "I told you so."

Putting that aside, he's finally here and hopes that no one's looking, though he probably looks like some militant on vacation from a distance. The place looks pretty old and abandoned, it makes him wonder about its contents. Anyways, he thinks about his method of entry and approaches the door but hesitates on entering normally. What if there really is some threat hiding inside? He also wonders about a few more things.

"Hmm, what if supposedly 'fictional' characters are in there? Like that daydream, or maybe a portal to a place I've seen in fiction...or maybe my future-self or maybe even a chance for reality to break."

"That's just silly, assume a plain old boring house with a terrorist or two there."

"Hey, barge in like a boss, it'll be HILARIOUS!!"
suggested his other conscience. "Good idea, let's do this!"

Neil picks up his fortified trolley case and wields it like a battering ram with the bottom at the front, which is the hardest part of it. He's only done this a few times before with success, hope that the door won't open when he barges in like that time in high school. Now, like a large ham, he prepares himself for a one-sided battle with an old wooden door. Bracing himself, he counts down...

"Five! Four! Three! TWO!! ONE!! CHAAARRGGEE!!!!"

"Glorious! Machiavellian!! Freaking hell!!" "Please, Neil! Calm the heck down!! You're gonna-"

Just a few milliseconds before having contact, the door magically opens fully, letting Neil pass through like a bull through a skillful matador then closing even faster without even making a sound.

"CRAP!!"

"SHI-"

His head hits something, knocking him out. Surprisingly, this is the first time in his life he is knocked out with head trauma. Getting carried with his emotions quickly, that's Neil for you.


OOC: Alright GM(s), work your magic, though I am very picky.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on February 20, 2012, 05:55:36 PM
    12:30pm - Day 2 - Rai Graveyard Base
     
    Vant paced along the rows of pods, looking into each sealed one to see who was in it. He shook his head after passing by several of them before finally pausing at one. Looking in sadly, Kanako stepped up behind him quietly. "So she did stay behind..." Suwako lay peacefully within the chamber, no sign of coming out, or any discomfort for that matter. Right next to her pod, lay Sanae, laying just as peacefully. Kanako looked in sadly alongside Vant before Meiling layed a reassuring hand on their shoulders. Vant gently touched her hand before nodding and moving along, leaving Kanako to stare at her family for a moment longer.
     
    "There's nothing we can do except search for the real Gensokyo." Vant stated rather blandly before sitting down with his back against the wall. "There's no use worrying about them now. We simply have to defend this place."
     
    "But there has to be something more we can do!" Meiling shouted back. "Izayoi-san and Mistress Scarlet are still stuck in these things!" Her hands shook with rage as she morbidly thought of disembowling any RAI member she could get her hands on.
     
    "Enough! Think about it Hon, now that we're out here again, we have to maintain our mana links. As far as I can tell, as long as they're in those pods, they don't need that. They're safe until we can find a new place to live."
     
    "I...I know but...I just can't stand us to be the only ones...I know Sakuya and Remilia would want nothing more than to join in with us." Meiling shivered a bit, hugging her arms over herself.
     
    Vant sighs before getting up and holding her close, gently caressing her back as she buries her head in his chest. "I know...and we'll do everything we can to help them, but it won't do any of us good to worry ourselves about them." Vant pulls away from her before brushing hair out of her face~ "There are some who are working on solving this, and as it is, we don't know as much about the situation as is. For now, we simply must wait on their word and do everything in our power to aid them. Okay?"
     
    Meiling nods slowly before Komachi walks up behind them. "Quite a cute couple~" Meiling jumps at the sudden intrusion while Vant laughs at her. "He's right you know, I already saw Shiki-sama in a pod, which is fine by me."
     
    "Because you can slack off whenever you feel like it?" Vant retorted as Komachi laughed heartily~
     
    "Anyway...so..what will we do until Amarillo and Nitori come back?" Meiling started pacing back and forth along the cold floor, worriedly rubbing her hands together.
     
    "Isn't it obvious~?" Vant smirked at her before giving her a light smack on the rear.
     
    "YA! H-hey! This isn't the time for that!" Meiling blushed a deep red as Komachi giggled at the two, before Kanako walked in on the group and chuckled to herself.
     
    "I see you still haven't changed, Vant, even despite the situation." Kanako smiled a bit brighter at Vant as he smiled back.
     
    "No use worrying ourselves~" He stated simply before laying flat on the floor, arms behind his head, and resting.
     
     
    1:30pm - Day 2 - Floor of Rai Graveyard Base
     
    Vant rested easily before looking down at his chest. Meiling was laying her head on his left side, Kanako laying her head on his right, and Komachi laying her head on his belly, having taken up residence between his legs. "*sigh*....Ah well, not my problem~ At least it's warm~<3"
     
     
    (Notes: Current post until I crank out more since school is sucking up time.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on February 20, 2012, 09:09:36 PM
11:00 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Hotel Room

The room was completely dark, save for the dimmed screen of the computer that was currently resting on Kristian's stomach. Kristian himself was staring at the dark ceiling while violin music flowed through his earbuds straight into his mind. While the music helped him keep his mind following along a single track it did not help that track to lead anywhere helpful.

He kept staring at the roof as the few last notes echoed out in his mind and then sighed heavily. He still could not wrap his head around what had happened this afternoon. If only he had suddenly found himself laying on some floor or if there had been some sort of memory gap then he could at least have passed it off as a hallucination but no, everything was just too consistent.

He had entered the store at around 2:00 PM and left it a short while later. It was not the only explanation but for the moment he went with the theory that everything he had seen in there had actually happened.

But then what had really happened? He closed down the laptop and set it aside before taking the buds out of his ears and swinging himself upright into a cross-legged position. "Lesee now." He started talking out loud to give himself a thread to hold on to while sorting things for the umpteenth time.

"Walked into the store, nothing strange." He started rattling off the vents to himself. "Rang the bell, the door opened but nothing really odd." He scratched his head before continuing "Then went through the door, entered a... western-like dining room..." He rested his forehead against his hands, after that point things always just broke down.

"With two girls in it." He could never remember how one of them had looked but the other one he could remember clear as day. "The pink haired girl, read my mind?" She had correctly guessed that he had been wondering how he had ended up in the room at the time.

"But anyone could have guessed that right?" But the way that she had said it. It had been a statement not a guess.

He now stood up and started pacing back and forth next to the bed. "And then the talking, being a part of my subconscious?" After that everything had just disappeared, leaving him back in the store with...

"Amarillo- no, Emily." A strangely ordinary name in hindsight. "And she was talking about mind reading and subconsciousness as well."

In reality he had been mostly on autopilot by that point, having a room dissolve around him sort of had that effect on him. "And she told me to come back tomorrow."

He flopped back onto the bed and reached for the laptop again, hoping to clear his mind with more music.

--

His hand froze halfway as something suddenly clicked in his head, something that he had payed no mind during these hours of deliberating.

His laptop, the name of the model was...

"Satori" (http://www.malibal.com/satori/)

He flung the cover open and placed it in his lap as he started pounding furiously at the keyboard. "Come on, log in." The seconds felt excruciatingly long now that he had an idea in his head. "Satori means enlightenment, it is the state that zen-budhists try to achieve." He pounded a couple of terms into his browser and tapped impatiently on the side of the monitor while waiting for the results to come up.

"BUT, it is also the name of a monster in Japanese mythology, a 'youkai'." His hands dropped away from the keyboard and came to rest on the bedsheet as the result that he was looking for came up.

"A youkai that can see what a person thinks... read minds."

He looked around the room before putting the computer back where it stood before he had his flash of inspiration.

"And what do I do with that info? It's not like youkai are usually depicted as cute little girls."

He threw his arms into the air in an exasperated gesture before pulling off his shirt and crawling in under the sheets of the bed. "I guess I will just have to go there tomorrow if I want answers." He mumbled as he closed his eyes. The last thing he saw before drifting off to sleep was the pink haired girl again.

"What were you doing in my subconscious... satori"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on February 21, 2012, 11:03:58 AM
5:23 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Cafe

With notebook and pen in hand, Danao inspected a quickly drawn sketch of a "troll face" on his notebook. He was lounging on a chair in the outdoor area of the hotel's cafe-cum-restaurant, trying to ignore the blisteringly dry air and the generally annoying dusk sunlight. Unfortunately, staying in the hotel room was equally as bad, with a humming air conditioner and the lack of a view to deal with.

The convention deal was definitely a ruse. He could not just ignore the event that took place earlier, though. There were too many possibilites in play, and the compromise was on his part. Whether it was a fairy tale or a drug, that girl had just played his mind against him.

It could have just been a hallucinogen; the girl did say he looked into his own subconscious, and the experience was practically a dream. There was no mistaking that he had seen something from his mind, but he could have just been drugged to sleep at the bottom of those stairs. A quick look at Wikipedia had also verified the potency of any drug poweful enough to knock him out. At the same time, it could have been magic that had done it. That could not be the case. If it was, then he would have been invited into something dangerous.

It was something dangerously real. Until he plunged in, he would not know for sure.

"Curiosity." Of all the things that bothered him, curiosity and moral were the most aggressive, gnawing away at his restraint. "They really know how to convince me." He shut his notebook. He could not go back on what he had admitted, and he was just dying to know what was behind this mess.

He was already trapped in it. The only way out was to go in.

10:58 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Lobby

True enough, no one was going to be picking him up and bringing him to the convention, like it said in the package. He was sitting on one of the posh chairs closest to the hotel's entrance, desparately waiting for any escort to the convention.

"I really, really hope none of this was just bait..." He whipped out his phone. Eleven o'clock. He would know if no one came in the next hour. 

Snapping the phone shut, he shoved it back in his bag. "I can't believe I got tricked," he grumbled silently. At the first sign of real danger, he was going to run like a bomb had gone off. He still had that train ticket with enough credit to get him to Tokyo.

OOC: Just waiting.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Orphea.Russ on February 21, 2012, 11:56:06 AM
4:58 PM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Train Station

Her body slumped forward slightly as the train came to a stop. Opening her eyes, she found herself on the train, apparently having fallen asleep reading... whatever book it was she was reading. She'd forgotten the title at this point. So she flipped it shut, picked her bag off the train floor and waited for most of the people to get off, before following after the crowd had thinned somewhat. She glanced around a bit, looking for her way out, searching for a bit before she actually found it; and here she cursed her unfamiliarity with train stations. Or maybe it was just the amnesia. She couldn't actually be sure. But she had places to be, and so without delaying further, made her way outside into the sunlight.

She hated the sun.

It was always so bright, and it hurt her eyes. Her pale skin always burned so easily; it was a wonder that her face wasn't always covered in sunburns. But she removed her hat from her bag, pulled it down on her head, and tried not to worry about the light again. Not that it would work. But she could try. So, she clicked on her headphones and just listened to whatever it was that came on while she tried to remember the place she was supposed to go. Thankfully, she didn't amnesia that part too.

5:34 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Town Square

After about forty minutes she finally made her way to the right place. Apparently, she ate fast, because the meal she bought not too long ago didn't slow her down much. She'd checked, double-checked, and triple-checked to be absolutely sure she was where she needed to be. Looking at the place, the line on the site flashed back through her mind.

'Do you have faith in yourself, and people important to you?'

... It gave her pause, and she actually thought about the question for a moment.
Did she have faith in herself? No, not really. She hardly knew who she was anymore, how was she supposed to have faith in herself like that?
Did she have faith in others important to her? She couldn't remember anyone that was important to her. So the answer to that one too was a no.
So, then, what -did- she have faith in? If anything at all? At this point she didn't know. She didn't care for the headache that trying to figure that one out would cause. And she really should have been working on getting inside, instead of standing there, looking at the building like an idiot.

... So she just clicked off her headphones, and stepped inside. And hoped for the best.
Hope for the best? That doesn't sound like a normal plan for the white bird.
... but then again, what else am I supposed to do?


(So yeah, that's my first post. And it took me all of, like... three hours to actually do? I'nno. It sucks. But I'm half-asleep still. And I need to wipe the image of Aiko in Renko cosplay from my mind despite how good it sounds. =x=)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on February 25, 2012, 07:38:36 AM
幻想再現(Reanimated Phantasm) for Ashley Fisher
Time: 3:35 PM, Day 2

Descend
As Ashley opens the door and makes it beside a counter, it?s obvious that no one is in the shop. However, before he had the thought of just turn around and walk away, a single bell on the counter drew his attention. It almost like an invisible power urges him to ring that bell.

?Okay, I got it.? Ashley reached out his hand.
As the bell chime echoes around the room, the door that?s located beyond all the shelves opened, as if welcoming him.

Though still questioning himself about what that?s supposed to be, Ashley make his way past the shelves and walked in the doorway.

As the doorway closes, Ashley only grab a glimpse of the stairs in front of him, before everything suddenly twists away. The seemingly stair becomes a judge?s chair, and the corridor he just come in expands into a huge hall, with torches decorating it.

?Now what did that mean?? As he thought, he heard a voice coming from that judge chair...

?Today we gather to pass judgement to Flandre Scarlet of Scarlet Devil?s Mansion.?

Submerge
Ashley looked around, and saw a girl sitting beside him, she looks like a little schoolgirl, but the crystal hanging on her back certainly states that she is not much human at all. As he looks at the empty audience seats, the judge speaks again, ?Ashley Fisher, isn?t it? You are chosen to be defend this girl in your subconscious court...?

The judge looks quite young for a judge too, but just before he can come up with something, the judge stood up :?You want to question my age? But you see, in a world where common sense is thin, age really don?t play anything with the jobs. Still, the girl you?re defending is there because she killed humans.?

?But that?s an accident!? The girl sitting beside him shouted.

?Accident or not, their bodies are still in the basement you live, that?s very much undenied fact.? said the judge, ?Rest assured that I am fully aware of what your ability may cause.?

?An ability?? Ashley is confused, ?You mean she has a superpower??

The judge nodded, ?Yes, she has this ability to break anything by her thoughts. The reason you?re here is to decide if she needs to be punished for such power in hand.?

How is something like that a crime? Ashley don?t know, ?If this is something she can control, then if she abuse it, it sure need to be punished, however,? he looks at the girl beside her again, ?It clearly seems that she don?t have full control on her powers.?

?Hmm, then can I entrust you with her power, hoping you can put it in control? Do you have faith in yourself??

Looking at the judge, Ashley give his answer.

Ascend
The courtroom suddenly vanishes as a girl running down from upstairs.
?So what?s that supposed to mean?? Ashley asked, for some reason he cannot set his mind to actually question that girl in front of him. It almost seems that she has this aura that can dispel any unpleasant feelings.
?Well, you just confronted with your subconscious, you see. since I?m not really that kind that digs in people?s thoughts, nor I could do that.... Let me just ask you this: What?s the feeling of getting your mind exposed??

?It?s....? Ashley searches for the words, ?a quite alarming experience. So you are...??

?Yeah, I?m Amarillo Viridian, if you are satisfied with your answer just now, meet us at.... ? she looked at her watch, ?tomorrow 10pm, in front of this building. I won?t blame you or anything if you didn?t show up though.?

She slowly turned around and disappeared into the darkness upstairs.

Seeing that he has nothing else to do there, Ashley leaves the Tourist Helpers shop with a lot of questions that can only hope to be explained if he digs deeper.

幻想再現(gensou saigen, Reanimated Phantasm) for Mao Xuezhen
Time: 4:00 PM, Day 2

Descend
Mao stares into the empty shop, it surely seems closed, however the bell on the counter has shown much recent use, as if a lot of people has used it for a specific reason.

To show they were here, and this bell is some sort of a key of what?ll happening soon.

Mao realized that he should probably hit that bell as well, but he didn?t expect the chimes of the bell that loud. As he is running towards the back of the shop, he saw one door that was once closed had swing open.

The only reasonable thing to do is to head in.

However, after he opens the door, a brick wall appears behind it.

Is it some kinds of joke?

Submerge
As Mao is thinking, a figure appears and phases though the brick wall he saw.
?Out of luck? Your destination is there but there is always something in the way.? Appearing before Mao?s eyes is a girl with a strange attire - not every girl put on dresses with the Kanji ?Misfortune? on it.

The girl noticed Mao?s stare, and nodded, ?And I?m the god of the misfortunes, comes from a land where common sense never applies directly - though the reason why I?m here is not because our worlds has crossed with mine - I am but a projection generated inside you as a test.?

?What test?? Mao asked, things definitely are not right there.
?A test that if you have faith on yourself, if you have what it takes, you can break this brick wall in front of you.?
Mao tried to punch the brick wall, however he knows that himself that it?s not that easy to break a wall down with bare hands. He must use something else.
?If I can make my feelings into reality, I could break this wall, isn?t that right?? he turned around, trying to ask the girl about that, but the girl has disappeared. There is no trace of anyone in the empty shop besides him and that brick wall that stood on his way.
?Ok, here goes.? Instead of punching the wall again, Mao placed his palm on it.
The brick wall melted to the ground, and disappeared entirely.
beyond the wall stands yet another girl, there?s a nametag tied on her sleeves that said ?Emily?.

Ascend
?Emily, is it?? Mao asked.
?Yes, you did very well in your test, what do you think about it?? The girl replied.
?That?s a test??
?Are there anything that?s not a test of some sorts in life?? With that cryptic question, the girl smiled, ?If you want to know more about it, try coming tomorrow at 10 pm, okay? You can stay here until then if you like.?

Mao decided that staying overnight at someone else?s shop may not be a good idea, so he politely refused the offer and leaves the shop.

Interlude
Day 2 4:10 PM, Tourist Helpers
Seeing that their new "customer" left, Koishi quickly run back to the upstair room, where Amarillo?s computer is still showing an image of the brick wall.
?So this thing failed to work and I tried to search something related to a waterfall.? She complained.
?Yeah, the Internet Connection just broke, so I had to do with the Sample Picture of a brick wall, sorry if the projection turns up weird.? said Lily White, who is currently operating that computer.
?Certainly that is very weird, I failed to project the other image and had to personally talk to him as his projection - How is she?? Koishi points to the bed beside them, where Amarillo and the rest of the fairies are sleeping.
?Well, as far we are okay, but she clearly needs more rest, I recorded all the sessions though since she will probably need to see it herself, by the way  even with experiences of your abilities gathered from Amarillo?s memory, I?m still amazed on how this turns out to be.?
?But this is too tiring, maybe I?ll rest for a while.? Koishi sit down on a sofa, ?Is the guy who knocked himself out still not wake up??
?Oh, yeah, he?s still out cold, hit his head quite hard, I?d say. Nitori is downstairs with him in the other bedroom. If something happened to him we?ll be in trouble.?
?Then 2 hours of rest for me would do.? Koishi closed her eyes, ?I?ll just sleep for now.?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on February 25, 2012, 11:05:17 AM
12:10 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Hosting Laboratory

Kaguya kept staring into the virtualization pod, as if lost in a trance. Of course looking at it wouldn't free her caretaker, but given what had happened earlier, what could she do? She felt powerless for the first time in years. Resting her hand on the see-through pod shield, she rubbed at it slowly and gently, wondering if Eirin was aware that she was on the other side. The pharmacist's eyes were closed and she seemed undisturbed...the exact opposite situation to her own.
   "What are you doing?"
   The Lunarian princess looked up. "Oh, Ken...Mokou...I, uh..." She took her hand away from Eirin's pod and started to play with her hair (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/kaguyalooks.jpg). "Well, I was thinking we--eh?" Was she just imagining things, or was Mokou actually holding hands with him?
   Mokou frowned coolly, trying to not draw attention to it. "What, you got something to say?"
   "Pfft...w-well, I...ehehe..." Kaguya covered her mouth with a sleeved hand to hide her sudden smirk. Mokou never held hands with anyone! This was a good opportunity to carefully weave in a scolding as well, she thought.
   Ken pulled Mokou's hand back as she tried to move away. "Well, what's wrong?"
   "You...Mokou, you're...actually holding hands with...gch...ahahaha~!" She couldn't help but break out in laughter.
   "Kaguya..." Ken began.
   "Ohohohoho~! So wait, lemme guess...you two kissed and made up?!" The princess' face broke out in a manner similar to that of a child who had just successfully told on another.
   Mokou closed her eyes, gripped his hand tighter and looked down at the ground.
   "So, how was it, dude? I bet she--"
   "Shut up, Kaguya." He stepped forward and raised his hand. He watched as she flinched in anticipation of being hit, yet it never came.
   "W-What? What did you just say?" She bit her lip and stared angrily at him. "And how dare you threaten to hit me! This isn't your business, it's between me and Mokou!"
   "Is it? I'm afraid it's not just your problem and hers now." He closed his eyes, tensed up and thought of Kaguya, feeling Mokou's hand shaking in his. Now was the time to test this. Any moment now, it should show. Besides, he had already done enough harm to an ally just recently, and even the fact that he had done that to Mokou had surprised him.
   Kaguya sneered victoriously. "What's wrong, Mokou? Have to hide behind your man? Got nothing to s--UGH! Ahaa~!"
   Mokou opened her mouth in surprise as Kaguya suddenly slumped to the ground. She fell as if she were a lifeless rag doll; judging by her wide-eyed expression, she knew something abnormal had happened.
   "W-What is this...? I-I...I can't...uhhhh~! I can't...get up..." she whined, trying to move her body.
   Ken opened his eyes and stared down at her, ignoring the attentive look he had seen Mokou give to him out of the corner of his eye. "Looks like we are connected, after all."
   Kaguya blushed hotly, feeling her body going numb. This felt like waking up after having slept on her arms in bed during the night, back at Eientei...but her entire body felt weakened and pitiful. "What's happening...?" She moved her head slightly upwards to look at them, and wondered why they weren't trying to help her. Did Ken not know that she had come to his aid when that fool of a fire mage had stupidly used a spell card earlier? Why wasn't he helping her?
   He collectedly adjusted his glasses. "Princess, it seems to be the case that you and I are linked. And you know what that means..."
   She whined several times, trying to get her hopelessly exhausted body up off the ground. "Y-You don't mean, you're...!" Her face blanched upon realizing her situation. "No, don't...please...help me...! I-I'm sorry...really, I--"
   "Are you REALLY sorry?" He relaxed and turned his thoughts to Kaguya, and felt the connection strengthen slightly.
   "Y-You can't do this...to me...argh..." she sobbed, still struggling to get up.
   A hand reached down to help her up. After staring at it for a moment, she looked up and saw that it belonged to him. He had released Mokou's hand and was now directly in front of her. Mokou herself still looked somewhat surprised.
   "...what? Why..." Her fear was replaced by doubt as she took his outstretched hand.
   He pulled her up and helped steady her as she staggered backwards slightly, her body now functioning normally once more. "Why do you think?"
   She was silent for several moments, so he took the opportunity to speak further.
   "I'll tell you, then. You're leashed to me, and so is Mokou. You know what that means, don't you?"
   The princess stole a glance at Mokou, who promptly looked away. "Well...I suppose so...I just gotta be careful with using my powers and all that, right?"
   "It's more than just that!" He grabbed her shoulders and shook her slightly as he spoke. "I don't know what Eirin lets you do, but you have no manners whatsoever! Get your act together, otherwise I'll limit how much mana my body gives to yours! You know how that feels now, don't you?" He looked at her shocked face before piling more on. "And apologize to Mokou, you have no idea how she felt about what she did to me!"
   He released his grip on her and walked away disgusted, muttering to himself. "What an ignorant, spoiled brat..."
   "Wait!"
   Ken turned back upon hearing Kaguya call him. "What, what is it now?"
   "I...I'm sorry. I..."
   He walked back over, looking more concerned than irritated now. "You what? You think this is a game, or something? Do you think you can just do whatever you want now? Listen, you need to respect the fact that in our world, you..." He paused to meet her gaze. "...that you don't get special treatment just because of who you are!"
   She stood there staring blankly for a moment, then spoke. "I didn't--I wasn't aware of...our situation."
   "And?"
   "A-And...kuh..." She gulped and turned to Mokou. "S...sor..."
   The fire mage stared blankly back at her bitter rival, not saying a word.
   "I'm...I...I-I'm sorry..." Kaguya wiped her slightly wet eyes. She felt so ashamed and even more powerless now. But if they really were linked to him as he had just demonstrated, then he was right: if she and Mokou were to fight, there would be terrible repercussions This wasn't Gensokyo where everything was easy and natural.
   "Well...all right, fine," Mokou replied. She felt more mature at the moment, so she might as well play it all the way out. "I'll set aside my feud with you for now, I guess."
   "...what choice do we have?" Kaguya responded rhetorically. "I don't want to be weak, anyway..." She still felt shaken up from her sudden exhaustion. Her life was now in the palm of his hand...it was a scary thought for her, being one who normally had little but Eirin to scold her.
   "Good. It's in everyone's interests for you two to not fight...especially your own." He grimaced. "Sorry I had to do that to you. I hope I don't have to do it again..."
   Kaguya shook her head. "No, I...understand. I just..." For the first time in who knows how long, she felt stupid and weak.
   "Hey." He stepped closer to her. "I know it's hard, but we're back in the real world, all right? This is best for everybody, and even if you aren't used to it yet...I mean, Mokou has to deal with it too, and everyone else as well, so just...be careful. This ain't Gensokyo anymore where you can throw your bullets left and right, and do whatever you please."
   Mokou had taken to just listening to them talk. She was pleased that Kaguya was being straightened out, and that was good enough for her for now. Looking over at the pod Kaguya had had her hand over, she did a double-take. "Wait...in there, that's..."
   "Oh..." Kaguya looked over. "Yeah, Eirin's stuck in there..."
   The fire mage straightened herself up and put one hand on her hip. "And Keine's still inside as well, we know that for certain..."
   Ken cleared his throat to get their attention. "Well, we won't get anywhere if we just stay here and watch them. I mean, I feel bad too, but...y'know, no sense in worrying over a problem that we might actually be able to solve ourselves somehow."
   He waited to see if they had anything to say. Looking back and forth between them, they seemed quiet and distant, and understandably so given what had just happened. He hoped Kaguya didn't think he was being mean on purpose to her, or something like that. "So uh...we need to go find Hatate and Yuyuko." He scratched his head. "Been meaning to do that, but I keep getting distracted..."



(Notes: Kaguya finds out the hard way (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/JustDesserts) that she has a mana link with Ken.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yog-N'yggoth on February 25, 2012, 01:35:45 PM
8:00 PM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Entrance

Ashley was back here again. This time, it was less of being lost, but just having a walk around town, just trying to figure out what just happened. He stared at the door. There were only couple people here, but after his previous appearances, have just taken to their own business instead of focusing on him. Since his walk, he had much to think things over.

 There was no denying it wasn't a hallucination. It felt too real to be one, a bit too memorable. There was mention of his subconscious, although it's not like he was a psychologist and could explain anything from that. But thinking about it, he might as well try to decipher what transpired in that store.

 He entered the store wondering about that persistent message. A couple of factors delayed this, but in the end he managed to actually find the place. Next after ringing that bell and entering the door that opened, the entire damn room just transformed into what he could guess was a courtroom. And then he met those two.

 There was that girl who was on a seat near him. The first thing he noticed about her was those...well, the only thing that comes to mind is "Christmas decoration gone wrong". Was her name mentioned? Something Scarlet of Scarlet Devil's Mansion? That sounded like a corny name for a place. She was being tried for some kind of power, breaking things by thought or whatever. It sounded like she couldn't control it well, not that he expected a child to handle that kind of thing (or anyone else, for that matter). He couldn't have punished her for that. It wasn't like what she did was intentional.

 Unlike you, who swung that pipe on purpose

 The other one he didn't catch her name. She looked young and a bit shorter than him, but what she said and emitted was something much more. He could've easily believed her even without her comment. She had that kind of presence about her. She dressed a bit odd to him, and her hair was longer on the right side.

 Funny how he can't recall that girl's first name, but he could recall the minor details of the Judge's looks.  Although both of their outfits seemed old-fashioned come to think about it.

And then there was that question. Making her his responsibility? He wasn't much of a babysitter come to think about it. He didn't know anything about powers and that "great responsibility" that always seem to come with it. Even if he had put thought in his answer, he knew it would've been the same no matter what.

Yes

 There was nothing else. Of course he believed in himself. He believed that he could've achieved something beyond his life with his listless father. He believed he could've lived after suffering so many wounds from that incident. He believed he could change himself for the better afterwards. 

 Although it apparently didn't matter, since they disappeared right after. And in their place, was yet another young (or maybe not, considering the Judge) girl.

If this turns out to be a crazy dream, you really have to see a counselor for that

After some brief talk with her, she told him to come visit tomorrow night. Then he went out of the store without a word.

That part was really anticlimactic.

And afterwards all he did was having thoughts about this. And getting something to eat. He didn't think anything the hotel had was nutritious and/or tasty. He came for answers, and all he got was more questions.  Why couldn't anything be so simple and not becoming more complex each time you check?

Still, that was something alright. Ash had nothing left to do this day, so he strolled on in and went for his room to sleep. For once, he actually felt tired and almost wanting for some shuteye from all of this.

(Notes: Those two lines with strikes in them are just thoughts that he doesn't really WANT to think of, if that makes sense.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on February 25, 2012, 09:28:52 PM
5:00 PM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room

Seriously. What the hell? That was...all sorts of strange. Curse goddess...a land where common sense doesn't apply. A strange girl named Emily. A stranger girl with misfortune woven into her skirt...literally.

Pretty. She was really pretty. That...didn't really matter.

A 'test' to see if you have 'faith' in 'yourself'.  He did...did he?

Whenever he went up against something that bothered him, he just distracted himself with art. Before, he just punched it in the face. He had always believed in his ability to distract himself with art...or in his skills being enough to power through. Did he have faith in 'himself'? What did that mean? Belief in himself not to buckle under pressure? To withstand trauma? Or to confront his past?

Fingers clench into a fist. There wasn't anything to confront about his past. His past was confrontation, and how to learn to come on top of it.

And what really bothered him was how fuzzy the whole recollection was...he remembered general details, but nothing in specific. Everything was just...strange. Weird.

"汰麻烦...,"1 he mutters.

10 PM the next day, huh?

He sets up a canvas, and pulls out his greens and reds. He'd see how much he remembered about that girl.

1) Too troublesome...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on February 28, 2012, 01:26:19 PM
Error: Minimal Bearings || Status: End of KO Phase - Initiating Alarm Cycle

As Neil regains his first hits of consciousness, he ponders on his situation and evaluates himself accompanied by his 'consciences' to comfort him, feeling shame and regret for his impulses. The price is paid though, now he must proceed.

   Well, that was painful. How long have I been out? So this is what unconsciousness feels like, or rather, the end of it since I would probably be too blank to notice it. I should be waking up soon, but where? Would I be lying on the floor of an abandoned house? Or in a truck, an operating table or maybe even in a hallucination. Perhaps...this is a daydream realized? I do not know, but for all I care the folks back say: (Not Accurate)

"Ang taong mauuntog ay matututong yumuko."*

It's probably night time, a bit late like 7pm or so. How long have I been 'blighted'? I can't believe I got carried away, and only now did I notice...I was too carefree to know my foolishness. Dammit, I'm such a blatant fool. For all the while I've been enjoying myself too much. Ugh...if only...

"It's alright, it's for the better, the moral reset is crucial at particular intervals. I'm sure the fates will repay you with a morale boost. Keep a few things in mind..."

Okay.

"You must feel better about yourself, knowing you are a broken man (being mended halfway though) and you have to show your tolerance. Weakness is acceptable, it happens. Do not overwork yourself over these trivial matters. Also, cut down on the regret and resentment, it's not good for you.

Yeah...thanks for the self-counseling, though I could use a therapist. I must remind myself again, checklist: I am a balanced person, my emotions are my strength and weakness, counsel is my aid. I am a daydreamer, a proud one who brings the best of his mind to being and it is my ambition, I live to strive a-

Wait, I can't feel anything yet and everything is a Stygian void where I can't see a thing, only the mental essence. Damn, I could end up in a lucid dream or something. Perhaps if I force even my legs to move even just a bit and groan, after all I should be waking up soon. Yet the relaxation...so good...but...I just have to open my eyes...

"Sorry, motor skills aren't ready yet. Perhaps a few more minutes but the sensitivities are almost there, once you're good to go you can probably panic almost instantly."

Dammit, fine, guess I'll have to do something. But when they're ready, prepare for sudden movement, I'm planning on scrambling to the nearest escape route. In the meantime, what are my plans...time to daydream...

"Wait, since when did we become professional diagnostics?"


The bit of comedy makes him smile as he lays there, resting in (mental/emotional) comfort. Eventually he will be waking up in a matter of minutes but for now he dreams up a concept for a romance-comedy miniseries about an anthropomorphized bird wyvern.


*"The person who will [bump his head] will learn to bend."
OOC: I expect to wake up around 6:20 PM or later. Anyway, I hope I can get away with this, my life's too swamped for consistency. Also, about the self-counseling thing, I do that IRL at times.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on March 03, 2012, 05:27:42 AM
12:59 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Empty Room

"This place is cool, but it's kinda creepy."
"Yeah, I agree. Especially since it's surprisingly empty..."
"Uh-huh. We should probably slow down a bit and wait for the others, just in case."

Hatate glanced around the corner of the open doorway in front of them, then turned back to Ken, the only other person in the room. "You're right, it really does seem empty except for us. It's as if RAI has completely abandoned this place."
   "Maybe they have, maybe they haven't." He walked over to the nearby wall and leaned against it, folding his arms casually. "We've seen a few unconscious RAI researchers though. I don't think we have to worry about them so much, but the lack of any soldiers here is quite disturbing."
   She walked closer to him. "Are you sure? Well in any case, seems like we'll be fine for a while."
   "I'd like to think so." He uncrossed his arms and looked at her. "I wonder who knocked all these researchers out..."
   "I think I overheard some of our friends say that Yukari and Jeremy got free, so..."
   "Hmm, that would explain it." He looked back at the entrance to the room they had come through. "I wonder where the others are."
   "Maybe they're still looking in that control room we passed through." She sighed and moved closer. "How do you feel now?"
   "Me?" He raised an eyebrow. "I'm fine...why're you aski--oh, I get it." She was likely being cautious after what had previously happened. "As long as you don't use a spell card or whatever, I'll be okay...thanks though."
   "Ah...but--"
   "You don't have to walk or anything like that. Flying isn't a big deal." He frowned. "If it WAS a problem, we'd be in some serious trouble..."
   "Hehe, okay then." She immediately took to the air (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/hatatefloat.png). "So, um."
   He leaned forward. "What? What's up?"
   "Ah, nevermind." She seemed to look over him, lost in thought.
   "C'mon, Hata. You can tell me, right?"
   Hata, a nickname she hadn't been called before. She kind of liked it, she thought. Yet still she said nothing.
   "Hey, what're you looking at?" He turned around and looked up at the wall, but saw nothing extraordinary.
   She shook her head and exited the daze. "Oh...sorry, I was just wondering about Aya and Momiji. I hope they're okay."
   "Everyone still stuck in those...pod things, they seem to be fine. I'm just not sure about getting them out safely. I do hope Keine and Reisa and the rest are okay though..."
   "Oh, about that." She flipped her phone open and searched through her picture gallery. "There's something you should know, so lemme just--"
   Hearing a noise, he glanced over and saw Mayli walking into the room. "Oh, there you are."
   Mayli waved and walked over purposefully. "We did a bit more looking around, but that room with all the switches, monitors and stuff seems inoperable right now."
   "Really?" That surprised him. The entire lab seemed fine except for that one room, which was the most complex, technologically-possessed room they had come across so far. "I figured we shouldn't mess with any of the machinery and computers here just yet, anyway, so maybe that's for the best."
   "Maybe it is, but let's continue to check this place out. Ken, was it a good idea to split up?"
   "Dearie, we'll be fine." Yuyuko floated into the room, smiling as usual. "Shall we continue?"
   He stared at her lovely countenance. "Hey ghostie. You know what the rivals are up to?"
   "Oh...they're still in that room, but I think we should just keep going. We can't make heads or tails of this fancy technology, after all..."
   "Maybe Nitori can do something about it," Mayli offhandedly mentioned.
   "That's what we should do after this, then." He walked towards the other opening and turned back around to face them. "So, Amarillo went back to Tourist Helpers, huh? Once we all regroup, I want to go to see what she's up to. We only have so much time, and she could be vital to solving this."
   "That," Yuyuko added, "and Nitori is with her. We'll be knocking out two ghosts with one turkey leg! Heehee~"
   He facepalmed. "That's...not really how it goes...oh well. Yeah, that is what we should do. But I think we ought to go ourselves. We're a large enough group, and I'd be a bit uncomfortable leaving everyone else trapped in those pods without someone to defend them."
   "Ken, we can worry about that later. We have a few days to figure out what to do, right?" Mayli turned around and walked backwards while running a hand through the back of her hair.
   Yuyuko thought for a moment. "Yes. Let's keep going. I want to free Youmu as soon as possible, but we have to be careful and patient."
   He caught Mayli by the shoulders as she walked directly into him. "Careful there, haha."
   "Oh! Sorry..." She had been busy looking at Yuyuko as she was talking and had inadvertently changed her walking angle.
   "It's cool. We're all still not 100 percent. Let's keep going." He looked over at the tengu. "Hey, Hata. Are you coming, or planning on spending your time daydreaming?"
   Hatate was looking up at the wall in a different direction. "Oh, sorry. Yeah, let's keep going. Mokou and Kaguya can catch up soon enough." She turned away from the video camera in the top corner between the walls and the ceiling and followed them. The room was left empty.

The camera whirred and clicked softly, and its light blinked momentarily.



(Notes: Teams who recently woke up from being in the virtual Gensokyo are now free to roam. The RAI base is otherwise devoid of RAI members, aside from several unconscious RAI researchers that present little threat if they were to wake up. Teams may go anywhere in the RAI laboratory or any places outside of the laboratory that are relatively nearby, or do whatever else they please as long as one or two teams return to watch over the Touhous still trapped inside the virtualization pods at some time in the evening of Day 2. Currently, Ken's team is checking out part of the lab for any other RAI presence. His team will return to the virtualization room within the next few hours after the timestamp on this post, and will leave shortly after to check on Amarillo.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on March 06, 2012, 02:40:36 PM
11:00 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Hotel Restaurant

It was hard to figure out if the meal Kristian was having should be called lunch or breakfast. His writswatch would say that it was lunchtime but his recently awoken internal clock wanted to call it breakfast. If it was to be called breakfast however it consisted of enough food to put your average Englishman to shame.

The young man focused intently as he ate the food in an attempt to keep his mind of the general weirdness that he had seemingly gotten himself involved in yesterday. Eating however could only take so long and soon enough he found himself sitting at an empty table accompanied by nothing except for his thoughts.

"Helvete." Indulging in a bit of profanity he leans backwards and places his hands behind his head. "I'm going to have to go there this evening or this won't leave me any peace of mind." The deductive work he had done last night and its results were still fresh in his head but he tried to push it towards the back, still not sure what to make of it.

He sighed heavily before standing up and walking out through the lobby once again shielding his eyes from the near-midday sun. "How am I going to waste time until then? The convention was obviously just a ruse, a con one might say." He chuckled at his own wordplay before walking off down a random road. "Or maybe... I've been conned is more correct?"

He put in his earbuds while walking, attempting to occupy himself with random wordplay in his mind and a shock-jock podcast in his ears.

1:00 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Town Streets

During his wanderings a feeling of discomfort formed in Kristian's stomach and refused to go away. "What's with all the bloody soldiers?" Indeed, part of his discomfort was related to the increase in military presence, it felt like he could spot one of them at every street corner.

The other cause of his discomfort was of course the impending visit to the tourist shop. He always felt nervous when he had something of significance scheduled but this was different. This somehow felt more real than anything he'd done before, yet at the same time it felt more imaginary than anything that had ever happened to him.

"Why does time pass so slowly when there's no need for it?" He wondered aloud before rapidly stepping aside to avoid a group of soldiers making their way down the street with no regard for people in their way.

"Arsel." He mumbled. The discomfort mixed with the increasingly oppressive feel of the town was starting to make him feel irritable.

9:30 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Within sight of the tourist shop

"Dangit, still early." Kristian had been aimlessly wandering about in the town for most of the afternoon, only staying in one place when his stomach made its presence known about four hours ago, prompting him to stop by a caf? for a "lunch" sandwich. He had found himself straying towards the tourist shop several times during the day and each time he had abruptly turned around in fear of showing up early.

"I'll... just wait over here now." His vocal thoughts had shrunk down to slightly more than a whisper, his earbud were hanging across his neck as opposed to being in his ears and the knot in his stomach was about as tight as it could possibly be. "Yes, waiting. No need to move around any more."

With that he crossed his arms and leaned back against a wall diagonally across from the store, now rapidly tapping his chest in an attempt to calm his nerves.

Note: Kristian won't enter the shop until right before 10:00 PM, if anyone wants to strike up conversation just go ahead.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on March 07, 2012, 03:59:21 AM
Noon - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Xuezheng's Room
"Ha...ha...ha...," he breathes out, exhausted. Mentally and physically. "D-done..."

A blurry, abstract image. More abstract than anything he's really done before, but at the same time there was a certain sharpness to it. A little distorted, as if viewed through a fog, but the colors were stark in contrast to each other. "I've never used so much red and green before in such a small area."

He lets out another breath and leans back on the bed, taking a swig from what must have been the seventh bottle of water. Since last afternoon, he'd stopped only for food, drink, sleep, and the bathroom. His hands are covered in a pastiche of color, almost like some kind of christmas body paint. His lips curl into a smile as he looks at the marks, then that smile disappears as he catches the sight of his tattoo.

For some reason, he can't help but stare at it. The curls, curling from the back of his hand up his arm, then across his shoulder, flank, and chest, then just enough up his neck to peak past most of his shirts.

It was...how long ago? He didn't quite remember exactly. But, after a bit of reminiscing, it brought a smile to his face. Then it brought a bit of a flush to his face as he recalled the audience present then; it was a sort of group tattooing event. Xuezheng blushed a little more and shook his head in amusement, remembering all the wolf whistles and exclamations of appreciation when he took off his shirt. His father's exercise routine was good for something, even if he was vastly out of practice even then.

He stares out the window, eyes narrowing after a moment's examination. 'More and more are appearing...,' he notes, watching the militants patrol outside. 'There's too many for this to be ordinary...too many really to be ordinary before, but this is just ridiculous. Why are they here? Could it be...?'

His eyes narrow further, to the point they're very nearly closed. "What's going on...?"

9:35 PM - Kamisuiwa - Within sight of the tourist shop

Hands in his pockets, Xuezheng walks along the streetside. He'd spent the afternoon relaxing and thinking, more of the latter than the former, and finally decided to head off some time ago. His eyes aren't really focused on anything, but he can't help but notice another person silhouetted by a street light, waiting across from the tourist shop. Seeing that no one else was around, he gave this person a wave. "Ah, hello? Are you here for...that...too?" He knew he wasn't the only one that had been put on this trip, and though he had noticed other foreigners before he had never called out to them. Perhaps...perhaps he wasn't the only one that had been subjected to that...

Note: Feel free to take over Xuezheng for dialogue, Marokuu. Along with anyone else that stops by at this time.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on March 07, 2012, 09:53:36 AM
12:18 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Restaurant (outside the hotel)

Had the increase of soldiers not occurred, Danao would have dined on his lunch al fresco. The outside seemed colder than the air conditioner blaring in the restaurant. The sight of guns, which he normally ignored, now broke his sense of security. He had never seen so many in one town.

Danao budged, spooning a mouthful of beef noodles into his mouth. To make an hour's worth of story short, the tailor had given up waiting for any transport and grumbled about it as he made his way out of the hotel and into a restaurant beside it. Fifteen minutes in, he was waiting for his meal to arrive.

That was when he first saw the increased military presence. He had seen the soldiers early in his stay in Kamisuiwa. He made no thought about it. But when more streamed in, it seemed to him that they were in search of some dangerous criminal, and at any moment, they would put the town on lock down. It was keeping him jittery as he contemplated whether or not to go back to Tourist Helpers or just abandon the whole thing. He had only his imagination to blame for the apprehension he had in staying any longer.

In fact, it was itching to do something. Ideas littered all over his imagination were waiting to be focused on, connected in a coherent manner, and come to life. It told him that he was getting distracted.

Three minutes later, his mind tossed that aside to concentrate on the food. He had one more order of peach-flavored iced tea coming; maybe that would calm him some more.

9:45 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Near Tourist Helpers

Danao had planned to leave for the abandoned shop by this exact time, but boredom caused him to leave earlier. The streetlights remained on, along with paper lanterns hanging on canopies of closed stores and silent buildings. There were still a few other people walking outside, but it was mostly the military personnel that remained.

"They won't see me, they won't see me, they won't see me, they won't..."

As the Tourist Helpers shop came into view, it turned out that two people had already been waiting there. Thankfully, they were not dressed in military attire. There must have been more who bought into the convention deal. At this time, he had no energy to talk, so he strolled nonchalantly up to a lamppost right beside him and stayed by it.

He brought out his phone. "Nine forty-five," he grumbled, "I should have walked slower."

OOC: Danao doesn't want to talk, and as such, he will not respond to anyone who will try to talk to him.

EDIT: Cleaned up some time stamp errors. orz
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on March 09, 2012, 10:11:44 PM
9:35 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Within sight of the tourist shop

Kristian's body tensed up as Xhuezheng approached. He had not expected other people to show up. After all, he did not see anyone else when he was visiting the shop the first time.

"Th-that thing?" His eyes shifted around before focusing on the person in front of him again. "You mean, like somethi- you've se- I've- wait." He holds out his hand to stop any responses from Xhuezheng. "Okay, calm down, this might be good. It's a confirmation that you aren't crazy."

He closes his eyes and takes a deep breath "Though you certainly aren't acting like it, man."

"I'm sorry, my nerves have been getting more and more on edge during the last few hours." He tiredly drags his hands down his face before continuing. "So. You've been into that shop as well I guess?"

Kristian waits only for a nod before resuming his questions. "So what did you see? Some really out of place location? And did you meet a girl as well? Not Emily, she seemed real enough, but from your subconscious. And did the room just disolve around you without warning as well?" He picked up speed as he spoke. It was completely out of character for him but right now he just wanted to get information from someone in the same situation as him to see if it would make any sense.

Before he's able to continue after catching a breath he is halted by Mao holding up his hands in front of him. "Hold on, let me answer before you ask me even more questions."

Kristian drags his fingers through his hair before blowing out air through puffed up cheeks. "Okay, sorry. I'm on edge and I don't handle unexpected happenings very well." He extends his hand. "I'm Kristian by the way." Xuezheng takes his hand and shakes it lightly "Xuezheng, pleased to meet you."

"Okay cool, so... now that I've calmed down, you tell me your story. I assume you got a pop-up on your computer that lead you here  right? That's what happened to me."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on March 10, 2012, 05:30:28 AM
9:37 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Within sight of the tourist shop
Xuezheng takes off his hat and dusts it off; something to do with his hands more than anything else. "Well, to begin with, I entered the store and rang the bell. This girl in red mentioned something about luck...she was a goddess of misfortune, I think? And then there was this wall I tried to punch down...bad idea to be honest." He accentuates that statement with a nervous rub of his knuckles. "Didn't budge. After I just touched it though...disappeared. Then Emily pops up from behind it. She tells me to come back right about now, and here I am."

"There was that popup, yes. I was drawn to the shrine and got a decent picture of it...got a decent picture of that girl I met too. Not Emily. I'll show you later. Helped me remember."

He shakes his head and replaces the hat. "I didn't see any strange places, except for a disappearing brick wall. Other than that...I can't recall much. I do have ideas though. You notice the military, right?"

Kristian nods. "You think they're...?" The question is left hanging, but Xuezheng nods all the same.

"Possibly? I don't know what to think. It's all very confusing..." He clenches his fist. "I don't like it one bit, but I can't help but be intrigued. You think things might get ugly?"

"I think it might. I have a bad feeling about all this. Military. Us called to a convention that hasn't gone down yet. Internet message? The military presence...which gets higher after we have that 'experience'. You see someone who calls herself a goddess, I saw someone similar...read my mind. A Satori, I think. Yours...a curse god? I think I've heard something like that..."

Xuezheng blinks. "Put it like that, and it sounds like some kind of conspiracy."

The two men sigh, eyes closed and brows furrowed. Before Kristian can start up again, the artist pipes up. "Let's leave it til at that then, alright? I think there isn't a point in us worrying about it too much. In any case, I'm finding it too complicated. Feel free to continue...if it comes down to it, I'm only going to be good for punching things."

Kristian smiles at the frank statement. "Right. Good to know there's someone to be a distraction while I run." The shorter man blinks, then winces at his statement. 'Hope that didn't offend him...'

To his surprise, Xuezheng laughs. "Indeed." Black humor was something the artist could associate with. "Anyways, where are you from?"

OOC: Xuezheng and Kristian will just be having small talk until 10pm, unless stated otherwise.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on March 14, 2012, 03:48:45 AM
??:?? PM - Unknown Location

Ken rubbed his eyes and groaned. For some reason he felt extremely exhausted; his limbs were as cold as a frozen-over winter's night. After blinking several times, he sat up and looked around. Suddenly he jerked backwards as his eyes detected movement in front of him.

Mokou was crawling towards him.

"Wha--Mokou, wait...what are you doing?!" He eeked out as he scooted backwards on the ground. Not being very successful at doing so, he looked behind him only to see nothing for miles around.
   "Hey man, relax," she said calmly as she continued to crawl on all fours, a smile on her face.
   "Hold on...what's going on?" He took note of her vastly revealing attire and looked away. A camisole and a short skirt? Was it actually possible that this was happening? Mokou wouldn't do something like this...yet he felt that he had experienced something similar rather recently.
   Before he could do anything else, she had already reached him. "You look a little cold, darling. Shall I warm us up?"
   He instinctively nodded before he could realize what he was doing.
   "Good, good." She took his hands in hers. "Just don't tell Keine anything, okay?"
   "...uh." He jerked slightly as his hands suddenly warmed up. He felt that numbing feeling he normally felt when something very hot cleansed the cold feeling from his hands, only it reverberated throughout his body. His stiff limbs came warmly back to life. "T-Thanks..."
   "Of course not, anything for you...darling." She lifted a strap of her loose-fitting top back up onto her shoulder with her right hand, then resumed clutching his.
   He was more puzzled than anything. "Mokou, what's going on? Why are you dressed like that?"
   She suddenly wore a sharp grin on her face. "Because what I'm about to do will make you forget that were-hakutaku for good~"
   "What?! Wait!" He struggled to move, but as soon as a circle of tall fire roared up around them, he knew he couldn't escape.
   "Don't fight it, darling." Still grinning devilishly, she starting sliding her straps down her shoulders.
   "M-Mokou? Wait a minute!" he gurgled, as his body was now falling in weakness to the sudden heat surge around them. Gulping, he could feel beads of sweat forming on his exposed arms and legs. "Y-You've got it all wrong! Keine's not--"
   She pressed a finger to his lips, which calmed him slightly. "Hush...now that I've got you, it's time to...what's that oh-so-fitting phrase?" She licked her lips delicately and started doing away with her skirt. "Oh yes...it's time to make history together..."
   His face blanched as sweat continued to drip down his face. "Hold on, stop! I don't--"



3:06 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Laboratory Room

"...guh!"

Ken's vision suddenly faded, replaced by bright lights. Groaning, he realized he was looking up...he was face-up, looking up and slightly to the left at the ends of many, many rows of lights on the ceiling.

"Hey, silly. You finally woke up, huh?"

"...huh? Oh..." He looked to the right and saw Mayli's face. "What happened..."
   "You fell asleep next to me, dude." She frowned momentarily. "And then you somehow managed to start falling down in your sleep, so I had to do something about it."
   He blinked a few more times. "Ah, hehe. So that was a dream, huh..."
   "A dream?" She seemed interested now. "About what?"
   "About...well, it involved Mokou, I think..." He was forgetting his dream already. Not much could be done about it now, he thought.
   "Mokou, huh?" She looked from side to side. "Well whatever. You looked dead tired after all that searching, more tired than I remember you ever getting. No wonder you conked out."
   "Yeah...maybe my body is still adjusting to this mana thing." He contemplated sitting up, but she was a very comfortable resting spot. "Not to be a bother, but can I stay like this for a bit longer?"
   She giggled. "Just for a little. We gotta get going if we want to see Amarillo soon, right?"
   Amarillo. He had nearly forgotten about that. Man, was he out of it...
   "Ken?"
   He stopped rubbing his eyes and looked back up at her. "Wha?"
   "Ah...well, I'm glad you feel better."
   "Mmm...yeah, thanks. I bet this whole mana thing is still kinda strange to you."
   She took a deep breath and let it out. "It was a bit scary at first, realizing that I had to be close to you or else I would feel--you know. But I'm also really curious now..."
   "I bet you are, even I have no clue why that happened. Before we got captured by RAI, I don't think we had a mana link..." He suddenly remembered something else from before the capture, but he decided to put it off until later.
   "Yeah. It's a bit frightening but it sounds really cool, too!" she said excitedly, beaming at the thought of something that she could only wish for in a fantasy or science fiction novel happening to them.
   "Ha, someone sounds excited." He yawned and stretched as much as he could in proximity to her, then rolled over and started getting to his feet. "Say, where are my glasses?"
   She pointed to the pad of paper on the ground next to her. His glasses were folded and sat on top of it.
   "Oh, well thank you. I appreciate it..." Crawling over to fetch them, he noticed a drawing on the pad of paper and additionally a pencil, presumably items she had picked up from around the lab workstations. The drawing was of two people holding hands and walking.
   She turned to face him on the ground. "Do you like it? I sketched it up in about fifteen minutes, maybe."
   He took his glasses off of the pad of paper and affixed them to his face, reexamining her work of art. "It looks really good, definitely better than something I could ever hope to draw in my life, haha. Very nicely shaded too. Who are these two characters though?"
   "Oh...well, they...I gave them names, you see." She pointed as she introduced them. "This one is Enka, and the other girl is Yilma."
   He looked a bit confused for a moment, then pushed his glasses back up a bit. "Enka and Yilma? I see...doesn't make much sense to me, but I'm glad you could find something to do while waiting for me to come to."
   "Er...yeah." She decided to change the subject before he could catch on to anything. "So, there's something else that's been bugging me about being back in reality now..."
   Based on the look on her face and the direction she turned to, he surmised that she was thinking the same thing he was. "Is it about someone who seems to be...missing?"
   "Missing..." She put a finger to her lip and quickly pulled it away, choosing to bite it instead. "I guess that's the right word for it. Where's your other friend, that hermit lady?"
   Hermit. The word seemed to trigger something in his brain, as it got him thinking about his past. "Yeah...I'm wondering the same thing myself."
   Kasen, the hermit. How had he forgotten about her until recently? The two of them had become friends before RAI captured them. She was quite detached, and not surprisingly drew his curiosity since she stayed to herself for the most part. Even when the other teams in the group were occupied, she was either busy reciting sutras, meditating or seemingly judging them all from afar. Eventually after talking to her enough times, she started to stay close to him...perhaps the two of them, being relatively detached from the other at the time, somehow hit it off well enough.
   And yet now he was left wondering where she was. In fact, he had formed a mana bond with Kasen at first, due to the apparent need for her to survive in reality...and only her. Now, suddenly he was sharing mana with Mokou, Kaguya, Hatate and even Yuyuko. Mayli, his long-time friend who had grown up in the same town he did, was now also dependent on him for mana. That made so little sense, he thought. Why would Mayli, a normal human with no ties to Gensokyo--the REAL Gensokyo--at all...why would they wake up from the virtual world and suddenly she was dependent? Was the virtualization pod somehow responsible for this?
   He shook his head. No, that couldn't be...RAI was quite technologically advanced, but they couldn't have invented machines and software so complicated that it could manipulate such a thing as mana...could they?
   Setting his thoughts back on Kasen, he wondered where she was and why she wasn't awake. He suddenly panicked. What if Kasen was in deep trouble on her own? Did she wander off? Pausing to take a few breaths, he calmed himself down. Kasen was too smart to let that happen to her...but even so, he had to confirm her whereabouts. Not only hers, but also Reisa's...where did Reisa disappear to?
   Yuyuko was a subject of his confusion as well. he remembered encountering Yuyuko in the virtual Gensokyo right before they managed to break out of it. Their escape was a miracle itself...but he didn't remember having any sort of ties with Yuyuko at all, both before RAI captured them and during their time spent in the virtual world. Somehow he seemed close enough to Yuyuko as the situation had deemed it, though...and they even shared a mana link.
   Wait...as the situation deemed it? What an odd way to phrase such an anomaly. How was that at all feasible in the first place? There was no simple answer he could think of to explain it. It was as if he was given a mana bond with the ghost princess without question, even though he was never close to her to begin with...yet she felt close to him, enough to be--
   He closed his eyes and shook his head. There were too many questions, and he would lose time trying to figure out the answers unless he did something about it.
   Looking around, he realized that Mayli had gone back to sketching. It eased his mind watching her draw. He appreciated her presence greatly at that time, and now she was stuck in a bond with him. The situation gnawed on him a little, but her enthusiasm and interest in it softened it somewhat.
   He noted that she seemed buried in her work, and that he should probably just let her be for a bit. He had to go check to see if Kasen was in this very room still, trapped in that wretched fake world...stuck in one of those pods just like his other friends had been.
   "Bags," he muttered to himself. "Nothing is ever easy..."



3:15 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Laboratory Room

Kaguya and Mokou sat near each other against the wall.

Mokou sighed lightly and looked over at Kaguya. Aside from her rival, Ken, the tengu and the ghost, no one else aside from the others, who were trapped in virtual reality still, was nearby at the time. Kaguya seemed lost in thought. She herself wasn't too sure what to do at this time, but visiting Amarillo and finding Nitori seemed like a good plan. The wait was killing her though. They had decided to wait until another team showed up to watch over everyone still stuck in the virtualization pods, but she was being impatient. Being unable to rescue Keine was weighing heavily on her as well.

"Hey, Mokou."

She turned to face Kaguya, who had addressed her. "...what is it?"
   "I was thinking..."
   Mokou scoffed after the pause. "Yes, that was fairly obvious."
   "Ah...quiet! Listen, what is this whole situation to you?"
   "Huh?" Kaguya wanted to know how she felt about something? What was the world coming to? Then again, this wasn't the world she was used to, and neither were the other Gensokyo natives. "Well, if you really want to know..."
   Kaguya reached a hand up to brush her perfect bangs. "Yes, I do want to know. My rival should be sharp to keep me strong."
   Mokou rolled her eyes. "Whatever that means. I guess I'm kinda...conflicted about this."
   "Conflicted? How so?"
   "So much...what's the word...I don't know, a lot of stuff is happening all at once. It's all confusing..." After watching her rival play with her hair, she absentmindedly had started to twirl a lock of her own, entwining it in the fingers of her left hand. "But I know what we gotta do."
   "Yeah. Rescue Eirin and the others, right?"
   "Hmph. That and get to the bottom of this RAI scheme..." Mokou blew a puff of air out of her mouth, lifting her bangs slightly. "I don't quite get what they're after...I mean, you saw it too, right? It was like our home, that place in the pods...it was just like Gensokyo."
   Kaguya paused and thought momentarily on that subject. Why had RAI done such a thing to them after their capture? Where they attempting some sort of experiment? She could think of quite a few worse things that they could have done, but recreating Gensokyo...
   "Wait a minute," she started. "How'd they even know what Gensokyo looked like?"
   Mokou shrugged. "Dunno. Maybe they--no, they couldn't have lived in Gensokyo beforehand, and plus it's...our home is gone. Nothing remains of it..."
   "Indeed," the princess added. "But I really wanna free Eirin and Reisen and Tewi, and all my other friends."
   Mokou folded her arms beneath her breasts. "Of course, as I wish to help get Keine out of there. Too bad none of us knows what all these computers do...not even you, the NEET Princess."
   "...excuse me?" Kaguya scowled. "Listen, you dirty, homeless little--"
   "Oh please, you're so gullible." Mokou's expression deadened. "You know as well as I do that no one here aside from maybe Nitori, or Yukari...or maybe even that shopkeeper...nobody else here seemed to understand how the computers in this room work."
   Kaguya relaxed and decided not to strike back. "Well duh. Why did you have to say that about me, then? Huh?"
   "Force of habit."
   The princess sighed and put a hand to her face. "Whatever...listen, you and I need to not fight right now, okay? Just know that if we ever get free of this stupid mana thing, I'll beat the pulp outta you."
   "Yeah yeah, whatever. You're just afraid of being weakened again." Upon seeing Kaguya stiffen, she smirked. "Besides, you know I would kick your ass to the end of this room and back, a few times over."
   "Hey!" Kaguya growled. "Don't get ahead of yourself, bitch..."
   Mokou stood up and started walking away. "Okay, whatever you say...I'm going to do something more productive than sit around and argue with you." She figured she would check up on Keine, even though there wasn?t much else she could do for her at the time.
   Kaguya thought to herself. Maybe she should see if Eirin and the others had changed for better or for worse, or at least pray for them. Still, she had to wonder if being trapped in the virtual reality was as bad as everyone was making it out to be...



3:44 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Virtual Gensokyo Laboratory Room

*click* *click*

"Hatata~"

The tengu hummed to herself as she continued to take pictures of one of the virtualization pods, from every conceivable angle. While it was true that a problem was upon them, an immediate solution did not seem apparent. So she had taken to getting as much photographic evidence of the situation as possible. After all, there was no way that RAI would be able to get away with what they had done to them, especially if these pictures were leaked. The only question was, who would believe them? Not only that, but who would be able to shut them down?

*beep*

"Wuh?" Looking down in dismay, she saw that her phone had died. "Noooo!" Cursing, she slipped it into her pocket. Somehow she would have to charge it later on, but at least she got all the pictures she needed.

"Something wrong, Hata?"
   She turned around and saw Ken nearby, approaching her. "Oh, well my phone just died. Ran out of battery power, uuuuuu..."
   "Mmm...that's unfortunate."
   "Yeah...oh well. Whatcha up to, man? I mean, I see you finally woke up, ehehe."
   He looked over towards the next row of pods. "Well, there's something that I need to investigate, unless you've already seen it. Any idea if that hermit--if Kasen is still trapped in one of these?"
   "Eh? Her?" Hatate cocked her head. "I didn't look for anyone in particular, dunno. Here, I'll see if I can help you find her." Before he could respond, she flew off towards the other side of the room, at the start of the last row he would have searched.
   "Heh...that'd be nice." He continued walking down the rest of the line he had been examining. Pausing to calm himself, he put a hand on the last pod in the line and looked down.
   Kasen's face stared back at him, her closed-eyed sleeping pose visible from behind the pod's front shield.
   He flinched in surprise and took a step back. "My goodness...so she is still here. That's a relief."

"She is, but she isn't. And yet I am..."

The voice he heard caused him to turn around. It was Yuyuko, looking slightly unhappy. "Oh jeez...you're really good at sneaking up on people, you know that? Even if that isn't your intent..."
   "I guess so." She looked down into Kasen's virtualization pod, then back up at him. "Listen, Ken. I...I know what's going on here...I know what you're trying to figure out."
   He started tapping his foot. "Well, isn't that convenient. So tell me, what is it then? Why are you here right now, free to move around and bound to me, while she is stuck inside that...virtual reality?"
   "You remember not too long ago, when you encountered me inside that place, right? I was looking for a way to escape to this world we are in right now..."
   "Yeah, I do." He put a hand on his hip and stopped his foot-tapping. "So, you really do know what's going on, huh?"
   "Yes...at least, I think so." She signaled for him to follow her. "Come, let's talk a bit in private. I don't want this to spread too quickly..."
   "Sure, I guess. Let's go over to that desk," he said as he pointed towards the location he had in mind.
   She nodded in agreement. "Yes..."
   He watched as she walked ahead of him, trying hard not to admire her awe-inspiring presence. She truly was a princess at first glance, he thought. And yet even a princess of death was near-powerless in their situation...
   She turned around and sat on the table, while he took up residence in the nearby chair and spoke up first. "So, let's get this started, shall we? What's going on?"
   "Okay, so...we all tried to escape the virtual Gensokyo after Amarillo showed us that it was a fake place, right?"
   "Yeah, sounds about right."
   "And then I encountered you and that other one, Mayli, and then Nue showed up..."
   "Yes..."
   She opened her eyes wider and continued. "So then, after we escaped...well I think we all experienced a bizarre phenomenon before we woke up here."
   "Yeah, I don't know quite what it was, but I heard voices, and thoughts of certain people flashed through my mind." He nodded and twisted his mouth a bit while pausing to consider the experience once more. "I think I thought of you during that moment..." He stared back at her. "Wait...what? Why would that--I mean, I think I remembered you, and Mokou and Kaguya...and Hatate..."
   "Not Mayli either?"
   He shook his head. "No, I don't think so..."
   Yuyuko put a hand to her cheek. "That means...you didn't..."
   "Hmm?"
   "Ken, it means...what happened to me really is true..."
   "What? What do you mean, what happened to you?"
   She moved forward and hung her feet off the edge of the table. "Right before we escaped to reality, I got this weird feeling..."
   "Oh yeah, I remember you were a bit out of it." He looked down, entranced for a moment by her swinging legs. "I had to grab you to get you out with us..." His face reddened slightly. "Er...sorry if I grabbed you brusquely..."
   "No, that was fine. That's not the problem anyway. What happened then, if I remember correctly...I suddenly recalled being your friend a while back."
   He looked at her in disbelief. "What? That's..."
   That was impossible, he thought. He had never been her friend previously. Not that that was a problem, but it went against everything he could recall. He only made friends with Kasen and Mayli prior to being captured by RAI and apparently put into the virtual Gensokyo.
   "That's why I was confused, and you had to grab me. It was as if I spontaneously became aware of it, somehow...I don't..." She shifted away from him a bit. "I don't know what it means, or why it happened...but, here I am instead..."
   "That's not...but, how is that..." He was stymied. Was it a mana bond transfer? That was nonsensical, and yet here was proof that, at the very least, mana bonds could be spontaneously formed and taken away...just what was RAI up to? Did they cause it somehow? If so, they were in greater trouble than he thought. Something had to be done, but they still had to worry about the others who were still trapped. Some RAI reinforcements were on the way. They had to do something fast.
   He turned to see Yuyuko looking away from him, now holding a fan in her left hand. It was unlike her to be worried, based on what he had seen of her so far. "Hey..."
   "It's not fair, I know..." she whispered. "I don't know what happened...but, I think something is messed up...Kasen should be here instead of me." She couldn't quite put her finger on it, but she suspected that if their memories going into the virtual space were affected, then perhaps something happened going out as well. But the mana bond she now shared with him was indeed real. She could feel it somehow, as odd as that sounded to her. "And all this time, my poor Youmu is trapped in there too..."
   "Well, don't worry too much about it," he stated firmly. "There is little sense in crying over spilled milk, so to speak. And you've been helpful so far, so don't--it's not a problem, it's just something that...well, it just happened. That's it. Whatever it was that happened, it had to have happened for a reason."
   Still sitting on the table, she turned around and smiled at him (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/yuyukolookingback.jpg). "Really?"
   "All we can do now, is deal with whatever fate throws at us."
   Folding her fan back up, she slid off the table and stood up, smoothing her dress in the process. "Then it's okay if I stay with you, even though I shouldn't even be here in the first place?"
   He wrinkled his nose in disapproval. "Of course you can, what else are you supposed to do? Shut yourself back in one of these accursed things and trap yourself back in that virtual territory?"
   "Hmm...that's a good point. As much as I'd like to give Youmu company, I don't think it's that simple."
   "Yeah. This is interesting, at the least." She did bring up a valid point though, he thought. What determined these mana bonds, exactly? He had willingly made one with Kasen, and yet here he was with others who now depended on him for their lives...
   "Then let's get going to track down Amarillo and her team," the ghost replied as she stretched her arms up in the air.
   Having already turned around to round up the others, he turned back to look at her. "My thoughts exactly."



Notes:

Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Yog-N'yggoth on March 14, 2012, 05:21:13 AM
12:00 AM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Ashley's Hotel Room

Ashley moved, a look of irritation on his face. One of those night. He attempted to close his eyes, but the more he tried, the more it made his eyes water. Eventually he stopped attempting and just stayed in bed, staring at his hands. His eyesight moved slowly around the room. He wasn't lost like how some people awoke. He was in a hotel room attempting to sleep, waiting for 10 PM so he could find out who were those three girls were.

...


Yes, that was exactly what he was planning to do. He stood on the edge of the bed, doing a couple of stretches. He took a look at the clock on the nearby desk. Only a couple of hours. He had been awake with much shorter sleep so it wasn't too much of a hassle. He stood up and continued his awakening. Still too early to do anything outside he thought. After washing his face in the bathroom, he pulled a book from his travel bag. It wasn't anything informative; The book was just some cheap airport leasure reading. Although he didn't actually start it. He just took a peak at both its front and back covers and got it on a whim. With knife in his right hand, and the book in his left, he began until he felt it was a good time to leave.

12:35 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Resaurant

 Lots of soldiers. That was his impression after leaving a couple ago. Like with most law enforcement he generally just ignored them, but the number grew exponentially from yesterday. 'This place just keeps more suspicious by the day' he thought, drinking some water. A military presence, and that strange message. No connection between them would be more of a surprise.

 Still, they didn't seem to bother him, so he at the very least, acted similarly as well. Not like he could ask what their objective was anyway. He ate his food, just a simple bowl of noodles. Water and noodle, sure was using much of his money. Although looking at anything else just made his wallet tighten.

 There wasn't anything to do besides walking around and doing some window shopping anyway. He could go back to his room, but he already finished the book around the time he went out so there wasn't anything to do there either.

 Ash sighed. He needed a active hobby or something. Maybe he could try learning some card tricks at some point. After finishing his meal, he went  around the town again.

9:50 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Near the tourist shop

 Shuffling some newly bought cards, he placed them in his left pocket. The night was still young, though the soldiers dulled the mood somewhat. With the townspeople not out, the soldiers stood out even more.

 He paused as he drew closer to his destination. There were others already here.. It wasn't like the first time had a specific time to enter the shop. unlike now. And it wasn't like they had a military look to them either. In fact, it seemed that some of the faces seemed familiar. From the hotel?

"I swear, if you all came for a convention too, I'll eat my non-existant hat". he said, coming to a conclusion. He took to leaning on a nearby wall, a bit farther away from the others.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on March 16, 2012, 09:43:20 PM
    Inside Vant's Dream
     
            Komachi slowly sat up, gazing about her surroundings. She was lying in a familiar flower field that seemed to stretch onward for miles. "Where am I? Isn't...isn't this where I first met Vant?" She rubs her eyes a bit before slowly standing and walking off in a random direction; no clear, visible structures were in sight, leaving the shinigami bewildered at the unusual size of the field. "Okay, I'm certain this place wasn't so large." Komachi had to stop for a moment and think, closing her eyes and trying to focus, her mind kept going blank for some odd reason. When she opened her eyes again, an extravagant mansion lay before her and the entire field of flowers had disappeared and been replaced with a small pond under a full moon. Just beyond the edge of the pond, the world seemed to simply drop off. Komachi spun in circles trying to find a trace of the field she was in only a moment ago. She sighed heavily, "Nothing makes much sense anymore..." she lumbered slowly over to the large double doors of the mansion before grabbing hold of the ornate gold handle and pulling hard. "Maybe I can find a nice bed and meal in here~ NNnn! Freakin' heavy door!" Straining, Komachi slowly drags the door open and is greeted by the sight of a very large, warm ballroom. Massive silver chandeliers hung above the smooth marble floor. Mahogany pillars lined the sides of the hall, each accented by the presence of a maid or butler carrying a silver platter and wearing pristine attire. In the center of all the luxury, a multitude of men and women danced whimsically to music that seemed to emanate from the air itself. The various colors and fabrics twirled about amid the banter and giggling of the guests. Komachi was awed by the spectacle before looking down in shock, realizing she was suddenly wearing a beautiful bluish china dress (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/21787153/Komachi%20China%20Dress.jpg) as she is grabbed suddenly and pulled into the waltz. "Ah, hey! Lemme go! Who are yo-...?"
     
            Vant smiled brightly at Komachi, taking her hand in his and leading the dance~ "So glad you could finally join. What took you so long?" He quickly spins her around, letting her see that every guest was now watching them and whispering amongst themselves before she could answer Vant. She started to blush a bit, enjoying the attention and Vant's touch as they continued to dance to the music~
     
           When the waltz ended, the guests applauded the two before the next song began. Vant did not continue, however, and instead lead Komachi down a hallway and into a lavish room occupied by Meiling, wearing a sultry china dress and lingerie (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/21787153/Hong%20Meiling%20China%20Dress.jpg) (kinda NSFW), and Kanako, wearing her own elegant china dress (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/21787153/Kanako%20Yasaka%20China%20Dress.jpg). Meiling was sitting cross-legged in a plush, leather chair, drinking red wine and reading a book from the small library on the wall above the fireplace. Kanako lay on a couch with her shoes kicked off, wiggling her toes in the heat of the fire. Komachi perked up when she saw another large sofa, empty, and jumped onto it, snuggling with the pillows and sighing contentedly~
     
           "Are you seriously going to try and sleep while we're already sleeping?" Meiling rolled her eyes at the shinigami before getting picked up by Vant and set in his lap. "If you think you'll get more rest, you're sadly mistaken." She shakes her head before relaxing against Vant, who whispers in her ear, "I love the way you look in that dress~<3". He smiles at her before she jabs him in the side with her elbow. "You seemed more than entranced by her".
     
           "A-ah...you were watching huh?" Vant scratches at his chin and looks away innocently before Meiling "Hmph!"s and settles against him, going back to her book as Kanako laughs at them both. "You two are way too fun to watch~"
     
           She giggles again before going back to her thoughts as Komachi perks up. "So...uh...where are we anyway?"
     
          "You're inside my dream" Vant replied merrily~ "It's just what happens with those that are linked. Do you not remember from before we were trapped in those pods?" Komachi shrugged before laying her head on the pillow and dozing off...somehow.
     
          "Amazing that she can manage to do that no matter the situation. Nonetheless, what are we going to do about our situation? We have more enemies coming in at most two days, and there are those that still remain in that fake world. We'd really need to find more people that we can trust, because we can't manage that much mana between our few people. Breaking them out right now would be a bad idea without some kind of way to keep them alive. Otherwise there's not point to figuring out how to free them." Kanako stretched a bit before slumping back in the couch, scratching at her head and trying to think.
     
          "Well...the RAI forces made a fake Gensokyo and we somehow survived in it. So perhaps there is some technology here that can support the life of the others outside the pods?" Vant blew his hair out of his face before sighing. "For now, let's just relax while we can, better to leave the complicated things to those of higher intelligence. Like the doctor from the moon or the kappa girl."
     
    (End of dream caused by mana links. Will wake up around 3:30pm and begin searching for tech and logs in the computers on how stuff works :V)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on March 21, 2012, 08:49:48 PM
5:48 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Research Room near Base Entrance

"Are you sure this is what we should do?"
   "Yes, of course. Even if it means leaving the others behind for now, we need to reach Tourist Helpers."
   "But Hatate--"
   "Ungh. She's fine, I'll take care of her for now..."

Ken looked down at Hatate's loosely shut eyes and sighed. Moments before they were going to take off to Tourist Helpers, she had suddenly collapsed. Fortunately, it didn't seem too problematic: he could still feel her spirit strongly. Perhaps this whole trip back to reality was being rough on everyone, he thought. Still, it had delayed them almost two hours and she still hadn't woken up. Regardless, he knew they had to get to Amarillo and track down Nitori, enlisting their aid for rescuing their friends still stuck in the virtual Gensokyo. To him, it seemed like the only safe way to get them out anyway...to that end, he had taken it upon himself to carry the unconscious tengu until she woke up, whenever that would happen.
   He readjusted his grip on her limp body and looked up. "Well, it looks like we're close to getting out of this place now. I don't know about you all, but I'm getting a little sick of this place already anyway."
   "Yeah, I wanna get back outside for once," Mokou replied casually. "I mean, don't get me wrong--this place is cool-looking, but given what happened here..."
   Kaguya looked over at Mokou and added her own thoughts. "This place has been troublesome, yes, but what bothers me more is the fact that RAI left this place virtually undefended. It confuses me."
   Mokou gave a deadpan stare back at her. "...really, Kaguya? You had to go there, didn't you..."
   "Wha?" The Lunarian's face dissolved into confusion.
   Mayli rolled her eyes. "I think it's a bit soon for puns..." She hastened to catch up to Ken, leaving the two on-hold rivals to bicker lightly over the chance wordplay. "Ken, you're really sure this is okay? I mean, we only left a few notes behind in that room..."
   "I doubt there will be problems...besides, with any luck we can get Amarillo or at least Nitori to come back with us." He looked down at Hatate again. She was deceptively light, likely due to her birdlike nature. He looked back up and over to Mayli. "Although, this is assuming a smooth rode ahead. I'll be damned if they don't have some sort of obstacle prepared for us somehow..."
   "Hmm...yes, I unfortunately must agree," said Yuyuko, who was floating slowly on his other side. "Shall I scout ahead?"
   He shook his head. "Wait until we're out of here, yeah?"
   "Hehehe. Okie~"
   Mayli's brow wrinkled. "I still don't get it...why is Yuyuko here with us?" She wasn't too happy with Kasen's surprising departure from their trio of friendship, if it could be called that. This Yuyuko seemed nice enough, but where did she come from? She could still not yet comprehend it.
   "Me?" The ghost perked up. "Well...if you really want to know what happened, or at least what I think happened, I'll tell you...just not now, okay?"
   "Yeah, let's worry about the road ahead," he chimed in. Sneaking a peek over at his old friend, he couldn't help but remember her distinct fear of malevolent youkai. Given what had happened to her once and nearly twice...she had almost become youkai food. Thank goodness for Sanae's help, otherwise she might not be here walking next to him. But even that he had to question, since both of those times she had been attacked by youkai in the virtual Gensokyo. Still, Yuyuko certainly didn't look scary, so he wondered why Mayli was pondering it so much. Maybe she was being just as curious as he was.
   His head was starting to hurt. It was time to do less thinking and more walking. He spotted the entrance up ahead. "Well it looks like we're finally getting out of this place for a while."
   "Bleh...I hope this adventure doesn't have us walking everywhere all the time," Mayli griped.
   Yuyuko giggled. "Is it that bad?"
   She shot the ghost a glare. "Easy for you to say, you can just float everywhere!"
   "Ah...well maybe I shouldn't, but I am not quite built for walking as much as you are." The ghost landed daintily and started walking normally.



6:00 PM - Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ? Outside Base Entrance

Mokou stretched and yawned. "Finally out of that prison...feels good, don't it?"
   Having taken her slippers off, Kaguya felt the coolness of the grass blades between her feet. "It does, and it certainly feels real enough."
   The fiery immortal walked over to where the others were resting. "Oi, lemme carry Hatate for a while after we get goin' again."
   Ken raised eyebrow and smiled slightly. "You wanna do that? I don't mind, sure."
   She returned the smile, but it quickly became a grimace. "Yeah...and I mean, I still owe you for what happened earlier, so..."
   "Oh please, don't worry too much more about that. Lesson learned, right?"
   Mokou looked away to hide her embarrassment. "Y-You don't have to tell me that..."
   "Yeah, don't worry Mokou." Mayli sat back up and looked around. "It is strange though...there isn't anyone I can see anywhere. It's almost as if they really had abandoned this place, and yet..."
   "And yet," Yuyuko continued for her, "RAI still kept us here. They have to be on to something."
   Mokou jammed her hands in her pockets. "Well we ain't gonna figure it out just lazing around. Let's get going soon. We are short on time, after all."
   "Yeah," Ken added. "Let's break after a few more minutes. Stay sharp, everyone."




(Notes: Hatate collapsed, likely due to fluctuating mana. Ken's team is en route to Kamisuiwa and will reach the town at approximately 7:45pm on Day 2.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on March 26, 2012, 01:41:10 AM
Day 2 , 4:30PM Tourist Helpers Second Floor

As Koishi falls asleep, the fairies has nothing to do.
With her disabled, even if someone come in, they will not be able to pry the answers Amarillo wanted out from them.
However, as Lily White is thinking of how to repairing the wireless router (which is very, very hard for her to figure out), her eyes spotted a very familiar person, standing outside of the door of the shop.
"Yukari?!"

As Lily White stepped downstairs, ("Can't you just pretend that as of now there's no one inside?" - shouted her sister) she heard a knock on the door.

so she opened the door, and saw Yukari and Jeremy standing right in front of her.
"You see, I'm right, Amarillo Viridian is sleeping here- You don't need to look in every hotel......" said Jeremy, it seems they are having a little discussion about Amarillo's whereabouts just now.

"You are looking for her?" Lily is confused by their motives, why would Yukari looking for Amarillo, at this time?
"Firstly, we want to apologize about our doubts...earlier today." Yukari said, "though I really don't want to apologize to a human..."
"Then, we need some information, about the guy who make us into this state." Jeremy nodded.

"This state?"
"You see, our memories before the fake gensokyo part ends at a Base Raid, neither of us remembered what happened while we overrun their first line of defense."
"and when something like this happened, my guess is that we are captured right at the point where we thought we have won this." Yukari added.

"Weird, indeed." Lily White tries to remember what happened at the Graveyard Base, however, her memory is hazed as well--
"That's why we are looking for Amarillo Viridian," Yukari walked in the shop, "can we not talk such matters right outside? I still see some soldiers here and there, by the way, how did you guys arrived there and not managed to set off these alarming soldiers?"

"Huh, us? We flew across the town, of course." Lily White flapped her wings.
"Yeah, quite "fairy"-tale like, let's see tomorrow's newspaper headlines: "Flocks of People with Wings spotted flying in the sky of Kamisuiwa!" " Jeremy chuckled.
"Actually, we got this sorted out." Lily White points to a picture on the far side of the counter, "Right after we get here, Amarillo mailed that picture to the newspaper office, and saying that an UFO sighting occured, she also said people these days never believes in such stuff and then-"
"OK, I see you got this covered, then." Jeremy cut out her words, "Now, to the real thing - What exactly has happened in that raid?"

"The Raid-" Just as Lily White is trying to come up with something.

"We... Suffered a complete tactical defeat."

A girl with full pajamas appeared on the stairs.

"Amarillo! Are you absolutely sure you're all right?" Lily White rushed towards her.
"How do I put it.... You looks more paler from last time we saw you in Real-Life." Jeremy looks at her attire, "Also, I really think you should get some more sleep."
"Well, I'm...err... mostly fine, plus, if I went back to sleep again, you won't hear any of my memories of HOW we lose." Amarillo smiled.
"She's right.... though the "mostly fine" part rises questions, are you awake or are you sleepwalking." As she's speaking, Yukari throw her fans at Amarillo.
"Hah, I said", As Amarillo catch the fan and precisely pass it back to Yukari, "My status is stable enough to sort this out."

She walks down ("I'm not old enough to be helped on walking downstairs, but thanks anyways.") and sits before them.
"So you want to know what had happened in the raid? Actually I don't know much but here's what I know... I made it into the base, then..."

37 Days ago

How is that happening?
I'm thinking while running in the basement corridor.
We encountered heavier resistance than we predicted while charging into this HQ of RAI called Graveyard. And we are separated from others, now running in a basement corridor somewhere in this base like crazy.
The only light source is from the wings of my partners, and the reflection of the gold shimmering from Jason's huge sword.
And there is another guy on our team.
"Heh, get locked into a tight situation?" said Alex, now running past me.
"I cannot say that yet." I replied.
"I heard explosions nearby, is others safe?"  It's Lily White's Voice.
My most trusted partner these days after where we come from suddenly collapsed due to the shock from explosion, but got herself up quick.
"Don't worry, if there is something on the way, my sword will strike them down!" Said Jason.
Jason is somebody you can trust too, though you really can't see much of it only from his appearance.
"And don't think martial arts can't compare with their wacky techno and bullets!" As Alex is saying such things, we run into a dead-end.
These guys are so full of themselves, heh. I thought.
Can't blame them , one of them only talks with his sword, the other, only talks with his fist.
And the fist talker ?talked? to the hidden switch, with a loud Ka-boom, a hidden doorway appeared.
There is a label on the doorway that said "To Emergency Headquarters".
"Alex, if you keep doing that, we will be detected." The other fairies catch up behind us. The one who is making such comment is no other than Lily Black.
It's not a simple clothes swap though, she processes great potential as a fairy. However now it's not time to think about that.
Because another figure emerged from the doorway.
"Fancy meeting all of you guys here, heroes team." these words come from this GI wearing man who emerged from the doorway. "Even though Yuka is fighting in the outer area, I don't need her to knock you weaklings all down."
With a gust of wind, Jason's blade has started to move, but it was stopped in midair by the brute man's bare hands.
"Boy, you got strength, however the justice should be in the one who has more strength. Using a large chunk of metal to reflect on your strength is appearently not a good ... idea." Said the man as he pushed the blade out of his way.
 
Jason's blade weights a lot, I heard that it's even heavier than himself. However this man's brute force is able to stop his blades? I sensed something bad.
"However, picking on boys and girls that looks half your age, is not a good idea either, Yagi."
In a instant, the brute is knocked down on the floor, with Alex stands and looking at him with a smirk.
"It's been not that long after I met you last time, however you are starting to picking up the weak? huh? Where is your pride went? Or you sell them to the one who is sitting there, likely watching you dying out there?"
"I'm Not--" Before Jason can say something, I give him a stare telling him to just wait and see what will happen in this situation.
If we picking a fight here, it's a 3+5 on one fight, however, If we are fighting with this guy right now and exhaust ourselves here, it's a sure result that we won't survive past whoever was beyond this doorway.
Alex may be realized it too.
"Say, don't tell me your boss just asked you to, you know, earning him some more time?" he tried to close in for another attack. However the Yagi guy suddenly brunces up from the ground and regained his posture.
"And you are acting like my boss now, isn't it?" with a flash of light, something ejected from his pocket. But Jason stopped that thing by throwing a poker card at the time the weapon is fired.
He picked his card up, and show us what is on it.
It' s a needle, and from its color, I will not be surprised if there are literally a thousand kinds of poison spiked on it.
"YOU COWARD!" with these roar, Alex charged forward, and delivered a flurry of attacks. these attacks are easily blocked by Yagi though.
"And Are you sure that you are fighting for Justice, and we aren?t?" After being knocked down by a surprise attack from Alex, Yagi stood up and reached for his pocket again.
Now it's my chance to close in, I drew my Light-spear and thrust him firmly on his knees. However Yagi didn't show any signs of pain, even though his legs should be fully paralyzed now.
"Amarillo, bring all the fairies and just advance!" Alex shouts out behind me. "I'll cleanse this failure of our dojo today, for good!"
"Is that really OK?" Asked Jason, "Alex seems that he needs more help right now."
I turn to Lily Black :"Do you trust Alex? and do you trust me, who will protect you once if Alex is gone?"
The answer is a short "Yes."
 
Then it's settled.
I grab Jason's hands and swiftly run past a trying to stand-up Yagi. Yagi tried to stop me, however before he done so he eats another of Alex's attacks at full power. The fairies follows closely behind us.
"Coward! Now you will be facing ME!" That's the voice I last heard after running in the doorway.
*
A light can be seen in the end of the corridor that's leading the doorway. We charge toward it.

At the end of the doorway, we see something that?s completely unexpected. I?m excepting a mini army of bodyguards, however there is only one people there, his back facing us.
?Welcome, heroes. Or should I refer you as Fairies?? He didn?t turn back yet, however his tone is that of a prepared, or at least, one that displayed utter confidence.
?You are NOT excepting that I arrived here, you are NOT excepting we prepared, or ACTUALLY prepared for what you are doing, and you are NOT aware that you will not advance. Also you FAILED to notice that you cannot deny the cause, when the reason is set.? He slowly turn back and facing us. while still having this smirk on his face.
?Oh well, you don?t think that we are only a team of this size, do you?? Jason lean on his sword and coughed.
?Just as I said right a moment ago, you are still NOT aware that you will NOT advance no matter what. Perhaps you need some evidence?? He tried to speck into something that?s installed on his table, however there is no reply.
?Huh, they are fighting harder that what I thought. Well this can?t helped, I?ll focusing on finishing you guys, right HERE!? Even though he said that loudly, there is no any sign of him reaching for any weapons.
Actually, there is nothing that can be use as a weapon in this room, sans a few chairs and the sole desk that he is facing just now. I don?t think he will haul that desk onto us, which means this guy has further stuff in check.
And my guesses are not wrong.
?Amarillo Viridian, isn?t it? You really don?t remember who I am, didn?t you?? He suddenly started.
Hm? I met him before? ?Sorry, I don?t deal with people like you.? I smiled.
?Oh you did, You extracted so much information from me there that time, don?t you remember?? This guy is pointing at his head now, as of showing me some treasure.
?Don?t tell me you are-? Lily Black slowly said.
?Yes, exactly, Miss. I?m the one that tried to scout on you some day before, and I was put to sleep by this fair lady here, and she get everything she could get from me.?The guy nodded his head as he is pleased by what he just said, ?Now may I introduce myself formally again, I?m the 3rd Special Ops Officer of this base, my codename, which is as perfect as me, is DIAMOND.?
?Keh, some meaningless names.?Replied Jason as he holds another card in his hand. ?At least going for something that is easy to get while still sells a lot! How about Copper??
?HOW DARE YOU!? As Diamond is clearly angered from what Jason has said, he still have no intentions of grabbing a weapon, or something that?s like it. He just closed his eye for a moment, and just stare at the roof afterwards.
?Huh, so you are just bluffing, I don?t care if Amarillo extracted information from you, Even if she wiped your mind clean, as long as your group are trying bad things on us--? Jason charged towards him and delivered a blow.
But he never made it there.
A huge explosion occurs instead. After the smoke has cleared up, Jason has disappeared into thin air, and Diamond is still standing as nothing has ever happened, however there is a switch box appearing in his hands now.
?As I said the third time, you guys never WOULD advance from here.? Diamond flipped open the switch box and showed it to us.
?I don?t care if my men succeeds or not, or Yagi defeats Alex or otherwise, with a flip of this button, the entire base will go BOOM, and I, WILL SURVIVE.?
Somehow I?m both sickened by that speech and alerted by that, what did he mean, by ?he will survive??
However I don?t need to ask that question, it seems that this guy has a mouth too big.
?You see, for anything to happen, there should be a cause, then there will be a result that is caused by the cause, right?? He closed the switch box, and casually said as like doing a lecture.
?However, what if the result is decided in the beginning?? He put down the switch box, and took out a coin from his pocket.
?Hmm. Just what are you showing me anyways.? I said, looking at the coin in his hands.
?Just see, I DECLARE that as long as I am flipping the coin, it will land on TAILS. ALWAYS.? with that being said, he throws the coin in the air, and caught it.
?See, TAILS.?
Then he took out more coins, just how did he get so many coins anyways?
Then he flipped them at the same time, and he have no intention of catching them, so they all fall to floor.
all coins lands on TAILS.
?That is my ability, just as you can extract your memories like they were yours, I can broke the connection of Cause and Result, by declare the result first, and cause will fix itself. Basically, Cause Breaker, the ability to control one?s luck as it?s mine.? he picked up the button again. ?Now, I will ensure that your allies won?t advance.? He opened the box and flipped a button.

A loud explosion can be heard from afar.
?This is the self-detonate system this base has - with that, this base will be no longer exist..?
And I?m already fed up with his sayings, I have no luck but that.....
Oh well, there is no time for more lecturing.

?Lily Black, for this once, I?m borrowing your power. Please.?
?.......?
?I know that Alex?s presence is gone - But we will finish this once for all first.?
?I?m OK, do whatever you want.?

Diamond?s speech is cut off by a lightning right at his face.
However it missed, and I know the reason why, it only means what he said is true.
?It?s useless, your attacks simply won?t hit.? his smirk is still there.
?Then we better try again.? As Lily Black?s voice echoed, another lightning passes right by his face.
?IT?s USELESS!!? he laughes while still standing in the original position.
?Again.?
?Again.?
?Again.?
Three beams of light shoot out from my hand, and they all bend before Diamond?s very eyes.
?And This is for Alex!?
Blinding lightening filled this room, and we finally heard a groan, however, I smelled something wrong.
?Oops.... like.... your attacks finally hit me.....? from the dusts comes Diamond?s voice.
?However... This.. also... released.... the backup .. Sleeping Gas.?he let out a chuckle, ?seems Luck, is still at my side, now it?s only a matter of.... tim--? and everything went black and silent , the endless silent.

However, I still have a trump card in play.
?Lily Black, Can you hear me??
?Yes.. So we fall into his trap??
?Nah, just a pile of cheap "carbon" tricks, however what I?m gonna do now, is important.?
?If it?s that important, why don?t tell my sister??
?Because we are all falling sleep now.?
?......?
?And I understand Alex?s loss, but please...?
?No, I?m fine, please continue...?
?OK. here it is.. Amarillo Viridian from the future, if you are listening this from Lily Black without knowing she has knowledge of that, we have big trouble......?

?Heh, don?t forget that no matter how you deal with my memory, the bonds will not be shattered, and there will always be a chance that I can get you back, Diamond!!?

Day 2, 4:50PM
An embarrassing silence falls in the room.
"So what happened to Alex?" Jeremy asked, breaking the silence.
"Well, you didn't see such a guy in Virtual Gensokyo, right?"
"Yeah, Lily Black are with you at all times." Jeremy stopped, "so he....."
"I cannot say without evidence. However one thing we must know, is that this Diamond guy is a formidable foe. I don't quite get his ability though."
"Perhaps I have an idea." Yukari said, then muttered something to Jeremy.
"Hmm....."Jeremy nodded, "Thanks for the information, I think we may just have this chance to get him, you rest here while we do whatever we can, and we swear we'll get this guy by tomorrow evening."
"He...Hey!" As Amarillo tried to catch up with them, she suddenly falls to the floor. As she see what tripped her, she saw Yukari's fan.
"Yup, you are indeed sleepwalking, keep the fan and have a good rest." Yukari's laugh can be heard outside the door.

As Lily White is going to run out-
"....Don't pursuit, their mind is set, I cannot stop them." Amarillo slowly stands up, and walks between the shelves, looking for something.
"You still remember what that guy looks like, right?" Amarillo walks out with a box in her hand.
 ?Yes, but why??
"I need you to take this, and follows them, if they do something stupid and face Diamond straight, you open this box."
"Hmm?" Lily White looks at the box.
"It's a [Flash Light], for a [Camera]. It's bad for your eyes if you look directly in it, however, if they really engaged Diamond, I need you to flash this thing and temporary blind Diamond, it maybe seems like a childish prank, but it may give them a few seconds to escape."

"But what if they went out too far?" Lily White asked.
"Good question, let me go with you."
After a flash of light, the merged Lily Viridian looks at her own attire.
"Surely I can't go out with this."
She run across the shop, told Nitori what she's going to do, seeing the visitor is still out cold. (so he won't see her changing), and reached to the wardrobes, picked a bright Yellow T-shirt and Jackets, then a pair of jeans.
After a while of changing, she looks not much different from a Grade 8 Student on a holiday, with the box in her hand, she run out of the shop.

Day 2, Sunset, somewhere in Hanamitori Town , a neighbor Town of Kamisuiwa
 "So it's that guy?" Jeremy looks at the bald-headed young man in the middle of a lot of tired soldiers.
Yukari nodded. "But what's with that hairstyle?"
"I'd say Amarillo give him a hair cut on that day, heh." Jeremy laughed. "Now?"
Yukari takes out two more fans, "Yes, now. He can't alter our luck since he haven't met us."

With the horrified shouts of the soldiers, the duo launched out with their weapons, and instantly bring down a few soldiers.
..........
......
...
.
When Lily Viridian arrives, however, it's too late.
"shoot, they have already engaged in 1-on-1 combat!"
As she watched Diamond using one of his fallen soldiers to miraculously dodge jeremy's attacks. She know there's no hope.
So she took out the Flash Light, let it charge up, and aims at the bald-headed young man.
However, the light from the device didn't seem to shine on him, it almost like Diamond become one with the shadows, and didn't seems to be affected with the blinding light at all.
"We messed up, let's try to bring them back." the girl said to herself.
However, as she tried to move, a bullet flies towards them, she quickly leap into the air and dodged the bullets.
".....Can't help it, retreat,"
"Looks like you guys also brought a flying companion, but YOU WILL FALL HERE." Diamond reloads his bullet, and points his pistol at Yukari.
"You think your bullet will pierce the boundary-" As Diamond fires the bullet, Yukari quickly acted.
However, instead of piercing the boundary shield Yukari created, the bullet simply falls to the ground, and releasing a purple gas.
"Crap, that's the sleeping gas...."
"Hmm, seems I used the wrong bullet, or should I said, the right one?"
Diamond let out a high-pinched laugh, then shouted, "ASSEMBLE!!"

four soldiers quickly stood up and queued up in front of him.
"Out of 22, only 4 make it? They are quite something." Diamond said, "No matter, you two guys, bring them to The Garden. You two, follow me, we got a train to catch."
"But isn't you just said we'll secretly return so we shouldn't use a train to get unwanted attention?"
"Plan changed. Now they had escaped, we need to get back as soon as possible."
"Yes sir."

6:10 PM,Day 2, Tourist Helpers, Front Door

Another failure.
And it's very likely Jeremy and Yukari got captured again.

Also, their reckless actions has alarmed Diamond of their existence.
Time to act up.
As Amarillo is explaining the current situation to the fairies, a plan is forming in her mind.
Whatever it takes. don't let Diamond fight any of them head-on, because that ensures his victory.
The only way to prevent it from happen, is.....

then Nitori barged in.
"It seems our visitor is awake!"

(OOC: Jeremy and Yukari got a send off, one of the Bad Guys is revealed. Together with the existence of the 2nd base of RAI's. If you are a newcomer, you don't need to know who Alex is, if otherwise, this post officially connects Season 1 with Season 2. Neil and Amar's Reanimated Phantasm comes right up, after this timestamp.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on March 26, 2012, 04:45:46 AM
8:01 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Outskirts

How could this be happening?

Ken's head was spinning as he sat on the ground, numbly cradling a doll (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/su-san2.png) in his hands. That same doll from before...it seemed like an eternity since he had seen it before, and he certainly did not expect to see it now.

"She's still not awake," Mokou hastily mentioned as she took to sitting nearby. "You think what Yuyuko said is actually true?"
   He nodded. "What else can we believe? It all makes too much sense..."
   Staring at the doll once again, only now he could recall what it was, who it belonged to, what it represented.
   Su-san.
   He silently mouthed the name out loud. There were too many coincidences happening, and not enough evidence to answer them.
   "Hey, you all right?" Mokou asked, leaning forward to take a closer look at the doll. "Oh, that's...yeah, that's definitely..."
   The doll stared back at him, its serious yet melancholic expression burning an image in his brain. It held his attention, and he could not stop imagining what the implications of this were. What could he believe now? Just what did RAI do to them? Some things had even changed permanently from what they used to be.
   Jerking at Mokou's light touch on his shoulder, he took a deep breath, put Su-san down and looked over at the immortal. "Yeah...but this is deeply concerting. I mean, if you think about it, this explains a lot of things, but..."
   "But at the same time," she continued for him, "it doesn't explain how this tengu managed to take it with her--or even what she's doing here!"
   He rubbed his top teeth against his bottom lip, trying to comprehend everything. He decided to voice his thoughts out loud. "Okay, let me try to summarize everything that happened."
   Mokou rubbed her cheek. "Okay, but make it quick. We need to figure out what to do from here..."
   It was true, he thought. Hatate still hadn't woken up, which was not good at all. They were practically on the edge of Kamisuiwa though...the place seemed darker and more active than usual for this time of day, based on what they had seen from afar. To complicate matters, Su-san had fallen out of Hatate's pocket just as they had started to take this short break. She had somehow obtained that doll, but how?
   He shifted slightly. "All right...so, here's what happened. Remember in the virtual Gensokyo, Hatate came to help us fend off Nue?"
   "Hmmmmm...yeah, that was kinda recent. What about it?"
   "Mokou, she and I actually met before that...in fact, Hatate and I met in there just before I encountered you."
   "Oh?" She sniffed and wrinkled her nose as a small fire lit in her extended hand, lighting the small vicinity around them. "I found that kinda weird, y'know? In that virtual place or whatever, we didn't really know each other until that stupid floating explosive thing blew up all over me and I ran into you. What gives? Now here in reality, we suddenly know each other again? Seems pretty odd, I dunno..."
   "Yeah, it is. Anyway, so Hatate, well...she also ran into me like you did, eheh..."
   "Wow, what a day you must've had then."
   He looked down at Su-san, who lifelessly looked back up at him from between his spread legs, then back up. "No kidding...so, when she hit me she must've jarred this doll loose..."
   "Weh? You had that doll in the virtual Gensokyo too? I didn't know that."
   "Yeah, I did. But when Hatate collided with me, maybe she knocked it loose. I didn't notice it was gone until I had gotten back home. Maybe Hatate picked it up?"
   Mokou frowned. "Well in any case, she had it on her this whole time because it just dropped out of her pocket!"
   "True. But that brings up the question, you know? Why is she here?" He scratched his head. "I don't get it..."
   "Why not? I mean, Yuyuko is here and all that good stuff. So what's wrong with Hatate bein' here?"
   "Yuyuko...I--we really have no choice but to believe in what she says, it all makes sense. But that would mean that something else is controlling the mana links here, from behind the scenes..."
   Mokou flicked a few blades of grass at her side with her non-lit hand. "Okay, but that means it was something RAI did...right?"
   "It had to be. It's so hard to believe, but with everything that's happened, what else CAN we believe?"
   He sighed in frustration. Upon discovering Su-san in Hatate's pocket, Yuyuko had given a theory about it right away, which seemed logical enough given all the other crazy shit that had happened so far. She had said that because Hatate was carrying Su-san, whatever was controlling their memories when they escaped back into reality had glitched and brought Hatate into reality instead of Medicine. It seemed farfetched but somehow correct...Mokou had just brought up the point of why they didn't know each other in that fake Gensokyo world, yet they knew each other well enough here in reality. Could the RAI technology actually control their very minds like that? He had a hard time forcing that truth down.
   Wait a minute. Medicine?
   He had no recollection of Medicine before they got captured. That couldn't be right! Medicine wasn't in his memory, so it wouldn't make sense for her to be here right now with them. Unless...
   "Hey, you done relaxing? We should get going again, yeah?"
   His thoughts were interrupted by the sound of another voice. He turned around to be greeted by Kaguya's surprisingly serious face. "Oh...yeah we should keep going. We need to do something about Hatate and get to Amarillo and Nitori quickly."
   The Lunarian looked back towards the sleepy-looking town. "Bad news though...we went ahead to see if there was anything suspicious and..."
   "And there are these scary-looking guards everywhere!" Yuyuko floated in and finished Kaguya's sentence. "We need to be really careful...I bet they're involved with RAI, too..."
   He started standing up, but gasped as he saw Mayli in front of him, reaching between his legs. "Wh--"
   She froze momentarily and looked at him. "What? I wanna look at this doll a little..."
   "...oh. Yeah okay, sure." He adjusted his jacket and started to stand up. "In fact, hold onto Su-san for me. I gotta carry this tengu again."
   "Sure." She dusted the doll off and carefully rubbed the ribbon on its hat. "Aren't you a lucky little doll..."
   "We'll see what happens once we get to Tourist Helpers. I really hope Amarillo and Nitori can help Hatate somehow." He sighed and bent down to pick her limp form up off the ground. He could no longer feel much of her presence, which worried him greatly. If Yuyuko was right, then Hatate wasn't fully connected to him, or at least not properly...which was an anomaly in and of itself.
   Groaning, he picked her up with a grunt. He was stronger than the average human male back in the Human Village, but he most certainly wasn't incredibly muscular. Carrying Hatate for a majority of the time was taking its toll on him. His arms ached, and he wanted to help her get well as soon as possible. "Nothing is ever easy, indeed..."




(Notes: It is revealed that Hatate, similar to Yuyuko, may also be ill-matched with Ken, and Medicine Melancholy may be involved somehow. Unbeknownst to all of them, Hatate's bond with Ken is about 35% of the normal potential, and thus she has fallen into a permanent state of unconsciousness (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/ThisIsGonnaSuck). For the next few hours, Ken's team will try to make it to Tourist Helpers while avoiding the occupying soldiers.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Grimarg on March 28, 2012, 09:13:51 AM
12:00 PM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Hotel?s caf?.

Odd?

Andy took a sip of his tea and looked outside the window.
Two soldiers walking down the street, one posted in the corner, and another two on the opposite corner over a rooftop.

If he had any worries about the situation, he made a good job hiding them. Well, it wasn?t the first time that he was surrounded by soldiers like that; he handled situations like this before, so it?s no surprise that he was unmoved by the amount of soldiers lingering around town.

He raised a brow when he opened his phone. There it was; the same message again.
It was a message so overly cloying that he wondered if Friedmann was the one that wrote it.
And that name, Amarillo Veridian. It looked like a name that Faber would use.

For a moment he wondered if his old partners had followed him to the other side of the world, but he dismissed the idea almost immediately.

Yet, something was odd. Most people would find this situation strange, but not him. ?This is strangely convenient.? He said while finishing his tea.

He checked his watch. 1:20 PM.

?Very well? he said to himself ?I?d better be off to that ?Tourist Helpers? shop and check the situation.?

He left some money over the table, enough to pay for the tea and the tip.  On his way out he stopped beside the doorman.

?Excuse me sir.? he said to draw his attention. ?Do you have a lighter with you?? He said while taking out a cigar from the inside pocket of his blazer.
In response, the man took out a lighter and lit the cigar in Andy?s hand.
Andy thanked the man and walked in direction to the town square.


1:55 PM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Town Square, in front of the Tourist Helpers shop

Andy took his time walking to the shop. Thinking about how oddly opportune it was that the military had occupied the town just a few days before the convention. A convention to which he was invited for free.
He released a puff of smoke and sighted.

?I came all this way here, I might as well finish this.? He said to himself and opened the door.

OOC: Andy has entered the shop
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on March 30, 2012, 07:29:27 AM
9:56 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Near Saniwa Shrine

"Hah..."

Kaguya ran over and pressed her hands and back against the edge of the exterior of the nearby building. Peering around the corner, she saw...nobody in sight. The coast was clear. Looking back, she motioned to the others with her head.
   "Coming," Ken silently mouthed back to her. He walked as lightly as he could, but he could hear his footsteps clomping heavier than he wanted them to. Gritting his teeth, he shook his head and blinked to clear away the one drop of sweat dripping down the side of his forehead, which he felt near his eye. He was still carrying Hatate in his arms, and this situation was just terrible luck. There were so many soldiers around...they had already been questioned by one group of them, and they were very unfriendly. Worse yet, they had guns...a few of them, at least. That had startled him. He had never had a gun pulled on him before, and his knees were still shaking from the encounter.
   Then again, he thought, perhaps his knees were shaking from exhaustion. They had spent so much time trying to maneuver through the streets of Kamisuiwa, and had narrowly avoided other soldiers. And Hatate had started shaking when Mokou was carrying her, so it was obvious that she needed to be close to him. The obvious solution was for him to carry her. However, his arms really were getting sore now. He wasn't sure what was keeping them up now, perhaps a desire to--
   "Whoa!" He had bumped into Mokou, who was looking around in the barely-lit darkness.
   "Dude...shh." She flipped her hair back and walked forward. "This..."
   "Hmm?" He looked back up and saw where Mokou was pointing.
   Panting, Mayli caught up with them. She bent down and caught her breath, putting her hands on her knees. "This, hah...isn't what I signed up for...hah..."
   "Phew..." Yuyuko, coming up at the rear of their group, also seemed quite fatigued. She had a hand to her chest in a ladylike manner, but it was clear that she was breathing quite heavily. "We got away from that light...thank goodness."
   "Er...Ken..." Mayli stood a bit further up and put a hand on his shoulder. "Where...hah, where are we going?" She looked at him. "Ken? Wh--"
   She looked up and saw what he was looking at. It was a shrine...or at least, what was left of it. It was the Saniwa Shrine!
   "This place, eh." Mokou spat on the ground and walked forward. She placed a hand on one of the pillars holding up the shrine's entry gate, which was untouched. However, the shrine itself seemed to have been slightly wrecked. She clicked her tongue. "Was there a fight here, or something?"
   "This is so very rude of those soldiers!" Kaguya exclaimed.
   "Shh...keep your voice down, fool. You never know if those damned soldiers might show up," the fire mage said scornfully.
   Ken had finished propping Hatate up against the other pillar. He sat down next to her and looked around. "Who knows? What I want to know is why there are so many officials around here. What's happened to this town? It used to be so peaceful..."
   "Yes, well..." Yuyuko began, holding a robed hand up to her face. "Perhaps they are RAI soldiers?"
   "That would kinda make sense," Mokou interjected. "But they kinda look like military soldiers...right, man?"
   Ken nodded. "Yeah, they do." His expression fouled. "And they're armed..."
   Mayli groaned and placed her hands over her chest out of habit. "No kidding...I thought I was gonna get shot..."
   "I don't like this...but we should probably check this area out." Kaguya stepped over Hatate's extended legs and walked around towards one side of the shrine. "Wouldn't want to be ambushed again."
   Mokou ran her tongue over her lips. "Fine. You take that side, I'll take the other. Don't get caught now."
   Kaguya looked back at her rival and smirked. "I should say the same to you." As Mokou shrugged and walked the opposite direction, she turned to look at the two who were sitting down. "You going to be all right?"
   "Yeah, thanks." Ken hung his head down and took a long, deep breath. His mouth was dry, but there wasn't much he could do about it. He could only imagine what the others might be going through right now...but then again, if there were this many soldiers occupying Kamisuiwa, and next to none in the RAI base they had just come from...
   "HEY! WHO'S THERE?!"
   His body jerked alive and he looked up. He felt a sinking feeling in his stomach.

It was a group of three soldiers. They had been spotted.

"Ken!" Mayli gasped, trying to stand up in a hurry.
   "No!" He grabbed her hand instinctively, pulling against her flight instinct, holding her down and preventing her from standing. His strength and reflexes were returning briefly with the arrival of adrenaline.
   "B-But--"
   Yuyuko had walked over to the soldiers, one of which had a gun pulled out. The ghost princess had her hands up. "Sorry, sirs...what is it?"
   One of the other soldiers reached out and pulled the first soldier's gun down. "Easy now, we can't be too forceful." He stared up at the woman in front of him. "What's a lady like you doing out here at a time like this?"
   She assumed a fatigued, tired countenance and put a hand to her face. "Please sir...we have a slight problem..."
   The soldier tapped his helmet. "What problem? Why do ye need to come to this run-down shack, huh?"
   "We were resting...one of our friends fainted, and we're trying to get back home to let her rest..."
   "Oh, I see." The third soldier walked over to where Hatate, Ken and Mayli were sitting. The former had their hands out on the ground. "You kids wouldn't happen to know of any..." he paused for effect. "...magical people who live in this place, do you?"
   Ken felt Mayli's hand jerking in his. He cleared his throat and spoke up. "Officer, we haven't. We just want to get home. Will you let us go, please?"
   "Hmm." He looked back at the other two soldiers. "Whadya think?"
   The soldier who had pulled his gun out earlier also walked over. He nudged Hatate's foot, and she slumped over unresponsively. "Huh...this one's in trouble?"
   Ken was starting to get irritated, especially since they were being treated so harshly. Perhaps if he wasn't so tired, he would've resisted them. "Please be gentle to her...I've been carrying her for a while now..." Thankfully, Yuyuko had covered for them. That was a relief. He tried to think of what else he could say, if these soldiers asked for more information about them.
   "Yeah yeah, whatever." The soldier scraped his shoe on the ground. "I dunno, I don't feel comfortable letting 'em go. Besides," he said as he walked over to Yuyuko, "this one looks too...exotic."
   Ken saw Yuyuko's face change to that of worry. Yuyuko worried? What was the world coming to? Then again, there was a lot riding on what she was about to say. Her attire likely stood out, and that pink hair wasn't helping either. He prayed she would be as clever as she was known to be.
   "I-I," Yuyuko stammered. "I'm just...I came here for the main event happening soon, that's all...that convention..."
   Ah yes, he thought. They had seen posters of some convention happening soon. Perhaps Yuyuko could blend in as a participant.
   The first soldier who had approached them put a hand to his chin. "Hmm, I don't know..."
   "Please, can we at least stay inside this place for now?" She put her hands together in a desperate begging pose. "We want to see if she will wake up soon..."
   "Eh, I don't see why not," a soldier said. "Besides, we can just come back and check up on 'em sooner or later."
   "Really? Thanks, mister!" Yuyuko bowed.
   He rolled his eyes and looked away. "Whatever, just don't go anywhere for the next hour..."
   "Um...excuse me?" To Ken's surprise, Mayli had spoken up. "What's happening to this town? Why are there so many armed soldiers here?"
   He smirked and fiddled with the gun in his hand. "That's confidential, girly. If we told ya, we couldn't let ya live. Hehehe!"
   Looking over, Ken saw her face blanch. He squeezed her hand and stared at her for a moment. She looked truly frightened.
   "Hey, we're wasting time," another soldier stated commandingly. "You kids get inside then. Don't go anywhere for an hour or so. We'll be b--"

*BOOM*

   Everyone in the shrine's vicinity jumped and looked over towards the direction the explosion noise had come from. The soldiers quickly had their guns out and were running to investigate. Ken felt Mayli's fingers digging into his, causing him to wince.
   "You all stay here, you hear me!" One of the soldiers was shouting over his shoulder at them, while they ran to the right of the shrine and around the corner, finally disappearing.
   A moment of silence passed, and Mayli let out a sigh of relief. "Good riddance, I thought I was going to die..."
   "Well!" a female voice coming behind them caused them to jump slightly.
   Mokou calmly strode into view from the opposite front end of the shrine, hands in pockets. Kaguya was walking behind her. "I saw what was going on, so I thought we could use a little distraction..."
   "Oh boy," he groaned. "Your timing couldn't have been better, trust me."
   "Hey!" Kaguya exclaimed. "It was my idea, you know..."
   Mokou scoffed at her. "Yeah, but I did the work. Fair's fair, yeah?"
   "Hey, no fighting, remember?" He replied weakly.
   "Ken, we have to hurry!" Yuyuko said urgently. "Let's go into the shrine!"
   He was confused. That seemed like the opposite of what they wanted to do, even if that was the story Yuyuko had fed them. "Into the Saniwa Shrine? Why there?"
   Mayli finally removed her hand from within his, and smoothed her hands on her shirt. "Ken, we've been following what Yuyuko recommended for a while now. There's got to be something at the shrine, right?"
   "I had a feeling myself," Mokou started. "This shrine's got something secret hidden away. I remembered it as we got closer and closer."
   Kaguya helped Mayli up, while Mokou stuck her hand out to Ken. "I guess it's your turn to be thankful!"
   He seemed surprised at her offering, and took her hand. She pulled him up rather easily. "Ugh...t-thanks..." He noted that she was very strong, much stronger than he remembered her being. Or maybe he was just feeling weak right now, who knew.
   "Yeah, no problem. After all, you're the man of this group. If you go down we'll be like princesses without a prince...right, Kaguya?" Mokou looked over and gave a short, harsh laugh.
   Kaguya looked away apprehensively. "Ugh...shut up, Mokou. You pick the worst times, I swear..."
   A slightly distant voice arrived at their ears before Mokou could reply. "Well, Hatate seems the same still..." Yuyuko had kneeled down to check her condition. She looked up at them as they also made their way over to the other side of the shrine arch to where the tengu was slumped. "You think it could be because of Su-san?"
   "Because of that doll?" Mayli reciprocated.
   "It might be." Ken looked over at his friend. She was repeatedly lifting her shirt up around her chest area, presumably to try to air out her nervously sweaty body. He guessed she was still a bit wound up, as the form-fitting school shirt was preventing it from being very effective. "Hey, you should probably unbutton a bit if you wanna cool down."
   Mayli stopped mid-lift and looked up at him. Her wide eyes met his. "Erm...yeah, I probably should." Her fingers fumbled with a button on her shirt above her chest. First those near-death youkai experiences, and now having guns pulled on her? She closed her eyes and tried to relax, but her body was still shaking. Looking back up, she looked him in the eye again. "I guess I'm not thinking straight, huh..."
   "What's this?" Mokou inspected Mayli and saw how excited her body was. "What'd they do, pull a gun on you or something?"
   Mayli nodded silently.
   "Tch...I see." The fire immortal looked over at Ken, who was staring at Mayli. He looked concerned, but the opportunity was just too good to pass up. "Hey man, don't stare too hard..."
   "W-What? No..." he averted his eyes. As expected, he heard someone stifle a laugh, presumably Mokou. "I'm just...worried about her, that's all." Admittedly, Mayli was a ravishing, well-endowed young woman, but this was the absolute worst time to bring up something like that.
   "You know," Mokou began, a shit-eating grin forming on her face. "I had a feeling there was some extra camaraderie between you two..."
   Mayli blushed. "Ken...I'm glad you held my hand back there, but--"
   Mokou's eyes widened. "Oh my, that's quite an epic tale to tell, I bet..."
   Ken felt his cheeks redden. "Hey! I said I wasn't going to do anything!" He put a hand over his face, shaking his head. Still, he couldn't blame Mayli for worrying; having those armed soldiers appear was quite the harrowing experience. He imagined that none of them had imagined the situation would be like this when they arrived.
   "Yeah. Let it go, Mokou," Kaguya interjected. "Don't we have more important things to do, like, you know...save everyone?"
   "Oh c'mon, I was just trying to lighten things up a bit. Get their minds off of what happened." Mokou put her hands back in her pockets. "All right then, let's hope something good happens for once, mhmm?"
   "No kidding," he said dryly. "I'm tired of dealing with problems." If they were going into the shrine, he hoped he didn't have to carry Hatate much further. Whatever was causing her unconsciousness didn't seem like it was going anywhere anytime soon, but she seemed to have issues being apart from him for too long. Maybe what Yuyuko had proposed a while back was true...
   "Only one way to find out," he mumbled. He bent down to pick up Hatate.
   Yuyuko had already made her way to the shrine's door, which seemed to be intact still. "Let's go, we need to reach Amarillo!"
   "Amarillo?" Kaguya was puzzled. "Unless she is a shrine maiden in disguise, I don't think we'll find her here." Suddenly the Lunarian remembered something about the shrine. "Unless..."




(Notes: Ken's team is now officially in the town of Kamisuiwa, as of this post. They are about to enter the Saniwa Shrine.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on March 30, 2012, 08:23:03 AM
1:30 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 237

Zach sat up with a shock in the bed, looking around. His hair was all messed up as he stared blearily at the clock for a full minute. 1:30... damn, that late already... he thought to himself as he slowly crawled out of the bed. Stepping over to his suitcase, he looked over at the computer screen - still lit up. He had some Skype messages... no surprise there. What was a surprise was a strange pop-up. He knew that wasn't normal. Some sort of spyware maybe? Well... it could wait until after he showered. Picking up a black hoodie and jeans, he stepped into the shower, rubbing his eyes.

One shower later, Zach stepped out, refreshed. Adjusting his hoodie to make it more comfortable, he stepped over to the bed to tie his shoes, taking his first real look at the computer screen. The pop-up was simple - an advertisement for the Saniwa Shrine. "Hey, that's just a few miles from here... might as well check it out, right?" he thought as he clicked on the link, ignoring the Skype messages for now. He took one look at the Shrine, thinking it was an error for a moment. However, even after several refreshes, it still showed the same message: Do you have faith in yourself, and people important to you? "What an odd message to have in a website," he thought as he sent a quick message to his friends telling them he'd be gone for a bit. He wanted to see this weird shrine in person. Maybe ask them why they couldn't properly maintain their website. He grabbed a few items - his phone, his broken-screen iPod, his wallet. And then he stepped out of the hotel room, and started heading towards a shop he saw from the window. He saw that it said "Tourist Helpers". Maybe he could get a map of the city there.

1:45 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside of Tourist Helpers

Having made it to the shop, getting lost along the way, Zach couldn't shake that one message from his mind. "Do you have faith in yourself, and people important to you?" It was such a nonsense line and yet he just couldn't get it out of his head. Even the noise of the city couldn't drive that phrase out. He looked at the entrance of Tourist Helpers for a moment before entering the shop. He still needed a map, no matter how many strange phrases were bouncing around in his head.

OOC: Zach exits hotel and enters Tourist Helpers.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kuribohlv9 on March 31, 2012, 09:52:17 PM
1:00 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 126

Japan was interesting. Den had only come here recently, but he liked the change of pace that the eastern world had to offer.
?The people are much different here than in Europe, it's like a breeze of fresh air.? Den sat down by the table and grabbed a cup of tea. The days he spent in japan so far had been uneventful. The convention was supposed to be held tomorrow, and he had decided to spend this day at his hotel room. ?Still, the world is still the same.? He sighed and sipped on the cup of tea. The cafeteria downstairs had an elderly lady who made everything sold there by herself. It was quite refreshing.
"If there is one thing the Japanese knows, its tea brewing,? he thought, as he emptied his cup. The streets of Kamisuiwa was really calm when he arrived yesterday, but now he could see one or two soldiers passing by? what's up with that? As he got out of the chair his computer signalled him that he should check it out. He looked at his screen to find out what it wanted.

1:15PM
Do you have faith in yourself, and people important to you?

"What's this, faith in myself, what a dumb question,? The flickering screen spelled out a message, it seemed to come from a Amarillo Viridian.
?I have no people important to me, that is why I have faith in myself.? The sender of message seemed eager to get his point across, as the website hosting the message was one he checked out earlier, Saniwa shrine's website or something.
?Tourist Helpers, ey,? Below the message was an address to a shop.

1:25 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Outside Tourist Helpers

?That message wasn't a simple prank?. The shop was in front of him now. He had rushed to the store as quickly as he could. On his way he had seen a lot of soldiers roaming the streets.
The store blended in quite well with the scenery. It looked like every other building on the block. A regular japanese shop.
?I wonder if I really can find an interesting person in here,? He looks up at the sign of the shop and contemplates that question for a bit, ?I don't have high hopes though.? Shaking loose his thoughts, he decides to enter the shop.
"I've always had faith, maybe one day it will actually lead to something.?

Quote from: OOC
I felt like derp writing this. Don't know if happy with the result or not.

We are in the shop now. Moving the story forwards bit by bit.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on April 01, 2012, 06:13:01 PM
*OOC: Hikari? Yami? I had to do this XD*
*Also, there are not any unmatched elements, it's just more symbolism and mindscrew.*

Day 2, Around 6:15 PM, ???


Submerge
Neil is very puzzled.
Yes, he did get knocked out once in the shop, however, the place he's currently in.... can be described of Anything, but a shop.
If you HAD to describe it so it sounds like a shop, it may be a glass workshop.
Since he is currently standing on a platform that entirely made of glass, (why it actually holds together, however, is mystery),
As he wanted to get a closer look... a light shone down from above, revealing the colors of the platform.
"That's...!" He wanted to say something, but found out he cannot for some unknown reason.
The platform has his own image on it, together with two other faces that belonged to the "persons" he couldn't known more.
The edge of the platform is surrounded by a circle of smaller emblems consisted of a burning comet with a cross emblazoned on it.
And, at the center of the platform, the two "personas" are fighting, with strange weapons that looks like.... Oversized Keys? Neil is more confused.
Then he noticed two other people, standing besides him, that he didn't know of.

One is a tall girl with strange ears and an oversized earphone thing, she seems to observe this fight with great interest.
The other is another girl with a lab coat, looking at something that's better called an mini-sized notebook.

As he is wondering what exactly is going on, the taller girl speak first, "Your mind... seems to conflict each other."
The other girl takes out a pen and starts to write something.

Before Neil can reply anything, Kimia uses her blueish-white weapon to push away her opponent, "And how can you declare that? reading our minds at will and making your own assumptions? "
Her words are abruptly cut off by a black flash, as Milican used her pitch-black weapon to summon a pillar of Light and sent it flying towards Kimia, "Every action comes with a reason, and I believe this will cause us no harm." as she cast another wave of fireballs to follow that pillar, she turned towards Neil, "Don't believe anything you see! You are in a visitor's lounge in Tourist Helpers and is-" she stopped as Kimia coated herself in a dark haze and charged at her.

"Then why did they inflict this vision on us?" Kimia's voice vacuumed from the distance as she charged forward. "Even there are reasons, it's not enough to cover it under something like this."

This tension is broken when the other girl stopped writing and looks up.
"No, Miko, you are wrong, these three hearts, do acts like one."
The girl that's referred as Miko shifted her focus from the fight back, "and what do you mean by that, Rikako? Can't you see these sparks spreading from their weapons? Or..."
"I thought you can hear 10 people speaking at once, turns out you can't even manage 3."Rikako nodded, then asked, "Personas of conflict! Do you have faith in the person you believe in?"

This question made both parties stopped their movement.
"If they are worthy for us to believe."
"If their faith are strong for us to follow."

"And, what will do in hardships that kept you from your eventual companion of faith?"
Then their weapon shattered, and the answer is heard.

"Any hardship won't stop us from breaking out towards what is truly dear."

"See," Rikako turns around, "That's the way it should be done, the hearts may be different, but the feelings are shared."
"Hmm, that's quite interesting for a human, good luck then." Miko turned her back, and leap down the glassy platform.

Ascend

But there is no platform anymore, with a blink of an eye, Neil is now sitting on a bed, and a girl with bright-colored jackets sits beside her as someone else leaves the room.
"So what exactly has happened?" Neil suddenly realizes he can now speak again.
"Nothing, and everything." The girl's cryptic answer didn't help anything. "You have proved yourself, We'll met again tomorrow, if you want to know more, come here tomorrow at night, 10PM seems good." She looks at the doorway, "I still can't get why Koishi didn't understand that simple fact though, maybe she's still too tired?"

"Err, excuse me?" having absolutely no idea what the girl is referring to, Neil asked.
"Ah, no, it's not your concern, sorry about that. Also, you hit your head...." she points to her own forehead, ".... a little hard just now, are you sure you are entirely fine? You can stay here if you want to."

With a smile, the girl quickly left the room. Leaving Neil alone.

Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on April 02, 2012, 01:17:14 PM
6:17 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Tourist Helpers Shop

  Such an experience and a massive influence as well, as if a huge singularity of stimuli just exploded all over his senses. Still, was it really a hallucination? Neil keeps doubting his own mind, however, it does have a point. Somehow, it precisely pinpointed his subconscious and highlighted his own problems, self-conflict is prevalent. He sits around and idles for a bit to make more sense of whatever-the-hell just happened. Also he feels a bit...I don't know...embarrassed? He was knocked out on the forehead.

So...I've been revealed? The shell removed and the corrosion exposed? I-I shouldn't really think too deep about this...you two...

"It's alright, remember that line from the comic? "Everything happens for a reason" he said. You shouldn't worry about ourselves, after all, we all have our faults." "Still, it was bitter, but you have to see, this could give you some real insights right now." "You shouldn't beat yourself up about it, even though your perception is poor, your eyesight is still sharp."

Yeah, maybe so, but what's with the Key motif?

"Beats us, sorry we had to fight, but you were in a state of panic." "Those two girls, are they real? Fictional? Well, at least there's a scientist, you like science, don't ya?" "So, are you still going to stay here or move on to find an inn? Last you checked, there ain't one aside from the one owned by the elderly couple, which is probably full considering how kind they always are."

Actually, I think I might stay here, so long as any newcomers don't target me or anything, I think slacking off and browsing the internet here would be nice, maybe I'd rather settle upstairs instead. I wonder if this place has Wi-
*clicky in his mind*

"Pakshet! Nasaan ang gamit ko!!!?"*

  For twenty seconds or more, he scrambles around like a cat that has been sprayed with water in desperate search for his beloved belongings. It would be bad if anything happened to him...oh look. He finds it within a second, it's right there in the corner. He checks if there's any missing content and to his assurance it is untouched. Since he suffered severe trauma he thinks of staying here for the meantime, is there a kitchen? He has canned goods, for dinner later.

*"Fuck-shit! Where is my stuff!!!?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on April 04, 2012, 10:04:50 AM
10:30 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Inside Saniwa Shrine - Ruined Shrine Interior

Mokou stepped over a fallen multicolored sheet cloth, catching herself as she nearly stepped on a crushed eastern hanging lamp. "Somebody beat us here. It's all gone!"

"No kidding...phew." Ken put Hatate down and felt the inside of her wrist. There was definitely a pulse, but she was completely unresponsive. Sighing, he sat down on the surprisingly comfortable polished hard floor next to her.
   Mayli sank to her knees adjacent to his other side, letting out a nervous-sounding groan of relief. "Hwaah~ Jeez...what a day this has been..." She glanced over to Ken and put a hand up in her hair. "I'm sick of being threatened by all kinds of crazy nonsense...you sure this isn't some sort of dream?"
   Mokou chimed in. "Hey, why don't you pinch her, then we'll all know whether or n--"
   "...no." His answer smacked of finality. "Give her a break...we've all been through a lot."
   "Aww, you're no fun." Mokou took one hand out of her pocket and twirled a lock of her hair. "But consider this, man. She's got...? Pausing for emphasis, she motioned towards Mayli with two fingers rubbing together. ?...two really big, vulnerable spots to pinch..." Upon seeing his eyes widen, she continued. "It's not uncommon in times of crisis, you know, to bond further with those you love mos--"
   "I SAID NO!" he yelled in protest, looking at his best friend next to him despite an obvious blush forming on his face. Thank goodness Mayli had buttoned her shirt back up, for his sake. "Look, that's not--"
   "Eh...w-whatever..." Kneeling, Mayli looked at him nervously (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/mayliflustered.jpg). "At this point, anything is better than being at gunpoint..."
   A crooked grin formed on Mokou's face. "Do it, man! Pinch her and see if she wakes up, ya get what I'm sayin'?"
   He raised his index finger and looked at the fiery immortal. "Oh, be quiet about that already." He pointed the finger at her for emphasis. "You're just jealous."
   Appearing from behind, Kaguya threw her arms around Mokou and gave off a closed-eye smile. "Aww, poor Mokou~"
   "What the--?!"
   Before Mokou could say any more, Kaguya piped up. "The one male human she actually starts to like, and she's completely outclassed. Should've gone to see Remilia about getting fated to grow a bigger chest, eh?"
   Mokou's grin quickly faded as her cheeks reddened, and she reached her hands up to pry Kaguya from her. "No, shut up! My chest is big enough! Ugh, you just HAVE to have something stupid to say for everything, don't you?"
   Undaunted, the moon princess tightened her now hugging grip around her rival's neck. "No, you shut up~"
   "Grah!" Mokou let out a fierce growl as she finally succeeded in pulling Kaguya off of her. "You little--!"
   Sticking out her tongue, Kaguya stepped back. "Too easy to troll you, really."
   "Shut up, both of you!"
   The rivals turned quickly to face him upon hearing his shout. He heaved another sigh. "I'm starting to get a headache, so quit it. Why don't you make yourselves useful and search with Yuyuko? I need to rest for a bit, and the two of you certainly aren't helping..."
   "Eh..." Kaguya immediately started walking away in a purposeful manner. "Sure. Come, Mokou. Let's be productive for once and leave them be."
   Her fist clenched, Mokou gritted her teeth as she followed reluctantly, mumbling to herself. "That pompous, self-righteous excuse for a slut-whore...thinking she can just leave things like that and just walk away..."

After several moments passed, Mayli turned to look at him. He had his face in his hands. "Er...?"
   "Mmmrgh..." he groaned, his voice muffled by his hands. "I swear, if those two are always gonna be at each other's throats...eh?" He sat up as he felt Mayli's arm around his shoulder.
   "Well, finally...we can just talk for a bit, right? Just you and me?" She smiled as he raised his head. "You know..."
   He reached a hand up and brushed the front of his hair to the side. "What?"
   "This whole thing is like an adventure...isn't it?" Being the perceptive woman she was, she could tell by his relaxed shoulders beneath her arm that he was more comfortable now. "It's like some sort of fantasy novel come to life."
   "What are you implying?"
   "All these soldiers that we had to hide from, sneaking around a lot, the RAI lab and that strange Gensokyo place they emulated...all of it seems like something some creative fantasy novel writer would come up with, you think?"
   "I guess so...and all these magical characters suddenly appearing in our world, and they need our help? It does sound like--huh." He saw her smiling. "Oh, you really love the idea of that coming to life, don't you...I should have known."
   "Ehehe, yup~ But, it's quite a bit more exciting than I expected. But how do you feel now?"
   "Me? I feel fine...still worried though, about things...all kinds of things..."
   "I hope Hatate recovers soon," she replied hopefully. "Ken, do you actually...?"
   He raised an eyebrow. "Actually what?"
   "Well...do you like me like...like that?"
   His body froze. Why was she asking that right now? Mokou had only been teasing earlier, but he could not deny that Mayli had become quite a beauty. He cleared his throat to buy more time. Of course he liked Mayli, they had grown up together. This all seemed too sudden, but he had to be honest. "Uh..."
   She shifted slightly closer. "Yeah? Just say it..."
   "W-Well..." He gulped. "I--yeah, I mean...of course, but...I--ugh..." He sighed. "Why is it always so hard to talk about this..."
   She grinned knowingly. "Oh...well, y'know...I figured I'd ask now while we're alone. I kinda suspected it for a while, but then we got put in that crazy world and such...but now..."
   "Mayli!" He suddenly jerked to attention. "Listen...er..."
   "Go on, I'm listening."
   His mind raced, trying to think of a legitimate reason to not answer further. Wait...that was it! "Well, if you imagine that we're heroes in some kind of story..."
   "Okay. What about it?"
   "So, if we're like the heroes, then...the heroes in stories usually get involved in romantic things at some point, right? So usually you've got the hero and the mysterious female that joins him, and becomes his sidekick or partner in crime, right?" He felt more confident that this would work, thus spoke with greater fluency. "But the romance doesn't happen at the start of the story...so..."
   "Eh...hey!" She exclaimed. "No! You answer the question! That's not an excuse to delay!"
   He averted his eyes. "Ah jeez...c'mon, let's not..."
   "Not what?" Mayli moved her body even closer.
   "Hey! Stop that..." He knew he was only delaying the inevitable. Throughout all these years, she had always gotten her way and heard what she wanted to hear. "I already told you. And just because you want to play this whole thing out like a fantasy doesn't mean--"
   "Heehee, I know." She withdrew her arm and sat up straight. "I just...kinda wanted to hear that from you, I don't know. I'm probably just really tense. It doesn't really matter, I guess."
   He stared at her and opened his mouth. "Doesn't matter?! You don't just ask that out of nowhere and then tell me that it doesn't matter!"
   "Hehe, calm down, okay? I just wanted to talk about something more normal, to get my mind off of--"
   Oh no, he thought. She wasn't getting her way out of this one. "And you chose to talk about THAT? Ugh, you're such a pain sometimes." Turning away, he put his hands together. "Thank goodness you look nice, otherwise I might not've put up with your pesky insistence for so long..."
   She giggled madly. "Ken! That's so cute~"
   He looked blankly at her. "No it's not! Why in all that is holy is it so funny?"
   Look, we're in this kind of situation where we're being hunted and we have so little time to save everyone else. I'm kinda tense, so sorry. I--hahaha...I needed that."
   "Whatever, it's embarrassing for me." Feeling better, he pushed himself up with his hands and stood. "Let me guess, next you're going to ask me how I feel about Mokou and Kaguya and the others..."
   "Hey! I have to think about my future, you know? I'm twenty-three already, Ken. I'm an old lady," she quipped. "I have to think amongst all this madness about what I'm gonna do afterwards, and stuff." She sniffed and smiled as she looked up at him, then suddenly frowned. "I'll have to confront my parents though. Damn..."
   He wrinkled his nose at the thought of Mayli's parents. That was going to be a problem all right, he thought. It seemed like so long since they had last discussed their friends and families. His own family had no problems with him traveling to Japan, as it gave him a good opportunity to study abroad. But her parents were a different story. Poor Mayli had to put up with amazingly controlling parents. Her mother was a famous actress and her father a corporate suit. Since they had paid for her college fees and...well, just about everything else, they had pressured her to follow in their footsteps. Of course, he had no say in the matter as it shouldn't have been any of his business. But that one day he had come over to her house...just remembering that awful argument and Mayli bursting into tears and running away was enough to get him to stop remembering it.
   He shook his head. Everything had changed now, since this Gensokyo disaster had struck. Hopefully things would work out. Still, he felt sorry for Mayli and had since befriended her. Now there was a pleasant thought for once, he mused to himself. Her parents had heard that he was going to study in Japan, and for some reason decided to send her with him. He chuckled at remembering that they did so to see if she would get a different perspective on life, and make her feel more appreciative for what they were doing for her. Little did they know what had happened instead...
   "...Ken?"
   "Uh..." He had zoned out. "Yeah okay, fair enough I guess. We just need to figure out what we're going to do now." There certainly wasn't much to do in the shrine aside from maybe clean up the huge mess. The interior was ruined. Those soldiers probably did a number on it, those bastards.
   She pointed behind him. "Hey, there's Yuyuko. I think she's signaling for us to come over there. Maybe she found something?"
   He looked back and visually confirmed it. "Right. Lemme get this tengu then..."



10:50 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Inside Saniwa Shrine - Secret Passageway/Tunnel

Kaguya stood at the door at the bottom of a long set of narrow steps. They were pretty far down past the shrine already. Thank goodness they had remembered about this secret place. She opened the door and peered inside.
   Mokou, carefully wielding a small fireball in her hands to act as light, glanced over the Lunarian's shoulder. "It's a...tunnel."
   "Yep...a tunnel. What, you expected otherwise?"
   "Quiet, you. Don't bait me." Mokou looked back up and saw the rest of them finishing the descent. "Let's scout ahead. If I remember correctly, this tunnel leads exactly where we want to go, but..."
   Kaguya smirked. "But it's a long way to Tourist Helpers from here. We're basically on the other side of the town, yeah?"
   Mokou groaned. "Wait...that means--oh no, we have to ride in that stupid cart again. Great."
   "Cart? Oh, that thing." Yuyuko's voice echoed around them as she came up from behind. "Riding it is fun!"
   Ken and Mayli exchanged puzzled looks and spoke at the same time. "Cart?"
   Mokou shed light further down the tunnel. "Come feast your eyes, kiddies, on how we're gonna get to Amarillo!"
   The flame split and careened around as it leaped from her hand, showing the harsh, dark outline of something with wheels.
   Mayli ran over to it. "Oh...goodness, this is a...wait..." Her excitement faded to disappointment. "What the heck? This is a minecart! Like, one of those old fashioned ones..."
   Mokou laughed. "Look again, girly. It's not your typical minecart." She too suddenly looked disappointed. "But we gotta start it up somehow...that always was the problem with this ridiculous thing."
   Kaguya had her robed hand up to her chin. "Hmm...well, I know my magic won't work on it."
   Ken, still carrying Hatate, watched as Mayli pulled out her small sketchpad and started to draw some sort of mark on it. Looking closer, he found that it was the same as a strange mark that resided on the back of the rather large minecart. Seems like she was at it again. Mayli had the habit of drawing things that fascinated her, especially if they were more simple in design. Yet he couldn't help but think something was amiss...
   Wait...minecart?! Was he seeing things? He forced his eyes closed tight, then reopened them. Yep, it was a minecart, like one of those self-automated minecarts without any sort of propulsion system or seesaw lever system. "Okay, now I've seen everything. A minecart in a tunnel? Don't tell me this is how we get there..."
   Yuyuko examined the front of the cart carefully. "This is our ticket to ride...but we need to start it up somehow, yup."
   Kaguya was still in thought. "I can't remember how we started it up before...maybe--"

*SHING!*

Everyone jumped as the mark on the rear of the cart facing them lit up, making a sound similar to that of a sword drawn from a scabbard.
   Ken stared at the minecart in disbelief. Was it automated? Did it detect them? No, he thought, that was impossible. But by now he could believe almost anything, anyway.
   "O-Oh!" Mayli had dropped her pencil and notepad in surprise. She bent down to pick them back up, then gasped as she looked at her sketch. It was...glowing?
   "Hey, check this out," Yuyuko exclaimed excitedly. "Her drawing of the weird marking lit up. See? Glowy~"
   "Wha?" Mokou eyed the notepad sketch incredulously. "No way, this girl started it up? All she did was draw it, too...excellent work, girly."
   "I'm not a 'girly', stop calling me that!" Mayli retorted. "But yeah, that is weird...I mean, all I did was draw it..."
   "That's nifty," Kaguya added. "You sure you're just a normal human? Looks to me like you got yourself some magical drawing powers, or somethin'."
   "N-No, I don't--" Mayli gently bit her lip and looked back and forth between the glowing mark on the cart and the equivalent on her notepad. Was that possible?
   Yuyuko had floated into the cart. She busied herself with reading something engraved on the front, and read it out loud. "Hmm, this is strange...'Makeshift Isolated Networked Energy-Calibrated Automated Reconnaissance Transport'..."
   Mayli was still staring at her sketch. The mark's glow was fading. What had happened? It couldn't have been her drawing, that just wasn't possible. And yet, right as she had finished sketching it...
   The Lunarian walked over to where Yuyuko was reading the inscribed words. "Huh. There really are words here, I never knew that. Well anyway, this is how we get to Tourist Helpers. Everyone ready?"
   "...seriously?" Ken sighed. "Starting to suspect that this really IS all just a dream..."



(Notes: Busts, trolling and lampshade hanging, oh my. Mayli is not wearing a school uniform right now because it was standard attire for her in the virtual Gensokyo, but since then she has awoken in reality. And yes, that acronym for the minecart is MINECART. Ken's team will take MINECART to Tourist Helpers and arrive in roughly half an hour's time from the last half's timestamp in this post.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: [Y]oukai [J]esus on April 07, 2012, 02:56:51 PM
06:00 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room

He could not sleep, and he had not, for the past four hours. Spending all his time engrossed in either reading a book he brought over - a compilation of HP LoveCraft's works. It kept him thinking, about the various what-ifs. The possibilities and much more. The endless abysses which lay forever entombed in the unknown would always be in many ways, exciting to the boy. Finally, reaching the end of "Dreams In The Witch House", the boy set his book down. It hit the ground with a loud thump, which the boy smiled to. It meant the book's soft, leather cover didn't bend to form dog-ears.

Lying back down on his bed, the boy tugged on his pillow, before turning around and rubbing his face in it. It's been a long time since he had slept on a rather good bed. The last time he did was when he visited his sister's place. Yes, his parents had left him to his own life, but the boy was still close with his sister. They shared an inseperatable bond that was forged with blood.

Heavily sighing to himself, the boy turned around again, the fabric of his shirt pulling away with the friction. His laptop laid beside him on the almost fluffy bed, still showing that weird pop-up. People from the army, yeah, no big deal. The shrine's resident disappearing. Yeah alright. The website dying and coming back with a weird message.

Sure, something was wrong.

The boy hadn't put much thought into the all-expenses paid trip and all the shenanigans...

"Faith, eh?" The boy abruptly jumped off his bed, twirling around. He had changed from his usual attire to just a plain t-shirt and pants. He lifted his hand up, pointing towards the sky before he flung it forward, pointing at the sky through the window.

"I,.. am God!"

...I wonder how long I haven't said that.

The boy turns back to face his bed, before dropping himself on it again. Damn. It'll be a long night.

-

9:37 AM - Day 2 - Kamisuwa, Japan - Town Square

...Why am I here again?

There the boy was, in his usual attire as always. It seemed more business-like then casual, but he just went with it. In his bag lay his daily need(s) - His laptop. He hadn't eaten, and just came straight towards where this "Tourist Helper's" thing was located once he woke. Hell, his hair was a mess, being all long and with split ends all over he place, but he didn't really care much. It was how he was, since he wasn't visiting friends... Like he would have any in a country he was new to. Even with his thick, concentrated love with Japan and everything japanese.

"...Well..."

The boy stared at the queer building. It was like a run-down shack or something along those lines. Maybe it was a trick, and kidnappers were hiding in there, waiting for unsuspectiving victims, or it could be some government experiment which to access it's underground facility, you had to enter some weird password on a book... Or it could be like that Witch House he read the night before. A gateway to the endless, eldritch seas of infinity.

And he was thinking too much. In his bag, unknowning to the boy, was his one weapon that would give the little protection he needed if any of those fantasies were true. Sighing heavily once more, Azrul Kyoki walked towards the door, and opened the queer door.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on April 14, 2012, 05:54:29 AM
Timestamp - Day 2, 8:35 P.M., At the Airport, Japan.
The buzz of voices filled the air, drowning out any sort of peace of mind one could hope to achieve. Overhead was the monotonous female voice of the speakers, calling out arrival and departure times in the country?s native tongue. Crowds of people waited gleefully, as if it was there to welcome some esteemed traveler to their home.
The speakers boomed with the announcement of another arrival, and soon after former passengers began to crowd into the airport.
Friends and family who had reunited chattered loudly, increasing the incessant clamour that already filled the airport.

Soon enough, the remaining arrivals had gotten off the plane and were now inside the large building.
Amongst them was a young man. His appearance was youthful, as if still in his teens. His hair was brown in color and fell softly around his face. His height was average, and he appeared to be rather thin. He wore simple clothes, nothing too lavish. The only thing about him that stood out was his eye color. A shade of deep purple.
The boy gazed about at his surroundings, and his eyes lit with excitement.
After his long flight, he was finally in Japan.
An elated smile slips across his face.


Timestamp - Day 2, 9:48 P.M., Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa.
?Here we are sir, this will be your room for the duration of your stay.?
?Ah, thank you.?
The man hands the keycard to the guest, wishes him well, and heads on his way back to the main desk.
Nikolas looks at the keycard for a moment before swiping it through the scanner. A click noise can be heard as a green light is lit on the scanner. Nikolas exhales gently and turns the door?s handle, pushing forward, opening the door. He grabs his luggage and brings it inside.
The boy wanders into the darkness, trying to find a switch for the light. By the time he had arrived in Japan, night had already fallen. Streetlights glowed amongst the darkness, illuminating the road for travelers and workers alike. Further from urban settlement was less lighting, but in return, more peace. Here, silence ruled the night.
Finally his hand stumbled over the light switch. The room was promptly lit up, revealing its contents.
The room was large and slightly luxurious. A large bed was the centerpiece of the room. It sat away from the window with enough space to allow you to walk around it. Across from the bed was a large television sitting atop a cabinet. A desk sat in the far corner of the room. On it sat a lamp. Beside the bed was a small nightstand with a different lamp atop of it. The window was large, supporting a sitting area where one could sit and gaze outward. The curtains obscured the window from in front of the sitting area.
Close to the entrance was a bathroom, which contained a shower. Opposite to the bathroom was a wardrobe for hanging coats and other such clothing. A chair sat at the desk and a short distance from the wardrobe. The room was spacious enough to allow a few people to stay comfortably.
Nikolas smiled faintly at the sight of the room. The flight had been long, draining much of his energy. After placing his coat on a hanger and setting his suitcase against the wall, he flopped onto the bed.
He let out a sigh as he closed his eyes for a moment, and after a few seconds, he opened them again. The boy lay on the bed, arms outstretched and gaze to the ceiling.
I?m not dreaming right? I?m really here in Japan at this very moment? He thinks to himself as he gazes straight ahead, as if looking past the ceiling and up to the stars. I can?t believe it?It still feels strange?unreal even? As Nikolas thinks, he feels his eyelids become heavy, sleep calling out to him. I?ll have to explore tomorrow?
With that thought, the boy rolls onto his side and closes his eyes, allowing his thoughts to blur out of focus and for his mind to be overcome with a dark, peaceful, silence.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on April 16, 2012, 01:19:05 AM
Day 2 6:30 PM Tourist Helpers second floor
"Are you...." As Koishi wakes up and seeing Amarillo setting at the computer, looking at a screen of scrolling text.
"I don't need to answer that question five times a day!" Amarillo heard her and turned back, "See, I'm okay." She tilted the computer screen, "And I'm looking at the logs you made, as far as I know these people are very reliable... But I need you to explain this."
She load up a text file titled "Den.txt". "Tell me, why is this one almost empty? Don't tell me you directly pulled both answers directly from...."
"Nonono, I can't do that!" Koishi stood up from the sofa and looks at that text file, "Yes, he has someone very special in mind, I asked for his...... telephone number......? Whatever, it's in that text file, I think you should phone him and speak to him yourself."
Looking at that textfile, Amarillo nodded, "Yes, I think that's necessary."
"So what should we do now?" The Youkai asked, "Also, about that curse thing..."
Amarillo looks at the time shown at the bottom of the screen.
"You have 30 hours remaining." and replied.
"remaining for what?"
"30 hours remaining until this thing expires, at that time you'll be in very big trouble. But I got this covered."
"Sometimes you reminds me of my sister. You always seems to have a plan about different situations. " Koishi commented.
"Actually, no, it's all about calculation." Amarillo opened another text file, "We'll discuss the further plans when I'm finished with these."

------
Andreas.txt

Quote
Report of Reanimated Phantasm of Andreas Jaeger
Time: Around 2:00 PM
Phantasm: K.Keine
Reanimated Grounds: Human Village

Details:
Andy walks in the shop at close to 2PM, and the grounds of Human Village materialized.
He tried to question if it's a reality, but soon accepted that this is a projection of its subconscious.
Subconscious materialized as Keine, asking him about his "old job", and confirms that if he is ready to switch to a new one.
More details are provided in the recordings. The following exchanges are given.
~
"So it's a chance for me to be a hero, hmm..."
"Not a hero, just something you think will be fun, and better than your old job."
"Seems interesting - Is this town real?"
"I make it real - It's all a simulation to bring out what you truly think, after all."
"But you are a part of me, right?"
"Soon it won't"

Andy answered Yes to both questions.

------
"Koishi~~" Amarillo calls out in a flat tone, "Such descriptions aren't enough!"
"Yeah I know, I know." Koishi giggled, "However you see, this guy is so dull, I don't have the time to listening to him and Keine talking about philosophy in an empty room all day, so I intervened and bring him out."
Amarillo sighed.
"That's called personality, respect other's personality, Koishi!"
"Okay, I got it, don't behave like Keine, and don't headbutt me!" Koishi jumped away.
"I won't do that...." The girl turned back and opened another text file.
------
Quote
Zach.txt
He ran into the shop, after a bit of searching, he pressed the summoning bell.
We deployed the projection.
------
"Ooh, this one is far more better, who wrote this?" Amarillo looks around.
"I did!" Lily White rise her hands.
"Heh, nice work!" Amarillo continues reading.
------
Quote
The heavens unfold around the shop.
Orin appears and ram him through, if it's not a projection, the shock alone would be an insta-kill!
Though firstly appeared to be confused, Zach eventually accepted the truth that deep down within him, he want to witness something unusual and interesting.
(I told you, it's not deep down, I can see through that!)
Then, Tenshi and Aya appears. It seems this guy in real life does the same job as Aya.
(I hope he don't get us on the news, that would be terrible!)
After he listened to what Tenshi and Aya said, he eventually decided that it's a good idea to join in, and maybe turn this to a newsstory.
Then I told him to check back tomorrow night.
------
"Eh, it's already over?!" Amarillo stopped reading.
That's the difference between a Youkai and a Fairy, Fairy are basic and simple, while Youkais are more complex on writing, she thought.

She moved the cursor to the last txt file, and looks at the "0 byte" file size.
"Who did this?"  She looked at the filename again, it says "Unauthorized Entry - Azrul.txt"

"Ahh, this file is already there! We did nothing!" Koishi looks at the file name, "Unauthorized? He's not supposed to be here!"
Amarillo suddenly bounced up from the chair, and runs downstairs.

Day 2, 6:50 PM, Basements, Tourist Helpers
As soon as Amarillo opened the basement door, someone rushed towards her.
"Whoa!" she jumped back and avoided the attack. and the attacker jumped out, and froze in place once he get a clear view of Amarillo.
"Eh? I don't thought my kidnapper would be..... this frail." the attacker turned around as the others rush down from upstairs, hearing the crushing sound.
"And you clearly don't realize I have no indent to kidnap you." Amarillo sighed, "by the way, I'm Amarillo Viridian, pleased to meet you."
"But he almost hit you on the face!" Koishi jumped up, "How can you still be this friendly?"
"Ahh, that's our Amarillo." Lily Black nodded, "next thing happens is that he stabs her and she help him escape!"
"Ok, so you are not a kidnapper, not a witch, then what are you?" The boy looks at Amarillo carefully, "no offence, but you seemed too..."
"Oh come on, I apologize about the hammer, ok? It's a self-activated defense system, probably mistaken you as a thief or something."
"Plus, we are not back by the time you got here! " Shouted Lily White, "though we forget to unarm the hammer.. oh wait, nevermind."
"Oh, well, You guys are quite interesting... looks whatever you guys are up to would be too, and the hammers didn't hurt too much, it knocked me into the basement and that's it. name is Azrul. By the way, what's the time?"
"Almost 7." Lily Black replied.

"How could it be? I entered on 9! oh wait..." Azrul realized something, "Don't tell me..."
"Yeah, not hurt at all." Lily Black laughed, "but it put you out for...."
"Oh well, guess I can't help it. So what are you up to?" The boy looks out and saw the nighttime sky.
"We got friends to save, interested to join? Since you just said that it would be interesting." Amarillo replied.
"Hmm, Let me think for a while."
"You got plenty of time to think, if you made up your mind, just return here tomorrow around 10."
"Okay, I'll see you then. and sorry for that punch!" The boy opened the shop door and quickly walks away.
"Getting hit by a hammer and got himself knocked into the basement, not very good." Lily Black smirked, "Well, I bet he'll be interesting as a partner."

Day 2 7:00 PM, Tourist Helpers
Time to form a plan.
As Luna and Star are being sent out to deliver some package to the train stations, Amarillo called Sunny over.
"What happened?" She asked.
"I need you to return to the Graveyard, and tell them about Diamond, one very important thing is that when he arrived at the base tomorrow, they musn't fight him, but rather, avoid combat. Also, bring Nitori with you, see if there are any technology to unlock there."
"Get it! I'm on my way!" As Sunny is running out, Amarillo stopped her.
"Fly if you have to, avoid the soldiers on the street!"
"I will."

Day 2 7:30 PM, Graveyard
The news quickly spread out in the graveyard.
"Don't fight?" Hirowaza is puzzled, "You mean we are supposed to run away?"
"Well, if the enemy is beyond our ability, then the only logical choice is to run, I don't see any wrong in Sunny's message." VIVIT replied.
"But Amarillo is an adapt fighter herself, What if..."
"One sign of winning is realize how weak you are compared to others, " As Etch walks in with Akyuu and Nitori, "However, we are not powerless as well, look what we found!"
He showed a monitor to Hirowaza.
"What...? An airship? in here?!" Hirowaza can't believe his eyes.
"It's labelled under "Copies of Lost Technology", so we unlocked it, and we may figure out how to operate it tonight."
"Hah, time to get to work, then!" 
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on April 16, 2012, 08:42:19 AM
2:00 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside of Tourist Helpers

Well,  that was certainly odd. After using the odd bell to try to summon someone to help him out, he had... he had to consider this vision. It was definitely confusing, and as he leaned against the wall outside of the shop, he had to sort through this a bit. First, the facts. He pulled a small notepad and pencil from his pocket as he began to write things down.

Quote
1. I am not the type to experience visions.
2. There is no way that what I experienced could be reality.
3. The vision told me to come back here tomorrow night.

He stared at these three statements for a moment, considering the truth of all of them before he continued. He knew the first was true, because this was the first vision he had ever had. He knew the second was true, because of what he saw in that vision. And he knew the third was true. Bowing his head for a moment, he put two fingers to his forehead and rubbed it as he stumbled toward a decision. He began to mutter to himself.

"So what do I do here...? It's clear that something is causing this. And as a journalist... I suppose it's my responsibility to find out what, isn't it? If my hunch is correct, the story behind this would kill the front page on any newspaper. I have to figure out what's going on."

A youthful grin appeared on his face as he lifted his head. He was going to find out what was going on, he was going to make a report on it, and it was going to make the front page of every paper in the US. The idea that he might die didn't even enter into Zach's head - he had never really had to deal with danger before. He pulled out his iPod and tapped the "Calendar" app, pressing carefully to not break his screen further.

"One appointment... the vision said tomorrow night, but that's not very specific. I guess I'll set it for 8 PM. Aaaaaand done."

Putting the iPod away, he looked up to the sky, trying to decide what to do next. It was clear that he didn't really have anything else to do until tomorrow night. So he might as well explore the town a little, right? He still wanted to visit that shrine after all.

"I guess I'll meander on over there. Hm... might want to grab my camera first, though."

Of course he had a camera, and it was a good one. But for some reason, he had left it in his hotel room. Had to go grab it, of course. So he'd stop by his room real quick before heading off to the shrine. Perhaps the receptionist at the hotel would be able to offer directions. And with that, he straightened himself from the wall and set off towards his hotel.

2:15 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 237

And there it was, sitting in its case next to his bed. A small but powerful camera. He stepped forward and grabbed the case, looking over at the computer. It still showed that pop-up. That definitely had something to do with this story. He was sure of it. And that meant that this Saniwa Shrine had something to do with the story. Which made it all the more important that he investigate. He set off to do just that, checking in with the receptionist for directions first.

2:35 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Saniwa Shrine

As Zach stepped into the Shrine, he was shocked at what he saw. He expected a shrine to be clean, shiny, and most importantly populated. Instead, this one was ransacked and empty. He couldn't even begin to imagine what had happened, but he knew one thing - this had to do with the story as well. Did the soldiers have to do with it too? Probably, but he didn't want to attract their ire with questions or photos. Not yet. He had to see what this vision had to do with it first. However... he took his camera out of its case and wielded it more deftly than any weapon as he snapped rapid-fire shots all around the shrine. He wasn't sure if these pictures of an empty, ransacked shrine would ever be useful, but who knew? After taking all the pictures he needed, he set the camera back in its case and started cleaning up the shrine a bit. He didn't exactly have anything else to do, and he felt, for some reason, that he should do this. He didn't get far though before he got bored, though, and instead of cleaning settled for relaxing in the shrine for a little while.

3:35 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Saniwa Shrine

After relaxing, Zach had taken a few more pictures before picking up his case and stepping out. He wanted to get these pictures on his computer, and more importantly, on his internet storage area. Stopping at the entrance to take one last shot, he set off back towards his hotel room.

4:00 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 237

Stepping into his room, he closed and, after a moment, locked the door behind him with the deadbolt. He wasn't sure why, but he felt that it would be a good idea. Settling in, he kicked off his shoes and set the camera down next to his laptop. Informing his chat friends that he was back, he pulled out a slim cord that connected his camera to his computer, allowing him to download the photos onto his computer. From there, it took him only a few more clicks to upload them to a virtual internet storage folder, and from there he had little to do really but relax and chat with people on the internet. And so he did.

7:25 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 237 and Hotel Library

After plenty of relaxation, Zach just couldn't shake that vision from his head. He needed more info. And he knew where to get it. After doing a quick Google search for "two-tailed cat spirit", he found that the first thing he saw in his vision was probably something called a "nekomata". He remembered the other two looked like normal people, but best not to assume that either... he needed an encyclopedia of Japanese spirits. To the library!... but not before grabbing his notepad and pencil.

...

Down at the library, located ever-so-conveniently across from the dining room on the first floor, Zach talked to the librarian for a minute or so, asking what would be the best encyclopedia on traditional Japanese spirits. She recommended a fairly recent book called "Encyclopedia on Yokai, Oni, and Kami", and he set off. It took him a couple of minutes to find the book he was looking for, but as his watch struck 7:30, he found the book he was looking for and reached for it.

...

{To be continued}

OOC: Zach leaves TH, goes to SS and takes pictures, then heads to hotel. There, he goes to library.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kuribohlv9 on April 16, 2012, 09:32:05 PM
7:25 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Library

After he asked where he could find information at the reception, he found out that the hotel had a library. It was a pretty small library, it was part of the hotel so it's understandable, but Den didn't mind. He was only looking for info on the creature called tanuki.

?Tanuki? In that case you should look for a book on youkais. Youkais are Japanese mythological creatures. Tanuki is a kind of youkai, so you should find it in the shelf over there,? The girl at the front desk said while pointing towards a shelf on the other side of the room, ?The whole section over there covers mythology of different kinds, but that shelf is for Japanese mythology only, try looking for the book"Encyclopedia on Youkai, Oni, and Kami".? Her faced was lit up as if she finally could put her knowledge to use. It seems like a quiet and boring place, devoid of visitors. I bet if you wanted to look up something you would want go to a bigger library
?Is there anything else you want help with??
?No, thanks for your help.? He thanked her, and went off towards the shelves. ?The Japanese are well mannered, it's hard not being nice when they are so polite.? He thought.

Reaching the shelf in question he searched the rows for the book. After a short time of searching he finds the book, "Encyclopedia on Youkai, Oni, and Kami". He stretches out his hand to take the book?

Quote
Gonna edit in Den's thoughts about his vision when i get clearence from Nemo Ma what actually happened (empty text file is hard to work with)

also
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E2RzKNCahRg
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on April 17, 2012, 08:16:41 AM
11:20 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – End of Secret Passageway/Tunnel

"Mayli?"

    The artistic young woman seemed entranced, and continued to stare at her pad of paper with the runic symbol still glowing. The aura it emitted had faded slightly, and as she looked back at the cart they had just ridden in, she suddenly was reminded of Sanae. Perhaps it was the greenish hue of the symbol, she thought. She hoped Sanae was okay. Clenching the pencil in her other fist, she knew they had to rescue everyone as soon as possible.

    "Hey, you okay?"

    "Ah..." She turned away from the mysterious transportation vehicle. Ken was looking at her, and he was now holding Hatate once again. She wondered how his arms still had any strength left; he wasn't the strongest guy around physically. Perhaps this 'mana' had something to do with it...
    His expression softened. "You look a little lost in thought."
    She could see his arms shaking slightly. Sighing, she rolled the pencil through the binding of the notepad. "I was just thinking...I hope Sanae is doing okay, y'know? And yet..."
    "...and yet?"
    As she started walking away from the cart, he followed next to her. "Well...it's strange to you, isn't it? That everyone else is still trapped in that fake world...the fake Gensokyo that we came to love..."
    "Hmm...yes, but...what are you getting at?"
    "I have a feeling that there are some who are maybe...okay with staying in there, y'know?"
    Ken blinked several times and readjusted his grip on the comatose tengu. He hadn't considered that, likely due to the adrenaline rush of being pursued throughout the streets of Kamisuiwa. He'd read a few books that involved virtual worlds...little did he know they had actually been in a virtual world this whole time too.
    He shook his head. The more he thought about it, the more he began to question RAI's motives. Why had they trapped them in such a place? He could think of much greater punishments.
    "Ken," Mayli started matter-of-factly. "What does RAI know about us?"
    "At this point, I don't really know..." He could have sworn that he used to know their motives though. Perhaps there really was something else going on...just how powerful was RAI's technology?
    She continued. "So then, what about those still trapped? The ones still virtualized? Don't you think it's more like a paradise inside?"
    "Yeah, that...does make sense, actually. Urgh..." He grunted as his grip loosened due to sweat on his hands. Pausing momentarily, he leaned Hatate against the wall, wiped his palms on the bottom of his jacket and resumed carrying her.
    The artist stopped and turned, waiting for him. "Heh, you sure you're okay? No need to prove you're strong, y'know...just have Mokou carry her, or somethin'..."
    He sighed. "Come on, not right now. We're so close to our goal too, just wait a bit longer to tease me..." Yuyuko had insisted that they were in fact close to or even adjacent to Tourist Helpers, but he wasn't sure. Seeing was believing, and yet he had no choice but to place his faith in the friendly ghost.
    "Haha. Just trying to lighten the mood." She had brought the pencil out of the binding and was twirling it between her fingers. "Anyway, do you think that there are those who...wanted to remain in Gensokyo?"
    "What?" He steadied his grip on Hatate and resumed speaking once the two of them had picked up a gait once more. "Huh...that's...I can see that being the case. I don't think someone like Ms. Keine would though." Wincing, he could feel sweat dripping down his face. His body was nearing its limit. "We gotta help them...I really, really hope Nitori and Amarillo are here, otherwise..."
    "Ken!"
    Upon hearing Mayli's loud voice, his attentiveness rose slightly as he looked around, expecting danger. "W-What...?"
    "Look up there!"
    His gaze shifted upwards, quickly skimming across a narrow, tall flight of stairs...and he promptly gasped. At the top stood a young girl.

    It was Amarillo.

    Warm relief washed over his body. They were safe after all...thank goodness.



11:30 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers Shop

"Well, this is certainly a surprise. And to think that it was hard to get here." Amarillo sat at the table as Ken unloaded Hatate onto the nearby couch.
    "Ugh. Believe me, it was a bit more than expected. There were some...unexpected delays." He sat down on the floor, leaning against the front of the couch. "You got any water or something?"
    "Water, huh?" A smiling girl presented him with a small teacup. "Sure ya don't want something a bit stronger? Looks like you could drop any moment now!"
    He sighed and reached his hand out, only to suddenly jerk it back. The girl had that closed eye...and the weird string attached to it! It was the girl that he, Yuyuko and Mayli had run into previously...Koishi Komeiji!
    She closed her eyes and laughed. "Kehahaha~ I know what you're thinking, but we are allies outside that place, remember?"
    After a slight pause, he calmed down and took the teacup. "Y-Yeah...sorry, we've been through some pretty close, harrowing experiences lately..." He took a quick sip expecting hot tea, but to his surprise it was indeed cool water.
    Koishi cocked her head to one side. "Really? Like what?"
    "Probably the soldiers." A fairy with long black hair had flown over. Ken recognized her as Star Sapphire.
    "Ehhhh?! What's this?!" A loud female voice stole the attention of everyone in their vicinity. Kaguya had come over. She pointed her finger at the fairy. "Who's this? Looks just like my kid, or something!"
    Ken nearly choked on the water he was about to swallow. "Gnkkk..." Truth be told, Star Sapphire did look very similar to Kaguya.
    "Oh be quiet, stupid princess." Mokou sipped from her own teacup in a surprisingly refined manner. She turned to face the general direction of their new audience. "Mostly run-ins with soldiers. Y'know, the usual expected stuff with a town so full of 'em."
    "Usual stuff?!" Mayli heaved a large sigh. "Y-You think guns are just toys then, don't you..."
    Amarillo had stood up and suddenly interrupted. "Wait, those soldiers actually pointed their guns at you?"
    Mayli responded by standing up herself, and she put a hand to her chest before continuing. "Yes--twice even! Once outside the Shrine, and--"
    "The Shrine?" Amarillo yawned and strode over to where Hatate was sprawled over the seat of the couch. "Hmm, the Saniwa Shrine...I take it that the place is not in good shape now, most likely."
    "No, it's pretty much been destroyed," Yuyuko responded. "At least the interior was." She gave off a whine. "Even the food was ruined..."
    Ken groaned. "Not this again...was there even any food there to begin with?" To him, it sounded like Yuyuko was complaining. Typical Yuyuko to complain about food, even though she was a ghost. He still didn't understand how that worked, but decided to dismiss the thought for now.
    The fairy leader motioned to Star Sapphire, who seemed to understand and floated off. "Well in any case, I bet you all are quite hungry." Amarillo had stooped down to look at Hatate. "What's the deal with this one?"
    "You got food? Thank goodness, I'm starving!" Kaguya crowed.
Ken nodded as his stomach moaned in agreement. "No kidding. We'll talk about Hatate after some food."



11:57 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers Shop – Spare Room

Ken flopped down back-first onto one of the two beds in the spare room they were to stay in. After getting some food in him, he felt better, but he could hear Mokou and Kaguya bickering in the background as he closed his eyes.

    "I'm a princess, so naturally I should get to sleep in this single bed here!"
    "Fuck off, bitch. You of all people should sleep on the floor. It builds character, something you seem to lack."
   
    "No way!" Kaguya turned to face Ken and attempted to plead to him. "C'mon, Ken. Can't you just let me sleep in the bed? I shouldn't have to sleep on the hard floor..."
    Mokou moved to get in-between the Lunarian and the bed he was lying down on. "You just expect everything to go well for you, dontcha? Life don't work that way. Now you're finally seeing it again, so just accept it."
    He groaned. Why were they arguing about something as petty as who gets to sleep where? There were two beds in the room, and the one he was on was definitely large enough to fit two people. But he was tired enough that even bare floor would work as a bed for him.
    Upon opening his eyes, he stared up at Mokou's concerned face. "Er...what? Just do whatever...does it really matter? Just use the outermost layer as a bed and give a pillow to whoever sleeps on the floor, that's good enough..."
    Mokou seemed to debate the proposal in her head briefly, before turning to Kaguya. "Fine then. I was hoping this idiot could sleep on the floor..."
    "Um..." Yuyuko, having taken up sitting on the single bed, finally spoke up. "May I please sleep in this bed?"
    The two rivals paused to look at the ghost's smiling countenance. Mokou piped up first. "That's fine by me. What do you say, Lunarian?"
    Kaguya bit her lip. "F...Fine, then I'll grace the floor with m--"
    "Grace?!" Mokou looked ready to explode with laughter. "Mmmph...okay, you and I will sleep on the floor then. That way neither of us end up at an advantage. Deal?"
    "Fine...but you really want to let those two sleep together?" Kaguya pointed at Mayli.
    "Wait," Mayli interjected. "My back kinda hurts...I should probably sleep on the floor then."
    "Haaah? Your back hurts?" Mokou's mouth twisted into her now-trademark grin. "I bet I know why..."
    "U-Um..." Mayli turned away embarrassed at first, then looked back intensely. "No, it's not because of that! I bumped against something hard earlier...when those soldiers first threatened me..."
    The fiery immortal's mouth returned to normal. "Oh yeah, I remember you hit your back pretty hard against the corner of that building."
    Ken sat up for the first time in a while. "You sure? I wouldn't mind letting you sleep wi--" Knowing what he had said, he immediately shut his mouth.
    "Oh, I bet you wouldn't," Mokou said as she grinned casually. "Two childhood friends sleeping in the same bed...sounds like an opportunity for something else, now, doesn't it?" Netting the reactions she desired from both of them, she continued. "It's probably safer to let Yuyuko sleep next to him, huh?"
    Ken seemed accepting of the suggestion. "That's not a bad idea, Mokou..."
    Mokou turned around, opened her arms and closed her eyes. "Well then, that was easy to decide."
    "...except, there's one thing that still needs to be taken care of."
    She responded without looking back at him. "Oh? And what might that be?"
    He decided to take a risk, and pointed at her back. "You, Mokou...I want to feel your warmth."
    "...guh?!" Eyes widened, Mokou whirled around to face him once more. "Wha---WHAT DID YOU SAY?!"
    "HA!" Kaguya let out a short burst of laughter. "I knew it~"
    "I...I-I don't..." Mokou stammered, trying to catch her breath. "You...you're naughtier than I expected...hah..." Looking back at Kaguya, she tried to look unfazed. "But...you did do a lot of work today...not b-bad for a human, I guess..." She licked her lips as her eye twitched slightly in embarrassment. "I understand that you want to feel comfortable...so if you want, I suppose I can lend my fire to--"
    He put on a poker face. "Actually I was only kidding about that part."
    In the silence that followed, Mayli nearly burst out laughing at the sight of Mokou getting her just desserts. "Hahahaha~! Gghhh...hehe...hnghf..." She held her laughter in and turned away to face Yuyuko before Mokou could react to her outburst. "C-Could I...mmmph...use the comforter for a b-bed on the ground..."
    Smiling happily, Yuyuko slid off of and stood next to the bed. "Sure!"
    Before Mokou could explode, or Kaguya could explode with laughter, he stood up and jerked off the comforter of the bed he was laying on. "Take this then, I hope the floor is comfortable enough." He threw a corner of it towards the princess, who grabbed and pulled it over to a space on the floor.
    Before he could take off his socks, Mokou grabbed his shoulders and stared at him. "You...this better not be what I think it is...!"
    "What?" He couldn't help but crack a semi-victorious smile. This was certainly one of the perks of being a mana provider. "I really was just joking about that though, seriously."
    Mokou shook him slightly for a moment, then stopped. She seemed to calm down. "Fine, then...no funny business though..."
    He held up his hands innocently. "C'mon, let's not be like this...what's wrong with sleeping in the same bed?"
    Mayli slyly looked at Mokou from afar. "You deserve what he said, for all that teasing you did anyway."
    Mokou quickly turned back. "Quiet, you." She then returned to holding her gaze on Ken. "Just because you two are friends from way back doesn't mean--"
    "Look, let's just go to sleep already, all right? I won't do anything, I was only teasing you about that because you kinda...well, you deserved it." He fell back onto the bed as she released him. "Ugh...I need sleep, I'm gonna fall asleep any minute now..."
    "Yeah yeah, fine. I get it, I know." She cursed under her breath as she started to remove the large ribbon from her hair. "I guess this was only delaying the inevitable..."
    He set his glasses on the chest of drawers across the room and walked back over as he rubbed his eyes. "You're mature enough to handle this, so I figured it'd work out well enough."
    She smiled to his surprise. "Heh...I guess Keine was right to choose you, even if it was in that virtual world. We all gotta trust you anyway." Sitting down on the left side of the bed, she tossed her incredibly long hair back. "Besides...Keine won't...I have to..."
    He sighed and sat down opposite her, near where Hatate was lying on the floor. "We'll rescue them somehow, including Keine. But for now, we need--" A growing urge to yawn cut him off as he flopped backwards onto the bed. "...to...sleep..."
    Mokou's slid beneath the covers. The day had certainly been exciting, but could they really be at ease here? Tourist Helpers seemed safe enough, she thought. She reached over and turned the light off.



12:29 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers Shop – Spare Room

Mokou was still wide awake. Looking towards the other bed, she could hear the soft sounds of breathing. The others were asleep.   She couldn't help but think about RAI and the virtual world they had been thrust into, and about their trip back to Kamisuiwa and this tourist joint.

    "Keine..."

    As she whispered her dearest friend's name, she heard movement nearby. Glancing over, she saw a bulge in the covers come closer to her. She tensed up, but let out her breath as she felt Ken's hand touched her arm. "Heh...a bit touchy-feely, huh?" she whispered softly. He certainly wasn't causing any trouble after all.

    "Mokou...?"

    "Ah...!" She jerked slightly. He was awake?!
    He pulled the covers down sleepily and, upon realizing the situation, responded quietly. "Mmmgh...you're still up?"
    "Y...Yes..." She scratched her head and turned her body to face his. "You can't sleep either?"
    "I heard you say Keine's name..." He rubbed one of his eyes and moved closer to her, seeing her initially move away but stop.
    "Yeah...I'm worried about...the situation, I guess...kinda." She turned to make sure no one else was awake and watching them, then turned back. "What do you think?"
    "Well, mmm...er..." Realizing that his extended fingers were grazing against her skin, he hesitated before responding. "I hope this will all work out somehow."
    "Nitori wasn't here, you know."
    He paused to take a breath before answering in a whisper. "I know, I didn't want to make a big deal out of it. I talked to Amarillo about it anyway."
    "Oh?"
    "Yeah, she sent Nitori over already, to the base."
    Mokou sighed softly. "Well, that's a relief. I was a bit worried about that, I suppose."
    "Mokou?"
    She blinked. She could see his face in the dark, but couldn't quite make out his expression. He was probably just sleepy-looking. "What...?"
    "Don't worry, okay? I'll--we'll rescue them all somehow, and deal with RAI."
    "Eh...yeah." She felt a chill suddenly, and closed her eyes as her body shook slightly. "I'm not worried...huh?" She saw him prop himself up and...wait, what was he doing reaching over all of a sudden?
    A pleading whisper escaped his lips. "Mokou..."
    She gulped as his other hand wrapped around her back and drew them closer together. "W-What are you--"
    He pulled her into a single-arm hug. "Uh...thanks..."
    "Ahhh...t-this is...wait, for what?" Her breathing quickened slightly, and she felt warmer suddenly. She had to strain to keep her voice at a whispering volume. "I'm not a confidant, you know..."
    His voice was difficult to hear as he rested his head close to hers. "You helped us with those guards at the shrine and...with Hatate, and everything else..."
    Averting her eyes, she knew she had developed a blush. She prayed that he couldn't see it in the darkness. "Y-You're welcome, I guess...nnngh..." These situations weren't something she found herself in often, and it was showing. Yet all she could think about was why he wasn't removing his hand. She rolled her eyes and quietly hissed at him. "D-Damn you...this isn't...I'm not--ehh..."
    He squeezed her slightly. "It's...just like Keine...that one day she saved me..."
    She let the breath out of her opened mouth. She recalled Keine telling the story of how she rescued him before he became a youkai snack. But how did this relate to his situation with Keine? "Wha...?"
    "I feel...relieved right now...like waking up in Keine's arms that time..."
    "H-Hey..." Suddenly she felt more complacent, but why? Her mind raced. Maybe it was because she felt an obligation to comfort a friend of Keine, or perhaps because she herself was--no, it couldn't be that. But, was this kind of warm feeling always expected between close proximity mana partners? Probably, she thought. "What a...nuisance you are...r-really..."
    After several silent moments passed, he gave a quiet, airy laugh as he withdrew his hands and moved away from her. "Thanks, Mokou. It's been rough, I kinda needed that...sorry..."
    She closed her eyes and twisted her body, now staring at the ceiling. "Yeah, whatever. Just go to bed already, kid..." She lifted up and readjusted her head on the pillow. For some reason she was smiling slightly, so she twisted her mouth into a frown. What on earth just happened? The warm feeling was fading now, and yet...

    Idiot, she thought to herself. Making me seem like a good person...
    She rolled over. What a silly man...




(Notes: Ken's team has made it to Tourist Helpers somehow, and will spend the night there.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on April 28, 2012, 09:00:14 AM
7:30 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers Shop ? Spare Room
Ken opened his eyes. Vision blurred, he pushed the covers down and blinked rapidly for several moments as he sat up. It was all coming back to him now. They were in Amarillo's downstairs room and had crashed for the night. There was still work to be done though.

"Hey!"

About to rub his eyes, he glanced over and saw Kaguya--oh no...
    "What do you think you're doing?!" Mokou roared to life and seemed to leap from bed at Kaguya, who was holding a cell phone in a position not unlike that which is meant for taking pictures.
    "Hey, it was only a joke! Jeez..." Kaguya moved out of the way and showed the camera face to both of them. "It's not on anyway...that tengu's phone died a while ago, stupid."
    Oh please, he thought. More of this? Now rubbing his eyes, he felt surprisingly refreshed. Without bothering to interrupt them, he stood up and walked across the room over to the chest of drawers and put on his glasses. There was a small clock alarm nearby, reading a bit over 31 minutes past 7 o'clock.
    He did a double-take. It was only 7:30 in the morning? How did he feel this refreshed? It was a mystery to him, but right now there were other issues to attend to. He took his sheathed sword in his hand and turned back around.
    "Oof!" He ran smack into Mayli. "Er, sorry..."
    She gave off an enormous yawn. "Haaaaaaahn...s'ok. Somehow I slept well enough. Still kinda sleepy though." She motioned behind her. "Take care of those two, will ya? I'm getting kinda sick of their bickering..."
    Raising an eyebrow, he tilted his head to look past her. Kaguya and Mokou, turned away from each other slightly, were still quibbling. Was it not possible for them to go even an hour without fighting somehow? Immortals must all be like little children, he thought. Then again, the two of them had a huge rivalry that apparently went quite a few years back. He wasn't sure of the details, but at this point it didn't matter.
    He stepped over to them. "Okay, look...I'm sick and tired of you two going at each other's throats. What do I have to do to keep you two from arguing? Seriously..."
    Kaguya wore a pouting face. "Sheesh, it was just a joke...she's making a big deal out of--"
    Mokou reached out and snatched the phone from Kaguya's grasp in one swift move. "Even if it was off, you just HAD to be a bother, didn't ya, stupid loony Lunarian?" She turned to face Ken and tossed him the dead phone. "This bitch tried to take pictures of you and me sleeping together...honestly, how immature can you get?"
    He groaned and walked away. "You know what, I don't even care anymore." Leaning down, he slipped the phone back inside Hatate's pocket. "Clearly the two of you absolutely cannot get along if you need to." Turning back to face them, his brow furrowed. "I guess if it's beyond your grasp, I'll have to do something about it myself, eh? And not another word about it. Jeez..."
    Giggling, Yuyuko floated by without a word, heading outside the room.
    Kaguya averted her eyes. "I'm telling you, it was just a j--"
    Suddenly, he lunged forward and seized Kaguya by her forearms. Staring into her wide, scared eyes, he squeezed her arms for emphasis. "I don't care if it was a joke, you need to behave yourself even around Mokou. You think this is all just time to play, huh?"
    "N...No..." she responded meekly. The fear of losing her power took hold and her body tensed.
    "Then cut it out! Did that time in the RAI base mean nothing to you?!" He released her and swiveled to face her rival. "And you! Why does it matter so much if she takes pictures? All we did was sleep in the same bed together. I was under the impression that it didn't mean much to you."
    Mokou nodded. "Yeah, you're right. My bad, it's just habit on both of our parts." She walked past them. "I'm gonna go freshen up."
    He sighed again. Hopefully this wasn't going to be as long a day as yesterday was. Sitting down on the bed Yuyuko slept in, he wondered again why he felt so alert. They couldn't have gotten more than 7 hours of sleep, or a bit more than that. Given all that happened yesterday--he carried Hatate everywhere, for heaven's sake! Perhaps all of that training in the virtual Gensokyo had come in handy, but even then...
    Hearing sniffling, he perked up and looked over. Kaguya was...crying? "Hey, c'mon now..."
    She looked over at him, and he saw her wet eyes. Maybe he had been too hard on them? After all, they were likely stressed out as well.
    "Ken...you favor Mokou, don't you?" she whispered.
    "No, not particularly...just, try not to goof off and do silly stuff like that, okay? I know we're all on our toes, just...okay look, come here." He held his hand out.
    She instead got up off the floor and sat down on the bed near him, still looking down. "I just wanted to get my mind off of--"
    "Off of being unable to save Eirin and the rest?"
    The Lunarian looked over. "Y, Yeah...there's nothing I can do...what if they're all in trouble somehow? What if those awful machines do something to them?" She moved closer. "Since Yuyuko got here, I starting wondering if I'm even supposed to be here..."
    He shook his head and looked at her. "What? What do you mean? You're tied to me someh--"
    And there it was.
    In all the chaos and confusion, he didn't even consider Kaguya's presence, he had just accepted it because he didn't hear anyone contesting it. He racked his brain for memories of Kaguya before being thrown into the virtual prison. Come to think of it, he thought, he had gotten to know Mokou a bit, but not Kaguya...at least, not as much as Mokou...
    "You see?" She flopped her head back onto the ruffled pillow of the unmade bed. "This is beyond even what is capable of happening in Gensokyo..."
    "So you're trying to cope by doing stuff like this..."
    "Mhmm. I can't help it..."
    He thought for a moment before speaking up. "Well, all right. Just leave Mokou alone for a while, it's too easy to misinterpret teasing her as starting something bad."
    She smiled slightly. "All right...and, I'm sorry. I'm still too used to being able to do pretty much whatever I want."
    His face stiffened. "However, you still need to be punished."
    "Eh--EHHHHHH?!" She recoiled and moaned unhappily. "You aren't being serious..."
    "Hey, I already made Mokou do something. It's only fair, right?"
    After a long pause, she removed her sleeved hand from in front of her face. "Eh...well...like what? Stay away from Mokou? I could do that..."
    He cleared his throat. "Nope. You're sleeping with me tonight instead."
    She sighed. "Somehow I knew that was coming..."
    Trying to make it seem like more of a punishment than it really was, he looked blankly at her. "I think it's reasonable enough."
    "Nono, that's nothing, I'll do it." She sat back up. "It's not really a punishment, but I get it. But you know," she said as she grinned, "if you wanted to sleep with me, you could have just said so right off the bat...many would love to sleep with a princess..."
    "Hey! No, it's not like that!" Groaning he got up and walked away, hearing her giggle softly behind him. "I swear, you two..."
    "Ah wait, come back."
    He turned back around to look at her. "What? Lemme guess, now you want to pull some other shenanigan..."
    She clicked her tongue and beckoned him forward with her hand. "No no no, I want to talk seriously for once."
    He blinked. "For once? Perhaps I ought to reconsider..."
    "Hey!" She yawned and rubbed sleep from her eyes. "Mmm...come on, can't you give me the benefit of the doubt?"
    "I suppose." He sat back down next to her. Her teary-eyed expression had returned to normal. She was indeed majestic and breathtaking, truly a youthful blossom. He had to look away and pretend to rub his own eyes, lest his gaze go wild. These women from Gensokyo were something. Then again, Kaguya wasn't a human, even though she looked just like one. Looking back, he saw her expression had turned serious. "So, what is it?"
    "Has Mokou told you anything about...about me?" She looked suspiciously towards the entrance to make sure no one else was watching.
    Ken scratched his head. "About you? Well...nothing outside of how much she despises you. Why?"
    She leaned closer and took his hand. "So...you don't know what is special...about me."
    "What, that you're not a human? I know that..."
    "Not that. I figured you didn't know the truth about me. There's been no evidence as to how my body behaves, I suppose..."
    He stopped breathing momentarily, taking in the situation. Her fingers were moving slightly over his, and they felt slightly inhuman. No way could he guess what she was talking about.
    "Heh, I guess you don't know then. Well...it'll become apparent eventually, so I might as well just say it now."
    "What is it?"
    She stared at him. "Are you sure you want to know now?"
    "Hey, you're the one who brought it up in the first place...you must be interested in telling me, or something..."
    "Yeah, that's true. All right, then. This is not going to go over well in this world, as opposed to Gensokyo...but..."
    He swallowed and waited to hear her continue. After what seemed like an eternity, he finally heard her once more.
    "Ken, I'm..."



8:32 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers Shop ? Employee Lounge

*knock knock knock*

Koishi opened the employee room door. She suddenly smelled something delightful. Her inquisitive face changed to delight. "Oh hey, it's food! Yay!"
    "Hehe. It's just some breakfast...I needed some fresh air anyway." Mayli stepped inside, having returned from the nearby bakery. She was holding several bags. "I think I got enough for everyone here..."
    "Hee~ You're a good human, yep." Koishi picked up several boxes from the table and placed them on the floor.
    Mokou watched from the other side of the room, leaning against the wall with crossed arms. "Oi, you still haven't told us what all that stuff is."
    Koishi stared over and spun her hat over her head. "Ahhhh...well, it's--"
    "It's several things we needed to use, to combat our enemy." Amarillo walked in calmly, and placed another box on top of the ones on the ground. "Ah, the food's here...I'll go tell the others...eh?"
    Star Sapphire entered the room from the back entrance, pulling a bicycle with her. She seemed to struggle slightly with the task, her wings fluttering as she pulled it into the room.
    "What the heck?" Mayli finally put the bags onto the table. Her eyes were still trained on the interesting scene. "What is she doing with that bike?"
    "Phew...huh? Oh whoops, wrong room. Haha~" Star chimed.
    "No, it's fine," Amarillo instructed. "Just leave it near the door, I'll move it later."
    Yuyuko sniffed near the bags on the table. "Ah, it smells good~"
    Mayli giggled. "Hehe...go right ahead, dig in. Just make sure everyone gets some." She was glad to be useful for once. Being a normal-looking human, she could blend in safely. None of the soldiers she saw paid her any attention, which was a relief for her. But she was still worried about the slight loss of breath she had experienced. Perhaps it had been her imagination, but perhaps not. Maybe it had to do with proximity to her best friend...if she was indeed leeching mana from him, this was going to be a problem, and she would try her hardest to prevent it from being one.
    "Oh, I need to let you all know what's going to happen," Amarillo said before Yuyuko could reach into the closest bag. She noticed the ghost and sighed. "No, go ahead..."
    Mokou walked over. "What's going to happen, you said?"
    "Yeah. Here, sit down and I'll explain what all this prep is for."
    Mayli sat down just as Mokou did. It felt good to finally do something more normal, although she had the feeling that Amarillo was about to ruin the mood.
    The youthful-looking fairy leader looked over at her. "Er...you went to get breakfast, right?"
    Mayli shifted uneasily. "Uh...yeah. Why?"
    "Did anything seem suspicious out there?"
    She shook her head. "Not really...no one questioned me, everything seemed normal enough..."
    "Did anyone follow you back here?"
    "No...I was careful to make sure no one followed me."
    Amarillo smiled. "Well, that's a bit of good news for once."
    Mokou took a bite of the warm bun she had pulled out. "Hmm, this is pretty good...and yeah, big bummer about Yukari and Jeremy being captured the other day. Pity we weren't there to help them."
    "This is the nature of the opponent we are now up against." Amarillo herself bit into a bun before continuing. "You know, even Yukari has her limits in reality..."
    "That's true," Mokou mentioned. "But how does that demonstrate the power of this Diamond fellow? None of us can really fight at our full extent, without using physical weapons and such."
    A voice rang out nearby. "If that's the case, we'll just have to fight smartly."
    Everyone at the table turned to see Ken walk in, sword at his left side and Kaguya on his right.
    "Ah, there he is." Amarillo pushed one of the bags across the table to several empty seats. "Get some food in you, we have a lot to discuss and not much time to discuss it."
    He sat down and immediately reached into the bag. "No need to tell me twice. I forgot how much of an appetite one gets from being a mana provider."
    Mokou eyed the two of them but decided to stay silent. She had the feeling something had happened while they were left in that room, but she instead focused on consuming the rest of the bun.
    "Ken, you know that we have a huge problem on our hands."
    "Problem, huh?" Kaguya pointed to the bike standing against the wall near where they had entered the room. "What kind of problem needs a bicycle to solve it?"
    "Hey, that's--we have our reasons!" Star Sapphire objected surprisingly fiercely.
    "Ha, well this will all be made apparent in good time," Amarillo responded. "You know of Diamond, yes? Do you all know of his powers too?"
    Ken scratched his head before starting to eat. "Sort of. You said he has some great power to manipulate...events, somehow."
    Amarillo sighed. "This is just what I can guess...you know, I'm not always right, so don't take this as the full truth..."
    "That's okay," Mayli assured coolly. "Not like we know any better."
    "Yeah. So, apparently Diamond has troops, and he sent them to Graveyard..."
    Ken paused mid-chew. "Wait...you mean there are RAI reinforcements heading to the place we were held at?!"
    "Ah, calm down. It is not an entire army, you know... I made sure to send Sunny and Nitori over there too, so we have adequate allocation at that place."
    "I suppose, but even so..."
    Mokou interrupted after finishing her bun. "If this Diamond character is so powerful, then surely we need to prioritize him first and foremost. Personally, I'd like to see just how powerful this bastard is myself..."
    Amarillo held up her hand and shook her head. "That's--we have plans, you know. A good leader is never unprepared."
    Koishi looked around the table at everyone, staying silent as she nibbled away at her own pastry.
    Ken had quickly finished his first helping and was reaching for another. "Tell us then, oh wondrous leader. What's this ingenious plan you have?"
    "First you need to know what the extent of Diamond's power is...at least, as much as we know it to be. You see, some time ago we ran across him, and he demonstrated that he can manipulate things to...well, to go his way, as he says they will go."
    "Ehhh?" Mokou's eyes widened. "The power over manipulating events? Sounds like we have a male Kaguya to deal with."
    Kaguya rolled her eyes. "I can't do that right now, you know what would probably happen..."
    "Yeah yeah, I know." Mokou turned to face Amarillo. "Is it just like this Princess can do?"
    Amarillo shook her head. "This power is...well, to give a short-term example, he is able to flip a coin and declare its result, heads or tails. Normal coin flips have a fifty-fifty chance to land either way, right?"
    Mayli frowned. "You mean he can actually change the outcome of what happens, as long as he says it?"
    "Well, the coin flip he declared ended up being correct...and some of our allies--well, they fell victim to this ability of his. It was very untimely and we didn't expect this..."
    Ken took a drink of water from the cup in front of him. "Well in any case, we are in this situation now, so we need to figure out what to do."
    "Yeah, here's where we come in!" Star exclaimed.
    "Hmm? What's the mini-Kaguya with wings going to do?" Mokou asked nonchalantly.
    The fairy twisted her mouth in dissatisfaction. "Hmmph. Maybe we shouldn't tell you after all..."
    Amarillo leaned forward and sat up in her chair. "Well, long story short...we are going to try to keep this guy at bay as long as we can...but there is no guarantee that we can do a lot. We've already put the plan in motion, and I hope it has worked so far."
    "Already? Not bad." Ken put the shumai bun down. "But the fact that you're still looking bothered is a bit demotivating..."
    The fairy leader pointed at him. "This is where you come in."
    "Me?" He looked around briefly before sighing. "It seems like everything comes back to me sooner or later..."
    Amarillo also sighed. "Well, you're the most well-suited for the backup plan...alas, it will probably end up happening anyway..."
    He took another drink of water. "Okay, let's hear it."
    "So, as I said, we will try to do what we can...however, we still don't understand Diamond that well...it's highly probable that he remembers us in particular. because of this, the plan is to make him think he can win against us easily."
    "Hold on a minute," Mayli interrupted. "Where's this going to happen? You keep saying things as if there will be a fight...but if it happens here in the city, won't that draw too much of a crowd?"
    "We don't have any choice," Amarillo stated. "Diamond is dangerous and he has a large ego, such men are not bound by anything."
    She rested her head on her hand. "That's true. So how're we gonna help?"
    "Diamond wants us captured, this much is apparent. They got Yukari and Jeremy without much problem, and this isn't good for us."
    "The problem is," Ken said, catching on to her plan, "we're at a disadvantage if we're caught alone. So you want to bring him into a situation where he has to deal with more than just one party."
    "Yes. However, because of what he can do..."
    Mayli broke her thinking concentration. "Wait...so, why don't we just set a trap for him?"
    Amarillo looked over at her. "That's what I was going to suggest. But remember, he can influence situations to some extent..."
    Ken took his glasses off and placed them down on the table. "Now I see why you want my help, because of this..." He unsheathed his sword and laid it on the table as well. "For some reason, this sword came with me into reality..."
    Mokou's face brightened slightly. "I see. Some sort of assassination ploy? I think Kaguya and I can help out in that department as well...right, Princess?"
    Irritated, Kaguya closed her eyes. "Y, Yes...I suppose so...ehehe..."
    He stood up and re-sheathed the sword. "This should work. But I'm still worried about you all. You sure you can stand up to him? You yourself said that he can easily take down smaller parties, and yet..."
    The fairy commander shook her head. "We'll be fine, it's not like everything will go completely wrong. You see, Diamond does not know how to see the future, or at least I don't think he can. At the least, we can learn more about him..."
    "But to what extent?" Mayli scratched her arm and continued. "We need you with us, you know!"
    Amarillo blinked hesitantly. "It's all right, this kind of thing has to happen. What other choice do we have, really?"
    Ken nodded grimly. "Sounds about right to me. So you'll be distracting him somehow, and we'll have to think of some awful surprise since he'll follow you back here."
    "Hold on," Mokou interjected. "Then, he has to not know about this. It seems obvious that he won't know of a trap, but we can't be too careful, right?"
    "Yes, I think that would be for the best." Yuyuko finally spoke up after devouring her fourth bun. "Since Diamond can manipulate the outcome of events...what if Amarillo and her fairies know of our plan, and he somehow forces them to reveal it?"
    "Then," Amarillo wiped her mouth on a napkin before standing up and pushing her chair back. "I'll leave that to you all."



9:20 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers Shop ? Spare Room

Ken sat on the bed he had slept in, thinking about what their plan could be. He still couldn't think of how they could properly ambush Diamond, all things considered. Mokou and the rest couldn't really fight to their fullest extent, or else it would be lights out for him again...it was frustrating. And what if he had soldiers with him? Amarillo had said he had a big ego, but even so...
    He also couldn't stop thinking about what Kaguya had told him. She was ageless...immortal, unable to die, always recovering from any wounds...if the entire world were to find this out, it would surely cause an uproar. He suddenly felt numb. Was all this really happening after all? Perhaps sometime soon, he would find himself waking up from the dream (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/TitleDrop) he was having...
    He shook his head. No, this was real, no way was it fake. They had already experienced the fake Gensokyo, and it had been surprisingly pleasant except for the beginning and the end. Others were still caught in it.

    "Sup, dude?"
   
    Glancing up, he saw Yuyuko floating towards him. He was relieved to see her, as she could probably help them come up with something. "Er, hey."
    She sat down on the other bed, and faced him. "You okay? You look like you could use some company..."
    "Yeah, I came here to do some thinking..."
    "Ah, lemme help out. Umm..." She closed her eyes and smiled. "Any leads?"
    "Well, if we want to ambush him, we'll--"
    "By the way..." She paused. "Er, sorry for interrupting..."
    "Hmm?" He stared at her. "No, go ahead..."
    "Are you all right, after all that happened yesterday? I mean, with the soldiers and all? Mayli didn't seem so calm, but..."
    "Nah, I'm fine. I mean, I have to try to stay calm, you know...for her sake...and--"

    Soldiers.
    That was it.

    He smiled suddenly, and she looked at him strangely. "Wha? What is it?"
    "Oh, nothing. Thanks for the help, ghostie."
    "Eh?"
    "I got a really good idea just now. Here's what we should do..."




(Notes: More of Diamond's abilities are revealed. Amarillo's team is preparing to deal with Diamond as best it can. Ken's team will remain at Tourist Helpers until later on in the day. It's almost time for some action!)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on April 30, 2012, 01:56:49 AM
7:30 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Library

As Zach reached to grab the book, he noticed another hand reaching toward it. A distinctly European hand. He said the first thing that came to his head, a rather asinine comment. "You're not Japanese."

The other person, Den, looked over at him. "Hmm?"

Zach thought quickly. He knew he needed this book, and the other person probably didn't need it as much. Let's see if he could be persuaded to give it up. "I'm sorry, but... I need this book. I'm researching something highly important, possibly world-changing event." He said as he gave a smug grin.

"...Will you need it for long?" Rather than be persuaded, Den answered him with a neutral look.
"Crazy kid, who does he think he is?"

Zach replied quickly, perhaps a bit too quickly. "Depends. I just need to figure out more about a nekomata. For research purposes. The name's Zach, by the way." He kept his expression neutral, instead scanning Den's expression.

Den, however, noticed something peculiar in Zach's statements. "A nekomata, eh," he said, somewhat interested now. "Is there a reason for being so specific?"

It was at that point that Zach realized he had said too much, too early. He was going to look crazy now. Backpedal, backpedal! "Um, no, no reason. It's just that I need info on that particular youkai. Haven't you noticed anything strange about this place?" He said, desperately trying to change the subjects.

Den nodded, seeming to follow along. "Does it look like the soldiers are trying to avoid attention to you?" He said with a sarcastic tone. "By now, the whole town must feel strange about the current events." "Not to mention the vision", he added to himself, not wanting to divulge too much.

Zach nodded, internally grateful. "Yes, you're right. This place is definitely strange, not a normal convention at all. And then there's that Tourist Helpers place-" he stopped suddenly, realizing that he was getting too close to that topic he was trying to avoid. He had to finish the sentence, of course, so he hastily continued, "and of course the Shrine."

Den said nothing for a short while, pondering to himself. After a few moments, he spoke slowly and softly, "So, the gray-haired vision girl got to you too...? He looks towards Zach, ?I wonder how many people she's contacted so far..."

Zach, startled by this revelation, talked while his mind tried to adjust. "What? Gray-haired vision girl? That - what? No, no, there wasn't any gray-haired vision girl."

Den smiled as he got the reaction he was looking for. "Looking up information on a nekomata," he continued with a smirk, pointing at the book "what exactly would that be used for?" He was clearly trying to cross-examine the reporter.

Zach again moved to change the subject. This was a bit too personal for him right now. "Never mind that. The important thing is, you had a vision too, right? A few people appearing to you and asking you for help?"

Den nodded slowly. "Something... like that. The soldiers roaming the streets aren't the only weird thing happening in this neighborhood. I would assume that you too have been called to come back tomorrow?"

Zach nodded, continuing on his probably irrelevant tangent. "Yes. And if you know that, you're either someone I can trust... or someone involved in this conspiracy. And there's definitely a conspiracy. Why else would you taunt people with visions of spirits and tell them to come to a place at a specific time? There's something strange... and I'm going to reveal it to the world." He had a triumphant expression on his face as he said this.

Den, on the other hand, had a skeptical expression on his. "Do you really think you can make a story out of this? A tourist shop giving out visions of Japanese mythological spirits? No sane newspaper would host that kind of story." His skeptical expression turned resigned as he continued. "But there is no denying that there will be interesting people involved in this." "That tanuki..." he muttered to himself, a muttering that Zach caught.

Zach spoke quickly, almost stumbling over his own words. "There's more to this than just that shop. I know there is. It'll be a killer story, I'll make sure of that." He only then really noticed Den's muttering. "Tanuki? What are you talking about. There was a catgirl and two people with silly hats. No tanuki - whatever that is."

Den shrugged. "It seems that we were shown different things in our visions..." he thought to himself a moment before continuing. "I'm guessing the character appearing in the vision is somehow connected with the person viewing them. Anyway, it seems we both have the same goal and the same need for the book. You live in this hotel too, no?"

Zach nodded, thinking to himself. "So you saw a tanuki, you say. Just one? There wasn't anyone else in your vision?" He then caught up with Den's other speech. "Yes, I'm in the hotel. Not living here, of course, but I'm here. We might as well share the book, I suppose. We need it for the same purpose."

Den nodded, attempting to answer both questions at once. "I only saw one person in my vision, yes.? And with a smirk, ?So you don't mind if I have the book? A journalist has many, many information sources, right?"

Caught in that little comeback, Zach could do naught but sigh. "Take it. But I'll need it after you're done. If you only have one thing to look up, it should be quick. And most of my information sources are back home in America... all I have here is the power of Google. And my photos of the ransacked shrine, but I doubt those will come in handy." Another sigh.

Den smiled, rather reassuring at this point. "No worries. It would be best for us to meet up again before we go to Tourist Helpers tomorrow. And could you bring those photos with you, they should prove interesting. Would breakfast be fine with you??

This was met with a shake of Zach?s head. "No, I'm asleep for breakfast. How about a late lunch? I'll be awake then. If lunch is fine with you, how about we meet up in the dining room across the hall? At say, 1:30 should work. You bring the book, and I'll bring those photos."

Den gave him a nod, grabbing the book, he started walking back to his room. Zach shouted after him, "Wait, I didn't catch your name!" He turned his head back, one last look and two last words. "It's Den," he said as he walked out of the library.

7:40 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel (Solo now)

Zach walked up the stairs to his hotel floor, pondering about this Den, and about Amarillo Viridian. He could still get most of his research done, he thought as he stepped into his room. He?d just need to use the internet more. And when he got the book tomorrow...

Yes, that would be perfect. But for now, it was almost 8 PM, so he plugged in some headphones to his laptop and began to play some music that would relax him. That would be a good idea.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Grimarg on April 30, 2012, 07:33:13 AM
? ? Jaeger family house, Stuttgart, Germany.


?Happy birthday, Andy!? The girl said and hugged him.

It was a beautiful summer day, and they decided to spend it outside, basking in the sun.

?I... I bought you something.?  Her face flushed deep red as she separated from him.

?You shouldn?t have bothered??

?Don?t be like that Andy, I saw this and I wanted you to have it.?

He ripped off the paper and opened his gift, his face light up ?This is??


She smiled. ?I knew you?d like it.?


1:15 AM ? Day 3 ? Hotel room, Kamisuiwa, Japan.


Andy was sitting in his bed, holding in his hands the gift that he received years ago, a first edition of A Study in Scarlet, and his most precious treasure.

He opened it and skimmed through the pages until he came to the one he was searching for, marked by a picture over it. A picture of him a few years back, a picture of him and a girl.

He passed his fingers over the picture, caressing it. In the picture, they were both smiling happily.
The girl had big purple eyes, like two amethysts, in contrast wit her light skin. She had long silver-gold hair, styled in two ponytails that flowed all the way to her waist. She was wearing a simple red dress in the picture, combining with the red shirt that Andy always wore.

That was my last year in that place. Andy thought.
I wonder how different things would?ve turned out if that didn?t happen?


No use in thinking like this. he stood up and walked to the window. The past can?t be undone. This is something I have to live with now. 
He looked up to the night sky to see the moon, then back to the picture. She has your eyes. He said with a sigh.
Of course, they were different in color, but there were something else, a fire that they had that made them look alike.
[/i]She even talks like you? But that?s to be expected, since she was a projection of my subconscious.[/i]

He put the picture back in the book and closed it, and walked back to the bed.

I could never refuse people like that.

He sighed and put the book over the night table, then he lay down in the bed.


There?s no point in arguing with myself. 


I?ll go.




15:00 PM ? Day 3 ? Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa, Japan.

This is going to be an interesting day. Thought Andy as he tied the laces of his boots.

He had changed his usual suit for clothes more appropriated for what he was going to do. Working boots, cargo pants and a windbreaker. Probably the occupying military forces would stop him, and that?s what he expected. He hoped to get even a small bit of information about their purpose in this town.
He grabbed his cell phone and his backpack and exited the room.

The doorman seemed scared when he saw him exit the hotel.
?Don?t worry, I?m just going for a run, I won?t rob you.?

Good. It won?t be long until one of them stops me.

With that thought in mind Andy started running to the woods near the town.


21:00 PM ? Day 3 ? Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa, Japan.


Well that was disappointing ?

He wasn?t stopped by anyone, not in the streets, nor in the woods.
He found that abandoned shrine though. It seemed that someone had been there recently, but he couldn?t find out much more, so he spent the rest of the day training in the woods.

He came out of the bathroom and looked at the clock, he should get going soon. He put his red shirt on and as he buttoned it up he kept thinking about his partners.

Why not solve problems, if one has that gift? Why not interfere, if one has the power, the means? I wondered how much time would pass until fate brought more adventures at us. I hoped for a sign that told me that what we were doing then wasn?t wrong.

He found himself fully dressed after this pondering and grabbed his cigar case and his cell phone and headed for the store.


Now that time has come?


21:58 PM ? Day 3 ? Outside Tourists Helpers


There were people outside the store; he wasn?t the only one that had received that ?vision?, he knew. There were people on the hotel that seemed to have come for the same reason than him. He wasn?t the best investigator but he could figure that much.

Two, three, maybe more. Some of them were talking.

He approached them quietly, and when he was a few meters away from them he took out a cigar from his case and spoke.

?Gentlemen. Excuse me, but is any of you by any chance is carrying a light??
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on May 01, 2012, 05:55:35 AM
21:59 PM ? Day 3 ? Outside Tourists Helpers

"Ah...no," Xuezheng responds, blinking at the formal attire of this new, very tall person. Clearly European, and...

His eyes narrow just the slightest. Of what he could see from the rest of the 'con participants', none were particularly combat trained, which concerned him a tad. There was still that growing feeling that something was going to go horribly down hill with this entire situation, and he could not help but wonder if he'd be the only one able to defend himself if it came to that.

But this other man, perhaps a year within his own age...there was that lightness to his step, a sort of...stance? It couldn't be called that, not when he seemed relaxed (as relaxed as anyone could be given the strange circumstances), but there was definitely the beginnings of one. Xuezheng prided himself on his observational skills, combined from both his martial arts training and artistic education; like could spot out like, his father had told him, and the tells of a trained fighter were there for him to spot.

"...Glad to see there are so many of us," he says finally, after mulling the thoughts in his head. The artist shakes his head of the thoughts clouding his mind, then straightens up and speaks up. "Yes...there certainly seem to be a lot of us. From what I can tell, we were all subjected to that...incident, I suppose? We all have questions. Maybe not the same ones...but no matter how I see this, it's like something bad is going on behind the scenes. The military, this 'convention'. These otherwordly beings that call out to us and, in my case, expose my innermost fears. I think...I think it's for the best that we stay together and help each other out. The thought might not be savory, but I think it's a good idea."

There. It was done. With each person that arrived, he couldn't help but let those thoughts grow. He...he didn't want to be alone, for this. Part of him was scared. A large part of him, really.

(OOC: Aaaand that's that. Xuezheng's made his statement, and it's up to everyone else present to interpret it as they will. Feel free to take over for any following conversations about teaming up; Xuezheng wants some companionship, but he won't push for it if anyone denies it.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kuribohlv9 on May 01, 2012, 08:09:51 PM
11:30 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 126

Den laid down on the bed in thought. The book had not been as useful as he initially thought. It didn't have a lot of information about specific creatures. Rather, it went through all kinds of creatures related to Japanese mythology. And the most important point of all, the book described Youkais as beasts, almost every creature in the book did not have human like bodies and features, the tanuki was an example of this, as it looked like a racoon.
?Someone better have a good explanation for this?? Still lying on the bed he took up the book in his hand. The books cover was deep brown and had big letters spelling out ?Encyclopedia on Yokai, Oni, and Kami?.
?There are so many kinds of creatures depicted in this book. Are there really such beings out there?? He sighed; this was only leading him to more questions than answers. Getting up from the bed he chose to take a shower before doing any actual sleeping.

00:00 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room 126
Closing the door to the small hotel bathroom he dried the last body, put on some underwear and went to bed.
?? A whole new world. A more exciting place to be. A place where I could throw the common sense out the window. This world has gotten boring. Interesting people gets drawn together. Maybe it's finally my turn to have fun now.? A cold breeze was blowing through the open window. Den closed it and went back to bed.
?Fucking wind, ruining my sleep.? And then he went to sleep.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on May 01, 2012, 08:38:24 PM
1:15 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Restaurant

Zach stepped down the stairways at a brisk pace, refreshed from the previous night's music session and sleep. He even had a smile on his face, wearing his standard dark gray hoodie and jeans as he walked into the dining room. A well-dressed man approached him with a smile.

"Welcome, sir, would you like a table?"

Zach nodded, holding his laptop case in one hand as he gave the waiter a smile.

"Yes, please, for two. I'm expecting someone called Den within the next half hour or so. Oh, and a place next to an outlet would be helpful. Not necessary, though."

The waiter smiled, nodded, and took him on his way, seating him in a small booth with an outlet in the wall. While Zach waited for Den to arrive, he started setting up his laptop, making sure it was plugged in and the folder that contained all of his photos was the only program open. That done, he waited for Den, sipping water from the glass that a waiter placed down every once in a while. He did hope that Den would bring the book. He hoped even more that the book would be useful.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Reisen-tanith on May 03, 2012, 06:16:49 PM
09:00 hours, Day 2 Kamisuiwa, Japan, Hotel Room, Floor 1
The empty room, silent and dark save for the one window in the room pointing towards the side of the Hotel. A click on echoes through the room and the door swings open casting the darkness out.
“Haaa, finally, I'm here.”  The old Pilot walks into the room carrying an old standard issue duffle bag slung over 1 shoulder and a Hiking back pack slung over the other.  A quick glance around the room finds the light switch and a flick turns the lights on. His attention focused on the bed he walks over dropping the duffle at the foot of the bed and pack on the side before slumping over onto the bed to sleep of jet lag.
13:00 hours, Day 2 Kamisuiwa Japan Hotel Room
“Gahh!” the pilot wakes up with a start. Sweat dripping off his brow panting heavily.
“Damn…” He grabs a picture from his bag and wipes the sweat off, while looking at the picture depicting a younger him and another Pilot in front of a F16, posing. Calming down, Chuck grabs his toaster of a laptop and plugs it into the hotels outlet and connects to the internet.
A heavy engine outside catches his attention. A peak out the window reveals a truck driving by filled with armed troops.
“There shouldn't be a base nearby, and those don't look like regular soldiers,” he muses as they pass around the corner. His attention returns to his laptop the internet loaded and ready.
"Let's see what's going on here.” He says checking the Town's Visitor center site. One line appears on the screen: Do you have faith in yourself, and people important to you?"What's with the self help question?”
A carefull search of the page reveals only the address of the visitor's center.  Grabbing his survival knife from his Duffle bag and his jacket off the chair he heads for the door, locking it behind him before setting out for the visitor's center.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 07, 2012, 09:49:58 AM
9:25 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers Shop ? Spare Room

Yuyuko scratched her arm and bared her perfect teeth in a smile. "So, you want to pretend to be one of Diamond's soldiers, then catch him off-guard when Amarillo lures him back here? Sounds like a great plan!"
    "Yeah, I guess." Ken traced the pattern on the ghost's clothing for a short duration with his eyes. He raised his head to look at her again. "But, what do you think about getting one of those soldier outfits? It's a bit risky. You think we can really get one without being noticed?"
    "Well...I'm sure if we can find a clearing somewhere...hmm." The ghost rolled over on the bed. "The tricky part would be getting them to follow us and not remember what happened..."
    He averted his gaze. Now wasn't the time to consider how flawless she was, or any of the others who came from Gensokyo, but he couldn't help it. To anyone else, Yuyuko would probably look like somewhat of a top model, and her pink hair certainly stood out even in Japan. Under more normal circumstances, what would they do if RAI wasn't trying to hunt them down? It sounded like a typical harem or romantic comedy anime, he thought. He swallowed at the thought of living with those he was linked to, considering they needed him to be nearby. That was almost certainly what would happen...
    "Hey, Ken?"
    He turned back to Yuyuko. "Ah, yeah...I was just thinking about what things would be like if we weren't being chased down by RAI." He shifted a bit closer to her. "You look pretty comfortable..."
    She reached over and pulled him down gently. "Hehehe~ That's something to consider, yes~"
    "Urk...w-wait, Yuyu--!"
    He suddenly found himself pressed against her, caught in a hug. "Ah...this is kinda...nice, I guess..."
    She giggled quietly. "You know, we have to get to know each other better sooner or later...kinda like you did with Mokou last night."
    "Uh, t-that's...well, er..." he stammered as his face started feeling warm. "Wait a second...how'd you know about that?!"
    Yuyuko winked happily. "I'm a ghost, y'know...I don't really need to sleep. I just rest, so I heard you two talking about something...it sounded...lovely."
    Squirming, he found himself pressed closer to her as she kept him from moving. "Ergh...it wasn't that significant, really...w-what're you trying to do right now, ghostie?!"
    "Shhh, just relax. Anyway, keep going. What else were you going to say?"
    His eyes closed halfway in an unamused manner. "Now I can't focus...are all ghosts as appealing as you?" Admittedly, he rather enjoyed having her around even if she was often whimsical. It was better than Mokou and Kaguya going at each other's throats.
    "Maybe~ But you know, I'm more playful than anything. I may be an illegitimate partner, but I gotta work hard to keep things in line. Smile some more, all right?"
    Ken sighed. His life would never be the same after this. Had he known he would get into such a serious situation, he wondered what he and Mayli would have done instead of come to Japan to study abroad. Now he was friends with fairies and their commander, an immortal from the moon, a ghost from the underworld and a whole bunch of others. Non-humans existing in this world, magic introduced to humanity...

    Magic.

    He remembered that his treasured sword had carried over from the virtual reality to the real world. When he had slapped Mokou, his healing powers had still worked. Even Mayli seemed to have some magical properties to her. His body tensed up as he realized how valuable their existence was, and how dangerous this issue could become. They were practically like superheroes in a dramatic TV series.
    "Ooof!" He gasped as his right cheek suddenly met Yuyuko's remarkable chest. She was squeezing him even harder now. "Hey, go easy on me!" he managed to eek out. "I'm not soft and squishy like you are..."
    Undaunted, she maintained her hold. "You keep getting sidetracked, so I'll just keep squeezing until you tell me~"
    "Okay, okay! Fine..." For a ghost, he thought, she sure had one heck of a death grip. How did that work, anyway? Ghosts were quite light and even ethereal, but this one seemed strong. Then again, ghosts were not something of this world. He didn't bother questioning it further, as she had loosened her hold. "So...I was thinking we could wander around town for a bit..."
    "Mmmkay~ Then what?"
    "We'd do that for a while until we found one of those soldiers alone. They're with RAI, right?"
    She nodded and, seemingly satisfied for now, released him completely. "It's a good assumption to make. Both RAI and those soldiers seem to share the same goal: catching us."
    He sat up and rubbed his neck. "Right then. But we gotta get our hands on the soldier's uniform without the soldier even realizing who we are...that might be difficult."
    Still laying down, she put a finger to her lips, thinking momentarily. True, it was very unlikely that a straightforward baiting trap would actually work. The soldiers only needed to see their faces, and they could be in trouble. Out of all their powers, which ones could help best? Only Ken, Mayli or Kaguya looked normal enough to be some sort of decoy. Occam's Razor (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/OccamsRazor), she thought, might work well here. What was simple?
    She snapped her fingers. "Aha! I got it." Sitting up, she raised a finger for emphasis as he looked over. "Why don't we use the Shrine for cover?"
    "Saniwa Shrine?" He shook his head. "I think I understand what you're hinting at, but we want to keep attention off of the Shrine. We already had a run-in there once before..."
    "Somewhere near the middle of town, then, since it's the median point between here and the Shrine."
    "That sounds fine. In case we draw attention while trying to do this, it's best to draw it to an area that's far away from Tourist Helpers and the Saniwa Shrine."
    She rubbed her cheek. "We can have Kaguya help us, with her power."
    "Really now...what would that be?"
    "Mmm...she can cause things to happen fast, in an instant. Or even slow things down a lot, yup."
    "Huh, really? Is that so...in that case, we can have Kaguya hit him hard when he least expects it." He stood up and felt a slight rush of blood to his head. "You think this is worth it, though?"
    "It's all for a setup, right? How else can we fool Diamond though?"
    Ken rubbed his chin, feeling a small amount of stubble growing. He'd have to take care of that sooner or later, he thought. Despite their crucial roles right at this very instant, they were still just people. He had to remember that, and never forget it. He was no superhero, he never was and even now, never would be. Such was his fate.
    He turned back to look at Yuyuko. "Remember that Amarillo doesn't know about our plan to ambush Diamond, only that we will do so and no more. But we can't assume that she won't get caught and reveal who we are..."
    She frowned. "That's a good point. Luring him into thinking he has someone on his side here is a great idea, and probably the best we can do. It's almost positively worth the risk in obtaining a soldier uniform."
    Smirking, he adjusted his glasses and beckoned her to get up with a gesture from his right hand. "Ha, I thought as much. Ready to get this show on the road?"
    Yawning, she sat up and produced a closed-eyed beaming smile. "Yeah!"



10:50 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Norinaga Square

Shading his eyes from the sun, Ken looked to both sides. The marketplace, at least as it was now, was moderately crowded. He guessed the presence of several soldiers scattered every which way influenced the low turnout. They had left the others behind for quite some time now; it was just him and the Lunarian Princess. Safety in lesser numbers in such a populated place, he thought. Clever Yuyuko was clever.
    The markets in Japan were as impressive as ever, even in Kamisuiwa in its current state. They had already passed several produce stands, a baked goods stand and even several stands selling imported natural foods. Even more impressive than the variety of edibles was the abundancy of handmade clothing and jewelry. The material goods looked very extravagant and well-made, as Mayli was kind enough to emphasize periodically. He sighed, finally with content. This was Japan at its finest.
    "Oi, Ken." Kaguya, who was walking alongside him, pointed to the midst of two lines of people walking through the market along both sides of the streets lined with tents. There was a single soldier, no doubt about it.
    He looked at the Lunarian next to him and nodded. This was their chance, and given Kaguya's power over immediate events it would be difficult to mess up...or so he hoped.
    Without a word, Kaguya released his hand and began wandering towards a nearby break in the row of tents opposite them, a short distance away. They had spotted out an alley nearby, with no houses or apartment windows in sight. Given Kaguya's attire, she blended in with the crowd perfectly, and she even looked just like a younger sister to him. Nobody had suspected anything so far. Reaching down to touch his sheathed sword at his side, he then walked over towards the soldier, who seemed to be just on regular patrol. He hoped that the appeal he was about to make was accurate.
    As soon as he was within range of the soldier, he slightly quickened his pace and put on a look of concern. "Excuse me, sir?"
    The soldier turned his head, and adjusted his helmet without a word.
    Ken hesitated slightly at first, then continued once he could confirm that he had the soldier's attention. "I think I got separated from my sister somewhere around here. Could you help me find her, officer?"
    The soldier looked around briefly before speaking up. "Hmm...." Turning to face him, the soldier continued. "Can't you ask anyone else? I have some rounds to do..."
    He froze temporarily at hearing the surprisingly feminine voice. The soldier was a woman? Due to the weapons and other equipment on her belt, he wasn't able to see the shape of her body initially. Looking around nervously, he tried again. "I don't want to make a big deal out of this in public, so I thought I'd ask the police force to help..."
    "Oh..." She looked down at her gloved wrist briefly, then looked back up at him. "I'm not--"
    "Please, ma'am...I'm worried about her!" His heart was pounding slightly. He figured there would be some resistance.
    She sighed, her voice muffled beneath the "Look, we're not the pol--well...okay, fine then. I can only spare a few minutes though."
    He smiled in fake gratitude and adjusted the hat on his head, which was a part of his disguise. "Ah, thanks! She wears--"
    "Hold on a minute." The soldier reached down and touched the sheathed sword at his side, hanging on his belt. "Why are you carrying this?"
    Fortunately he had prepared for this question, thanks to the convention going on in town. "Oh, this? This is just a part of my cosplay for the convention, ma'am. I'm kind of..." He turned away in embarrassment. "I'm a bit of a geek, so this is...yeah..."
    She laughed abruptly. "Haha, a gentlemanly swordsman, I see. All right, what's she look like?"
    He sighed in relief. The appeal to authority worked. Yuyuko had guessed that if the soldiers were indeed RAI affiliates, they wouldn't want to start any problems and would pretend to act like a police force if cornered. She was right after all. "She's got long, straight black hair...wearing a robe too, with long sleeves."
    The soldier tapped the gun at her side. "Got any leads, then?"
    He purposefully fumbled with his words. "Well...I lost sight of her somewhere over there..." He pointed past the break in the market tents. "She got a bit angry after I refused to buy her something at the tent over there, and then after I had only browsed it for another minute she was gone." He moved his extended hand to point at the material goods tent on the street corner and groaned. "Little sisters are so finicky sometimes..."
    "I suppose." She started walking towards the tent in question.
    He noted that she sounded somewhat annoyed. Glancing around, he pretended to search for Kaguya. "Sorry, officer. I hope it's not a huge problem..."
    "It's fine, just keep quiet about it." Reaching the tent, she looked around. "This is where you lost track of her, right?"
    "Yeah, that's--huh?!" Ken quickly looked down the cross street, beyond the tent. "I thought I saw her...! Weird...I could've sworn that was her going around that corner way over there..."
    "Hmm? There's an alley over there...if your sister is there, then you should be fine, go on."
    "Er..." He scratched his head. "Do you mind checking over there? It'd be faster if I stayed here and surveyed the area, right? I know what she looks like if I see her, so..."
    "Heh. Good thinking, boy." She pressed the side of her helmet and her face visor slid up, revealing a set of gentle yet focused brown eyes. "Wait here then." She turned towards the street leading to the alley between buildings and began jogging in that direction.
    After waiting a few moments, he ceased his fake panoramic viewing and looked back towards the alley. She was just going around the corner. Clenching his fist, he ran quickly in that direction. If all was going according to plan...

    *BAM*

    Flinching, he quickly closed his mouth shut to prevent any outcry as he felt his body being squeezed tightly...the feeling of mana draining out of him. He pressed his back against the side of the nearby building and peeked around the corner.
    To his pleasure and relief, he saw the soldier on the ground, unmoving. He felt a bit sorry for her, but it couldn't be helped. Looking back to make sure no one else had followed them, he turned the corner himself.
    Kaguya stood with a victorious smug expression as the orb of power in her hands shimmered away to nothingness. "Well, that was easy. Good thing I have cat-like reflexes~"
    He rolled his eyes. "You didn't kill her, did you?"
    "Nope, just some blunt trauma to the head. You know, danmaku is pretty potent." She sniffed casually and sat down on the ground. "You all right, by the way? I know that what I just did would probably use up some of that precious mana we have."
    He leaned down and started to remove the soldier's helmet. "I'm fine. Did she catch a glimpse of you?"
    Kaguya shook her head. "Not a chance. The moment I saw someone turn the corner, I slowed time down, got close and pelted that bitch with danmaku."
    He winced at how proud she sounded. "Okay, good. Now let's just--" his hands locked up as he remembered that the soldier was female, and taking her clothes off wouldn't go over so well.
    Kaguya clicked her tongue. "Hah, what's wrong? Hurry up and get his clothes off."
    "Er...well, there's a slight issue with that..."
    "What? Lemme guess," the Lunarian mused, "the soldier is female, and you being the chivalrous guy you are, don't want to leave her looking sparsely dressed in an alley."
    He finally removed the soldier's helmet. "Who knew the Lunarians were such good guessers."
    Kaguya peered down and put a robed hand to her mouth in surprise. "What?! It IS a woman?!" She walked over to the corner of the alley that lead to the main street and looked around the corner to make sure they weren't receiving unwanted company, then turned around to face him. "I was honestly guessing, really. I swear!"
    He grunted as he started to take off the soldier's shirt. "You're having fun with this, aren't you..."
    "Hey! That's my line, you know. You're undressing a female in public, I bet a man would love to--"
    "Grrr...be quiet and help me out! This is just what--" He glanced down at the woman's figure and gulped. Even these female soldiers looked nice...he couldn't help but think that this was all just a dream, and he was imagining being a part of some anime-like plot. Shaking his head, he carefully started taking her outermost layer off. "Let's just get this over with quickly, all right?"
    Kaguya giggled softly. "Hehehe...as you say, big brother~"
    His eyes widened and he shook his head in dissatisfaction. Trying to ignore Kaguya's snickering, he proceeded to pull first the gun and then the soldier's belt off. The uniform was, as he expected, a singular coat-like outfit, and more form-fitting than it initially seemed.
    "Hey, this is the woman's ID and stuff..." Kaguya held up the badge and ID that she had found in the woman's pockets. She scanned for the name and quickly found it on the ID. "Mabel Sinevera...interesting name, I guess." She looked up at him. "Should we steal this stuff too, just in case?"
    Throwing his hat to the side, he put his hands down on the woman's stomach area and thought momentarily. "Let's just take the badge. It has her name on it, right?"
    "Yeah. We should probably be aware of what her name is, in case Diamond tries to address whoever is disguised."
    "Mmkay." Kaguya pocketed the soldier's badge and placed the rest of her belongings next to her. "Thank goodness she has a second layer or two, eh?"
    "Indeed." He stood up and wiped sweat off of the side of his face with his free hand. "I guess that worked out. Sorry Mabel, but we needed your uniform. No hard feelings."
    Kaguya picked up the soldier's helmet. "That's just like you, to say something like that. Let's get outta here now."
    As they walked around the corner of the alley, he slid the uniform and weaponry into a large durable bag he had strategically placed in the alley ahead of time. It was heavy, but he could easily carry it compared to an unconscious Hatate, especially with the bag.
    Kaguya put the helmet into the bag and looked around. "So we just gotta get back to Tourist Helpers now...any plans?"
    "Of course. Now you get to do what you do best."
    She cocked her head innocently. "What I do best?"
    He closed his eyes as he walked back into the mainstream of the marketplace with her. "Well, carrying all this stuff with a pr...pretty girl like you, is kinda...ehh..."
    An uncontrollable grin spread across her face. "Ohoho, I get it." She instantly clung to his free arm as they walked through the crowd. "Thanks for buying me SOOOOO much stuff, darling!" she announced loudly. "And carrying it too...you're the best boyfriend ever~"
    Gritting his teeth, he looked down to hide his face and his hot cheeks. "You...you don't have to go that far..."
    She pouted. "Aww c'mon, Ken. Pipe down, you're so stuffy and serious. You need to let go every so often or else you'll break down, I'm telling you."
    He heaved a great sigh. "Yeah, okay. Just don't make a big fuss over it..." It was at least a fifteen minute walk back to Tourist Helpers. He should be happy that Kaguya was fawning all over him, even if it was mostly an act...smiling, he kept his head down and plodded on. They had succeeded yet again. With this valuable acquisition as well as Kaguya's powers, Diamond was certainly going to get a run for his money.



(Notes: Ken and Kaguya succeed in retrieving a soldier's uniform for their plan to catch Diamond off-guard. They will now head back to Tourist Helpers.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 08, 2012, 12:27:23 AM
Since Nemo Ma has been busy (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/BlatantLies) for the last few weeks, I have written Aiko's vision (which was somehow forgotten (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/ItWasHereISwear)) in her stead.  :moogy:


5:55 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers

Aiko pulled her headphones off and left them around her neck. She wasn't sure what to make of this strange place, but she had to be aware in case something happened.
   "Oh, another one!"
   She turned her head to the side and saw where the voice had come from. A girl wearing a stylish hat and some sort of yellow shirt stared back at her, smiling. "Huh? Who are--aaugh!"
   Suddenly Aiko's vision blurred and she staggered backwards, losing her senses...


Submerge

"Hey, wake up!"
   Aiko opened her eyes and blinked several times. She was on her back, and a hand was extended towards her. A girl with short pink hair wearing a red dress and a small white capelet of sorts around her neck looked down at her.
   "Come on, let's go! You've been lying here for a while now..." The girl anxiously shook her hand.
   Aiko finally reached up to take it and was pulled to a standing position rather quickly. "Hah...thanks, whoever you are..."
   "It's fine." The girl smoothed the sides of her dress with her hands before placing one of her hands on her hip. "You know, you have more strength in you than you think. You ought to believe in yourself more, so you don't fall down as much."
   Aiko felt for her headphones but couldn't find them around her neck. She wasn't quite sure who the girl was, but she sure looked confident. How had she fallen down? It was all a mystery to her. Either way, she had to say something. "Well...I'm not sure what to say."
   "Do you have faith in yourself, those around you and those you shall meet in the future?"
   She pondered the question that this girl had posed to her this very moment. Was there a hidden meaning behind it? She decided to answer as confidently as she could muster. "Yes, I would say that's accurate enough...what else can I do otherwise?"
   "Hmm, all right, that's good enough." The girl crossed her arms. "You probably realize this is an illusion you're having, don't you?"
   "Is that so..." Aiko looked around but she could not recognize their location. They seemed to be near a cave in an otherwise open area, but everything else looked foreign. "There's more to it, probably..."
   "Soon you may be called upon to help those that you may not know yet. I hope you're willing to help them out."
   "Huh?" Aiko reached a hand out, but the girl took a step back. "Wait...what do you mean? People I don't know need my help? What's so special about me?" Her appearance aside, she did not think she was special in any way. "Does this have to do with the convention?"
   "It looks like," the girl said with a grimace as she began to fade away, "you'll just have to find out soon enough..."
   "W, Wait--! Don't go yet..."


Ascend

Rubbing her eyes, Aiko found herself back in the room of the place she had walked into. "Was that..."
   "Heehee, you saw something special, didn't you?" The girl with the yellow shirt and black hat smiled at her. "How did it feel though, seeing what you saw?"
   "Did you..." Aiko paused to consider the situation more before she responded. "You caused that?"
   "Yep~ Anyone who comes into this place must be on the same mission, oh yes."
   Aiko reached up and felt her headphones around her neck. So that really was a strange vision of sorts. She didn't--it wasn't a dream, was it? Everything here seemed real enough. Glancing over, she saw a smaller girl with wings on her back at a computer. Now she must be seeing things. "Um..."
   "Before you go, I have to ask you one more thing though." The girl who caused her vision stepped forward. "You think you can be relied upon, er..."
   "Ah. The name's Aiko."
   "I see, hehe. Well it seems as if you do indeed hold faith in yourself. You think you can maintain the faith you have when you will be needed?"
   So she would probably have something happen to her later on as well. She couldn't tell if it was a good or bad thing, but things had certainly become interesting. "I can do what I can...what are you hinting at?"
   "Come back late tomorrow evening and find out. Will you be okay after this?"
   Aiko nodded. "I suppose...this is a lot happening at once. I think I need to think about what I just saw..."
   "That's a good answer," Koishi responded with. "Ah, please do come back around two hours to midnight tomorrow though!"
   As she was leaving, Aiko grabbed her headphones yet paused before putting them on. Was that a premonition she had just had? Already her first day in Japan, and things had gotten this weird. Yet it intrigued her more and more. Who was that girl with wings on the computer? More importantly, who was the pink-haired girl in her 'vision', if that was what it could be called? She ran her tongue against her teeth. What were their names? She hadn't even asked, since she had been so surprised at what happened.
   Stepping outside, she placed her headphones back on and thought carefully about what she had just witnessed. Glancing around, she noted that the day was still young. No time seemed to have passed during this strange occurrence. She wondered what she could do with the rest of the day, aside from trying to figure things out.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Orphea.Russ on May 08, 2012, 06:49:21 AM
10:00 PM, Day 2, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel, third floor

Aiko sat down-- or rather, more like slumped back-- onto the bed in the hotel room. Thankfully it was a decent mattress, and somewhat comfortable at that. Of course, that wasn't what was on her mind right now. She'd already set up her laptop on the desk in the corner and plugged her headset into it to charge; eight hours only gave you so long on a full battery, after all.

Her questions were all on the events of four hours ago. She probably wasn't being all too truthful when she said she had faith in herself; she didn't know much about  herself, the girl named Aiko. So what was there to have faith in?
... No, that wasn't right, she knew everything, she just had to figure out how to get to the memories.

Like hidden, passworded folders on a machine... and you've forgotten what's inside them, and don't know what the password might be. Your curiosity is killing you, but at the same time, what's inside might be more than you bargained for.

Such was what she had been thinking about since before she came to this town. She wanted to know more about herself but, at the same time, didn't. At the same time as being curious about herself she was afraid of what she might find, if she'd find anything at all.
More importantly, however, was the... vision, illusion, or whatever word you could find to describe it. The pink-haired girl, what she said.
"Soon you may be called upon to help those that you may not know yet. I hope you're willing to help them out."
Inside, she doubted that she could help. Not that she had any experience with helping.
"You know, you have more strength in you than you think. You ought to believe in yourself more, so you don't fall down as much."
The sentence played back in her head. She just groaned aloud.

"Believe in the me, which has lost her memories of everything... Rather than fear the unknown, trust it and believe in it. And what's this all about 'falling down' so much... rather than answers I have thousands of questions..." And yet, such is the way the world works. You've been told to believe in yourself. Why not give it a chance?

Rather than debate with herself further, she just reached out for the headset, still plugged into the laptop, and put it on before lying down in bed. It was comfortable. It didn't help her mind ease, but she knew what would.

"... Sarah, open and play Shuffle." A brief moment passed and she heard the voice through the headset. "Shuffle playing. Current is Buleria Del Alba (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pPirB74c5tM), good eve."
"... yeah, good evening, Sarah." The microphone's light clicked off as Aiko hit the button to mute it. Before she knew it she was fast asleep.

Unknown time -- Unknown location

... And she opened her eyes to stare at a vaguely shadowed sphere; hints of deep blue at what she could see, at the lit edge; which she could tell was much larger than she was. A gray orb, much smaller, was oh so slowly revolving around it.  What caught her attention more was the small yellow ball of light in the corner of her vision. Surrounding all three objects was a field of purple, white, even some brown gases. She knew, then, that this was a celestial scene; and very literally. A star, planet with a moon, surrounding nebula, which would potentially form into a gas giant of some form. At the same time, she knew she shouldn't be able to be here. But...

... Somewhere, she'd seen this before. The familiarity tugged at the back of her mind. Her hand stretched out, grasped at the mixed wisps of color, knowing it'd simply pass straight through.
The moment she touched it, she heard a quiet, slightly echoed voice; almost like that of a child's.

"Will you be joining us soon, sis?"

... then everything just went white. And from there, it faded to black.

(Nothing real important to note here other than yes she made her laptop talk back to her, I did it on something of a whim. Aside from that, yay for twenty-minute posts?)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 11, 2012, 05:11:24 AM
12:00 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers: Employee Break Room

Mokou held up the soldier's uniform, dangling it momentarily. "So this is it, huh? All that work just for a simple uniform?"
    "Not just that, you smelly hobo." Kaguya lugged the bag onto the table with a grunt and placed it on its side. "There's a pretty big gun in here too, and some other stuff..."
    Mokou turned her head away. "Humph. Not bad, I guess."
    "Whoa!" Mayli leaned over and looked inside the bag. "There IS a gun! Looks just like the ones those soldiers had...I guess they really did get the plan to work!"
    Ken finished cleaning his glasses and glanced up towards the others from his seat on the couch. "We did, but I wasn't expecting a female soldier..."
    "Oh, a lady soldier, you say?" Mayli took the uniform from the table after Mokou had put it down in exchange for examining the gun. It was tighter at the waist and wider below it. Indeed, it seemed built for a female to wear. "Wait, I thought Ken was gonna pretend to be the soldier..."
    "That was the idea," Yuyuko interjected as she checked the soldier's badge. "But in reality, not everything works out according to plan."
    "Right, it can't be helped." He stretched his arms out palm-first, fingers intertwined, until they were fully extended in a stretch. They'd have to rethink what to do, but as it stood right now there was an obvious solution to the problem. "Well, one of you will have to be the soldier then."
    Mokou pointed the gun towards the wall. It was impressively large and sleek, but not overly heavy. "Huh, this is a pretty nice weapon. Maybe we could use it to shoot that fucker Diamond in the head when he comes by." She glared at Kaguya suddenly.
    Kaguya seemed taken aback. "Wha...what? What did I do this time? That gun not big enough for you? You need to overcompensate with something even larger?"
    Mokou growled. "No, you...damn idiot. I was going to say 'you actually did well for once', but so much for that..."
   
    Yuyuko surveyed the gear and supplies Ken and Kaguya had brought back. Aside from the deadly-looking weapon, the soldier's badge and her uniform, there also seemed to be a small rectangular container with a cross embedded on the front, likely a healing kit. In addition, she saw a small knife and the soldier's rather small, tight-looking helmet. There was a belt with several holders attached to it, but she wasn't sure what they held.
    Given all of this, surely they would be able to trick Diamond into thinking one of them was the soldier. It was actually to their advantage that the uniform was female, she thought, since Ken wouldn't want to be bogged down with lots of gear when he tries to attack Diamond. An idea was forming in her head.
    The ghost approached the others and raised her hand briefly to catch everyone's attention. "I think I have a really good plan to use this stuff and take Diamond out."
    "Is that so?" Mokou put the gun down and pointed it away from everyone, then slipped her hands in her pockets. "All right then, let's hear it. I'm ready to crush me some Diamond!"
    Yuyuko smiled upon hearing Mokou's phrase. "Okay, here's what we do..."



1:20 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers: Downstairs Bedroom

"Okay...you can come back in now."

Holding some rope, Ken came walking into the bedroom. His eyes met the woman in front of him, and they widened in slight surprise. "Whoa..."

Mayli stood tall and upright, the uniform fitting her figure perfectly (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/militarymayli.png). She had a book in her outstretched hand, her eyes trained hard on him behind spectacles. The tight binding of the uniform had constricted her chest slightly, but she looked much more serious and deserving of respect.
    "Huh...well, you look pretty sharp and snappy, soldier," he said with a chuckle. "I'm still surprised that you agreed to do this though. You sure you're okay with it?"
    She put the book down on the bed and her expression softened. "Yeah, I can do this. You know what they say, right? The cute ones are usually great for doing cruel things, and you and I know each other so I figured this will be okay."
    He tossed her the rope and kept his hand held out. "All right then. Now give me my glasses back!"
    Giggling, she carefully removed them and handed them over. "I just thought it would compliment how I look, that's all. It's good that you can still see reasonably well without your glasses though, just in case you lose them."
    "Hey, you're the same way. You lost your glasses to those youkai in the virtual world, but you can see really well anyway." He pushed the bridge of his glasses up to secure them on his face. "In fact, I don't think you really need glasses..."
    "It's true, I mostly wear them for cosmetic effect." She backed up and sat down on the bed behind her. "Are you sure this is okay, Ken? Pretending to hold you hostage like this..."
    He casually waved a flat hand forward in uncaring protest. "Oh please, this won't be tough to manage. I bet you'll have fun with it, actually..."
    "What?! Ken!" she exclaimed loudly. "What are you...saying?"
    "Hahaha! Calm down, don't worry. I just thought you'd like a really intense situation like this...acting it out, at least. You were always one to love fantasy stories, and this kind of thing seems right down that alley. I was thinking you'd get a kick out of doing this, as it'll probably end up being dramatic."
    Blushing slightly, she squinted at him and pulled the rope taught between her hands. "You want to find out, pal?"
    "Er...don't be so scary," he said nervously. "I certainly hope you're pretending..." He looked away to hide his reddened cheeks.
    "What's wrong? Why are you looking away from me?"
    "N-No reason..." He felt his face getting warmer. Mentioning that was a mistake, and knowing Mayli, she would probably pick up on it. She was more meek when in threatening situations, but alone with him now...
    "Oh?" Mayli grinned with surprising viciousness. "Ken, don't tell me you're thinking naughty things at a time like this. Perhaps you ought to consider your own words, hmm? You want to be tied up by me for real?" Hearing him gurgle softly instead of replying, she continued to lay it on thick. "Come to think of it, just what were you really dreaming of yesterday when you conked out in the RAI base?"
    "Now hold on just a minute..." he stammered.
    She gasped lightly and turned away, dropping the rope and holding her cheeks. "Hwaa~ Ken, don't tell me...you're a closet masochis--"
    "NO!" he hollered. "I'm not like that!"
    After a short lull, she began giggling madly, falling over onto the bed completely. "Ahaha! I was only kidding...I know you aren't like that. Ha, your face was so red~ Ehehehaha!"
    He frowned. "Grrr...you're enjoying this way too much. C'mon, I get teased enough by Mokou and Kaguya, I don't need any more..."
    "Haha...hey, I get teased by Mokou too, you know!" Finally calm again, she stood up and grabbed the rope from where she had dropped it on the bed. "Well, lemme practice pretending to hold you captive."
    Sighing, he stood up, turned around and put his hands behind his back. "Sure, just give me my sword then..."



(Notes: Mayli will dress as a soldier to try to fool Diamond if and when he shows up at Tourist Helpers, according to Amarillo's estimations. Their plan is to make it look like Ken has been captured, but he will try to attack Diamond when there's an opening.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 13, 2012, 06:39:06 AM
Wondering what's happening in the virtual Gensokyo while all this silly reality stuff is going on?

Kakyoin presents, courtesy of no one and nothing in particular...

"Meanwhile, in Virtual Gensokyo..."


10:25 AM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo (Human Village Outskirts)

"Yuyuko-sama!"

An unassuming wind blew through the leaves on the surrounding trees, causing the blades of grass surrounding the young woman's feet to waver back and forth like the needle on a seismograph recording an earthquake. The sun shone innocently between the trees. The weather didn't care, another day was well underway.

"Yuyuko-sama..."

After briefly surveying her surroundings, she sighed heavily and continued flying forward. The Human Village was just ahead, but it wasn't likely that her mistress was there. Still, she had to check.



10:30 AM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo (Human Village)

The young woman landed into a jog on the ground, continuing to move forward with reasonable speed. She didn't visit the Human Village often, but it seemed relatively normal and somewhat busy even. Despite the sudden disappearance of many of Gensokyo's key residents, it looked like Keine had done a good job maintaining peace and preventing chaos.

"Hey, half-ghost. What are you doing here of all places?"

She turned to see the Village's self-proclaimed guardian, Keine Kamishirasawa, walking towards her.
    "This place seems pretty quiet."
    Keine frowned. "You expected otherwise, Youmu?"
    "Ah, I guess not. You do a good job keeping everyone in line here." The swordswoman heaved another sigh of futility. "I wish I could say the same about myself and Yuyuko-sama..."
    The were-hakutaku's frown twisted back into a smile. "Yuyuko? She's not the easiest to deal with...speaking of which, you being here must mean--"
    Youmu nodded. "Yeah, she still hasn't been spotted anywhere. Have you seen her recently?"
    The teacher shook her head. "Sorry, but I haven't seen her around. I doubt she would hide from you. Maybe she got swallowed up by the Hakurei Barrier and--"
    "No! She wouldn't do that..."
    "Hey, don't despair, half-ghost." Keine lifted her hat up and scratched her head, the blue-silver hair shining gently from the sun's rays. "Mokou is gone too...I think she was one of the ones who vanished due to that barrier, but...I'm pretty sure she's fine. Mokou is immortal and your Yuyuko is quite crafty, I doubt either of them are really gone forever."
    "Yeah...okay, you're right. I just can't--" pausing, she gave the situation more thought. She had already searched Youkai Mountain, Eientei and now the Human Village, yet there was no sign of Yuyuko anywhere. Keine was right, perhaps it would be best to not worry as much. Putting both hands behind her back, her fingers gripped Roukanken's sheath as she put on a light smile (http://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/youmu.png), the best happy expression she could muster at the time. "I guess I've searched enough...if Yuyuko-sama is here, she'll come back to the manse, I suppose..."
    "Probably." Keine glanced to her right briefly before looking back and grinning modestly at the energetic Youmu in front of her. "I--wait..." She turned again to look for the person she had just seen. "Oh, I thought I had seen you!"
    "Yo!" Sanae waved and flew towards the two of them, landing nearby.
    "Eh...Sanae is here too?" Youmu tried not to show her surprise at Sanae's disgustingly optimistic expression.
    The shrine maiden looked around at her surroundings almost warily, before turning back to face them. "Your apprentice guy is gone?"
    Keine bit her lip. "Ken? I...I think so. I haven't seen him, or Mokou...and I'm not sure where Reisa is either."
    Sanae shrugged. "Kanako is missing too. Lots of people missing. It must be a Hakurei Shrine conspiracy! Ahaha..." her face blanked. "...no one's laughing."
    Youmu put her left hand to her forehead. "Of course not...what's wrong with you mikos?"
    "Hey now," the shrine maiden said, poking Youmu with her gohei. "Just trying to lighten the mood is all. You think I'm happy that our poor Kanako's gone? Without the Moriya god, we could be in some trouble..."
    Youmu brought a sheathed Roukanken out from behind her back, and rested it point-first on the ground at her side. "And I'm worried about Yuyuko-sama myself. She doesn't seem to be here though..."
   
    "Oh, here are some familiar faces. Finally!"
   
    The three of them turned to see Eirin and Aya approaching.
    Sanae raised an eyebrow. "What an odd pairing. Why are you two..."
    "Well," the pharmacist began to answer. "I haven't--"
    "Ha! I'm here because this is so much scoop it's too good to pass up!" Aya crowed, successfully interrupting Eirin.
    "Yes, well..." Eirin gave a scary look in the direction of the tengu before continuing. "Right now this excuse for a journalist can actually be helpful, so I had her follow me around. This whole thing is like a mystery novel come to life, yes? Our poor princess has vanished, and now we find you lot here. Let's see, we have Saigyouji's butleress, Moriya's maiden and--well, Keine is standard here."
    "Of course," Keine muttered. "But this kind of situation almost demands for it, right? Mokou is gone, and my apprentice as well..."
    "Apprentice, eh?" Eirin smirked. "That kid who tried to stop our princess and that friend of yours from fighting? He seems pretty hard-working."
    "You met him?"
    "Kind of, when I left Reisen here yesterday." The Lunarian looked over at Aya, who was scribbling notes into her notebook quickly. "Hey, be a useful crow and listen carefully, will ya? Maybe you'll find out where your tengu friend went."
    "Ah...but!" Aya declared. "Without Hatate here, there's no one who can defeat my newspaper!"
    Sanae coughed in dissatisfaction. "Yeah...a rather hopeless bird indeed." She turned back to Keine. "So what're we going to do? I've searched just about everywhere, I think..."
    Youmu groaned. "Me too...maybe it's all just one giant prank?"
   
    "I doubt it, hmmhmmhmm~ "
   
    The party of looked towards the direction the voice had come from. A green-haired woman with an umbrella strode almost nonchalantly. Spinning her umbrella once, she walked up to them.
    "You..." Keine took a step back, immediately on her guard. "The flower master of four seasons...what are you doing here?!"
    "Me?" Yuuka asked innocently. "Why, I was just flying about trying to figure out what happened here, with all these disappearing people. I thought there'd be quite a gathering here, and it looks like I was right."
    A long pause filled with silence followed. Not to be deterred, the flower youkai closed her umbrella and pushed it point-first into the ground. "What? You all don't believe me?"
    "In all honesty," Keine replied, "even with these circumstances I wouldn't have expected you to come here, to a village of humans."
    "Calm down, I have no desire to create harm." Yuuka shifted her eyes around to analyze who was present. "So I reckon you all have missing friends too."
    "Interesting," Aya commented as she continued to write. "Being a wanderer, you must have encountered others like us recently, yes?"
    "I have," the old flower mentioned offhandedly. "But according to a few I talked to, everyone who went missing should be okay. Something about walking through the Hakurei Barrier."
    Keine put her hat back on her head. "Walking through it? Not being swallowed up by it?"
    Yuuka twisted the handle of her umbrella back and forth. "That's what those two had to say. They were right there too, so of course they saw it."
    "Those two?" Youmu questioned. "Who were they?"

    "I bet it's the ones who planned this."
   
    "Oh hey, Reimu!" Sanae waved as the party saw it was indeed the Hakurei Shrine's miko. "You're late to the party!"
    "Whatever," Reimu grumbled. "Those two hooligans, Nue and Mamizou...they're the ones she's talking about, I have little doubt in my mind."
    "My my," Yuuka mused. "It seems like quite the group has gathered."
   
    "And it's all thanks to me, wahaha!"
   
    Eirin sighed and spoke before even turning her head. "You know, this constant interruption and addition of people to the conversation is getting a little out of hand...are you really responsible for this, oni?"
    Suika grinned happily after taking a swig from her sake gourd. "Ah...well, it's my duty, y'know?" She turned and saw Reimu. "Oh, Reimu is here too! You going to solve this problem too?"
    The unhappy miko cleared her throat. "I don't have much of a choice, do I? People have disappeared, and not just one or two--a whole bunch of 'em."
    "I say," Youmu exclaimed, "that we go find those two and get them to talk some more!"
    "That's not a bad idea." Yuuka flipped her closed umbrella up onto her shoulder. "Looks like another incident has taken its hold of Gensokyo~"
    "Be quiet," Reimu snapped. "The last time you were at an incident, you kept claiming you were responsible for it. I bet you're just having a grand old time with this, aren't you?"
    "Either way, we need to make sure that what those two and that fairy leader said is indeed the truth." Sanae wrinkled her nose. "I still have a hard time believing it myself..."
    Reimu started tapping her foot impatiently. "No kidding. Well, as much of a pain as this is, we have to try to figure out what to do about it. What do you recommend, old flower?"
    Yuuka grimaced somewhat menacingly. "The same as always, I see. Let's head over to Reimu's haunt, they might still be around there."
    Youmu ran her fingers through her silvery hair as everyone slowly started to head out. This was a truly serious series of events that had quickly escalated just overnight. But without Yuyuko around, she wasn't sure what would happen at Hakugyokurou...it would be better if she headed back and let everyone else take care of this, no matter how curious and eager she was to see this solved. Gripping Roukanken, she prepared to depart.



(Notes: Yuuka introduced for the first time in Season 2. I tried to include the more relevant Touhous of the ones still stuck in the virtual Gensokyo, i.e. the ones that will become partners for OCs later on.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Bias Bus on May 24, 2012, 01:48:45 AM
3:00 PM, Day 2 - RAI Graveyard Base ~ Virtual Gensokyo Laboratory Room

This was all so...strange. To put it in simple terms, everything that had happened up til now was apparently a lie, a fabrication, or at least...something that was a little fake. Owlbear had spent most of the time in a state of silence as the others from Makai conversed and caught up with each other. If everything he and the others experienced in that Gensokyo...or Makai was a virtualization...then how did they get here and, more importantly, who brought them here? "Whoever stuck us in those tanks...I have a feeling they're somewhere in this tin can." Owlbear reasoned, looking around the current area already finding that Ken had went on ahead into the base area. Interestingly, Owlbear seemed to forget the fact that Luize was still comfortably nestled onto his lap...at least, until she voiced her opinion on him being so quiet.

"There you are being silent again~" Luize teased, Owlbear perking up to the sound of her voice and realizing that she had been compensating for his lack of input on seeing the other Makai residents again. Most importantly, how the fuck could he lose sight of the fact that Shinki of all people was here with him. The woman that he liked...working for, was right here with him and he wasn't even making a move. "Something on your mind again?"

Did he really want to tell them this now? They looked to be having a better time catching up and enjoying each other's company. "Oh...nothing, sorry for spacing out." So, Owlbear set to just keep it to himself for a bit. It wasn't anything big so, he could just reveal his feelings whenever everyone got situated with the new location and current situation.

"Hm, even when in a strange new area you're spacey." Yumeko remarked with crossed arms, "But...you're not on duty now, so I suppose I can allow it." Was she...was she being tsundere? It...kinda seemed like it, but it was a bit odd seeing as Owlbear and believed Yumeko to show him anything but annoyance and disdain since he started working for Shinki.

"I suppose the same can be said about your no nonsense attitude, Yumeko." Shinki chuckled, giving the maid a smile as she watched Yumeko's face tinge to a very subtle shade of pink. Only Shinki could make the domineering demon maid blush like that. If Owlbear tried the same stunt, the end result would be much more violent and involve a lot of pointy things going into places they shouldn't. "Even so, we do need to consider what to do in this situation. I believe the best course of action is to that Tourist Helpmates place."

"Tourist Helpers." Why was it so hard for others to remember how to correctly say it's name?

Otherwise, it was a fairly sound course of action. Aside from having no other options save for exploring a base that could be choked full of people wanting to experiment on their corpses or something of the same nature. "Well, I'm all for ditching this place," Yuki agreed, hands behind her head as she took another look around the mechanical chamber they had all gathered in. Steel and metal weren't exactly things she's used to seeing as opposed to the otherworldly material that made up Shinki's crystalline palace.

As Luize nodded and arose from Owlbear's lap, the darks skinned human arose with a stretch only to realize something was a bit off...or at least, he thought it was anyway. "Hey...wait a second," All eyes fixated on him for a moment, his gaze scanning across the present bodies before him counting only about five in total. Now, he wasn't the most reliable person in terms of memory but...Owlbear was sure there was at least one other. "Aren't we missing a party member?"

Luize was second to notice, "Oh dear, where's Sara?" Sure enough, the others took note of Sara's missing body among them. Alice would have counted if she hadn't already ditched the crew years ago after the Mystic Square incident. "Did she not escape those...things we were in?"

"It...would appear so." Yumeko said, turning on her heels unwittingly directing everyone's attention back to the area that held the many enigmatic pods in which each of them rose out of. All of them were opened, save for one lone tank that stubbornly remained closed. Sure enough, within that same unopened pod lay a comatose Sara. Or at least, that's what can be assumed the kind of state she's in.

"Should we get her out?" Yuki asked, curiously strolling up to the pod in which the gatekeeper 'slept'.

"I think we should at least try," Owlbear nodded, seeming to side with Yuki on the matter on getting Makai's one (and only) gatekeeper out of the metallic 'coffin', the dark skinned  tapping the glass of the pod with the back of his fist, as if testing for how tough it was. "It ain't right to leave her in there while we go run free."

"Yeah, just what I was thinkin'." Yuki nodded in agreement to Owlbear, the fire witch(?) walking up to the pod peering inside. "So...how're we gonna pop her out?"

"We don't." The duo paused, turning around to see Yumeko giving them both a stern look. Although considering who this was, that much was not uncommon in the least. "We're on a time limit and if we don't leave, we're going to be in deep trouble."

"Yeah, for two days." Owlbear said, recalling the discussion with the others. "I think we can spare two minutes to try and get this tin can piece of shit open." Yumeko, of course, applied palm to face and decided to enlighten the dark skinned young man on what sort of point he was missing.

"You don't know how to open it. You're going to need time to research how. Not only that, but what if something happens to Sara from being released prematurely?"

"released prematurely...?" Owlbear echoed, looking to Yuki who merely shrugged before he consulted Shinki for enlightenment on. "What's she going on about, Miss Shinki? I mean...we can't just leave her here." Which was something Shinki herself didn't want to do, however...

"I don't want to leave Sara behind either, but you and Yuki must understand that we have to leave her behind or face...whatever these RAI people have in store for us." The demon goddess told the both of them. "Don't worry we can return for her someday, but for now we must retreat to Tourist Accomplices."

"Oh, come on. That one doesn't even have an 'H' in it!"

Owlbear and Yuki stood in silence for a moment, taking a last glance at Sara before the both of them slowly inched away from the pod, letting Shinki and the others know that they had perhaps avoiding something...irreversible to Sara's body (or mind). "I'm glad you two understand. Now, let's get moving, the sooner we leave here the sooner we can begin planning our next moves."

---

9:58 PM, Day 2 - Entrance to RAI Graveyard Base

Even though the decision to leave Sara behind wasn't exactly an easy one to accept, actually navigating out of the RAI base proved to be an even more difficult ordeal to overcome. Not exactly being native to the base itself and having no real map of the area, Owlbear and the small gaggle of Makai natives were more aimlessly wandering the corridors of the base, looking for any sort of indication of where they needed to go to escape the recesses of this metallic labyrinth. Fortunately, Luize had a naturally ability that helped ease the otherwise painfully confusing trip. That being her rather sharp sense of direction and navigational skills. Being a tourist and traveller, Luize had developed a latent attribute for navigation which not only seemed to help her...not get too lost during her travels, but also in leading her group through the base and out into the open airs of freedom.

"Mmm, smell that fresh air~" Yuki hummed, as she took in a deep breath during a stretch to relish the feeling of being out of the base and outside once again. Yuki soon took a moment to look around, noticing one key detail about their current location, "This place looks...very different from Makai...at least certain parts."

"Indeed, the sky isn't a crash course of colors, for one thing." Mai added with a nod, the attention brought to the sky causing Owlbear to look up for a moment. It was...strange that the sight of the night sky above him gave him a feeling of...nostalgia. As if he hadn't seen it in a long time...but, that was impossible, he's always been in Makai.

...Right?

"Yes, yes, the stars are very pretty but, we must keep moving." Yumeko advised, her golden eyes darting about the horizon making sure she didn't spot anything. Luckily, there didn't appear to be any personell that could hinder their trip to Tourist Helpers, but she was certain that would change sometime soon. RAI may have looked abandoned, but it was still quite active behind the scenes. "We can use the cover of the night to move in the shadows and reach our destination. Yuki and Mai, watch for any thing strange whilst we journey, Luize you're our navigator again. Owlbear, you're with me in protecting Lady Shinki...please don't mess this up."

"Oh come now Yumeko, don't be so hard on the boy." Shinki spoke up, seeming to take defense in her human servant. Something Owlbear had to resist squealing over, but it was clear he appreciated Shinki's gesture quite a bit. "Yes, he maybe a bit lazy and childish, but remember, he does work hard. I'm sure he'll do fine."

Yumeko sighed, finding no reason to argue Shinki's words but, at least finding some place to insert her opinion on the matter. "Fine, I'll...try to be less harsh on him. We do need him in this situation after all." Well, at least she was going to try. "In anycase, we better hurry. The longer we stay here, the easier it is for us to be a target..."

---

10:25 PM, Day 2 - Kamisuiwa ~ Outskirts

Leaving the 'comfort' of the RAI base was something of a double edged sword for Owlbear and the others. On one hand, they were at least out of the danger zone, (or at least, what would become a danger zone in the coming days) however, there was also the factor of being in a foreign environment and thus having no idea where to go and how to get there. Saying they were going to tourist helpers was one thing. Actually getting there was proving to be another. As the team of Makai natives weasled their way through the surrounding forests, had it not been for Luize leading the group along with her navigational skills, Owlbear would have caved to the suspicion that they were lost. A common effect that occurs when you have no idea where to go.

"Sheesh, this forest is like a maze." Yuki noted, keeping a close eye for anything odd in the distance, Mai taking up the other side as Owlbear and Yumeko were at the back and front of Shinki respectively. "Oi, how will we know when we get to this Tourist Help-whatever place?"

Luize didn't even bother to correct her this time.

"A sign of some kind will probably be up to tell us, that we don't have to worry about." Owlbear said, looking behind him periodically to make sure nothing was following them. "It's actually getting there that may prove to be the problem. Even though Luize is great with navigation, it's going to be tough locating something in a place you've never been to."

"Trust in my ability of navigation, Owlbear." Luize spoke up, "This place maybe foreign but, I assure you I'll-"

A sudden jerking motion from Yumeko silenced the tourists words, her hands clasping over her mouth as she gestured everyone else to be silent. At first glance this action appeared...random and unnessacary, but sure enough...

"Did you hear somethin' just now...?"

"I think so. Sounds like it came from back there somewhere."

Yumeko narrowed her eyes in malice, reaching into her dress under her dress to grab a small dagger. With her weapon out, she released the silence Luize and gestured her and the others to hide. It didn't take much for one to know that she was going to fight whoever was out there. Only Shinki seemed to have the initative to speak against the demon maid's actions.

"Yumeko, wait." Shinki whispered, "Must we be hostile with them?"

"It is the only way. It's no doubt in my mind that that they're from that base..."

"We don't know that." Truth. "Furthermore, we can simply talk them down if they're unfriendly...we should only use force if we have no other option."

Yumeko hesitated to retort, hands gripping the dagger as she began comparing Shinki's option with her original course of action. in the end, Shinki's method was the safer route to take, if only due to how disposing of whomever was in the woods would eventually raise suspicion about them. Defintely not something they needed at the moment.

"You're right..." She said, putting away her weapon and sighed. "However, I still do not trust them."

"You don't have to, we only need to convince them." Shinki remarked, looking up and seeing a beam of light shine from the distance.

"Who's out there!" The male voice shouted, his letting those hiding know he was onto them. "Come on out!"

Shinki arose gesturing everyone to rise from where they hid and follow her to the open. The demon goddess took in a single breath to ready herself before venturing out into the open, the flash light revealing her form as well as the rest that followed her. "Ah, hello there kind sirs." She said in a cheerful tone putting on a friendly facade to try and fool the soldiers standing in front of her.

"What're you folks doin' way out here?"

"I'm afraid we're new to the area, and I'm afraid we grew a little...lost, you see." That much was actually true. "If you could direct us to the nearest town we would be really grateful for your help."

The pair of soldiers looked to the group in silence, seeming to process what Shinki said to them. In truth, what Shinki gave to them as an excuse did add up a little, but

"I dunno...we've been told to keep an eye out for some strange looking folks and," He looks them up and down, seeming to gauge their appearance for a moment. "Judging from the looks of you folks, you certainly qualify as 'strange'." Yumeko had to hold back her urge to pounce the man where he stood, finding it  to let someone call her mistress 'strange'.

"We're just on our way to a special event."

"Event? You mean the convention in town?"

The goddess perked a bit, finding the fact that there was a convention being held in a nearby town as a chance to not only escape the nearby vicinity of the base but, also come a step closer to Tourist Helpers if it was located there. "Yes, the convention. We were on our way back to where we were staying, when we decided to tour this forest. You see, someone told us of a rather ancient landmark found somewhere in here and we decided to try and find it for ourselves. Of course...we lost our way sometime there after." She topped off her story with a bit of a chuckle to reflect a sense of embarrasment toward getting the group lost.

The soldiers remained silent looking to each other then back to the group ahead who awaited their verdict on the entire thing. While they looked to be in a sense of calm, the tension in the air was as thick as butter, Shinki's heart starting pound with an increased sense of anxiety the longer it took the soldiers to answer. Eventually, something was finally said about their little 'story'...

"Well...I dunno why you folks would come all the way out here but, whoever told you there's something old out here is liein' big time." The soldier shook his head before turning around and gesturing somewhere off into the distance. "If you wanna get back to Kamisuiwa then, you should keep straight til' you hit a path...should lead you somewhere to the town outskirts."

"Thank you so much kind sirs, we'll be on our way now. Sorry if we caused any trouble." Shinki said with a smile, leading every past the soldiers and toward the direction they were told to go. However, before taking another step, "Oh one more thing."

Everyone froze as Shinki appeared to try and prod the soldiers once more, for what reason remained to be seen...

"Yeah, what?"

"Is there something going on? We never heard anything about soldiers wandering in the woodlands here..."

"Classified information, miss." One of the soldiers replied. "You should just head back into town where it's safe."

"Alright, thanks anyway." The goddess was trying to pry more info out of the soldiers, perhaps in an attempt to learn a bit more about RAI and what their objective is. Of course the information regarding such a thing was a well kept secret among the ranks and, with her already treading on thin ice, Shinki saw fit to just leave the conversation where it was and continue the journey to Kamisuiwa. At one point or another, they would learn about RAI's motives on their own...

---

10:50 PM, Day 2 -Kamisuiwa, Japan ~ Neighborhood Area, Hanazono

"Dammit, my legs are killin' me, man..."

Came the complaint of Owlbear, the dark skinned human seeming to curse having walked all the way from the forest to the outskirts of town. Thankfully, the soldier spoke the truth in his directions and, with the help of Luize's navigational prowess, they were able to find the town and escape being recaptured by RAI...for now, at least. Of course, this did not mean they were out of the woods just yet...

"Stop complaining, we still need to find a place to rest for the night." Yumeko noted, her golden eyes scanning across the various buildings that now surrounded them. The demon maid may have lived in a fantastic structure like a palace of crystal but, she's never been exposed to modern architecture. From her stand point, she found it bland compared to that of Makai's. "I would rather not to have Lady Shinki simply rough it in the wilderness."

"Then where do you suggest we stay there?" Yuki spoke up, "Case you haven't noticed, we're not really in Makai any more."

"We'll just have to convince someone to allow us to stay with them..." Luize said, seeming to be a little...distant, her (closed) eyes admiring the surroundings. Being a tourist by nature, it was only natural that she show more interest in these new surroundings "But goodness, isn't this a quaint little town~ I could spend ages here just wondering what to do~"

"Well, you'll have plenty of time to do that...I highly doubt we'll be getting back to Makai soon." Owlbear muttered, . Why did these surroundings look so familiar to him? Sure, he's seen towns and such in Makai, but these were different and foreign and yet, somewhere in his mind he felt he's seen them before. It was all such a confusing case of deja vu, one Owlbear was beginning to grow a bit irritated at as he couldn't exactly fathom what was triggering it.

"So are we just going to keep walking or are we going to find someone to take us in for the night?" Mai asked, this being one of the few times her monotone voice was ever heard among the group.

"Mai does have a point, how much longer are we gonna be walking for?" Yuki was next to voice her concern on the matter, something Yumeko was just fine with elaborating on to enlighten the both of them.

"We're not going to settle for just any old house. We need to find one suitable for Lady Shinki-"

"Yumeko, please." The goddess halted her servant, a hand placedon her shoulder. "Let's just find someone who will take us in for the night. If not, we'll just find somewhere to sleep until sunrise. We're going to need our strength to find that tourist place." Once again, Yumeko found herself effectively silenced by Shinki's words.

"Now then, let's start with this house here and see if they'll allows us to spend the night." Shinki continued, turning everyone's attention to a simple two story home. The group of demons (plus one human) entered past the threshold of the stone wall surrounding the house and approached the door a quick glance among their group giving rise to the silent question of who would do the honors of asking first.

All eyes drifted to Luize.

"I'm not even sure anyone will be awake at this hour, but..." Luize began, rapping the back of fist on the door and awaiting a response from inside. The group waited for several long minutes, the door not seeming to budge in the slightest when Luize finally decided to chalk it up as the residents being in bed. However, as the tourist set to inform them to move on, a voice rang out from inside the home.

"Hold on, I'm coming!" It shouted, the voice sounding to be masculine in tone. The sound of footsteps approched the door before it finally opened to reveal a young man looking no older than 18, his blonde hair slightly messy and unkempt. "Uhm...who might all of you be? Convention goers?" He said, giving the group an odd set of looks, even though he assumed they were all in costume.

"Yes, we're a tad bit loss and was wondering if you could perhaps take us in for just this one night." Luize asked, the young man jumping a bit as he took in the group and realized just how big it was just now. "I know we're just strangers but please...we've been walking all day and we need a place to rest. After that we will be out of your hair."

"Uhm...I..." The young man stammered, his mind at a stalemate on what he should say. On one hand, he would be doing them a huge favor in allowing them to stay here. However, he wasn't sure if he could actually keep up with 5 people at once. The young man stood in silence, wrestling with his conscience before he finally spoke up with his answer to the group. "...A...Alright. Come inside, just try not ot break anything..."

He hoped karma would give him something for this...

( Notes: Long ass post and still not at Tourist Helpers. Owlbear's team will get back to searching in the morning though so, this post isn't a complete waste of space. )
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Caber Knight Etch-A-Sketch on May 24, 2012, 03:18:24 AM
The Second Day, 12:45 PM, the Virtual Reality pods, RAI Laboratories.


Etch awoke to the sci-fi hiss of pods opening up, groaning from a rather piercing headache. Looking around, he some of the other pods were opened. The place was dark and eerie, as one would expect from a place with such terrible decor. More hissing, and two other pods popped open.

"Augh... I feel like I got hurled into a wall..." Ichirin held her forehead as she stepped out of the pod, stumbling a bit. Etch barely caught her before she hit the ground, the monk's eyes blinking more as the fog of slumber cleared from her mind.

"I don't think it was a wall that we were hurled into." Etch propped her back up as he looked over at the still sleeping Akyu. "Well, everyone seems to be intact, right?" Ichirin was silent, looking at a bottle of cloudly, pink water.

"As... intact as we'll get. Unzan seems alright, but I don't think a bottle is the best place to keep him..." Ichirin still wobbled about before finally leaning against a wall. "Ugh, I feel so... drained." She groaned once more, this time in unison with the awakening Akyu. Etch's brow furrowed as he recalled these symptoms from somewhere... but...

"You two, hold onto me." Etch said firmly as Akyu and Ichirin blankly stared at him. Akyu was still half asleep, her head tilting at his words. Ichirin, on the other hand, only looked at Etch more firmly.

"Never took you for being a per" her words were cut off as Etch quickly grabbed her up. A flustered flurry of stutters left her mouth before Ichirin finally pushed Etch away, the treachcoat wearing figure falling to the ground with a comical thud. Before Ichirin could throw a table at Etch, she noted how she didn't feel like something had sucked out her brain. Ichirin stuttered and hurmed as Etch did the same for Akyu.

"Huh, i never figured we'd have to do this again..." Etch said to himself. He pauses, Akyu tilting her head at his words. Ichirin uncorked the bottle, letting out the misty, pink cloud. Unzan let out an audible yawn. He froze, blinking for a moment as he wondered why he said that. What again? This had to be, he thought, the weirdest case of deja-vu ever.

Akyu leaned against Etch, stretching out a little as she tries to get herself more awake. "Mmh... is it time for breakfast?" She nuzzled her cheek into Etch's chest, prompting a cough from him as Ichirin and now Unzan looked at the two.

"Yes, it's time for... wait, what time IS it?"


A look at the clock on the wall, and Etch turned back to the sleepy girl now leaning on his shoulder. "It's actually lunch time, and it'd be a good idea to get out of here."

"You're right" Ichirin looked around as Unzan whuffed around the trio, "This place gives me the shivers." They heard the others leaving, quickly following them so as to not get left behind.

Time passed, and it didn't take long for them to get lost inside the base.


(Long and short, I'm still alive and my team got themselves lost in the base.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: LordVant on May 25, 2012, 07:34:38 AM
RAI Graveyard Base: 3:30pm, Day 2

   Vant sits up slowly, his head swimming as he looks around and tries to take in his surroundings. "Aaaggh...feels like I drank too much last night.." He attempts to pull himself up but quickly finds that he's held down by three women. "Oh right...you three."

   Kanako yawns rather unceremoniously as she stretches a bit and sits up, staring at Vant and the pile-on. "This floor wasn't the best bed...but you were a nice pillow~" Kanako snickers at Vant for a moment before roughly shaking Komachi. "Come on, wake up! We don't have time to enjoy our stuffed boy-toy~"

   "Hey! I'm not some lifeless doll! I'm far more than that~" Vant slyly winks at Kanako before getting punched in the face by Meiling. "AH ****!"

   "You'd best not say that again or I'll break more than your face." Meiling pushes herself off Vant before taking off briskly down a dark hallway. "Damn jerk, always trying to get me angry just so he ca-..." Meiling disappears down the passage, her voice drifting off.

   Komachi giggles at Meiling~ "You seem to have a knack for that." Komachi dusts herself off before walking down the same hallway with Kanako behind her.

   Vant rubs the back of his head. "Seems I'm under fire by all the women. Well father always said redheads were crazy. Guess I'll get more than used to it!" Vant laughs to himself before running after them, only to get clothes-lined by Meiling and landing headfirst on the hard floor.

   "Heh, jerk. So eager to blindly rush into danger without thinking about consequen-...Vant?" Meiling peers down at him before realizing he's been knocked out-cold. "Ah! Oh nonono...V-Vant? Can you hear me?!" Komachi and Kanako also join them and also get a close look at the half-dead man.

   "I-is he gonna be okay?" Komachi looked worryingly over him; particularly concerned about the large knot on the back of his head. "He's still breathing...so that's a good sign.."

   Kanako lifts Vant and swings him over her shoulder. "He'll be fine. Believe me, he's had harder hits to the head than this. Something about him causes things to gravitate towards his head...or so he says. It's not uncommon for him to have head injury. Let's just go about searching for any hints on what we can do for those still trapped in the other Gensokyo."

   Meiling nods solemnly as she fidgets nervously, looking at Vant every half-second for any kind of motion showing that he's okay. "Nnn...I-I'm sorry...I didn't know.." Meiling looks down depressingly before getting slapped on the back by Komachi.

   "Com'on! He's not dead! He's just a little on the stupidly intelligent side! He'll be fine, I promise." Komachi smiles brightly at Meiling while leaning on her. "You just need to relax more~"

   "I relax more than enough...but I guess...I really shouldn't worry too much about him. He never has let anything do too much damage to him." Meiling shakes her head and looks around. "Umm...by the way...how long have we been walking?"

   All three stop walking as they look around, realizing they've made several turns but unable to remember them all. Kanako is the first to speak up, "So! Seems we're kinda lost. Where do we go now?" Kanako looks about confusedly before setting Vant down and resting his head in her lap. "OK! We need to figure out what we're going to do now rather than wander aimlessly."

   Komachi sits beside Kanako and rests her head in her hands. "So what can we do? Like Vant said, we're not exactly tech savvy. I mean...he may have some computer knowledge, but if it's protected...well there's not much we can do." Komachi looks downcast as she kneads her fingers into her dress.

   Meiling stares into the darkness looking for answers, and unfortunately finds none. "There's got to be SOMETHING we can do! We can't just sit on our hands and hope the others solve this!" Meiling punches the wall in frustration, leaving a small dent before rubbing her hand and sitting next to the others. "Come can't just WAIT HERE until someone else solves it! Not while Sakuya-san and the Mistress are stuck in there!" Meiling slams her fists down on the floor as Komachi gently grips her shoulder.

   "Look, I'm as upset as you. Even if she's my boss...and a bit annoying at times. I still care for Eiki-sama. I won't let her stay in that fake world for any longer than has to be, but we CAN'T let it drive use crazy. We need to focus and regroup for now." Komachi shakes her head and stands up, pulling up Meiling as Kanako picks up Vant with herself and they nod collectively before heading back down the hallway.


RAI Graveyard Base, 9:00pm, Day 2(Pod room)

   Vant, Komachi, Meiling, and Kanako collapse in the pod room. Finally having made their way back to the beginning, they look around and see the same people locked in chambers. "So no one has yet to be released, huh?" Kanako glances around the room before summoning a small ball of light to illuminate the surrounding a bit better.

   "ACK! Hey hey hey! Watch it with the powers! You know you rely on me now, right?" Vant huffs at Kanako before an idea clicks in his head. "Hey...you guys remember that someone said reinforcements were coming here? I don't think sitting around is a good idea...but maybe we CAN do something. I'd like to focus on this 'mana link' a bit more. What can and can't we do?" Vant stands up and stretches a bit before turning to Meiling. "How about a sparring match...but this time, use your abilities. Let's see how far we can take it before I run on empty." Vant lunges at Meiling as she fires off a blast of colors towards him. Kanako and Komachi watch for half an hour before Meiling switches out with Komachi. Vant is getting progressively tired but demands that they continue. As Komachi slowly and hesitantly fires spells out, Vant's fatigue becomes blatantly apparent. Kanako doesn't even get a turn before Vant falls to his knees after only an hour of practice. "Jeez...thought I could last longer than that. Guess spells really cost a lot to use."

   Kanako rushes over to Vant to help him up, only to stumble a bit on the way. "So it affects all of us. We need to be especially careful so that we don't all wind up incapacitated." Kanako lifts Vant before pulling him over to the redheads and sitting him down gently.

   Vant lays his head in Meiling's lap and smiles up at her. "Guess our usual bouts have managed to pay off more than we realized." He laughs as she chuckles along with him. Komachi leans over to Kanako, "Are they always like this?"

  "I've never seen them together...but it's no surprise~"


(End of Act. Vant and crew will train and learn limits in order to prepare for oncoming reinforcements from RAI.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on May 26, 2012, 06:08:25 AM
Kakyoin presents, "Meanwhile in Virtual Gensokyo..." part II!

(note: post contains nude Byakuren. Couldn't be helped, I swear! (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/MostWritersAreMale))



5:45 AM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Myouren Temple (Byakuren's room)

A slow creak and soft sigh were heard in the room as Byakuren Hijiri rose before the sun had shown its face.

A gentle croaking sigh escaped her lips. "Haaah..."

Rubbing her right eye with one hand, she gently threw her bed covers over themselves with her left. She swung her legs over the side of her bed and rubbed her exposed thighs to stimulate her body's blood flow. Today was another important day, but for unfortunate reasons beyond her control.
    Standing up, her vulnerable nude body reflected back at her in the wall mirror. Had Ichirin really just suddenly disappeared entirely during that fight two nights ago? It wasn't just her either, it seemed that a multitude of residents had vanished...
    Byakuren walked over and grabbed her underwear from atop the chest of drawers below the mirror. This seemed like a large-scale problem that even the mikos could not solve on their own, greater than previous incidents. Naturally since her own followers were either missing or somehow involved, she had to do her part too.

    *click*

    She fastened the hook on her brassiere and stooped down to slide her panties on. The missing inhabitants weren't the only problem either. It seemed like Nue had provoked or at least had been behind the cause of the incident. Gensokyo genocide was no easy task, but since it was Nue, she knew there was more to it than that. It wasn't uncommon for Nue to go missing for long periods of time, but this time she had more reason to be absent than simple foolish mischief.
    Opening the topmost drawer, Byakuren grabbed a pair of black stockings. She walked back over to her bed and sat where no covers remained, sliding each stocking onto her feet and up her legs. Was Myouren Temple going to be in danger because of Nue's supposed involvement? Tracking her down seemed to be a high priority as well, but to the monk's disappointment she had not yet found her. Perhaps the nue was hiding with her friend Mamizou somewhere.
    She walked back over and slid the middle drawer open, lifting a neatly folded dress out. Still, she thought, she had to remain hopeful. The others in the temple seemed a bit disturbed but weren't as gloomy as she thought they'd be. But there was no use panicking after all, as in Gensokyo things had a habit of working out.
    Sliding the dress on, she realized that Gensokyo was at a standstill right now. After the massive fight and sudden disappearance of quite a few prominent figures, everything seemed to stop. All activity aside from searching and investigation had ceased. She herself had continued her daily rituals, prayers and recitals, but to her surprise there weren't as many humans or youkai seeking salvation. It was likely because there was no real enemy to begin with, only...a situation that ended abruptly.
    After tying the dress stripes across her chest in the usual pattern, Byakuren walked over to the closed door to her room and took her cape off of its hook. The ?god of plenty' as it was commonly referred to had suddenly vanished, despite its rampage of consumption throughout Gensokyo starting several days back. What else was there to do? No one was to blame, at least no one aside from perhaps Nue and Mamizou.
    She shook her head after securing the cape on her back. They had their reasons for doing what they did. Nue was quite a prankster, but she was inherently a good youkai at heart. The rumors that were going around claimed that a hole had opened up in the sky and, as it grew larger and larger, had swallowed up a great deal of Gensokyo's inhabitants. Those two were not capable of such feats. There was another one, Amarillo Viridian, who witnesses claimed was one of the ones unlucky enough to be swallowed up. But as far as she knew, even that fairy girl did not possess such powers...
    Glancing down to the side, Byakuren leaned down and picked up her shoes. Walking over to her bed, she sat down and began to tie the laces as she put her feet inside them. Somehow, she thought, this situation would be resolved. However, it troubled her that such a giant hole leading to some other world or dimension could be created. Perhaps the ?god of plenty' was actually responsible somehow, but it has disappeared after that incredible fight.
    Standing up, she strode towards the door to her room, reaching over and grabbing the Sorcerer's Sutra Scroll off the top of the chest of drawers on the way there.
    "All right," she said resolutely to herself. "Let's see what's in store today!"
    With a twist and a push, Byakuren Hijiri threw open the door to her room and set out to uncover the truth.



6:00 AM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Myouren Temple (Outskirts)

"Bye-eee~!"

"I'll be careful. Take care of the temple for me!"

Byakuren waved back at Kyouko, who was excitedly seeing her off. She couldn't help but smile at the yamabiko's antics. Everyone who was still here kept their composure, as if nothing had happened. There was something to be said for trust and camaraderie. No way could she let them down.

"Oooohh! That Komachi..."

The monk turned around upon hearing an anguished yell. To her surprise, her eyes met the figure of Shikieiki Yamaxanadu. "Yama, you're here..."
    "Eh?" The judge turned to see Byakuren staring at her. "Oh, it's you. I don't suppose you have happened to have laid eyes on my shinigami, have you?"
    "Komachi? I can't say I've seen her at all since that nighttime battle." The monk floated over to her. "I'm about to do some searching myself, for poor Ichirin."
    "Hmm." Eiki tapped her Rod of Remorse gently against her hip. "Well then. Where are you off to so early?"
    Byakuren thought momentarily. "I was going to check around the entrance to the Underground. Maybe Komachi went there to hide?"
    "Possibly. It's also possible that she was one of the ones who went through that hole to reality."
    ?Hole to reality'. The words echoed in Byakuren's mind. Was it true? Could that hole have led into an alternate reality? There was no way to tell now, as it had vanished without any trace of opening whatsoever. The one person who might've known, Yukari, had also been reported as having disappeared as well.
    "So what'll it be, monk?"
    Byakuren blinked and shook her head slightly. "Ah, sorry. Yes, can we travel together?"
    "I don't have any problem with that, but I may peel off and check elsewhere."
    The monk smiled happily. "Great! Let's go, then!"



8:15 AM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Underground (Outside Entrance)

Eiki sniffed and looked around them. No Komachi in sight. Perhaps the only option was indeed to head in.
    "What do you think?" Byakuren sat down on a nearby rock, smoothing the skirt of her dress. "Should we head inside?"
    The judge was about to answer when she suddenly became alert to another nearby presence. Turning around, she spotted two figures flying closer. "Huh, now that's not a pair I've seen yet..."
    "Eh?" Byakuren stood up and immediately caught sight of two women, one with rabbit ears and the other adorned with a swath of red ribbons. She identified them as Reisen of Eientei and Hina the curse goddess.
    "Ah, that monk..." Reisen noted as she slowed to a hovering halt. "And the Judge of Paradise?! What are you two doing here...?"
    "I'm searching for my--well, we're both searching for our comrades," Byakuren answered.
    Eiki grumbled. "Comrade...more like runaway, in my case. I assume you two are doing the same?"
    Hina looked at the Yama with curiosity. "Yes...but, do either of you know what's happened? No one seems to have a clear idea where everyone went off to."
    Byakuren raised her hand to capture attention. "I don't know much, but here's what I got..."



--------------------



2:33 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Eientei (Inside Mansion)

Sitting on the ground, Eirin was lost in thought. Their previous investigation had revealed more information after Reimu had threatened Nue and Mamizou to get them to talk. They believed that the hole had led into reality!
    She cursed to herself as she stood up, walking around in search of her bow and arrows. The worst part about this was that there was no way to prove them wrong. If the hole that was created due to the sheer amount of energy outputted in that fight two nights ago did indeed lead to reality, that means that this world, their Gensokyo...
    No. The pharmacist shook her head. They couldn't jump to conclusions. But upon her investigation of the Youkai Mountain waterfall, it was very easy to arrive at that conclusion. Since when did waterfalls flow upwards? Those two youkai said that Amarillo and her fairy companions were behind it, and yet...
    She grabbed her bow and arrows. It was time for her to take action herself, and do her part for Gensokyo. She refused to believe that this was a fake world. There was no proof that either of them were telling the truth, since Amarillo and her fairies had gone missing. She had to do her research. She had to get answers. She had to gather evidence.
    It was time for the Brain of the Moon to put the question of reality to rest.



3:59 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Human Village (Outskirts)

"Well? Out with it, bird."

"Ah~" Mystia seemed to lose her composure in front of Eirin's imposing form. "Ah, then I'll tell you what I heard, just please put the weapon down..."
    Eirin sighed and lowered her bow and arrow. "I wouldn't have to do this if you had just agreed to tell me in the first place, instead of joke and blow it off the whole time. Don't you realize that this is serious?"
    "I--I do, yeah. Okay, fine then. You want to know what I heard about your Princess, right?"
    The Lunarian sighed. "Yes...just tell me already, I'm losing my patience more and more. Makes me want to have sparrow soup for dinner. Doesn't that sound delicious to you?"
    "Not really..." Nervous, Mystia licked her nails tenderly. "So, I heard from one of those humans who was kind enough to tell m--"
    "You mean, a human you tricked into whatever scheme you're up to this time..."
    The night sparrow seemed taken aback. "Eh...how'd you know...well whatever. So he told me that the pretty woman with long black hair, y'see...she got taken away, ya got me?"
    "...taken away?" Eirin swallowed before continuing. "You mean she was taken through that portal against her will?"
    "That's what I heard. Matches your Princess, doesn't it?"
    Eirin paused to consider the possibility of Kaguya being taken away. It irked her just to think of it. "It...it does. Continue, then..."
    "All right." Mystia sat down on the ground. "I--I mean, this human told me that the man who took her away...he snatched her up, right...that one had like, black hair and a really cool sword. Told me it was that guy from the village, the one under the teacher--"
    "Huh?!" Eirin could hardly believe what she was hearing. The same young man she had met a few days ago, had kidnapped the Princess and took her with him into reality, if it was indeed a portal to reality? "Are you sure, bird?"
    "O-Of course!" Mystia said with an assuring smile. "Why would I lie, hehe...everybody knows that the bird has the word!"
    "Humph. Fine, then. And that's all you know? You didn't see any proof of it yourself, right?"
   Mystia eyed the bow in Eirin's hand nervously. "Well...the man did tell me something else...I don't think it's that important though~"
   Eirin sighed. "Out with it, please."
   "Okay okay, fine. He said that this man, the one who took her with him, had previously been so entranced with her...so perhaps he stole her away. Given how rough he grabbed her, it sounds like a runaway bride's tale, doesn't it? Ahaha...ha..." Mystia's laughter gave way to a frown upon seeing Eirin's deadly stare. "Hey, I'm just saying what I heard!"
   "That...that can't be..." Eirin felt numb. Kaguya had been lured into that, or perhaps she didn't even have time to react? "You're ABSOLUTELY sure this is what you heard, right?"
    "Yes!" Mystia squeaked. "Now please let me be...don't hurt me, I did nothing wrong!"

    "I could believe it, given all that has happened."

    From behind a tree, Toyosatomimi no Miko emerged, sword sheathed at her side.
    "What, who's there?" Eirin looked over her shoulder. "Oh, it's the one who claims to be able to hear everything."
    Miko ran a hand through her hair as she smirked. "You know, you really ought to remain calm if you want to hear what folks have to say."
    Eirin scoffed. "I know, I don't need to hear that from you. This bird needs to be intimidated before she'll speak, though."
    Miko laughed. "True, true. I hear there's a missing Princess. Any luck finding her?"
    "Well," Eirin replied, "based on what this one told me, it seems like she's been taken through that hole into...hmm. Why are you here, anyway?"
    "Isn't it obvious? This is a problem that everyone needs to get involved in."
    "Really now? You sound like you're looking for trouble while the pot is being stirred."

    "Eh...hey!" Mystia piped up. "You just gonna ignore me now? Is that all I'm good for?"

    "A youkai like you should stick to doing youkai-like things." Miko motioned with a hand. "Go run along now, let the adults talk."
    Looking relieved, the night sparrow turned around and flew away, musing to herself.
    Eirin ran her fingers across her hair bangs. "Well, this isn't good. It makes out some of our friends to be enemies, perhaps."
    "Why is that? Because Kaguya got snatched away, supposedly?"
    Eirin grimaced. "It's certainly a possibility. But the more individuals I talk to, the more information I find out. Still, hearing this about our poor Kaguya...if it is indeed true...and to think that he seemed like an honest man, too..."
    "Oh?" Miko put a hand to her chin. "Eh, given all that's happened I could almost believe anything. You want some help?"
    Eirin raised an eyebrow. "You're actually offering? You probably want to help make a name for your religion, or something."
    "To be honest," Miko replied, "I'm a little...bored."
    The pharmacist resisted a laugh. "Bored? That's rich. Don't you have duties to attend to?"
    "I would...if not for the--well, how do I put it...everyone's too abuzz with this disappearing act, we actually aren't getting much input. It's a little sad but it makes sense, too."
    "I see...that's interesting. If you are indeed looking for something to do, then I'd appreciate the help." Eirin twirled an arrow in her free hand. "And don't expect any immortality elixir out of this either."
    Miko put her hands up in mock despair. "Oh no! You wound me, Moonling! My plan is ruined."
    "Heh." It was Eirin's turn to smirk. "Then, have you seen the waterfall at Youkai Mountain yet?"
    "I haven't, why?"
    "Then," Eirin started, "let's go there. The waterfall is flowing backwards, it's quite a spectacle to behold. I found a hidden cave inside, and according to Reimu that's where Amarillo was seen when she was working with Nue and Mamizou."
    "Backwards? That's amusing. All right, I'll tag along. Sounds like a good place to check again." Miko began hovering in the air as Eirin followed suit. "I can't let that Hijiri get all the credit anyway."


(Notes: Byakuren Hijiri re-introduced for the first time since the very beginning of the story thread. Toyosatomimi no Miko and Mystia Lorelei introduced for the first time. If you're wondering why Reisen and Hina were traveling together, they had time to talk to each other since they left the Human Village at around the same time in my other post.

And yes, nude Byakuren dressing scene. Because YES (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/InhumanlyBeautifulRace).)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on June 07, 2012, 03:43:27 AM
2:00 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room Restaurant

Getting a good night sleep, Den headed over to the restaurant in the hotel. Getting 12 hours of sleep does wonders to the body. Keeping his regular neutral appearance, Den walked over to the table where Zach was sitting with his laptop open. When Zach spotted Den heading through the tables, he waved Den over to his table.

?Glad you could make it. Come, have a seat. I haven't ordered anything yet, unfortunately.? Den sat down at the table.

?Here you can have this back.? Reaching into his uniform, Den produced the book from yesterday and handed it to Zach, who took it with a curious gleam in his eye. ?It proved to be useless,? Den continued.

?Thank you,? Zach replied, opening it up and thumbing through the volume. ?Useless, huh? How so?? ?There?s a big difference between the youkai in the book and what we saw in our visions,? Den sighed.

Setting the book aside, Zach nodded. ?Yes, of course... perhaps we shouldn?t be relying on old books of fable. Too bad, though... I hate being uninformed in a situation like this.? A curt nod from Den, ?Yes, the book depicts youkai as beasts. That?s too big of a difference for us to rely on it.?

Shrugging, Zach adjusted his laptop slightly. ?Ah well, Can?t let such a problem get in our way. Are you hungry at all?? he said, motioning towards the kitchen area.

?No, I?m fine,? Den replied, shaking his head.

Smiling, Zach raised his water glass. ?All right then, shall we get down to business? You?re interested in the shrine pictures, maybe??

Den nodded. ?I am. You said you found something weird, right??

Chuckling a bit, Zach turned his laptop over so Den could see the ransacked shrine. ?Well, see for yourself. Is this what a shrine should look like??

Den stared for more than a moment before speaking. ?No, it?s not. Is that the work of the soldiers??

Zach shook his head. ?I don?t know, but I definitely wouldn?t rule it out. One thing?s for sure, for a shrine to look like that is wrong. Especially when you consider that an inactive shrine shouldn?t be sending out popups in the first place,? he explained his reasoning, following it up with a sip of water.

Den pondered this for a moment. ?The people at Tourist Helpers have a lot to explain. I?m still skeptical about everything I?ve seen so far...? he trailed off.

Zach set his water glass back down as he spoke. ?Indeed. I?ll be demanding an explanation as well. This is too far removed from normal to be a coincidence.?

Den nodded his agreement as he spoke. ?I?ll still go, though. Whatever explanation is in the works here, it got me interested.?

A laugh from Zach. ?Ahaha... of course. I?ll look forward to seeing you there.? He paused before continuing, ?as well as anyone else who received the popup. It can?t be just us, you know.?

Inwardly, Den sighed. More people... geh... His speaking gave no indication of this, however. ?Yeah. It seems too widespread to only be picked up by us.? He began to stand as he gave his goodbye. ?I?ll be off then.?

Zach waved him off with a grin. ?Sure, go ahead. I?ll stay here. I?m actually a bit hungry. Until tonight, then??

Den began to walk out of the restaurant as he spoke. ?Yeah... bye.?

((END OF GROUP POST))

Taking out his headphones, Zach plugged them into the computer with a contented sigh. Waving a waiter over, he asked for a large platter of food before slipping them on and drifting into a euphoria of music and delicious foodstuffs. He would remain this way for another hour or two before heading up to his hotel room and relaxing there for another long while.

((OOC: Group post finished. All that's needed now is a short post of arrival, and I'll be ready.))
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: [Y]oukai [J]esus on June 07, 2012, 11:05:45 AM
10:57PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel Room

The youth had arrived back in his hotel rather late. He took the longest path back, pondering on the situation that happened earlier. However, more importantly, Azrul was wondering how the hell that hammer managed to knock him out. He was never that... Easily defeated by an inanimate object before. Setting down his bag, Azrul pulled out his laptop and turned it on, hoping to see if anything had changed. His cursor hovered over the icon of Google Chrome. In his heart, Azrul felt reluctant to check if the message about "Faith" was still present. He didn't want to know the answer so he would just think it was still there - An adventure was awaiting him. He was the kind that never wanted to feel disappointment.

And as such, he closed his laptop and went to do the usual - What every person would do after they reach home.

After a few minutes, the boy was lying in his bathtub. Beside him was a stack of coins, or to be more specific, Medals (http://fc00.deviantart.net/fs70/f/2010/352/4/d/core_medals___ooo_by_w_double-d34gaa8.jpg). Flipping them one at a time, Azrul stumbles deeper into his mind.

"We got friends to save, interested to join?"

Friends, eh? I once had friends... And I guess it would be good to meet new people...

"Since you just said that it would be interesting."

Interesting indeed. I assume that girl planned all of this to get her friends back?

"return here tomorrow around 10."

"10, eh? We'll see..."

Azrul flipped the last coin in reach. It's violet, shiny surface glimmered as light shone down on it. Landing in the palm of the youth, there laid a symbol of a Triceratops, traced with gold and a darker shade of purple. Azrul sighed, smiling softly as he examined the fine touches on the Core Medal.

"Heads. I'm going, it seems..."
-

4:25AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Rooftop of the Hotel

"Ahh. Here it comes." Azrul steps on the ledge of the rooftop, staring far into the horizon. The great, shining sun arises from the horizon, illuminating everything in it's wake, pulsing the morning glow throughout the land, sharing it's heat with the rest of Japan. Slowly, but steadily, the Sun rises further and further into the sky. The youth raises his arms, bathing and taking in the sun's radiance. His third day in a new land - One that he feels deep inside, that will change his life forever. Why? It may be just a hunch, it may be just wild guessing, but deep inside, that broken heart of his longs for a day like that.

Only because of that, can Azrul Kyoki live.

"The wind shines, the trees sway and sparkle..."

Then and there, the boy inside the man's body sang it's prayer.
-

9:59PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside Tourist Helpers
Azrul had changed from his usual clothes into something... A little more formal. Changing his t-shirt with a grey business shirt and wearing black pants instead of his half-jeans, he walked closer and closer towards the spark of light which was the tourist helpers.

Arriving at the shack, Azrul leaned on a nearby lamppost, observing the strangers outside the shop, each one of them perking his interest. One was a tall, obviously foreign man. The other stood rather... Cautious? The boy couldn't find the right word for it. He seemed ready to either pounce or flee at any given moment. The third was a obvious chinese, the only one... Confident? Or afraid enough to speak. From the distance, Azrul could'nt hear what he was saying, but he knew it was something important - He could make it out from the looks of the chinese man and the listeners.

Were they the lost friends of the girl? Were they sent by the government? Were they abominations beyond time and space that had took a human body to deceive everyone around them? Were they followers of a secret cult that kidnapped the Shri-

Azrul shook his head, before letting it rest on the body of the lamppost. From far, he looked like some sort of detective or well, a suspicious person. Especially under this light... But the boy didn't care. He just waited. For something. Anything...

But, somewhere in the back of his head, he decided not to wait. And so,`he began walking towards the group.

"S'up."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on June 07, 2012, 09:33:55 PM
9:45 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside Tourist Helpers

Zach had spent the last hour preparing for this time. He'd made sure both of his digital cameras were charged and empty of memory. He kept three SD cards and three spare charged batteries, as well as a smaller digital camera, in the camera bag hanging from his right shoulder. In a small, almost holster-like bag hanging from his belt on the right, he had another small disposable analog camera, just in case his electronic equipment shut down. His left pocket contained his phone, which had yet another camera built-in. But the centerpiece of his equipment was the large digital camera, zoom lens and large flash attached, hanging from his neck. Zach was ready for anything (http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/MundaneMadeAwesome?from=Main.WhatDoYouMeanItsNotAwesome). He even had a notepad in his camera bag, just in case he needed to write something down.

As he walked down the street to the slowly gathering crowd, he smiled. He must have looked crazy, or perhaps paranoid. He didn't really care, though. He just knew that if something picture-worthy happened, he'd be ready. No matter what.

Taking his headphones out of his ears, he cracked a grin as he approached the small, but ever-increasing group of people. It didn't take long for more to arrive, and one of them, obviously Chinese, gave a little speech. A nice little speech. One that deserved a response.

"Yes, it would be a good idea, wouldn't it? It's too bad that none of us even knows what's going to happen. Or at least... I don't. One of you might know differently. All I can say for certain is that recent events have been too strange for coincidence, and something odd is going to happen. And I'll be ready to capture it," he said, miming taking a picture with his camera for emphasis. "Although I do hope at least one of you knows a bit more than I do..."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on June 08, 2012, 09:25:34 AM
1:00AM Day 3 - Tourist Helpers - Roof Garden
After making sure Ken and his companions are safe to rest, Amarillo headed to her room and slowly climb out of the window.
Kamisuiwa is a small town with a long history, thus most buildings are built according to the classic style seen in most Asian villages - Normal 2-story buildings with a flat roof that one can climb to from the 2nd floor. In Tourist Helper's case, this roof has been constructed to a garden. It's not Amarillo's idea since that garden was there when she first arrive months ago, however, a little tree and flowers aren't bad for the fairies, especially that the amounts of fairies she has increased at least five-fold.
However, more people didn't meant an easier win, it never do.
Amarillo looks down from the roof, and saw the square that's the entrance of the town, if she can somehow disable him on the square, it would be good - but only if Diamond is stupid enough to come here by a car or on foot.
With Jeremy's capture, Diamond has fully aware of the incident happened in graveyard, and must be coming back as fast as possible, which leads to his only possible destination...

At the same time - Kamisuiwa Train Station
Star Sapphire, now dressed in full junior high school uniform (plus a cape to hide her wings), is currently talking with an old man sitting in the ticket window.
"Excuse me, I have a package for someone that'll arrive there tomorrow."
The man rise his eyes, "Girl, the storage assistant is over there... Oh, it's closed."
He stood up and walks out from the ticket booth, "Whatever, if this package needs a girl to deliver at such a night, I bet it would be something important. I shouldn't do that, but I'll put it in the storage for you, and leave a record on this assistant's note so he'll call your receiver when he comes out, You listening?"
".....Sure, thank you." As the old man take over the package and locked it in a separate storage box. Then he turns around and picks up the note lying on the table.
"It's from Lin, to 'Diamond'." Star added.
"Lin, Diamond... Don't tell me you are working for a spy or something." The old man laughed, "but if it's part of your set up, then fine, I'll put it down as you wrote." As the old man looks up again, the girl is not there.
"...what...?"He looks around, and eventually, after realizing that even running champions cannot run out of the hall in one second plus not making any noise, he decided that he just had a very strange dream, and returned to his booth.

At the same time - Tourist Helpers - Roof
"Reporting in, the Knight is in position." Hearing Star's voice in her head, Amarillo knows that her very first step of preparation has been completed.
The she heard someone sneaking behind her, she turn around and threw a punch.
"Ow!"
"Don't pretend it, Koishi, it should not be that hard for a punch." She looks up to see Koishi standing in surprise, "plus, if you are pretending you got hit, at least sound painful instead of smiling!"
"I just don't know how you managed to feel me after I cloaked myself." Koishi looks around, "a garden on a roof? That's new!"
"Well, you see, people put garden on their roof so they don't need to water them 3 times a day or worrying about sunlight issues - They entrust everything to nature."
"Truse, huh." Koishi paused for a while, "I've been hearing this word a whole day. Why are you asking that to everyone? "
"You will know soon enough, we are facing against someone very strong, and courage alone won't solve things, as GA-05, Alex and Jeremy recently demonstrated."
"Hm."
"But for you, there is something else to be worried about." Amarillo took out a wristwatch, and looks at her own watch. After some adjusting, she give it to Koishi.
It currently shows the number "22:46:12"
"What's that?"
"Time remain until you expire." Amarillo answered quietly, "You need to decide on a lot of stuff before this happens."
"Time before I *what*?" Koishi is confused.
"Er. I'll rephrase it - Time remain until the blood curse I laid on you expire, after that I can't provide you with any energy and you'll simply disappear from this world, creating a Logical Paradox in the process."
The curse Amarillo laid on Koishi is originally used for splitting one's life force and add the life force onto someone else, then the caster can watch over everything the receiver do, to ensure the receiver finish something the caster want to be done, but cannot due to various reasons. However, on Amarillo's case, she's simply giving out without actually monitoring her, and Koishi on the other hand, won't cost much since she is technically not exist in this world. A rare case that a curse is used for a good purpose.
"But as you see, this world don't have anything that can sustain your survival, thus, once our connection is cut, you'll simply go puff." As Amarillo explains, "You now has 2 ways, one is make it back to the Virtual Gensokyo before tomorrow midnight, another is find someone who'll protecting you in this fight."
"Or I can just select you instead," Koishi declares.
"Would be good, but I'm afraid I myself will be expired if I form a official link with you here. Which will be bad for everyone."
"But you are fine with the fairies!"
"I don't have a official link with them either - You know Nitori is working on something called a "Radio". right?"
"Um, right, she said she can control a giant robot with that, but is this related to our current situation?" Asked Koishi.
"Actually it's quite related. You see, a radio need a broadcasting station, and the robot need to receive radio sent out by these stations to move. Now, think of me as a broadcasting station, and is sending out great amounts of life force that only fairies can receive, and you'll get the idea."
"Ah, so if they leave you too far..." Koishi realized something, "That's why they are sticking with you when you're out there. But that still didn't explain the reason why you cannot taking in me..."
"Simple, an official link is like a cable linking the radio and the robot, we humans of the future dub them "Cable Networks". Real Cable Network is one to many, however that's with machines that could generate tons of energy. We are talking about Normal Humans - Since a human can only generate that much of energy, if a link is made, it will be costing them energy, no need to say, more receiver connected means less energy in stock, with decreases their performance. As of me, I'm already used out everything...."
Koishi chuckled.
"Honestly you lost me. But do you mean if you make me a link then we'll all die?"
"Ah, sorry! But yes, that's the case, I'm already overloading here." Amarillo nodded. "So find yourself a companion, or try to get back to the Virtual Gensokyo quickly, please."

Then Luna's voice appeared inside her head as will.
"The Bishop is in position! Will be unite with Star and heading back."

"As of now." Amarillo push Koishi back to the upward doorway, "Don't think about anything, and have a good sleep - If this diamond guy capture you sleeping on the bed, I'll certainly left you out there to die - No, don't look me like that, you know that's a joke, now SLEEP!"

"The Knight and the Bishop are both ready, now what's left are the Rook.." As Amarillo follows Koishi down, she thought, "...And the Queen."

Around 9:20 AM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa Post Office, about 2km away from Tourist Helpers
"13:55:01"
"So it seems the Rooks are ready too, thanks guys." As Amarillo looks at the bicycles aligning in a beautiful line over at the streets just outside the Post Office.
"But you see, If we have 6 Rooks here, would it count as cheating in the game?" Asked Lily White, who now is wearing the same Junior Highschool uniform and cape.
"That's because we are facing an opponent who may has a bad habit to throw up the board when he's losing. Compared to that, I'm more concerned about the uniforms, they are clearly for BOYS..." complained Lily Black.
"That's because these are the only ones Sunny can find, plus, I don't really see any problem of wearing the boys variant, the only difference is the Bright Yellow color and pants instead of Pink and dresses."
"But you see, no girls in Gensokyo ever... Nah forget it, I understand you have nothing better." Lily Black gave up, "We are very lucky that the uniforms are big enough to make us less like girls, especially you, Amarillo." As she shifted her eyes away from a certain flat zone of hers.
"Well, our jobs forces us to be as unattractive as possible, so don't comment on this, and I don't mind that. Heh. " Amarillo laughed, "Soon our receiver will arrive, the Queen are back in station, I hope he's ready."

(Note: SuperLongPostNo1Of3, thank god for the VPN.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: natten20 on June 08, 2012, 06:39:23 PM
Day 2 07:58am Kamisuiwa: Hotel Room.

Narr?n was lying in his bed with a bucket beside it.
?Why? why did I need to take the plane? Why didn?t I take the boat instead?
He rolled over and looked out the window.  The sun was rising.
?This is going to be a fine day to?? the sound of his alarm clock caught his attention.
?Is it eight o?clock already? Oh well time to get up? As he rose up he felt how the world started to spin and his stomach turned inside out.

[REDACTED FOR THE SAKE OF THE READERS]

Day 2 09:00 AM Kamisuiwa: Hotel Lobby.

?Finally I?m ready to go.? With those words said, he went outside and started wandering around the city without any real goal or purpose.

Day 2 02:12 PM Kamisuiwa: Hotel Restaurant.

After strolling around the town for several hours, not really getting anything accomplished,  he'd decided to head back to the hotel to get some food.
While waiting for his meal he picks up his laptop to check for news about the convention
Right as he starts it up a window with a link pops up, he clicks it and ends up on  a strange site with a stranger message.
?What? Faith in myself? faith in important people to me...? What in the world is this? And where is this tourist helper shop? Oh well there must be someone I can ask where to go.?
He called a waiter and asked how to get to the adress on the site. After receiving a route description, he stood up and headed towards the exit.
?W? wait, your food. Aren?t you going to eat your food?? The waiter calls out after him.
?I?ll eat it later, just set it aside for now and don?t worry about it getting cold? Bye?
He waved towards the waiter and left the building, leaving the man slightly dumbfounded.

Day 2 02:33 PM Kamisuiwa: Outside Tourist Helpers.

After getting lost a couple of times he finally stood in front of the tourist helper shop.
?If this isn?t it I don?t know what to do? I hope they at least sell cheese here.?

[sorry that it took so long but here it is.]
Title: Visions for Reisen-tanith and Natten20
Post by: Kakyoin on June 11, 2012, 05:55:26 AM
Since Nemo Ma has her hands full, I wrote the visions for Reisen-tanith and Natten20. Now you two can continue on to reach 10pm on Day3!


Chuck's vision (for Reisen-tanith)

2:15 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers (Outside)

Chuck glanced up and wrinkled his brow. Such a strange place to go to." Given his earlier run-in with one of those mysteriously suspicious soldiers, he had reason to be suspicious. And yet the strange message he saw on the website intrigued him greatly. "Ah well, it's about time to get this show on the road."

After looking every which way to make sure he wasn't being followed, he turned the knob on the door and, finding it open, stepped inside. He was as prepared as he would ever be.



2:20 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Tourist Helpers (Inside)

The pilot glanced around at the interior that met his eyes. It was rather dark inside for a tourism joint, he thought to himself. Fingers drumming at his side on nothing but air, he took several steps forward.

*click*

Grunting slightly at the sudden shine of light, he looked down and placed a hand above his eyes. What was this, some sort of circus act about to begin?

"Huh...who's there?"

His voice was answered by a sudden flash of light. To his surprise, it didn't hurt his eyes at all...but he felt like he was falling down, and suddenly...


Submerge

"Eh?"

Standing up, Chuck dusted himself off. He was in a forest, based on the trees and calm, silent aura that nature usually gave off. Looking up, the sky was surprisingly dark--only several dim lights that looked like stars shone out, otherwise he would have believed there was no sky at all above him.

"Strange...where am I?" He walked forward between two largely-spaced trees. Glancing at the bark lining their trunks, he noticed that they suddenly became much more detailed. Or no, he thought, something was lighting the place up behind him!

Turning around, he saw a strange duo in front of him. One was...someone with short hair and wings, holding a lantern. That must be the source of the light around them, he muttered to himself. She had a strange hat on, and looked almost like a bird with her wings...rubbing his eyes, he looked at her again. Perhaps his eyes were playing tricks on him. The other was stooped over and seemed to be trying to pull something up from the ground.

"That's odd." He shrugged and started walking closer. "Maybe I should check this out...I feel compelled to, for some reason."

Moving nearby, he looked down and saw with horror that the second one, a woman wearing long droopy ears, was struggling to pull her foot out of a trap! "Hey, are you all right?" he shouted out.

"Angh...gah! Hweh?" The one with long rabbit-like ears looked over at him, her face pained and one eye closed in a wince.

"You need some help, miss?" Chuck analyzed the trap out of the corner of his eye while waiting for her reply.

"Ah...p-please do...ungh..."

The one with wings put the lantern down on a bare stump. "Oooh, just our luck. He looks pretty prepared too."

As he looked over at her, he caught a glimpse of her long fingernails--was she human, or something else altogether? "I...I suppose I am. Here, hold still then." Still wondering why the winged one wasn't helping the one who was trapped, he bent down. Within moments, he had pulled it apart enough for her foot to get free.

Now free, she stumbled back and fell into a sitting position on the edge of the stump. "Ooh...owowow...t-thanks, uh...mister...?"

"Oh." He glanced up at her. She had beautiful, glowing red eyes. "The name's Chuck." He tore his eyes away from hers and looked at her ankle. Why there was no blood or any sign of a wound confused him, but he didn't care as much about it.

"I see, thanks. My name's Reisen, pleased to meet you~"

The winged girl flew forward and landed next to the rabbit woman. "And I'm Mystia. I have a question for you, actually."

He scratched his head, unable to comprehend the situation. He decided to just take it all in, since it baffled yet interested him. "Sure, I guess...what is it?"

"Do you have faith in yourself, those around you and those you will meet in the future?"

Faith, huh? What an odd question to ask at this time, he thought. "I've been through enough to say that if I make some friends, I'd certainly be willing to help 'em out, for sure. Sticking my neck out, and all that good stuff. You get the idea." He felt slightly foolish, but it was true enough.

"That's a great answer~" the winged girl said, almost with a chirping tone of song. She produced a small plate containing something skewered and pushed it towards him. "Here, have some grilled lamprey. It's your reward~"

"Huh?" Suddenly his vision seemed to fade slowly. No matter which way he looked, he couldn't see well. Jerking his head around, he relaxed as he felt the plate entering his open fingers. He grasped the plate and, leaning down, stared at the contents on the plate. It looked palatable enough, and certainly smelled good. The fact that he felt slightly hungry helped convince him of what to do. "Thanks, I guess..." He picked up the skewer and took a bite. To his pleasure, it indeed tasted great. Looking back up at them, he saw his vision clearing up slowly, but surely. "Uh...Reisen and Mystia, right? Who are y--"

The one who had called herself Reisen put a finger to her mouth and let out a shushing sound. "You'll find out soon enough. Please help us..."

The other grabbed the lantern off the stump and started to hover, her wings beating slowly. "Yes. We'll be waiting for you..."

He dropped the skewer onto his plate. "Wait...wait, where are you g--!"

Reisen and Mystia suddenly faded away. Upsetting the plate, he ran over to them just before they disappeared. "Wait, no! Come back!"


Ascend

"Wha?!"

Chuck opened his eyes. Suddenly, he was back in the place he had first entered, Tourist Helpers. Was that a prophetic vision he had seen?

"Ahaha, you look like you've seen a ghost...maybe even two!" A cute, smiling girl bounded towards him. She had a fancy-looking black hat on, as he was aware enough to notice.

"Uh...who...wait, what just happened?" Chuck's eyes settled on the odd eye on strings she was wearing that seemed to be looking at him...only it was closed. "Am I dreaming, or something?"

"Nope! So, how did it feel, seeing what you saw?"

He ran his fingers through his hair. "Well...it was certainly interesting." He wasn't sure how much to share with her, so he decided to get a question off of his chest. "Wait a minute, did you cause that...weird dream, or whatever it was I had?"

The girl nodded her head vigorously. "It was me, yep. So you saw interesting things, huh?"

"I saw..." He suddenly remembered the two he had met. "Wait, those two...they said they needed me!"

"Oh, yes! Please do help them out if you can, mhmm." She put a hand on her cheek. "If you come back tomorrow, I can probably help you figure out where they are..."

"Really?" As incredulous and exciting as it sounded, he wasn't sure if this was real or not. Still, he should find out as much as he could, as this situation seemed real enough. "Well, what can I do? When can I come back?"

"Try coming back at two hours until midnight, okay?"


(Reisen-tanith, your next post should begin just after Chuck leaves Tourist Helpers.)



Narr?n's vision (for Natten20)

2:35 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers (Inside)

"Hello...?"

Narr?n looked around. No one was inside Tourist Helpers? He started to get slightly worried, feeling like he was lured out here.

"Maybe I should head back, then..."

He considered leaving, but due to curiosity decided to explore the room a bit. The desk was deserted, and the place seemed rather empty and dull inside. Walking to the other side, he saw a hallway that led to several side rooms but decided not to walk further.

Narr?n began heading towards the exit. "Hmm...I guess it was all for noth--"

His musing was cut short as he suddenly saw and felt nothing. His eyes were consumed by darkness, and before he could react he suddenly fell deep into an infinite abyssal pool of black...


Submerge

Narr?n shook his head. He was sitting on a...stool? Looking down, he confirmed that he was indeed seated as such. His ears picked up the sound of music in the background, and as he swung back up his hands felt the counter in front of him.

"Sir, are you sure you're ready to order?"

"What?" He stared at the waitress who had appeared in front of him. She seemed odd...he stared at her chest, his eyes finding the name badge pinned to her shirt, which read "Nazrin". Looking up, he noticed that she had big mouse-like ears. It seemed normal enough to him for some reason. Maybe it was a part of the convention, an internal restaurant. "Uh...well..."

The mouse-eared girl sighed and put her notepad down. "Are you all right? Do you need to see the menu again?"

"W-Well," he stammered, "sure, I guess. I'm sorry, I'm not quite sure what happened to me all of a sudden..."

She produced a light smile and reached down on the other side of the counter. "All right, then. Here you go." She plopped the menu down in front of him.

Picking it up, he opened the menu eagerly. The menu was blank inside, except for a single phrase:

    Do you have faith in yourself, those around you and those you will meet in the future?

He looked back up at the waitress. "Uh...what? This menu is a little strange..."

"So? Can you answer me now?"

Narr?n put the menu down. "Uh...you want me to answer this question written here?" He thought he caught a glimpse of the girl's...tail? Was he seeing things?

"Yes, please do." Notepad at the ready, she leaned down over the counter. "Well, do you?"

"I--of course, if my friends are in trouble I would help them..."

"And everyone else?" The waitress seemed to be jotting down what he had said.

He blinked at her insistence. "Everyone else? Like people I meet? Of course if they need help, I would be willing to see what I can do. Within reason, of course."

She smirked and stopped writing. "Good. Then, when the time comes..." She leaned in closer and whispered in his ear after he turned his head. "...please, I need your hel--....."

Narr?n's eyes widened. His head unmoving, out of the corner of his left eye he could barely see the waitress...disappearing?!

"What?! Hey...wait, what's going on?!" he voiced loudly.

*clack*

He turned back and looked down. Her pen and notepad had fallen onto the counter, but she was...gone!

"Huh...Nazrin...? Where are you? What happened?!" He reached for the pad of paper to see what she had written on it, to see if there was any hope of finding out a secret message she may have left. Before he could grasp it, he felt the strength in his body draining, and his vision fading...


Ascend

"...uh! What?"

Narr?n found himself on the ground. Groaning, he slowly stood up, but found himself helped up by a girl he had never seen before. She had a yellow shirt and green skirt on.

The girl grabbed his hand and pulled him up. "Uff...you okay?" She looked at him after he had gotten up. "So, how did it feel, seeing what you saw?"

"Huh. Were you the one who made me see that? That waitress, and...the weird...uh..."

"Ah, yes. Well, she is very much real though," the girl said rather nonchalantly.

"She is?!"

She nodded. "Yep!"

He thought for a moment. "Wait...but she said she...needed me for something. Uh, do you know where she is?"

"I'm sure I can figure out where she is by tomorrow sometime...maybe around ten o'clock at night? Can you come back around that time?"

Narr?n clenched his fist. He felt important all of a sudden. "I'll be there!"


(Natten, your next post should begin just after Narr?n leaves Tourist Helpers.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on June 13, 2012, 12:08:25 PM
Around 9:05 AM Day 3, Kamisuiwa Train Station
"14:14:14"
Diamond is staring at the package he mysteriously received.
Why it's mysterious? That's because this package have no records, which means there is no trace of this package is stored by who, or when. The only information that can give is that this package is directed to him, a man codenamed Diamond.
With caution, Diamond took out a knife from his belt, and sliced the package open. Inside the package, there is a letter, but it's not written, seems like somebody cut off words from the newspapers and pasted them on a sheet of regular A4 print paper.
"It's not nice to put your visitors in an shiny cage,
so we decided to flash outside of it and destroy it.
Big mana fireworks will transform the graveyard into a carnival when you come back, and We have the trigger -
If you don't like carnivals, I suggest you to start the game now instead of mourning about the thing you already lost,
otherwise,
you will begin to lose more."

There is no signature or anything that can show the sender. Diamond turned over the page, and something (in handwritten text as well!) showed up, "The Post Office, the Park, Kamisuiwa Center, choose one."
"How..?" Seeing the texts disappeared again, Diamond folded the paper and put it in the pocket, he glanced into the package again, but there is nothing interesting inside. However, after a closer inspection, there is something pasted on the bottom of the box.
It's a gift card for a bread store in Kamisuiwa Center.
After Diamond picks it up and make sure that there is no poison spiked on it, he looked onto the bottom of the package again, and saw the following:
"Dear Mister: You will probably burn down to ashes for today, please put this gift card to good use."
"Don't....treat me like an idiot!" Diamond yelled, throwing the package (now completely empty) on the ground, and run out of the station.
"Will the sender wait for me at that store? Never hurt to go and see."

Around 9:30, Kamisuiwa Post Office
"13:46:00"
"You are sure you didn't write an ransom letter, right?" Amarillo asks Lily Black, who is telling her the contents in the package, "Your tone for writing this stuff is the first step of the plan, I tell you."
"I wrote that exactly what you wanted, I didn't leak any information, I used a scare tactic, and lastly I lured him to the shop. or trying to lure him, anyway."
Amarillo thinks for a while, then nodded. "We'll test the extents of his ability this way."
"Is that even testable? I only recall they test your ability with some sort of cards with symbols on it..." Lily White asked.
"Well, my ability is sort of a Telepath, so it's only natural that they test me with cards and let me tell them what cards they're having. But whatever, we are now not in a situation like that, We cannot come up to this Diamond guy and ask him "Hey, what's the extent of your ability? Can you show us?""
Then they all laughed.
"So, if Diamond has been really been lured to Kamisuiwa Centre, and he used his ability, then there must be something happening that forces us to go there. Before that, we just wait." Amarillo sit down on the stairs and closed her eyes.
"Hmmm..."Star started "So if he arrived at Kamisuiwa Centre, and didn't find us, plus we are not forced to go there, that must means Diamond can't control the outcome of the things he didn't experience - In other words, he cannot control things that's outcome didn't relate to him."
"That's correct." Amarillo said calmly, "Also, I told Lily Black to write the letter so Diamond won't know exactly who send it - and we have already proved one thing - He need a target to predict their outcomes, and it must be a clear one - "Escapees from Graveyard" simply won't do."

"He had already bought some bread from the store, and is seemingly heading to your location!" Daiyousei's voice suddenly starts to echo in everyone's heads.
"Hmm, an educated guess, or we had already fall victim to his ability?" Amarillo stood up, and steps inside of the post office, the fairies following her.

Around 10:10, Kamisuiwa Post Office, Front Gate
"13:06:34"
Diamond slowed down after he found a girl sitting on the stairs.
She is wearing the Boy's uniform of Kamisuiwa Junior High School, but something isn't right.
She seems less human.
"An Escapee from Gensokyo?" Diamond runs after her.

Seeing the man dash towards her, Star quickly floats up and retreated into the Post Office.
"So it's indeed you!" Diamond shouts, and then quickly muttered something.
As soon as the girl is about to get into the office lobby, the huge neon sign above the gate starts to lose its balance, and with a loud crash, the neon sign fall to the floor, blocking the girl's way.
"What!" Star stopped, but before Diamond could land his hands on her, she turned to a stream of light, and disappears into thin air.
"Hm, she disappeared? Or is she just using one of their abilities?" Diamond took out a pair of glasses from his uniform jacket pocket, using the glasses, he can trace any heat signature and mana signature emitted by anything, however as of now it failed to work, as there is indeed nothing weird happening in the office lobby.

At the Same Time, Kamisuiwa Post Office, Back Gate
"That's some awesome power he displayed, if not we merged in the short time, I doubt Star's safety." An Amarillo with black hair and ponytail undone is standing near the back gate, looking at the security moving off the neon sign from the main gate. "Just to be sure, Star has already checked the signs yesterday, and it won't break that soon if without any outside interference. The only explanation is that was caused by Diamond's ability-" As another stream of light flashes, Star Sapphire reappeared beside Amarillo, "Everyone please put on the hats, pick a bike there, and rush out! before Diamond makes it here!"

When Diamond finally rushed out from the back gate, all he can see is the trails of six bicycles.
"Six people.... if we are counting the human that's connecting them, that makes at least one human and five escapee." He pulled out his cellphone, "Has you located any girls or boys on bicycles? They are wearing the typical male uniform of the Junior High of the local area." He shouted to the phone.
"Let me see.." Diamond's other surviving member, now standing at a cross road near the post office replied quickly, "not "any", but SIX bikes with entities similar to your descriptions are heading out from your location, they split into groups of 2s and rushed off to three different directions!"
In one split second, Diamond wanted to heavily smash the phone to the ground, but soon he realized this is meaningless, "Well, thanks, I think we have an very tough situation here, can you track down 2 groups at once?"
As soon as he asked, he realizes that the question is pretty meaningless as well, he hang up the phone and quickly booted up the Maps software.
"Hmm, we come from the post office, then the three different direction leads to a Library, a Junior School and a national park... It's another set of choices.." Diamond put the phone back, and flipped a coin. After seeing the result, he runs out.

After a few minutes of running, he arrived at a used-car shop. The shop owner is holding some kind of lottery draw.
Diamond stopped and watch, and after another woman leaves with an empty hand, Diamond walks up and draw a ticket.
"Woah, seems we have an winner!" As the shop owner is still declaring the winner, Diamond has already jumped into the prized used-car, and started it.
Before the owner can protest, Diamond has already disappeared from the streets.
"Youngsters these days sure are quick-tempered..." he said to himself. "However I doubt you would have enough fuel! Hah!"

At the same time, RAI Frontal Base Codenamed "GRAVEYARD", Control Room
"What?! He wins a car out from nowhere in a single draw?" As Sunny and Nitori is putting the data from the traffic camera to the big screens, everyone in the room gasped.
Not only them, Etch and his team is also there, Sunny happened to caught them wandering in the base, and after Etch boasts to Sunny about the "Gaining Access from street Cameras", Sunny dragged his team to the Control Room.
"Well, you'll probably got lost again, so it's better to show off your skill here." She said.
Etch obviously didn't know the exactly way of illegally getting into the traffic system, however, after some google search, they successfully find out that the contents of Traffic Camera's captures are actually available on the local net, thus, they had just saw how Diamond has increased his chasing power ten fold by legally acquire a car in no longer than one minute.
"This guy would be very tough to crack."muttered Etch.

(Superlongpost 2/3 done. Have you grasped at least some of this guy's weakness? If not, no problem, if yes, you have gained a huge advantage, please don't spoil it by telling others about that!)
Title: Outside Tourist Helpers - A Wild Incident Appears!
Post by: Kakyoin on June 22, 2012, 03:00:57 AM
9:59 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa - Tourist Helpers (Outside)

Xuezheng frowned. This was the second time he had heard a strange noise in what he assumed was a nearby street or up an alley, because he had seen nothing out of the ordinary on the brief walk he had decided to take to clear his head.

"All these people show up now too? This can't just be coincidence...maybe that girl inside was telling the truth after all. Intriguing..."

He shook his head and looked back at the group, which had grown larger than he had expected. They were still there, so nothing significant had happened. Sighing, he continued to walk a short distance away to clear his head.

"Ahhh..."

Xuezheng's body jerked upright. It was that sound again. He glanced around, trying to figure out where it was coming from. It sounded louder than before, and like a human...perhaps someone was in trouble? The concerned artist stared back at the others waiting near Tourist Helpers, but nothing seemed out of the ordinary over there. His mind raced as he mentally weighed decisions. Now wasn't the time to investigate other problems, but if someone really was in trouble and no one came to help...

"Hrgh...gah..."

Blinking, his eyes trained towards the direction of the voice. As far as he could tell, it was distinctly female. It was coming from what appeared to be a street corner, or around it. Was it...this wasn't a trick, was it?

"I need to do something about it," he muttered. "But...I'm not sure what I should do...get the others, or..."

"Uwah! J-Jeez...they did a number on me..."

His brow became wrinkled. That was definitely a woman's voice. Deciding to at least peek around the corner, he walked hurriedly over to one of the pillars flanking the entrance to the building at the street corner, trying to remain as quiet as he could. Mouth open, his breathing was as silent as he could make it. Inching closer, he eventually looked around to see if he could see anything.

The expected sight of a young woman sitting on the ground entered his eyes. What was someone else doing around these parts so late...or did she have an unfortunate encounter with those soldiers? In fact, he thought, what if she was just like him? Perhaps she had come out to reach Tourist Helpers and had a run-in with those suspicious soldiers.

Hoping he hadn't been seen by her, he moved back against the pillar and surveyed the area in all directions to make sure no one else was around. Xuezheng thought to himself for a moment. She looked injured, but given the situation it was possible that the soldiers could come back, and he could potentially be discovered...

He clenched his fist together. As much as he hated lying, he would do what he had to do. Slowly, he edged around the corner and casually walked out in plain sight, one hand in his right pocket. Pretending to seem surprised, he faked a flinch and looked down. "Whoa...uh, are you okay?"

The woman gasped and made as if to move away, but quickly stopped upon seeing that he was relatively non-threatening. "Ugh...who are you...?"

Xuezheng bent down, taking his hand out of his pocket and placing both of them on his knees. "That's not important right now...you look hurt. I hope not, but...did the soldiers do something awful to you?"

She averted her eyes for a few seconds, and he noted that she seemed to be thinking of what to say. Eventually, she looked back and firmly stated "Yes. Are you--you aren't with them, are you?"

He paused only momentarily before shaking his head. "I am not. And I can guess that you aren't, based on what I heard you saying earlier."

"Y...Yeah." She winced as she tried to stand up. "Let's just say, I've been incredibly unlucky today...mind--oogh--helping me out a little?"

Xuezheng finished looking her over and quietly extended a hand out. She didn't seem to be wearing much clothing, mostly garments normally worn below outer apparel. He had caught a glimpse here and there of her ponytail, and the blonde color of her hair was still visible even in the relative darkness at this time of night out on the street. He guessed she was about 22 or 23 years old, based on her youthful appearance and height. Taking a stance, he helped her stand up.

"Th...Thanks," she uttered through gritted teeth. "Surprised I'm not bleeding..."

"You're welcome, but what on earth happened to you?" he asked.

"I'd rather not talk about it, really..." she started to say. Noticing him suddenly turn around, she spoke up again. "Hey, wait! Where are you going?"

"I, um," he started. "Well, I'm supposed to be somewhere...important, soon." He looked around the corner at something she couldn't see. "That's why I'm here, you see."

"Heh, I gotcha." She walked a few steps forward and, satisfied that her body was well off enough, let go of the wall. "Mind if I come with you? I could use a place to stay that doesn't involve those...pesky soldiers."

Xuezheng scratched his head. "Well..." This was a predicament, he thought. He didn't even know who she was...was it worth the risk bring her along as well? She didn't seem harmful, that was certain, and their group had grown large enough...he would be safe if something went wrong, and besides, there was no telling if and when the soldiers would come back. "Okay, I guess. There's more than just me, but that's probably more for better than worse in this case, it would seem."

She managed a grin. "Duly noted, I appreciate it. This is a bit unfortunate, but life is unfair."

Looking back at the others from afar, he could see they were still out there and hadn't moved at all. "They're over there." Motioning to her, he started walking in their direction. "But why don't you tell me in the meantime, what were you doing out here so late?"

Shuffling after him, she answered. "Well...I had some unfinished business to take care of, but those go--the soldiers just didn't believe what I was saying. That's really all there is to it."

He raised an eyebrow. "Is that so?" That was interesting. So she wasn't one of them, it seemed. "Well...wait a minute, what's your name?"

"My name? Well, most people I know...they call me Mabel."


(Notes: ATTN EVERYONE WITH CHARACTERS WAITING OUTSIDE TOURIST HELPERS: While taking a short walk to clear his head and think about the recent events, Xuezheng found a woman named Mabel nearby, who seems injured and claims to have been accosted by the soldiers that are plaguing Kamisuiwa. She is following him back to the group gathered outside Tourist Helpers. React as you see fit, and it's okay to go a bit beyond 10pm timestamp-wise. Note also that Mabel will not be very open to talking about who she is nor where she came from, but will only reveal the fact that the soldiers attacked her.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on July 02, 2012, 01:49:39 AM
10:00 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa - Tourist Helpers (Outside)
'Most people I know...does she have an alternate name? That's...well...that wouldn't be out of the question. This is so...strange,' he thought. 'It's putting me more and more on edge...'

The rush of adrenaline was evident. His heart was pounding in his ears, pumping hot blood. He wanted to move, draw, paint, something to get his mind off this entire fiasco. This Mabel person was acting suspiciously, but then again everything was being suspicious. Everything.

He sighed to himself again as the two of them reached the rest of the group. 'All I can do right now is wait, without some kind of enemy or goal right in front of me...'
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on July 04, 2012, 04:35:28 AM
Timestamp - Day 3, 10:22 A.M., Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa.
The late morning sun shone into the room, as if it was gazing through the window. Birds whistled and sung their cheerful songs as the day begun to reach its height. Within the room, the sounds of the outside muffled by the closed window, The boy who was lying on the bed awoke.
Slowly, he opened his eyes.
Light assaults his retinas. The boy squints as he tries to shield his eyes from the bright sun. As his eyes adjust, he lets out a quiet yawn and shifts a bit, stretching his sleepy limbs. After waking himself, he sits up and gazes around.

His name was Nikolas. After receiving an invitation to a certain convention in Japan, he had excitedly packed his bags and got on a flight to Japan.
Now he was here, in Japan, staying in a hotel within the town of Kamisuiwa. It seemed almost unreal, as if it were a dream.

Nikolas rubbed his tired eyes, yawning in the process.
Aah?what time is it?? The boy wondered as he looked around for a clock.
Eventually, his eyes came to one. It read 10:24.
Nikolas blinked as he stared at the clock in disbelief. As reality began to set in, he realized that he had already spent half of the morning sleeping.
?Ah?! I need to get up and get going if I want to be able to see all the tourist spots today.? He thought aloud as he threw the covers off and got out of the bed.
The boy grabbed his suitcase and laid it down, opening it carefully as to not spill the contents. Nikolas unpacked his laptop, setting on the desk in the far corner, and turned it on. While it was busy starting up, he withdrew a fresh change of clothes for himself and headed off for a shower to prepare himself for a long and hopefully interesting day.


Timestamp - Day 3, 2:25 P.M., Outside Somewhere, Kamisuiwa.
?Hah! Well, I think that?s all of them??
Nikolas mumbled aloud as he sauntered over to a nearby tree. The boy leaned back against the tree?s large and sturdy trunk, and then slid to the ground. He let out an exhausted breath as he closed his eyes. The many leaves above him cast a generous shadow onto the ground, creating a noticeably cooler area. A calm zephyr rustled the leaves, making the shade move as if it had been alive. Nikolas inhaled the fresh breeze. His hair ruffled gently, softly brushing up against the boy?s face. He smiled as he listened to his surroundings. Two birds that chirped back and forth at each other, the sound the leaves made when the wind passed through them, and the far off sounds of the city. This was something Nikolas enjoyed. It was a wonderful sense of peacefulness, of being part of nature, the world, and as if the passage of time did not matter, like this peace would always be here, forever.
As the wind died down, Nikolas opened his eyes and observed the scenery.
The sky was a clear blue, speckled with bright, pure white clouds. On the distant horizon was a group of mountains, their colors tinted blue by the sky. Foothills stood in front of them, a dark green with a faint touch of blue. The verdant landscape was something that you?d expect to see in a painting.
Oh! I almost forgot I brought my sketchbook with me. Nikolas thought as he took off his backpack and rummaged through it. After about a minute, the boy withdrew a coil-bound sketchpad and a black drawing pencil. He flipped through the book until he came to an empty page. With a smile, he readied himself, tilting the book to its side. Then he gazed forward at the scenery before him, his eyes fixated on the green, blue, and white, as if nothing could break his stare. The boy inhaled, and exhaled; slowly, calmly, smoothly. Then, he let out a rough breath, and raised his drawing pencil to the sketchbook?s paper. He carefully pressed the pencil to the paper, and began to draw.


Timestamp - Day 3, 2:45 P.M., Location Unchanged.
Nikolas continued to sketch in silence. On the paper were faint outlines of the horizon, foothills, and the clouds that hung in the deep sea of blue above. The lines were gentle and carefully drawn, as if he was pouring his determination into this simple pencil drawing.
Eventually, he sighed and sat up straight. He wiped his forehead and gazed upward at the canopy over top of him.
The wind had all but left the area, only giving a short breath every now and again. Nikolas could feel the afternoon heat more now, even though he had not moved from the shade-covered space that sat around the base of the tree. The sun beat down relentlessly. Nikolas reached into his bag and fished out a bottle of water. The boy frowned for a moment, wondering how hot it could get in Japan, then took a drink of water. It was still cool from when he had purchased it earlier. He let out a refreshed sigh as he looked at the subject of his drawing. As he gazed out into the distance, something caught the boy?s eye.
Movement.
Shadowy figures of people moved stiffly in the immediate outskirts of Kamisuiwa.
Nikolas squinted slightly, trying to make out any more details. The sun, as if in compliance, slid behind a cloud, dimming its light just enough that the boy could make out the figures.
Uniforms.
Nikolas opened his mouth, but refrained from speaking his thoughts aloud. Uniforms? What are a bunch of people wearing uniforms doing patrolling around the town?s outskirts? He thought, slightly puzzled. Are they some kind of sports team? No, those uniforms look nothing like sports team uniforms. Are they police officers then? Maybe, but, something feels?off.
Just then, the group moved. One of them waved the other two over, the gesture accompanied by a muffled shout, and then took off running back into Kamisuiwa, with the other two following behind the first.
Nikolas furrowed his brow for a moment, not quite comprehending the scene he had just observed. Did?did something happen in town?? He thought, half bewildered. Curiousity had begun to surface in the boy?s mind, compelling him to go see what was happening. After thinking it over for a moment, Nikolas made his choice.
He hurriedly placed his sketchbook and pencil back into his bag, throwing the bag over his shoulders, and then he grabbed his bottle of water and pushed himself up off the ground, dashing in the general direction in which he thought the group had gone.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Orphea.Russ on July 04, 2012, 08:52:43 AM
12:30 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Hotel, third floor

She rolled over face-down to keep the light off her eyes. Such a stupid, stupid thing. Aiko hated waking up late. She didn't need a watch or a clock to tell her exactly how late it was; she'd become adept at reading the time by how annoyingly bright it was out.
"The hell kind of dream was that..." Right now she wasn't even sure what had happened anymore. Without collecting the dream's events immediately after waking up, everything just slipped between her metaphorical fingers. After a few minutes she pushed herself up, the sheet falling off her back neatly as she glared at the wall for a minute.
"...Stupid sleep, always screwing up all of my thought lines... whatever."
With that, Aiko pulled herself out of bed to change to a fresh set of clothing and go eat breakfast. ... lunch, whatever it was by now.


5:26 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Somewhere not in the hotel

It wasn't hard for her to find a place to go. After eating Aiko had simply exited the hotel and picked a direction and started walking. And walking. So much from yesterday still tugged at the edge of her mind, and with nothing else to occupy herself with, she soon found herself considering it all. She came here for a convention, and instead she got a load of unknown variables dumped in her lap to sort into an equation. Hell, she probably didn't even have half of them to put together, and here she was trying anyway. Like trying to put together a thousand-piece puzzle with maybe a hundred tiles.
... It was worth a try anyway.
"You think you can maintain the faith you have when you will be needed?" She didn't even know what those words were hinting at, and still as she remembered them, they sent a shiver up her spine. Yet it also reminded her that she had to be back at that place tonight.
...she could stand to walk a little more first.


10:02 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside Tourist Helpers


After a slight delay regarding minor nourishment, Aiko managed to make her way within sight of the Tourist Helpers structure. By her count she was a little late, but a little late was better than not arriving at all. In whatever case, she had to at least figure out what was going on; So with that in mind she made the final approach to the building.
But after all, an answer to one question only yields to many more questions, doesn't it? Maybe we'll just have to see how many questions we can answer in one fell swoop...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on July 07, 2012, 03:35:25 PM
Day 3, Around 12:00, Kamisuiwa Train Station
"11:50:00"
Amarillo just finished a call.
"I guess we finally got some trouble." shouted as Lily Black (who is actually surprisingly good at riding a bicycle) catch up with Amarillo at the front gate of the Train Station.
"Shhhh...Even if it's trouble, don't say it out loud." Amarillo stopped her, "It seems our guest today got a car out of nowhere."
"But how is that possible!" The fairy gasped As Daiyousei make a sudden stop (without crushing into Lily's bike) and the others follows.
"Possible or not, it has already happened. We need a change of plans." Amarillo took out the map, "According to Sunny, he won a car at this location, using a mean that we do not yet understand - whatever, the point is that now he has a car, he'll be more effective at scouting for us."
"And what do you think he'll go? It's not like if he has got any clues..." Star points at the map, "he already went to the mall, so I guess he'll not be heading there."
"However if he thought the cake thing was our plan to lure him to the mall, then he would went there again, maybe even waiting there to catch us." said Lily White.
"That's some good reverse psychology, however I don't quite get your last part." Amarillo smiled, and continuing her map-reading.
"What's good for us is that we got 6 people here and Diamond only got himself." suggested Luna, "we can just scatter around in the city and he'll be clueless, since we wear the same clothing and all."
"That's not.. a good plan." Lily Black replied, "What if one of you get caught, I don't agree on this tactic."
"Neither do I." Amarillo looks up, "but Luna's idea DO have some usefulness."

-20 Minutes Later-
"So why did you choose me instead of others, or my sister?"
Lily Black's voice echoed in Amarillo's minds.
"That's because you are the only sword among our cast of shields." Amarillo replied.
"Eh, whenever you have doubts, you always goes on with your metaphors - Admit it, you want to take him down for what he did to us."
The girl is now rushing towards the mall.
She don't know if Diamond will actually wait there, however she didn't think so.
From what she knows, Diamond is a guy who want to claim victory AND honor - though in a very twisted way.
Rewrite his own fate to bestow ill fate upon others - That's something both Lily Black and Amarillo Viridian dislikes.

However, huge ego will destroy anyone, even one who writes his own fate.
That's why she is heading to the mall : such a guy like Diamond won't come back to a place just to find a girl that's not here in the first place, or so he thought not to.

and it seems she's right.

Day 3, Around 13:00, Kamisuiwa Editorials Building
"10:47:26"
Kamisuiwa Editorials is one of the few magazines that's published in the town. It's office is located not far from the town center, and is one of the tallest buildings in town. Though it's not as tall as your skyscrapers in big cities, neither can you see every place of this town on the building's top.
However, Luna and Star don't care about that a bit.
"So we need a place that can watch on what's happening on both the Train Station and the Park, correct?" As Star sneaks up to the rooftop ("We are the students from Grade 8 doing a school project!") and found Luna who is already waiting there.
"More or less, also, why don't you just fly up there instead of playing fool around these humans?" Luna looked out towards the square that's in front of the building.
"More flying means more EN consume for Amarillo, we are not in a video game, and there aren't any blue potions that can recover EN, remember that." Star pulls out a can of coffee from her pocket.
"...So what about that?" Luna took the coffee from Star, "Red Potions? Or whatever item that you see in games?"
"No, that's simply coffee. Now what's the color of Diamond's car again?"

At the same time, on the route to Kamisuiwa Central Mall
Diamond is driving, he tried to ask the townspeople about the girls in uniforms on bikes, however as he excepted he didn't get that much information.
Every day there are literally at least ten dozens of students that does the exactly same thing - wearing uniforms, roaming around in town, apparently doing nothing.
"She actually think into it, and picked a way that is hardest for me to track them down..." Diamond parked his car in front of the mall. "However, there are still something I can do."
he closes his eyes.

Day 3, Around 13:30, Kamisuiwa Central Mall
Suddenly, the alarm bell starts to rang all across the building.
"Warning! This is not a test of the fire alarm system, we discovered fire in our storage units, I repeat, we discovered fire in out storage units. Please get out of the building from nearby safety exits..."
"A Fire Alarm?" The girl jumps up from the cafe bar located at the fifth floor.
"Do you think it's a coincidence?"
"Err, Let's hope it is."

Instead of running down the stairs, the girl knocked off the glass that's located on the fifth floor safety window, and jumped out from it.

Diamond runs into the halls, he was stopped by a clerk, however after seeing his "Agent Pass", the clerk can do nothing but allowing him to heading in, believing that a group of firefighters will be coming.
Diamond knows there will be no firefighters, since the fire didn't exist anyway: what he did is simply caused the fire alarm malfunction.
Would the girl he seeks running down into this hall from upstairs? would she staying on top, believing it's a true fire alarm and waiting for people to rescue?
Then he recalls something else.

"Looks like you guys also brought a flying companion, but YOU WILL FALL HERE."

"Ah, yes, I remembered she can fly!" With this sudden inspiration in mind, Diamond turned around and run out of the building.

At the same time, Central Road
So it seems Diamond cannot alter directly someone's fate. Amarillo thought as the girl is riding the bicycle down the road towards the park.
Once they get to the park, she could get cover from Luna and Star. A spiritual bullet is enough to take him out.
Everything works according to plan, however...
A car quickly run past her, and stopped just in front of her.
"Oh I don't have time to listen to you." The girl muttered, and spread her wings, flew over the car and landed heavily on the ground.
Diamond is not counting her to stop either, he took out his gun and just as he begins to shoot-- He received a kick on the neck.
He looks up and see Daiyousei just above him, then she disappears.

"Seems you got not only one companion, however I'm interested on how your bike will be holding after that little stunt?"
Diamond get into the car again, and drive away.
He already have something in mind about their next location.
"However, I cannot simply cause them to appear there.. There must be something I overlooked, but what exactly?"

Day 3, Around 14:00, Rooftop of Kamisuiwa Editorials Building
"9:57:12"
"Here they are!" As Star saw the girl riding into the park and get off the bike, she quickly took out the phone and called her number:
"So is everything going fine?" She asked.
"Pretty much nothing, we encountered Diamond, he caused a fire in the mall. If it's not for Daiyousei I would be dead by now, call Lily White and have her ready at the park."
"OK, then what about you?"
"My bike is busted, so we couldn't delay them with our original means - We'll just wait and see if he appears at here or the graveyard, if He appeared here, we lure him back and have Ken take care of him for us,"
"Sounds good. Then I'll call Sunny too to make sure Diamond is not heading to the graveyard," Star hang up.
The girl left out a sigh, "How can Sunny Stop him from getting to the graveyard... I thought she means stopping him from getting IN the graveyard..."

Meanwhile, Graveyard Control Room
"Ahh, this madmen is heading our way!" seeing what Diamond did and what street he just went on, Etch shouted.
"Don't worry, we had our preparations." As Sunny took out a recorder from her pocket, everybody is staring at her.
Diamond is indeed heading to the Graveyard Base. However, as he arrived, he's stopped by the fully working security systems.
"UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLE DETECTED."
"Ahh, yes, that did seem to be unauthorized for you." Thinking so, Diamond step down, however he's still stopped by the barbed wires.
"PERSONNEL DETECTED : A13 DIAMOND, YOUR AUTHORIZATION EXPIRED 3 DAYS AGO."
"What?!" Diamond cannot believe his ears, "did some one taking over?"
"NEGATIVE."
"Who's decision is it?"
"NEGATIVE. HOWEVER I'M ALLOWED TO TELL YOU THAT YOU FAILED TO MEET YOUR EXPECTATIONS AS OF NOW, PLEASE GO AND FORGET THIS PLACE."
"Heh, this base will went up into flames this night, and you are telling me I'm not good enough? Fine, I'll Prove it."
Diamond drove away.

In the control room, Sunny stopped the recorder.
"I don't know that people of RAI actually, you know, had grudge on this guy." commented Akyuu.
"Heh, if you are working with a guy who can cheat on anything on anyone on any moment, you'll hate him too." replied Etch.

Day 3, Around 15:20, Kamisuiwa Park
"8:37:01"
"Shhh.. Here he comes, maybe Sunny successfully stopped him as well." Listening to Star's reports, The girl ready herself.
Her plan is easy - Diamond won't have time to check the park, so as long as she is hiding in it, Diamond cannot caught her.
However, Diamond just walked in, and he clearly have no intention of going in deeper to search for her, that surprised her.
He stood on the central square of the park, and is actually not aware of the girl, who is just two brushes away from him.
Not like that poses any problem for Diamond.
"Whoever you are that mailed me with threats - I have a sure-fire plan that'll wipe you OUT. After that I have some of my own business to tend to. " Diamond looked around.
"PART ONE: Start to declare just as I go into this place. PART TWO: Declare it in SECRET so you don't know what awaits you. PART THREE: I'll now run because I don't want to got backfired by this AWESOME plan." As he finished, he turned back, run towards his car, and drive away.
"What was he referrin--" As the girl thought... Diamond's voice suddenly echoed from far away.
"PART FOUR: DECLARE YOUR FATE BEFORE I DECLARE MY PLAN!!"
and the girl turned back as a truck hit her head on, throwing Amarillo into the air.
(http://ww4.sinaimg.cn/large/5e654fbbgw1duooz8gfluj.jpg)
Strangely, She cannot feel anything, probably because she cannot, or is that because....
As Amarillo is falling down, she saw a very familiar shape blocking her from the truck - It was herself, but with darker hair color and red eyes.
"Heh, before you use me as a weapon, I got used as a shield instead, what irony."
"You know that's pointless." cried Amarillo, "Now get back here!"

In an instant, the girl got knocked out again from the shock that she was meant to take, however because Lily's actions somehow reduced the shook, she didn't suffer any injuries that's too heavy.
But one thing is clear, Amarillo's plan to use the Fairy of Rebirth as a weapon failed, since Lily Black would be unavailable for a few days after suffering a shock that heavy.
Still unable to get up, she looked far away, the driver of that truck seems to be dead too.
"Leave no witnesses, do you?" As Amarillo thought about the next actions, she saw a boy far in the gathering crowd.
However when she want to get a closer look, he disappeared.
".....urgh, it still hurts... I need someone to get us out there." Amarillo thought.

Meanwhile, on the top floor of the editorial building.
"What?! How could sis do something like that?" As Lily White tried to look through the smokes far away.
"She always said she don't like soft people, however she took a hit for her, I wonder if that's also a sign of Tsundere..." commented Luna, "Don't worry, with Amarillo by her side she'll be ok in no time. We are more worrying on how they can get out from there after all these. Let's return to the Tourist Helpers and see what Ken's team is doing."
Title: Part 4: Declare Your Fate Before I Declare My Plan!
Post by: Kakyoin on July 12, 2012, 05:47:12 AM
4:10 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Entrance)

Mayli stopped abruptly, mid-step. Her ears took in the sound of nothing.
    Glancing to her left she saw her best friend, her only human friend for miles, lying calmly on the smaller bed, seemingly lost in thought. She reached a gloved hand up to feel her helmet, the headgear taken from an actual soldier; its flawless smooth surface brought her back to reality. Come to think of it, she thought, I have other human friends here, and yet...
    Feeling anxious, she turned to her right. In the hallway near the stairs, Mokou and Kaguya were sitting uneventfully, conversing with glum expressions. Were they unhappy or just bored? Unable to make out their discussion, she sighed softly. Turning back to face Ken, she lifted the helmet's visor and walked closer.
    "Bored?" she asked as she examined the palm side of her gloves.
    "More relaxed than bored." Swinging his legs up, he brought them down and came to a sitting position. "Just thinking."
    She loosened her grip on the rope in her other hand. "About...?"
    "Eh, nothing really important."
    "Ken..."
    He shrugged innocently, feeling the hilt of the sheathed sword at his side. "It's not much, really...just been thinkin' about how we all ended up like this, and what Yuyuko said."
    He always does that when he's got something on his mind, she thought. "I have a feeling we'll soon find out the truth." Motioning with a jerk of her head, she continued. "How's Hatate? Any better?"
    Frowning, he shook his head. "Not better or worse." Reaching down from the bed he rested atop, he placed his fingers on her cheek and then reached further down to feel neck. He looked satisfied yet perplexed. "She's the same...there's definitely a pulse, and she's breathing lightly, but..."
    Mayli squatted down beside her, noticing the look of peace across her face. It was as if she were in hibernation. "You think we should get her checked out by a doctor? She looks fine but it's starting to bug me. She doesn't seem to be in pain, she's just laying there..."
    He shook his head again. "I'm sure it's related to mana somehow. I have this feeling that Yuyuko is probably right."
    "What about healing her?"
    "Also didn't seem to do much," he said grimly. "But I was wondering...if she doesn't have much energy--only enough to stay alive--what if she..." He sat back up and looked up at her, exhausted. I mean, what if it's because of me?"
    "You? You're fine, dude." She took her helmet off and cradled it against her, grinning gently. "If anything, we all need to get on your level."
    "Ha, as if. I wouldn't stand a chance against any of y--" He promptly closed his mouth and looked away.
    She giggled lightly. "I'm weak, it's okay. It doesn't really matter to me. I studied and drew pictures, you trained hard for combat. That's just how the dice rolled." She pressed a finger to her lips. "Well, you studied too, I suppose..."
    He sighed heavily. "I feel bad saying it anyway. Maybe I can train you or something, so you can--wait a minute..."
    "Hmm?" She let the helmet roll behind her and threw her arms around his neck. "I'm all ears, partner~"
    He groaned and looked as straight ahead as he could. "Ehhh...d'ya have to--ugh...this fake capture thing is bad enough..."
    "Oh c'mon, is it that difficult to accept?" She said, hugging him playfully.
    "I thought we've already been over this...I mean, I like you and all that, but..."
    She loosened her hold and blinked. "No, you goofball...I mean like mana partners...and all that," she added in mimicry.
    After a short silence, he spoke up again. "I was about to say the same thing before you--eh, never mind. So, how exactly does that work, anyway? I never got a chance to talk to you about that again since yesterday."
    She yawned loudly, then nestled her head against his shoulder. "It's not anything special, really...I mean, when I go too far from you like this morning..."
    "When you went out to get breakfast?"
    "Yeah, when it's like that I feel a bit slower or somethin'...I don't know, it's like..." She shifted her arms. "I get this feeling in my stomach that something isn't right. But when I was coming back with food for everyone, I felt all fine and dandy."
    "Okay, that's a relief. I thought you were having trouble yesterday, but the range seems much longer." His face twisted up. "That's...well, it's a good thing. Probably since that was when we had just gotten out of the virtual world, everything was adjusting."
    She bobbed her head up and down as best she could from her resting point. "Yep. Something still bugs--well no, it intrigues me..."
    "We don't have the time right now to try and figure it out, but something definitely happened right before we rode that...cart thing."
    "Hmm." Her mind wandered back to the time they encountered the odd cart beneath the Saniwa Shrine. The runic symbol on the outside of its hull...she had sketched it for future reference that time. Surely it was pure coincidence that the transport system had turned on just as she had finished her drawing. She had dismissed it as a coincidence, as it had probably reacted to someone else, someone with magical powers like Yuyuko or Mokou. It could even have been Ken.
    "Mayli?"
    She focused back on reality and opened her eyes. "What?"
    "I think it's about time, don't you think?"
    She felt him stirring, and slid her arms off of his neck. "Right. I hope this works out."
    "Heh. At ease, soldier. You'll do a good job as long as you don't hold back. This'll be exciting, to say the least."
    Grinning, she stood up and reached for the helmet, rolling it on the bed back towards her with her left hand and saluting with her right, the rope bouncing along with it. "Yes sir!"


4:15 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Entrance)

The entrance to Tourist Helpers seemed more well-lit than usual. One light in the corner flickered periodically until Yuyuko brought the final light switch down, giving the system some rest. "That looks much better."
    "Yeah." Standing tall yet slightly hunched over, Ken felt a tug at his arms behind his back. He gasped slightly as the rope squeezed tightly against his wrists. "Hey!"
    "Shhh!" Mayli hissed. "I'm not going to keep it that tight, don't worry." She placed a reassuring hand on his shoulder and greatly loosened the coil wrapped around his bound arms. She reached down and grabbed his unsheathed sword, lifting it up delicately. It was lighter than she had anticipated. Guiding it into his hand, she took up the loose rope end. "That should do it."
    Mokou laid to rest on her shoulder the now loaded soldier's rifle. "Well, this baby's armed and ready. I got the smarts, eh?"
    Ken stared over at her. "You're welcome..."
    "Ehehe...yeah okay, thanks. I could have figured it out myself though, probably..."
    "Are you sure you know how to fire that thing?" Kaguya said grimly, as she winced at the thought of Mokou getting ahead of herself. "I'd hate for a disaster to happen..."
    Undaunted, the fire expert held the gun up and pointed it towards the entrance to Tourist Helpers, closing one eye to imitate an aim. "Relax, spoiled brat. I've shot one o'these before, that Kourindou shopkeep had one once and he let me try it."
    "Whatever." The princess wrinkled her perfect nose upon looking at Ken and Mayli. "He looks pretty uncomfortable."
    "Nah, I'm fine." He gritted his teeth for added effect. "It's okay, really."
    Mayli smirked at her. "I'll handle this--and him--well. I trained to be an actress a few years back, so we'll be fine."
    "If you say so. Don't push yourselves too hard now." Kaguya turned her attention to Yuyuko, who was inspecting the rear end of the room, presumably attempting to locate a hiding place or a good vantage point. "Ready, ghost?"
    "Eh?" The ghost princess looked upon the Lunarian's visage and smiled dreamily. "I'm going to hide here until I see a good opening. Or if we get in a great deal of trouble, I have a secret plan..."
    "I'm sure we'll be okay...well, maybe. We'll have to see." Kaguya yawned and rubbed her eyes. "I should prolly scope out a place too. I almost can't wait to see this bald-headed commander myself..."
    She looked around before nodding her head in satisfaction, having found a good spot to conceal herself. Having heard no news from Amarillo or her allies, they had to prepare for the worst: for Diamond himself to come to this hideout...


4:22 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Entrance)

Ken felt around for the familiar grip on his sword's handle. Finding it, he rolled his fingers over the grip and relaxed his hand, closing his eyes. Behind him, Mayli could occasionally be heard shifting slightly, her glove sliding against the rope pretending to bind his hands together. To anyone else, the situation would look silly.
    Kaguya had recently gone outside to keep watch. When Diamond arrived, she would quickly come inside and hide behind a chair near the table to his right. To his left, Mokou kneeled silently covered by the help desk, gun at the ready. If worse came to worst, she had a quick powerful way to take this dangerous man out, and she was completely fine with following through on it. Behind them, Yuyuko was hiding around the corner of the open doorway.
    He took a quiet, deep breath and opened his eyes. The trap was set, and everyone was in position. Even against someone who could alter fate with a simple declaration, they would triumph. They had the element of surprise. He had no idea what was going to happen.


4:42 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Entrance)

Twenty minutes had passed, and not a single disturbance had desecrated the quiet, sleepy silence that plagued the front room.
    Craning his neck, Ken looked behind them from his standing point in the middle of the room. Yuyuko's serious face met his eyes as she exposed half of her face from around one side of the door corner. She didn't seem scared or disturbed, but perhaps slightly worried. If even Yuyuko was worried, then they had a significant danger to face. But this danger had to be overcome.
    You okay? Mayli whispered in his ear, through the soldier's helmet.
    Rubbing his sword's grip with his thumb and index finger, he looked back and stared at the helmet she wore. He couldn't see her face behind the helmet's visor, but he imagined that she looked rather serious and concerned. She did look rather daunting in a full uniform and helmet, almost like a soldier in a science fiction movie. He swallowed and nodded back at her silently. Rubbing his lips against his teeth, he turned back towards the front of the room.
    His eyes darted around. Watching, waiting. The scenario played out in his mind, eventually replaced by calm, a void of solace and darkness. He took relief in the fact that everyone was here with him, rallying around him--not just for their sakes, but for his as well.
    This was what he was trained for. This is what Keine desired, and now it was what his friends needed.
    He opened his eyes. The time was near, it had to be.

    *thump*

    Giving a start at the sound of the door opening, he felt a hand restraining him from behind.
    It was Kaguya scampering inside, closing the door behind her quickly. He saw her mouth something silently as she sneaked away:

    He's here.

    He felt a cool part of the rope sliding over his wrists, replacing the warmth that had rubbed against his skin for so long. His long-time friend knew him too well; he was glad she kept him as comfortable as possible for when he had to strike.
    Mayli's uniform rustled as she pulled him closer, her sleeve brushing against the back of his jacket. "Okay," she whispered quietly and urgently. "Remember, after we stop, poke me when ready."
    Nodding silently, he raised and rocked slightly on his heels, preparing for a struggle.

   
4:45 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Entrance)

To any onlooker, the man standing in front of Tourist Helpers would have seemed ordinary. He wore no helmet, he wielded no weapons...only a pair of glasses and a slim uniform. Arms crossed, head devoid of hair, he stepped forward and stared around the entrance for a moment. This had to be the place, he thought to himself as he tapped his glasses. They had picked up traces, signatures that he had been searching for.

The glasses never lied.

Suddenly the sound of a scuffle reached his ears. It was clearly activity going on inside. Smiling as he cracked his knuckles, he stood parallel to the door. Lady Luck was smiling for him today, he could feel it in his gut.

*CRACK*

The man kicked the door to the tourist joint open. Walking forward purposefully, he shielded his eyes in an attempt to narrow their focus and spot activity. Fortunately, he immediately saw what was going on. He took a hop-step back and took a defensive stance for good measure.
    A soldier--one of RAI's soldiers--was in the process of capturing a young adult male. Unfortunately, the soldier seemed to have lost his gun in the scuffle, or so the man assumed. It seemed like the male was putting up a fight, but over time his struggling became more and more feeble.
    "Diamond, sir!" A female voice was heard. "I-I think this is one of them!"
    The bald man's smirk disappeared. Could it be that his own regime had failed, and one of the others--no, he might be imagining things. Coming to a decision quickly, he resumed his glorious stare of iron. He would let this situation play out first, just to make sure.
    "No! You soldier scum! Let me go, I've done nothing wrong!" the youthful male shouted, fighting ferociously to get free. Looking up, he laid his eyes upon the man with crossed arms in front of him. "Hey! What's the meaning of this?!"
    The soldier jerked harder on the male's arms, which were held behind his back, and he cried out slightly. "Shut up! You won't be getting free again, let me assure you that." Looking up, the female soldier saluted to Diamond. "Sir, just as you ordered...I investigated the area and tracked this man down. He seemed out of the ordinary, and was spotted talking to an unnatural-looking female earlier."
    Diamond bared his teeth in a grin. "Excellent work. Tell me more."
    "Yes, sir. The woman in question, we were unable to find her again, but she had odd purple hair and interesting clothes. Surely she was one of the escapees?"
    "Probably." He walked up to the captured man, who was gasping and squirming, still trying to get free. "How do you do on this fine day?"
    "Rrrgh! You're all scum!" he spluttered. "Ugh!"
    "Right, scum. You're going to talk, and if you resist...who knows might happen to you?" Diamond smiled in pleasure upon seeing his look of horror. "Or perhaps your friend, what horrors can I inflict upon her?"
    The color seemed to drain from his face. "No...don't hurt her! Please..." He hung his head down. "F-Fine...just leave her be...she did nothing wrong, and yet you bastards--how could you do this to us..."
    "Good boy," the soldier growled femininely. "Be a good dog and tell us everything." She looked up at the RAI mercenary leader. "Sir, perhaps...?"
    He nodded as he adjusted his glasses. "Yes. Let's keep him in here for a bit." Diamond strode backwards, his cape swishing behind him with each step. "Should probably do something about this door, though." With a quick push, he closed the front door he had kicked open. "Now then...let us begin."


4:53 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Entrance)

Sweating slightly, Ken spat at Diamond's feet. "You can't...how can you just do this...terrorizing an entire city with your forsaken soldier bitches...GUAGH!" he gasped out in fake pain as Mayli pummeled him in the back with a gloved hand.
    "Hmmph," she scoffed arrogantly. "Keep talking like that, and I may do more to you with this rope than tie your hands with it..."
    "He'll learn his lesson in due time," Diamond stated, running his hands through his hair. "Now then...let's deal with this little situation." He motioned to Mayli. "Let's let him talk without any hindrances."
    She shifted uncomfortably. "Sir, are you sure? He might try to escape." She felt her heart pounding in her chest, and hoped Ken would strike soon.
    His eyes seemed to twinkle. "I'll be fine, just do as I say. He won't escape this place."
    As she bowed to him slightly, she felt Ken's finger press hard against her stomach. Now was the time to let him go...she had to time it just right. "As you wish, sir."   
    Upon standing back up, she deftly removed the rope from beneath and around the sides of his wrists. It was all up to him now. She nudged him in the back twice. The signal was given.
    Ken looked up at Diamond, who was standing in front of him, then closed his eyes, feigning pain. He had no idea what was about to hit him. He had made sure to keep his sword hidden behind his leg, and because the light was turned off and no outside sunlight had filtered into the room, there was no way to see any reflections of light coming off of his weapon. Mayli had done her part, and now it was time for him to do his.
   
BOSS BATTLE BGM: DIAMOND (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=adSfroj4jmI)
   
    His eyes flickered open. In less than half a second, his body roared to life. Pushing slightly off of Mayli, he brought up his sword in his left hand and leaped as quickly as he could at Diamond. Brandishing his blade, he aimed directly for the man's upper chest, swinging as hard as he could into a stabbing motion. The blade was about to hit its target. They had surely won.
   
    Then, the impossible happened. In an instant he found himself tumbling away, and his side hurt...what was happening? How did it--
    "Hahahaha!" Diamond's booming, penetrating laughter echoed loudly all around him.
    Grunting and rolling, Ken finally collapsed to a standstill on the ground. He must have been hit hard from the side by something...a stinging pain throbbed on the side of his stomach, and his arm felt warm...blood. He was bleeding.
    Blinking twice, he realized he was facing the wall on the ground. Sitting up as quickly as he could, he heard Mayli scream.
    Mayli.
    Sudden fear overcame his body. Mayli! Did Diamond somehow figure out she was a fake soldier? He couldn't let her get injured!
    He whirled around as best he could on the ground, only to feel a body crash against his. The wind was knocked out of him and as he croaked for breath, a dull object collided with the top of his head. Searing pain shot through his upper body as Mayli rolled over him exclaiming loudly in anguish. Snapping his neck up, he saw the helmet that had collided with his head. He groaned and, clutching his side, tried to stand up despite feeling pain and slight dizziness disorienting him.
   
    "You fools!" Diamond bellowed. "I didn't have any females in my group. What do you think I am, stupid?"
    "Ugh!" Mayli groaned and clutched her chest. Her body was on fire. Before she could even react, she had been grabbed, punched in the chest and then kicked aside like Ken had been. She attempted to roll over, but her chest felt like it would burst. What is this? she wondered in between multiple winces. I'm so hot here...can't move...
    Ken brought himself up to a kneeling position. "Urgh...you...h-how did you..."
   
    Then it hit the young man like a bolt of lightning. Ignoring the bleeding injury on his right arm, his eyes widened with horror as he recalled what was said previously by the very man in front of them, the man now slowly walking towards them:
   
    "I'll be fine, just do as I say. He won't escape this place."
   
    A declaration.
   
    It truly was Diamond. There was no humanly possible way to have survived such a fast, accurate attack at point-blank range. He had simply cheated fate by saying so.
    Ken felt his heart sink in his chest. What hope did they have against someone with such power? But suddenly he remembered that all hope was not lost...looking frantically to his left and right, he realized he was breathing heavily. And Diamond was closing in.
   
    "Stop right there!"
   
    "Who said that?" Diamond asked, warily looking around. He was buried in mana. Everywhere he looked, it blanketed the air. Realizing that his glasses were no longer of much use, he quickly folded them up and placed them in the pocket of his uniform.
    Mayli felt her mouth drop open as she looked around to see who had spoken up. She noticed that Ken had done the same, and Diamond's smirk had been replaced by a stern frown as he also looked around. Perhaps he had not counted on the second part of their plan, which was just about their only hope left at this point. Gasping, she felt forced to bend over to stop the pain in her chest and the side of her breast from flaring up.
    Ken reached out and put a hand on her shoulder. "M-Mayli...are you..."
    "Ah...I'm...o-ouch...uhhh! It hurts..." Even talking gave her a taste of pain. Diamond had kicked her firmly on her chest. This is the pain of battle, she thought, fighting back tears. I can't...I have to get up...
    The bald man cursed under his breath. His patience was running low. "Who's there?!"
   
    "Looking for someone?"
   
    Ken opened his mouth as Kaguya seemed to appear out of thin air, daintily walking out from her former hiding place behind the table and chairs with a serious expression on her face. What was she doing?! He desperately hoped that it was all a part of her ruse, and as he felt Mayli leaning against him, he instinctively put his arms around her. Heal, dammit...c'mon hands...heal her...
    Glancing over only once as Ken coughed, Diamond stared back at the Lunarian princess. "Who the fuck are you?"
    "Me?" Her eyes were hidden by her long hair as she slowly stood completely upright from her slouched position. "You don't need to know."
    Diamond looked around casually, checking to make sure he wasn't being ambushed by anyone else. "You're right, I probably don't need to know. I see what's going on here. Planning on using your magic against me, wench?"
    Kaguya quickly frowned and seemed to panic. "Wha..."
    "Heh. Well, none of your tricks will hurt me. I'm completely safe, you see?"
    Mayli attempted to take a deep breath, but the pain flared up again and she bit her lip to prevent any outcries. Somehow, the pain was going away slightly. She felt Ken's arms around her arms, his hands clutching her chest where it hurt, but her face blanched as she looked down to see them slipping. Whipping her head around to look at him, she held back a shout as she saw him slumping. He was wasting his energy. That couldn't happen! Grunting, she tried to stand but felt so much burning in her chest that she could hardly find the will to stand up, much less help anyone...
    Her mind raced as she turned back to the scene. She had to do something fast...otherwise they would surely be defeated and taken captive again. That above all else had to be avoided.
    Then she saw Kaguya close her eyes and wave her hands in a strange pattern. Sweat dripped in her eye, and as she brushed it away with her right hand, she saw Diamond's brow furrow, presumably in confusion. Kaguya was using her power! Perhaps now--
   
    *BANG*
   
    Despite the pain it brought, Mayli screamed and closed her eyes at the sudden gunshot sound, drowning out Ken's outburst from behind her. She heard another scream unlike her own, and felt Ken's hands jerk tightly to squeeze her chest, nearly suffocating her momentarily. Scrambling to hide behind the table instinctively, she stopped when she saw the look of shocked horror on Kaguya's face. For a moment, time seemed to stand still. Even Diamond seemed taken aback at what had just occurred.
   
    Then he smiled. It was wicked, a grin of victory. He had won. He had cheated fate so magnificently today.
   
    With a pained expression, Kaguya collapsed to the floor writhing in agony. Mayli thought she saw her arm dripping in blood.
   
    Blood.
   
    Gunshot.
   
    No, she thought. Her hands started shaking. That can't be...Mokou said she...
   
    Upon seeing Kaguya spill to the floor, Ken reached his left arm around, desperately seeking out his sword. Finding it behind him, he gripped it so tightly that his hand hurt. He felt a rage deep inside him swelling up, waiting to explode and blossom. No, it wasn't a rage...he had felt the mana link with Kaguya weaken. He was both afraid and filled with a sadness, a disappointment. He felt blind and helpless, but hopeful. It was a feeling of guilt...guilt, suffering, and tranquility...as confused as he was, his anger was now returning. He was angry at Diamond for causing Mokou to misfire, angry at Kaguya for being shot innocently, angry at himself for failing to protect those who he could call his friends...he felt strength returning to his body. His breaths became shorter as he kicked his legs back against the floor. Feeling his back finally touch the wall, he scrambled to his feet with all of his willpower.
    "Ken?!" Mayli reached out to him, but he seemed ignorant of her presence. "What are you doing?!" Somehow she felt slightly better, enough so she could yell at him without feeling the intense burning in her lungs. "You're bleeding! Don't--"
    "YOU! DIEEE!" Mokou hurled the gun to the ground and, in a sudden fiery fury, flew at Diamond with blazing fists. Wasting no time, she sunk a fiery punch into his shielding arm.
    "Ugh!" Diamond yelled as his legs buckled slightly. Her punch seemed to take him by surprise as he rolled over, absorbing as much of the impact as he could. Cape flying, he lurched upright and aimed a kick at her.
    "Ha!" she cried out, preparing to send her own flaming kick his way. She felt confident that she could win the fight, he had no time to make any declaration at all!
    Her ignited leg met his. He quickly spun back and swept his foot down, attempting to trip her. So this was the one who tried to shoot him, huh? He wondered how she had acquired the gun in the first place.
    Gasping, Mokou jumped up, but it was too late. The edge of her right foot barely got caught by his sweep kick. Holding her hands out, she tried to grab him but her body was falling back. Things looked grim. If only she could--
   
    A large flash of light erupted (http://en.touhouwiki.net/wiki/Scarlet_Weather_Rhapsody/Spell_Cards/Yuyuko_Saigyouji#Spell_Card_8). Blinded by the sudden luminous flare, Ken could only make out everyone being thrown away to the sides of the room. He suddenly felt all of his strength fade in less than a moment, and he gasped as his sword clattered to the ground. His body seemed to be floating in the air. He heard absolutely nothing, and saw the purest white he had ever laid eyes on; it was so white it almost hurt his eyes. He thought he had seen a shape opening before it had all happened, and small flying creatures spiraling upwards.
   
    "W-What?" Mokou sat up quickly and glanced around. Everyone had been thrown apart. "That was..." She saw Kaguya's body laying across the room on the ground and gritted her teeth, but she knew Kaguya would be fine. It was only a matter of time, letting her recover, but there was so little time left and this madman was still here...
   
    "Ugh...the hell was that?" Diamond muttered. The impact had sent him through the now gaping front door of Tourist Helpers. "That's impossible, they couldn't have harmed me...but I feel fine. What could that have--"

    "Leave now."
   
    All eyes flew to the open doorway towards the rear of the room.
   
    It was Yuyuko.
   
    "...just how many of you are there?" Diamond stood up, surprised that he was unharmed by the attack that he had just been hit by. Perhaps it wasn't an attack at all, even, as it had seemingly affected everyone else equally.
   
    Yuyuko stood floating in the air, her serious countenance staring down at him with astonishing hatred. As her dress flapped around her, she seemed like a goddess who had just bathed them in the light of judgment. "You will not be warned again. We far outnumber you. Turn back...if you value your life."
   
    Several seconds of silence followed. Still surprised at the sudden calm, Ken looked around. Mayli, now standing against the wall still holding her chest, held her breath in anticipation. Mokou was slowly inching her way towards Kaguya. Diamond seemed to be analyzing what Yuyuko had just declared. It was true that they vastly outnumbered him, but a great deal of them were still trapped at the Graveyard base, and Amarillo and her fairies were nowhere to be seen...
   
    Finally, he spoke up. "Very well, but you will never escape me as long as I draw breath." Grinning, he quickly spun around and with a flick of his cape, disappeared out the front door. The pink-haired woman's words were true; even he could not stand against a small horde of them should they be lying in wait nearby. Still, he would take a lull over a defeat. Lady Luck had indeed spoiled him rotten.
   
END BOSS BATTLE: DIAMOND
   
    After roughly five seconds had passed, Yuyuko glided down and landed gracefully, sighing and looking grimly around the room. "This is not good...I managed to scare him away, and yet..."
    "Kaguya!" Ken ran over as fast as he could to the fallen princess. A small pool of blood had formed around her shoulder, and the hair on his arms stood on end. His heart felt icy. It couldn't be...Kaguya couldn't be dying...
    "Hey." Mokou placed a heavy hand on his shoulder. "She'll be fine, she just needs a lot of rest."
    He paused and began to object, but Mokou was probably right. She knew Kaguya better than he did. "Okay."
    The first thing that had to be done was cleaning up after this mess.
    Glancing over, he spoke curtly. "Yuyuko."
    She turned to face him. "Yes?"
    "Can you make sure he isn't still lurking around here?"
    She nodded and floated silently away. He could tell she was not happy, but there wasn't anything else that could be done at the time.
    "Mayli, Mokou...are you two all right?" he asked.
    "Me?" Mokou said in an almost insulted tone. "I'm fine, it's Kaguya that we should worry about. She'll be fine but she needs to rest."
    He stared at Kaguya's wound incredulously. She took a bullet to her arm and was bleeding profusely, and she was going to be fine without medical attention? That shouldn't be possible, even for an immortal...right? Shaking his head, he decided to trust Mokou. "Well...all right. If you say so..."
    "Ugh..." Mayli groaned. "I think I need to lie down..."
    Mokou motioned with her hand. "I'll watch over Kaguya, she can rest downstairs for now. You look after your lady, got it?"
    He nodded and took a deep breath, turning to face Mayli. "You don't look so well."
    "You don't either, you know." Her eyes stared down at the slice in his arm. "Ken, you're bleeding...well, you seem fine somehow, go figure. Hahae-ugh..." She tried to manage a laugh, but stopped abruptly as she placed a hand to her chest. "Still hurts..."
    Ken grimaced and placed his uninjured arm around her, slipping it beneath her arm for support. His arm throbbed murderously, but he held back from crying out as best he could. They had to get to safety first. "C'mon, let's rest up. I'll see what I can do." He felt her body trembling and felt sorry for her. Despite all their efforts, they had failed. For now, they had to recover. Including me, he thought. Kaguya needs me...everyone needs me...
    He took one final look at Kaguya, who was clutching her arm and coughing in Mokou's arms, before helping Mayli down the stairs to their room.



(Notes: Diamond encounters and nearly defeats Ken's team, but retreats warily at Yuyuko's warning. Except for Yuyuko, Ken's team will likely not be leaving Tourist Helpers until after 10pm, as they need to recover.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on July 14, 2012, 10:31:36 AM
6:58 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Tourist Helpers Shop

   Having spent a couple of his 'sleep hours' preemptively, he decides to stay awake under the stars...or something. He doesn't know, but he thinks there's a balcony or something. To spare him from the trouble of hauling everything for the nth time, there's a large window near the bed where he can settle for the night. For dinner, he brings out a large-sized packet, a small bowl and a water bottle. Following the steps printed on the packet, he creates a cold meal of 'ration soup'. While it is palatable enough for him to keep eating, he compliments how the website where he got this, and other nifty gadgets, from is awesomely useful. He uses the provided towel nearby to wipe his bowl clean afterwards.

   To entertain himself until he feels sleepy, he sets up his trusty 'Command Center' (his laptop), with the power cable connected to recharge the battery. There he does many miscellaneous things for hours until he feels sleepy. One of them is drawing a comic about a humanoid cat who, from depression and trauma of the recent events that happened to it, dons a white robe and a large mask and beats up every dog in its line of fire comically as an act of frustration and maybe even revenge. Taking periodic breaks to avoid intense eye problems, he stops by 11:33 pm.

7:58 AM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Tourist Helpers Shop

   Another day, another struggle. After waking up late and shaking off the drowsiness, he decides to eat another packet of 'rations' but finds a prepared meal on the table nearby, it's freshly cooked and seems to appeal to his appetite. It seems too good to be true and checks if it's an illusion or such, but it seems so real he buys into it. Finished, he looks away to eat a cupcake as an 'insurance' if the meal did turn out to be an illusion and when he looks back it's gone.

I still feel it in my stomach, so it may or may not be a fake.....weird.

OOC: Just a little side-story, anyway, I'll continue this tomorrow to catch up. Luckily I'm in NEET-mode for the duration of whatever.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on July 20, 2012, 08:00:55 PM
Timestamp - Day 3, 3:12 P.M., Kamisuiwa Park, Kamisuiwa.
Nikolas frowned as he gazed at the various people that loitered about the park.
?I could have sworn I saw them come this way?? The young man muttered under his breath. He glanced from person to person, making sure he hadn?t missed them. After a little over a minute, the boy sighed.
They weren?t here.
In fact, there was no one in any sort of uniform near by. Huh?Odd. Nikolas thought as he continued to survey his surroundings. Nothing looked out of the ordinary and no one seemed suspicious, it just seemed like another peaceful day in the park. He let out a disappointed sigh as he began to saunter through the grounds, likely out of boredom, with but a faint hint of curiousity. The young man examined his surroundings as he did so, acknowledging the minute details embedded within the structures around him. He inhaled calmly as he took in the sounds and the colors of the park. The boy allowed himself to relax for a minute. A small smile appeared on his face as he regained his earlier, more positive mood. After a few minutes, the boy exhaled and turned towards the park?s entrance. As he did so, he caught sight of a man wearing a uniform walking into the park. The man was tall and bald. Upon his face was a scowl, his eyes giving forth a petrifying stare. The man came to a stop as he reached the central square of the park. He visibly sighed and gazed at the plaza as a whole. Nikolas wondered about the man?s odd behavior. He watched the stranger?s actions carefully. The man inhaled, and then he spoke.
?Whoever you are that mailed me those threats,? He began, his irritation clear from his face. ?I have a sure-fire plan that?ll wipe you OUT!? He said, exaggerating the last three words of his speech. ?After that I have some business of my own to attend to.? The man spoke less energetically than he had for his previous speech, his voice returning to a slightly normal volume. He glanced around the park. Most eyes had been drawn to him by his sudden shouting. People watched him curiously. Some questioned why the man was acting in such a way, while others simply decided he must have lost his mind. However, despite his hostile words, no police had come to the park. After nearly a minute, the man began to shout again.
?PART ONE!? He shouted, whipping out his hand dramatically and making a gun with it. ?Start to declare just as I get to this place.? A smirk began to slide across the bald man?s face as he spoke. ?PART TWO!? A second finger flicks up. ?Declare it in SECRET so you don?t know what awaits you.? By now, the man had a full grin on his face. ?PART THREE!? He shouts as his next finger goes up. As he starts to speak, he closes his eyes, but retains his overly cocky grin and his eccentric speaking. ?I?ll now run because I don?t want this AWESOME plan to backfire on me.? As the man finished speaking, he turned and dashed off towards the nearby parking lot. Nikolas watched the man in silence, furrowing his brow in confusion.
I?ve got a bad feeling about this?
In the distant parking lot, Nikolas spots the man getting into a car and backing out. As the car moved out of the parking space, Nikolas watched the man?s hand reach out of the window. Finally, the last finger flicks up.
?PART FOUR! DECLARE YOUR FATE BEFORE I DECLARE MY PLAN!!!?
In a split second, a truck came off the road and into the park, its speed remaining constant. It wasn?t going to slow down.
As if time had sped up, the truck hit someone, a young girl, but the driver didn?t stop. The vehicle veered off to the left and slammed into the first tree it came to. The front of the truck compressed, the windshield shattered as if it had exploded, and the tree was forced to move slightly, tearing up a small area of ground and exposing its roots. Smoke rose from the demolished front of the vehicle with a faint sizzling sound.


Timestamp - Day 3, 3:21 P.M., Location Unchanged.
The young man, having witnessed the scene, is left utterly shocked and speechless. What?what just?happened?
Nikolas stares at the aftermath, eyes wide and in disbelief. His heart pounds from the event, his mouth is left agape, and he is unable to regain his composure. The boy felt frozen by a sense of terror. This was something he had never before witnessed, especially not in front of his very own eyes.
The boy?s daymare was cut short when he realized that the girl who had been run down by the truck was still very much alive.
?Ah! A-are you okay?? Nikolas shouts as he runs over to her. As he reaches her, he kneels beside her.
??Owww?? She muttered lowly, clenching her teeth due to the pain.
Nikolas glanced over the girl. Wait, what? This girl, she was just hit by a truck?but she seems to only have a few scrapes?
?I need to?? The girl started as she grabbed the young man?s arm. ?Get out?of here??
Nikolas blinked for a moment, surprised by the girl?s words. ?A paramedic should be-? He was cut off when she grasped his arm tighter.
??I can?t wait...? Her eyes resonated with a strong sense of determination.
The young man was hesitant. If I move her, won?t I be in trouble? But?what will happen if I don?t? What if that man comes-
Just then, Nikolas recalled the strange bald man that had been shouting in the park prior to the accident. He immediately shifted his gaze up, towards the parking lot.
The car was gone. The man had made a clean getaway.
Could he have?
Before Nikolas could finish his thoughts, he realized the girl had forced herself up to a sitting position.
?Ah! You shouldn?t be moving in your-?
?I?ll be fine?? The girl said coolly, trying to resist the weight of the pain. ?I just need someone to help me?walk?? She said as she tried to push herself off the ground and onto her feet. Her attempt failed and the girl ended up back on the ground. ?I need to leave.? She asserted as she tried to force herself up once more.
?Don?t!?try to force yourself?? Nikolas bit his lip for a moment. No I can?t?but?I have to help?but if she?s hurt she needs?but she said she?s fine?but she?s in pain so?but if I don?t help her, she?ll try to leave on her own, which could worsen her injuries?but?aahh?damn it! He shook his head violently in an attempt to clear his mind. ?Fine!
The girl, still trying to suppress her pain, was slightly surprised when the young man suddenly picked her up. She glanced up at him. His violet eyes shone with the resolve he needed to do what he was going to do. The girl remained silent and merely complied with the boy?s decision.
As soon as Nikolas was to his feet, he dashed off in the direction of the park?s entrance.
Some spectators noticed the young man fleeing with the girl and shouted after him.
?Hey, you there! Stop!? One man shouted particularly loudly.
Nikolas feared for a moment that the man had given chase to him, but the boy purged the thought from his mind and kept running.


Timestamp - Day 3, 3:24 P.M., Streets of Town, Kamisuiwa.
Hah?hah?hah!
Nikolas slowed to a stop as he struggled to regain his lost breath.
The shouting seemed far off now, as if it was only an echo carried by the wind.
As the young man tried to relax his racing heart, he looked at the girl he was carrying.
Her hair was light blonde and long. She was youthful in appearance, something that seemed to contradict her earlier behavior.
Wait, now that I think about it?her behavior was?strange, to say in the least, for someone this girl?s age.
As the boy came out of his daze, he realized the girl was staring back at him.
?Are you all right?? She asked the young man calmly, as if she wasn?t the one that had been injured.
Nikolas blinked, and for a moment, was speechless. ?Y-yeah?I?m all right, just a little out of breath??
The girl was silent for several seconds before turning her gaze to the road ahead.
?We should get moving.? She spoke in a neutral tone and kept her gaze forward, as if hesitant to make eye contact with the young man.
?Eh?? Nikolas muttered with a frown, ?Where do we go??
?I know a place where I can get help.? The girl said, her expression as neutral as her tone.
?Wait, shouldn?t you go to the hospital?? The boy asked, puzzled at the girl?s directions.
?I don?t need to.?
?Are you sure?? Nikolas asked hesitantly as he bit his lip lightly.
?Yeah.? She reaffirmed with a faint smile.
?Eeh?? The young man mumbled uneasily. What do I do? She was hit by a truck, so she should need serious medical attention?but?that?s not where she wants to go?do I listen to her and take her where she wants to go?
?I?ll lead you there. Just follow what I say.? The girl instructed him calmly.
?O-okay?? Nikolas reluctantly nodded and obeyed.
?Turn at the next corner in that direction, and keep going straight.? She said as she gestured him in the right direction.
?All right.?

The young man trekked on with the girl still supported in his arms. As they passed through the streets, some civilians stopped for a moment and stared at the pair, the occasional person whispering something to a friend who stood next to them. Nikolas ignored the onlookers? inaudible comments and continued on.
Since restarting their venture, neither of them had spoken. As a result, they became ensnared in an awkward silence that seemed relentless.
Because of this, Nikolas almost didn?t realize when the girl had started to speak again.
?You didn?t have to help me you know?? She spoke quietly.
?Eh?But if I hadn?t?? The boy replied in an unsure tone.
?It?s fine. At least if you hadn?t helped me, you wouldn?t be in trouble now.? The girl said, as if she regretted letting the young man help her get away from the park.
?Well?? Nikolas started, feeling a sense of nervous guilt as he spoke. ?I can?t really take back what I?ve done now??
The girl remained quiet, as if the young man had said something wrong. With that, it didn?t take long for the awkward silence to hang over them again. Nearly a whole minute passed before the girl spoke up again.
?Take a left here.? She said in a neutral tone.
?Okay.? Nikolas said with a small nod.
This girl?she knows this place well?does she live nearby? She doesn?t appear to be Japanese?
?A right here.? The girl spoke as she pointed in the correct direction.
?Okay.? The young man said as he turned the corner.
She?s pretty tough?I wouldn?t believe someone could be hit by a truck and not even shed a tear?Maybe it didn?t actually hit her? Maybe I only thought I saw her get hit?and the truck didn?t actually hit her?
?Now turn left.? Her voice resounded in the same neutral tone as it had before.
?All right.? Nikolas responded almost automatically as he moved towards his next turn.
Just as the pair rounded the corner, the girl caught sight of something that startled her into a quick response.
?No no, not this left, keep going straight.? She commanded, her voice having exchanged its neutrality for a slightly panicked tone.
?O-okay!? Nikolas replied as he stopped his advance to the left and dashed back onto the straight path the pair had been following.
The girl bit her lip slightly as she thought about what she had seen.
Down that street was a RAI soldier on watch.
The girl frowned in a grave manner.
If he saw us?


Timestamp - Day 3, 3:47 P.M., Near Tourist Helpers, Kamisuiwa.
?Okay just keep going straight now. We?re almost there.? The girl said, having regained her neutral tone, which seemed a bit lighter than it had before.
?All right.? Nikolas replied as he let out a sigh of relief in his mind.
So we?re almost there?I wonder where exactly we?re going. What kind of place is it? And what is this place like? The girl said she could get help there, so?
Within less than a minute, The two strode into the square of what seemed to be part of a shopping district. Continuing on with the girl still in his arms, Nikolas gazed about at the various buildings that surrounded the square. From his observations there were no notable places nearby. Where is it she wanted to go, anyways?
?We?re here.? The girl said with a faintly relieved expression.
Nikolas almost hadn?t heard when the girl had spoke, taking a few more steps forward. With a light tug and quiet ?stop?, the boy nodded and halted his advance. Nikolas looked around, as if trying to find some indicator of their destination. Just as he was about to question the girl about it, someone shouted.
?Amarillo!?
The two of them turned their attention forward in the direction of the voice.
It was a girl.
Her hair was light silver, tinted with a pale green. It was long and wavy. Her eyes were a deep shade of green that had a mysterious and alluring depth to them. She wore a golden yellow shirt with large sleeves and black frilled trim. Light blue, diamond-shaped buttons lead up her shirt to a green folded collar trimmed black with frills. A green, rose patterned skirt stopped just above the girl?s knees. Atop her head was a wide brimmed black hat with a yellow ribbon tied to its base. On her feet she wore black footwear, which appeared to be boots.
However, the thing that stood out about her the most, was the strange indigo to violet cords that seemed to be wrapped around her body. At their ends were two purple hearts which were placed upon her boots, and at their source was a round, indigo colored object.
Nikolas gazed at the girl who had approached them with curiousity. He wondered about her. Who was she? Where was she from? What was that thing with the cords? Despite his mind?s questions, he didn?t manage to voice them.
?I?m back.? The girl Nikolas had been carrying spoke up. She smiled at the girl before her with a sense of gentleness.
?Are you okay?? The strange girl asked, the concern obvious from her tone of voice.
?A little injured, but I?m alive.? The one, apparently named ?Amarillo?, said.
The odd one sighed in relief and smiled. After a moment, the girl turned her eyes towards Nikolas. She made a motion for the boy to pass Amarillo to her.
The young man snapped back to reality and carefully let the blonde-haired down. The girl supported her friend as he did so. Then, the strange girl turned to him and smiled.
?Thank you for bringing Amarillo back safely.? She said, her voice, clear yet gentle.
?A-ah?You?re welcome?It was no problem?? the boy said, his nervousness obvious from his speech. After a moment of awkward silence, he spoke again. ?A-anyways, I should be getting back to the hotel...?
The girl smiled, making direct eye contact with the boy. ?Okay. Goodbye.?
Nikolas twitched slightly, his face reddening faintly, then turned around and began to head off in the direction from which he had entered the square. After several seconds, he glanced back to see the pair had also turned and headed for home. He shifted his gaze upward and read the sign above the store they were entering. Tourist Helpers, huh?
Nikolas inhaled deeply, and then exhaled. By the time he had finished gazing at the building?s rather plain outside, he noticed that the two had already headed inside.
With a light sigh, Nikolas turned his attention back to the road ahead of him.
?Well, I suppose I should be heading back now?? The young man mumbled to himself as he commenced his journey back to the hotel.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on July 25, 2012, 12:48:36 AM
3:58 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Entrance)

After watching the boy run off, Koishi turned to Amarillo, who seemed normal enough. Taking a step forward, the satori cocked her head slightly. "Are you okay?"
    "Heh, I am fine," the fairy commander responded. "In fact, it is you that I am more worried about, since that timer is ticking..."
    Koishi clicked her tongue. "I guess. So, what now? Obviously Diamond is not here, and he is not after you...what happened?"
    "Let's just say that the plan was abruptly...tanked, but he thinks that I was taken out. We have a bit of downtime until he realizes this."
    "Well, whatcha wanna do? I was going to stay here." Koishi pointed towards the familiar Tourist Helpers building to their side.
    Amarillo finished scanning the area and turned back to face her. "I'm a little worried about the Graveyard base. Do you--no, you don't have any word from Sunny."
    Koishi shook her head. "Maybe you ought to go? But you're alone, are you sure that's a--"
   
    "She's not alone!"
   
    Both of them turned, Amarillo in expectancy and Koishi curiously, to see Daiyousei float nearby. "I'm here, you know. Not all fairies got taken out, ahaha..." Looking at them, she stopped giggling. "Yeah okay, I guess now isn't the time to say that."
    "Daiyousei is with me, so I'll be fine." Amarillo approached the front door. Reaching for the handle, she suddenly yanked her hand back. "Right, Ken and everyone is in there, don't want to disturb anything...and it sounds quiet enough inside." After a surprisingly loud yawn, she strolled over to the side of the front of the building face. "Maybe I should just head there immediately. You can keep watch, right?"
    Koishi bobbed her head in agreement. "Sure~"
    "Then," Daiyousei started, "we'll take off right now? The hidden passageway, yeah?"
    "Affirmative." Amarillo motioned to have Daiyousei follow her. "Let's get going, I have to snuff out this bad feeling in my stomach. I wasn't sure if a recording was enough to distract Diamond from entering..."
    "But, you would have heard news from Sunny, wouldn't that be the case if--"
    "True," replied Amarillo. "But in a surprise attack, there is no time to make a call."
    Daiyousei sighed. "I guess so. What are we waiting for, let's go!" She flew over to the hidden exit behind the shop.
    Well, old friend, Amarillo thought with a smile. Looks like I need your service once more. First Ken, and now me...
    The fairy leader followed behind Daiyousei. It was time to visit the Saniwa Shrine again and see what had happened for herself.
   
   
   
4:00 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

Hands at her sides, Koishi skipped over to the rear door of Tourist Helpers. "I wonder what's going on in here."

Her hand wrapped around the handle, and she gave it a slight tug. It swung open slightly, and she peered inside. No one was there, it seemed. She figured they were elsewhere, probably downstairs.

Not wanting to bring attention to herself, she quietly closed the rear door behind her and slipped inside, heading up the stairs. No one would notice her anyway, since she was who she was. It was both a blessing and a curse.

Walking up the stairs, she couldn't help but think about that boy who had brought Amarillo back to this location. Something about him seemed...interesting. But she had some thinking of her own to do now, so it was time for some more isolation.



5:12 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Front Entrance)

Yuyuko sat on the edge of the road, hands to her face. She sighed and looked around gloomily. No sign of Diamond or even any soldiers in sight still.
    She couldn't help but feel like she had waited too long to help during the fight. If she had revealed herself earlier--but no, she had to wait until the right moment to strike, the moment Diamond had his guard down.
    Watching Diamond's declaration powers at work had scared her. The possibilities...the opportunities he had to strike, to cause everything to swing his way...there had to be a chink in his armor.
   
    No power was without responsibility and weakness. She herself was especially aware of that.
   
    "Look, it's a ghost!"
   
    Taking her hands off of her face, she looked around in wonder before seeing two young-looking school-age girls running towards her. Their uniforms seemed appropriate, but she thought she recognized them. "Um...hello?"
    "Yuyuko, it's us!" the one with drill-like hair stated as she slowed to a standstill.
    The ghost managed a faint smile, having realized who they were. "Luna...and this is the spring-bringing fairy with you."
    "Yes, Lily is here too. How goes it? Did something bad happen?" The fairy of light looked at the entrance to Tourist Helpers nearby and, seeing the door left open, frowned. "Wait, where's Ken? Where's Mayli and Mokou and everyone else?"
    Yuyuko's smile dissolved. "Well...I suppose it's safe enough out here at this point...I'll tell you inside. Let's get in there."
    Lily White twisted her mouth. "I have a bad feeling about this...no one's hurt, are they?"
    Yuyuko stood up and stretched her arms up for a moment, releasing breath in a softer sigh as she pulled then back down. "You'll see. The front room may not be a very pretty sight, there was a...problem."
    The two fairies looked at each other. Looking worried, they both realized what this likely meant: Diamond had come.



5:15 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Downstairs Room)

"Ugh..."

Ken felt extremely guilty. He hardly felt injured himself, and here was Mayli clutching her chest, having a hard time breathing. Why? Why was he feeling fine? True, he was tougher than she was, but he was just a human...
    Looking over at the other bed, he saw Mokou looking grimly down at Kaguya. He had panicked a few minutes ago after seeing her wound up close. A bullet in the arm was a serious injury...yet, Kaguya was in an almost dormant state, eyes closed, showing no pain. He had trusted Mokou and taken her at her word, and the princess' blood loss seemed to also be slowing. Maybe she was getting better, through some miracle or another. He certainly hadn't done much for her by trying to heal, other than exhaust himself further.
    He shook his head. This was ridiculous. Diamond had ripped his team apart, and would have succeeded in doing so if not for Yuyuko's intervention.
    Suddenly feeling cold, he wrapped his arms in front of his body and hugged himself. He really wanted Yuyuko at his side right now, needed her...
   
    "...and here they are."
   
    Upon hearing Yuyuko's voice, he uncrossed his arms and looked up. "Yuyuko..." Peering behind her, he saw two others that he thought resembled several of Amarillo's fairy partners. "Ah, they are...?"
    "My goodness, what happened here?!" the one with long, straight blonde hair exclaimed. "So there was indeed a fight here..."
    He gritted his teeth. "It was Diamond...we tried a ruse, but he still saw through it."
    Lily White flew over and sat down next to Ken. "You need some help? Move your arms."
    "Huh? What are you--"
    After his arms were uncrossed, he stared in surprise as she sat down in his lap. "Umm..."
    "You're cold, right? I can't really do anything else, and I'm kinda warm after flying everywhere in the sun."
    Looking at Yuyuko, he saw her shrug slightly. That was enough for him. He hugged the fairy's soft, warm body to his. "Thanks...well, you can see what Diamond did to us...Mayli is pretty hurt..."
    The one in question winced and took the opportunity to lie down. "Oooogh...chest still hurts. Diamond certainly doesn't know how to treat a lady, that's for certain. O-Ouch..."
    Ken turned on the bed to see Mokou sitting near Kaguya, who was lying unmoving in the larger bed. "Somehow, he managed to even dodge a bullet, and well...look what happened as a result."
    Luna flew closer, and as she did her eyes widened. "A bullet? Wow, he certainly doesn't pull punches..."
    Mokou glared at the wall nearby. "It...it wasn't him, it was--"
   
    "Uuungh..."
   
    Kaguya's groan silenced everyone for several moments. Lily White took the opportunity to see the bullet wound in Kaguya's arm and left Ken's lap.
    Sighing, he stood up. He was restless and needed to walk around a little. "Yuyuko."
    The ghost raised an eyebrow. "What?"
    "How did it look outside?"
    She twirled a lock of her hair. "Um, it seemed fine...almost too quiet, really."
    He walked over to where his sword was resting, the sword he had tried to kill Diamond with, and froze.
   
    He had tried to kill a man.
   
    He was so focused on their own safety, that he had completely dismissed it.
   
    His body shook with a shiver. Was it because of his realization, or because he was cold? He didn't have time to worry about that right now. Everyone needed him. He had to stay strong.
   
    "Ken?"
   
    Without turning around, his hand completed its journey to the sword. Picking it up, he held it loosely in his right hand as he answered Yuyuko. "I'm fine. I need to talk to you though." He turned around and surveyed the situation. It was calm and peaceful now, despite their issues and injuries. "I'd also like to talk to the fairies, I'm sure you know what's happened to Amarillo."
    Mayli sat up slightly. "Ah, I'll go with you..."
    "No, you'll do no such thing!" Worried, he stared at her. "You stay there and rest. You need it more than I do, easily."
    She blinked. "But, what about you? Surely you--"
    "Believe it or not, I'm actually fine."
    "But," she protested, "You have a huge slice on your arm! Doesn't it hurt?"
    He held his arm out and observed the long gash. "It's actually not that deep."
    "Ken!" she nearly screamed. "For heaven's sake, you need to rest too! I--we, we all depend on you...we need you to be healthy..."
    A moment passed before he responded. "It...actually doesn't hurt as much as it looks like it would. If I needed to do nothing but rest, I would. Just trust me on this, okay?"
    She sighed heavily. "Ken..."
    "Besides, right now we need to be prepared for the worst. I need to talk to Yuyuko and the fairies for a short while. We'll be just outside. Now then," he said coolly as he reached out and touched the top of her hand with his. "I need to know what we should do in case we get attacked again. You need to rest. That's an order."
    Dissatisfied, she relented and unwound herself back down on the bed. "Meh. Fine."
    "Okay. Thanks." He turned to look at Mokou, who looked solemnly back at him. "How's Kaguya, anyway?"
    "She's fine, she just needs a good deal of rest. This may take her a long time, but she'll be okay."
    "Are you sure?"
    She grimaced. "Trust me, I know...I should know."
    "Even with all that bloo--" he stopped mid-sentence after noticing that her blood loss had nearly terminated, as the fresh towel beneath her arm was quite unstained. "Huh. Well, ain't that something."
    He felt a warm hand grab his. Looking over, he saw it was Yuyuko.
    "They'll be fine," she said as certainly and gently as she could muster. "Let's go talk, we really do need to figure this out, and hear about what happened to Amarillo."



5:30 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Employee Break Room)

"A TRUCK?! "

Ken's voice echoed throughout the room momentarily. He stared incredulously at Luna Child. "She got hit by a truck?!" Motioning with his hands, he continued. "Like, one of those huge transportation trucks? That's impossible..."
    Luna sighed and nodded. "Yes, a truck..."
    "Impossible!" he exclaimed, looking away from everyone else. "That's not possible...she would have died. Are you sure that's what you saw? She wasn't playing a trick on Diamond?"
    "Pretty sure it wasn't a trick, since she used the power of my twin sister to absorb the blow and get out safely," Lily White said.
    "Ken," Yuyuko interjected. "These fairies would probably not be here if Amarillo had perished...but still, Diamond went that far in public? He really must love his job, or want us captured..."
    "Or want us dead! This guy is dangerous! If he can he just summon a truck the fuck out of nowhere, then...argh!" Ken stood up, anxious and restless. "Where is Amarillo right now?"
    "No idea, but she's still alive. That's for certain," Lily answered. "So, what are we going to do in case more RAI soldiers come to attack?"
    Before he could answer, Yuyuko spoke up. "I have an idea...if I may?"
    He nodded silently, still trying to understand how this man was so capable of twisting fate.
    She continued. "Then, we have to consider what's happened so far. So Amarillo got taken down by Diamond, who caused her to get hit by a truck...or at least, so he thinks. He came here somehow, I don't know.."
    "Maybe he knows about the mana, or he can sense it somehow..." Lily White pondered. "Who could have tipped him off?"
    Yuyuko shook her head. "No idea. The point is, he came here and got driven off after I told him he would be overrun and taken down by many of us. So, what has he gone to do now?"
    Feeling calmer, Ken snapped his fingers. "Wait, you two said Sunny called and said he was denied access to the Graveyard base, right?"
    Luna Child nodded. "Yup, that's what she said."
    "Then," Yuyuko continued, now catching on, "since he thinks he can't go to the Graveyard base, where else would he go?"
    There was a momentary silence. Then, Ken spoke up. "Wait...there's another RAI base that Amarillo told us about, I remember...but what was it called? Mayohiga, or something? Er, no...it was..."
    "Haha, that's the Yakumo place," Yuyuko laughed. "You mean Hanamidori, right?"
    "Yeah, that place." He placed his sword on the table in the middle of the room. "You think he's going there, don't you."
    "Probably. He likely wants to regroup himself. So," she said, pointing a finger to her right. "If we assume that he's going to Hanamidori, this is our chance to keep this place safe."
    "Whoa whoa whoa, hold on a minute," Lily White quipped. "You're saying we should influence the soldiers ourselves? How is that possible without exposing ourselves?"
    "Well," Ken mentioned, "we still have that uniform we took from a soldier..."
    "Ah yeah, that suit you said Mayli was wearing when Diamond came in." Luna Child drummed her fingers on the table. "You're saying we should use it again?"
    "We can. But it certainly won't easily fit on a fairy." Ken sniffed. "Maybe Mokou or Yuyuko can wear it...I doubt Mayli wants to play dress-up as a soldier again, at least this soon."
    Yuyuko stopped looking at her fingernails and turned towards him. "I probably would fit best...but yes, we can try to influence the other soldiers somehow, it's certainly worth a try. We still have to assume that Diamond hasn't spoken to them..."
    "Diamond isn't very well-liked, though. Amarillo shared that with us. Apparently Sunny Milk stopped him outside of the Graveyard base with some recordings. Let's just say that RAI doesn't really like him that much..."
    Ken grimaced. "Maybe that's our chance, then...and Diamond does only have a small squadron of personal soldiers based on how he talked to Mayli and myself earlier. We almost have no choice. Yuyuko, do you think I can call upon you once more?"
    Yuyuko stood up. "Let's get to it."



5:55 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Convention Center (Outside Entrance)

The Kamisuiwa Convention Center, referred to by the locals as the KCC, was hard to miss. It spanned several blocks in the center of town, and this was where all sorts of conventions were to be held. This week was no exception.

A lone soldier calmly approached three others standing outside. Fiddling with a gun, the soldier spoke to the others urgently. Various locals passing by, having now adjusted for the most part to their presence, paid them little attention.

"Diamond has been tracking some of the escapees!" The soldier stated. "Unfortunately, he had to back down due to a possibly overwhelming situation."
"You mean an ambush?"
"Yes. He sent me here personally to inform everyone that they are likely making their way to the outskirts of the city."
One of the soldiers laughed. "Haha, looks like he was worth hiring after all. Guess he ain't all bark and no bite."
"Yes, of course. Now, we cannot afford to let them escape," the first soldier remarked. "He suspects that they may be headed opposite the Hanamidori base."
"Really now? Well, we've got this place pretty locked down."
"Fool!" Another soldier of the group hissed. "It's that kind of sense of false security that let them escape in the first place. Let's at least go check out the other side of town and boomerang back here."
"That's right," another said. "So an ambush, eh? Guess we should stay away from that side of town then. If Diamond got scared off, I guess we should be cautious."
The lone soldier nodded. "Can you three handle it? I need to get some food soon, I haven't eaten since breakfast."
"Yeah. Go on, get outta here. We'll handle it and spread the word for ya," the final soldier said with several waves of his gloved hand.
"Thank you. I appreciate it. Good luck!"
The soldier headed off in the direction opposite the group of three, each now with destinations in mind.

After walking hurriedly for several blocks, the lone soldier carefully looked around for several moments. Noticing no one, the soldier took off the helmet on her head, revealing a head full of short, wavy pink hair.

"Well then," Yuyuko said with a smirk. "Looks like my job here is done. Now hopefully some delicious food awaits~"



6:30 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Downstairs Room)

"Oooh, smells good in here!"

Yuyuko, having returned from her deceiving ploy, was indeed hungry. She had followed the smell of food downstairs and couldn't wait to eat. Bounding into the room, she saw several trays on the beds acting as makeshift tabletops for eating.
    Ken motioned her over and patted the bed he was sitting on, indicating she should join him. "Hey Yuyuko. So it was successful, as Luna told me."
    "Yup, as far as I can see we should be safe at least for today." She ravenously dug into a plate of sushi. "Uuuohhh! Delicious~"
    "Heh. well, you deserve it after helping us out. It was the least I could do to go out and get dinner." He stared over at Mayli. "Although this one protested quite a bit before letting me go..."
    "Hey now," Mayli complained with a mouth full of okayu. "I know you're hurt still, you're probably just lying to me. You shouldn't be overexerting yourself!" After swallowing it, she wiped her mouth. "This stuff is pretty good, actually. Thanks, man."
    He stared at her apologetically grinning face before turning away, shaking his head. "Just eat it, I figured you probably needed something gentle to go down."
    "Ohhh...Kaguya, you're awake!" Yuyuko chimed. "How do you feel?"
    "I've been better," the Lunarian responded after gulping down a chewed portion of chicken. "But no bullet's gonna put me down. Still, it took a lot longer to recover than I had hoped..."
    Mokou sighed. "That's because we're not in Gensokyo anymore, or that fake Gensokyo, or whatever you want to call it now." She picked up something shiny from the nearby small desk between the beds and held it at eye level. "This here's the culprit. Want a look at the bullet, Ken?"
    He stopped mid-chew. "Not while I'm eating. Maybe I'll have a look later." He turned to Lily White. "So Amarillo made it safely, I bet..."
    The fairy nodded. "Yeah, she called me up while you were gone. She might be a while longer, actually..."
    "That's too bad, I bet she's pretty hungry herself." He turned back to pick up another piece of sushi from his takeout container, only to find it empty. Mouth open, his eyes darted over to Yuyuko, who had a guilty look and a stuffed mouth.
    "Uwwhhngh..." she spluttered with a full mouth. "Thowwy, hungwy..."
    "Jeez, ghost! How do you stand to eat that much?" he said after a heavy sigh. "I don't get it, ghosts shouldn't be eating so much...well whatever, you helped us out a lot today, so I guess it's in our best interest to keep you fed and happy."
    Mayli placed the empty okayu cup on the desk and sat up more. "Well, that was good. I think I'll draw for a bit, I need to do something aside from lazing around."
    "Sure, you do that." Ken yawned and stretched, laying down next to her on his side. "I should rest up while I can, I gue--"
    He was interrupted after noticing her face breaking out in a smile. "W-What? What's so funny?"
    "Ken," she said with a laugh. "You...you're posing like you want to be drawn, or something..."
    "Uh...!" He removed the hand supporting his head. "No, that's not what I--"
    It was too late. She grinned sheepishly. "What was that saying, again?"
    "No," he protested. "No, don't you--you don't need to say i--"
    She picked up her pencil. "I believe it was 'draw me like one of your Fr--"
    He interrupted her. "You don't have to say it!" He heard Kaguya suppress a laugh, masking it by pretending to choke on her food. Glancing around, he saw Lily White and Luna Child looking at him strangely. "Er, well...what she meant to say is 'draw me like one of your friends'. Sounds plausible, right?"
    Lily White giggled. "Haha! I don't even know what that means, but it sounds funny."
    Sighing, he put his hand back up to hold up his head. "Fine, I guess you can have some fun every now and then...not that I mind being sketched, really..."
    "Oh, I bet you do mind," Mokou teased. "Maybe if you sketch him, with that power of yours you'll have two Kens. Ever thought about that, Mayli?" Giving her joke time to sink in and Ken's cheeks to redden further, she donned an innocent face and sipped her mug of tea casually.
    The artist's eyes seemed to light up. "Oooh, that's a great idea! All right Ken, just sit still..."
   
    Closing his eyes, he heaved the biggest sigh he had made all day.



(Notes: Amarillo has headed towards the RAI Graveyard base with Daiyousei, and will return to Tourist Helpers much later in the day. Yuyuko has started a rumor that the escapees from the RAI Graveyard base are headed in the exact opposite direction of Tourist Helpers. Ken's team will remain in Tourist Helpers and won't be doing anything until 10pm, or before that time if Nemo Ma posts otherwise.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Grimarg on July 26, 2012, 01:42:07 AM
10:05 PM ? Day 3 ? Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Outside Tourist Helpers

Andy looked down. Apparently nobody else in the group was a smoker, so he once again had to resort to his old Zippo.

I should really re-fill this thing? He thought as he caressed the engraved surface of the lighter.

This was also a gift, alongside the cigarette case inside his pocket. Just like with that book, he could never get away from them.

He looked up. He returned, the Chinese man with whom he had talked before. As he kept trying to light his lighter, he caught a glimpse of a blonde woman behind him. Interesting? The girl seemed a bit inhibited, as well as the man in front of her. In any other circumstances he would?ve dismissed this as just coincidence, but this wasn?t a regular situation. He was starting to sense some kind of plan.

He does have a point, we should stick together at least until I figure out what is really going on...

The lighter finally produced the fire, a small weak flame, but enough to light the cigarette in his mouth. Covering both the fire and the cigarette, he lit it, released a puff of smoke and walked towards them.

?Please excuse my manners before. I forgot to introduce myself? He said to the man after reaching them. ?My name is...? And then he made a stop. He never gave people his real name unless it was a client. He looked into the man?s eyes and sighed. ?My name is Jaeger, Andreas Jaeger.? He said, reaching a hand out to him. ?Nice to meet you."

(OOC: Andy saw Xuezhen  and Mabel coming. After thinking it for a while, he decides to follow his idea and stick with him for a while.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on July 30, 2012, 11:58:06 PM
---Timestamp - Day 3, 9:42 P.M., Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa.
The young man is lying on the bed, gazing up at the empty ceiling above him. On his face is a concerned expression.
The boy exhaled a slight sigh as he recalled what he had read earlier.

---

---Timestamp - Day 3, 6:59 P.M., Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa.
Nikolas sighed as he strolled toward the bed. The young man, worn from carrying a strange girl for a half hour across town, flopped on the bed lethargically.
After a few minutes of well deserved rest, the boy noticed something had come up on his computer.
Huh? What?s that? He thought as he pulled himself over to the laptop.
Sitting in the middle of the screen was a small window, completely blank with the exception of a single link.
Nikolas paused for a moment before clicking the link, which leads to a website, empty except for a single line.

Do you have faith in yourself, and the people important to you?

As the boy glanced over the line, he noticed something vaguely familiar.
?posted by Amarillo Viridian.
Ama? The young man?s thoughts are cut off as he recalled a cheerful voice and honest smile.
?Thank you for bringing Amarillo back safely?
The strange girl from earlier flashed in his mind.

---

---Timestamp - Day 3, 9:44 P.M., Hotel Room, Kamisuiwa.
Nikolas frowned as he let out another sigh.
Amarillo Viridian? Who is this girl? Nikolas wondered to himself, his gaze still fixed onto the ceiling.
After a minute, the boy sighs again.
Staring at the ceiling isn?t going to get me any answers?

Knock, knock, knock!
Startled, the young man quickly sits up and shifts his gaze to the door.
?Nikolas Reinhart. Police! Open the door.? A voice shouted from the other side of the door.
The boy blinked, a dumbfounded expression on his face. Wait, what? Police?!
??Psst!? A second voice, albeit a much gentler one, called to the boy from behind.
Nikolas spun around swiftly. In doing so, his eyes came to a face too memorable to be forgotten. There at the window was the silvery-green haired girl from earlier today. By now, the boy?s mouth was agape.
?We need to get out of here-? She started, motioning for the young man to come to the window. She spoke softly, almost as if she were whispering. Her voice was soothing and her expression rather calm considering the circumstances. Before she could finish speaking, another shout came from beyond the door.
?We know you?re in there. Surrender yourself peacefully and you will not be harmed? A second anonymous voice called out.
?Come on, hurry!? the girl demanded while still retaining a whisper.
The young man, realizing the weight of the situation, made a split decision. He quickly grabbed his laptop, put it in his suitcase, withdrew a different object, closed the suitcase, and slid it under the bed. He quickly tugged the blanket so that it didn?t appear too suspicious and dashed to the window.
?This is your final warning, Open the door and come out peacefully!?
Nikolas could hear another voice as he climbed onto the small sitting area.
The girl pulled away from the window, allowing the boy to slip through it.
In an instant, he was through the window, and just a moment later his feet hit the ground.
?Ah..!? he mumbled as he was thrown off balance and back onto the ground. ?Oww?? he muttered under his breath. When he opened his eyes, the girl was right in front of him, leaning over him.
Nikolas began to speak up, but was quickly silenced when the girl placed her finger upon the boy?s lips.
?Shh?!? She breathed.
At that moment, the two of them heard a loud commotion above them. They became dead silent, waiting for the danger to pass. Seconds felt like hours, moments an eternity. The silence seemed endless, as if time itself was frozen.
??Clear.?
Above they heard someone speak, with another cursing in response. A few moments later, the faint sound of shuffling drifted out the window. The unidentified officers had left.
The girl heaved out a sigh as she lowered her finger from the boy?s lips.
Nikolas gazed at her for a second, hesitant to speak, but the young man eventually spoke.
?What?s going on?? He inquired cautiously.
The girl turned her gaze upward, making eye contact with the boy.
?Look, right now, you?re in danger.? She said sternly. ?We need to get out of here before they find us!? She exclaimed as she got to her feet, grabbing the boy?s wrist and pulling him off the ground in the process.
?Ah! Wait! Where are we going?? He spoke, almost shouting, receiving a quick shush from the girl in front of him.
?You?ll see!? She said as she turned her head for a moment to give the young man a simple smile before dashing off with him in tow.


---Timestamp - Day 3, 10:04 P.M., City Outskirts, Kamisuiwa.
As day turned to night, light shifted into darkness. The town?s many streetlights shone triumphantly, cutting through the darkness. A world of shadows spread out from where the light had been intercepted, distinctly engraving shapes across the ground and walls. The summer night air was cool and, with every breeze, became slightly chilly. A serene silence hung over the town, occasionally interrupted by a passing car or two. The bustling sounds present during the day were gone, leaving only the peaceful sounds of nature in their place. Above was the vast sky, partially obscured by passing clouds. Stars flickered from their place in the heavens, unchanging, as if they were eternal. A half moon hung in the sky, its calm glow darkening the surrounding clouds and illuminating the empty space, almost as if the light and darkness had swapped places. However, the moon?s pale luminescence did not reach the ground, as if the moon was afraid to extend its gentle beams onto the earth, or perhaps deemed its light was no longer needed in our artificial world.

Two figures, a boy and a girl, dashed through the darkness, their shadows briefly appearing when the streetlights found them.

The pair came to an abrupt stop behind a building.
Nikolas heaved his breath, trying not only to regain lost air, but to also calm his pounding heart.
The girl with him was not nearly as disturbed by the events as Nikolas was. She slowly peaked around the corner of the building, but quickly pulled herself back.
?Hm?from the looks of it, it doesn?t seem like we?ll be getting back to Tourist Helpers any time soon.? She spoke quietly. ?There?s too many soldiers around. We?ll be caught if we try to go through town.? She said as she glanced about the surrounding area.
Nikolas, who had been trying to regulate his breathing, spoke up swiftly. ?Wait, what? Did you just say ?Soldiers???
The girl turned to him and nodded with a mumbled ?yep?.
Nikolas gave her a perplexed expression before speaking. ?What exactly is going on here??
?It?s a long story.? The girl replied simply. She peaked around the corner to see the soldier was strolling in their direction. ?Come on, we need to get out of here.? She said as she grabbed the young man?s wrist and tried to pull him along.
To her surprise though, Nikolas held his ground, causing her to only get another step or two before coming to a sudden stop. She looked startled and turned to him.
?Can you atleast?tell me your name?? He spoke between breaths.
The girl blinked, but then gave the boy a small smile. ?Koishi?
The boy looked slightly stunned for a split second, So her name is Koishi?
??Come on, let?s go.? She said, giving his wrist another tug.
The young man nodded, pushing himself off the wall he had been leaning against, and followed after the girl.
The two figures, their features obscured by shadow, dashed towards the darkness of the forest, running away from the city?s dangerous light.


---Timestamp - Day 3, 10:31 P.M., In the Forest, Kamisuiwa.
?We should be safe for a little while now?? Koishi said as she glanced back through the trees at the sleeping city.
The pair had entered the forest a distance away from the city, in hopes that they would not encounter any soldiers.
Koishi sighed lightly as she turned back towards Nikolas, who was leaning against a nearby tree trying to catch his breath.
?So, I guess now I need to explain don?t I?? She said with a guilty smile.
Between gasps, the young man nodded.

After Nikolas had regained his breath, Koishi spoke again.
?Let?s keep moving.? She said as she started off through the forest.
Nikolas complied and followed after her, carefully maneuvering his way around and through the woods.
?So where should I start?? She said with a smile.
?Well,? the boy began, ?How about you start with what?s going on??
?Ehehe?~? The girl laughed weakly. ?That?s a hard one to answer.?
?Why?? Nikolas asked with a neutral tone.
?It?s a long and complicated story really.? Koishi replied simplistically.
Nikolas sighed heavily as the pair continued on through the dark forest. ?Well then, can you start with who those??soldiers?, were??
?They?re RAI?
?RAI? I?ve never heard of them.?
?That?s what they want? Koishi began. ?They don?t want anyone knowing about them.?
Nikolas was silent for a moment before speaking. ?Why did they come after me??
?Hmm?? Koishi mumbled as she held a finger to her mouth and thought for a moment. ?Well, did you do anything to offend them? Like get in their way, or go somewhere you shouldn?t have, or did something bad, or bothered them??
?Um?I don?t think so.? Nikolas said as he recalled his day.
?Hm?Oh!? She chirped as she spun around to face the young man. ?You carried Amarillo back!? She said with an out-of-place smile.
Nikolas came to a halt. ?What??
?You see, those soldiers don?t like Amarillo.? She started. ?So if they saw you with her, they?d definitely come after you.?
The second Koishi had finished speaking, a memory flashed in the boy?s mind.
?No no, not this left, keep going straight.?
?O-okay!?

?So?this is all because I helped that girl?? Nikolas said uneasily.
?Probably,? Koishi replied without turning to face him.
Nikolas sighed, visibly chastising himself for not realizing what he was getting himself into. ?Who exactly is she??
?Amarillo? Well,? Koishi hesitated for a moment, trying to figure out what to say. ??It?s complicated.? The girl laughed weakly as she carefully stepped over an exposed tree root.
A hint of disappointment flashed across the young man?s face. I hope that?s not the answer to everything. ??Well, can you at least give me a basic answer??
?Sure!? Koishi chirped in an overly happy tone. ?Amarillo is the leader of the fairies.?
At first, Nikolas didn?t register what Koishi had said, until he repeated the last word to himself. The boy stopped. ?Wait. Did you just say fairies??
?Yup!?
Nikolas was speechless for a moment, unsure of what to make of it. Fairies?! ?F-fairies? like the tiny winged girls in fairytales?? He asked, the boy?s composure disrupted by the sudden revelation.
?Well, no, they?re about the size of a human child, so I wouldn?t really call them tiny,? The girl said nonchalantly. ?But yes, magical winged girls. Amarillo has a special ability that allows her to team up and combine with the fairies?
Nikolas blinked, his mouth agape, ?Combine with them!??
Koishi chuckled lightly to herself at the young man?s response. ?And that?s just the simple explanation? She says with a smile.
Nikolas opened his mouth to speak, but decided against it after realizing he didn?t quite know what to say. He was still trying to comprehend it, all the strange things that had happened to him today, and the two strange girls he had encountered.
Wait, now that I think about it, Koishi was the one who greeted me and took Amarillo from me. The boy thought as he gazed at the girl?s back. Was she? ?Could Koishi be a?a fairy?
The girl turned and gave the young man a simple smile, oblivious to his thoughts, and tilted her head to the side slightly, curious as to why he had stopped.
Nikolas held his breath for a moment, unsure of what to say to the light silvery, green haired girl that stood before him. He stared into her deep green eyes, mesmerized by them. Trapped within his daze, he almost didn?t hear Koishi speak again.
?We should keep moving? She said simply.
?A-ah, yeah we should?? Nikolas averted his eyes as he spoke.
Koishi smiled and spun around, walking on through the trees. Nikolas paused for a moment to take a breath, and then dashed after her.

?So, those soldiers?RAI was it?? Nikolas paused and drew in a breath before continuing to speak. ?Why don?t they like Amarillo??
?Hm?? The girl mumbled to herself as she attempted to retrieve an answer. ?Actually, now that I think about it, I don?t know.? She said, frowning faintly.
?Eh?? The young man muttered in response.
?Amarillo doesn?t talk about herself much,? Koishi starts, ?Well, at least not to me.?
?Oh?? Nikolas mumbled lowly with a slight frown. That Amarillo girl seems mysterious?
While slightly lost in thought, Nikolas didn?t notice when he had come to another rogue tree root, causing the boy to trip and stumble a bit. Fortunately he had managed not to fall, but the thump was clearly audible.
Koishi turned around and gazed at the young man, who was holding his breath trying to resist the pain. The girl tilted her head slightly, but turned her attention back to the forest ahead and continued walking.
Nnn?Now I?m making a fool of myself? He thought as he tapped his head lightly. I?m not really making a great first impression? He thought, averting his eyes from her.
?Hey, don?t fall behind now! It?d be no good if one of us got lost!? Koishi called from ahead.
?Ah! Y-yeah, I?m coming!? Nikolas responded as he faced forward and ran after the girl.

Koishi proudly led the way through the forest, following nothing but her instinct as she navigated the tangle of underbrush. The girl smiled despite the situation, and her eyes contained not the slightest bit of worry.
As she continued on, she glanced back at the boy behind her to make sure she hadn?t lost him. After confirming his presence, she shifted her gaze back forward.
?!
Just then, her vision blurred, the darkened greens of the forest melding together for a moment. She felt her balance wobble, and her head was assaulted with a dull pain and a slight dizziness for an instant. In response, she stopped.
Her eyes widened for a moment, unsure of what had just happened. What was? ?It couldn?t be?! She lifted her wrist and glanced at the watch
It read?1:16:09?
Koishi stared at the time in disbelief. It can?t be?
?So, What are those RAI soldiers after anyw-? As Nikolas had been speaking, he realized that Koishi was moving faster, almost as if she was running from, or even to, something up ahead. ?H-hey! Wait up for me!? The young man shouted as he dashed off after the girl.
Nikolas ran through the dark woods. Branches, twigs, and thorns snagged on his clothes, as if trying to constrain the boy. Rocks and roots tried to make him falter, but even if they tripped him or hurt him, he kept up. Each breath the young man drew in was a short, shallow gasp. He ducked and wove in, around, out and over the irregular growth of the forest. He kept his eyes fixated on the girl?s hair, which seemed to shine in the darkness. Finally, he shouted.
?Koishi! Wait! What?s wrong?!?
The girl hesitated for a moment, slowing enough for him to catch up. As she did so, she felt the bombardment of dizziness come back to her.
??Why are you running?? he asked as he came to a stop beside her.
?Because?? She started. Slowly her eyes fell to the ground. Her breathing was heavy, like the boy?s was. She recalled what Amarillo had said to her when she had given her the watch.
?Time remaining until you expire??you?ll simply disappear from this world? ?once the connection is cut, you?ll simply??
Koishi felt a trace of fear creep up her spine as she thought about it.
We need to make it to everyone else?!
??There isn?t much time left! We need to hurry!? Koishi spoke, her voice shaking. As she spoke, she began to move again. ?We need to g-!?
Despite Koishi?s attempt to run, something yanked her arm, preventing her from running away.
Koishi spun around fast to see that Nikolas had grabbed ahold of her wrist. Within a second, their eyes met.
The young man?s eyes widened. Staring right into his was the girl?s deep green eyes, and what he saw reflected through her eyes left him speechless.
Pure terror. A fear stronger than any he has felt before. It burned into his mind. The depths of her green eyes captured him. He could feel her fear, her worry, her panic, and most of all, her desperation.
Nikolas was taken aback, utterly speechless. He regretted stopping her from leaving and he let go of her wrist.
However to his surprise, she grabbed his hand and shouted at him.
?Come on! We need to go!? She shouted as she started running as fast as she could through the remaining length forest
Nikolas snapped out of his daze the instant she had tugged on his arm. He quickly dashed after her, reassured by the girl?s actions.


---Timestamp - Day 3, 10:54 P.M., Near Saniwa Shrine, Kamisuiwa.
Koishi and Nikolas continued running through the darkness, in a desperate attempt to get?somewhere.
However, Nikolas shook away the thoughts, not allowing them to distract him. He had to keep going, keep running and to keep up with Koishi.
Just then, he saw her falter.
The girl lost her footing for a moment and stumbled a few steps forward.
?Ah! Koishi! Are you all right!?? Nikolas shouted against his lack of air.
?I?m?fine? She said as she managed to regain her balance and continue on.

It didn?t take the two long to finally break out of the forest. Up ahead, Nikolas could see a clearing. He felt relief at the sight and, despite his exhaustion, smiled.
?There?s a clearing up ahead!? He called out to the girl ahead of him.
??Yeah?? She responded with not as much vigor as Nikolas would have imagined. Then he noticed it.
Koishi had been slowing down. By now, she was barely more than a meter ahead of the boy.
That?s odd?Now that I think about it?she has appeared to gradually be losing energy for a while now?
As the two entered the clearing, the moon?s pale light shone upon them, illuminating their features. Once out of the forest, Koishi turned slightly, running more adjacent to the border of the woods. Nikolas followed attentively. By now, he was right behind Koishi. Soon enough, he would be right beside her.

??!?
Just then, Koishi?s body shifted forward and became limp.
?Ah!? Nikolas gasped as he rushed forward and grabbed ahold of the girl?s arm, narrowly missing, and pulled her towards himself. ?Koishi! Are you all right!??
Koishi shook her head weakly. ?Time?is almost?up?? She mumbled lowly.
Nikolas leaned in to hear her better as she spoke. ?What time??
The girl?s breathing was raspy and weak as she spoke. ?Time?till I?? She paused, appearing to be overwhelmed by what she was about to say. Her eyes reflected her emotions. She was afraid, scared of what was supposedly to come. She wanted to run if possible, but she couldn?t escape. Trying her hardest to not cry, she spoke again.
?Till I??expire??
The young man felt his heart skip a beat. His eyes widened in bewilderment as he was left speechless for a moment. E-expire?? Koishi?s going to?going to?expire? She?s going to die?! W-why?! What?s wrong? Why didn?t she say something? The boy?s lip trembled. No?she can?t?not now...
Koishi?s breathing became weaker by the second, going from raspy to barely noticeable.
?Koishi!? Nikolas shouted, his heart pounding within his chest. ?Don?t die. You can?t?.We?ve barely gotten to know each other yet?So you just can?t die. Not now, not like this??
The girl tilted her head slightly towards him, her mouth was open and her eyes were half closed, as if in a tired, trance-like state.
?Please?Koishi??
Koishi?s eyes slid close.
?I don?t want you to die!?


?!
A sudden burst of white light filled the boy?s vision. Overwhelming his senses and blinding him for an instant.
He gasped, shocked by the sudden light. With his eyes wide, he just stared forward at the white space that surrounded him. With the exception of his pounding heart and harsh breathing, silence filled the room.
After a few seconds, his breathing slowed and became more relaxed. He blinked for a moment and observed his surroundings.
White.
He was confined in a white space devoid of anything else. Not even walls appeared to surround the boy, just blank nothingness that extended on for as far as the young man could see.
?Where am I? The young man wondered as he gazed about, still shaken by the sudden change of scenery. What?.happened?? He thought, trying to recall how he had arrived there.
!
Then he remembered Koishi, who was dying in his arms. He swiftly shifted his gaze down to his arms.
Nothing.
His arms were empty, and Koishi was gone.
Nikolas was frozen with disbelief. He felt a lump in his throat, preventing him from speaking, his breath barely managed to escape his quivering lips. She?s gone?Koishi is??no?it can?t be?she can?t be?de-
?Gensokyo?
A voice resounded throughout the white room. Startled, the boy lifted his gaze upward.
There standing a distance before him was Koishi, alive.
?A wondrous land hidden from modern humans. Here, various mystical creatures flourished. Youkai, Fairies, Ghosts, Vampires, Tengu, Oni?? She paused for a moment, drawing in a breath. ?They all lived happy lives here.? For a second, Koishi lowered her head, as if she was reminiscing silently. With a silent sigh, she turned her stare back to the young man in front of her. ?But one day, that all was shattered.? She paused, her expression becoming darker.
?Gensokyo was destroyed, its plentiful resource of mana stolen from underneath it.? Koishi paused again, allowing a moment of silence before she continued speaking. ?In order to survive, we made pacts that bound us to humans who supplied us with the mana we needed to live, and together, we set out to take revenge on the people who did this, and to stop them from doing it again.?
Nikolas listened in silence, trying to comprehend the strange things the girl was saying. Gensokyo? Youkai? Things like magic really?exist? The boy felt a surge of excitement for a moment, curious for proof. Then he recalled Koishi?s words. Wait a second, ?we?? Is Koishi??
?We had attacked one of the bases of our enemies, RAI. But the raid failed, and we were all captured.? Koishi paused for a moment. That was when she noticed Nikolas had timidly held up his hand.
?Um, so you?re a?.a youkai??? He asked, reddening slightly from the silence that had taken over when Koishi had stopped speaking.
Koishi blinked for a moment, and smiled at him, giving him an acknowledging nod. After a brief moment of silence, Nikolas asked another question.
?So you managed to escape??
Koishi nodded. ?Thanks to Amarillo. If not for her, I?d still be trapped.? As she took in a breath, her eyes reflect a faint sadness. ?Many are still trapped within the base, and still need to be rescued.? Koishi paused for a moment, seeming reluctant to say her next words. ?But, we can?t escape alone. Without mana, we?ll die. That?s why we need help. That?s why we need partners. So we can live.?
Nikolas started to see the picture. ??People like me?? He asked slowly.
Koishi nodded. ?You see, Amarillo helped me escape through a special means, without having a partner.? She paused, trying not to be overwhelmed by her own emotions. ?But??
?It was only a temporary thing?? The young man fills in as he rises to his feet.
Koishi gazes at him, and then nods. ?Yes, and that time is just about up.? She spoke with a hint of fear in her voice. ?If I don?t make a mana pact before it ends, I?won?t be so lucky as the others, who can survive for a bit after having their mana supply cut off. I?ll??
Nikolas?s eyes widen for a moment, and his face becomes slightly pained.
?I?ll?vanish from existence entirely?? Koishi looked almost as if she was about to cry. ?So?I tho-?
?I?ll do it.?
The girl blinked and looked at the boy. His expression showed a powerful determination and an understanding of what his declaration meant. She hesitated for a moment, affected by the intense emotion in his face, then spoke.
?A-are you sure??? She asked him, averting her eyes to the white floor.
?Yeah? The young man said with confidence in his voice. ?I don?t want to see you die. I want to get to know you, to learn about your world, to hear your stories, and most of all spend time with you.?
Koishi looked surprised by the boy?s reaction, as if she wasn?t excepting it. ??R-really??
Nikolas smiled at the girl, genuine and true, as he stepped closer to her. ?Really.?
Koishi was speechless for a moment, lowering her head after a second, and then a moment later, raising it with a truly happy smile. The girl nodded fully.

And with that, the light faded away into darkness.

---

As Nikolas? vision refocused, he found himself where he had been earlier, amongst the darkness of the night. With his awareness regained, the young man calmly glanced around. Now that he had a second to spare, he gazed about at his surroundings.
Nikolas found himself kneeling on the ground near a building, what appeared to be a Shinto shrine from the looks of it. The boy felt a hint of embarrassment thinking the residents had heard his shouting, but on closer inspection, it appeared no one was home.
???
Then the young realized Koishi was still in his arms. He shifted his gaze to the youkai.
The girl was now breathing softly, but visibly.
Nikolas closed his eyes for a moment and let out a sigh of relief, thankful that she was alive.
?We should keep going?? She said.
Her sudden speech startled the boy, making him jump slightly. ?O-oh, you?re awake,? He said, blushing slightly. ?Can you walk??
Koishi shook her head. ?I?m still in the process of regaining my energy so?I shouldn?t really be doing anything too strenuous?
?I?ll carry you then.? Nikolas said with a small smile.
?Okay.? Koishi said with a gentle nod.
?So where to?? The young man said as he rose to his feet after repositioning Koishi so that she could lead the way with ease.
?In there.? The girl said as she pointed towards the shrine.
?Eh?? Nikolas mumbled. ?But??
?We need to go in there? Koishi reaffirmed.
Nikolas bit his lip lightly, unsure if they were even allowed to just barge into the shrine in the middle of the night without either warning nor permission. However, Koishi?s incessant pressuring made the young man go against his bad feeling about entering, and reluctantly he headed into the building with caution.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on July 31, 2012, 11:59:55 AM
10:15 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside Tourist Helpers

Danao would not have minded staying out in the dark, cold streets on a late night and leaning on a lamppost. He would not have minded not talking to anyone- he was too tired for that, anyway. He would not have minded going without coffee or soda for an hour at night.

But the delay was going to kill him.

With his hands hidden in his pants' pockets, Danao trodded lazily to the front of Tourist Helpers, approaching the small group of people he had been watching since he arrived. There had been small talk, but he could hear none of it from where he was at. The addition of the woman from the alley cost him fifteen minutes trying to figure out how he was going to address everyone but her.

So he was winging it. "So have all of us gone on a trippy dream yesterday?" he deadpanned. "Or are we just that bored? 'cause I know I am. It's fifteen minutes past ten."



OOC: Danao would like to see how many people actually came for the dream.

Okay, with almost everyone here, I think I'd better jump back into the game.
Title: The Magician's Pact - A Reason To Fight, Part 1
Post by: Kakyoin on August 08, 2012, 12:11:39 AM
With this post, the plot advances. Consult the very bottom for new posting opportunities. Listening to the music presented alongside the story in this post is optional, but recommended. Enjoy!  ;)

Part 2 is below this post, I could not fit it all in a single post due to character limits.



5:45 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Saniwa Shrine (Underground Tunnel Entrance/Exit)

"Well," Amarillo said hastily after climbing out of the fully stopped cart. "That took a while, but we still have to make it the base."
    "What about the other tunnel?" Daiyousei asked. "I think there's another tunnel, if I remembered correctly."
    "There is, but we cannot really use it, remember? It got blocked."
    Daiyousei sighed. "That's not good at all! If we had that, we could speed everything up considerably."
    "We'll have to do something about it, yes." Amarillo climbed up the long flight of stairs with little light to guide her. "Something, indeed..."



7:38 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – RAI Graveyard Base (Side Corridor, Near Virtualization Room)

BEGIN: AN ARRIVAL BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dRvMW75v7G8)

"Oh, it's Amarillo."

Owlbear turned Luize to face the new arrivals. "See?"
    "Oh...yes! And she isn't a ghost of Amarillo, right? This is the same one that got hit by the truck..."
    Shinki smiled and strode forward. "She appears to be fine, Daiyousei is here with her. Are you okay?"
    "I am fine," Amarillo stated swiftly. "However, it took me longer than expected to get back here. The underground tunnel that leads from the Shrine to this place is closed due to blockage, and there were quite a few soldiers hanging around." She brought her spear out from behind her back and frowned stiffly. "I should probably not make it a habit to carry this everywhere with me, a girl such as myself cannot easily hide it."
    "Even so," Shinki continued, "you look fine. We heard you had gotten hit by a large truck! And yet, here you are standing before us."
    "Lily Black saved her!" Daiyousei said. "I was afraid it was the end for her too, Diamond is very very strong..."
    Amarillo nodded grimly in agreement. "He is strong, but he is in unfamiliar territory. He isn't in his element yet, we know this thanks to Ken's group."
    Owlbear stood up. "Ken's group? What happened?"
    "I'll tell you, but first gather the others. We have some housekeeping to do in this place."
   He slowly nodded in compliance. "Sure, but we haven't seen Jan's team in a while. I think they're still exploring this place. That all right with you?"
   "Yes, that's fine. I think the rest of you will be more than enough, much appreciated."
   "Heh." He gave a small salute before walking back, talking over his shoulder. "We want to help too, glad you found a use for us."
   
    "Amarillo!"
   
    She looked around to find the person who had spoken her name, and her eyes saw Nitori running towards her. "Oh, it's you..."
    "I have good news! The ship, you remember it, right?"
    Amarillo seemed perplexed. "Er, the Palanquin Ship?"
    Nitori nodded. "Yeah, that! I figured out how to get it away from this place!"
    "What, really?" She shook her head at Nitori's sheer brilliance. "Well, now we have an excellent escape route. I'm not sure how you did it, but good job!"
    "Of course! All in a kappa day's work." She seemed incredibly eager and excited, and for good reason.
    "But," Amarillo suddenly brought up, "what about the Captain? We need the Captain of the vessel, the one Hijiri announced as owner...without her, surely we cannot operate it, right?"
    Nitori's pressed her lips together. "Murasa is still stuck in the virtual world, and I'm not sure how long it would take me to hack in. Fortunately, I think I found a way to control it anyway. It might take me an hour or two longer, maybe a bit more, I think..."
    "Hmm...well, okay. You focus on getting that ship out, all right? We're depending on you."
    "Right!" the kappa said before bounding off.
    "Well now," Amarillo muttered to herself as she walked in the direction Owlbear's group had gone off. "The pieces of the puzzle are falling into place. Now it's time for the next piece..."

END: AN ARRIVAL BGM



7:45 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – RAI Graveyard Base (Outside Mana Experimentation Room)

BEGIN: CAREFUL EXPLORATION BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=usav7r1q4Vo)

Patchouli stepped carefully near a room with a mysterious-looking symbol on the wall, to the  right of the closed door. Her gentle fingers carefully rubbed against the insignia. She could sense it.

Mana.

The essence of her powers, Koakuma's powers, and now their life's sustenance. Youkai in this world, it was possible only with mana; without it, they would certainly perish. So far they had gotten lucky, but eventually their luck would wear out. On humans they relied. What an ironic twist of fate. Yet, this was but a stone wall blocking acceptance; acceptance of the faith they must have in those with mana powers. So many undiscovered secrets about the world awaited. She had to be patient.
    Putting her lips together into a twist with a slight sigh, she lowered her extended hand to the safety latch. The feeling of mana was fluctuating. It wasn't coming from the door, nor the wall. Something was inside. Something important, something that emanated the powerful quintessence. Her hunches were not normally incorrect.
    Swishing her long hair around with a turn, she stared over at Jan and Koakuma, who were catching up to her amidst partaking in a conversation. It was nice to have a small break, and yet she herself had insisted that this was a fine opportunity to sniff out any suspicious possibilities or apprehend useful tools or devices that they may happen upon. She had taken it upon herself to lead the investigation. Leave it to a magician to tend to the wonders of science, she thought to herself as a smile crossed her lips. So much potential awaited discovery, so many problems to solve, so many solutions to provide...
    As soon as she had smiled, the magician quickly frowned. The proximal feeling of mana had vanished. This wasn't the first time it had disappeared from all senses since they had entered the corridor they now traversed. Still, it was much stronger around this particular door.
    Looking up after turning back, she sniffed as she read the letters engraved above the top of the closed passage: "MANA ROOM". Indeed, it seemed her intuition was spot on.
    She ran her left hand through her hair, fingers streaming down flawless purple strands of hair. Still, there was no telling what awaited inside.
   
    "Patchouli! You found something?"
   
    "It's certainly possible," she said without turning around. "What do you make of this mechanism fastened to the door?"
    Jan took several steps forward and felt it carefully, pulling on it slightly. "Hmm...it seems a bit loose, but...I don't know, you think we should be breaking into any room we see?"
    "Considering how much of a predicament the others are in, I would certainly hope we should."
    The magician placed her hand against the door, patting it several times. It seemed stiff and strong, not easily opened by force. Her head dipped down to stare at the latch again. It was very tempting.
    "Patchy!" Koa exclaimed. "You feel something, too?"
    She looked back and nodded. "Yes, that's what drew me to this dreadfully dull door."
    "Feel...what?" Jan asked. As soon as the question had escaped his mouth, however, he immediately stood straight up, having sensed something. "Wait...that's..."
    "Correct. It is mana. I would bet my spell book on it," Patchouli declared. "Now, I simply must know what's in here..."
    Koakuma sighed. "You would say that, wouldn't you...well, we're all in this together, so..."
    With that, she walked over to the door and examined the latch herself. "This appears to be holding the door closed. It looks strong, but we can blast it off."
    Jan scratched the back of his head. "Are you sure?"
    "Of course we can," Patchouli stated. "The question is, do we or don't we..."
    "Well, we know what your answer is already," he proclaimed. "Koa?"
    "Eh?" The devil's wings drew closer towards each other behind her back. "Um...I think given what we have to lose, we probably should at least see what's inside. But all this strange machinery and stuff, it just doesn't...feel right to be messing with it."
    "It's just a door," the magician nearly whispered. She cleared her throat. "Well, I'm going to open it up. I didn't see any strange wires or devices hooked to this little mechanism keeping the door closed, so..."
    He smiled. Patchouli was probably anxious to get back to using her magic. He only hoped it would not be too harrowing, given what had recently happened. Hours ago, Ken had suffered greatly when Mokou tried to free Keine from those strange pods they had been sleeping in. Still, he convinced himself that this was different. It would probably have minimal impact on their group, since Patchouli could contain herself.
    "I'll use just enough." The magician swept her arms to the side, signaling them to back away. Not wasting any time, she flicked her fingers apart on each hand and took a breath. Suddenly, her arms swung down in an arc and stopped in front of the door near the latch.
   
    *SHHHH*
   
    Jan watched in wonder as a small ball of fire formed at her fingertips. Refusing to hesitate, the fireball leapt from her touch and smited the hapless lock. Within moments, it had burned enough to break and fall down to the floor with a small clink. Patchouli's magic never ceased to amaze him, no matter how often he saw it. He briefly considered what would happen should the world, the reality he was from, lay its eyes upon her talents...not just her, but the others...for now it was relatively contained, and that was beneficial for the time being. The population would--no, he couldn't think about that right now.
    "Good job!" Koakuma beamed. "Too bad my magic isn't really useful for that kind of thing..."
    "It's fine," her master assured. "Now please help me get this door open, if you would be so kind as to--"
   
    *BING~*
   
    All three of them jumped slightly as a red light above the door turned on. For several moments, they remained still and tense, watching the beacon of emergency.
    Jan held his breath, hoping that an alarm wasn't about to trigger. That would be very problematic for them.
   
    *TKKK*
   
    Without warning, the light turned green. Jan heard Koakuma sigh with relief. He too took a short breath. "That seemed rather anticlimactic..."
    "Good thing too," Patchouli said with a small forward tilt of her head. "Anyway, the--"
   
    *REEEEEE*
   
    "Eh?!" she exclaimed after being interrupted. "Oh, the door, it's..."
    The door had swung open on its own. How did that...oh, I see. It must be a precondition for clearance, she thought momentarily. "Let's not waste a moment, shall we? This door has decided to be courteous."
    "Oooh...Patchy, the feeling..." Jana said more loudly than before. "Maybe there is something in here. I feel that power welling up nearby again, or something..."
    The magician took two unwavering steps inside the room. The mana presence had returned, but the room was pitch black. "Yes...hmm, it's a bit dark...hard to see anything." She took a step back and placed a hand back to make sure she did not bump into either of them. Her hand was taken by that of her servant. "Let me look at the wall, perhaps there's a way to activate the lights he--"
   
    *CLICK*
   
    As if on command, the light fixtures on the ceiling and eastern wall flickered to life, slowly basking the room in its light.
    Patchouli closed her eyes and sighed loudly. "Okay, I get it...stop interrupting me, room...thing!"
    Jan chuckled. "I'm sure it was waiting for you this whole time, just to bother you. Oh, but what's this?" He looked over and his eyes immediately darted to the strangely large, intricate-looking machine. "That thing looks a little...eh, Patchouli?"
    She was seemingly in a trance, not paying attention to anything but the contents of the room spilling into her eyes. The feel of mana was pulsing. They had discovered something crucial, and yet the entire room was just waiting to be explored. The curiosity brimming inside her was dying to see what awaited them.
    Her eyes rested on the machine. "Oh. Well, this seems worthy of attention. Hmm."
    "Patchouli-sama..." Koakuma murmured softly. "Be careful in here...I sense--I feel the energy again, but we should be careful."
    "Careful this, careful that." The magician's grumblings became audible for them to hear. "I understand we need to be careful, but if we are too careful then we may miss out on opportunities like this." She took a few steps forward, noticing the aura of mana becoming stronger as she walked. "Something in this room could help the others, who knows."
    Jan shrugged. "We're worried, you know. You can easily tell. Or at least, I am. Koa seems bothered too...we're not experts on this kind of thing, and for all we know RAI may be the only ones qualified to use machines like this or even know how to."
    Koakuma sighed again. "Jan, you know she's curious. She can't contain herself in times like this." Placing a clenched hand on her hip, she continued. "We're here too, so there shouldn't be a problem."
    "Yeah, I know." He continued to focus on the strange machine taking up a good portion of the back of the surprisingly small room. "Hmm, I can't help but feel that I've seen this before..."
    His concerns failed to reach Patchouli's ears, as she had already walked closer to the large device, spellbound by the desire to investigate. She resisted a yawn as she reached out to feel its outer metal hull. "Is this contraption active?"
    Her eyes wandering, they settled upon a blinking light atop the control panel beneath the hull overhang. She guessed it was to be used for indicating status. Perhaps it was dormant, sleeping; slumbering like they had until only recently, in that wretched room full of transportation chambers.
    Making a slow about-face, she reaffirmed her grip on her trusted spell book in her left hand and addressed her two companions. "It appears to be enabled, but idle."
    Koakuma managed a smile. "That's a relief." She pressed her wings flat against her back and leaned against the wall next to the open entrance behind them. "I think I'll admire it from afar though, my legs are feeling a bit tired right now."
    Jan motioned with his hand to the magician. "Go ahead, you're the closest thing we have to an expert on this kind of thing." He thought for a bit. "Well, there's Nitori, but she's kinda busy right now..."
    "Plus," Patchouli added, "we aren't going to tinker with anything. If we hold that rule in esteem, then we are practically guaranteed safe."
    "We'll just show the kappa later," the devil said, looking at her long fingernails.
    The magician nodded. "Understood." Looking back at the machine, a smile graced her lips. It was time to do what she enjoyed most in this new world. Even if they were the inventions of the enemy to their existence, her appetite for knowledge was whetted. After all, it was her namesake.
    Suddenly, a tiny flicker of light caught her attention. Looking to the left towards the shelves attached to the wall, she saw several transparent orbs sitting delicately inside insets on a smooth rack, which was clearly meant to hold them. One of the orb objects had a deep blue hue, a pulsing light swimming inside of it. She recognized its pattern, its presence in the air.

    Mana.

    There was no doubt in her mind that these objects housed the magical energy they thrived on. Taking a few steps back, she attempted to detect further traces of mana to ascertain the possibility of other sources nearby, in case her senses had been led astray. Closing her eyes, she felt the machine touch the back of her robe as she stepped back as far as she could from the shelf.

    *click*

    "Ah..." she breathed quietly.
    From her spot on the floor near the entrance, Koakuma's pointy ears twitched. "Patchouli-sama...did you hear that?" She looked to Jan at her side. "That noise..."
    "I didn't see anything pertaining to the noise," he affirmed. "Maybe it came from the shelves over there."
    "There are several strange devices on the shelf, it's probable," Patchouli commented, her eyes still closed. "I suspect the mana is coming from them, but there's more to see in here so--"

    *MMMMMMM*

    A smooth, soft hum began to resound throughout the room.
    "Uh..." Koakuma said, eyes slightly wider in moderate concern. "That sounds abnormal...maybe this room is haunted or something..."
    "Ghosts are not thought to exist in this world," the magician responded with a sigh. She opened her eyes and took a step towards the shelf again. "In any case, I can't feel anything else around with mana. It must be a product of the orbs on this sh--"
   
    *WHIRRRR--CLICK*
   
END: CAREFUL EXPLORATION BGM
   
    Her eyes narrowed as she spun around, hearing a sound behind her. "The machine is on? But how? I never--"
    In the split second that followed, she saw a small red button on the curved surface of the machine near where a mechanical arm was attached to the machine. Before she could look up, brightness enveloped the room, blinding her.
   
    *BANG*
   
    "Unngh!" she cried out in surprise. Her body was thrown away from the machine by an invisible, crushing force. Gasping for breath, she felt her chest burning suddenly as she nearly fell backwards. The book she was holding flew from her hand and clattered against the wall. She heard it falling to the floor as she felt her legs grow cold; she was on the floor, her hands frantically stretched out to keep her balanced on her knees.
   
BEGIN: EMINENT CRISIS BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b9S4gIamECM)
   
    Shaking uncontrollably, she felt every hair on her body standing up. Her heart beat rapidly. Was she having an issue right now? No, this was clearly the work of an outside force.
   
    Mana.
   
    She felt her cheeks growing cold. The sudden realization hit her in the stomach as the blinding light seemed to die down. The machine before her was alive with a collection of lights and electricity arcing overhead.
    She swallowed hard. Her eyes hurt; they felt incredibly dry. "Wh..."
    As soon as the machine had roared to life, it began slowing down. Her hair fell lifelessly down, and her body was relaxing ever so slightly. She took several deep breaths and fell to her left side against the wall near the machine, leaning on it for comfort. It felt like tranquility, a lull in a violent maelstrom.
    The calm after the storm.
    Mouth still agape, she looked over to where Jan and Koakuma had been sitting.
    Their bodies were lying on the floor, unmoving.
    "N-No!" she gasped. Her right hand numbly reached around in an attempt to locate her spell book. "Jan...? Koa...?!"
    Half a minute passed. They did not respond, nor stir.
    Closing her eyes, she leaned completely back against the wall. She pushed the hair scattered in front of her vision out of her face and held her chest with her left hand. Her right hand met a hardback cover. Recovering her book, she stared back at the machine. The lightning atop the machine's metal mandibles had disappeared, and it had returned to dormancy.
    They were in trouble. She had to get up...but she had no will to do so. Closing her eyes forcibly, she tried to calm down. She felt completely exhausted. I didn't see anything, so how...
    Her legs refused to budge. She couldn't move. Chest heaving, she felt icy sweat dripping down her cheek. Why it felt like ice, she could not be bothered to ponder. Something had gone horribly wrong. Something felt very wrong. She had to figure it out...
    "H-Hey...wake up..." she croaked, attempting to get through to Jan and Koakuma. Neither of them said a word.
    This feeling, she thought to herself. I've felt it before, long ago...
    Her eyes widened, and her throat seized up. She felt her heart nearly skip a beat.
   
    She was dying.
   
    It was happening. Her body was going to die and fade away. Her energy was fading. It was happening, slowly but surely. Her legs were numb and she was losing the feeling in her quivering hands, despite being able to move them. Death's embrace was upon her, sooner or later. It was the feeling she had felt after the Hakurei Barrier had gone down and Gensokyo, her home world, had collapsed. It was a distinct lack of energy. The ebb and flow of sustenance in her body, it was disappearing.
    Shaking her head, she gritted her teeth in an attempt to mitigate the stomach pains. She had to do something.
   
    Mana.
   
    In desperation, she threw her book down and flung her arms up, grabbing at the nearby shelf. Grunting, she focused every bit of strength she could muster into pulling herself up. Arms shaking, she glanced over at her immobile friends. They weren't faring any better. Jerking her head up, she thought of the orbs resting above her, on the lower shelf. It was her only hope.
    The icy cold sweat was dripping down her face. She took several forced breaths, and her body responded with cool calmness. Okay, I'm not going down yet.
    With a cry of desperation, she pulled herself up. The sudden shock of losing her life energy was throttling her body. How she had lost the ability to contain mana, she did not know. She did not care. She needed it, and it was here in front of her.
    Staring at the blue orb only for a moment, she nabbed it off of its stand, causing the other orbs to rustle in their resting spots in the stand. She peered into it hungrily. Her body wanted it. She felt consumed by greed and desire, but didn't care. This was going to keep her alive, she had no doubt of it.
    As if on command, she felt her stamina returning, her chest lightening, her heart beating slower and less intensely. Power. Life. She was saved. The orb had saved her. It had given her what she needed, what she so avidly sought.
    Heaving a huge sigh of relief, she dismissed her condition. She was well. The others weren't. Clutching the orb to her chest, she leaned down with ease and picked up her spell book in the other hand. Quickening her pace, she stepped over several wires running on the futuristic floor and arrived at the entrance.
    "Jan...! Koa..."
    Without hesitation, she dropped her spell book and reached out a hand. Her mind raced as she thought about the two of them, trying to figure out what was wrong. Did they have mana still? Were they alive, or had they perished in that instant?
    Cursing to herself, she picked up Jan's hand and thrust the orb into it. After at least ten seconds had passed, she tried again. Closing her eyes, she reached out and felt the orb herself. The power of magic was once again coursing through her body.
    She could feel nothing. No traces of him mentally, no indication, no mana.
    Scrambling on her hands and knees, she took the orb and thrust it into Koakuma's lifeless hand. She too seemed passive and dormant, unmoving. Leaning down, she could barely hear her servant draw breath.
    Relieved, Patchouli still tried to envision Koakuma in her mind. Was her mind playing tricks on her? Was this a result of the sudden shock of losing her own energy, throwing her life's fate out of balance? Surely, she thought, I must feel something. Anything.
    It was useless. They were not responsive, although they were not dead either. However, her reading failure was the only thing on her mind right now.
    She glanced back at the strange machine, which had returned to the state it was in initially when they had first broken into the room. Walking to the side of the hulking device, she suddenly got the idea to check for any instructions or labels. This machine had to be identified. They had to have documentation lying around, somewhere.
    The magician's face grew concerned. There was a pattern of indentation near the button she had likely pushed while backing up before the bright light had nearly wiped her out. Reaching out, her fingers felt a tiny crevice at the lower-left corner, and with a small tug it opened. She put her free hand on her knee as she bent over, reading the newly exposed print next to the large switch.
   
    Mana Manipulator - RAI ZRT#45661
    Distributed to GRAVEYARD.
    Warning: DO NOT REMOVE FORCIBLY. REPORT TO SUPERIORS BEFORE TRANSPORTING.
    In case of emergency, press red button outside hub cover to normalize mana in area.

   
    She ignored the rest and held her breath. The button...she had pressed it earlier. It had done something.
    "Normalize...mana?" she whispered to herself. "How...what does that--no!"
    It couldn't be, she thought. I can't--that...I could have my link removed, it can't be...this machine was capable of severing mana links? It explained why she could no longer sense Jan or Koakuma, and yet...
    She didn't have time to consider it any further. She had to get help. There was no telling what else would happen. Regardless of what had happened, who was at fault, she needed to get help. She could drag them back, but she was not strong enough and time was of the essence. She could not lift them with magic, it was too risky; she had no choice but to place her faith into that which she held in her right hand, the blue orb of light. The one thing keeping her alive right now.
    Looking nervously at Jan and Koakuma on the ground, she bit her lip. I'm sorry...I can't--I have to get help. Please, be well...
    Spell book now in hand, she turned to face the open corridor. Head down, she hurried out of the room without looking back, her spell book in her left hand and the orb in her right. Her mind raced; she thought not about her partners, but about the mysterious spherical device in her clutches. It was her life, her everything.
    It was in that moment that she felt the hatred. She hated not herself, not the RAI technology, but the system she was forced to live with. Everyone wanted it, needed it. Everything started and ended with it.
   
    Mana.

END: EMINENT CRISIS BGM



7:54 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – RAI Graveyard Base (Side Corridor, Near Virtualization Room)

BEGIN: RAI BASE ~ TECH LEGACY BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KNaTpqOSsNE)

"Well, glad that's underway. Hopefully clearing out that tunnel won't be too problematic."

After the others had taken off towards the tunnel, Amarillo looked at Sunny Milk nearby. "So, the recording actually worked?"
    "Of course!" Sunny chirped. "Thank goodness Diamond seems to rub RAI the wrong way, otherwise we might not be talking right now."
    "Excellent." The fairy commander sat down at a desk with a computer on it. "Now then, since he is headed back to a base he can, you know..." she paused with a slight laugh before continuing. "...actually get into, we need to focus on completing the plan."
    "Oh, the plan!" Daiyousei chimed in. "We hafta get everyone we drag back Tourist Helpers to come to this place, yeah?"
    "That's the plan," she confirmed as Daiyousei flew around, presumably to get some exercise. She turned back to Sunny Milk. "Ken actually held him off somehow, it honestly surprised me..."
    "Hey, have more faith in him, he's our comrade," she replied with a sigh. "We're all in this together." She looked over in thought before speaking further. "Then again, Yuyuko is really strong..."
    "True, true. All right, I guess that was a bit uncalled for." Amarillo herself stood up. "I'm going to take a short walk. I have a lot to think about. Mind if I talk to you for a moment?"
    Sunny seemed almost insulted. "You'd have to pry me away with a corebar! Of course I will, you had to question it? You order it, I will do it. We fairies need your guidance, after all."
    "Sunny, you know..."
    "What?"
    Amarillo smirked as she started walking. "It's 'crowbar'..."
    "Eh?" The fairy seemed puzzled, then tapped her forehead lightly with a groan. "Ah, whoops. These modern things, I'm still not used to it all." Taking wing, she floated after the fairy commander and strategist.
    "Sunny, look around us." Amarillo stopped walking almost as soon as she had begun. "What do you make of this place? Does it seem out of the ordinary to you?"
    "Er...wait, is that a trick question? Of course it's very advanced, with lots of machines and lights and fancy wallpaper or...whatever it is. That's not what you really mean, is it?"
    She shook her head. "No, I mean aside from the obvious. RAI is very technologically advanced, that much is certain. Does anything else strike you as...odd?"
    The fairy put a finger to the bottom of her open mouth. "Uh.....hmm. Considering who they are--"
    "...and there it is."
    "Huh?" The fairy's wings ceased flapping momentarily. "What do you mean?"
    "RAI is hunting us," Amarillo stated. "This base, you've seen enough of its interior to see how serious they are about this. Doesn't that seem a bit strange to you?"
    "Hmm...that's right, now that I think about it from that angle. They sure have a lot of fancy gadgets and mana technology." She cocked her head. "Come to think of it, they have an awful lot of stuff, and this base is really flashy and--it's almost as if they had kappa help them build it, or something..."
    Amarillo nodded. "This is rather unnatural and exceptional, considering the world we are now in. Such equipment, it is so very advanced. I suspect it might be--"
    She was interrupted by the sound of someone moving quickly ahead of them, in an adjacent corridor. Amarillo drew her spear weapon, holding it at the ready. "Someone's coming. It's only a matter of time before he or she greets us. Be careful!"
    Sunny nodded and flanked Amarillo on the ground. "Right!"
   
    From around the corner, Patchouli appeared. A sense of urgency plagued her, as she seemed unnaturally tense.
    Amarillo lowered her spear. "Patchouli? Why--"
    "Help!" the magician spluttered, turning to run as best she could despite her big gulping gasps of air. "There's an accident, we need--ahhh--h-help, hurry...!"
    Amarillo raised an eyebrow. "Where's Jan and that devil you hang around? Shouldn't they be with you?"
    Sunny flew over to check the magician for problems. "You aren't supposed to be running either..."
    The fairy saw a glowing blue orb that Patchouli seemed to be guarding with utmost care, but otherwise no issues. However, the feel of mana suddenly graced her. "Eh?" What's this? That thing you're holding, it's--"
    "There's no time to explain!" the magician barked hoarsely. "I--Jan and Koa...they're in trouble...I don't know how serious it may be, that's why--"
    Amarillo stepped forward and held her spear up at her side. "Calm down. We'll get to the bottom of this. Sunny, Daiyousei, if you will?"
    "Right!" Daiyousei immediately took off without hesitation, turning mid-flight into the corridor Patchouli had come in from.
    "She...didn't listen, just acted on instinct," Amarillo stated with a sigh. "Sunny! Hold for one moment. Listen to what Patchouli has to say."
    "Of course," the more patient fairy responded curtly.
    Patchouli gulped down more air. "Jan and...and Koakuma...they...I was in--we were all in a room, and...big machine, cut my mana..." She paused to cough several times.
    "Wait, what?" Amarillo seemed taken aback. "Your mana was cut? You mean, you got separated from Jan? Is that even possible?"
    The magician nodded, her composure mostly regained after a few breaths. "Yes, that is what I believe. I cannot sense either of them...I'm not connected. The only thing that saved me was..." She held out her right hand, a clear orb filled with a moving magical blue energy. "This...it must be mana inside. I had to return here. Please, help them!"
    "Where is the room?"
    "It's--there's a straight path to it, down several corridors...the side door that's open."
    "Got it. Sunny, please go now. Drag Daiyousei along too."
    Sunny saluted at her partner. "Right!" Without hesitation, she flew off.
    Several moments later, Amarillo sighed. "No mana, as in no mana link anymore? You are certain that's the most likely option? It seems rather unlikely that--"
    "Trust me," Patchouli stated firmly from her position against the wall on the floor. "I could not sense them, even though they were right next to me. The machine must--it has to be a device that manipulates mana. No question about it. It is incredibly dangerous...are you sure your fairies will be fine?"
    "They'll be fine. Sunny, Dai, the others and I have a...special bond. They will certainly be safe from such a machine, provided they don't touch it or do something foolish." She looked down at the magician, eyeing the orb in her hand. "They won't betray my orders, they know what can happen if they do..."
    "I see. That's good." Patchouli coughed once more. "I am not cut out for rushing about, that much is still apparent."
    "Now, your mana...you seem fine now. That sphere in your hand..."
    "Ah yes, this." She held out her right hand, exposing the orb of energy she had been holding tightly. "I was fortunate enough to find this nearby, on the shelf across from the machine after...the bright flash of light overwhelmed me, and the others. I owe my life to it, as it is mana-infused."
    "That's fortunate." Amarillo stooped down closer to Patchouli's line of sight. "However, you know that this is a RAI artifact...who knows how it works. You have--"
    She extended a hand out and felt Patchouli's forehead. Moments later, she pulled it away and frowned. "You're not tied to anyone, are you?"
    Patchouli seemed surprised. "You can tell? How is that so?"
    Amarillo smiled faintly. "Don't worry about that. Right now, we have greater issues to worry about." Looking around, she put a hand on Patchouli's shoulder. "For now, stay near me."
    "I can do that, but as soon as Jan and--"
    The fairy commander shook her head. "No. We cannot risk losing you. By no means are you to be exposed to...unfortunate circumstances."
    Patchouli's expression changed to unamused. "I don't follow. Sure, this mana source may run out, but why can I not wait to make the pact again when Jan recovers?"
    "There's no telling when he will wake up, or if he is well enough to make a pact with you in time. That artifact cannot be relied upon for too long. Besides," she said after laying her spear against the wall, "you will be safest around me, I am fairly certain."
    The magician seemed puzzled. "You? I agree on one point: this device is not reliable, even though it may sustain me now. Please elaborate."
    "All will be revealed if it is necessary." Amarillo stood up and stretched. "Until then, please stay within reasonable distance of me. I will aid you if you need it. Do you have any idea how long that device will last?"
    Patchouli rubbed the orb, which was sitting in her robed lap. "Based on how strong it is, it can probably last until the end of today. Only a rough estimate, of course."
    Amarillo nodded. "That is more than enough time to allow for my plan to work, so fear not. However, it may require you to travel with me, as I need to go back to Tourist Helpers later on. Ken is probably wondering what I am up to, which is nothing new, ahaha~"
    Patchouli's body seemed to respond attentively. "Ken's there? That's good. I was wondering who else might be there..."
    "You and I and my fairies will be there too. There is something we must do."
    "Is that so? Interesting, please fill me in..."
    Amarillo extended her hand. "Here, stand up. Let's take a walk. I'll fill you in in the meantime, but we will have to head off sometime soon."
    "Thanks. I feel I have little choice. I will go with you." Patchouli took her hand and, upon being pulled to a standing position, bent back down to pick up her spell book. "I'm fairly certain that Jan and Koakuma are alive and well, but the shock of losing so much mana..."
    Frowning, Amarillo started walking ahead. "You'll have to explain that to me in more detail, I'm afraid without having witnessed it I need a good description of this machine you speak of."
    Patchouli hesitated. "Hang on. Where is everybody else? Why can I not make a pact with one of them?"
    "I asked them to help clear out the hidden tunnel between this dreadful place and the Saniwa Shrine. It's quite blocked up, I figure they would need all their strength. Besides, my aid would suffice. Your life shall more than likely be preserved."
    "I see," the magician resounded. "I will place my faith in you, then." She walked more briskly to catch up to Amarillo further on down the room. "Now, where to start..."
    "Actually, I need to explain to you first. You're probably wondering what it is I'm planning, what it is that I can do to aid you should you require a steady mana source."
    Patchouli tore her eyes from the impressively sleek wall nearby and looked ahead blankly. "It's whatever you did with Koishi, is it not?"
    "Huh, not bad. I suppose I shouldn't be surprised that you have your wits about you at all times."
    "Not wits. This was pure observation." The magician scratched the back of her head with her spell book hand. "I noticed that Koishi had no partner, or at the very least did not have her old partner at her side. Surely she needed something. Something you could provide. You did something to her, what it is I do not know, but you possess some special power or...ability."
    Amarillo nodded. "That is true. What I have done to Koishi is...a blood curse pact, of sorts. It requires the blood of...someone, as a typical blood pact works. However, this is rather special to me. Koishi now has a set amount of time with a permanent link, before she finally expires." She looked at Patchouli's face, studying her unwavering gaze. "Unfortunately, it does not last much longer than a day, if even that. I'm afraid I had an accident earlier, and it likely shortened the pact I have with Koishi, but she should know what to do before well before it runs out."
    "That's fine, it's good to know that I can count on that in case this device betrays me before I can make a pact." She paused to run the tips of her fingers through her long, silky hair. "Do you think it's too early to see if my friends have recovered?"
    "Probably. If the machine indeed did what you say it does, chances are good that they will be out of commission for quite some time. Mana shock is...truly a terrible thing," she added. "Having it cut short for some time is one problem, but losing part of the link..."
    "Yes. Ken had that happen earlier, it was not a pretty sight. But he recovered well enough, from what I gathered."
    "Correct," Amarillo asserted. "He apparently had enough strength to fight Diamond back, but the end result wasn't very pretty according to what I have been told..."
    "Well, I shall witness and hear it firsthand soon, I presume." Patchouli grimaced and stared back at the wall. "Anyway, I take responsibility for what happened, but I never expected something so...final. I was scared for my life, like that night Gensokyo collapsed. I felt the drain of death encroaching." She gulped after thinking about it, then turned back. "It is not pleasant. Amarillo, what must I do to obtain safer status as soon as possible? I would prefer not confronting that feeling thrice."
    "If that is what you want, then..." Amarillo paused in thought for several moments. In order to do this, Koishi must be free of the pact herself...we'll have to go check up on Koishi and talk to her if she doesn't find someone soon, just in case.
    "Then...?"
    The girl finally spoke out loud. "Then we need to leave soon. We leave for Tourist Helpers within the next half-hour. I have to check something very important."
    Patchouli forced a small smile. She was actually eager to speak to Ken and see how his magic training was faring. "As you wish."

END: RAI BASE ~ TECH LEGACY BGM



8:21 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers (Front Room)

BEGIN: GATHERING AND TRAINING BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0FcW0nz_dFc)

*CLACK*

Breathing lightly, Ken leaped back after exchanging several blows with Mokou, all of which were met wood on wood. He was shocked at how smoothly she wielded it, despite claiming to have little training with weapons. They had found several wooden swords hidden beneath some cloth in the break room, and they were clearly meant for training of sorts.

"Well, Ken? You had enough?" she spoke calmly but with assurance, holding her sword out with a single hand.
    "Hah...you're pretty good, Mokou." He smiled casually and lowered his sword. "I had no clue you could fight well with a sword."
    "No, it's definitely just your imagination." She also took her turn to stand down. "I have very quick reflexes. My parries were likely improper." Her teeth showed in a quick grin. "You're pretty quick too. It's good to know that we can rely on you. We could have been much less fortunate."
    "Aww, thanks honey," he quipped. "You're gonna make me blush."
    "Aww, shut up," she retorted halfheartedly. "Well, this helped to pass the time...but now I'm kinda bored. Let's do something I want to do now."
    He gently let the sword fall to the ground. "Like what? Roasting a chicken?"
    "Oh please, I'm more civilized than that." She placed the wooden blade on the desk counter behind her and walked towards him, biting her nail. "You wanted me to be more open, is that right?"
    "Huh?" he asked. Then he recalled the issue that had happened yesterday, when he had actually struck her across the face to snap her out of whatever stupor she was in. In all the intense struggles and preparations, he had nearly forgotten it despite how recently it had occurred. "Oh, right. Well then, what of it? Going to share some of your wisdom with me, or something?"
    She shook her head as her lips formed a tight smile. "Nah. I want you to share something with me, this time."
    "What, me?" He threw his hands up in mock despair. "That's not how this was supposed to go!"
    "Hey, it goes both ways. You should know that." She sat down at a chair in front of the guest table. "So cough it up. You want to pass the time, dontcha?"
    "Yeah...okay, right." He sighed and leaned down, acquiring the sword he had recently dropped. Walking over to the counter, he took his own sword back from where he had left it and left the wooden one in its place. "Hmmm...what to share."
    "Tell me more about your life in the virtual world. What were you doing aside from your training and Keine-worshipping?"
    He coughed when she mentioned the latter. "That's not--"
    Then it hit him. It was a risky idea, but it would surely amuse her, and perhaps even things out a bit right now. "Say, I had a few dreams previously..."
    "Dreams?" She seemed interested. "Those are always fun. Last night, or...?"
    "In the virtual world. Like two of 'em."
    Mokou sighed. "Oh, sure then. Going to tell me how you had nice sexy dreams of Keine, probably..."
    He leaned forward and stared seriously at her. "Actually, they were about you."
    "What?!" she exclaimed. "Me? Oh dear, do I really want to hear this? Is it something I would burn you to a crisp over, hmm?"
    "N-No," he assured her with hand gestures. "Well...that's exactly what you seemed to be doing in both of them..."
    "Oho? Burning you alive? That's kinda brutal." She leaned back and put one foot up on the table. "Surely there's more to it than that, though..."
    He swallowed hard. "There was...some more intimate, er...activity going o--"
    "What?!" Her jaw dropped. "You--I had only just met you, and you...ugh..." Her face looked unfriendly. "Men, I swear. Absolutely terrible!" she concluded with a huff.
    "I couldn't control what I was thinking!" he shouted. "Really, I didn't--my mind did that on its own!"
    She closed her eyes tightly, a curt expression remaining on her face. "Awful. But, now that you've told me," she said as her face mellowed out, "I actually am interested. Do tell, Mister Mana Man."
    "Um...a-are you sure? You won't get angry at me?"
    "Oh please," she said with a snort. "Do you have any idea how rare it is to have someone tell me something like this? I'm hardly seen often by anyone as-is, much less talked to. I mostly lived in isolation before coming to this world. Keine was my only friend." She leaned back further and yawned, then looked down at him again. "You're--the other day you actually hit me, and last night we slept together at your insistence. Something is different about you, having the nerve to do all these things to me...and even in your dreams too, it seems. Ha!"
    "It's just...what I think should be done. That's all I know how to do things," he mentioned, feeling his cheeks warming up. "Besides, nothing explicit actually happened in those dreams..."
    She blinked. "Oh, well you got me hyped for nothing then. What, was I wearing a sexy maid outfit or something stupid like that? I remember before we got captured, that ridiculous, uh...issue, happened. Bah..."
    "Not that, but..." He paused cautiously. "Well, you had a nice apron on, it showed a lot of...skin."
    "Silly boys will be silly boys. Yet they are still just dreams. Don't worry about it," she said with a wink. "I won't if you won't."
    Ken was slightly taken aback at how easily she had accepted it. "Well then, okay...thanks."
    "Of course...eh?" Mokou was interrupted by the sounds of flapping. "A fairy's coming, I think..."
    He stood up, sheathed sword in hand. "Maybe there's news, finally? It'd be about time Amarillo showed her pretty face here."
    "Pretty face this, pretty face that..." Mokou mused as she too leaned forward in the chair and also stood up. "Next you'll be telling me that I'm a princess of Japan, I bet."
    Ken glared back at her and shook his head, turning to face the employee break room entrance. Sure enough, Luna Child came flying into the front room, phone in hand.
   
    "Great news!" she announced upon landing. "Amarillo is on her way back here!"
    "It's about time," Mokou offhandedly murmured. "She didn't get trucked this time around, did she?"
    Luna stuck her tongue out. "What kind of good wish is that? Of course not, she's perfectly fine."
    "Mokou!" Ken said scoldingly. "Save the rough edges for when we're not around the others." He looked over at Luna. "Anything else?"
    "Actually, yes. If I heard correctly, Patchouli is also on her way..."
    Ken blinked and flinched slightly. "Lady Patchouli? Why is she--wait," he voiced. "She's coming here with Jan and Koakuma, right?"
    The fairy reached a hand up to her hair and rubbed one of her drilltails. "Uh...well, she did say just Patchouli...there's some sort of issue, I think."
    Mokou shrugged and put her hands on her hips. "Guess we can't complain about being bored around here. Does Patchy need help?"
    Luna sniffed. "She does, but Amarillo didn't say anything about what to do in the meantime." She turned to look at both of them. "So, what do we do?"
    Lady Patchouli was coming? Ken turned away and recalled his few interactions with the magician. That first day he had begun to learn magic, it was burned into his brain. Keine had taken him to the Scarlet Devil Mansion, and the two of them had lunch with her in the great Voile Library. The place had astounded him; it was clearly the largest collection of books of all kinds in all of Gensokyo. As soon as Keine had mentioned the subject of magic, he remembered seeing the magician's pure purple eyes light up, and she became much more conversational. That was when he had first met Reisa. Come to think of it, he thought, Reisa looks a lot like a fairy version of Lady Patchouli. He then remembered that the maid of the mansion, Sakuya, was glad for his visit, as he had put a smile on the Lady's face. Back then he didn't understand entirely, he had been so focused on his magic training.
    He dashed the smile he had on his face and focused on the situation at hand. "Did she say anything about it?" He was starting to suspect that Amarillo was keeping quiet about a problem to prevent it from escalating in their minds. "If Lady Patchouli is coming on her own, without her partners...without Jan, especially..."
    Mokou caught on. "Yeah, that's a tad bit suspicious. It sounds like there's a serious problem."
    He stretched his arms upwards. "Sounds like we should prepare for our guests. Got an ETA, Luna?"
    The fairy seemed puzzled. "Er...ETA?"
    "Estimated Time of Arrival," Mokou answered. "When are they coming?"
    "Uh, no idea...probably pretty soon, I think they're in the tunnel on their way here, it sounded like some vehicle was moving during the phone call."
    Ken started walking towards the basement stairs. "In that case, they'll be here pretty soon. I need to check up on the others first. Mokou, be ready near the rear entrance."
    She nodded silently and walked towards the employee break room past the counter.
    He turned to the fairy. "Luna, do you mind watching for them?"
    "Hmm? Oh, sure, no problem." She wasn't used to taking orders from others, but right now she was eager to see Amarillo again. She flew off after Mokou.
    Turning back to the stairs, he placed his right hand on the side rail. "This could potentially be a problem...we must be prepared. Don't worry, Lady Patchouli. We'll be ready."

END: GATHERING AND TRAINING BGM



8:10 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Underground Path [Saniwa Shrine - Tourist Helpers]

BEGIN: RIDE OF SENSE & HOPE BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2COpFo2A8wY)

"Hah..."

Patchouli took a deep breath and exhaled. Her hair was flapping in the draft caused by the transportation vehicle she, Amarillo and the fairies were riding in. She thought she had felt the device in her right hand, her life's necessity, waver slightly in power. And that boded ill for her if it failed too soon. She was determined not to perish over such a simple, monumental mistake.
    "You are feeling unwell?" Amarillo asked from her seat across from the magician.
    "I'm...it's fine. I thought it might have failed, but I still feel it moving through my body."
    "Well," the fairy leader said hesitantly, "I would hate to see that happen, seeing as I could not aid you right now..."
    Patchouli shook her head. "It's fine, I have no intention of losing myself to such a ridiculous outcome." In her mind, though, was a different story. She had been thinking of what options she had. Amarillo had a method to aid her temporarily, but she had a curse pact with Koishi at the time. She could only make one such pact at a time, and could only sense Koishi while she was branded with it.
    She had realized, however, that unless Koishi made a true pact, Amarillo would be unable to make one with her. This was the only plausible explanation for her having not made one immediately, and needing to check up on the satori. As far as she knew, only Ken was going to be at Tourist Helpers, but he already had so many with him that--
    A tug at her sleeve brought her back to attention at her seat in the cart. She looked down and saw Daiyousei pulling on it, smiling. "Eh?"
    The fairy smiled. "You look glum, magic lady. Cheer up, things will work out!"
    "Mmm...yes, I'll try. Thank you," she concluded with a bitter smile. It was hard to focus on staying positive when one's life was in the balance.

END: RIDE OF SENSE & HOPE BGM



8:58 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

Ken stood outside the back door, scanning for Amarillo, Patchouli or the fairies.

"See anything?"

He turned eastward, and saw Mokou standing up against the wall. Shaking his head, he walked towards her. "Nah, nothing yet. But they should be here any moment now."
    "You eager to see Patchy again?"
    He stiffened. "How could you tell?"
    "You sat there with this look of content on your face when that fairy came in and told us, that's why. Pretty easy to tell, really." She pushed herself up off the wall and stood straight. "You got a crush on her, or somethin'?"
    "Not really," he responded quickly. Pretty sure I said that a little too fast, he thought.
    "You can't fool me. If you have those kinds o' dreams about me, a lone wanderer, surely you must--"
    He sighed loudly. "I--well...okay, look. You all are...like a totally different species of woman. Even you, Mokou. You're all unnaturally...appealing to look at." He felt his face growing warm, and closed his eyes. "Forgive me, but as a human I find, uh... p-products of Gensokyo like you, er..."
    She looked away and let out a harsh sigh. "Yeah yeah, okay, I getcha. Just--oh, look!" She pointed behind and past him. "Speak of the dev--I mean, magician..."
    "Wha?" He whirled around and saw a woman with long purple hair wearing a long purple robe. There was no mistaking it, it was definitely Lady Patchouli. "That's good, let's see now..."
    He ran over and immediately noticed that something was not right. Patchouli seemed to be either limping, or walking slower than normal. She looked stressed in some way. Undaunted, he continued until he was nearly in front of her, and called out to her. "Lady Patchouli!"
    Her face indicated that relief had washed over her. "Hello Ken. It's been some time, hasn't it?"
    "Are you...feeling all right?" he asked, staring into her eyes. He thought he saw an expression of pain flash across her face.
   
    "She's fine for now."
   
    Amarillo appeared behind the magician, with her fairy companions in tow shortly behind her.
    "There you are," Mokou said casually. "About time you showed up here. Making a grand entrance, I suppose?"
    "Heh." Amarillo continued walking past Mokou. "You know that isn't my style." She stopped and turned around. "We have things to discuss, and I must speak to Koishi sometime soon."
    "Koishi's not here," the fire mage responded. "We actually thought she'd be with you..."
    "No, that's not--&q
Title: The Magician's Pact - A Reason To Fight, Part 2
Post by: Kakyoin on August 08, 2012, 12:13:34 AM
Part 2 of a single post. Part 1 is above this, please read Part 1 first.

    Ken tore his eyes from Amarillo and Mokou and looked at Patchouli again. "Are you sure you're all right?" He looked past her. "Where's Jan? Where's Koakuma?"
    "They're...ugh." Patchouli grasped the orb in her hand tighter. "Something very unfortunate happened. We'll talk about it insi--ahh..." She felt her knees weaken.
    "Lady Patchouli?!" He caught her as she began to fall.
    She coughed once more. "Pleh...this is an issue, indeed..."
    He pulled her up to a standing position, and she seemed fine. Still, he wasn't about to take any chances. "Lady Patchouli, please...here, hold still..."
    She looked up at him from her weak standing position, only to find herself suddenly lifted off the ground in his arms. "Ah...I suppose I can't really complain, now, can I..."
    "She insisted on walking herself," Amarillo stated. "Well, it seems like she can only do so much by herself given what happened." She continued to walk towards the open back door, and the fairies followed closely behind her.
    Patchouli frowned. "You don't need to tell me that, I know what my limits are."
    Ken grunted as he shifted his grip on the robed librarian. "Lady Patchouli, I'm taking you inside. Okay?"
    "Oh." She wasn't entirely used to being called to so formally. "Sure, please..."
    Mokou kept her eye on the orb in Patchouli's hand as she walked next to Ken. Eventually she let him go inside before her. Still, there was something strange about that strange object, she could sense it. Looking over her shoulders outside to make sure no one else was outside, she closed and locked the door behind her.



9:03 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Employee Break Room)

BEGIN: DISCUSSION ON THE EDGE BGM (http://www.listenonrepeat.com/watch/?v=XadratCVf44)

Amarillo opened the rear door to the employee room and motioned for everyone to come inside. "Let's go in here. I'll make this as quick as possible, then I'll need to search for Koishi. She's at least still in the city, which is good, but..."
    Ken nodded and, sword handle in his grip, followed her inside. "Sounds good."
   
    "Ken!"
   
    He was greeted by the surprising sight of Yuyuko and particularly Mayli, both sitting around the table in the middle of the room. "Mayli, what are you doing here? Shouldn't you be resting?"
    She handwaved it off. "I felt better earlier, so I figured I'd come up here where it's warmer. It's cold downstairs, you remember!"
    He smiled at her. "Yeah, I was just down there, it is pretty cold for some reason. I hope Patchouli can rest up for a bit longer down there." Still, he was glad to see Mayli back in action. "You look well enough."
    She folded her arms beneath her chest, staring at him as he took a seat next to her. "Of course I'm fine, I'm not some dainty princess that just sits on a throne looking pretty. I'm a little tougher than I look, at least give me that much credit."
    He put a hand on her shoulder. "For a schoolgirl, you certainly seem more..." his eyes drifted down her body, then rapidly back up to her now scornful-looking eyes. "...more well-built and durable."
    She closed her eyes. "If I wasn't relying on you right now for mana, I'd probably slap you."
    He shook his head. "Heh. I see your wit is back. No harm meant though."
    "I know, I have a brain. I honestly couldn't really care, as long as I can actually do something like talk to people. I'm impatient, I know."
    "Don't worry about it." He turned to face Amarillo, who had already taken her seat across the table from him. "So, we heard the general story from Luna and Lily White." He paused to look over at them. They seemed happy to finally be reunited with her. "Got anything else to add?"
    She put her hands on the table. "Of course. We don't have as much time as I'd hope, since I have been told that we will have some undesired visitors later in the form of soldiers...but I need to know, what happened during the fight with Diamond? Did he use his power on you?"
    Soldiers? So, RAI was coming for them again, at night. Setting aside the topic for now, he put his elbow on the table and leaned his head against his upright hand. "He--well, I was about to kill him, or at least I thought so...then, suddenly I was on the ground. I'm afraid I didn't quite figure out what happened in that moment." He turned to his left. "Mayli, did you see what happened?"
    She looked tense and unhappy. "I could have sworn he had...moved incredibly quickly. I'm not sure what exactly happened, but..."
    He looked to his other side. "Yuyuko?"
    The ghost princess shook her head. "I was trying to remain hidden, I didn't see it that well, sorry."
    "I saw it," Mokou said, as all eyes turned to her. "In an instant, he had punched and kicked Ken...I think part of that fool's glove must've dug into Ken's arm, that's the only way he could have sliced him like that."
    Amarillo seemed calm. She was considering what she had heard. "I see, that's unfortunate. Anything else?"
    "He got to me next," Mayli said dejectedly. "I got kicked really hard in the chest...I didn't see anything else, I couldn't focus otherwise...it was so painful."
    "Also," Mokou added, "I had the gun Ken stole from a soldier earlier, and I had that fool in my sights...then he said something about being safe, and suddenly I had..." she paused unhappily. "Somehow, I shot Kaguya on the other side of the room, instead of hitting him...I can't even begin to figure out how it--"
   
    "It was me."
   
    Everyone turned in their chairs to see Kaguya standing in the doorway. Her arm seemed to have recovered almost completely, as there was no more blood on it. She winced and walked into the room.
    "Kaguya!" Ken exclaimed. "Are you sure you're fine?" He moved to get up to help her, but she held up her other hand. He slid back into his seat. "What do you mean, it was you?"
    "My power, of course." She sat down on the couch behind Amarillo, against the wall.
    "Ah," Yuyuko exclaimed. "The power over eternity and the instant..."
    "That's right. I tried to make Ken's attack happen as quickly as possible. But, somehow it backfired...it failed horribly. Mokou too, I...ugh." She resisted the urge to clench her fists together in frustration. "I swear I timed everything right, and yet..."
    "Kaguya!" Ken proclaimed. "It's fine. I'm not sure what happened, no one seems to be sure...he moved amazingly fast and worked us over, even Mokou."
    "Hey, I almost had him!" the fire mage said roughly. "I just...messed up a tiny bit."
    "Yeah." Mayli looked at her smugly. "Fortunately, Yuyuko was here to save your royal ass...well, and all of ours too, I guess."
    Mokou snorted arrogantly. "You mean Kaguya's royal ass, and our regular ones. Watch your mouth, girly."
    "Whatever." Mayli glanced over. "Amarillo?"
    Amarillo seemed deep in thought. She suddenly seemed aware of what they had said. "Oh. Well, there isn't much that can really be done about that. It looks like he used his power of declaration on you all as well. Diamond is very capable of using his power, he won a car in a used car lottery and sent an entire transportation truck to hit me..."
    "He won a car?" Yuyuko seemed to be pondering. "Why would he need that?"
    "He pursued us!" Daiyousei asserted. "He drove it to catch up to us on bikes."
    "Yeah, that's pretty much what happened," Luna concluded. "The rest, I'm pretty sure I told them."
    "All right," Ken stated. "Now, let's talk about Patchouli. Why exactly is she here?"
    Amarillo pursed her lips. "In short, it's because she lost her mana link."
    "WHAT?!" he exclaimed. "That's--who did it? Did RAI--"
    "Ken!" she hissed. "Let me finish. It was something of RAI's that did it. Some machine, capable of separating mana--no, removing mana links."
    "Wait," Mokou began. "How is she still alive then? Is it that spherical blue thing she was holding this whole time?"
    Ken froze up. When he had placed Patchouli into the bed downstairs, the one Mayli had rested in, he took her spell book and placed it on the table. When he had tried to take the orb in her, she had protested vehemently. He had let her be, but perhaps that glowing orb was actually keeping her alive...
    "That's right," Amarillo said with a sigh. "Apparently her link with Jan was severed."
    Mayli gasped. "Severed, just like that? You mean, instantly?"
    "According to her, yes. There was a machine they discovered while exploring a room in the Graveyard base. Somehow it was activated, and then...Jan and Koakuma were far away, and Patchouli...she lost her link with them, being on the other side of the room when it activated."
    "That's terrible!" Yuyuko looked fully concerned, holding up a hand to her mouth similarly to how Kaguya usually did. "And she's alive because she found a device that could give her mana? How lucky..."
    Amarillo nodded. "Yeah. Now, we have to worry about what Patchouli will do. You see, that device was in the room where she lost her link. It gave her mana, yes. However..."
    "It will run out..." Mokou finished for her, swinging her leg anxiously. "So she needs to make a pact, then."
    "That's correct."
    Ken raised his hand. "Hold on...so if she needs to make a pact...what if we have someone, one of the ones who are coming tonight...what if he or she does it?"
    Mokou closed her eyes. "Or you can be a man and do it for her."
    He glanced over at her, surprised. "What, me? Why? I already have to take care of you and Kaguya, Yuyuko, Mayli, Hatate..."
    "Hatate isn't really active though." Mokou stood up, unable to sit still anymore. "Surely you have enough to spare, don't you? You always seemed pretty...capable of dealing with more than a handful."
    He stared plainly at her. "I'll take that as a compliment, I guess."
   
    "She's not active? What does that mean?"
   
    Patchouli stood at the front entrance to the room, holding the edge of the door frame for support.
   
    "Lady Patchouli!" He nearly bellowed, rising to get out of his chair. "You shouldn't be--you need to rest!"
    She shook her head and walked into the room slowly. "Nah, I need to be here to explain anything that may involve myself. Who knows...I might not get another chance to."
    He moved to sit back down, but paused. "Well...all right, if you say so...here, come sit in my chair." Standing up, he stepped back and pulled the chair out. "Let us know if you need anything."
    "Much obliged." She took a slow seat down and put both arms on the table. She still held the orb in her right hand.
    He carefully pushed the chair back in slightly so she was closer to the table. "It's true that we can't afford to lose knowledge, but..."
    "Yeah, in more ways than one." Mayli interjected, looking at the spherical device in the magician's hand. "So, Ken..."
    "Oh, right. Well, before we had made it here, or even before making it into the city limits, Hatate--well, she...collapsed. We would have arrived here yesterday sooner, but we had to take our time to make sure she was okay. It set us back almost two hours, I believe...right, Mokou?"
    Mokou spoke nonchalantly. "Of course." She turned to Patchouli. "There is a theory we--well, Yuyuko came up with, to describe this collapse."
    Patchouli's brow had furrowed. "Is she all right? Perhaps she suffered similarly to Jan and Koakuma..."
    "She was holding this." Mayli held up the doll of Su-san. "It's highly likely that her mana link with Ken was...improper, due to this being in her possession. We honestly aren't sure."
    "I recognize that doll," Patchouli replied. "Medicine's doll, the one that circles her. But that's not similar at all to what happened to Jan and Koakuma." She lifted her head higher and looked over her shoulder. "So she's alive, but not receiving mana? Is that even possible?"
    "She's...I can feel her slightly. Very slightly. I have to concentrate hard to notice her, in my mind." He put a hand on the magician's shoulder. "You...you truly lost your link? You could sense no one after that accident?"
    "Yes. That's the only explanation for what happened. I couldn't even feel Koakuma's magical presence, despite seeing her in front of me with my own eyes."
    "That's...sensational. I mean, it's terrible, but--"
    "I understand," she interrupted. "However...it cannot be undone."
    "That reminds me," Ken posed. "What happened to Jan and Koa?"
    "I can answer that!" Daiyousei fluttered her wings several times. "They're fine, but they need to relax for a long time. We left them near the tunnel entrance, where the other teams were. They almost looked like they were sleep-walking or something."
    He was about to respond, but Patchouli held up her hand. "Let's move on. The situation is quite clear: I need a mana link now. I have no idea how much longer this device will last, but based on how steady it seems to be working, it should at least help me for a few more hours." She stared into the glass-like object, and her face became more sincere. "The glow has lessened slightly, so that's my estimate."
    "I offered to give her a pact," Amarillo stated. "I did the same with Koishi, but she is still bound by it. That girl should know to make a pact sometime soon, the blood curse will not last for long..."
    Already thinking of the answer, Kaguya spoke up. "Amarillo cannot help you right now? She can't make a curse pact or whatever?"
    Amarillo shook her head. "I can only do one at a time, and there's no telling what would happen if I tried to overload it or try too many times."
    "Well then," Mokou said conclusively, putting her hands together. "Looks like Ken's the only choice after all." She smirked and glanced over in his direction. "Gonna be a dear and rescue the princess?"
    He was unprepared to respond to her. "Er...well, I certainly don't want Lady Patchouli to perish, and Hatate is not using up much mana at all. I could give it a try if it's the only sure way."
    Amarillo spoke up while playing with her bangs. "Let's have you do it if none of the others coming tonight can do it."
    "Or if there's an emergency," Patchouli stated. "I would be fine with that, either way."
    "What about Koishi?" Yuyuko asked. "Is she still out in the city somewhere?"
    "She is," Lily White affirmed. "However, we aren't really sure where..."
    The fairy leader held her hand up. "I'll have to go find her, or at least attempt to figure out where she is She should know what's good for her, but we'll have to see."
    Yuyuko stood up. "Okay, that's resolved. For now, what do we do?"
    Amarillo placed her hands together, noticing that most if not all eyes had gone to her. Eventually she uttered a final statement before standing up.
   
    "For now, just wait; the time will come to take action."

END: DISCUSSION ON THE EDGE BGM



9:52 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Employee Break Room)

Amarillo sighed. Koishi's distance was hard to keep track of. She kept thinking that Koishi would return, but it had been so long since her return. Much too long.
    She put her head down and rested it on the table. Koishi's signature was now far away and hard to read...was the satori coming back or not? It had seemed so several times, but now...she had to take action now. She hoped that Koishi would have already made a pact, yet she still sensed her somewhere.
   
    "Hey, you okay?"
   
    She looked up and saw Daiyousei floating silently nearby.
    "Dai...well, Koishi is not here. We have to go track her down now, even though--"
    "You know what time it is, right?"
    Amarillo looked up at the clock on the wall behind her and exclaimed in surprise. "What? Already five minutes until 10 o'clock?!" She had completely lost track of time during their in-depth discussion earlier.
    Daiyousei nodded. "You actually fell asleep for a while. Thought I'd let you rest, you really need it..."
    She immediately stood up and pushed the chair in. "I might have, but it's nearly time to greet our guests."
    "Well, what do we do about Koishi?"
    "Koishi...well, she knows how much longer she has, she wears that watch I gave her." Amarillo grabbed her spear from against the wall and exited out to the front room. "What to do...we will be having guests soon, quite a few of them. What are we to do? Koishi..." she said with a sigh of frustration. "I suppose it isn't your fault, you didn't know about this accident."
    "Just let Ken do it," Daiyousei suggested. "The time is running out, and he can do it properly."
    "As much as I hate to admit it, that's probably the only choice we have now. None of the ones out here can be trusted to do it with such risk and distance from any resources we would need for emergencies."
   
    "Amarillo!"
   
    The fairy leader jumped slightly. She saw Mayli at the top of the basement stairs, accompanied by Lily White. "What's wrong?"
    The young artist let out a breath before speaking. "It's Patchouli! Something's happening to her!"   
    "What! Already?" Amarillo frowned and pursed her lips. This was very ill-timed. Perhaps Lady Luck had done more than just favor Diamond today. "Ken can handle it, I have to deal with those who are arriving soon."
    Lily White gulped and opened her mouth with a soft sigh of intensity. "The mana device broke!"
    Daiyousei's eyes widened. "Wait, it did?! Oh no! Patchouli...she's going to die!" She tugged at Amarillo's arm with both hands. "You've gotta do something!"
    "Calm down!" Amarillo snapped. "Panicking is not going to help us! Now, listen to me...we do not have much time." Her mind was racing, but she knew what had to be done. "Here's what we do..."



10:16 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Entrance)

Amarillo breathed out, opened her eyes and pushed the front door ajar. She was greeted by an unfriendly darkness. Despite the lighting on the streets, it was still very quiet. Unusually quiet.

Then she saw them.

There were no more than a dozen of them.

She walked out further. All of them had ceased talking and were staring at her. She held her spear behind her back so as not to surprise any of them. Indeed, they had come.

"Everyone, thank you for coming." She knew she had to be careful regarding what she said. "I am Amarillo. Some of you met with me yesterday, others didn't."
    She took another breath and continued. "There is little doubt that all of you have seen what is going on in this town. Something is fishy. Someone or something is up to no good. Am I correct in assuming this?"
    She saw several of them nod. One of them asked her, "Including the soldiers?"
    "Yes. Those soldiers are not to be trusted."
    "Wait," another mentioned as he stepped forward. Amarillo saw some of the moonlight reflecting off of his black hair. "Why...should we trust you?"
    Amarillo relaxed her shoulders as she outwardly appeared to be pondering the question. She knew someone was going to ask that. For better or for worse, they had a prime opportunity to showcase what was going on.
    "If you come inside, you will see what is happening. We are resisting this oppression, but it is not without consequence." She brought her spear out from behind her back and kept her arm at her side. "Please withhold judgment until you witness what is happening inside. What you see may be shocking, but please...do not just run away. We need your help."
    He swallowed. "What about the one I saw when--"
    "That's right. She needs your help." She swept her gaze side to side, looking at each of them. "They need your help. So what are you waiting for?" She extended her spear to point towards the open door. "Please, at least give us your attention."



10:17 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Downstairs Room)

BEGIN: TRAGIC EMERGENCY BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2cr4YixJfi8) (up to 5:28)

*cough cough*

"Lady Patchouli! H-hold on!"

Ken frantically reached for her trembling hand. "You're okay, we're all here!"
    "Ken, w--" she coughed once more. "Ugh...t-the orb, what--"
    Mayli had scooped up the pieces of it. It had only happened not more than ten minutes ago. They were all sitting having a discussion as Patchouli was resting, when suddenly a faint crack had been heard. Then Patchouli had gasped and it became apparent that the mana device she had been holding, had suddenly cracked and fizzled out. She felt so sorry for Patchouli, but knew that she did not know how it felt to lose her life's sustenance. "I'm sorry, it's broken..."
    "Where's the blue light?" she whispered. "Please tell me it's here somewhere...in the air, or..."
    "Ken squeezed her hand rhythmically and often. "I didn't see it...you'll be okay, all right?"
    She nodded slowly. "Okay. Just let me...g-give me my--urk!"
    As her eyes widened in surprise, he squeezed her hand hard. "Lady Patchouli! Hold on, let me--there's got to be something..."
    "Ken, hurry!" Mokou yelled from the room entrance. "Maybe Amarillo can make a pact with her!"
    "What?" Kaguya blurted out. "Why can't he make one with her?"
    "Even if Hatate is down, she's still taking up mana!" She motioned urgently for Ken to leave the room. "what if it doesn't work?! Grab her and let's go already, dammit!"
    He swallowed in an attempt to relieve the dryness in his throat. "B-But--"
    "NO BUTS!" She practically screamed at him. "Don't hesitate! Get her and let's go upstairs!"
    He felt his heart beating rapidly. Looking back at Patchouli, he saw the pain flicker across her face once more...only this time it was real. He saw fear in her eyes. "I'm...g-going to move you, okay?"
    She nodded, hands clutched to her chest. "Please...I need--urgh!"
    Coughing violently, she felt him suppressing her against the bed. Her body was feeling that icy, sharp pain. It was coming. She felt something warm on her numbing lips. It tasted thick in her mouth.
   
    Blood.
   
    She felt her body go cold, as if ice had impaled her insides. I'm dying, she thought. Her mind spun, and her ears seemed to stop working; the background noise was muffled. She saw flashes of colors as she felt a lifting sensation. It took everything to get her to swallow the blood in her mouth, if only to give her the false security of knowing her throat may be relieved of its hot burning pain for a moment. Dizziness engulfed her. This was worse than before, she thought through the intense aching.
   
    Much worse.
   
    Suddenly her mind collected, her eyes refocused and the pain subsided. She could hear a voice nearby, repeating 'you're okay, you're okay, you'll be fine'. It reverberated in her ears, racking her brain. She felt as if had not the strength to move, but she had to do something about the icy numbness taking over her body.
    Looking up, she saw through her trembling and repeated shaking Ken's face, determined and worried. Her last moments would be in the arms of a man she had aided years ago, someone who had shown such promise...and now he was fighting for her. She closed her eyes and smiled, a small amount of blood leaking out of her mouth and dripping down her chin. I'm dying again...

PAUSE: TRAGIC EMERGENCY BGM



10:19 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Front Room)

Amarillo closed the Tourist Helpers front door and sighed. Everything was going according to plan so far.
    She walked near the visitors, who had taken to looking at the front room in its entirety. She stepped in front of them. "You all remember this place, right? This is where you were shown those who need help...the ones who are trapped, and require aid. Not just anyone's aid, but your aid."
    A young male with messy, light brown hair scratched his head, then voiced his thoughts. "This place again..."
    "Yeah," another man with much darker brown hair mentioned offhandedly. "So, are they here, or...?"
    "The ones you saw, they are..." Amarillo paused for effect. "...not here. They are at a place beyond this city."
    "Um, then if I could ask," a young woman with shockingly white hair wearing headphones questioned, "Why did we have to come here?"
    "Because--"
   
    "Amarillo, help!"
   
    Upon the sound of urgency, everyone in the front room stared at the edge of the room, where stairs led to a downstairs area. A young man with short dark hair was racing up the stairs, with a very elegant, robed woman in his arms. Everything about her screamed purple, except the trail of red on her chin.
   
PLAY: TRAGIC EMERGENCY BGM
   
    "What...what's going on?!" one of the visitors exclaimed. He readied his camera for some opportune shots, but Amarillo placed a hand on it as he took it out.
    "Please don't take pictures," she calmly stated. "You can only see this with your own eyes, it can't be shown publicly..."
    Everyone, including Amarillo's fairies, looked on in wonder as the man placed the woman carefully on the rug-ridden floor at the edge of the waiting area, next to the tiled floor closer to the center of the room.
    Amarillo stepped forward and kneeled next to the woman, who was clearly having physical trouble. She leaned down and whispered something to Ken, who replied somewhat frantically. Several other women came up the stairs, one with incredibly long hair and bright red pants, and another with a blue nightgown-like robe, short pink hair and a blue hat. To the visitors, it was clear that they were not normal humans.
    Amarillo stood up after concluding her private conversation. She turned and walked back towards the group of awed onlookers. "This woman is dying."
    She braced for the sudden surprise, and heard several cries and at least one protest. Closing her eyes, she held her arms open to block them as best she could from racing closer to the scene.
    "What?" one of them breathed. "Then we need to call an ambulance, this is--"
    "No!" Amarillo retorted devoutly, standing wider. "Just watch. Watch and see what happens!"
    The fairy commander turned to face their direction, and watched as Ken closed his eyes and held his arms over Patchouli's form.
   
    Within a few seconds, his hands began to glow.
   
    Amarillo heard several gasps behind her. She knew how unreal and computer-generated the scene looked, but what was about to happen was the real thing.
    "Patchouli, please..." he pleaded, placing his hands directly on her chest, over her left breast. "F-Feel me...please! Get healed..."
    Without much attention, Mayli and Kaguya had moved from their positions on the stairs to within an arm's length from Ken.
   
    "What's going on?" the camera-holding visitor stated flatly. "Is that...that can't possibly be..."
    "He is trying to heal her," Amarillo stated simply. A silence blanketed the room. She took the chance to convince them further. "This is very real. If any of you doubt what is happening, you are about to see magic unfold before your very eyes!"
    Upon hearing several gasps, she looked back down. Nervousness suddenly racked her body, but she stood straight up. It was happening.
   
    In front of everyone in the room, Patchouli was disappearing. Her entire body was fading. The floor could be seen beneath her as she coughed violently, her fingers crushed against her palms in agony.
   
    "Patchouli! NO!" he cried out. The light upon his hands faded quickly. He felt several beads of sweat rolling down his cheeks. His efforts hadn't worked, she was not healed at all.
    "Ken!" Mokou shouted. "Do it, right now! Do it before she dies! HURRY!"
    He nodded and quickly thrust his open left hand out. "M-Mayli, please...my sword..."
    Mayli rushed over without hesitation, nearly slamming the handle of the sheathed blade into his hands. "Good luck, Ken...please, save her..." It was truly nerve-wracking to watch a comrade dying. She could hardly believe that Patchouli's body was indeed fading away, that she could be dying. Her heart pounded and she shook slightly. Death was ever the herald of uneasiness, the harbinger of fear.
   
    One of the visitors ran past Amarillo before she could protest. She made as if to move out and bring him back, then stopped herself. This was all in Fate's hands right now. If they required further proof, this would definitely suffice. Of this she was assured.
    "This is impossible..." he mused as he ran over to the transparent woman lying on the ground. "First the visions, and now this...I have to see if this is real!"
    "Hold your ground!" Mokou leapt in front of him. "You can't interfere!"
    "Wait, Mokou!" Kaguya yelled out. "Let him feel her!"
    The fire mage's expression turned incredibly nasty. "That's not something I--"
    "JUST DO IT!" Kaguya screamed.
    Mokou flinched momentarily. She thought for a split second, then realized what would happen. She moved to the side and pushed the young man roughly but encouragingly on the back. "Hurry up, touch her and see."
    A lightly-clad woman had run past Amarillo as well. She must be his friend, Amarillo thought. She didn't recognize her at all from the vision visitations, but she seemed equally concerned and unarmed. This too shall soon pass.
    The man, who had hair about as dark as Ken's close to his head but certainly not towards the tips, held his breath and reached a hand out. He plunked his fingertips down onto her leg and initially jerked his hand back, then quickly tried again. There was no mistaking it, he thought. This...it feels too real, like real material...
    The woman who was at his side had felt her limp, transparent hand. She too recoiled in shock. "T-This is...her hand feels real...but, how is this possible...!"
   
    Amarillo had let the others in the room move closer, and she was now glad she had done it. "He's done it," she muttered under her own breath. Then she spoke out loud. "Everyone, please make sure others can see this. You are about to see a miracle unfold!" Looking down at the dying magician, she felt misery and regret. No matter how much she tried to convince herself otherwise, she had given Patchouli false hope in the end. Curse my emotions, she thought painfully, resisting the urge to cry. Ken, don't you dare fail this...I can't help but worry, even though it will probably work out...this is almost cutting things too close!
   
    "Augh...u-ugh..."
   
    Several gasps emerged from those closer to the man and woman. The others formed a near-tight half-circle and peered at the situation. A red substance adorned the inner parts of the woman's fully opened robe.
   
    Blood.
   
    Grimacing, Ken let the cut on the outside of his right forearm paint a red trail around her body. Seeing more and more of the rug beneath her, he cried out and redoubled his efforts to spread it around her. "Please," he seemed to be chanting, "Please save her...let me help her..."
    Kaguya took several steps forward and pushed his left hand down to the ground, forcing him to let it go. She picked it up and placed it on the nearby table. Death was not a problem for her, but watching another succumb to its wicked embrace...
    Wetness rolled down from Patchouli's eyes, spilling down the sides of her head. Her vision was fading into pure light. She was at her end. All she saw were the faces of many, as muddled and displaced as in the oil paintings hanging in her favorite corridor to pace in the Mansion. She had lost, and Death had won. Despite their efforts, she was going to die. Despite Ken's efforts to save her, she was at the end of her life.
   
    Her heavy heart felt weightless all of a sudden. She saw everything rushing before her, collapsing into silent emptiness...

END: TRAGIC EMERGENCY BGM

10:25 PM - Day 3 - Unknown Location (Mysterious Garden)

BEGIN: SAVIOR DREAM BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BVZBVhjWmbI)

The emptiness consumed her. She was falling, floating...

*WHUMP*

"Ugh?!"

She gasped in surprise as she felt an impact. The sun's rays bathed her face gently.
    The sun? she thought, raising a hand to shield her eyes. Why is it so...bright? Wasn't I...
    Her pupils refocused on the vast blue in front of her. Was she above a lake? No, it was not moving at all. She saw no reflections, only luminosity. The radiance of warmth from the sun shone brightly on her skin. She had a hard time willing herself to move with it coursing over her, and her hand flopped down to her side like a dropped marionette. For a fleeting moment, she saw the light dissolve into a pure blue aura.
    The emanation took to surrounding her. Warmth spread out through her entire body. To her, it felt like pure energy. It breathed life into her. Before she could say anything, it happened.
   
    The energy was running across her face, sliding down her neck and chest, tickling her stomach and warming her loins.
   
    It roared down her thighs, rocketing powerfully into her feet and lifting her toes with incredible force.
   
    It spilled tremendously down the nape of her neck, crashing through her shoulders, surging around to her upper arms and gushing through her forearms, shocking each finger into its fullest extension.
   
    I am alive.
   
    The thought ran across her mind as she lay silent. Her back was arched, and her torso shuddered gently. Gasping dryly for breath, she felt her tongue lying helplessly, exposed to the energy from within her agape orifice. Her chest, her bosom, her ribs, all felt passionately hot. Her luminous purple eyes, shining from the sun's embrace, awaited sweat to drip over her eyebrows and eyelashes and into her eyes. Awaiting liquid to spill down her skin and into her pores; waiting for the very essence of life to bath and make her whole again.
   
    I am alive.
   
    Her body relaxed, and she felt a strong push from within her body. As soon as the light had purified her, it left and leapt back into the air. The calm blue aura was gone, blending back into the vast sky beyond. She mouthed several words to herself. I am alive.
   
    "Patchouli Knowledge."
   
    As if on command, her body sat up. Looking down, she saw her naked breasts and stomach. Upon further inspection, both of her arms and legs were devoid of clothing. She had been reborn, surely. Perhaps she was in heaven.
    Her eyes gazed out into an infinite meadow of lush, colorful flowers and plants, soft, innumerable grasses and intangible aeons swinging through the air. Clearly, she was inside heaven's maw.
   
    "Lady Patchouli!"
   
    Looking over her shoulder, she swiveled around to face a man that looked familiar. The voice of a woman was heard. "W-What?" Soon after hearing it, she realized it was her own.
    "You're okay, you're going to be okay..." he smiled at her and pointed a solitary finger at her. "You look beautiful."
    She stared back down at her body, only to see that her normal attire had returned to cover her vulnerable body. Looking back up, she stared incredulously around at the unbelievable scenery, then back to the man in front of him. "Am I...dead? Have I gone to heaven?"
   
    "You are alive."
   
    He reached a hand out, an innocently happy smile across his face.
    Her cheeks flushed. She reached both hands over to smooth out her robe sleeves in sudden, puzzling embarrassment. "Alive...but, I was dying...I don't understand, how--"
    "You have been saved." He stepped closer and took her right hand away from her sleeve, gripping it snugly. "I saved you."
    In an instant, she was pulled to her feet. "Saved...then, it was..."
    "I..." He suddenly sniffed and inhaled, closing his eyes then immediately opening them with uncertainty. "Do you have any idea where we are?"
    She shook her head. "No...but, Ken...you really--"
    "Yes." He squeezed her hand. "I barely...I guess I barely made it. But you know what this means, don't you?"
    "Jan..." she said longingly. No, she couldn't turn back now. It was too late for that. She needed to live. She had to stay alive. She would do anything for it.
    "Lady Patchouli, do you regret this? Do you not--"
    "Don't be absurd. I...most definitely desire this." She looked around and took in the beautiful flora. It melted the moan of awesome pleasure before it could escape her lips. This was truly heaven...
    She bit her lip and looked back at him. "W-With this, you will...share your mana with me, will you not?"
    "If you want to live, then you should, Lady Patchouli." He adjusted his glasses with his left hand. "Otherwise, you might not survive. I hate to force this upon you, really."
    "Stop that." She gently hammered her left hand against his chest. "You and I have always been on friendly terms. For you to spill your own blood over me," she continued as her memory of her former final moments seemed to come alive in the gears of her mind, "and save my life...this is a pittance of repayment. I accept--with absolute clarity."
    He smiled, then immediately frowned. "You promise, then, to fight and stand by my side to defeat those that oppose us?"
    "I don't care, I...need you. I needed you, and you came through for me." She smiled slightly. "I always had a good feeling about you."
    "Er...w-well," he stammered, clearly embarrassed. "Then please, wake up. Wake up from the dream, Lady Patchouli Knowledge."
   
    Before she could respond in the affirmative, a great wind whipped up around them. Instinctively, she moved forward and pressed her face against him to shield her eyes from any debris. She felt the hem of her robe flapping madly.
    Opening her eyes, she saw that he was gone. The world was falling. She was falling. A swath of flower petals brushed along her legs, and she was swept off her feet by an intense gale.
   
    She was falling...into silence and nothingness. But her hope was not lost this time. She was coming back.
   
    I am alive!

END: SAVIOR DREAM BGM



10:25 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Front Room)

Patchouli opened her eyes. She was aware of her surroundings before she had even seen what was going on.

Every pair of eyes in the room was staring at her.

"She's...alive!" Lily White yelped happily, clapping her hands together. "It worked!"

Ken slumped over her, sweating slightly and panting heavily. "L-Lady Patchouli...that was..."
    "Ken." She gently pushed him back up to a sitting position before assuming said position herself. "Thank you. Really, I--"
    "Is that...even possible?" someone nearby said incredulously.
    Feeling the sting of his wound sealing up, Ken looked to his left and saw an unfamiliar face. Beyond it were almost a dozen new faces. They were probably the ones Amarillo had brought in. There was a woman nearby as well, for some reason she seemed familiar to him...he couldn't put his finger on it.
    Wait! he thought suddenly. Now wasn't the time to stand around. They had to get going!
    "Everyone, we have to get going!" He shouted suddenly, quickly trying to close up Patchouli's robe, his hands fumbling with the slippery buttons on the front ends.
    "Ken, calm down!" she said commandingly. "Why are you rushing?"
    "It's true," Amarillo said, rushing to the entrance to the employee break room in the back. "There are soldiers coming to get us soon. We should make haste while the night is still somewhat young."
    "What about Koishi?" Sunny asked.
    "Koishi is...I'll have to trust in her, or look for her later," Amarillo replied hastily. "There's no time now, we've overstayed."
    Ken caught looks of wonder and confusion on the faces of those he did not recognize as they passed him by. He turned back to Patchouli, who had stood up before him. "Er, milady..."
    "Just call me Patchouli," she said sharply out of haste, looking around for her single belonging. "My spell book, where is it?"
    "It's downstairs. I'll go grab it for you, all right?" He turned to head down the stairs as quickly as he could, but was stopped by Mokou.
    "And just where do you think you're going, mister?" She said calmly.
    "Mokou, this isn't time for games, we have to get out of here!"
    "What? And since when is going downstairs equivalent to 'getting out of here', hmm?"
    "La--Patchouli's spell book is--"
    "I have it right here, jeez." She pushed the book against his stomach. "I'm not silly, I know we have to evacuate this place. Now hurry up, give it to her and let's leave!"
    "Uh, thanks!" He took it from her and ran over to the magician, who seemed to be in peak health. He was glad, but they could still not yet rest. Handing Patchouli her spell book, he then found himself next to Mayli.
    "Nice going, man!" She said with a grin. "I was really afraid of what was happening though..."
    "Yeah, okay. Let's talk about it later, all right?" he managed to say before swallowing. His body was still pumping with adrenaline, and his arm was still stinging slightly.
    "All right. Hey, go take care of Patchouli. We're going on ahead. Better keep up!"
    Before he could respond, she bounded off after the others departing.
    He looked back at Patchouli, who had regained her composure. She looked serene yet serious, her usual self. He could hardly believe what had just happened. So much had happened...he felt exhausted. Reaching out, he guided Patchouli out of the front room, sword in his other hand.
    "Nothing is ever easy," he mused. "Nothing at all. What in all that is holy is this world coming to...?"



Summary & Notes
It's finally happened! Everyone standing outside Tourist Helpers has been shown the near-death of Patchouli Knowledge (who Ken now has a pact with) and the blood pact has been revealed as a method for creating a pact with a partner. By the way, Amra's character and Mabel were the ones that ran up to feel Patchouli, IO's character had the camera, and Crow, Marokuu, Grimarg, YJ and Aiko's characters asked questions of Amarillo, for reference.

Ken's team, Amarillo's team and everyone formerly waiting outside Tourist Helpers, including Mabel, will now make haste for the RAI Graveyard base. There are now two posting opportunities (3 windows for posts, time-wise) for those who were waiting outside Tourist Helpers:

1. Window 1 - Something miraculous unfolded before the eyes of many: A woman was saved through something supernatural, and Xuezheng and Mabel had the chance to actually make sure it was real. While on the way to the underground tunnel, feel free to speak to anyone about what was just witnessed and ask questions, because surely this was not just a bunch of magic tricks...

2. Window 2 & 3 - Since the tunnel access point is a short distance from the back of Tourist Helpers, reaching it is a cinch. However, to get to the RAI Graveyard base, everyone will take an underground passageway (see the fourth timestamp about the Underground Path, and feel free to ask GMs about the hidden tunnel if requiring clarification). Each team will ride MINECART, an automated large cart system that responds to mana. Each cart can only fit up to 6-7 people, which means that parts of Ken's and Amarillo's teams will need to be split up amongst everyone else.

Clarification: See this post (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php/topic,13076.msg870540.html#msg870540) for more info on these three posting windows.

For the sake of speeding things up, I have planned out who will be in each cart (in order of cart-taking):

Cart 1:
Amarillo
Lily White
Mayli Ayume
Ashley Fisher (Yog/Nemo)
Andreas "Andy" Jaeger (Grimarg/Duke)
Narr?n Alda Sam (Natten)

Cart 2:
Daiyousei
Star Sapphire
Yuyuko Saigyouji
Azrul Kyoki (YJ)
Mao "Xuezheng" Xue Zhen (Amra)
Mabel
Charles "Chuck" Harker (Reisen-tanith)

Cart 3:
Sunny Milk
Fujiwara no Mokou
Kaguya Houraisan
Aiko Shiratori (Orphea)
Kristian Johansson (Marokuu)
Zachary "Zach" Hayami (IO)

Cart 4:
Luna Child
Ken Shojiki
Patchouli Knowledge
Hatate Himekaidou [unconscious]
Danao Madarang (Crow)
Neil John Parilla (GuardianTempest)

If there are issues with these pairings, or if you desire to be placed on a different cart for the sake of conversation, please let either Nemo Ma or myself know.

There is opportunity for conversation here. For the sake of clarity, there are two windows for posting during the MINECART ride (~30 minutes from the back of Tourist Helpers to the Saniwa Shrine, then extra to extend to the RAI Graveyard base). The first window is the first 15 minutes, the second window is the remaining 15 minutes. This will allow others in the same cart to respond or pick up where the first poster left off. You may use any of Amarillo's and Ken's characters (and if in Cart 3, also Mabel) for the sake of conversation. PLEASE indicate in your post(s) which window (first or second half) you are posting in when posting for the MINECART ride!

Feel free to team up with others to write group posts as well, or plan out the two halves with others. You may post as many times as you wish (more or less than 3 is fine). Happy posting!
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on August 11, 2012, 06:05:30 AM
10:27 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Tourist Helpers (Downstairs Room) - Window ONE

It still felt like a dream. That was the first thing that popped into Zachary's mind. He knew for certain that it was not a dream, could not be a dream, but it still felt like a dream. He needed a moment to collect his thoughts, and for the first time in a long time, taking pictures was the farthest thing from his thoughts. As he followed the others, he recounted what few facts he had.

That person was dying. That was the first fact he could think of. He wasn't even sure it was true, but you had to assume at some point, and that seemed a good place to start. After all... he cracked a small grin to himself, after all, that's what this was all about, wasn't it? Faith in himself. And he felt that to be true. The purple-clothed person was definitely dying... and then they weren't. The second fact. She was definitely not dying when he left. That was also true. Which means...

Something that man did saved her life. The third fact, and arguably the most important one. If that man had saved her life, it's possible that he, Zachary Hayami, could save others. Maybe. He wasn't sure about this. He definitely needed more info... the white-haired girl was the nearest, hopefully she knew something about the situation. He could ask her and see what she knew. But how to lead into it...

"Excuse me," he said to Mokou as the group fled, "but who... what... no, who are you? And what's going on, if I may ask? This is all so sudden and confusing, and..." he gave a long look at Sunny's wings in the front. Definitely not human. A small gulp escaped his throat before he could stop himself, but he continued without missing a beat. "I'd like to get some more info. Anything you can tell me would be helpful."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on August 11, 2012, 07:44:33 AM
10:26 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Inside Tourist Helpers - Window 1

For the record, Danao would have demanded for an explanation immediately, but his sleep-addled mind was worrying about other things. The feeling of an incoming chase was building up in his chest, and had he brought a jacket, he could have kept it in. But jackets are too stuffy. The best he could do was to clench the strap of his bag.

Upon seeing everyone else leave with no prompting, he steadily caught up with the "magical pair", who were accompanied by two other oddities. One had fairy wings and a white-black dress and hat, while the other had a rather modern casual outfit, if it were not for the wooden sandals. It was the strangest sight; while the bespectacled man was helping the purple-haired woman, the fairy was hauling the apparently unconscious girl along.

Looking aside, he found a boy, who had also been waiting outside the building awhile ago, trailing behind him. He was dressed up in a military uniform, but there was something about him that looked very familiar.

Danao, still walking, gestured him to come closer. "Well, where are you from, kid? Did you get dragged into this, too?"



OOC: GT, before you post a reply, PM me. It would be better for us to collaborate on a joint post for that.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Forte Blackadder on August 12, 2012, 03:33:42 AM
10:26 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside Tourist Helpers - Window 1

It was a great party at the Healthy Boy Club, suffice to say. Most people were calling us "lazy rich bastards" but it was certainly not our fault to be born with luxury. And because of our luxury, it wasn't particularly necessary to work was it? Anyway, it was a great party and I drank quite a lot. The Moon shined even brighter this night and the whole sky was clear. I've seldom been struck by a sharper attack of euphoria, but my body and perhaps fate had decided that tonight I'd be seeing something extraordinary before going to bed.

And by something extraordinary, I meant an elegantly beautiful, but cute, girl. The combo was never seen before, nobody had ever witnessed a high class, refined lady with an innocently air-headed mind that can melt you simply by asking direction. Of course we have seen bits. But no-one had discovered a genuine woman like that without enclosing her other hidden personalities which usually ruined the whole thing later on.

So, I was basically wandering about with that thought in mind. Then to my surprise, under the moonlight that gently grazed on the darkness, my eyes were struck by the appearance of an enormous bosom. The most dignified looking person showed her presence, her eyes carelessly gazed into mine, and then I knew fate might not be possibly false.

"Good morning young lady, if it is indeed a good morning."

Was it love? I didn't really know, as I'd felt like this many times over. However nobody else was this wonderful. Thanks for this, I hardly noticed her hair was naturally pink and her feet floating in the air. That, and a group of people was directly approaching us from behind her...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: natten20 on August 13, 2012, 06:05:33 PM
2:55 PM - Day 2 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (outside)

As the door closes behind Narr?n, he looks up to the sky searching for the sun to see what time it is.
?Hmm? three o?clock, how long was I in there??
He  turns his head to look at the closed door behind him.
Just when narr?n thought about going back in to the shop again he heard a loud growl coming from his stomach.
?Oh, that?s right I left my lunch lying back at the restaurant.? He looks back at the sky.
?I hope that they haven't thrown it away, maybe if I hurry it won?t be too late.? He says out loud to himself.

Before he starts running back towards the hotel he opens up his backpack to make sure that nothing is missing.
Laptop, sling, bag with stones, jacket, soul gem and some other necessary items.
Everything was there but he felt as if something was missing, though he couldn?t recall what it was.
?It can't be my knife or my staff because I left them at home." He ponders for a moment trying to remember what it could be. "Hmm, never mind I should hurry up or I won't have anything to eat.?
He closes his backpack and throws it on to his right shoulder as he starts to run back towards the hotel.


Before he started to run back towards the hotel.
He opens up his backpack to make sure that nothing is missing.
Laptop, sling, bag with stones, jacket, 'soul gem' and some other necessary items.
Everything was there but he felt as if something was missing, but he couldn?t recall to what it was.
?It can't be my knife or my staff because I left them at home, Hmm, never mind I should hurry up or I won't have anything to eat.?
He closes his backpack and throws it on to his right shoulder and starts to run towards the hotel.

[edited]
Title: Forte Encountered
Post by: Kakyoin on August 13, 2012, 06:43:38 PM
10:26 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

After Mokou had returned from going back inside to retrieve Hatate for him, Ken closed the rear entrance to Tourist Helpers and locked it with the key Amarillo had given him. He took a deep breath and turned around, only to behold Patchouli's visage.
    "Is that everything?" she asked with a concerned look on her face, slightly trembling hands gripping her patented spell book.
    "Yeah." He slid the key into his pocket and shouted ahead of him. "Thanks Mokou, I really appreciate it..."
    Mokou turned and blew air up at her bangs almost in rebuttal. "Oh please, it's not a big deal. You take care of one, I'll handle this one. Besides, she's feeling rather light." As if to prove her point, she gently shook Hatate's limp body in her arms. "Maybe it's her hollow bones, or something."
    He rolled his eyes and heard Patchouli groan as he placed a hand over the right side of his face, trying not to laugh. "That's...I'm sure that's not it, she's not an actual bird..."
    "Ha! Well, hurry up and take yer new girl along, we need to catch up with everyone else." She walked off hurriedly to close the distance between them and the others, tengu in arms.
   
    After making sure his sword was sheathed and tied to his belt, he made as if to pick the magician up, but Patchouli took a step back.
    "I'll...be fine walking," she said slowly.
    He scratched his head, feeling that his attempt was a failure. "Are you sure? I mean, we just--"
    "We just made a pact, yes. But as you can see, I am standing by myself, and I even walked out by myself." Her lips were pressed together gently. "Well, for the most part I did. I may be widely regarded as physically inept, but I am most certainly capable of walking."
    He nodded. "Then, let's walk. It's good for you after all, Lady P--"
    She sighed as they started walking away from the building. "Ah...Ken, call me Patchouli. You don't need the appellation, it's just four extra letters and a waste of breath."
    He put his hands on his hips. "Well now, someone is feeling better already."
    Her face soured. "What's that supposed to mean? My mind is always thinking, it can't be helped."
    "I suppose I should just feel glad that you're here and alive." His concerned face met hers. "I can't help but worry, considering you almost, you know, died."
    Patchouli forced her eyes closed. "Let's talk about that some other time, right now I would like nothing more than to not talk about nearly dying for the third time..."
    "Fair enough." He looked ahead after hearing several shouts. "Well, it seems like we are about to have the subject changed for us. Something's happening in the main group."
    "So it seems." As much as she had her mind on her near-death experience and a second pact, it needed to be put to rest.
    The two of them moved to catch up to the others, Ken watching the magician carefully for any signs of mishap.



10:27 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – Streets Behind Tourist Helpers

"Grab him!"

Ken and Patchouli stopped to behold some sort of chase scene...only it was winding down before it even began. His eyes darted to Yuyuko, who had a dreamy yet concerned look on her face. He saw Hatate on the ground and immediately wondered where Mokou had gone to.

"Gotcha!"

Patchouli elbowed Ken gently and pointed a robed hand out, her finger lined up with a peculiar sight.

Mokou seemingly had grabbed a young man he had never seen before. "Dirty scumbag, trying to get your hands on Yuyuko...she's too good for you!" she growled.
    "No, I swear!" the man protested as he tried to wrestle free from the fire mage's grip. "I did nothing, she only walked closer and I--"
   
    "All right, what's going on here?" Ken shouted to stop their struggle. "Who is this, and why are you giving him a bear hug?"
    Mokou held him still. "This bugger, from my angle I could have sworn he had touched Yuyuko inappropriately..."
    "What?! I didn't do that, I was just walking minding my own business!" he gasped. "Let me go! She approached me, not--"
    "Whatever," Mokou retorted. "You saw us, now you're gonna have to be made to forget what you've seen..."
    "Wait just a moment," Amarillo said, stepping closer. An idea was forming in her mind. "Let's first hear what they have to say. Yuyuko, what happened?"
    Yuyuko closed her eyes and shrugged. "He didn't really do anything to me...just said hello, really. I was the one who moved closer."
    "Let him go, Mokou." Ken walked forward as she released him reluctantly. After he had gotten up, Ken looked him in the eye. "Who are you? I didn't see you at Tourist Helpers back there."



(Forte, you can respond to my second timestamp. To all unaware, Forte's character has been encountered and will be detained with the group on their way to the underground tunnel entrance, you may react accordingly or disregard it for your first window posts.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on August 13, 2012, 10:42:35 PM
10:25 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Inside Tourist Helpers - Window 1

Don't think about it. Don't bother trying to understand what happened. Just go along with it. Right now...right now wasn't the time to be bothered with anything like 'whys' or 'whats'. Someone nearly died right there. Didn't die. Saved. By magic. Or what looked like it. Faeries? Maybe. Maybe just an elaborate costume, but it sure as hell didn't look like it.

The best he could do was follow Ken and the lavender haired woman that had been saved. Patchouli...that was her name? An odd set of syllables...more useless thoughts. They were in danger now, and the situation was already beyond anything he could contribute to intelligently. Right now he had to follow directions, keep people safe, get ready to fight. His entire body tensed with half-restrained energy.

Implicit trust. That's teamwork. Art projects or martial arts. Implicit trust was a must. So he'd trust these people until he got his answers, and he'd protect them with all he had if needed.

"I've got your back," he said, falling into step behind Ken. The entire situation was too crazy to even think about, so he wouldn't. Like so many times before, he'd entrust this task to his body, not mind. He'd watch and stand vigil over this man, who seemed to know the most of all, until he got what he needed. Wanted.
Title: TH: Ken/Xuezheng Interaction
Post by: Kakyoin on August 14, 2012, 05:02:33 AM
10:25 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Inside Rear Entrance)

"Huh?"

Ken turned around, surprised to hear another voice behind him. He caught a glimpse of Patchouli turning as well, just before they had reached the rear entrance.

In front of them now was a tall young man with moderate-length black hair, and a young woman who seemed a bit underdressed behind him. He recognized the male as the one who had gotten close to him just before he had initiated the pact with the then-disappearing Patchouli.
    The woman, however, held his attention. Squinting his eyes for a moment, he thought he had seen her before. Briefly glancing at her long, straight blonde hair, he was on the verge of dropping the matter when she locked eyes with him. In a split-second, she had moved herself directly behind the man before him.
    "Hmm, do you know her?" Patchouli questioned.
    "Not...not that I know of," he responded offhandedly, still trying to relax after the life-saving incident he had partaken in. "But you..." he said as he looked at the man before him. "You were the one who felt Patchouli as she was disappearing."
    The man seemed as calm as he himself normally was, and almost instantly spoke up. "I'm, uh...Xuezheng."
    Ken raised an eyebrow. He seemed quite composed for what had just taken place. "Xuezheng, eh? Well, I bet you have--wait a minute, who is this young lady behind you?"
    The one calling himself Xuezheng seemed slightly taken aback. Oh right, Mabel...I almost forgot about her in the heat of the moment...
    The woman took a step back, and as Ken craned his neck to see her, he took in her facial features.
   
    He froze.
   
    That can't be, the swordsman thought to himself. But, it looks just like her...is that really...
    "I hate to interrupt you," Patchouli said with a brief handwave and cough, "but we should probably escape while we still can..."
    Ken nodded. "So, Xuezheng...well, we'll have time to chat later."
    Xuezheng started walking out the rear entrance, but stopped and turned around. "Do you need any help, or...?"
    "We're fine, you can help me out by making sure the others are doing fine. I think it best if Patchouli stayed with minimal company for now."
    Assuming that the young woman was following Xuezheng out the open doorway, he turned to Patchouli. "We gotta get outta here, so let's go!"
    She nodded and turned, only to be nearly cut off by Mokou. "What in blazes--?!"
    "Ken!" Mokou yelled as she ran down the nearby stairs. "Go outside! I'll get Hatate. Can't believe you nearly forgot her..."
    Ken's eyes widened. Shit! I forgot all about her. I'm sorry, Hatate...I was so caught up in all this, I didn't remember you...
    "Hey," Patchouli said calmly. "Don't worry about it, a lot of incidents have occurred recently. Let's just walk out and let Mokou take care of the rest, okay?"
    He shook his head and then started out the door once again, with the magician behind him. "Yeah...yeah, that's right."



(Amra, there's the Forte incident that happens directly after this chronologically. You may assume that it will be resolved with Mokou and Amarillo agreeing to detain him and take him with the rest of the group, and that Ken and Patchouli will not be overly involved in its resolution aside from the response post I made previously. If you want Xuezheng to continue discussion with Ken/Patchouli, do so after the Forte incident is resolved, chronologically [make up a time]. You may do as you please with Mabel, she may stay near him, speak in conversation, or walk with others or by herself and not be a part of it until the next posting window.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Forte Blackadder on August 14, 2012, 03:42:11 PM
10:28 PM - Day 3 – Streets Behind Tourist Helpers

Breasts.

They were soft, and tender, like those of a goddess'. Before I could get out of my panic and realise how I was captured and dragged into an unwanted mess, I felt Heaven. I'd never felt Heaven before of course, and didn't have any intent to. However, when one's back had a contact with one's front, the former would be rarely whole, mentally or physically. I barely took a glimpse of the person in question's figure, and her profile stroke me back with rather heavy impacts that I feared I couldn't be sober any time soon.

A spring of silver.

Her hair, certainly, was so lustrous it put the Milky Way to shame. Even the Moon which I'd been in love with so dearly also seemed less exquisite compared to her noble skin. When she embraced me, however barbarically, I wasn't aware of her alluring face. Additionally, she had the physics of a demi-god: more powerful than a bear, yet delicate as a flower. Because of all that, I almost passed out. It was very rude and tasteless of me to mumble such common excuses to her, and the beauty in pink. But could one do more, when one was accused to such heinous iniquity such as  inappropriately touching a lady? No sir! I struggled effortlessly to prove my innocence, then a massive dissatisfaction kicked in when she released yours truly.

Someone spoke, presumably referring to me. I looked up and vaguely saw a man, looking at my direction. The lights weren't bright enough for someone in my state to recognise uninterested faces, read "men", and so forth. So I tried to stand up, kind of wobbling but got it alright. Before I could say anything, the ones that I unclearly saw before turned up. A couple, or so I thought, briefly talked and the only thing that caught my ears was "Share Trunk". What kind of name was that?

Then the resplendent goddess rushed downstairs, blaming someone for forgetting something. The guys, unexpectedly, didn't pay much attention to her. Well to be honest, both of them were companied by their girlfriend, so I really couldn't blame them. Anyhow, the pink lady was still floating around...

Floating?

Now, I'd been seeing strange scenarios including meeting angels, encountering ghosts and so on. But with some vividity, they were, in fact, unreal. Human do not float in air. There were some tricks, surely, to delude one's mind from penetrating the coat of Amunet to witness the reality. However this lady didn't look anything like a magician, or "trickster" as we usually called them in the House of Lords. To assure myself, I stepped up and pretended to lose my control, felling over the one named Yuyuko.

It was a change in temperature when my body slipped through hers, not cold as described on books, but I could feel it very properly.

She was, with all certainty, a ghost.

Although seeing a ghost was extraordinary, not to mention she was a very cute ghost with a significantly wonderful chest, I still believed in curses and horrors. If Death was coming to me, then I'd inform him I was in no shape of being taken away. Pretending to be dead was very easy too, thanks to the beer I had in the Club. If I should survive, I would be grateful to not crossing this road ever again.

"What the hell is with this guy?" a muscular voice echoed, followed by that of a girl's:

"The way he fall was somehow unnatural, I'm not sure if he's just too drunk or faking it..."

"Ara~ I think to be surest, we should just take him with us. We don't want people to know about things right? Also, I like how he said 'Good morning', it's funny because it's actually night-time now!"

"Yuyuko, your taste in humour is sometimes very strange..."

I wished, this was all a dream...
Title: (A little) Zach & Mokou Interaction
Post by: Kakyoin on August 15, 2012, 01:54:23 AM
10:27 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Front Room)

"There's no time for questions right now!" Mokou snapped to the nearby man holding the camera.
    Zach flinched slightly. "Oh...w-well, maybe--"
    Realizing she had nearly scared him, she took a short breath. "Later, after we get outta here. You get me? There's no time now, go out!"
    At her insistence, he took one final look at the woman's remarkable features before turning to exit after the others. Was she even a human? She dressed like someone who would go to a convention, but everything down to her incredibly long white hair seemed natural.
    Then there was the fairy. She most certainly was not a human. Could it be a special effect? he thought. No, impossible. He had seen something amazing happen in front of everyone, and it was very real. It was like a science fiction movie, but come to life. There had been no machines or special effects that I could see, and yet...
    Zach hurried outside through the open door as his body felt the cooler outdoor air's embrace, camera in hand. There must be something I can do right now...but what?



(IO, this was a response to your character asking Mokou. There is the Forte incident soon, and after that is resolved Mokou will become available for interaction again. Please either pick up after it has been resolved [you may estimate the time based on the previous relevant posts] or post about something else until Zach can talk to Mokou again.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Orphea.Russ on August 15, 2012, 06:46:11 AM
10:28 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Tourist Helpers - Outside Rear Entrance

It was simple to describe how Aiko felt right now.

Her head hurt.
Not only had she just seen another person nearly fade away, perhaps for good, she'd witnessed someone else use what apparently was magic to try and save her. Best of all, it actually worked. It was... so confusing. And all this talk of being caught by soldiers... It sounded too strange.

... Maybe that's why she believed it. Either way she made her way towards the back exit, which seemed to be the way to whatever way out they were going to be taking. It still didn't make sense, but sometimes you had to hold on to what you could grasp. Not that it was usually much.

...still hard to believe I can help someone like that, though...
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on August 20, 2012, 09:00:45 AM
10:21 PM - Kamisuiwa Town Central - Tourist Helpers Shop

   After spending an entire day in the room, by himself, like old times, Neil quietly makes his way to the front of the shop after hearing some commotion. He quietly fades from the view of others, since the sudden presence of so many new people frightened him. He thinks he has seen this before, like the part in an OCT where everybody meets up first before the action begins.

"It's that girl, hi...uh...whoever-you-are!" he gleefully thought, whilst looking like a nobody in the sidelines. Hiding in public was what he does best, whether intentionally or not, and he can still do so today.

   Many thoughts are running through his head, could this be it? Was this the part where reality breaks and fantasy flows free? Is this an introduction to some tournament where we have to fight each other to the death in a steampunk setting? From what he has been hearing, there seems to be a casualty, and there's something else. He attempts to get a better view of the situation and sees something straight out of some obscure Fantasy MMORPG.

--

"I think I'm late to the party. Either that or I need an explanation."

"And you're going to spend like an hour and a half daydreaming on the possible shenanigans we could be put in, huh?" Kimia assumes.

--

Neil decides to come along with the group, this being it, his adventure, fame, grandeur, whatever he wants. Then he notices someone gesturing him to come over and asks him where he came from and if he was involved or anything.

"O-oh me? I'm from the Philippines, and most probably so, I mean, I did take the opportunity so I may have a hand into it." he answers, admitting that his sense of adventure may or may not have contributed to his situation. Then this person realizes two things: He is a Filipino, just like him, and a former client.

"Uy, Pinoy ka rin?1" He notices his gloves and remembers that he made it, asking "How are your gloves?"

Neil smiles and answers that he is, "Though spending forevers2 indoors does this to me." pointing towards his face, being a light shade of brown.

   The person picks up his pace so they won't get left behind while Neil ponders as to why he asked him that question. It's not like they've already met earlier or something, then it hit him. Like...like...if only he could find a better analogy. The person is none other than Danao Madarang, the cosplay-tailor who made him his custom-made gloves and completed his 'main outfit'.

"(Oh!) Hey! It's you! Yeah, I took good care of it, though you may or may not like this..." Neil shows off the 'cat-claws' hidden in his right glove, remarking that it looks slightly different than before.

"There was this guy who makes exotic modifications and stuff, I had to sign a waiver to make sure I won't use it for evil. Like I'm even gonna do that." Neil added, Danao is impressed and sort of surprised at the addition.

He laughs, "May ganun?3 Don't worry, it's fine. So, how did you get here? You look a bit too young to be traveling by yourself."

"I saw an ad, thought I could use a vacation, an international vacation. 'sides, I was encouraged to go outdoors frequently, y'know, lifestyle habits and all." he answers, retracting the claws back. "Yeah, I get that often. I should be worried, but hey, I felt pretty confident going abroad-"

He bumps into someone, apparently he got carried away with the conversation and forgets to pay attention to his direction.

"Whoops, woah, sorry 'bout that."

1 "Uy, you're a Pinoy, too?"
2 I tend to say forevers like it's a reeeaallyy long unit for time.
3 "There's that?" (That's how bad my translation skills are)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on August 20, 2012, 08:27:01 PM
10:30 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Tourist Helpers - Outside Rear Entrance
He nods and heads back in, deferring to this persons advice. The blonde girl follows quietly.

For the best, he tells himself. Listen to whoever is in charge. Trust him. He returns to the room, strange girl still in tow, and leans against a wall. Breathe. In, out. Stay calm, collected, ready. Keep watch. When the white-haired girl returns, he asks something that's been bothering him.

"Exactly what should we be expecting?" he ventures, glancing at her features. Truly amazing. She didn't look a year older than her second decade, but that hair was a stark, brilliant white.. "Armanents, training...abilities?" he guesses, wondering if these soldiers were as extraordinary as the gathered women here. "It'd be great if I had an idea of how to defend myself."

A flex of the knuckle, clenching of the hand. A few bobby pins to get the hair out of his eyes. Sleeves roll up. Actions he'd always do while preparing.

This time it wasn't for art.

"Of course, it'd also be great to know if I even have a chance of defending myself. Should I just leave that to you all?" he quips honestly. Not meant in a sarcastic manner, no; he's honestly curious if he should even bother getting prepared like this. There was a sense of power around this white-haired girl, and strangeness around the one at his side. Mabel, he reminds himself. Their presence, and the fairies and lavender haired girls and other strange women, were all putting him on edge. "To be honest though, I'd try anyway," he says, glancing at Mabel with a smile.
Title: More interactions!
Post by: Kakyoin on August 23, 2012, 04:26:46 AM
10:31 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

"Uh," Zach stated cautiously. "Is now an okay time to talk?"

Fujiwara no Mokou, carrying the limp Hatate Himekaidou in her arms, turned to look at the same young man who had begun to ask her about the situation earlier. She gritted her teeth, but softened her expression. She couldn't afford to frighten anyone, after all. "I guess so, kid. I bet you have loads o' questions."
    He carefully put his camera down. She seemed like a very dangerous but loyal woman, completely unnatural in the crowd of humans he had come to know momentarily before this incredible story unfolded before his eyes. "Just...where are we going? What's happening? Who exactly...are you?" He took a breath and realized that his speech had become quickened unnecessarily. "And what's wrong with the woman in your arms?"
    "Hmm. Lotsa questions, as anticipated." She looked ahead fiercely for a moment, possibly in thought. "Where to begin..."

-----

"Great. I'm glad that's taken care of."

Ken exchanged glances of slight amusement with Patchouli. "You seem to be just fine."
    "Oh please, that's the second time you've asked me! I feel fine, you know." She ran her open hand through her long hair. "But knowing you, you're overly concerned."
    His countenance met her typical frowning 'Patchyface' as he had designated it. "You aren't tough and in-shape like Mokou is, or even myself, if I dare say so."
    "Well, it's fine. Really." She sighed massively. "So now that this strange Forte character has been taken care of..." She paused to glance over at Mokou, who was carrying Hatate and glancing suspiciously at Forte and Yuyuko nearby. "...wait, what's going on now? I see some familiar faces there."
    He squinted his eyes. "Oh, is that..." Looking near them, he saw the man, Xuezheng, some man carrying a camera and the blonde-haired woman again from before. He guessed from how Mokou was moving her mouth that they were conversing with her. Looking down at Patchouli's hand for a fleeting moment, he glanced up at her. "Hey, let's go."
    "What? Go wh--hey!"
   
-----
   
    Patchouli gasped as Ken took her hand and pulled her over as he hustled over to the situation. Yuyuko was still talking to Forte, so he settled on catching Mokou's attention. "Yo."
    "--should be apparent that you'll get someone strange like me to tag along, like how I hang around Ke--eh?" Interrupted, the one carrying Hatate looked to her side to see her mana partner. "Oh, speak of the devil. Maybe you can do a better job explaining to these Zach and Zoo-Zinga...or whatever this guy's name is."
    "It's Xuezheng," the one in question replied calmly in return. "I was curious, Ken...many of these people, these...women...don't seem like normal."
    Zach thought of speaking up, but decided to stay quiet and listen for a while. He was probably about to get some answers.
    "If I may?" Patchouli spoke up. After Ken nodded, she answered swiftly. "Simply put, we are not human. I understand if you have a hard time believing that, but perhaps my near-death provides at least a somewhat convincing reason. Am I correct?"
    He nodded and turned around, looking at the woman with the long blonde hair behind him. "That sounds about right...right, Mabel?"
    "Um...sure," she replied hastily.
    Ken's eyes narrowed as he stared at the woman. Mabel was her name? he wondered to himself. That's the same name as...I swear it's the same name...I'll have to check with Mayli but I'm almost certain that's--
    "Anyway," Patchouli continued after clearing her throat, "we are not humans. We are...well, hmm. How to best explain this..."
    "Is Ken a human?" Mabel suddenly asked.
    Xuezheng froze momentarily. He hadn't considered that everyone here could be inhuman. Were they aliens, or some hidden race from beneath the earth? Ken had bled to save this Patchouli character; he clearly had blood flowing through his veins. He decided to wait until the question was addressed by them.
    "I'm as human as a human can get," Ken said with a quick raise of his hands, lifting Patchouli's in his as she took the opportunity to wrestle it free from his grip. "Although I can see why you'd think otherwise." He concluded by holding his hands out.
   
    "Ken has the ability to heal with his hands."
   
    "What?" Ken looked around. "Who said th--"
    Smiling cheerfully, Mayli bounded up and grabbed his left hand. "This hand helped heal my aching chest earlier when Diamond attacked~"
    "Diamond?" Zach finally voiced his thoughts. "Who's that?"
    "Eh..." the magic swordsman turned away in embarrassment. "Diamond...we'll talk about him later." He looked back at Mayli. "Don't--please don't elaborate too much on that, what I did was only in emergency..."
    "Oh, don't worry. But it's true," Mayli said with a wink. "He learned how to use magic in a place we're about to go to. A place full of youkai and wonderful spirits come to life." She coughed before concluding. "Though it's just a replica of where they all used to come from...oh, I sure hope Sanae is okay though."
    "I...I see." Xuezheng took another breath. Healing arts? Wasn't that just something of fantasies? Then again, he had seen this man's hands light up not but ten minutes ago. "And yet you are a human..."
    Ken shrugged and tried to think of a reasonable explanation. "Well, that..."
    "It's because he had some inhuman assistance." Patchouli said abruptly. "He had help from me, of course."
    Mayli caught on. "Oh...yes, that's right! Patchouli is a magician, she's very very strong!"
    "Magic, huh." Xuezheng rubbed the tops of his palms together, He was feeling antsy but excited. "So magic is real...and that sword is probably more than just for show too."
    "For better or worse, that's correct." He rested a hand on his sword at his side. "Well Xuezheng, Zach, Mabel...you're probably wondering what you're all about to do. In truth, I have no way of knowing if you can gain fighting powers like I have, but you see these lovely ladies here?" He pointed his thumbs at Patchouli to his right, and Mayli at his left. "They both depend on me for energy to survive now. They used to not need it...and now we need you too, all of you, everyone who Amarillo gathered, to help us with others like them."
    "Energy?" Mabel seemed curious, but remained firmly behind Xuezheng with a determined look on her face. The painter himself seemed more surprised with the need for such a responsibility than confused.
    Ken almost regretted saying what he had said since there was a misunderstanding of sorts, or rather, since he had stated it ambiguously they had not a clue what he meant exactly. Still, he could use it to his advantage to explain anyway. "They depend on me for mana...well okay, Mayli is a special case, but you see Mokou here? Patchouli as well, both of them come from a different world. One that used to exist, but was destroyed somehow." He looked at their amused yet incredulous faces. "It all sounds like some crazy video game plot, but it's true. They're the proof. Heck, now I'm proof as well...just watch."
    He closed his eyes and concentrated on Mayli's face, her being. He pictured a magical pair of electricity-charged shears, the first cutting tool he could imagine, moving along the wires that connected the two of them. Suddenly, all but a few wires were severed.
    Focusing back on reality, he heard Mayli gasp and fall to the ground, clutching her bare shoulder before clattering down like a marionette cut from its strings. Anticipating her fall, he stooped ahead of time to catch her with his arm, grunting as he pulled her back up to a standing position.
    Mayli seemed completely disoriented and stunned. "Wha...K-Ken...w-what happened to m-me...?" She gulped with all her effort. "Why...s-so weak suddenly..."
    He grimaced as he studied the reactions of all in the area. Zach, Xuezheng and Mabel were wide-eyed with mouths agape; Mokou had her head down looking at Hatate's unmoving head, but he could tell she had seen what happened; Patchouli seemed slightly unnerved but otherwise calm with her eyes closed.
    "Mayli," he said slowly as he felt her regain her strength, "I'm...I'm sorry."
    "Ken! You...you did that?" She could now stand on her own, and staggered a few steps forward before steadying her body, holding her head with one hand. "Hahhh...y-you can--"
    "That's right. I can control how much mana you receive from me. I can make it so you can't even stand." He looked at her shocked, terrified face. "But of course, this was only for demonstration. I would never do that to you to make you suffer on purpose." He lowered his face and stared up at her from between his bangs. "Ever."
    Mayli nodded slightly. "I-I understand..." So this is what she was left with. Tethered to her best friend, left to his own command and at his disposal. She knew he would never betray her, but the fact that she could be at such a mercy in the hands of another...
    Patchouli let out a small sigh and looked first to Mayli's fear-filled face, and then at Zach, Xuezheng and Mabel. "This is unfortunately our fate...what do you think, humans? What do you make of what you have seen?"



10:32 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

"Um."

Kaguya turned to see a girl with amazingly white hair. She tensed up. "Mokou?!"

"Eh?"

The Hourai princess did a double-take. Mokou wouldn't wear headphones, and her hair wasn't as long. She relaxed and smiled. "Oh wait, I remember...you're one of those--I see. What is it?"
    Aiko stepped closer and fell mostly in step with her. "Ah...you're with the man who saved that purple-haired woman...is that correct?"
    Kaguya nodded. "I was standing near him, and you are correct with your assumption. What's up?"
    Aiko paused and twisted her mouth slightly. She had a lot to think about, but she might as well try to figure out what the heck was going on. "So...can I ask you some things?"



(Conversation members in order of occurrence in this post:
1. Zach and Mokou
2. Ken and Patchouli
3. Ken, Patchouli, Mokou, Mayli, Zach, Xuezheng, Mabel
4. Aiko and Kaguya

Please act accordingly. I hope this is what everyone wanted!

Keep in mind that someone needs to find the entrance to the underground path at about 10:35pm!)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on August 23, 2012, 07:43:24 AM
10:32 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)
He feels it. Stands there, silently, watching as Ken demonstrates the nature of the symbiosis between him and Mayli. And he does nothing but clench his fist and frown.
'Unforgiveable.'
'Unnecessary cruelty.'
'Uncalled for.'

Then logic tunes in. Would he have really understood fully without seeing the true potential of this bond? What it meant for the bonded? No. He wouldn't have. And if he was to help more these people in the same way, that wasn't something he could leave to uncertainty. Mayli's face...so similar. Memories unwanted.

Inspiration didn't always come without...assistance. Friends sometimes couldn't handle the 'assistance', had to get help. Had to depend on someone entirely for their own safety. Xuezheng had seen that face before.

He closes his eyes, breathes, and looks at the purple haired magician. "Now's not the time for me to be thinking, is it? As much as I want to pinch myself, this is all...very real, isn't it?" he half-asks, answer already known. "...Until we're all safe, the questions can wait," he says finally, happy to let the subject die.

Even the ones about Mabel...no, perhaps those needed to be asked. Quietly. He saw the look on Ken's face; with all his year in artwork, he'd have to have been some sort of idiot to not have seen that furrowed brow whenever Mabel spoke up. So he walks up to Ken and whispers, barely even loud enough for himself to hear.

"Who is Mabel?"
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on August 23, 2012, 06:02:11 PM
10:32 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

The first thing that came out of Zach's mouth was a joke. He really couldn't stop it, but after Patchouli asked in such a serious tone, he almost felt guilty for saying it.

"Well, I didn't expect to be tethered to a woman this early in my life, heheh..." His laugh trailed off as he thought for a moment how stupid he must sound. Then he thought about the implications of what Patchouli had said. He voiced his thoughts out loud, mainly because in the shock of what he had learned, he hadn't quite regained full self-control yet. "So... if I'm not mistaken, you all depend on Ken for, um, life energy I suppose, and... where we're going so we can save wi--" He stopped for a moment as he considered a possibility. "That's what the visions were about, huh? So that we'd know whom we're supposed to... save, I guess. And... but I'm talking too much," he muttered, looking around. "I can ask these sorts of questions later, I suppose." Zach sighed as he lifted up his camera, snapping a quick shot of the group around him. He needed evidence of this, so that if he DID wake up, he could ascertain whether it was real or not. Pictures on his camera would help with that. He began to list the events of what just happened in his mind, trying to make sense of them.

So Patchouli, and Mokou as well I suppose... was that their names? I think so. They're not human, so what are they exactly? I think the girl... Mayli? She said a magician, I think. ...Is magician a race, though? I'd think that a profession, and Ken as well, but he's human... but a magician, so clearly there are human magicians... but what does that make Patchouli then? A nonhuman magician? I suppose that'd make sense... he gave a small sigh as he watched the purple-clad magician girl. So many questions... once they got to where they were going, he'd have to ask for answers.
Title: A few more interactions, and Ken's momentary breakdown.
Post by: Kakyoin on August 24, 2012, 04:48:05 AM
10:33 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

"Well..." Patchouli began to answer Xuezheng, but was interrupted by his dismissal of the subject for the moment. She looked at him, almost as if studying his behavior. She was still not quite used to the odd, hesitant behaviorisms most humans held to their species. And yet that exact same behavior is what piqued her curiosity. No doubt what Ken had demonstrated just then was shockingly against self-preservation, but sometimes a little bit of ruin forged significant forewarning.

She watched as Xuezheng seemed to finally come to a mental conclusion and walk up to her new mana provider. Unable to hear what was spoken, she frowned slightly but decided to keep her distance for now. Perhaps she could ascertain why Mokou was carrying Hatate as such.

"Well, I didn't expect to be tethered to a woman this early in my life, heheh..."

Patchouli's eyes scanned until she found the source of the comment. "...what? Oh, you."
    Zach seemed to have realized that what he said sounded uncalled for, since he promptly grew silent.
    Sighing, Patchouli closed her eyes and frowned. Everyone was all worked up, perhaps there should be room for some error here and there, she thought. Especially since they had no clue what they were getting themselves into aside from what they had been told. "It's much more than that..."
    "So... if I'm not mistaken, you all depend on Ken for, um, life energy I suppose, and... where we're going so we can save wi--" He seemed to stop prematurely in thought.
    Patchouli held onto her book with both hands. "Save what?"
    After a moment, he continued. "That's what the visions were about, huh?
    "Visions?" she asked, unaware of what he meant.
    He seemed equally surprised that she didn't know what he was mentioning. "So that we'd know whom we're supposed to... save, I guess. And...but I'm talking too much. I can ask these sorts of questions later, I suppose."
    Before she could respond, he had turned to check out his surroundings. He had pulled his camera device out, as well. She couldn't help but smile and think momentarily to herself.
   
    Humans are so...hasty, yet inquisitive.
   
-----

"What? Mabel?"

Ken blinked as he stood face-to-face with Xuezheng, who seemed slightly troubled. "What about her?"
    "Well...who is she? Is she--I'm sorry. Let me start over." Xuezheng closed his eyes for a moment before finishing his thoughts. "This woman nearby, who has been hanging around me..." He paused to look behind him to make sure she wasn't eavesdropping, then turned back and continued whispering. "I see you looking at her strangely, as if she's someone you may know or something like that."
    He pursed his lips briefly, then decided to answer. "Oh...I don't really...well. I have an idea, but until my suspicions are confirmed..."
    "Is she...dangerous?"
    "No, I think she's fine. Just keep an eye on her here and there." Ken wiped some sweat from beneath his sideburns and stepped away closer to Mayli. "I need to, uh...take care of something really quickly."
    "Oh, that's fine." Xuezheng scratched his head as he watched Ken walk away. So Mabel was safe to be around, at least. But he still wasn't quite sure what else to do...he decided to look around for the woman in question. Glancing around, he couldn't see her long blonde hair, only several others speaking to each other.
    "Well then," he breathed out mostly to himself. "What else can I do on the way to this tunnel place..."



10:34 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

Ken notched his head down and walked towards Mayli, who was holding the side of her head.

Looking over, she noticed him approaching. "Oh...hey."
    "Mayli. We need to talk."
    She stared at his face, the face of a man who had seen much more than his age had deserved. His eyes were reddish, perhaps with fatigue or...was he crying? "Ken...are you all right?"
   
BEGIN: PAIN AND SORROW BGM (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NlEgzAe1Mus)
   
    "I...well, no." He swallowed and felt his throat seizing up, and his chest constricting. He was on the verge of tears. Perhaps he could afford to cry now, in front of his best friend. Then again, he hardly ever cried even if he felt like doing so. "About earlier..."
    Her facial expressioned softened and saddened. "What? Is it about what you did to me? Don't worry, that was nothing! I'm fine now, you see?"
    "Mayalissa, I'm...s-so very sorry..."
    She smiled slightly as she brought her thumb up to her lip. "It's been a long time since you called me that. The last time I remember hearing that from you was when we left for Japan to study abroad in Japan."
    "Yeah. This is...I'm sorry." He collapsed to his knees with a gasp that matched hers, ignoring the pain as his knees hit the pavement below. "I hurt you. I actually--without even thinking, I..."
    "Ken..." For a moment she only stood looking at his hunched form on the ground. "Don't...stop that..." Looking around to make sure others weren't going to bother them, she realized that most of them had gone ahead. Perhaps more time had passed in that instant than she had estimated. "Ken, stop...don't--we've been through a lot..."
    "No!" He choked. A tear, first one, then two hit the ground beneath him. "It's...this is too much...I can't--"
    "KEN!" she snapped. Looking into his eyes as he gazed up at her, she saw his helplessness, swam in the pool of hot wetness plaguing his eyes. "Stop...don't punish yourself more...you only did what was req--"
    "NO!" he half-screamed, half-sobbed. He gazed back at the ground. "I...I fucked up. I fucked up...I didn't have to do that. I didn't have to--your face when I...when I made you feel powerless, I--"
    While he had been interrupted and silenced by a sniff, she felt his suffering in the silence that followed. He was so worn out. He had done so much for everyone. It was so much for him, and he couldn't handle it. Was she just feeling sorry for him, or was this...no, this was beyond normal...this warmth, this sadness...she could almost envision what he was thinking, how he was feeling. But this was no time to try to figure it out.
    She gulped and felt her eyes watering, but tried to remain calm. She kneeled down next to him. "You are...forgiven, or approved, or whatever you need to be validated."
   
    More silence, accompanied by occasional shudders racking his body.
   
    Her desire to cry had subsided. Perhaps he just needed some encouragement. "Ken, stand up. We all need you. It's okay...please." She heard the sheathed sword at his side grind against the pavement beneath them. "Gonna be like that? Okay, let me help you out, then. Get up...c'mon! Up!" She moved backwards slightly and then threw her arms around him, tugging at his body to try to pull it up.
    Releasing his breath in surprise, he looked up at her, vision slightly blurred. "Maya...you..."
    "I'm glad you got to cry a bit. But we need you...please, know that everyone is here for you." She stared pleadingly into his eyes. "I don't wanna rush you, but...please? C'mon, for me. We'll be okay. You'll be okay"
    Upon hearing those final words escape her lips, he miraculously felt better. His chest was expanding back to normal. Perhaps he did need to release, for that brief moment. It stung him that he had cracked, but now there wasn't anything he could do about it. Earlier he wanted to crawl away and never be seen again, he was tired of being the center of attention. But she was right.
    "Okay. I'm fine enough now...thanks, Maya."
    "...yeah. Let's keep going and catch up with the others."
    "Right." He sniffed and wiped his eyes. "Thank you...I feel fine, thank you though," he uttered as he felt her lifting him up. Choosing to stand by himself, he caught sight of Patchouli ahead of him. "There's Lady P--that's Patchouli."
    "Ken...look at me."
    He stared dumbly at Mayli upon hearing her command. She wore an expression that seemed to say 'relax and look at me'. He suddenly realized what had happened. She was strong when he had been weak. All this time he had endeavored to protect her, and now...
    It was so overwhelming to him...perhaps he needed to simply calm down. Taking several breaths, he nodded. "Yeah. I'm fine now."
   
END: PAIN AND SORROW BGM
   
    Her expression hardened. "Good. I won't let you go down like that, not on my watch." Turning to look ahead, even in the dim space on the street between lights she saw Patchouli's purple presence getting closer. "See, someone else came back to check up on you. You have friends, okay?"
    The lump in his throat subsided. "Yeah. Let's go, Mayli."
    She grinned. His use of her nickname seemed to establish that a better mood had returned and balance was restored. "That's the spirit!"



(Conversation members in order of occurrence in this post:
1. Patchouli and Xuezheng, then Patchouli and Zach
2. Ken and Xuezheng
3. Ken and Mayli (real full first name 'Mayalissa')

Keep in mind that someone needs to find the entrance to the underground path at about 10:35pm! Don't be afraid to use other characters [ones that aren't under your immediate jurisdiction/control] in your posts, don't leave it to GMs to respond to EVERYTHING asked!)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on August 24, 2012, 05:51:27 PM
10:27 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Front Room)

Kristian's mind was bouncing back and forth, frantically trying to arrive at a conclusion he could accept.

"Circle of blood? From the guys wrists. No shit but why? She was... fading into nothingness. That just brings up the next point of strangeness. Uuhm, hologram! You heard the guy who ran up to her. Err,maybe he was a plant? Now you're just trying to have it make sense for the sake of it. It has to in some way! Maybe it doesn't... Maybe you should stop arguing with yourself. Maybe you shoul- ah, they're leaving!"

Kristian cut his internal debate short and hurried after the crowd of people that were leaving through the rear entrance. There he spotted Zach talking to someone with incredibly long white hair, and being told they didn't have time to talk. "Gueh, are we really in that much of a hurry?" He thought before hurrying after the cameraman, shuddering slightly at the cool air as he reaches forward and taps Zach on the shoulder.

*Snap* The flash of the camera blinded him and almost made him back up headfirst into a wall. "Aah, what the- do you always do that to people Zooc? Or whatever your name was?"

Zach lowers the camera before answering. "It's Zach. And not always, only when I'm surprised."

"A wonder you could hold it back when all that stuff was going on then." Kristian responds, still rubbing one of his eyes. He leans in closer before continuing. "So what do you think even happened back there? I mean... stuff, words, I'm kind of at a loss here."

Zach drops his camera, letting it hang from the lanyard around his neck. He looks up towards the sky, making a few faces as if thinking hard about the question before responding. "Well, someone clearly almost died. That much is certain. Too real to be fake, you know? And... you know, I have no clue. I'm as lost as you are."

Kristian rubs his forehead for a moment. "Yeah but... how does stuff like that just happen? I mean, that guy ran up and touched her and... I still just can't convince myself that it's actually real. Y'know, whatever actually happened." He looks around and spots the white haired person from before and gestures with his thumb towards her.

"You were trying to talk to that girl right? She doesn't look too busy now." "I'll just tag along and see what they have to say." He thinks before falling in behind Zach as they approach their subject of interest.

"Uh, is now an okay time to talk?" While Zach got the attention of Mokou, Kristian stood a few steps behind him, listening intently as he hoped to get some clarity in this mess.

10:31 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

"A magical place, magicians and supernatural races..." He kept quiet throughout the explanations, uncomfortable with interrupting when people were speaking. The mention of some sort of mana dependency intrigued him.

"Does sound like something out of a game, yea-AH!" He almost called out as Mayli collapsed before stopping himself when he saw Ken catching her. He clamped his mouth shut, trying to process what had just happened until the purple person asked what they thought. "C-Can you reall-" His mellow attempt at a question was cut short by the questions posed by Xhuezheng and Zach.

"Tethered to a woman... I sure wouldn't have thought of it that way." He couldn't decide how serious Zach's statement had been but when he pulled out his camera again Kristian decided to step forward, maybe a bit too much as he ended up almost face to hat with the girl. "S-Sorry but, how much do you need this mana? Do you like, die right away if it's not there or something? And how does it work for the mana... giver or whatever you'd call it, c-can it hurt them or something?" The prospect of someone's life being placed in his hands with possibly a risk to himself had him rather worried.

Kristian followed Zach along outside and is now standing among the group which includes Patchouli.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: IdiotsOpposite on August 24, 2012, 07:19:44 PM
10:35 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside an Innocuous House

Zach had been lost in thought for some time now. Without any real idea as to where they were going, he could only speculate as to what he had seen - and furthermore, what he would see when he got to where they were going. So those girls in the visions... the cat girl, the black-haired girl with the camera, the peach-hatted girl... it?s my responsibility to, what, save them, or maybe... but then, it doesn?t seem like... or what if... His thoughts were interrupted by a quiet, but clear voice from ahead.

?We?re here. Hey, Ken, stop lagging behind and get up here!? Mokou?s voice rang out. Out the corner of his eye, Zach could see the navy-haired sword-wielder speed up to catch up to where Mokou was standing, which looked to be a cellar door shrouded by brush next to a small house. When Ken caught up, Zach could see but not quite hear him exchange a short conversation with Mokou before she handed over the unconscious Hatate to him. Turning back to the access point, she pulled the doors open with a grunt as Zach moved closer, camera at the ready. Unfortunately, he didn?t really see anything but a steep drop a good 15 feet down. Mokou grinned, flashing a look of ?what did you expect?? before jumping down the pit, disappearing into the darkness. With nothing better to do, Zach took a picture of the pit... not that it would really help much. A few moments later, muffled cursing could be heard from the darkness.

?Shit, where?s the damn ladder?? Mokou?s voice could be heard before the floor at the bottom of the tunnel lit up. The good-sized flame in her hand illuminated her form in the pit, and more importantly, illuminated the ladder resting at the side of it. With a sigh, the white-haired girl maneuvered and lifted the ladder until it could be used to access the tunnel without any substantial injuries. Once that was accomplished, she climbed up in a few seconds and grinned at the rather large group, gesturing down into the tunnel.

?So who?s gonna go first??

(Tunnel located!)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Grimarg on August 25, 2012, 04:45:35 AM
10:35 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Outside underground entrance

Look with your eyes.

His mind was clear. He wasn?t dreaming, nor hallucinating.

A hum.

That wasn?t a trick either. As a man who made a living out of trickery and deceive he could spot out any and all deceptions possible.

But what he witnessed was not an illusion, nor a trick. It actually happened right before his eyes.

So that?s why he could not understand it. The inconsistency was too big for Andreas Jaeger to accept it.

And the words he had heard from his uncle long ago kept ringing inside his head.

?Sometimes opening your eyes is all that you need. The heart lies, and our minds plays tricks on us. But the eyes see the truth. First look with your eyes, and hear with your ears. Afterwards comes the thinking, and with it, comes the truth?

A miracle, huh?

As he silently followed the group he kept thinking about how little information he had. He only knew that something that should?ve been impossible had occurred in front of him, but little else.

He reached to the inside pocket of his jacket and took out the silver cigarette case. While he took one cigarette out, he noticed that the group had already reached its destination.

?Oh, right?? He only remembered that his lighter was out of fluid after he tried lighting the cigarette in his mouth. He put it back inside his case and walked closer to the group. This wasn?t the time to space out.  Ten minutes had just passed without him doing nothing at all.

With a sigh, he closed the distance and caught up with the rest, standing around what it looked like the entrance to a basement.
He needed to get more information, and it looked like they still had a long way to go, so he decided to ask somebody when he saw the chance to. Maybe then he could accept what he had seen before?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on August 25, 2012, 05:40:05 AM
10:22 PM - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

With the back of the group beginning to thin out as another exit soon became apparent, there was really no time to dilly-dally with apologies. Danao's mind had now set itself to getting to the front. Lightly grabbing Neil's sleeve, the man whispered, "Kid, get moving. We're at the back of the line already."

What he did next was a blur in his own memory. The tailor tightened his grip on the boy's sleeve and began to pull him in his march forward. Complaints rang loud, but Danao couldn't seem to make heads or tails of it; it was too loud. Staying up late did make a young brain go a bit fuzzy, since Neil's voice continued to remain too loud. Thankfully, the boy could not reach for his gloves.

Sandals were like slippers. No matter how properly they were worn, they made footsteps egregiously loud, like rubber slapping against something- anything, really. All Danao received for walking that fast was an aside glance from every person that he passed by, but trying to get the attention of one particular person in front of them was proving harder than he thought. Considering how close the blonde-haired fairy-winged girl was to the front, it was an opportunity to start asking all the questions he wanted to unload.

"H-hey, what are you doing?" Neil asked, still flustered from the sudden grab.

Danao gave him two quick pats on the shoulder he pulled. "I'm going to ask some questions. No one seems to be swarming her-"

From behind, it looked like no one was swarming the girl, but, upon closer inspection, an entire posse of fairies hung around her. There were six of them, to boot, all with differently shaped wings buzzing in quick motion. That would have been enough to scare him from approaching any closer, but he had no intention of that.

"-yeah, forget about that. You can either follow me or go ahead." Not waiting for a reply, Danao walked towards the group of fairies.

Of course, fairies were not flies. They did not disperse when the man approached, and two alert fairies noticed him coming. Particularly, the one in blue seemed to be looking in his direction even before the few others did. (http://fc07.deviantart.net/fs71/f/2012/237/1/c/a_rough_star_sapphire_sketch_by_crowcakes-d5cg12l.png) One rushed blabbing and pointing later, the blonde-hair had her sights on Danao.

But not before he was close enough to start asking.

"Hello, miss, I'd like to ask you a few questions," Danao said almost threateningly; he was a bit angry, after all. "For one, where are all of you from, and what do you want from us?"



OOC: Danao has approached Amarillo with QUESTIONS, nearly dragging Neil right smack-dab into it. I'll be waiting for Nemo's reply, but if there's none, I will collab with her to make a continuation of this post. Ciao.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on August 25, 2012, 05:42:23 PM
10:33 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)

"Ahem." Patchouli puts a finger on Kristian's chest and backs off a few steps. "We are wholly dependent on mana, which is not readily available in the outside world." She says. "It's to the extent that if our supply is cut off what happened to Mayli just now occurs... followed by death."

Kristian gulps. "D-death?" Patchouli nods and continues. "Yes, this bond we're using for it now is also limited by proximity, at least initially. As to the dangers for the provider, over-usage of mana from the receiver will cause the provider to experience intense pain and possibly cause him or her to faint." She states simply.

"Can it-" She precedes Kristian's question. "It won't cause permanent damage but it's highly... inconvenient when it happens."

The magician looked over to where people seemed to be gathering around a cellar door. "It seems like they've found the tunnel, you can get more answers while we travel." Kristian nodded before they both headed over to the tunnel entrance.

"So who's gonna go first?" Kristian hears Mokou ask the group.

"Might as well. He thought before taking a step forward, peering down into the darkness. "I-I'll climb down but I can't really go further in until someone brings a proper light," he says hesitantly before pulling out his mp3 player and setting its brightness to max.

"That should hold you over long enough," Mokou said before swinging herself up out of the hole, leaving space on the ladder for him.

"Well, here I go." He muttered and stepped onto the ladder making his way down it and ending up at a long unlit but fairly spacious tunnel. "I can't see two meters ahead of me with this thing, hope you've got more light than I do." He called back up the hole.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on August 25, 2012, 06:11:28 PM
10:36 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Tourist Helpers (Outside Rear Entrance)
"I don't have a light, but I'll head down next." He's still wary. Secrets were never secrets for very long, and who knew what was down there.

It was damp, a little musky, and above all a little unsettling. Even if it was spacious, he couldn't help but feel a little cramped with the weight of dirt above him. "...Jeez, you weren't kidding," he quips, trying to squint further down the tunnel. He looks back up and cups his hands around his mouth. "We could probably all fit down here before we start moving. Next person bring a flashlight or something, I don't trust MP3 batteries...no offense."

He flashes a smile at Kristian. It's less an attempt to calm the other man down and more one to keep himself focused.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on September 03, 2012, 10:37:27 PM
Around 10:30PM - Kamisuiwa Tourist Helpers

"For one, where are all of you from, and what do you want from us?"

As Amarillo is wandering where Koishi would be, she heard someone asking.
"Amarillo is a warrior from the fut-" as Lily White tried to say something, Amarillo quickly turned around and folded her hand over the fairy's mouth.

"Ahem, don't tell others information they would never need." Then she turned to Danao, "you are... Danao Madarang, right?"
"Yes, and I'm asking you - what exactly are you? what are you planning? and-"
"Hmm, okay, my name is Amarillo Viridian, as of now, we are on a mission to protect people."
"Protect?"
"Mister, you sure knows that in our real world, they-" she pointed at Lily White, who is listening, "really shouldn't exist, correct? fairies and all."
"Ahh, yes. But what does that mean? She is standing right here."
"Now imagine, a world where your imaginations are reality, and what we call reality are simply, someone's imagination." Amarillo looks down and collected a pile of sand and a pile of dirt from the ground. "let's just say, the reality that you and I in, is this little pile of dirt, while outside of that, this pile of sand is a whole new world."
Amarillo then rise her hands, and with a swoop-
"Then somebody did this, they mixed the sand with the dirt, resulting in the world we see now. Entities in our imagination becomes an reality, and the border between them collapsed, destroyed."
"So you're trying to tell me, these fairies right there, are all my imagination?" asked Danao.
"Obviously not, they come from another world, and they cannot live in our world either." Amarillo picked the now sand covered dirt, and lift it up as the sands are flowing down from her hand. "see, the sands cannot merge with dirt, at least physically. However concrete is made from connecting the two elements, what do you think on that?"
"So we need to combine the worlds? for what?" Danao is still confused.
"So we can give whoever disputed the worlds a good spanking! like punishing the kids who mixed dirt and sand-Ouch!" As Lily White delivered a precise knock on her head, "and see, I got punished by doing just that, ahaha~"
"Then in short, you people are trying to save worlds by taking refugees and connect to them, eventually return them to their homes? I sort..of... understands." He stepped away.
".....saving worlds...? Will it really be that easy?" seeing Danao walked away, Amarillo thought.

At the same time, Unknown Area
"So you fight to save others, huh?"
The man known as Diamond, who hacked into the Town's police cameras and is watching Amarillo,  took out something from his pocket.
It's a locket, he slowly opened that, in it is a girl's picture.
"I once fought for others, " he looked at the picture, "and what did I get? the girl leaves me because of some "Justice"."
"Such Justice, there is no real justice in our world. If you want something like that, you may as well shape your own justice." He closed that locket. "I hope you could agree with me on that, Ayase. "

"Mr. Diamond, our experimental air fortress is ready at your command!"
Diamond turned around to see the soldier that's just hurried in.
"Great, everybody now board the ship!"
"Erm, that's actually a fortress, you see... and you sure it won't broke up on us? You know, these scientists..."
"Hah, with ME on the board, nothing will break! If it breaks, that's when I step down this sh- oh whatever- fortress!, now go prepare!"
"Yes Sir!" The soldier run out of the lone room.
Title: Into the Underground Tunnel
Post by: Kakyoin on September 05, 2012, 04:46:47 AM
10:36 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Outside Underground Tunnel Entrance

Ken peered down the tunnel entrance, Hatate in his arms. "Um...are you sure I shouldn't lead?"

"No one's stoppin' ya, dude."

Mokou and Ken stood conversing outside while others were climbing down. He looked around and then back down at Hatate in his arms. After a momentary pause, he sighed and looked back up at Mokou. "I know."
    She flicked her outstretched right hand towards her body several times, motioning with her middle and index finger. "Well then, what're ya waiting for? Gimme the girl."
    "Mokou..." He felt the urge to scratch his head, but had no free hands for it. "Er...well, there's something that's bothering me."
    She raised her eyebrow in both interest and surprise. "What would that be?"
    "Uhm. You know, we didn't actually make a mana pact."
    "Yeah...so?"
    He cleared his throat. "Are you really okay with that?"
    "What's wrong with it? What're you tryin' to say, man?"
    "I think," Patchouli stated as she approached them, "that he is referring to how you two are illogically and miraculously chained together. He has to provide for you, and all that good stuff."
    "Oh." Mokou licked her lips. "Well, I never really thought too much about it until we had our...accident happen. I don't mind it, but I kinda hope Keine can come along too...if that's the case then I don't really care who I'm bound to, I suppose."
    "Really now?" Ken remarked. "Is that so..."
    "Uh...I mean, no offense to you or anything, but it kinda just...happened, y'know?" Mokou reached over and grabbed the tengu from his grip, putting her carefully on the ground.
    He nodded. He understood what she meant. It was completely unexpected that that would happen. Perhaps Yuyuko was right in assuming that their closeness in the virtual world before escaping into reality had played a large part in the fateful hand he had been dealt. "Yeah I gotcha. Same with Kaguya, too...and Yuyuko as well." He moved closer to the underground entrance and then turned back around. "I hope we can rescue Kasen from the virtual reality soon, I really miss her..."
    "Hmm?" Patchouli stared inquisitively back and forth between them. "You mean Kasen isn't here? How is that possible? I had just assumed she was around the area, perhaps scouting or keeping watch..."
    "We don't know," Mokou replied, hands on hips. "Well, we can discuss it later on. Point is, we gotta set this straight. I don't know about any technology stuff, but it sounds complicated. I'm sure the kappa can set it all straight, she's great with that sort of thing." She motioned to Ken. "Well, I'll fly down with her later. Go on ahead."
    "Yeah, I will." The swordsman turned to walk down, only to hear Mokou continue.
    "Take Patchy with you too, that way if she falls off the ladder you can catch her."
    "Excuse me?" The magician seemed offended, and frowned emphatically. "I'm not a child, I can climb down a ladder just fine. It's not even that far down."
    He grabbed Patchouli's hand and pulled her along, despite her initial protest. "We don't really have time to argue, and we all gotta get down there regardless. Let's go."
    "All right, all right." The magician felt slightly embarrassed being given special treatment often. "But I'm not--"
    Ken abruptly released his grip on her and turned to look her straight in the eyes. "Okay, look. For my sake, and everyone else's sake...you nearly died in front of us." Seeing her eyes widen in surprise at his response, he continued. "Not only that, but you're not known for being able to run faster than a speeding bullet or leap tall buildings in a single bound, if you know what I mean. No one is trying to baby or belittle you, we are just showing our concern for you."
    She looked away towards the ground. "Yeah...all right."
    "I understand," he expressed with a gesture of his hand for emphasis, "that you feel fine now. But I don't, not quite yet. I'd rather not worry about anything else. Am I clear?"
    Patchouli stood shocked, not by his boldness but by his development. Years back in the virtual world, she didn't see him having a lot of leadership potential despite his nice guy attitude. Clearly she was wrong. I suppose when one is put in a leadership position, she thought, one develops natural organization and composure. Yes, it makes sense.
    He took another look at her and realized that he had been too harsh. "I'm sorry, okay? There's just--a lot happened recently. I'm kind of..." he motioned in a gyrating fashion with his hands. "Shaken up, I guess. Wound up. Something like that."
    "Yeah, I saw the results of that earlier." She ran her left hand through a few locks of her hair. "Okay then, Ken. I'll go down after you."
    He grinned for the first time in a while. "All right, then. Thanks, Lady Patchouli."
    She coughed lightly. "Just don't look up when I climb down."
    "What?" He stood surprised for a split second. "Hey!"
    "Well, it's common knowledge that males enjoy seeing such private things." Not about to tell him that she mostly had just read about such instances in several human-youkai relationship volumes back in Voile, she gave him a gentle push on his arm with her left hand. "But let's not turn this into a complete fanservice spectacle. So, after you."
    "Ah...yes, indeed."



10:37 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Inside Underground Tunnel Entrance

Patchouli put her feet down on the ground inside the tunnel below the ladder and released her grip. Turning around, she saw the familiar area around her.

Actually, I can't really see anything in here. But any moment now...

She walked up to the others who had gone ahead. Were they afraid of the darkness?
    "Er," Kristian said hesitantly. "Do we just walk in? There's nothing in there, no real lights. I don't think we have enough to light this cave..."
    Ken stepped up next to her. "Don't worry, everyone. This place lights up by itself."
    "By itself?" Xuezheng felt against the wall for any light switch, then pulling away. "What do you mean?"
    "Observe." Patchouli walked straight ahead into the darkness.
   
    *CLICK*
   
    Before anyone could react, a series of lights flickered on in the corners of the top of the cavern walls, revealing that the interior grew further refined, and the ground had in fact dissolved to reveal well-crafted, smooth lining, almost like interior household tiles. A set of tracks on the ground were in the distance.
   
    Ken had his arms folded across his chest. "This is what we're going to take to get to our destination."
    "Um...take?" Kristian seemed as confused as he'd ever been. "There's nothing here." Rubbing his eyes, he stared beyond Patchouli and Ken standing in front of him. "Are those train tracks? Don't tell me there's a train down here beneath the city..."
    "Not a train." Ken kept walking forward, closing in on the rails on the ground. "We'll wait until the others get down here, but it's more like...a minecart."



(Ken and Patchouli have made it into the entrance as of the second timestamp in this post. The rest of Ken's team is above-ground and will soon follow in the next minute or two. Window 1 of riding MINECART is soon approaching! It will take 15 minutes of in-story time.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Forte Blackadder on September 07, 2012, 03:12:30 PM
10:36 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Outside Underground Tunnel Entrance

It was less than a minute later that I was fully awake again. Some did say that  when your mind is filled with positive thoughts it will be hard to peacefully rest, regardless the place you're currently laying on. Of course, I'd like to meet a person who was able to shake the tenderness of one of the most miraculous creations of God, reads 'a beauty's bosom', out of his mortal mind. I was curious, why such a princess at her level fell to the barbaric nature which allowed her to use those kinds of moves.  I seriously worried about her matrimonial opportunities and wished not to see a girl like that to live lonely. So, I forced myself to stand up and walk towards where she went. 'Mokou', the name I heard, should belong to her.

"Oh, you're up. Here, here, let me ask you a question."

The ghost lady in pink looked extremely lively, if lively was the right word. She floated around me and tried to poke me with a stick.

"Yes, how may I help you?"

"I'm hungry!"

Though alcohol had been known for damaging human's braincells, but the effect was scientically guaranteed to be not taken in a night. I was not that drunk, so I could assure myself that the sentence was in fact a statement, and not a question. However one can't be calling himself a gentleman if he picks on every little thing a lady does.

"I fear most shops are closed in this hour, ma'am. I hope you won't mind a stranger's cookie." I handed to her a Danisa that I took from the club earlier. A traditional butter cookie has the power to melt hearts. Even if this girl didn't have one anymore, she would still prefer it over my flesh.

"Oh..." Looking surprised, the ghost took it. I didn't know how she was able to interact but when the cookie was brought onto her cherry lips, I felt somewhat happy at the sight. "You're a good guy."

"That remark was not often heard, thank you very much indeed."

"Well, since you can be fine around me, you are promising. Do you want to go with us?"

"Ah, no, that avenue of happiness should be locked down and kept away from me... Ma'am I wasn't born yesterday and haven't seen a thing or two. I know rather clearly that I must refuse all invitation from the dead..."

"I'm not telling you to die." She said calmly.

"I'm sorry?"

"There are lots of stuffing happening, and we're in need. All the young, beautiful ladies of Gensokyo are going to be harmed... Only ones with potential can save us. You are that rare! I'm not asking for help, but if you're to join us, at least... at least our chances will improve."

Gentlemen, I wasn't  a man without heart. I knew then, my life of idleness and aimbitionlessness will be no more. Who would be evil enough to cast away the tears of a fair maiden? Who wouldn't push himself more than most to rescue the female of such profiles? I, Forte Blackadder, told myself that the day will surely arrive when I am to embrace an alluring goddess in my arms and accept her passtionate confession under the sunset. I agreed in my heart to join this Yuyuko lady's cause. A lady in need is a lady... indeed.

So, we curtailed our conversation and traveled quickly to a tunnel. Yuyuko, whose last name was Saigyouji, was very kindly telling me to call her by first name, Never before yours truly had engaged in such farmilarity, thus I was somehow nervous. But no, the ghost meant nothing but friendship, let you search no further in the way of addressing each others and lose your cool, Forte.

10:38 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ?  Inside Underground Tunnel Entrance

"It seems someone's before us."

Yuyuko crouched down and hid behind a pillar. I naturally copied her. The group of people in front of us looked familar, as if I saw them somewhere before.

A silver hair.

It's the plump-breasted princess whom I admired. I almost called out for her but a memory of being gripped kicked in. Then...

"Follow them, and be sneaky!"

Yuyuko's voice was somewhat excited. The big lady looked like a child joyfully participating in a detective game. Oh well, who was I to deny her? We steathily tailed the group where Mokou was in, patiently waited for something to happen.
Title: Welcome to MINECART!
Post by: Kakyoin on September 18, 2012, 02:26:15 AM
10:38 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? Inside Underground Tunnel Entrance

"Yes, a minecart."

Upon hearing Ken's affirmation, Zach dropped his hands and arms lower and focused on the tunnel depths before them. "You mean...like one of those trolley cars operated by hand?" He reached up and scratched his head. That couldn't be right. "Or wait, no...you mean..."
    "Yes, it's exactly what you think it is." Patchouli stated matter-of-factly. "It's quite literally a massive cart with nothing else in it. Well, except for us when we climb inside."
    Kristian coughed. "If so, that's great and all...but where is this mine cart, anyway? There are rails on the ground, but no cart in sight so to speak."
    A small thud echoed nearby. Everyone looked over to see Amarillo making her way over with Sunny Milk, Star Sapphire and Daiyousei floating around her, the other fairies soon to follow.
    "No problem, they aren't supposed to be very visible," the fairy leader stated on her way to the ground rails. "However, when you become like us you can do things like..."
    Sweeping her arms to the side, she raised her hands up and brought her arms vertically upwards. There was absolute silence as everyone else watched on.
    "Oh, excellent." To Ken's right, Mokou appeared and disturbed the quiet with a series of sarcastic remarks. "The old summoning of the cart, eh? Quite a spectacle. I bet it would be a big tourist attraction if the public knew about it. Whadya think, Miss Magician?"
    Patchouli stared at her blankly in disapproval. "Very funny. Just let them all witness it, it's an impressive feat if you haven't seen much magic."
    "Oh, look!" From behind them all came the sound of Yuyuko's more motherly voice, and with her was Forte. "See, now you'll know we're magical!"
    Several moments later, Amarillo opened her eyes and thrust her arms out as if to cast a spell. Nothing happened at first.
    "Wait, that didn't seem very--" Forte was cut off as a green glow shimmered from above the rails on the ground. A low humming noise overtook the silence as more emerald-colored swarms of magical-looking energy began gathering around.
    Amarillo stepped to the side to reveal the ball of energy hovering in place, sweeping her left hand majestically towards the radiant entity. "...things like THIS!"
   
    *SHING*
   
    From the orb came a small square-shaped object that rapidly grew in size until it filled up the length of the two tracks on the ground, even surpassing and widening to form...a minecart.
   
    *THUD*
   
    The cart fell down to the ground but hardly made a sound as it bounced several times before settling, leaving not a trace of magic behind.
   
    Everyone who had never seen it before seemed to have their eyes locked on it.
    Zach's mouth dropped open, then closed yet immediately reopened. "So, let me get this straight. You just...made a giant empty cart. You made a cart..."
    Kaguya walked up and firmly patted the side of the cart. "Yeah. Want to feel it? It's very real."
    Xuezheng had already stepped forward to rub his hand along the side of the cart. The rear had a symbol etched into it that he had never seen before. "Well, I'll be. It certainly feels like actual material. This is just...amazing."
    Ken unfolded his arms and walked closer, stooping down to examine the cart for a moment before motioning to Amarillo. "It seems to be working just fine."
    "Good." Amarillo finished combing through her hair with her right hand and strode over to the front of the cart. Giving a small tug and associated grunt, a side portion of the front gave way and lowered until it was completely horizontal. "There's no time to sit and chat, so we'd best be going." She looked around to assess the number of people filing in. "Ken, I'll go on ahead. By my estimate, we'll probably need about three more of these, so stagger them."
    "Sounds like a plan to me." Ken looked behind him at what seemed like a suddenly large group of people, everyone having made it down into the tunnel now. "Hmm...hey Mayli."
    "Sup?" The young woman stood up and looked attentively over.
    "Do you mind going with Amarillo ahead of us? Judging by how many we have here, we can probably fit about seven or eight people per cart, so..."
    "Oh yeah, sure. That's fine." She skipped over to the front of the cart. "All aboard! Hehehe..."
    "If a few of you don't mind," he continued as he now addressed the others unfamiliar with the cart system, "would you ride with them? We'll summon some more carts, so no rush." He could tell that they were still stymied at the fact that a cart had appeared out of thin air, literally. "Heh, if you think this is impressive just wait until we get to our destination..."



(Cart ride sequence now initiated. The first cart will travel 30 minutes [~10:40pm to ~11:10pm] before reaching the Saniwa Shrine end. Window 1 for posting is the first 15 minutes of this ride [~10:40pm to ~10:55pm], and Window 2 is the second 15 minutes of this ride [~10:55pm to ~11:10pm]. These two windows for posting are intended to allow for structured interaction between people on each cart. See this post (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php/topic,13076.msg870270.html#msg870270) for more details about which cart your character is riding in, etc.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Kakyoin on October 14, 2012, 12:03:39 AM
Posted on The Duke (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php?action=profile;u=4587)'s behalf.


10:45 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - Underground Tunnel (MINECART ride)

Andy was puzzled.

After all his deliberation time he could muster up three possible explanations. Either they were from the future, another dimension, or he was facing a group or sorcerers.

He also pondered on the possibility that he had lost his mind and fallen into insanity. That seemed the most likely cause, but he dismissed it almost immediately.

More important, if what that girl had said served as any indicator of what was happening, they were being chased by those suspicious soldiers.
Things were starting to fall into place for him. Whatever it is that they were being chased for, it had to be related to what he had witnessed.

He clenched his fist. He still didn't understood a lot of what was happening, and he didn't liked that. Things were looking dark, and he needed more information.

In front of him was a young woman. Andy thought he had seen her before, talking to the man from before...

Hmm, this could be an opportunity...

And so he opened up his mouth.

Excuse me, miss. I agreed to come with you, but I still need a bit more of information to comprehend the situation a little better. Could you help illuminate this man's mind??



(Andy talking to Mayli in the first cart. I will have a response up sometime in the future for this.)
Title: Plot Advancement! Partner Time!
Post by: Kakyoin on October 14, 2012, 12:14:22 AM
And now for my own post.

11:30 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? RAI Graveyard base (Virtualization Lab)

*SLAM*

Sword in hand, Ken entered the room in a crouching stance of caution and awareness. Since they had no clue what else would happen, being wary always paid off.

"Oh, you."

He looked past the rows of virtualization pods and saw the source of the voice: a youthful, cute face staring back at him with innocent blue eyes.
   Lowering his sword hand, he blinked several times. "Nitori..."
   "Yeah, it's me!" Standing up off the chair near the computer desk, she walked a short ways towards the other side of the room. "Surprised to see me?"
   "No," he responded as he wiped a single bead of sweat from his forehead. "Not really. More relieved than anything, to be honest."
   "Wow, she's really cute." As Zach raised his camera to take a picture of the odd blue-haired girl, she immediately hid behind Ken. "Eh?"
   "Nitori is a bit...shy," he said with a bit of a laugh. Looking back at her, he stepped aside. "Don't worry, they're all going to be our friends."
   "Eh...okay." She shrugged and fumbled with her hair bobbles. "So are we executing the plan now?"
   Ken looked back at Amarillo. "Well, are we?"
   "Yes," she responded decisively. "It's time to go back inside that place. We can at least aid some more..."
   "All right!" Nitori grinned. "I'll get everything set up. I cracked the system and now with this rescanned ID card..." She held up a RAI identification card for everyone in the vicinity to witness. "...I can access the system with my own information!"
   "Leave it up to Nitori to do stuff like that," Mokou muttered. "So when can I check up on Keine?"
   "Give me about three or four minutes." Nitori placed a finger in her mouth. "Do they all know what to do?"
   "No," Ken replied with a shake of his head. "But they're about to find out. Thanks, kappa."
   Fixing her hat, she turned around and waved a hand casually over her shoulder in acknowledgment.
   
   "She's a kappa?"
   
   Ken turned to face Zach after Nitori had walked away, as did Patchouli, both responding to him in unison. "Well, yes."
   Zach looked to both of them. "Um...but she's not a monster at all..."
   The swordsman scratched his head. "Yeah, uh...yeah."
   "We'll explain everything eventually." Patchouli walked over to the first row of virtualization pods. "First, take a look inside."
   Aiko was already staring into a neighboring pod. Her face seemed twisted with confusion and curiosity. "There are people in here. Are they alive?"
   Andy tapped his right foot several times on the ground. "Looks to be so. I can see breathing, as light as it is." He looked up at Ken. "What's the deal here?"
   He set his sword down and turned to face everyone else. "These people, our friends, they're trapped inside of a virtual world. A world that almost perfectly imitates their former home."
   "Yeah," Mayli added. "Poor Sanae, I hope she's okay..."
   "Sanae's gonna be fine, girly." Mokou bit gently at a fingernail as she walked by, stopping at Keine's pod. "No way can they get rid of us so easily."
   Ken sighed. "Agreed. Anyway, the organization based here, they're trying to run some experiments on us. They know there's something special about us, and they probably know all about the mana too based on what happened to La--Patchouli."
   
   "Regardless, let's get ready to invade again."
   
   Everyone turned to see Amarillo as she opened an empty pod, climbing in. Lying down, she kept the pod open as she decided to sit up instead. "Okay, I'm fairly certain there are enough empty ones to fit everyone." Her countenance suddenly intensified. "Listen up, we have to make this quick! You all saw visions of various persons in Tourist Helpers. It's now your job to go inside this world and save them. They need your faith. You will need them as well."
   "Wait," Patchouli interjected. "They don't know how to perform the ritual."
   "Nah, they saw what I did with you," Ken mentioned. "What I did, it's a blood pact. You have to spill some of your blood and announce your intentions to help and support them."
   "Uh," Kristian said with a light grimace. "Do we have to...you know, slice ourselves?"
   Patchouli shook her head. "No, but it is the quickest method we know. You can also get close to them, and I mean quite physically close. It's definitely less messy, wouldn't you agree?"
   Neil looked around before speaking. "Yeah, I'm all for a hug of sorts or something...what's the downside of being close instead?"
   "Let me clarify this." Ken raised his hand to obtain focus. "What we're describing is just the initiation process."
   "Oh, so there's more to it than a kiss on the cheek?" Azrul said slyly.
   "Heh...but of course. You didn't think it would be that easy, would you?" He grinned back momentarily. "Once that happens, you'll both find yourselves in--well, let's just say it's a mysterious place. You'lll know what to do when you get there. Just stick to your desire to help others, and you'll know what needs to be done to wake them up from this horrible nightmare."
   Xuezheng, having lost track of Mabel for the time being, frowned. "Let me get this straight. All of these slumbering people--"
   Lily White raised a finger. "Not slumbering, more like their minds are in virtual space."
   "...okay then, all of these dormant people stuck in the transparent chambers. They're trapped in a virtual world? This sounds like something out of a movie, but I guess given what we've already seen I can go along with it."
   Ken picked his sword up again. "You'll have to see it to believe it, and trust me, you will see it." He turned to look down at Amarillo. "I hope you accomplished everything you set out to do, to make this happen..."
   "You worry too much, of course it's all taken care of," she replied smoothly. "Let's get this started."
   "Yeah, okay." He turned back to the still mostly clueless audience. "Everyone find an empty pod, please. You're all going on a wild, magical ride, so enjoy the show." Brushing his bangs aside, he grinned again. "Oh, but do make sure not to come back empty-handed."
   As everyone walked, flew or ran to a vacant pod, he felt a light punch on his shoulder. Turning around, he saw that he was face-to-face with Mokou. "What?"
   "I need to have a quick talk with you." She seemed unusually serious. "Listen, I'm still bothered about what I told you earlier."
   He put a hand on her shoulder expecting her to pull it off, but he was wrong. "What about earlier?"
   "It just...bugs the crap out of me, that I'd say such a thing."
   "Don't worry about it. You think I hate you or want you gone, or something?"
   "No I--listen to me. I...I liked being around you while it's lasted." She bit her lip. "There, I said it."
   His eyes widened and eyebrows raised in slight surprise. "Wow, no kiss?"
   "Sh-shut up." She looked away unamusedly, her face reddening. "I'm just worried that--well, make sure Keine gets out."
   "Wait...Mokou, what are you saying?"
   "Don't get me wrong...I'll get out too. But, you're Keine's friend...make sure she gets out, you know what I'm saying?"
   He gulped. Mokou was taking a gamble. Perhaps it wasn't too late to talk to someone else, to ensure that both of them could get out--
   "Okay, see ya." She flashed a quick smile, then walked away. She talked back to him as she left. "Do the right thing."
   He sighed. Mokou was being complicated, as usual. He'd pay a visit to Keine to see what was going on, but--
   
   Wait.
   
   Hold on a minute, he thought. Yuyuko...Kasen...Hatate and Medicine. Who else had been affected by the supposed 'glitch' in the RAI memory system? The virtual world server obviously had some way to identify who should be paired with whom, and it clearly was not 100% accurate.
   
   "Hey."
   
   He rubbed his eyes and pulled an about-face, seeing Patchouli staring kindly at him. "Something happened?"
   "Yeah, but it's nothing." Staring to the side, he pointed past her. "Two empty pods there. You and me, then?"
   She nodded, adjusting her grip on the spell book in her left hand. "Sure."
   "Great, it's a date."
   Her eyelids dropped. "Ken..."
   He threw up his hands in mock despair. "Gosh I was only kidding, take it easy..."
   "Humph. Just because you saved my life, doesn't mean you should expect a thank-you kiss and a cuddle." She opened the transparent top hatch of the closer pod and gestured. "Ladies first."
   He paused out of surprise. Looking at her then bursting out into a chuckle, he decided to take her offer. "Ha! Well played, I needed to hear that. Love you too, Patchouli."
   "Don't try to be a hero, Ken." She wore her exclusive Patchyface frown. "Let us help you out every so often."
   "I know I'm not a hero," he said softly. "Just trying to lighten the mood..."
   "Fair enough," she stated curtly. "Get in and I'll tuck you into bed...dear."
   He groaned. "Okay okay, I get it. Enough with the harsh jokes, I just want to get away from this place and I know you do too."
   "Sure. Sorry I almost died, by the way. I could use a little bit of a lightened mood myself." She coughed seemingly for emphasis. "See you soon."
   Before he could respond, she closed the hatch on his pod. Clearing her throat, she walked to its empty neighbor and sat down inside. Placing her spell book nearby in the cramped space, she pressed the blue button on the interior wall of the machine. This better not go wrong...

-----

Nitori surveyed the area once more. No one seemed to be having trouble or last-minute issues. This was their chance to free more of their poor friends trapped in that fake world. "Okay, let's do this!" she mused to herself, pressing a green switch and raising a switch handle to its maximum, locking it in place. "Starting transportation procedure 364/.AC to project #GENSOKYO...now!"



(Everyone is now entering the virtual Gensokyo space. Minds will be separated from real life bodies, and placed in the "fake" Gensokyo. Assume the time of day when first arriving in the virtual Gensokyo is 5:30pm on Day 3, as time progresses differently in virtual reality. Expect the Virtual Gensokyo inhabitants to be up and about due to the widespread disappearance of many important people, the latter being all who had previously escaped it.

It is now your job to locate and make pacts with your destined partners in the virtual world. Wake them up from the dream, and leave no one behind! Most importantly, be creative! You may interact with other participants, or do it entirely on your own using just your OC and his/her soon-to-be partners. Remember that this will all take place inside the virtual Gensokyo, and thus all of Gensokyo's locations are mimicked perfectly in the virtual space.

See this post (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php/topic,11766.msg809792.html#msg809792) for more information on how to form pacts with soon-to-be partners. Further points and questions will be addressed in the Discussion Thread (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php/topic,13076.html), so please inquire there. Thanks!)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on October 15, 2012, 12:51:30 AM
Timestamp - Day 3, 11:05 P.M., Inside Saniwa Shrine, Kamisuiwa.
The interior of the shrine was pitch-black, like that of windowless room, only when the door was opened, did light reach into the thick darkness.
Nikolas peered into the shrine, sighing once he determined he couldn?t see. The young man frowned as he shifted his gaze around the room. Slowly, he made his way towards the nearest wall. Once there, he carefully lowered to the ground and leaned Koishi against the wall. The faint light of the moon shone outside like a dull streetlight, its beams reaching for them, only to be thwarted by the shadows. After he had set Koishi down on the floor, he rose to his feet.
The youkai girl looked at the boy with curiousity. ?What are you doing??, she asked, a hint of worry in her voice.
Nikolas turned his attention to the girl. After a moment, he gave her a reassuring smile.
?I?m going to see if I can find a flashlight or something.? Nikolas said as he gazed at the wall of darkness that stood in his path, ?Don?t worry, I won?t go too far.?
Koishi was silent. She gazed at the young man?s determined stance. Hesitantly, she nodded. ?Okay.?
Nikolas smiled at her once more before marching into the darkness.

Okay?a flashlight?maybe the kitchen?
The boy trudged through the shadows, taking small steps so as to not run into anything. His eyes had only adjusted a little bit, making it possible for him to see the blurry forms of large objects and doorways. Feeling his way around, eventually he had managed to find the kitchen.
Nikolas rummaged around in the dark, to no avail. After what felt like a few minutes, he decided to give up.
The boy let out a dissatisfied sigh as he reluctantly closed the drawer. Having found nothing of use, the young man trekked back the way he came.
?Hey.?
Nikolas perked up and gazed in the direction of the girl?s voice. ?Hm??
??Sorry.? Koishi said solemnly.
Nikolas slowed to a stop as he processed the girl?s words.
?I sort of forced you to help me, didn-? Koishi began, only to be cut off a moment later.
?What are you saying?? Nikolas started. ?I helped you out of my own free will. You didn?t force me to do anything.?
?But?? Koishi mumbled, her eyes fixated onto the ground.
The next thing she felt was a firm but gentle grasp on her hand.
She instinctively raised her head and found herself face to face with him. She silently gazed into his violet colored eyes. They shone with a brilliant energy, as if nothing could destroy the boy?s determination.
After a few seconds, Nikolas realized the strange situation, and, in embarrassment, averted his eyes. He released the girl?s hand and stood up again. ?I g-guess I should continue looking for a flashlight?? the boy said, slightly flustered.
??Mhm.? Koishi mumbled with a small nod.
?Phew. I thought I screwed up there for a moment? Nikolas thought to himself as he breathed a sigh of relief. After looking around the room a bit, he spotted a desk in the corner of the room. He made his way over to it and began his search again.

For a while, an awkward silence hung over the room. Nikolas, feeling pressured by the lack of communication between them, spoke up.
?H-hey?you said you?re a youkai right?? He began as he continued rummaging, ?But doesn?t youkai refer to any supernatural creature??
?Yeah, it does.? Koishi replied.
?So uh?? he mumbled, unsure of how to ask his next question. ?Which??
?What type of youkai am I?? Koishi interrupted simplistically.
Nikolas was quiet for a second before nodding. ?Yeah.?
?I?m a satori.?
?A satori?? Nikolas ceased his futile search and turned towards her. ?What?s that??
?It?s a youkai that can read minds.?
Nikolas came to a halt. Read?minds? He thought as he stared at her in disbelief.
?Ah, no no, don?t worry, I can?t read your mind.? Koishi said, quickly debunking the young man?s suspicions. ?I?? she muttered, her head lowering slightly as she placed a hand on the indigo object that hovered before her chest. ?I can?t read anyone?s mind??
Nikolas was silent, not comprehending the satori?s words. She can?t read minds?? But she just said she?s a?
Another silence took hold of the room.
Nikolas, lost in his daze, just stared ahead blankly, unable to say anything in response.
A satori?that can?t read minds?

Finally, Koishi let out a breath and began to move, struggling to get to her feet.
This sudden movement snapped the boy out of his reverie and caused him to react.
?W-wait, what are you doing? Aren?t you still-?
Koishi fell to her knees in the next moment.
?Koishi?!? Nikolas blurted out as he instinctively rushed to her side.
??Oops?? She mumbled audibly as she looked at the boy.
?Here, I?ll carry you.? Nikolas said.
Koishi nodded and complied, climbing onto the young man?s back.
After making sure she was secure, Nikolas rose to his feet. ?What?s wrong? Why did you get up??
Koishi was quiet for a second before speaking. ?I was seeing if I could walk yet.?
?Eh?? the boy muttered, a bit confused.
?We need to continue moving.? She stated.
?Eh?? Nikolas?s confusion increased.
?We should get going.? She repeated.
?W-what? Going to where?? He asked, his confusion apparent from his tone of voice.
?To Graveyard.?
By now, Nikolas was completely dumbfounded and opted not to question it anymore. With an exhausted sigh, he trudged deeper into the darkness of the shrine.


Timestamp - Day 3, 11:07 P.M., Inside Saniwa Shrine, Kamisuiwa.
?Okay, there should be a staircase nearby.? Koishi said as she peered ahead into the shadows that obscured their path.
?Okay.? Nikolas muttered as he slowed his pace and carefully searched the ground for the first step. Eventually he felt his foot go downward. Going further revealed the hole to be a staircase. ?This is it??
Koishi leaned her head over the boy?s shoulder and tried to see where the path led. She frowned and pulled back. ?Umm?I think so??
Nikolas stopped. ?You think so??
?This might be the right staircase.? Koishi spoke in an unsure tone.
The young man heaved out a sigh, reluctantly continuing on into even deeper darkness. After descending a few steps, Nikolas placed a hand against the wall, only to find that it was cold.
?Where does staircase lead?? He asked, his head turned slightly to the side.
?It leads to a tunnel. Of some sort.? She replied.
??Of some sort??
?I?m not really sure if this is the right tunnel or not.?
Nikolas let out another sigh, continuing on through the darkness.
?This would be much easier if we had a flashlight?? he muttered aloud.
?Oh!? Koishi piped up.
Nikolas stopped. ?What is it??
?I can fix that!? She chirped.
Nikolas looked confused again. ?You can?? As he spoke, he felt Koishi reach her arm over his shoulder.
In the next second, light flared up from Koishi?s extended palm, dispelling the surrounding darkness.
?Whoa!? Nikolas?s eyes widened and his body flinched in surprise. ?Wh-what is that!?? He unknowingly shouted. The young man squinted at the sudden burst of light. A faint, strange sensation emerged within the boy?s body, but he pushed the realization of this aside for the moment.
Koishi blinked, dumbfounded by his sheer surprise. ?It?s danmaku.?
?And what is danmaku??
Koishi?s face shifted into a small frown. ?Well, it?s?danmaku.? She says plainly. ?It?s the thing we use for fighting in Gensokyo.?
?F-fighting?? Nikolas repeated, looking slightly fearful of the glowing ball of light.
?Yeah!? the girl chirped.
?Then it?s dangerous?!?
Koishi tilted her head as she thought about it. ?Umm?I don?t think it is??
?You think??
?Well,? Koishi began as she returned to her original position. ?I?m pretty sure it?s not dangerous at all.?
?Are you sure???
?Yep.? Koishi said cheerfully. ?Anyways, we need to keep going.?
Nikolas let out yet another sigh. He glanced at the floating light uneasily as he continued on down the stone staircase.

After seemingly a minute, Koishi spoke up again.
?We should be almost there.? She said. ?Though this staircase feels longer than I remember?? She muttered to herself.
?Okay.? Nikolas replied without much thought. Koishi said that ?Graveyard? was at the end of this tunnel? What does that even mean? He thought as he glanced over his shoulder at the satori. He frowned momentarily. Well, I guess I?ll have to wait and see?
?Oh, look it?s a door? Koishi?s happy tone rang out, bringing Nikolas back to reality.
?Eh?Is this where we?re supposed to be?? The young man asked.
?Umm?? Koishi mumbled.
Just then, the door?s handle turned.
?Ah!? Koishi sounded.
The door swung open with a loud creak. There, before them stood a young girl with long blonde hair. Silence hung over the three as looked at each other. Then, Koishi spoke, a bright smile on her face.
?Amarillo!?
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on October 15, 2012, 03:53:05 AM
"Whatever it is, it sure is late" PM - "I think it's still in Kamisuiwa" (MINECART ride)

   Neil is excited, though he may not look like it since he's sleep-deprived, he's full of enthusiasm. It's similar to the feeling when you're sleepy and going to take a plane ride to some other place. He didn't expect that he'd go on some kind of secret journey. It's a cliche/trope in fiction, but he never thought it would be real. He used to fantasize about interjecting himself in fiction and causing a great ruckus, just to call for fame, and now the opportunity's here. Right before his eyes! But he is too tired to act like a happy kid, at least-

"Keep yourself awake! You are NOT going to let this slide!" Milican warns, if he falls asleep then he'd wake up to an ordinary event and he will miss his frame of opportunity.
"Relax, I can keep myself busy...enough." Neil assures, his baggage is practically suffocating the cart he is on, well, that's what he thinks. He pulls out his laptop from his backpack and starts reviewing a really good gem he found online (http://www.ep.tc/problems/46/index.html), every single scan of it downloaded. Milican doubts whether he can really pull these off should the situation call for it, but any preparation is good if he's going to end up fighting.

"Edge-of-Hand, Chin Jab, Release held wrist, Sentry Hold..."

"11-something, maybe." - Some Laboratory

"This is gonna be big! I can't wait to do me some commando stuff!" Neil thinks to himself, still reviewing various miscellaneous information in his laptop. Someone tells him to hurry up to which he loudly replies "Yes, I'm on it, just give me a sec!" while hurriedly scribbling down various notes and reminders on a sheet of paper, some of which he may forget or not even need. Afterwards he stockpiles his belongings beside the pod, then he gets inside. There, he struggles to stay awake, thinking that falling asleep might hamper his chances of going wherever he's supposed to go.

"Woah, shit, everything's drifting around me!"

The experience is comparable to entering a 'dreaming state' during those afternoon naps, except that he's experiencing it very vividly, this is no mere dream, or is it? He doesn't know, but what he does know is that it has begun.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Orphea.Russ on October 15, 2012, 05:48:22 AM
10:28 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan - Tourist Helpers - Outside Rear Entrance

"Well, I guess. What's on your mind?"
Aiko dropped her headphones down to her neck, more out of politeness than anything else. She was marginally curious about who this Mokou person was, but something like that wasn't exactly important right now. "Well... more than I can handle, to be perfectly honest. I don't even know what I want an answer to, much less what the more important questions are." She shook her head, breathing a frustrated sigh before continuing. "I just... don't know where to start, with all of this. It's all so strange, and yet at the same time, it's almost believable."
"I suppose that for humans here the existence of magic and such things would be difficult to believe."
"... Things like this are difficult, is all. I already know so little, and then all of this comes into play..."
"What do you mean by that?"
"To think that the stuff of myths and fairy tales are true.. it's a bit hard to realize, if that makes any sense."
"Hm.. I suppose it does, to an extent. All I can say is that if you truly believe in what you've seen, things will be easier for you on the road to come."

Somehow, Aiko remembered something from long before. "The first law of magic: You have to truly believe in it for it to work. If you don't really believe, it won't come to you." She paused her thoughts and tried to place the voice; she knew that it was someone's she knew before, but she couldn't tell who. As with most of these things, she couldn't see through the heavy fog. The pause, however, must have given Kaguya some reason to have some concern, for whatever ends.

"...Are you alright?"
"Um.. I think so. We should... probably catch up to the others."
"Ah, yes. That would probably be best."

--- (Notes: Skipping minecart ride, nothing of interest to write anyways.)

11:32 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan ? RAI Graveyard base - Lab


Her hand ran over the cool, metal outer surface of the pod. In a way the temperature of it was almost welcoming; it wasn't freezing to the touch but just slightly chill. She remembered the vision she'd had the first time she'd visited the Tourist Helpers building... and indeed, the pink-haired woman from it. whom, apparently, she was supposed to find and form some sort of link with... with no idea where to begin looking.

Nothing was to be accomplished by standing there like an idiot, though; so without further stalling, she pulled herself up into the pod and laid back inside of it, the lid sliding into place after her.

"Time to go..."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on October 16, 2012, 02:44:58 AM
11:35 PM, Day 3, Kamisuiwa, Japan -RAI Graveyard Base - Lab

Something about the capsule was chilling. Disturbing. Unsettling. He felt scared of it for reasons beyond his comprehension; there was a sense of apprehension, as if he was afraid of the uncertain future that lay ahead of him. A shiver ran up his arm, up his spine, shaking him. He was lost, unaware of the others going in at their own pace around him.

A part of him wondered where Mabel had wandered off to, but...he was too enraptured by the pod. Too mystified. He was afraid, certainly, but that made it all the better. Sweeter, even. He grinned crookedly and lifted the lid as the image of the green haired girl, the apparent 'goddess' flashed into the forefront of his mind.

'If you're waiting...then you won't be waiting much longer. I swear.'

The lid closed over him, and then he knew nothing.

??, ??, A River Somewhere, Virtual Gensoukyo
Cough, cough.

Washed up on a shore. All he remembered was a swooping sensation, as if he was taken into a tornado, and now he was here, waterlogged and disoriented.

He felt stranded. Even though he was on land, he felt surrounded by an alien substance, like a haze or a fog. He felt choked, felt sluggish, but in actuality he wasn't at all.

The sense of unease he felt earlier but ignored suddenly had a name and reason to it. He thought it was just a natural reaction, but this...this was too much.

'Is this what mana feels like?' he wondered hazily.

It felt unnatural. There was so much of it, too much of it in this world for him to even comprehend. If he didn't-

No. He had something to do. Xuezheng had to find her. If Ken was telling the truth, if Ken wasn't lying, then that girl's survival depended on him. The artist struggled to his feet, stood, and walked. He didn't know where, he didn't know how, but he'd find her. Without a doubt.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: CrowCakes on October 16, 2012, 10:26:59 AM
11:31 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - RAI Graveyard Base - Lab

The whole fact that he'd never seen anything like these was making Danao shiver. He'd only shivered when he absolutely knew he was in trouble, or did something incredibly stupid. Maybe he had done both.

Danao wasn't sure the blue-haired, green-capped girl- if she did look that young-  really was operating the system of pods around the room, and if she really was a monster out of Japanese folklore. He could have guessed if he wasn't so sleepy. The pods did look inviting, for all their coldness and cramped space. 

So he went inside an empty one- Ken had already given the instruction to get in- and stared as the pod hatch dropped down, its hydraulics hissing. 

That was when he began to panic again. He wanted to get out, but he was already falling asleep.

Late afternoon - Day 3 - ??? - Virtual Gensokyo

Several problems were already coming up as Danao regained consciousness. Thankfully, he felt the familiar weight of his messenger bag by him.

For one, he had no idea where to go, since all he knew was that he'd seen a shrine in that vision. Every other background detail was hazy, and though he knew there were surroundings, he just couldn't remember what they were.

Another problem was that he seemed to be at the end of a forest, with a waterfall roaring to his side, and a tall rocky mountain before him. In simple terms: the middle of nowhere. As he lay down on the leafy ground beneath him, he could not make out anything on the surface of the mountain. But as his eyes adjusted to the light, he could make out something- like a villa- near its peak.

And a third problem were the surroundings itself. Something in the air made his hair stand on ends. Sitting up, he felt it hanging heavily around him. Fantasy land shtick or not, he needed to run.

Shakily, Danao stood up. His eyes darted everywhere. Then, when he was sure enough, he headed for the mountain. If there was something up there, then there had to be something below.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Marokuu on October 16, 2012, 07:28:28 PM
Get that post started!

11:31 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan - RAI Graveyard Base - Lab

"This must be the strangest thing I've ever done..." Kristian mutters to himself as he stares at the pod in front of him. "Here we go I guess." he puts a foot in the pod before changing his mind and sitting down at the edge of it. Changing his mind one more time he walks over to the other side of the pod and stares at it for a moment. "Damn it man, just get in the damn thing!" Feeling a tight knot in his stomach he leans against the pod next to his, turning his head so that he ends up face-to-face with its inhabitant. "I could end up stuck in there just like you couldn't I?"

"Though I guess they've got a handle on us from out here somehow..." He stares at her features for a moment, her jet black hair, the green bow tied in it... the wings folded behind her.  "But you people need us huh? And I could get you out of there..." He spends another moment admiring her face before his view unconsciously slips downwards towards her chest. 

"That's..." He immediately looks away, his cheeks turning slightly red. "Come on man, that's not okay. He glances back towards it, this time meeting the glare of the large red eye located in the middle of her bosom. "Lots of extra eyes staring at me as of late." Kristian turns back to his own pod, suddenly filled with a new-found vigor. "I'll get you out, just you wait." He finally steps into the pod, hitting his head against the lid on the way. "Ow..." He looks around, hoping no one saw him before finally laying down, closing the hatch, putting in his earbuds, and shutting his eyes.

5:35 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo, Youkai Mountain, forested area.

Leaves, moss, a rock digging into his back. "Uhn..." Kristian pushes himself off the ground into a sitting position and blearily rubs his eyes. "Bugger, almost hoped I'd wake up back in my bed at home." He picks up a leaf from the ground and crumples it in his hand as he stands up and looks around. "How in the world am I supposed to find anyone like this?"

Looking around the immediate area he can see nothing but trees. "Really quiet, a bit too quiet... He looks around the surroundings again. "Hold on a second." He puts his hands to his ears and finds that the ear-buds he put in before going under were still inside.  "You idiot." He pulls them out and hangs them behind his ears.

"Though I didn't expect them to stay in after the whole virtual thing..."  With his ears empty he's able to hear a waterfall in the distance as well as several other ambient sounds like chirping birds, branches rustling in the wind and some twigs snapping inside a bush. "Hold on..." He turns towards a bush behind him. "Twigs don't just snap on their own." Kristian cautiously approaches the bush, feeling very tense all of a sudden. "It's just a squirrel, please let it be just a squirrel." He carefully reaches into the bush, rustling around in it for a moment before backing off and wiping a bead of sweat off his brow.

"Okay it's cool, calm down and we can get back to-" He turns around as he speaks only to cut himself short as he finds the tip of a sword held against his throat. "Eep-!" He yelps as he stumbles backwards, tripping over the bush and hitting his head against a rock. His vision goes blurry, he desperately tries to refocus but only manages to catch a glimpse of white hair and a red hat before the world starts to darken. "Tripping over a bush, that's just dumb." He mentally chides himself before passing out.
Title: Yagokoro Pact - The Nightmare Continues, Part I
Post by: Kakyoin on October 18, 2012, 09:17:40 AM
Part II is the post below. Enjoy!


11:35 PM - Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan – RAI Graveyard base (Virtualization Lab)

Ken closed his eyes and took a deep breath. This time they were entering the mock Gensokyo with good intentions and a much better driver behind the wheel, Nitori. Still, he couldn't help but feel that something would go wrong one way or another.

Peeking his left eye open, he stared at the hollow, relatively bare interior of the cell.

Ken?

"What?!" He nearly sat up in surprise upon hearing a voice echoing nearby. Was he just hearing things? Eyes wide, he glanced around in the cramped space around where he was lying. Was there a hidden intercom inside of the pods? It didn't sound like Nitori's voice, and yet...
    Ken, can you hear me?
    He gulped. The voice wasn't coming from anywhere visible. Perhaps he was just hearing things in his mind.
    I wonder if this works, it worked with Jan...hello? Ken?
    He let out a short breath. Patchouli? Is that you? He was hearing her in his mind...now this was just a bit creepy, if not cool at the same time.
    Oh...you can hear me. That's good. Listen, I have to tell you more about what happened earlier.
    What do you mean? It suddenly hit him that he was communicating telepathically with Patchouli. He opened his mouth, but then instantly closed it upon hearing the initialization sounds around him. The pods were preparing for mind transfer. Make it quick if you can...
    He heard her sigh as she continued. I don't trust this system that RAI has. They have a mana machine, mana devices and now we're going inside to have everyone form mana partnerships?
    So she had suspected it too. He rubbed his slightly greasy face. You're right, it doesn't sound like a picnic. What are you proposing?
    If you can, prepare an alternate escape route once we get back inside this virtual world so we can escape like we did last time. I don't trust this technology given what it can do, even under Nitori. Understand?
    The urgent tone in her voice in his head solidified his answer. Yeah, we'll see what we can do. He closed his eyes and relaxed as best he could, although his left hand was still shaking slightly as it gripped his sheathed sword. See you soon then.
    Yeah.
   
    Before he knew it, he was drifting away...fading into silence as the pod's quiet inner hum grew more mellow and silent with each passing second.



5:30 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Moriya Shrine Outskirts

"Ugh..."

Head spinning, he opened his eyes. His vision seemed sharp and stable, and he had his wits about him. Lifting his right arm, his body seemed to be in good condition too.
    Staring up at the sky for a brief moment, he sat up and looked around. They were definitely in Gensokyo...or at least, the caricature of what used to be Gensokyo. Judging by the location, he was near Sanae's shrine.

    "Ooogh..."
   
    He swiveled to see Mayli holding her head, also sitting upright.
    "Man...I don't know about you," she quipped, "but I wasn't too happy about coming back in here again..."
    "No kidding." He stood up after leveraging himself upwards using his empty hand, sword in the other. Well, he thought to himself, this proves that we can take items into and out of this place...how odd.
   
    "Hey slackers, rise and shine!"
   
    The two looked to the left of several nearby trees and saw Mokou walking towards them casually.
    "I'm up, I'm up..." Kaguya groaned as she fiddled with her hair. "I never was asleep anyway, what the heck am I saying?"
    Yuyuko gave a tremendous yawn and stretched. "It looks like we're all okay, that's good~"
    "Yeah." Ken wasn't surprised that they were all together. It seemed almost too convenient, but when an ally was at the controls everything went much smoother. "So, we're near the Moriya Shrine..."
    "I'm going to find Keine," Mokou stated immediately. "So I'll see you all around soon, maybe."
    "Mokou, wait!" He reached out to grab at her.
    She stopped mid-flight and turned around. "What? You're coming too, right?"
    "I..." he bit his lip. "Yeah, I'll be there soon. But first I think we have some business here to take care of."
    Mayli nodded, and having also gotten to her feet began to walk towards the Moriya Shrine. "I gotta check up on Sanae!"
    He looked around. "And I have to track down Kasen..."
    "Say," Kaguya said. "Let's stick together for a bit longer, help these two out and then we'll go our separate ways for the time being. Sound like a plan?" She stared up at Mokou. "Right, Mokou?"
    With a sigh, Mokou grounded herself. "Fine, as long as we find Keine and help her get outta here, anything works for me."
    Ken couldn't help but smile. "Thanks. Mokou, you're on me. Yuyuko, do you mind going with Mayli?"
    The ghost princess blinked once. "Sure, that's fine. I can haunt another place for a while, ehehe..."
    Kaguya raised her hand. "I haven't seen Sanae in a while myself, so I'll tag along too." She winked in Ken's direction. "Gotta leave the two lovebirds alone together, yeah?"
    "You...!" Mokou prepared to leap at her, but closed her eyes tensely and took a deep breath. "No, I'm not sinking that low."
    Ken removed the hand he had put in front of Mokou in hopes of dissuading her from going on the offensive. "All right, we can't assume we have a lot of time...eh?" He suddenly realized that something was wrong. "Wait a minute..."
    Mayli looked worried suddenly. "Wait, where's Patchouli? She did come in with us...right?"
    "She did," he affirmed. "She was in the pod next to mine, and yet...oh no, don't tell me..."
   
    "I'm here, I'm here."
   
    The magician herself came floating gently down to ground level. She looked extremely disgruntled. "Of course I would get stuck up in a tree...my poor robes probably got torn, too. Ugh..."
    He gave a laugh of relief. "I thought you could be in much more trouble, thank goodness it's just something like that."
    Patchouli pursed her lips. "I guess. I'm going to the Mansion, I need to see what Remilia and Sakuya are up to."
    Mokou folded her arms across her chest. "What about Meiling?"
    The magician tilted her head. "Who's Meiling?"
    "Um..." Ken started. "She's, you know...your gate guardian?"
    Patchouli put a hand on her hip. "I was making a joke, silly. You all have plans, I assume?"
    "Well," Mayli interjected, "Ken and I have business here, and after it's taken care of we'll split up for a while to make sure everything is accounted for here."
    "Okay then. I'll head to the Mansion after your business is done, if that's all right with you."
    Ken nodded. "Sounds okay to me." He motioned to have Patchouli follow him. "Let's go, a hermit awaits."
    Mayli turned back towards the Moriya Shrine in the vicinity. "And hopefully a wind priestess too!"
   


5:43 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Kasen's House

"You are joking, right?"

"No, I swear it's all true!"

As Ken and Kasen argued inside, Mokou let out a sigh of disappointment. They certainly hadn't expected or planned for this. She placed her back firmly against the wall of Kasen's house and listened to more through the open window.

    "We only met once before, how can you expect me to trust you that much?"
    "It's the truth. How come you can't believe me? The others here have--"
    A thumping sound rang out as Kasen presumably slammed her hand down on the table. "What proof do you have? I'll ask it as many times as I need to. I know all about the disappearances, but this whole story seems shady to me."
    "Mokou and Patchouli are here with me, they can vouch for me!"
    "I don't care about that, it means nothing if there's no proof. Do you have evidence of there being a world outside ours? This is Gensokyo, stop trying to play tricks on me. Being Keine's assistant doesn't make you that much more trustworthy."
   
    Mokou shook her head in dissatisfaction, but she couldn't help but find the situation incredibly ironic.
   
    "Please Kasen, we're such good friends in reality! You have to believe me...you don't remember Mayli, either?"
    "I don't know who Mayli is. Now will you please just let me be? I have to go find where Himiko's run off to..."
   
    Moments later, Ken stepped outside the hermit's house looking dejected and frustrated. "I...don't even know what to say right now."
    "Dude she totally just like, dumped you hard!" Mokou said with a slight smirk, but with an incredulous tone. "No but seriously, even I wasn't expecting Kasen to be that harsh."
    Patchouli, who was sitting on the ground nearby, put her book down and looked up at them. "It didn't sound pleasant, I will admit. Why does she not remember you? Is it because Nitori did something to keep our memories intact when we came here, but when RAI threw us all in here they didn't do the same?"
    "Probably," he said glumly. "Man...and everything was going so well too. Kasen doesn't even remember me much from our earlier run-in a while back in here..." He lifted his head back up and stretched his arms. "I guess that's to be expected. Damn you, RAI..."
    "There isn't much we can do about it right now though." Patchouli stood up carefully, wiping her backside of debris clinging to her robe from sitting on the ground. "We can't assume we have a lot of time. Let's go see how Mayli's visit went."



5:50 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Moriya Shrine Outskirts

"What?!"

Ken rubbed his chin. "I know, it's pretty stupid..."
    Mayli's mouth was agape. "That's not--so everyone in here has no idea what's going on..."
    Kaguya frowned. "I thought Kasen would be more trusting. Then again, a huge disappearance incident and absolutely no evidence left behind...I would be suspicious of it too, as great of a tale it would be to tell."
    "Well, should we get going?" Yuyuko asked, glancing in the direction away from the Moriya Shrine.
    Ken finished adjusting his belt and looked back at his best friend. "And you're sure Sanae isn't going to come with us, or make a pact?"
    Mayli shook her head. "Not yet, at least. She doesn't want to put too much of a burden on you, either."
    He looked away and muttered. "Can't argue with that."
    "I have a question before we take off." All eyes went to Mokou as she continued. "Speaking of that whole 'burden' thing, at least. Ken, are you planning on taking others with you?"
    The man sighed. He had to face it eventually. "Okay, I guess we need to talk about this now." He sat down on the grass. It felt realistic enough to him, no wonder everyone was fooled. He couldn't forgive RAI for imprisoning them for so long with no basis given, it was incredibly unethical. "So as we know, at least three of you were here with me in our world, the real world, because of...well, because of who knows? For all we know, RAI's hardware or software, whatever is being used to maintain this virtual place, could manage memory."
    "Actually," Patchouli chimed in with, "Nitori did tell me before we came here that she found the memory option in RAI's computer admin program, the thing maintaining and managing this place. So yes, that theory is true." She looked over at Yuyuko. "Nice deduction there."
    "Hehe, thanks." Yuyuko smiled faintly, but her expression quickly faded back to normal. "It's true though. I shouldn't even have come with you, Ken, to reality. I had only just met you a bit beforehand..."
    "Not only that," Mokou added, "but we had actual mana links. I mean, I found that out the hard way myself..."
    Ken laid his sword on the ground and leaned back. "Well one thing's for sure, we have some anomalies going on. Ethically speaking, I should let you all decide what you want to do. There's no need to follow me around now, but I'd hate for you all to be stuck in this place..."
    "At least they're all safe in here, right?" Mayli asked. "I mean, it's not all that bad, I don't think."
    "Yeah," Kaguya concluded. "Sanae didn't seem overly worried, which I was a bit surprised at."
    "I guess they're all just used to living here. I can't really blame Kasen either, but it is problematic."
    Patchouli cleared her throat. "One thing's for certain: we definitely need more help. I have a plan, if you all would hear me out."
    Mokou flopped down on the ground, feeling the grass between her fingers. "Yeah, I'll be down here relaxing. Let's hear it."
    The magician sat down next to Ken. "All right. Based on what Ken told me on the cart ride, there's an inconsistency in 'partner assignment', as I'll refer to it. Ken mentioned it just a moment ago. We've seen poor Hatate and what happens when incomplete or 'torn' mana links are made: it's not safe."
    Yuyuko picked at the nails on her left hand and nodded without looking up. "Yeah, I think I know where you're going with this, but go on."
    "Okay. I won't beat around the bush: the only safe way to make sure cases like Hatate don't happen again, is to have Ken make new pacts with everyone who he hasn't actually made a pact with."
    "I see," Mokou muttered. "Now I see that we all have to make a decision."
    Patchouli shook her head. "No. The decision is already made for you. Don't you see it? We can't risk anything going wrong so--"
    Mokou raised her voice. "How are you so sure of yourself?"
    The magician frowned. "This isn't the time for running experiments, now! Logically you, Kaguya and Yuyuko should not go through with this...the system may make another mistake. We wouldn't want that happening, now would we? Do you want to become a Hatate in the real world, Mokou?"
    She sighed in return. "I suppose not. Well guy," she said in his general direction. "It was nice hanging out and all that good stuff."
    "Now hold on just a minute," Mayli interjected. "I'm the same as them, I never made a pact with Ken before...I had this queasy feeling in my stomach if I got too far from him at first...that's signs that I have a mana link with him, right?"
    Patchouli rubbed the slightly peeled cover of her spell book. "I haven't figured you out yet, but I imagine you're safe. I haven't a clue how you got a mana link despite not needing one before, but I can hazard a guess that that makes you a safer candidate."
    "Why's that?"
    "Because you haven't been involved in the establishment of more than a single link, and it was a random one at that. Your body shouldn't even be that dependent on mana, and I'm willing to bet that you'll be fine in the long run since you're a human who never needed the energy we need in the first place."
    Mayli rested her chin on her hands, kicking her feet behind her in the air from her lying position on the ground. "Hmm, okay. That does make sense. So I should make an actual pact with him, then?"
    The magician nodded. "I think it'll be fine. Now, about this apparent issue of 'association' that led to these illegitimate mana links to be created in the first place...I'm actually not what it's all about. Anyone have any ideas?"
    Yuyuko thought about discussing a mana link with her and how it was still okay, but decided against it for now. She raised a hand. "I was nearby when the gaping hole to reality opened up in the Hakurei Barrier...Ken grabbed my hand and pulled me through, that's what I can recall."
    Mokou sat up. "I found myself running through, I honestly can't remember why I felt like doing so, but I chased after this guy through to the real world."
    Patchouli scratched the side of her face. "I see, so it's not necessarily dependent on physical contact. What about you, Kaguya?"
    "Me?" the Lunarian responded. "Um...if I remember it correctly, I kinda walked through out of curiosity...hehe."
    Mokou half-sighed and half-groaned. "That's just like you, isn't it? Eirin is probably worried sick about you."
    "Perhaps. Speaking of that, I should go looking for her. I wonder where she is right now..."
    Ken stood back up, sword in hand. "How about we all head to the Human Village, then we can split up from there. Sound good?"
    After seeing no opposition, he motioned for everyone to follow. "Okay, let's get going."
    Mayli walked quickly to catch up to him. "Remember, you aren't here to flirt with the women...try to pick ones you know, okay?"
    "Hey! What kind of guy are you accusing me of being?" He gave off a groan of displeasure. "Besides, how am I supposed to go about flirting if you keep getting all up in my face? People are really going to start thinking you're my girlfriend at this rate, is that what you want?"
    "Well...I wouldn't mind." She put her hands behind her back and winked at him.
    "What! Ugh...let's save this kind of thing for when we aren't running for our lives, you hear me? You're probably just playing with me, anyway..."
    She giggled. "Yeah, I kind of am just playing with you. Sorta. I can't help it man, I've been around you for years and we're the bestest of buddies. I know everything you like and dislike, and which buttons to push to get you just riled up enough to not get angry at me~"
   
    "Sorry to crash your honeymoon planning," Patchouli said from behind them as she cleared her throat. "But I see you two really are that close..."
    "We're just friends, Patchouli." He sighed and dramatically threw his hands up in the air. "I'm surrounded by women that think with their bodies..."
    "Excuse me?" Patchouli responded curtly. "Are you lumping me in with human girls like her?"
    Mayli laughed. "Haha, I think he just did!" Ignoring a dead stare from him, she went on. "What's your opinion, Patchouli?"
    The magician's mouth twisted. "Opinion on what?"
    He turned to face them. "Ladies, please. This isn't a field trip...and please ignore Mayli, Patchouli. She's trying to defend her territory."
    "Defend territory? Oh...I see." The magician blinked several times. "Well don't worry, I won't interfere if it's that way...not that I planned to get involved in something like that in the first place..."
    Ken stopped walking. "It's not that way! Argh...but does it really not bother you?" He glared at Mayli. "I find it irritating enough, personally..."
    Patchouli licked her lips. "I'll be fine...it's certainly interesting for me to observe this kind of behavior, it's not really my field of expertise. Still...well, no. I won't ask that right now."
    "Nono, ask." Mayli scratched her left arm and continued. "I'm curious now."
    "Hmm...all right. How do you feel about...erm..." Patchouli's face reddened slightly. "Well...having people like me around you?"
    He finished fastening the sword scabbard to his belt and looked up. "I don't think I can completely answer that yet, since you haven't been around for too long...but I certainly trust you."
    "Oh, all right. That's good then," the magician replied with a soft cough.
    If you really want to know, though...I think I'm finding myself to be more into purple than brown, 'cuz I like what I see." Grinning, he took off running ahead before anyone else could react. Harmless revenge was sweet. I just hope this doesn't come back to bite me, he thought, but it's not really my fault that I'm surrounded by such attractive women...seriously, it's like they're from the moon or another planet or something...thank goodness Patchouli can't read my mind in here...I hope!
    "HEY!" Mayli huffed. Instead of giving chase, she looked at the embarrassed magician. "See, aren't boys complicated?"
    Patchouli looked down at her frontal appearance. She looked back up and ran her free hand through her long purple hair. "I think all humans are complicated and strange...are you sure you don't have a deeper relationship with him?"
    "Do you see us holding hands?"
    "Hmm, good point. Just don't rope me into this, I don't really need--"
    "But," Mayli interrupted her. "I thought you wanted to collect interesting data...you know, findings?"
    Patchouli held her book up to her face to hide. "What are you--"
    "Ahaha! I'm just kidding." She looked away. "I think."
    "You...you think."
    "Yeah...I think. Sorry, I'm pretty excited to be on an adventure like this, it's a dream come true for me. I want to make it memorable and interesting." She turned back to Patchouli. "So you study a lot? I do too, or rather I'm much more of a student and artist than anything else."
    The magician nodded. "Now you're talking my language. There's this library at the Scarlet Devil Mansion called Voile, see..."



6:43 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Human Village

Kaguya flew quickly inside the boundaries of the Village ahead of the others. Having heard from Mystia that Eirin was here, she could hardly contain herself. Eirin would probably be angry at her after all, but she couldn't wait to see the look on her caretaker's face when she came back alive. It did bother her to hear that Eirin had resorted to binge drinking after losing her precious Princess, at least according to Mystia, but now she could cheer her up! Finally, it was time for her to save Eirin!

"Kaguya! Haah...jeez, wait up!"

She turned around to see Ken running towards her. It's too bad, she thought. He's a really nice guy and it's interesting, he managed to actually stop Mokou and I from fighting. But we can't really risk the mana issue happening again...
    "Kaguya...you sure Eirin's here?" He looked to both sides before leaning down and resting his hands on his knees. "You believe what that Mystia girl said?"
    "What choice do I have?" She replied in earnest. "I'll have to check all around anyway, no doubt my poor Eirin is frantically trying to locate me or at least figure out what happened."
    "Yeah," he agreed. "It's a shame that everyone here is completely ignorant to the truth...not that it's their fault."
    "Indeed. Well, I will go on ahead then and have a look around..."
    "Sure." He bade her farewell as he calmed himself down. The Village looked fine...but now he didn't know if he should care or not. Were all these people real or fake? Probably fake...he knew Keine was real, and of course Mayli was as well. I'll look around for Keine, I guess.
   
    "YOU!"
   
    Nearly jumping in surprise, he gathered his wits about him and looked around. He saw the threat coming as he turned around, but it was too late. A sudden onslaught of energy bullets sliced up the ground before him, arcing around and finally pelting his body as he tried to dodge. Crying out, he was sent flying low to the ground. Rolling over several times, he finally lay sprawled out face up. His right shoulder ached, and as he tried to get up, he felt numbness in his hands.
   
    "I finally found you, you scum. The game is up."
   
    "Ugh..." Looking up, he saw through foggy blurred vision what he though was a woman in red and blue. Maybe his eyes were playing tricks on him, but as he kept blinking his vision cleared ever so slightly. "W-Wait..."
    "Get up, boy. You had me fooled into thinking you were a good man, but really? You had to take Kaguya for your own? What kind of man are you to call yourself Keine's aid?"
    He finally saw her completely. He had seen her before, the woman with the red and white dress with constellation patterns stitched on. She had seemed like a nurse of sorts with her attire, but now that he saw her with bow and arrow in hand, he saw what she really was: a true lady of war, grizzled determination yet steady, calm focus on the situation at hand.
    "Well?" She lowered her notched arrow and pulled her bow away. "Do you have a broken mouth, or are you going to explain yourself?"
    "I--ugh. I...you're Eirin...right?" He said through a grimace. His body was in severe pain, it felt like his body was hurting more and more exponentially. Something in the initial attack she had made was debilitating him. He knew he didn't stand a chance against her, so he had to play his cards right. "Why are you...attacking me?"
    "Just tell me where Kaguya is now." Her mature voice echoed around them, piercing his ears.
    Ken winced in pain. "Kaguya is here...she went ahead of me...o-ouch..."
    "So you brought her back after all...all right, maybe there's some hope for you." Landing, she walked over to him. "You feel pain. Is this true?"
    He nodded silently. Looking at his body, he seemed unscathed. What kind of plan was she enacting? He thought for sure he was going to die a moment ago.
    "You're actually unharmed. Now then..." She bent down and looked at him grimly. "You're Ken, right? You're the one who stopped Kaguya from fighting her rival the other day."
    So she did remember him after all. "Yes, that's me. Why am I being targeted?"
    "We have a lot to discuss. You remember me, yes? I'm Eirin." She threw her bow and arrow to the ground. "You look uncomfortable, sorry I had to get your attention this way. I have to get you to talk somehow."
    "I'll talk...but I thought--wha?" To his surprise, she was helping him sit up. "Why?"
    "As much as I hated humans in the past, the Princess desires that I be nice to them. Heck, some of them are quite genuine instead of being superfluous and grandiose, and I like those." She glared at him. "You are one of those, right?"
    "Ugh...I don't think it's right for me to judge myself like that..." He put his hands to the ground at his sides for support now that he was sitting up. "But I thought you were drinking your sorrows away after losing Kaguya..."
    Eirin seemed quite taken aback. "What in the name of the moon are you talking about? I've been searching for you and Kaguya, I heard from Mystia that you had stolen her away."
    What?! he thought frantically. But we had just heard from Mystia that Eirin was--no, this wasn't right...
    "Well, is there something you're not telling me, boy?"
    "Mystia has to be lying...she told us what I just told you..."
    "Us?"
    "Myself and Kaguya, we spotted her nearby and--"
    Eirin's eyes widened. "What! What sort of lies--augh! I knew I should have listened to my gut back then..."
    "Do you honestly believe that I--oogh..." his side was hurting suddenly. "I have a feeling you're a lot stronger than you let on if I'm being fooled into thinking I'm this injured..."
    Undaunted, she placed a small capsule in his hand and looked into his eyes. "Here, take this. Trust me, I'm a doctor~"
    "I suppose I don't really have a choice..." he muttered. Throwing the pill into his mouth, he fought the pain in his cheeks, mouth and throat and swallowed it.
    "So it's not true then, that you took her...that's good." Eirin got to her feet and picked her bow and arrow off the ground. "I had a feeling something was fishy, but a disappearance is a disappearance, you know?"
    "Tell me about it." He was surprised that he could get along so well with someone who had for all sakes and purposes tried to intimidate him into surrender. "Well, I am feeling better all of a sudden...thanks."
    She sighed. "Thank me with a story. Come on, out with it."
    "Okay...please, you have to believe what I say. Kaguya is here right now, she went to look for you in the Village so--"
    "Calm down, just tell me. Depending on what you cough up, I don't have all day to sit around here."
    "All right. You were there, you saw that night when the Hakurei Barrier--something was wrong with it. It wasn't working, it was...'glitching', I guess is the word for it. Amarillo and Nitori showed with several power fluctuations that the barrier would start to bend and behave strangely."
    Eirin adjusted her cap. "Yes, I gathered that much. So what's this rumor going on about the giant hole? Where did it--wait!" She gasped. "You're here now...that means you and her came back from wherever that gaping hole went..."
    He grinned. "This is going to shock you: the hole leads to reality."
    "Reality?" She flicked her braid back over onto her back. "Now we're getting somewhere. So you're telling me that this Gensokyo we're in is a farce, an illusion only."
    "As hard as that may be for you to believe, it is. Kaguya and I, and even Mokou and some others, we woke up in a room full of these pods that everyone rests in. Right now, we're both physically in a different place...here, our minds are just...imagining what's going on...no, not even that. We can remember what happens here too. It's more complicated than that, I'm afraid."
    "I see." She seemed to consider what he had said carefully for a long moment.
    He got a good look at her while she was concentrating. "...Eirin?"
    "Hah?" She regained focus on the situation at hand. "What is it?"
    "Can I just say..." He took a small, quiet breath. "You are..."
    "I'm what?"
    "I think you're the most beautiful woman I've ever laid eyes on in my entire lifetime."
    Her eyes widened. "Wehhh?! What are you saying, boy...why would you--"
    "Just...being honest. I'm sorry. I've been through a lot lately, I'm probably not thinking straight." But it was true. He had never seen a woman with such flawlessly perfect skin, pure eyes and amazing hair and attire to boot. It seemed that every time he thought he had seen perfection in motion, he was proven wrong time and time again. "Sorry, I probably sound like a stupid--"
    "No, it's okay. Hehehe...what an interesting young man." She brushed her bangs to cover her pink cheeks with her hand. "You don't even know who I really am, and you have the guts to--hahaha! HA! That's great."
    "Um..."
    "Ohohoho...outstanding..." She finally stopped laughing, but she still shook with amusement. "I haven't been this surprised by a human in years! No wonder Keine chose you, boy. You have some great qualities."
    He felt slightly flushed. This was probably his biggest embarrassment of the month, which was saying a lot. "Er, thanks...? So you believe me?"
    "Yeah, I can certainly believe it. I did some research earlier with Keine herself. That waterfall at Youkai Mountain was flowing upwards..."
    Youkai Mountain. That's right, he thought, they had been there when the mystery had been slightly unraveled...
    She continued. "We did some investigation into Amarillo's background and didn't find much, but we did manage to locate Nue. She told us that there was another world out there..."
    "So," he breathed, "you knew about it, but you didn't believe it..."
    She nodded. "I'm sure since you're here now--and I saw you in particular walk through that hole in the Hakurei Barrier--well, everyone else must be around here too."
    "Kaguya's here, and behind me should be several others you might recognize." He got on a single knee and looked around for his sword. "Dang, I'd hate to be on the receiving end if you actually fought..."
    "Don't worry about it. First let me find Kaguya and confirm this."
   
    "No need, she's right there."
   
    "Patchouli, there you are!" Eirin walked over to the magician. "Is it really you? You went missing as well."
    "Of course it's me. I've only been on the brink of death and back." She looked down at Ken standing up and trying to find his weapon, then past Eirin at something else. "But you should be more concerned with who is behind you."
   
    Eirin looked behind herself where Patchouli was pointing. Indeed, there was Kaguya.
   
    The Lunarian princess grinned. "Miss me?"
    Eirin swiftly enveloped Kaguya in a hug. "Miss you? I was worried sick about you! Don't do that to me, you know every time something like this happens I lose a few more years of my life. I'm really old, you know, not much left to go and all that."
    "Funny." Kaguya pointed a robed finger at Ken. "A little birdie told me and him that you had resorted to spirit consumption in a depressed slump when you couldn't find me. That's not true, is it?"
    "It's as true as the story a little birdie told me about how he had stolen you away to take you as a bride, never to return again."
    "Not a good chance of being true then, I take it." Kaguya pushed Eirin back. "You didn't feather anyone with those painful-looking arrows in frustration, did you?"
    "No, but I did scare this poor kid." She gestured towards Ken. "And get this. As he's lying there at my mercy, he had the guts to tell me I'm the most attractive woman he's ever laid eyes on."
    Kaguya burst out laughing immediately. "HAHAHAHA! That's funny."
    Patchouli sighed. "I should have known that might be the case..."
    Ken walked over to where they were standing, sword in hand. "Hey Patchouli, where are the others?"
    "They all went to try to find Keine, but I doubt Yuyuko will stick around for too long, myself included." She turned to the Eientei duo. "So what's going to happen here?"
    "Mystia," Eirin growled. "That one will be roasted over a nice warm fire for deceiving us. But aside from that, I found Kaguya, so that's taken care of. Now I apparently need to be convinced that this is a fake world, and that there's a reality outside of this place."
    Kaguya clapped her hands together. "Great, that saves us a lot of explaining. You don't know anything about the world outside this one though, do you?"
    Eirin shook her head. "I know absolutely nothing about it, other than the fact that it very likely exists. Any way to show me that it's real?"
    A small smile spread across Kaguya's lips. "Oh yes. There's a very good way to prove it."
    Ken's eyes widened. "Kaguya! Wait a minute, don't tell me--"
    "Oh come on, we all know you wouldn't say no to the most attractive woman in the world."
    Eirin's eyelids dropped. "What's going on here? What underhanded schemes are you plotting out?"
    Patchouli stepped forward. "Well...to reach reality and survive, you have to have a mana link with someone who can provide energy to you."
    The pharmacist's face looked unsatisfied. "Okay, that sounds much too simple. Anything else you want to tell me? What, do I have to kiss him and dress as a handsome princess?"
    Kaguya grinned. "You could."
    "I could, but I won't do th--wait, you're serious?!" Eirin began to yell. "Kaguya, this is no time for jokes!"
    "If I may," Ken interjected with a raised hand. "I'll explain how it works."
    Eirin smiled, flashing her perfect white teeth. "Good, someone with a nice head on their shoulders. I like this guy already. So, please enlighten me."
    He knew he had to make this as quick as possible. "Basically, I need to gain your trust. I need to have faith in you, just as you must show faith in me."
    She lifted her left foot off the ground and shook it momentarily, digging the toe of her shoe into the ground. "That's it? All right, how so?"
    He walked closer to her. His heart was beating fast, as she was still very intimidating to even look at. "Just trust me to lead. You have to realize, this will bind us together in reality..."
    Eirin glanced over at Kaguya, looking doubtful. "This is the truth, right? What does this imply?"
    Kaguya chewed at her sleeve. "Well, um...it's like that game I always play, the one where all the party members stay together and fight turn-based battles and go from one dungeon to the next..."
    The pharmacist rolled her eyes. "Okay...I can put two and two together."
    "Eirin, are you sure?" Patchouli asked. "We don't know what this entails yet, it could be a lifetime commitment for all we know..."
    "If that detail was a problem, Patchouli," she replied calmly with a wink, "I'm sure you would be the first to let me know."
    Patchouli held back a gasp and promptly frowned. "Hmm...so you already deduced that I was in a similar situation. Very perceptive, as expected."
    "Just a guess, really. Honestly, if the outside world does exist, it's much better than wasting my time away in a place that doesn't exist." Eirin's face grew serious. "But of course I'll have to see it to believe it. Don't mess this up, boy."
    Ken sighed. "Trust me, I've been through some pretty harrowing situations..."
    Patchouli groaned. "He saved me from the brink of death when my mana link failed...I do not want to feel that icy cold grip of death again, ever."
    Eirin seemed satisfied. "Well then, I guess there's hardly anything to worry about. Do what you have to do, then. Free me from the shackles that bind!"
    The swordsman once again felt bold and empowered. He was trustworthy. He couldn't let Eirin down either, but she first had to know what the extreme implication of the process was. "One more thing. You'll be separated from Kaguya for...quite some time."
    She seemed to take it reasonably well, although she hesitated before answering with a question of her own. "And why is that?"
    "Basically," Patchouli stated, "there have been several mishaps in the past. Kaguya for some reason was given a mana link with Ken upon exiting this virtual world, despite having never officially made a pact together."
    Eirin put a hand to her chin. "Is that true, Princess?"
    "Unfortunately that seems to be the case." Kaguya frowned. "But the organization that trapped you and me and everyone else here, we have to stop them...they're keeping us against our will in this place. We have to do what we can to stop them from trying to do...well, whatever it is they're planning on doing, and it can't be good."
    "I see your point," Eirin replied. "But I had a thought...suppose these mana links, as you called them, were needed to live in reality as you claim. Where do we draw the line on safety versus trying to get everyone free? What if it's safer for most of us to stay in here anyway, until a few of us can help secure and get more control over such an environment?"
    Ken rubbed the fingers on his left hand together. They hadn't considered that aspect very carefully. "That's true. Kaguya told me though, you're supposed to be incredibly strong. What if we enlist your aid, Eirin?"
    Eirin finished rubbing her eyes. "If it will help bring about an era where we can live peacefully in control of our own lives, then sure. It sounds to me like this RAI organization is dictating what happens to us, if they're capturing and confining us." She turned to him and smiled slightly. "Plus you're not a bad guy if you took good care of Kaguya."
    He scratched the back of his head awkwardly. "Er...well, thanks for that, I guess. So you're okay with this, for sure?"
    "Yeah. Be a good girl and stay out of trouble, okay Kaguya?"
    "Hey!" The princess shouted. "I'm not a little child, I can take care of myself..."
    Eirin chuckled to herself. She was just glad to have Kaguya back safe and sound. She would do what she needed to do, and at the least get the chance to see if reality really was outside of this world. "Okay then. So, what do I have to do?"
    Ken quickly stepped forward so their bodies were nearly touching. To his satisfaction, she didn't budge an inch. "Just trust me, please." He couldn't feel the same way himself though, he was intimidated by her presence. Perhaps it was his pride keeping him antsy. "I'm going to...hug you. Please accept it, Eirin."
    "Sounds innocent enough to me. I half-expected a kiss or something petty." She gave a short reserved laugh before opening her arms. "Come on, boy. Come try me!"
   
    In an instant, they locked themselves together.
   
    Feeling her soft body pressing against his, his anxiety vanished. He whispered urgently, but so all in the vicinity could hear his words. "Please...I need you, everyone needs you. Please have faith in me, Eirin!"
   
    Before she could respond, she felt a warm freezing feeling in her chest that quickly spread to her appendages. She thought she heard Kaguya's and several others' shouts, but all quickly became muffled and silent in her ears. Unable to move, her vision was blinded by an incredibly bright glow. Crying out in surprise, she felt herself drifting away...


6:43 PM - Day 3 - ?? – ?? (Destroyed House)
WARNING: TIMESTAMP CONTAINS POTENTIAL KAGUYA NIGHTMARE FUEL. DON'T READ BEFORE BED.


When Eirin regained her senses, she was in a place she had never seen before. Her head hurt, and as she looked around she saw that she was indoors.
    "What...wait, what's this?" she breathed upon seeing the sun's raw rays shining down onto the floor nearby. Looking up, she saw that there were no windows in the house. "Strange..."
    She turned around and gasped, backing up on the floor. The entire front portion of the house was completely demolished.
   
    "What happened here? Why am I...hmm." The entire rear of the house was intact. Was there a struggle or battle here? She could only wonder as she set her eyes on the ruined entrance.
   
    On the ground near the rubble was a small portrait. Looking around once more to make sure nothing else was around the general area, she crawled over to the picture. Taking it into her hands, she blew the debris off and rubbed the dirty exterior on her shirt. Holding it up, she examined the picture. A man and a woman, perhaps a couple, occupied the photo. The man she did not recognize, but the woman...
    "Kaguya. That's strange, what was she doing here? And for that matter, what am I doing here..." she mused. Standing up with a sigh, she walked over to the table against the side wall and opened the stand on the portrait. Come to think of it, she thought, this picture was near the wreckage...how did it stay intact?
    Placing it upright on the table, she took a step back and placed her hands on her hips. Smiling, she wondered who the lucky man had been Someone amazing enough to get Kaguya to leave Eientei...was such a thing possible? Maybe I've been blind my entire time on--
   
    She was interrupted in thought by a sudden deep growl. It sounded very close. Her mind accelerated and she cautiously eyed the interior. Hold on, why is this house only a single room? Where the heck am I? she thought. There's nothing around here, and yet...
   
    Another growl reached her ears. She turned her head quickly towards the entrance.
   
    Nothing.
   
    "Maybe I should take a look around." She thought about what could make such an evil sound. It sounded far too deep for a typical dog, and there were no signs of movement. Sighing, she looked at the ground beneath her feet. Her shadow, born of the sun at her back calmly shining light inside the house, extended out in front of her. She took several steps back and felt the table edge at her back. She closed her eyes and hummed anxiously. I'm probably only hearing things. Lifting her head, she reopened her eyes.
   
    Her shadow had moved.
   
    "What...?" she breathed softly. Was this house haunted? "How can that--"
    She was interrupted by the sight of her shadow mutating...no, it was expanding, peeling off from her own on the floor in front of her. Her body pressed against the edge of the table in surprise. "What!" Hearing a hissing sound behind her, she turned around. A large ghostly visage of Kaguya grinned back at her, showing amazingly sharp teeth. For a moment she looked into the whites of its eyes, only to see no pupils.
   
    Eirin screamed and fell back onto the floor. "K-Kaguya?!"
   
    The head pushed itself closer towards her, and now she could see that it was coming out of the portrait she had set upon the table earlier. Slowly, the entity grew...
   
    "Kaguya...!"
   
    The demonic monstrosity was climbing out of the portrait, expanding slowly to accommodate sharp claws that pushed the rest of its body out. It floated disproportionately, its arms not succumbing to gravity. The display of sharp teeth, the wicked grin, stared back at the frightened pharmacist on the ground.
   
    Heart beating fast, Eirin quickly stared at the portrait. Kaguya was gone, her entire presence had deserted the picture except for a trail of darkness tethering it to her legless body. Choking down a whine of fright at the sight of her princess so disfigured, she finally spoke several words. "W-What...are you?!"
   
    "HELLO EIRIN." The phantom creature spoke without moving its mouth, and seemed to take delight in her jumping in surprise at hearing it speak. "SEE WHAT I'VE BECOME?"
   
    "Who..." Eirin gulped. "Who did this to you...h-how..."
   
    "HUMANS." The abomination floated closer to her, brandishing its knife-like fingers at its sides.
    "S-Stay back...don't get any closer!" Eirin felt desperation, the feeling of her heart sinking in her chest. No, it can't be... She felt hopelessness and sorrow, but also raged at herself for initially thinking of repelling Kaguya on instinct.
    "THEY CAME, EIRIN. THEY DESTROYED ME."
    "G-Get back!" Eirin squirmed on the ground and looked away, trying to cleanse the vision from her mind.
   
    When she saw its face again, she saw Kaguya's pure, gentle countenance.
   
    Breathing quickly, she looked into her Princess' eyes. "Kaguya...? Are you okay?"
    "Eirin..." she moaned, tears in her eyes. "I'm so sorry...I don't know what's going on..."
    "Kaguya! Oh thank the Moon you're okay..." she sighed heavily with relief, wiping sweat away. "What happened to you? Why are you...like this?"
    "I-I don't know...I'm so confused...Eirin, please...please, let me see your face...please come here...I can't move..."
    "Princess..." She nearly felt moved to tears herself. What had befallen her? Still, her only desire was to aid her liege lady. "Okay...I'm coming over...just stay there."
    Kaguya's face had tears sliding down the sides. "T-Thank you...I'm so sorry you have to see me like this..." Her eyes closed tightly. "Eirin...please let me see you one more time..."
    The pharmacist's heart felt like it was tearing in two. To see Kaguya suffering so much...so ruined, so destroyed...without a defined body...it was almost too much for her. "I'm coming, Kaguya..." Sitting down in front of the floating face, she felt tears welling up in her eyes. Her body quivering with fright and anger, she squeezed her eyes shut. "How could this happen to you..."
    "Eirin...look at me."
    Heeding Kaguya's words, she reopened her eyes.
   
    She stared back to see soulless eyes and rows of sharp teeth. They were moving closer, opening slightly in anticipation...
   
    She screamed again and tried to push it away with her hand instinctively. To her dismay, her hand got stuck inside of its body. Grunting, she tried to pull herself free. "What are you doing?! LET ME GO!"
    "I TRUSTED HUMANS, EIRIN. THEY TRAPPED ME HERE. THEY TURNED ME INTO A MONSTER WITH THOSE AWFUL EXPERIMENTS. THIS IS MY NEW HOME...MY PRISON." The ghastly face nearly pressed against hers. "THE MAN I RAN AWAY WITH TRICKED ME. HE SAID HE LOVED ME, EIRIN. HE LOVED ME SO MUCH I BECAME HIS TOY."
    Eirin gasped and gritted her teeth, only to let out a moan of pain as her hand began pulsing with sharp, damaging forces. "I-I'm sorry, I couldn't do anything to help you..." She felt burning agony coursing through her body as she rattled off those empty-sounding words. This wasn't Kaguya, she had been deceived, lured in. She had failed her Princess in the end.
    "YOU COULDN'T DO ANYTHING? YOU ABANDONED ME. YOU TOLD ME I COULD FINALLY TRUST THEM." Pulling its lower body further away, she gave out a yell as it tugged her forward. "SEE WHAT HAPPENS WHEN YOU TRUST HUMANS?"
    Struggling, Eirin tried to unleash her powers. Danmaku, spell cards, anything. But it was too late. She felt something draining her strength. Her body shook in panic, a feeling she had not felt for years. "What...ugh! What's happening to me...?"
    "I CAN'T LEAVE THIS HOUSE. I NEED SOMEONE TO TAKE MY PLACE." It gave off a hideously foul, demonic laugh of triumph as it sunk its sharp fingers into her sides. "TAKE MY PLACE SO I CAN HAVE REVENGE ON THE PEOPLE YOU TOLD ME I COULD TRUST. SERVE YOUR MISTRESS ONE LAST TIME, WILL YOU? HEH HEH HEH...HAHAHAHAHAHA!"
    Eirin cried out as she felt her power withering away, her body becoming enveloped by the creature. "NO! STOP THIS! KAGUYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!" Amidst all the laughter, she groaned feebly, her body shaking as she tried to wrestle herself free. She felt so very old. Was this her destiny? "UGH! Let...me...GO!"
    "YOU FOOL, YOU CAN'T ESCAPE IT. GIVE IN, SERVE ME LIKE YOU PROMISED. ARE YOU AFRAID OF ME, EIRIN? AFRAID TO SERVE YOUR MONSTER MISTRESS?"
    "Kaguya, don't! DON'T!"
    "LOOK AT YOU, YOU CAN'T EVEN DEFEND YOURSELF. WHAT A WASTE. GIVE ME YOUR POWER, THEN AT LONG LAST I--"
   
    "EIRIN! No!"
   
    "WHAT?" the Kaguya apparition hissed, pausing momentarily to examine its surroundings. "WHO'S THERE--"
   
    A blinding flash of light caused the two of them to cry out in shock. When it subsided, Eirin blinked several times and held up her free hand to catch a glimpse of what had happened. She thought she had heard a man's voice yell out her name...
   
    "Eirin...Eirin? Eirin!"
   
    She felt her body being shaken. The voice was like a normal man's voice, not of the dreadfully butchered demonic representation of her Princess. "Wha..." she managed to leak out of her mouth hoarsely. Looking around with her vision now restored, she saw no signs of the beast that had nearly taken her down. Instead, a man was shaking her shoulders and shouting her name.
   
    "Eirin! Are you all right? Please...talk to me."
   
    Looking up, she saw a familiar face. "Ken? I..." She paused to cough twice. "Did you--"
    "Yeah, you're okay now. Eirin..."
    Feeling the heat of the sweat on her body at last, she took several gasping breaths. "Kaguya...what happened to Kaguya...w-why was she in that--"
    "Eirin!"
    She widened her eyes in shock and looked up at him. "What is it?"
    "It's not real. That wasn't Kaguya, trust me."
    "It...wasn't." She chanced a look at the table top above her, feeling him help her to a standing position as she leaned forward on the tucked-in chair back for support.
   
    The portrait was cut cleanly in half.
   
    Moaning in relief, she smoothed out her dress and examined her body. She seemed to have suffered no harm at all. "Ken...I was...I felt scared for the first time in hundreds of years...Kaguya was--"
    "Kaguya is okay." He smiled at her as she hugged him for support. "We have to do this together, remember?"
    Blushing slightly, she felt strangely comfortable and decisive. "Together...yeah. For Kaguya's sake, I'll do whatever I need to do."
    "That's great to hear." He patted her on the back, and still noticing her shaking he sighed and frowned. "You don't seem okay..."
    "I'm...I'm fine. It wasn't real. I'll be back to normal soon." Looking at him, she saw that he was also breathing heavily. "You were worried about me?"
    "I just happened to be in the area. I expected to see you in plain sight outside, but when I didn't, I got worried."
    "Expected?" She asked. "What are you implying?"
    "Oh, nothing. Eirin?"
    "Yeah?"
    "Wake up from the dream, Eirin."
    "Huh?" She stared strangely at him. "What do you mea--UGH!"
   
    Suddenly, she felt as if she had been knocked on the head with a blunt object. Her body was falling to the ground, but the ground no longer existed...she fell into the maw of blackness below, losing all sense of orientation.



6:45 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Human Village

"Um...are they okay?"

Patchouli moved over to Ken and Eirin who were lying on the ground. She gently kicked at his leg and saw him stirring. She sniffed and looked back at Kaguya, Yuyuko and Mayli. "Yeah, they're definitely alive."

"Ugh..."
"Uhn..."

The four observers watched as Ken and Eirin both sat up. Both of them looked dazed and were breathing abnormally quickly.
    "So, uh..." Mayli started as she walked closer. "So, how did it go?"
    "Oh jeez," Eirin said with slight urgency and lightness of voice. "If it's like that every time, I don't know if others would want it..."
    "Sorry about that," Ken breathed. "I didn't expect it to be so painful for you..."
    "No, it's okay. I'm fine, it just left me breathless for the first time in years."
   
    Mayli's face lit up and her mouth dangled open. "Oh no, don't tell me..."
    Patchouli looked completely horrified as she closed her lips in a frown. Ken, what on earth did you do to her?!
    "Oh my," Yuyuko said dreamily, not entirely sure what had happened. "Sounds very...exciting, to say the least."
    Kaguya seemed complacent, and she hid her expression with a well-placed sleeved hand. "Sounds like there was some drama involved."
   
    "You don't know the half of it." Eirin slowly got to her feet, but was greeted by four stares. "What?" She looked at Kaguya and flinched. "Princess...let me see your face."
    "Huh? Okay." Kaguya lowered the sleeve covering her mouth. "So...is that satisfying enough for y--"
    "Open your mouth. Let me see your teeth."
    Baffled, the Lunarian princess eventually obeyed. Eiri
Title: Yagokoro Pact - The Nightmare Continues, Part II
Post by: Kakyoin on October 18, 2012, 09:18:42 AM
    Kaguya shrugged as she closed her mouth. "I thought I wasn't due for a dental checkup in a while..."
    Eirin sighed. "You're better off not knowing why, trust me. Now as for you all..." she turned to face Mayli, Patchouli and Yuyuko. "Why the surprised faces?"
    "Probably," Ken stated from behind her, "because what we said sounds horribly wrong if taken out of context. So just to make it clear," he continued in a firmer voice, "it wasn't anything that you think it was. Especially you, Mayli..."
    The one in question grinned. "Ehehe..."
    "In fact, it was quite the opposite," he continued. "There was a bit of a...struggle, we'll say."
    Patchouli seemed relieved. "Oh okay, that's good...well, it's nice to see that it worked out again."
    "Yes, and I think I have a good understanding now of what I'm getting myself into," the pharmacist replied. "So now what? We're still in this supposedly fake world..."
    Yuyuko placed a hand on Eirin's shoulder. "Don't worry, Nitori is going to help us escape. We still have some things to accomplish though...and I have to go check on Youmu now. Okay?"
    Ken nodded, still feeling shocked at what he saw in the pact dream. He couldn't let anyone else know what had actually happened. "Most of you have places to go, I assume, so by all means, don't let me keep you any further. Just remember, we have to meet up in about two hours, so keep an eye on the time." He sat down for a moment to gather himself. "So, go ahead!"
    Patchouli gripped her spell book. "Right then, I'll be off. Expect me back within the hour."
    Watching Patchouli fly away, Yuyuko bit at her fingernail. "I'm going to Hakugyokorou, so I'll see you all later too."
    "So," Kaguya asked after they had left, "What are we going to do? I already found you, Eirin..."
    Eirin smirked. She had gotten a genius idea. "Ken, you need help, right?"
    He looked up at her. "What do you mean?"
    "Well, since Kaguya can't come with you, I was thinking that maybe Reisen could."
    "Oh, Reisen?" He seemed entertained with the idea. "Reisen's the one with bunny ears..."
    "Ha, so you know her. Of course you would, I had her clean up that mess that--" she stopped to clear her throat and throw a dirty glare at Kaguya. "--a certain someone helped make. So, how about it? Reisen is my apprentice, but she's quite strong herself."
    Ken gave it some thought for a moment. "Okay, I know you're coming with me, Eirin, and so is Mayli and Patchouli. Mokou is leaving, Kaguya is...staying behind, unfortunately, and Yuyuko...well, I don't think she'll be coming along either."
    Mayli looked disappointed. "We're losing all our comrades, dude. Wouldn't it be nice to have some more?"
    "I suppose," he stated offhandedly. "I didn't really have many plans when I came back in here, especially now that Kasen isn't coming along...man, I'm still bummed out about that."
    Eirin smiled. "Here is what we'll do, then. The Princess and I will return to Eientei for now, and I'll come back with a rabbit in tow. She can go through with what I just did, and we'll help you out."
    "Well, that was certainly easy," Mayli said with a look of relief. "I was a bit worried for a moment."
    "All right then, thanks Eirin." He stared at Kaguya grimly. "I'm sorry, Princess..."
    She waved her hand nonchalantly. "Not a problem. It's probably better that it be this way anyway, Eirin and Reisen are very capable, so you're in good hands. But don't you have to visit Keine now?"
    He snapped his fingers and stood up. "Dang, I forgot! Okay, let's go to Keine's place. We can rest at my place too, if we need to. I need to go find Reisa and tell her all about this ridiculous shit that keeps happening..."



(Ken acquires Eirin as a partner through the spirit bond pact process. Note that the pact dream sequence does not need to be that scary or intense, I just pulled it out of my ass for the sake of interest. :)

At the current time: Yuyuko is heading to Hakugyokurou, Eirin and Kaguya are heading to Eientei, Patchouli is heading to the Scarlet Devil Mansion, Mayli is staying with Ken, Mokou is staying with Keine in the Human Village at Keine's house.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on October 28, 2012, 02:36:00 AM
"4-5-ish" PM - Virtual Gensokyo - High in the sky

"So, you're just gonna be satisfied falling out of the sky and falling flat on your face like every dipshit protagonist ever?" Kimia taunts.

"Well, can't fancy a glider, what do!?" Neil loudly yells to himself. It doesn't matter if you're talking to yourself or not when you're high above the sky, falling to the ground at speeds that would normally frighten him to oblivion. Then he tries an idea in his mind.

"Fuck! THIS! SHIT!" he swears, if a fancy ritual can cure a wizard from fading out of existence and a minecart can form from a single glob of shiny metal then he gets to believe in whatever the hell he wants. He adjusts his posture and pretends to be using a parachute, and it actually works!

"That was more of a fluke, I assume whoever's at the controls is just merciful and let you get your paradrop going so you don't end up like an egg salad by the end of it all." Milican sighs. At that point he has landed in a forest, with the ethereal parachute disappearing. He notices he still has the paper he made earlier and keeps it in his pocket. He spots a caterpillar climbing up a tree near him and, unsurprisingly, makes a dash out into the field. Afterwards, he considers setting the forest on fire but Milican thinks otherwise.

"Don't even try, setting the forest on fire would bring unwarranted attention. I know we have no leads as to where our objectives are located, but I don't think they would be lured out by this. The sun's going down at some point and staying in a forest like...wait... why didn't you freak out during your camping trip some time ago!?" "Because there weren't any eeensects at the time. Anyways, Milican is right, we're not going anyway if we camp out here (much less now that we don't have our baggage), so you better start walking." "And don't aimlessly wander around, walk in a straight course, eventually we'll hit something, somehow, someway. "Just don't fall into a hole, that just sucks."

Neil shrugs and agress, then walks towards anywhere in a straight line, that is if he can keep it straight.
Title: Mizuhashi Pact - Humans and Youkai
Post by: Kakyoin on October 28, 2012, 04:04:20 AM
6:49 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Human Village

Blonde hair flapping in the breeze that rushed by, the woman watching the young man and his group walking over to the were-hakutaku's house sighed heavily. She couldn't help but be curious and envious of such charisma and friendly nature. The man's run-in with the powerful pharmacist from Eientei had caught her attention, and she had never seen such a magical procedure in her life. She carefully followed them from a reasonable distance in the air.

"Great job, man!" Mayli said with a laugh, patting Ken on the back. "Keine's gonna be pretty proud of you. I just hope she believes our story."
    "Well," he began to respond as he scratched his left arm, "let's hope we can make this 1 for 2, at least..."
    "That's too bad about Kasen," Mayli said glumly, following closely behind. "Then again, I can't really blame her if she doesn't know any better. RAI certainly loves to pull the strings around here."
    Ken stopped and looked around. "Yeah. We can't really do much about it yet, but I can't help but wonder why they're doing all this..." Spotting the woman in the air watching the two of them out of the corner of his eye, he assessed her threat level. "Still...hmm. That's..."
    The blonde-haired woman floating above gasped. Was this the man who served under Keine? Curiosity gripped her. Now that I've been spotted, she thought while descending closer to the ground, I guess I need to do something about that.
    "You're right, I guess we should just focus on--Ken?" Mayli halted and turned slightly to check on him. "What's--" She shifted her gaze upwards towards his. "Oh. Is that...a friend?"
    He looked to his best friend. "I don't know, I don't think so..."
    Parsee twisted her mouth as she flew closer. This truly was a time for strange occurrences, so why should this be no exception? Still, after coming up from the Underground to partake in the strange festival, only to have it gone awry, she had to get something out of it. Perhaps toying with some humans would make it all worth it.
    Ken eyed the blonde-haired, pointy-eared woman as she reached a standing position on the ground and walked over. He felt an unsettling feeling in his chest just from staring at her, and it definitely wasn't due to her unique appearance. He had felt it near someone else in the past, but at the moment he couldn't put a name to a face. "Who are you, exactly? You don't look like any human I've ever seen."
    The jealousy monster glared at him. "Nice observation, wise guy. How charming of you. What else do they teach you in human school besides manners?"
    Taken aback, he took a step backwards. "Hmm, this one bites back."
    Parsee continued in a huff. "Introduce yourself before asking for someone else's identity, why don't you. And a lady too, at that."
    Mayli took a step forward in preparation for protesting, but Ken held her back with his right hand. "It's okay." Since she hadn't attacked or shown otherwise dangerously hostile behavior, he didn't see a need to mirror her angry behavior. "So you want names? I'm Ken and this is my best friend, Mayli."
    The hashihime smirked and stroked her right ear. "So you know manners after all."
    "How ironic," Mayli muttered under her breath.
    "Mayli!" He shouted. "I'm sorry. What is your name, miss?"
    Parsee's face grew concerned. To her surprise, some of the humans didn't completely disregard her. Her lips opened to deliver her response swiftly. "Parsee."
    Mayli sighed. "Sorry Parsee, we're quite on edge right now. A lot has happened to us recently."
    "We have that in common then." Parsee took to biting the thumbnail on her left hand. "Okay."
    Ken leaned in expectantly. "So...is that it? We have business to take care of, then..."
    "Wait." The hashihime called to them as they moved to continue their journey to Keine's house. "What did you do just then?"
    He was puzzled. "What do you mean, what did we do just--"
    "Not you two. I mean you." She pointed to him. "You did that weird magical thing with Eirin..."
    Mayli looked to both of them several times. "Are you sure you two don't know each other?"
    Ken sighed. "I'm sure if we did, it would be quite noticeable. Look, Parsee. I don't have a lot of time, okay? I need to go talk to Keine then I can fill you in while we wait for--"
    "I'm sorry?" Parsee asked snappily. "I guess Keine's more important, then."
    Mayli put her hands on her hips. "You don't know what's going on here, so maybe if you tag along you can find out for yourself. Just be nicer about it, please."
    Rubbing her arm warmer, Parsee frowned. Her eyes began to glow. She didn't like it when people ignored her, especially bratty girls who thought they knew what was best. It was time to turn the tables.
   
    "What was that all about?" Mayli asked gruffly as they walked away. "Is she a youkai? She doesn't look like one, and yet..."
    "Well," he said as he quickened his pace to get to Keine's house faster. "Keine doesn't look like a youkai, now does she?"
    Mayli shivered slightly. Her fear of youkai was returning slightly, being back in this world. She had to take a deep breath and remind herself that this was only a virtual place. "Keine is really nice though...I guess she isn't scary when the moon is...full...um, Ken?" She stared at him as he slowed to a standstill. "Ken, what's wrong? Why are you stopping? Keine is--"
    Suddenly he collapsed to his knees and groaned multiple times, uttering no comprehensible words. "G-Guhhh..."
    "Ken?! KEN!" Mayli yelled as she threw herself to the ground, trying to pull him up. Was he having another breakdown right now? "Hey! C'mon man, get up! Ken!" Gasping, she kept trying to pull him to his feet, but he seemed to not only stay still but resist her efforts. "Come...ON! Ugh! Urgh...wah!" she cried out as her grip slipped and she fell on her backside.
    Ken turned from his kneeling position the exactly opposite direction away from Keine's house and reached his hand out, shuffling on the ground slowly.
    "Ken! Hey, what's h-happening?" the baffled yet concerned young artist eeked out as she got to her feet. "Answer me! Please?"
   
    "How does it feel?"
   
    Mayli jerked towards Parsee, who was standing not more than ten feet away with flashing, glowing green eyes. "What? Parsee!" She shouted at her. "What are you doing to my friend?!"
    "You treat me like you don't care about me, so I do the same." Parsee took several steps towards Mayli. "Do you like seeing your friend suffer?"
    Feeling anger ignite inside her body, Mayli stood tall and clenched her fists. "No! Now ANSWER ME! What are you doing to him?!"
    "No 'please'? You humans are indeed rude." The hashihime grinned maliciously. She was perhaps enjoying this far too much. "Do you know, dearie, how jealousy works? How it makes people..." she paused to look down at Ken crawling at her feet. "...do things they normally wouldn't go out of their way to do?"
    Mayli face blanched. "You..." Her arms were shaking with rage as she stepped up to face the pointy-eared woman in close proximity, staring into her intense green eyes. "I'm only going to say this once. You let him go, right now...or else..."
    "Or else what?" Parsee said with a cheeky grin. "What's a normal human wench like you going to do to me?" She giggled maliciously. "Really now, it's cute how the princess tries to defend her prince. How about--"
   
    *THWOP*
   
    "UHHH!" Parsee cried out as she was sent flying backwards, tripping over her own feet as she staggered away. Her body spun around as she crashed to the ground face-first. Her right cheek ached tremendously as it felt the welcoming cool feel of the grass around her. "Ahhhh...ungh..." Groaning spectacularly, she slowly pushed herself up as she felt the raging jealousy in her body dying down. The woman had actually hit her. She didn't think young human women were so violent.
   
    For a fleeting moment, the two women stared up and down at each other, one holding her fist and the other lying sideways on the ground.
   
    "Ken..." Mayli seized control of her body again as she quickly but carefully ran to his limp form on the ground. "A-Are you okay? Please, get up..." She threw an angry stare at the pointy-eared woman on the ground to try to intimidate her, although she was masking the pain in her hand after unleashing a blow to her face.
    "Not...not bad," Parsee uttered in a growl, sitting up and rubbing her cheek. "Hah...not bad indeed."
    Ken groaned and opened his eyes. He stared at his body, and then up at Mayli. Eyes widening, he quickly looked over to Parsee, who was getting to her feet, and moved away from her. His left hand flew to his sword hilt. "You!"
    "Enough...I won't do it anymore." Parsee coughed, spitting a tiny amount of blood onto the ground. "Your woman has a hell of a right cross..."
    Mayli stared incredulously at her own fist, and then the tremendous red mark blotting the area of the pointy-eared woman's cheek. "I...well, shit. I'm s-sorry..."
    "No, I deserved it." Parsee walked slowly towards them. She winced as both of them moved away from her. "Not bad. I'm somewhat impressed. I didn't think such a pretty human girl would have the guts to fight back."
    "M-Mayli?" Ken stared at her, then at Parsee's face. Her eyes were no longer glowing. "You..."
    Mayli swallowed. Her hand was hurting. "Okay, look. What is it that you want?"
    "Mmm...maybe I'm just jealous."
    Mayli stared at the hashihime. "Jealous? Why would you be jealous? I'm not--look, he and I aren't--"
    Parsee frowned. "Not that. What was such a high-level person as a Lunarian doing around a human male?" She paused and glanced over at Ken. "There must be something special about you."
    Ken took a deep breath before responding. "Okay, hold on...just what exactly did you do to me? I...I couldn't even move, my body was moving on its own..." He hesitated to explain his sudden desire to be around this Parsee person in that moment, instead of Keine or Mayli, in the presence of his best friend.
    Parsee looked down at her extended open hand. "Jealousy...let's just say it knows little bounds in my hands."
    Ken flinched. He knew that Keine had a fearsome power, and he had rarely seen it before. But this woman had the ability to control feelings of jealousy? He felt his legs quivering. He was afraid of her, with an ability such as that.
    Parsee sighed. "You look lost, kids. We all have desires, big and small. If I were to take just one desire..." she signaled with a gliding motion of her outstretched hand, stepping forward and pressing it against the man's chest, noting his small retreat in doing so. "...and amplify it a thousand times over..."
    He nervously moved away from her. "That's enough!" His hand instinctively flew to his sword at his side once again. He felt his pulse rising dangerously. His heart still felt that slight heaviness.
    The hashihime sighed. "Look, just answer my damn question and I'll remove my pathetic self from your sights."
    "Don't you dare keep talking like that," Mayli growled. "I don't like your attitude. If you had just been nice this whole time, there wouldn't have been a fight at all."
    Ken looked impressively at Mayli. After all, she had basically saved him from whatever it was that he had experienced in that minute. Not bad for a studious schoolgirl, he thought. "So you want to know what I did with Eirin back there. How long were you watching us?" He looked at the bruised area on the woman's cheek while waiting for her reply.
    "About ten minutes, from a nearby rooftop." Parsee rubbed her left arm warmer with the heel of her right hand. "So are you going to make this worth my time and effort, and tell me what really happened?"
    "Sure. But first," he mentioned as he stepped closer. "Be quiet and sit still."
    Parsee became confused. "What?" As he got closer, she backed away, looking partially distraught. "What are you--"
    "Shh. Just be quiet and watch." He lifted a hand up to her cheek and pressed onto the middle of the bruising area. He heard a gasp, presumably from Mayli. Closing his eyes, he let the magic come to him. He had no restraints in the virtual world, only his very own primitive training to hinder him. Her cheek felt unnaturally smooth and hot, the heat mixing with the feeling of coolness from his palm as he focused his healing powers in his mind. Please, he muttered in his head, heal this woman's injury.



7:06 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Human Village

Parsee sat looking unhappy on the ground, cross-legged. She daintily felt at her face, touching the spot the woman had struck her on. It felt like new. "I see. I have just one more question, then. Why did you help me?" she asked in a harsh yet quiet tone.
    "Probably the same reason why you stopped using your bewitching on me." he replied succinctly, rubbing his aching head. He still couldn't even heal without feeling the slight pain. He'd have to ask Keine about it as soon as they got there.
    She shook her head. "Actually, it was more like I got...interrupted." Her eyes seeping with slight hatred, she stared at the woman to her right and grunted slightly.
    He put his hands together. "Look...Parsee, right? Does that story make sense to you? Do you believe what we're telling you?"
    "I don't know," the bridge princess said warily. "It still sounds suspicious to me. But I--well..." she crossed her arms and put on a pouting face, turning away. "I guess...you aren't bad humans. Maybe. I 'spose it makes sense to me."
    Mayli smiled. Perhaps even the harshest of youkai just wanted to be treated equally. Then her smile vanished, as she couldn't help but remember the horrifying sharp teeth tearing into her flesh years ago in this very world.
    "We understand," he continued, "if you don't believe us. But right now, all of your friends are--"
    "I don't have any friends."
    He paused. "Er...you don't?"
    Parsee shook her head. "Nope. No one likes me. I'm sure it's obviously to see why. Don't you see how much trouble I can cause~?"
    "Do you..." Mayli hesitated before asking her question. "Do you have much control over it?"
    "Sometimes, but not often." A little white lie here and there never hurt anyone. "Erm...wait."
    Mayli took to biting her thumbnail, only to stop immediately upon noticing that the hashihime was doing the same thing. "What?"
    "I'm..." the woman seemed disturbed. "Well, I'm not used to talking to humans like this..."
    "We're not all lies and deception, Parsee." Ken scratched his forehead. "Just like how youkai are not all sharp teeth and claws." Looking over, he thought he saw Mayli shake after he had stated that. "Anyway, that's our story, take it or leave it. We were on our way to see Miss Keine and inform her about what's going on. We have to save her and wake her up too, but we are only so many..."
    Parsee brushed her bangs. It confused her. The idea that Gensokyo was fake, that her Underground home, the bridge, the city beneath the soil and all of its inhabitants--or at least most of them--were all just virtual projections. That there was a whole other world outside, a world where youkai like her depended on humans like them for energy that Gensokyo was supposed to provide them. But then again, she had been informed by these two that the female human depended on the male human. It didn't sound like their stories were full of holes, but they weren't sounding too sure of themselves regardless. Nevertheless, she still trusted them somewhat, for some reason. "All right, let's say I buy into this craziness. What then?"
    At that point Ken got an idea. "Parsee...you're quite strong, being able to do what you can. Aren't you?"
    She smiled softly, mischievously. "Are you trying to sweet-talk me?"
    "No, I want an honest answer."
    Parsee frowned sadly. "Aww, I wanted to feel special for once..."
    He froze for a moment. "Um...well..."
    "Ken!" Mayli hissed. "She's pulling sorcery on you, don't fall for it!"
    "No I'm not," the hashihime said hastily. "There are...good humans here. A few. I can see that now. I am from the Underground, so I rarely interact with humans, but the ones I've seen for the most part have been...not very friendly towards me."
    He sighed. "It probably doesn't help that you can inflict such--" he shook his head. "Well anyway, my point is...would you trust a human like that, Parsee?"
    Parsee curled her lips. "Not initially, no. But I don't see you two in that light, necessarily. Still, if I had a choice I would not want to have my life depend on a human."
    Mayli looked glum and disappointed. She knew what Ken was trying to do, and it looked like it wasn't working. But she knew he wasn't about to give up just then.
    As if on cue, he continued. "What if I told you that this world you're in now was not just a complete lie, a false image, a fictitious home for you to live in...but you would be trapped here at the mercy of other humans?"
    "Oh...those RAI people, or whoever you said they are?" Parsee closed her eyes and thought for a moment. "So you're telling me that no matter what I choose, I'm at the mercy of humans."
    "That's right." He looked into her now open eyes and saw danger, beauty, entrancing pools of rapture for his own to peer into. "Would you rather be controlled by those who don't have your interests in mind, or place your faith in people like me, humans who want to try to help you live in a world full of humans where you are free?"
    "I don't know," she said lightly. "To me it sounds like an easy choice. Of course I would want to side with you people. But that's too easy. There have to be more complications than that."
    "Parsee."
    She looked at him with intrigue. "What?"
    "Would you like to see reality for yourself?"
    The hashihime blinked as she uncrossed her legs. "You...what are you implying?"
    "Do you want to come along with my friend Mayli here, and with others you know like Eirin and Keine?"
    "I think," Mayli added, "He's asking you if you would trust us if we have others like them coming along with us."
    Parsee let out a small sigh. "Hmmmmm...living here has been nice, or at least familiar and comfortable enough that--well, I can't easily describe it. But I do admit that." She tapped her thigh with a forefinger. "What to do, what to do..."
    "And just think," Mayli concluded. "If you get to go on a journey and impress everyone with your strength, wouldn't others be jealous of you?"
    Jealousy, Parsee thought. I can't live with it, and yet I can't live without it. It's my energy, my purpose in life now. I'm not stupid, I can see through their attempts to convince me that I can be important...but the fact that they're spending so much time on me, a youkai they've never met before, is undeniable. And it's true that I wouldn't have much to be jealous of if I could help others escape this supposedly fake world.
   
    "Fine," the pointy-eared woman stated as she clasped her hands around her thighs. "Given what happened during the Hakurei Barrier disappearance and what you've told me just now, I admit I'm intrigued. I'm curious enough to want to see what this is all about, especially if it will get me out of a fake world where I'm wasting my time away."
    "Parsee," he started. "Are you sure you'd so easily leave the Underground behind, though? You'd be willing to be tethered to me as I described earlier?"
    She stared into his eyes with a piercing glare of seriousness. "Do I look like someone who has a lot to lose? And besides, do you think a world where a waterfall flows in reverse seems realistic?"
    "That...those are good points," Mayli said with a slight nod of her head. She seemed to recall that she had indeed heard that the waterfall at Youkai Mountain was flowing up instead of down, something she still wanted to see before leaving the virtual world this time.
    "And besides," Parsee continued. "As annoying as it is to admit, I'm rather foolhardy. When you baited me with the chance to spread my powers everywhere so all can come to appreciate my ability and be jealous of me...it's tantalizing. VERY tantalizing."
    "I think it's safe to say that your power is indeed strong, if you can take control of people like that." He scratched his back then quickly stood up. "So, you'll trust me then?"
    She shrugged. "How many times do I need to say it? Out with it, human. What did you do with Eirin?"
    "I made a pact with her. When we leave this world, she and I will share a bond of energy, and she and I both must respect it."
    Parsee nodded silently. The more she considered their words and compared their accounts to the meager amount of evidence everyone in Gensokyo had retrieved of the disappearance incident, the more believable it sounded. "And what does this pact involve?"
    "Well..." he started. "It's--there are two ways to do it."
    The hashihime looked around, remembering that she was inside the Human Village. She came to the conclusion that she looked human enough to not warrant any problems. Look at me now, she mused to herself. Now I'm worried that I'll cause trouble for humans? What's this world coming to? "And those two ways would be...?"
    "Either I cut myself open, or I don't." He looked at her grimly. He had just performed a blood pact with Patchouli and didn't look forward to slicing himself again so soon. "Which one do you think I'd prefer?"
    "Sounds like a trick question."
    "It is a trick question, because the first one is the tried and true method." Mayli rolled over, feeling anxious to visit her teacher. "The latter takes more closeness..."
    Parsee perked up. "Closeness, you say? You saying I have to do...things with a human?" She shuddered. "No way. Humans are disgusting. Get ready to cut yourself up, then."
    He drummed his hands on his opposite crossed arm, staring at her.
    She heaved a tremendous sigh. This entire situation was getting ridiculous. "Well...wait, what do I have to do otherwise?"
    "Just a hug or something, not a big deal. Look, Parsee, we're kind of in a hurry. Sorry if I have to make this quick, but if you don't decide soon then we've got to get going." He picked his sheathed sword up off the ground and began fastening it to his waist again. "So, what's it going to be?"
    "Eh..."
    Mayli smirked. "I think she's scared to trust a human."
    Parsee glared at her. "What did you say? Bah, I'm not falling for that. Fine, just some hug or whatever, that's hardly a big deal."
    He stared at the hashihime incredulously. "I gotta give you props for being able to ditch your life here so easily. I guess I feel kinda bad for you if your life here is so easy to leave behind."
    She had on her serious face all of a sudden. "If you knew what my life has been like, you'd understand. I can't believe I'm saying this, but I'm tired of being bottled up in that place...watching people miserably. I hate it. I came up here when I heard something interesting was happening, and I'd hate to have to go back now...even though the Underground is my home."
    Mayli's eyes lit up. "Oooh, a rebel! Ken, there's no more time to waste."
    He nodded. "Okay Parsee, no more beating around the bush. You want to come with us, then..." He paused. He felt sorry for her, even though he didn't even know what her job was, or her life in the past had been lived out. "Then come here."
    She looked towards him with interest. "Not bad, you certainly know how to keep someone busy." She put her right hand on her hip as she tried to swing her body gently with each step forward. She flashed a closed smile as a chaotic idea suddenly took hold. "So what's it gonna be?" Her eyes lit up gently, a dull hue of green masking them.
    He gulped as he stared at her up and down. "W-Well, uh...if you would, could you come close...please?"
    Parsee smirked. "Oh I will. Just close your eyes, human."
    He was unsure of what to do, but Mayli was nearby and Keine and Mokou were presumably around the area. Closing his eyes, he felt antsy. But he had to lead this through regardless. "Parsee, do you put your faith in m--MMMMMPH?!"
   
    He felt something soft and warm pushing against his lips. Opening his eyes wide, he saw Parsee's face tilted sideways against his. His heart skipped a beat as he felt his breath gently suppressed. Standing as tall as he could, he felt his body become wrapped and hugged tight. Looking down, he saw nothing but her closed eyes.
   
    "PARSEE!"
   
    He heard Mayli yell in surprise, her desperation sending a chill down his spine. He wasn't quite sure what he was experiencing, but his entire body felt a wave of heat surging through his body. His face felt immensely fiery and his lips smoothly slid along the warm that was the woman in front of him. What is she doing kissing me?! he thought wildly, his mind racing. Why am I--

    A white flash engulfed everyone in the immediate area, robbing them of all senses.



?:?? ?? - Day 3 - Unknown Location ? Mountainside Cave

"Parsee?"

Hearing her name, she sat up and rubbed her eyes. Feeling slightly wet, she noticed that her clothes were quite damp. Her arm warmers were missing and her body shook slightly in the coldness of her surroundings. Gazing about, she squinted as her eyes homed in on several well-lit areas on the rocky wall. They were in some sort of cave...was this the Underground, a pocket closer to the surface she had never visited before?

"Parsee, come here."

    "Hahhh..." Hugging her arms around herself, she shivered and tried to find the source of the voice. Nothing moved but a small puddle of water nearby, leaking water from the ceiling occasionally dripping down to cause a quiet rippling disturbance. Reaching a hand up to her forehead, she felt much more drained of energy than usual. Her fingers trailed up to her hair, and she felt dirty wet bits of her bangs clinging together. Running her whole hand through the rest of it, she brought it back down completely wet.

    "Parsee."

    "What?" Her voice echoed helplessly off the solid rock walls, unanswered. "Who's t-there?" Her teeth started to chatter and she huddled up against a large rocky incline at her back, bringing her feet up and hugging her trembling knees. "C-Cold..." Feeling alone and depressed, she felt her ears sink slightly lower. Where the hell am I?
    That kid. She remembered it in an instant. She had kissed that man to disturb his female companion, but where was he now? Was he the owner of the voice she had heard earlier? She wanted to try to locate him, or at least discover the source of the voice, but her body refused to comply.
    "Hahhh..." She tried to see if her breath was showing in the air, but her tired eyes didn't see much save for fuzziness. Her strength was all gone. She closed her eyes and gave the heaviest sigh she thought she had ever given in the years of her lifetime. As her right leg twitched, she wondered why she was in a cave. Her ears picked up the soft, muffled roar of continuous rainfall. Looking up, she took a huge breath before opening her eyes once more.

    In front of her stood Yamame Kurodani, bent down with her hand extended.

    "Wha--spider, what are you doing here?" Parsee whispered blankly, her body wrestling with lack of warmth. She hadn't seen Yamame for at least several days, and couldn't understand why she was here with her in this cave.
    "I'm here to get you out, Parsee." Yamame's red eyes glowed warmly. "Come, together we can both escape this dungeon the humans put us in. Okay?"
    Parsee was taken aback. She looked down at her bare, shivering legs momentarily. "H-Humans did this? Are you telling me that--"
    "That's right. Humans trapped us in here, Parsee. They don't like monsters like you and I." Smiling grimly, Yamame bent down further and held her hand close to hers.
    Parsee could see the dirt smudges on her face, and her fingers looked cracked and bleeding. "Wait...what happened to you?!"
    The spider frowned. "I...well, I ran out of strength to use danmaku so I had to dig by hand...but I got us a way out, so..."
    The hashihime felt her ears droop slightly. Yamame and herself, they had been trapped here? "But the voice I heard earlier, it was--"
    Yamame chanced a look behind them, and when she turned back her face wore an expression of urgency. "I think there's someone else in here. Maybe a human trying to make sure we're behaving in our prison. Come on, hurry!"
   
    "Parsee!"
   
    Both of them brought their attention to the man standing behind them. He had a sharp-looking sword in his left hand. Looking down at her on the ground, he grimaced and started walking forward. "Parsee, I finally found you..."
    Yamame stood her ground and spread her arms, staring grimly at him. "What do you want, human?"
    He seemed bewildered and shocked. "What? I'm here to protect Parsee..."
    "And you would protect her by trapping her in a cave with me, letting us die of loneliness and starvation?!" Yamame yelled. "You humans are all the same."
    "What the hell--?!" He yelled as he threw himself to the ground, dodging an array of magical danmaku released from the spider's outstretched hands. "No! Listen to me, I didn't--"
    Yamame ran a shaking hand through her disheveled hair, looking at the ground. "I kept telling myself that I should be nice to humans, that they all don't want to leave me alone or throw objects at me." When she jerked her head back up, her eyes were glowing as fiercely as the grin on her face signaled danger. "So what do you want to die from? I hope you're familiar with diseases, otherwise you won't get a choice."
    "Yamame, wait!" Parsee coughed several times as she held her hand up. This was the man who had promised to help her, and she didn't want any trouble. "Don't--hold on. How do you know he's one of them?"
    "Don't you see that sword in his hand?" she hissed back in response, watching him as he slowly got back up on his feet. "Humans with weapons are dangerous. They're the ones who got Yuugi and Kisume too, with their guns and swords."
    "Parsee, please!" He pleaded. "You have to trust me, I'm not like that!"
    As he took a step forward, Yamame took an abrupt step forward to match him. "You won't get in our way. We're escaping and there's nothing you can do."
    The hashihime's mouth hung open. Of course Yamame was trustworthy...but what had happened to Yuugi and Kisume? She didn't know what was going on, but she strangely desired to have them not fight. "Wait, don't do that...s-stop..."
    "I'll have you out of here soon, Parsee." Yamame growled and turned back to their human company. "You have five seconds to put that sword down and get away from us, or you're going to wish you stayed in one piece."
    He raised his sword and assumed a fighting stance. "I don't think so. I came here to help Parsee, not hurt her!"
    "Then you leave me no choice." Yamame immediately lunged at him, tackling him to the ground. The two rolled several times, grunts coming from both of them. Yamame bared her sharp teeth, but he managed to push her away from him.
    Tumbling to the side, he placed himself against the nearby rock wall to steady his body and stood up as quickly as he could. "Stop this right now!" He protested loudly, turning to scout out his opponent. "Don't make me do this!"
    Before he could move, she was all over him. Spider legs hooking menacingly around his body, he felt a hand at his throat as he was pressed hard against the wall.
    Yamame chuckled evilly. "Any last words, boy?"
    Choking, he reluctantly felt his arms go limp. "You...I want to help Parsee...you can't stop me, it's my j-job...urgh!" He coughed violently as she dropped him to the ground with a release of her grip.
    The spider laughed haughtily. "That's a good joke. Why should I believe you?"
    "Because," he groaned, "I'll do what it takes to help her. She trusts me, and I won't let you..." he suddenly swung his body out, sweeping his leg at her. "...get in MY WAY!"
    Yamame tried to dodge, but she was a split second too late. Letting out a cry as his foot sunk into her side, she fell roughly to the ground. In her haste, her hands scrambled at the ground to get to her feet. A shiny object was thrust near her face and she stopped in her tracks.
    Standing over her panting, Ken held the sword point close to her nose. "D-Don't...make me do this...I won't let you interfere with this!"
    "Ken, stop!" Parsee exclaimed towards them.
    "Parsee, this woman is trying to get between us. Don't listen to her, it's not real!"
    "N-Not...real?" She said through chattering teeth. Yamame looked real enough to her. "Yamame isn't real? But--"
    "Don't listen to this lying mongrel!" Yamame barked, freezing up as he shook his blade in front of her face. "You don't scare me, human...you can't--"
    "Oh yes I can." He raised the sword as if to plunge it into her.
    Parsee stifled a scream. He was going to kill her! "KEN, STOP!"
    With a furious cry, he thrust his sword downwards.

    *SHLUNK*

    "NO!" Parsee's body felt numb as her voice coarsely yet hopelessly rang out. The sight of a youkai she wanted to call friend with a weapon buried in her chest made her cold suffering give way to a newfound fiery rage. He had killed her! He had lied to her!
    "I'm sorry, Parsee." He wiped sweat from his forehead and walked as calmly as he could over to her, making sure to not look at the body of the spider woman he had impaled. "It's not real, you have to trust me..."
    "Y-You..." her voice shook with rage as much as her body did with uncontrollable rage. She no longer felt cold, and her body staggered and fell over itself several times as she attempted to stand up. "YOU...you LIED to me! Human scum!" Her teeth gritted together, she felt her powers of jealousy roaring to life within her chest. This human was going to suffer a long torturous life before dying on her watch.
    "Parsee," he said slowly, hands raised in the air. "She's not real. None of this is real, but you and I need to--"
    "DON'T YOU DARE TELL ME WHAT I SHOULD DO!" she screeched blindly, Her knuckles were gripped tightly, and they were almost as white as chalk. "YOU LIAR! TRAITOR!"
   
    *CLANG*
   
    In her distress, she jerked her head towards the sound of something metallic. His sword had fallen to the ground. Its resting medium had vanished.
   
    Yamame was gone.
   
    Parsee covered her mouth with both hands, holding back crying sobs. She was gone. No blood, no body, nothing. Yamame had vanished. All traces of her had disappeared.
    "Do you see now, Parsee?" He put a quivering hand over her shoulder, feeling his shaking intensify as he did so. "I'm...sorry. It's not real. Please..."
    Falling to her knees, the hashihime took several deep breaths. Closing and reopening her eyes thrice, she stared at his sword lying on the ground. She wasn't seeing things. There was no one else there.
   
-----

    After several minutes, the two of them had both taken to sitting down besides each other. Neither of them had said a word. His voice broke the silence first.
    "Sorry, Parsee."
    She looked over at him, still hugging her legs to her body. "You're..." She paused as she gulped nervously. Her heart was still racing at what she'd seen. "...okay. It's fine. I believe you now."
    Another moment of silence followed. This time she broke the silence.
    "I kissed you earlier."
    As he heard the words escape her lips, his fingers were trailing across his own in remembrance. "Y...Yeah."
    She bit at the nail on her right thumb. "This is just...I don't know what's going on here. Why am I here in a cave? I was with you and that other girl."
    He nodded. They had discovered that it wasn't uncommon for those participating in a pact to remember details outside the pact situation itself. But now that the thought had crossed his mind, he had to say it. "Why did you kiss me?"
    She chuckled haughtily and looked at the ground between her slightly spread legs. "To cause trouble. It's practically my job to get between people like that, you know?"
    "Hey. You believe me now, right?"
    She stared up at him next to her. "What do you mean?"
    "Well...that spider lady, she wasn't real...what do you think it meant to have her appearing in front of you?"
    Parsee thought for a moment. "I...don't know. I don't think I'm supposed to know. But you were right, she was an illusion. Even though she did seem real enough to me."
    "Our minds are playing tricks on us, probably." He wrapped himself up with his own arms, placing his hands on his shoulders. "Jeez, it sure is cold in here."
    "I-Indeed." Her ears felt numb. "Can't we get out of here, or are we trapped?"
    He sighed. "Parsee, do you really trust me? I just killed your friend..."
    "We weren't...friends. But I knew her from before, in my home." She rubbed her hands together in an attempt to warm herself up. "Okay, enough. Even if it's just an illusion, I don't need to see any more." Turning away, she went back to biting her thumbnail for a few seconds then abruptly stopped. She stared at him. "You aren't an illusion either, are you?"
    "In here, everything is an illusion. This is just a part of the process. It's up to your mind to choose what to do based on what you see." His thoughts trailed off to Patchouli. Sometimes you have less of a choice, sometimes more."
    "Well I'm sick of these illusions," she said with a huff. "Show me the real thing, then."
    "So you trust me still?"
    She suddenly didn't feel cold at all. "I don't really have a choice, but I suppose I do. Besides," she echoed hollowly, "there's no one else I have. No one deserves me, I'm just a disaster waiting to happen."
    "That can't be true." He put a hand on her arm, taking note of its frigid smoothness. Looking into her eyes, he saw the modest beauty she exuded. "Look, I need people like you. We need you. We all need you to trust us and help us, for everyone's sake."
    Parsee nodded dumbly in response.
    "I know what's going through your mind right now. You don't like the idea of sharing yourself with someone else, regardless of the reason. But trust me, you won't be serving me or anything, it's a team thing. If anything, you're leagues stronger than me. You're capable of doing things I couldn't do. I only have you here like this because you're willing enough to at least listen to me. If I didn't do this, myself and the others, well, we would be in great trouble." He blinked and lost himself in her deep eyes. "I'm not as strong as you think I am. To be honest, I'm scared of doing this. I don't know how it will turn out in the long run, I don't want to force people to be with me for the rest of their lives if that's how it ends. I've just experienced this for long enough that I've gotten used to it."
    "Mhmm..." she felt slightly better...no, more understood and understanding. "No one's perfect, but if you need me as you say I need people like you, well...okay. Fine, human. You win. I believe it now, so show me more."
    Smiling after a sigh, he felt much more relieved. "Then Parsee, could you do something for me?"
    "What is it?"
    "Please wake up from the dream, Parsee."

    "Whaaa!" She cried out as a pit opened up beneath her, a vortex that was dragging her away. The cave was dissolving. She wildly reached out to try to grab him, but he was too far away, flying further away. Or was she falling? Panicking, she looked around her surroundings only to find nothing but darkness. She was tumbling into a void...



7:07 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Human Village

"KEN! Ooooooh!"

"Wha...?" He blinked several times, realizing that he was now back in the Village. His head was slowly evening out, the spinning feeling was dissolving. On the ground near him was Parsee, who was sitting up and fixing her hair. He had no idea what had happened while they were lost in that imaginary cave.

"Hey, buddy, what the hell was that all about?!"
    He scratched his head and looked up at Mayli. "Mmm...well, I--uh oh." He gulped upon remembering what had happened before the pact was formed. "Mayli, wait...urgh!"
    She grabbed his shoulders and shook his body. "Why did you let her do that?!" she said with a moan of frustration. "You could have just hugged her!"
    "Mayli! I didn't have any control over it, I--"
   
    "That's enough, you two."
   
    Mayli looked over at Parsee and let her friend go. "You wanna explain why you think kissing him was a good idea?"
    Parsee smiled sweetly, flashing a row of very white teeth. "Are you jealous? Just thought I'd stir the pot a bit."
    "You..."
    "Oh, calm down. I'm not a human, I don't have to abide by this 'code' you seem to have." She clicked her tongue and licked her lips. "Live a little sometimes."
    "Well," Mayli said angrily. "You...you...stop that kind of behavior! Ken doesn't like such forwardness."
    Parsee smirked. "And judging by your reaction, you don't either." Her expression faded to seriousness. "Besides, he said we had to get close to each other and there isn't much time, so that's my excuse."
    "Okay, knock it off, you two." Grunting as he stood up, he stared at the two ladies in front of him. "Yes, she kissed me, but it's clear that she isn't trying anything funny otherwise." He glared at Mayli. "Are we clear?"
    Mayli blew air out of her mouth and returned his unamused expression. "Yeah, whatever. Just don't do it again." She could tell that her cheeks were flush. It wasn't embarrassing to witness, but it did irritate her.
    Parsee gestured with her thumb over at his best friend. "Is she always this boring and uptight?"
    He sighed. "No, she's jealous and angry at you for doing that. Anyway, thanks. How did it feel?"
    "It was--"
    "Terrible, I hope." Mayli turned away after interrupting with that comment.
    "Mayli! Come on, there isn't anything meaningful in it. It was just a kiss, and it made the pact work." He didn't want to admit that it felt wonderful, so he continued. "So, Parsee?"
    The hashihime had her arms folded under her breasts. "It was...interesting, I'll say. I can't help but feel that there was a lesson for me to learn after experiencing that. You humans are weird."
    "All right, now let's all play nicely." He rubbed his left eye and started walking towards Keine's abode.
    "Wait," Parsee blurted out. "So...what now?"
    Mayli scratched her leg, still feeling uncomfortable about what she had been witness to. "We have a few more things to take care of before Nitori helps us exit this place."
    "Nitori, eh? That's right, she was involved in that barrier thing." Parsee yawned. "So I gotta follow you people everywhere now, I take it."
    He nodded, feeling slightly woozy. "Yeah, that's the only sure way to secure the mana link when we exit this place. If you don't mind, of course."
    Parsee nodded. She watched as the two of them started to walk away from her. The impulsive behavior, the pact formation, these things still hadn't truly sunken in yet. She was going to be bound to a human, stuck outside in the real world. Stuck outside the Underground, her home. Well now, she mused to herself. Let's see what else is in store for this poor green-eyed monster. I do hope it'll be entertaining.



(Through spirit bond pact, Ken acquires Parsee as a partner. Ken, Mayli and Parsee are heading to Keine's house.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Amraphenson on November 02, 2012, 05:36:09 AM
???, Unknown Time
Fists flash. Feet lash out. She dodges a lunging punch, he follows with a backhand. She redirects it and flips him over, sending him sprawling into the water.

He'd been at this for what felt like hours, sparring with this green-haired goddess. The pond they fought atop seemed so deep, but it acted like a shallow puddle when he stepped on top of it. He was reminded of one of those floating shrines he had heard of a long time ago, but that wasn't his concern. Her spinning, so much like a dance, made her impossible to touch. And that went without mentioning the saplings that had a disturbing habit of blocking his way and protecting her. He wasn't even sure why he was fighting her anymore; he remembered stumbling into the forest, and now this.

"You're so quick to violence," she laughs out, ribbons trailing behind her. He grins and rises, then stomped once as he returns to his stance.

Water rises up in a torrent and falls around him in response. He's already soaking wet anyway. "It's all I've ever known," he mutters.

In an explosion of movement he dashes in, low to the ground with fist drawn back. His rising punch was deflected, his elbow dodged, his jumping roundhouse ducked under. Xuezheng tries to backhand again, but she simply ducks into his blow, grabs him by the wrist and upper arm, and slams him into the ground over her shoulder.

"Really?" she asks.

"Yes," he answers without question.

Suddenly he's not on the floor. He's not fighting. He's standing over the water, staring right into her eyes. She's smiling demurely, hands folded over her lap. "No," she says back. "It's not. Don't you remember?"

Shapes rise from the water around him. Canvases. Paintings. Sculptures. Familiar images...his work. But something about them isn't...quite clear. He steps back for a moment, shocked. But then he smiles. "Yeah. My art...it's what I am now, isn't it?"

She shakes her head. The curse goddess steps forward and cups his cheek with a hand, bringing his sight to meet hers, and he's amazed at how warm her slender fingers feel. She smiles sadly. "It's not. You're not one or the other. You're both. Both are beautiful."

His eyes widen as the veil over his eyes lift and the true contents of his art finally reveal themselves. Warriors during morning practice, the taut muscles of a man mid-punch, and most significant to him: the twin monks sparring in front of the shrine. "Don't you agree?" she asks.

Xuezheng stares at her for a while, mouth slightly ajar, but eventually he reaches up and grasps her hand in his own. "I guess," he answers, finally.

----
Great Youkai Forest, Unknown Time, The Pond of Misfortune
His eyes shoot open. The magic circle at his feet, the ankle-deep water he's standing in, the girl he's reaching out to. They're standing a little more than an arm's length apart, bodies slightly tilted away from each other and one arm outstretched to the other. He remembers it all and grins. "Was that part of the ritual?"

Hina smiles back as the blood from their sliced palms drips down into the water. "I can't help it if I take in misfortune, and I certainly can't help it if most of yours is stuck in your latent personal problems."

He can't help it. He laughs. "Alright, that's my fault."

The slightest amount of concern lights up her features. "Are you sure now? With how little mana you have naturally, I'll have to use whatever mana you have to draw in misfortune, but unless I have a storage and until I can convert it to mana myself, well...," she starts, but her worries are silenced by his confident smirk.

"Bad luck won't stop me. So long as you live, I'm fine with it. Store as much misfortune inside me as you want. How did the Japanese say it...?" he trails off, making her smile. "Ah, right."

Both of them clasp their outstretched, bloody hands together. The circle glows radiantly as she rests her head on his chest.

"I'll be in your care then, Hina Kagiyama."

"And I yours, Xuezheng Mao."

The wounds close. The link finishes. The deed is done.

----
OOC: For some odd reason, Xuezheng has an abnormally low mana pool, to the point where he's finding it hard to support Hina, which is why he was feeling so odd upon entering the Virtual Gensokyo. An odd form of mana link was thus formed after Hina noticed this; he provides her just enough Mana to use her misfortune absorbtion ability, which is now the pair's main source of mana. However, Hina needs time to convert misfortune to mana, and thus Xuezheng's luck has now decreased dramatically. The first scene was feedback from having his own misfortune, which was lodged within his own split feelings towards his two main skills, out. Having all that repressed dissonance pulled out caused him to have a minor hallucination so that he could come to terms with it, and thus let go of his misfortune for Hina to utilize to kick start the process.
Title: Empty Eientei - Reisen is Missing!
Post by: Kakyoin on November 06, 2012, 07:27:39 AM
7:34 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - Bamboo Forest of the Lost (Eientei Front Entrance)

Eirin pushed open the front door to Eientei and peered inside. She shouted out to someone she was looking for in particular. "Reisen? Are you here?"

Kaguya stopped nibbling on some strands of her hair in her mouth and walked in after the pharmacist. "Inaba, where are you?"
    "Well that's odd. I thought Reisen would've stayed here to hold down the fort." Eirin placed her bow and arrow down for the time being and wiped her hands on her dress. "REI~SEN!!!"

    No answer.

    "Maybe Reisen is outside somewhere?"
    Eirin turned to her Princess. "If she is, she isn't in the forest around the mansion. We already looked around before coming in here."
    "Hmm, that's true." Kaguya sat down on the floor and yawned. "Well, it's been quite an interesting couple of days out there."
    Eirin pushed her braid back over her shoulder after noticing it had fallen forward. "All right, give me a quick rundown of what's happened. This whole 'reality' thing has me quite curious." She sat down opposite Kaguya.
    "Okay. So when we got sucked through that weird hole in the Hakurei Barrier, we woke up in this weird room and we were all in these containers. No wait, they're like pods. Our brains were hooked up to them somehow after we fell asleep inside them or...something like that, I'm not sure. But that's what we're doing in here now, and originally we couldn't remember anything about our lives in reality...because the evil organization that captured us and put us in here is changing our minds when we enter this place."
    "Evil organization? And how come you can remember all this now if entering this 'fake' world causes your memory to be blocked or segregated?"
    "Oh yeah, that. So Nitori is in charge of activating the technology, and she figured out how to override the memory isolation, so we came back into this virtual world and we can remember what we were doing before coming here. So you, Eirin, your body is kinda...sleeping in one of those pods, and my body is too. I, uh..." Kaguya grimaced. "I looked into yours and I saw you lying there...not doing anything at all. And I was right there...kinda creepy."
    "Interesting. And why didn't you wake me up?"
    "We were told that it would be too dangerous to try to remove everyone else trapped."
    "Does it have to do with mana?"
    Kaguya smiled. Eirin was quick as expected. "Yeah, apparently your memory is changed when you enter and exit this world. I guess it's like an operation, sorta? You can't interrupt it in the middle or else who knows what could happen?"
    Eirin nodded and frowned. "If my mind got scrambled, that would be disastrous. But how does that relate to mana? Is it because whatever controls this little experiment also controls mana?"
    "It...it's hard to believe this, but--well, let me give you an example. I didn't even know that boy before the day we met him and learned his name. I wasn't even close to him in the least, you know? And yet..."
    "And yet," Eirin continued, working out the situation in her head, "you became bound to him when you entered reality." She scratched her head. "How is that even possible?"
    "Yuyuko thinks that whatever controls us in this place is responsible for pairing us up after we leave it. Like, it somehow knows how we all interact and pairs us up according to that."
    "That would explain why that man asked me to come back and stay with him. I guess being close by has an impact." Eirin leaned forward, then reached a hand out and took Kaguya's right hand. "Princess, you realize what this means, right?"
    "I know. I won't be able to join you." Kaguya nervously rubbed the fingers of her free hand together. "Maybe I can find someone else? There are a bunch of others here that are going to help us out, so there's that."
    Eirin sighed. "I hope so. I can't just leave you back here trapped in this place!" She looked out the nearby window and let Kaguya's hand go. "Speaking of which, I think this is a perfect opportunity for Reisen to prove and improve herself. Now where could she have gone..."
    Kaguya stood up on one knee. "How about we spread out? There isn't much time."
    As she got to her feet, the pharmacist's legs were shaking slightly, perhaps due to the pact vision she had experienced earlier. "We don't really have much of a choice. Tewi isn't around either...that bothers me a little more. Okay, I'll look around for an hour or so and if I can't find them I'll go back to the Human Village and stay around that Ken fella."
    "Sure." Kaguya got to her feet completely as well. "Either way we have to do what we can. I'll try to explain more later if we find 'em soon enough."
    "Yeah." Eirin grabbed her bow and arrow. "Sorry, home sweet home...we have some more work to do. Let's go, Princess!"



(Eirin and Kaguya briefly discuss how reality and virtual reality are connected and how the mana system works. They will depart Eientei to look for Reisen and Tewi. Kaguya will split off from Eirin and presumably encounter Orphea's OC at some point. Eirin will first look around Muenzuka, then go back to Misty Lake before finally returning to the Human Village.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on November 17, 2012, 11:38:30 PM
Timestamp - Day 3, 11:30 P.M., RAI Graveyard Base Lab, Kamisuiwa.
Upon arriving at the RAI Base, Koishi had informed Nikolas that she had recovered and could walk on her own. Before the young man could object though, the satori had already forced herself down and dusted herself off, stretching her sleepy limbs in the process.
After several minutes of walking had passed, the large group found themselves within an expansive room filled with long rows of human-sized pods that looked like they came right out of some sort of sci-fi fantasy novel. A vast array of strange technology filled every corner of the room. Large cords were sprawled across the metal floor, connecting machines to each other. The entire room had an unsettling atmosphere, as if you had just walked in on some kind of mass conspiracy to take over the world or something.

Nikolas glanced around the room with a sense of urgency. His mind raced with questions and possibilities. What was this place? What are those pods for? What?s going on here? The river of questions would not halt.
?Oh, you.?
Nikolas flinched at the sound of an unfamiliar voice calling out to the group. He spun around, his eyes falling onto the source. A girl, entirely clad in blue and green, even her hair was a vibrant shade of blue. Nikolas eyed the girl in tense silence. After confirming that the girl called Nitori was in fact an ally, Nikolas let out an inaudible sigh of relief.

Nikolas listened carefully as the swordsman, named Ken from what he gathered, explained the situation they were currently in.
The boy?s mouth hung open in awe. A virtual world?? Like a video game or something? Imitating their former home? The young man instinctively glanced at Koishi, who was silently concentrating on the swordsman?s speech. Nikolas shifted his eyes to the floor. Koishi?s home? The home that RAI destroyed?
Nikolas returned his attention to the man?s speech after a second?s consideration. What the man said next startled the boy.
E-experiments? Really? Nikolas gazed out across the sea of pods. A faint sense of terror pounded in the back of his mind. This organization, RAI, they were serious. They weren?t messing around. Nikolas swallowed as his face shifted into a nervous frown. This isn?t going to be simple, is it?
Nikolas was snapped back to the current moment when he heard Amarillo?s voice reverberate around them. As he listened to her words, more questions surfaced in his mind.
Wait, what? Visions? In the boy?s mind erupted a slight panic. He had no idea what these ?visions? were and he did not recall having any for that matter. Just as the boy was about to open his mouth to voice his confusion, he felt something bump into him.
The boy turned around to see Koishi standing beside him. Her green eyes gazed into his own violet colored ones.
??Koish-?? Nikolas began.
?Hey, you need to go in and save someone too.? She said softly, almost in a whisper.
Nikolas stared at the satori for a moment before nodding slowly, unsure of how to really respond to the girl.
As the young man returned his attention to the swordsman?s explanation, he heard him speak of some kind of ?pact?, one which involved blood. Then the purple haired woman spoke of another option, a sort of ?close contact? pact.
Memories of the mysterious white void Nikolas had been transported to, flashed in his mind. His recollection of the event made the young man?s face redden slightly, his gaze shifting to the floor for a brief moment. Listening to Ken?s further descriptions of this form of pact only made him blush more. Despite the feeling of embarrassment however, Nikolas felt a swell of positivity wash over him, like he had done one of the most meaningful things he ever would do. With this reaffirmation, the young man smiled faintly, his mood having been lifted from all of the uncertainty for a short while.
?Everyone find an empty pod, please. You?re all going on a wild, magical ride, so enjoy the show.? Ken announced with poise, ?Oh, but do make sure not to come back empty-handed.?
?Yeah!? Koishi cheered loudly as she leapt into the air for a moment. On her face was an enthusiastic smile, like that of a child at Christmas.


Timestamp - Day 3, 11:34 P.M., RAI Graveyard Base Lab, Kamisuiwa.
It didn?t take long after that for everyone to get to a pod and climb in. Koishi had dashed off across the room as she cheerfully looked for a vacant pod.
?E-eh?!? Nikolas mumbled as he hurriedly weaved through the sea of technology. Within less than a minute the boy had found an empty pod and had climbed in. He fidgeted about, trying to get comfortable, with no luck. The boy could sense the return of the uneasy feeling in his stomach as the lid of the pod closed shut. The hum of machinery resounded within the chamber. Nikolas glanced about nervously at the interior of the pod. His mind raced, unsure of what exactly was about to happen to him. The young man swallowed, inhaled, and then exhaled. Finally, he got his nerve. Nikolas took a deep breath, holding it in, and shut his eyes.
Here goes nothing?!
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on November 21, 2012, 01:26:28 PM
6:10 PM - Virtual Gensokyo - Temple Graveyard

On his way here, Neil fashioned himself a torch. It's just a thick twig with fire on it and he is carrying four other sticks on his other hand since it is so poorly done. After getting past a couple of trees and some bushes, he spots a graveyard. He raises an eyebrow and decides he will simply travel through it, graveyards are usually empty, right?

"Why walk through when you can simply walk around it?" Milican asks, "Too much effort." he retorts with a smirk. He clumsily climbs over the fence and looks around the place. He spots a silhouette in the distance, causing him to panic as he drops his torch and hastily stomps on it to extinguish the light. Hiding behind a tombstone, he sees that the figure is moving closer but not directly towards him. He breathes a sigh of relief as he tries to move closer to examine but Milican tells him otherwise. It again moves closer, this time it's heading right at him. Feeling greatly threatened, he immediately makes a dash back out of the area and behind a nearby tree.

"Ergh, I'm never cut out for this." he mentally admits.
Title: Yakumo Pact - A Fox Fiasco, Part I
Post by: Kakyoin on November 25, 2012, 01:23:21 AM
Part II below. I wish there was more room for characters per post. :(


7:09 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Human Village (Near Suzunaan (http://en.touhouwiki.net/wiki/Suzunaan))

"So, you two really aren't that close?"
    Ken sighed and turned to address Parsee at his side. "Maybe we are, maybe we aren't. Why does it matter so much to you?"
    The hashihime scratched the underside of her pointy right ear. "Well I'm supposed to mess up things like that. You know, like it's a job."
    "A job?!" Mayli exclaimed angrily. "That's just sad. It's no excuse for you to do things like...what you did!"
    Parsee shrugged. "I'm used to it. Jealousy, it knows no bounds...even for abysmal creatures such as me. It might as well be a job."
    Ken opened his mouth but hesitated. He wasn't sure what to think of her statement. Finally he spoke up again. "Wait a minute. You...you mean to tell me that you can't--"
    "That's right, human. Even one who weaves wicked strings for jealousy to dance along cannot escape its powerful influence." She raised a glowing green hand, watching intensely as the radiance spiraled outwards. The others nearby took a step back to avoid the conic flow of power. Smiling, she let the power within her body calm down as the glow faded. "I am fueled by the very thing I possess and practice...so, how do you feel about me now, hmm?"
    "I think," he stated as he started walking once more, "that you're pretty strong. But we really have to keep going..."
    Parsee's mouth twisted. "All right, fine. You're not even a bit scared? At least you could entertain me a bit..."
    Mayli glared at her. "I'm not as scared of you as I am mad at you."
    After a short silence, the two ladies found themselves walking together behind him shortly thereafter. Parsee stole a haughty look at her. "Gosh, you certainly are a pleasant person to be around. Why don't you just drop it already? I just wanted to have a little fun."
    "You clearly don't understand what it means to do that," Mayli huffed.
    Parsee spat on the ground. "Then tell me, o all-knowing one, why I should care to understand it."
    "Because it's just unnecessary! You don't go around kissing every man you find! If you're going to be with us, you can't do things like that. Jeez...doing such a thing without regard...you really are rude."
    "Ha. Well it was all worth it for me, so I'll play nice...for now."
   
    "Are you two having fun back there?"
   
    They looked at Ken, who was standing in front of them watching. Mayli sighed, realizing that they had halted in their exchange. "Whatever, as long as she doesn't do such impulsive things all the time."
    Parsee drummed her fingers at her left side. "It was just a quick kiss to spice things up. She needs to stop overreacting so much if she actually does care about making things go smooth."
    "I--" Mayli paused. Ken didn't want there to be any more turmoil. As much as she hated to admit it, Parsee was right for the time being. "Fine."
    He crossed his arms over his chest. "Stop baiting her, then."
    "Yeah, okay. Anyway, I get the point already." She looked over at the nearby house. "Humans have such an interesting way of living..."
    "Why is that? You lived in a cave all your life, or wh--oh..." Mayli noticed where they were. "This is Suzunaan!"
    Ken uncrossed his arms and looked over his shoulder. "So it is. It seems like a long time since I last stopped by here."
    "Suzunaan?" Parsee squinted as she examined its simplistic exterior. It looked just like all the other houses to her. "What is this, your secret hideout?"
    "It's basically Mayli's secret hideout, yeah." He walked up to the book renter's entrance and examined the area around it. "I know it's not real, and yet..."
    "This is the closest thing we have to a library here," Mayli mentioned as she walked up and looked through the front window. "Here is where we can rent out books. Although compared to our modern day libraries in reality it's really primitive."
    "Books, huh? I was never one to do much reading." Parsee heard and then noticed that the front door was opening. "Someone's coming out, it seems."
   
    A girl with reddish-orange hair and a checkered kimono with an apron in her hand stepped out. Taking notice of the company gathered outside, she quickly closed the door behind her. "Um, can I help you...?"
   
    "Kosuzu!"
    Hearing her name, the girl blinked and looked over at Mayli. She suddenly broke out into a grin and ran over to her. "Miss Mayli! Oh goodness, I thought you had maybe perished or--ooh!" She quickly gave the student a warm hug. "How are you doing?" Glancing over at Parsee and then to Ken, she looked concerned. "These are your friends, right? Er, that's Ken, but...who's she?"
    "Parsee." The hashihime felt out of place, but it was better than rotting away in the Underground. "I'm with them, don't worry about me." She wasn't sure if she looked human enough to blend in.
    Kosuzu stared at her in wonder briefly. "Oh...I see. You must be a foreigner. Where do you hail from, Miss Parsee?"
    "I, uh...well, let's just say that I usually live alone." She stroked her shiny blonde hair, unsure of what else to mention at the time.
    Ken smiled. It was almost impossible to hate such a diligent, polite worker. "Nice to see you again, Kosuzu. How are you?"
    "Much better now that I found you two! You know, Keine is--"
    "We know," Mayli said offhandedly. She and Ken exchanged glances. Being unsure of how much information to divulge to her was a problem. She turned back and grinned with eyes closed. "We were just going to see her!"
    "Oh, that's good. I got off work just now, maybe we can catch up later?"
    Mayli nodded. "S...Sure. Well...we'll be off now!" She quickly pushed Ken with an outstretched hand towards their destination, much to his sudden surprise.
    Kosuzu blinked before slowly walking off towards her home. "All right, meet at my place?"
    "Okay, I'll be there soon."
   
    The three of them watched as the hard worker walked away.
    "So, that was interesting..." Parsee murmured. "But we have to go see Keine now, right? You need to tell her what you told me. Maybe she'll believe you."
    "Yeah, let's keep going." He took a look back at Suzunaan. It brought back memories that he somehow had of his past here, trapped in the virtual world. He knew that he almost always saw Mayli hanging around the place, even if he didn't know her that well when RAI had messed with their memories. His thoughts trailed to how she suddenly needed mana. That couldn't be right. She was a human just like him! Then again, the sword he had received as a gift from Keine had carried over to reality...there was too much going on to make any assumptions, and he didn't know what to believe at the time.
    "She's probably already aware of everything," Mayli mentioned. "Mokou was supposedly going to see her, so..."
    "Oh yeah, that's true." Mokou's link was another issue. He couldn't quite understand why, but several of them had suddenly become linked to him after escaping into reality. Kasen and Mayli had been his friends before RAI had captured them and forced them into this world, forgetting their pasts entirely. It wasn't fair that Kasen didn't come out! This virtual world is screwing everything up, he thought out of frustration. Even with Nitori in control, I have a feeling this beast can't really be tamed. I hope everyone makes it out with me later...
    "This village is much different from the Underground," Parsee said with a sniff. "I guess that's to be expected."
    "Depends on what the Underground is like." Mayli had only read about it in books, but she didn't want to get anywhere near such a youkai-infested place. "If it's full of scary creatures, then I'll pass, thanks."
    Parsee frowned. "Humph. Is that what you think it is? We probably have more celebrations down there than you humans do. Not that any of them interest me, or anything. Besides, I'm not...that welcome to those events."
    "Well now you don't have to worry about it as much," Ken replied as he saw Keine's house in the distance. He also wanted to stop by his own place to see if everything was there, and to get the CD he somehow brought into the virtual space. "Sounds like you had a pretty bitter life up until now."
    "You don't know the half of it. This kind of event where a bunch of important people just up and disappear though, that was a good excuse for me to go see what was going on." Parsee heaved a sigh. "I'm no stupid shrine maiden, but I guess my curiosity finally got the best of me. And now here I am, somehow bound to a boy who is going to save the world...or something."
    His eyes narrowed. "I seriously doubt that. I'm not a hero, I just know more things than others."
    Mayli interrupted him. "You also have actual combat training--er, sorta. You can swing a sword and actually use magic, that's definitely something!"
    "Eh, magic?" Parsee perked up. "This man knows how to use magic? Guess I've been living in a hole for too long, and this above ground world changed. Since when can everyday humans learn magic?"
    "Let's just say I had some assistance from...friends." His mind trailed to thoughts of Reisa. He still had yet to run into her again. Last he saw her, she looked like she was in a trance of sorts. Yet he wasn't all that worried. What was going on? Maybe she had gone home to the Scarlet Devil Mansion. He'd ask Patchouli of her whereabouts when she returned, that's what he'd do. Feeling a bit better, he found himself standing near his teacher's front door. We finally made it, Miss Keine.
    Mayli bounded up and knocked on her door several times. They waited patiently for several moments as there was no answer.
    "Um...maybe she's not home?" Parsee suggested. "Given the sudden disappearance of many, it wouldn't surprise me if she's out and about. Heck, even I left my position to come see what was going on. And uh, maybe the festival too."
    "Wait." Mayli signaled for quiet by putting a finger to her lips, then pressed her ear against the door. Sounds of something swishing or the like were emitting from within, very softly. "It sounds like...soft crackling?"
    "Maybe it's Mokou being bored." Ken knocked on the door himself. "She always loved playing with fire, especially now that she's back where she can use it as much as she wants to." He questioned how he knew this despite not remembering much about Mokou, but he dismissed it as he banged harder on the door. "Miss Keine, are you there?!"
   
    Several seconds later, he heard movement inside. As the door opened, he held his breath in anticipation.
   
    "Oh, sup."
   
    Mokou stood in the doorway, looking casually and calmly at them. She beckoned to have them come in. "You're late. What kept y--wait, what's she doing here?!" She pointed a finger at Parsee.
    "You're Mokou, right?" she responded, lips pursed.
    "Answer my question already." Mokou wasted no time beating around the bush. "You're supposed to be in a cave miles away, rotting your life away. Why did you come to this village?"
    "Mokou!" Ken shouted. "That's horrible! How can you--"
    "You must not be aware," she responded grimly, "of what this...thing is. She'll bring ruin to everything good! She's bad luck!"
    "Ken made a pact with her." Mayli looked innocently away after her quick statement.
    "WHAT?!" Mokou looked angry. "Do you have any idea what she will do to you?!"
    Parsee stared angrily at the immortal. "I'm not here to cause trouble...I heard all about the real world that is supposedly outside this one. But if you want to pick a fight..."
    Mokou immediately wore a calmer expression. "Oh, never mind then. You're fine." She turned to her previous comrades. "Well come on in, you might be surprised at what you see."
    "Surprised?" Ken asked as he stepped into Keine's house. "What do you have planned, a surprise birthday party?"



7:15 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Human Village (Inside Keine's House)

Ken looked around and sniffed several times. He then turned back to his teacher's best friend, trying not to crack a smile. "Smells like lady in here (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php/topic,9486.msg687502.html#msg687502)."
    Mokou glared at him, remembering what she had said previously. "Har har, that's very funny."
    He chuckled to himself as the other two stepped inside. "Well honestly it does, it's Keine's house. Miss Keine always smells nice..."
    Mokou sighed. "You would say that. Why don't you just marry her already? Moving in wouldn't be too bad, since you live right next door."
    "And here I thought you didn't like joking about that subject...we're just--we work together and that's it."
    "Ha, that's a good one. Next you're going to tell me that you kissed Parsee, or some stupid nonsense like that."
    Before anyone could elaborate further, Mayli cleared her throat loudly. "So where's Keine?"
    "Oh, she's in her room talking to Ran. Got some fresh meat--I mean, guy in there too." Mokou looked particularly pleased, yet sly.
    "Someone else?" Ken asked rhetorically. "I see...is she too busy right now, then?"
    "Well, she just made a pact, but..."
    "What!" Ken exclaimed. "She made a...I see. So one of our new--"
    "Yeah. What, are you disappointed?" Mokou grinned maliciously. "You wanted your precious teacher, didn't you?"
    "No, that's not the point...do we have to turn everything into a romantic or sexual discussion?" He sighed and walked past her, feeling his face warming up. "Sure seems like it to me..."
    "Wait," Parsee began to inquire. "You two are students here?"
    Mayli nodded. "We--" she immediately assumed a grim countenance. "Well, we were..."
    "Mmm, I see. Well enough waiting." The hashihime started walking around slowly, looking up. "You all go on ahead. I'll stay out here, I want to see what the interior of a human house nowadays looks like."
    Mokou clicked her tongue. "Right, you're from below ground...all right, let's go." She stood aside and motioned for him to lead the way. "Of course, you know her house best, so..."
    "No, I don't. Are you trying to force me to love my teacher, or something?" He groaned. "What goes on between us isn't really significant, but it's nothing you should be concerned about. Besides, you know that it's all a facade anyway. Miss Keine has no idea what lies outside this place, for all she knows we could be sworn enemies in reality..."
    Mokou's smile vanished. "Yeah, that's true. All right, I guess I've teased you enough by now."
    "Indeed," Mayli said roughly. "I'm a little tired of romantic subtext, can we stay away from that topic for a while?"
    Ken didn't respond, but instead approached the door to his teacher's room. He hadn't been inside her house too often, at least not much deeper than her kitchen or front room to give her graded assignments or quizzes. He wondered how she had managed while he was away, but knowing her she had filled in for him easily.
    He moved close to the closed door further down the hallway and heard several voices. Reaching a hand out, he gave a firm knock and spoke loudly. "Miss Keine?"
    Hearing footsteps approaching, the three of them waited until her bedroom door opened. He held his breath hoping to see her safe and sound, although the fact that it was entirely a dreamlike world diminished his excited mood slightly.
    "Ken!" Keine gasped as she opened the door completely. Looking beyond him, she saw the others. "And Ayume...you two are back after all!"
    "Well duh, of course they are." Mokou smiled as she saw the shocked expression on her best friend's face fade away. "Told you they were fine."
    After giving them both hugs, she looked back over her shoulder briefly, then turned back and put her hands on her chest, beaming (https://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/keinereunite.png). "I'm so glad to see you two here safe. We were worried sick!"
    "Yeah, sorry about that. There were some complications." He felt a rush of adrenaline after seeing his teacher again, and he imagined that Mayli felt the same. "We actually did disappear completely from this world for a while..."
    While she was intrigued, she also couldn't help but feel happy to see them back safe again. "So I heard. Mokou told me everything, and I...well, you'll see what's going on. We currently have some company that I'd like you to meet." Sweeping her hand out, she motioned towards the three others in the room. Ken and Mayli beheld two women with tails, one more mature than the other, and a man with black and white hair down to his shoulders.
    "Let's make this quick," Mokou said hastily. "The dude is Andy, he's going to help Keine escape so he made a pact with her."
    "I recognize him," Ken said. "He was with us when I was helping Lady Patchouli at Tourist Helpers."
    "Yeah, that's right," Andy replied. "I'm still surprised, but more intrigued now. Hey, my kind of exciting adventure."
    "No kidding. Welcome to the club." The swordsman looked over at the two females standing nearby. "And who are they? They look very familiar, but I, uh...somehow forgot their names..." He felt chills down his spine. They had no idea that he knew who they were, or had even met him, even though he had forgotten their names out of the blue. It was truly an awkward situation, if not slightly creepy.
    Mokou raised an eyebrow. "That would be Ran and Chen, the sworn servants of Yukari Yakumo." She pointed first to the fox, then the cat. "Ran is the one with the silly hat, and Chen is the one with the silly hat and fewer tails."
    Ran sighed and smiled slightly. "I suppose that's us, yes..." She waved briefly before addressing them (https://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/ranmeet.png). "It's nice to meet you both."
    "Yeah!" Chen echoed her master's gentle greeting. She had her hands together (https://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/chenmeet.png). "I guess you never saw us before, right?"
    Mayli giggled, responding as naturally as she could sound. "Not really, but I still can't get over how cute everyone is here. And nice fluffy tails too!"
    "Erm, 'here'?" Ran cocked her head to the side. "So there is indeed another place outside our Gensokyo?"
    "There's much more than that," Mokou replied. "These two just came from the real world of humans, like I did. All of us here are actually in the real world, our minds are just led to believe that we live in this Gensokyo, and that it is real and our home." She pointed at Ken, Mayli and then herself. "We're all proof of this, you just gotta trust what we say."
    Keine nodded. "And the pact certainly felt real enough. I think now I can trust what you've all been telling me. So now that that's out of the way..."
    Ken spoke up. "Yeah. What are these two doing here?"
    "Mokou said that you know of Yukari. Can you confirm her fate too?"
    He looked unhappy. "She...well, RAI caught her somehow...Jeremy got captured too, along with her. That's what Amarillo told me, at least."
    "What!!" Chen squealed. "Jeremy and Mistress got captured?! What happened to them? How could--"
    "Chen!" Ran snapped quickly. "Calm down. Jeremy and Mistress disappeared days ago, we can't do much about it. We have to trust what they tell us." She turned to face Ken, hands now together in her sleeves. "Do you have any clue as to what happened when they got captured?"
    He shook his head. "The only thing Amarillo told me was that they went up against Diamond..." Looking at Mokou and Mayli and seeing looks of disgust and unhappiness on their faces, he knew that they all felt uneasy about such a worthy adversary. "And that is absolutely unfortunate. He stomped us flat when we fought him..." He took a breath and continued. "He can...how do I put this..."
    Mayli went on in his stead. "He has the power to declare something happening, and then the situation plays out so that whatever he said actually happens. Is that right?"
    Ran's face became serious. "That's...is that even possible for a human?"
    Mokou nodded grimly. "Sounds about right. I was about to shoot that fool right in the head with a gun we had snatched from one o' them soldiers, Kaguya had things all set up too with her power to slow stuff down. But he said some weird words that made it so I ended up missing and...well, it was a disaster, pretty much."
    "Wait," Andy began. "You mean, that's what happened earlier that day? That's why the place looked so trashy, because there was a fight there?"
    Ken groaned remembering it. "You got that right. And it would have gone entirely downhill if not for Yuyuko scaring him off...so glad we had her with us at the time." He sighed angrily. "But there's no point in crying more over spilled milk. We have no clue where Yukari and Jeremy are, really."
    "But one thing's for sure, they aren't here!" Mayli chimed in. "To think that this world was your guys' former world, but a complete fake..."
    Ran's mouth twisted. "I still don't quite believe it, but I suppose I'll have to see it with my own eyes."
    Chen nodded in agreement, her tails erect at the tips. "Yeah, we gotta get Jeremy and Mistress back! Those fools will pay!"
    Ken held his hand up. "It's not quite that easy. Let's see, where to begin..."



7:29 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Human Village (Inside Keine's House: Keine's Room)

Ran's gentle voice filled the room after Ken had explained more about the situation. "So...pacts cause us to gain energy from those we get bonded to, and because of that we can leave this virtual world...and Jeremy had pacts with us, but now that he's gone, if we were to wake up from this place and reach reality then we would die off without the energy that this place fuels us with?"

He nodded and stood up from Keine's couch. Ran caught on very quickly, which was desired due to their lack of time. "Pretty much. I made pacts with Eirin and Parsee so far..."
    Keine's eyes widened. "Parsee? I'm surprised at you, Ken. Keeping you around has certainly proven to be interesting, but still I am shocked. Why her?"
    "Well, it basically...just happened all of a sudden. We ran into her, Mayli and me, after Eirin took off but before we passed Suzunaan and got here. She seems quite strong and she was interested in coming along, so..."
    The teacher nodded several times in acceptance. "Heh. That's just like you, I guess. Did she have any particular reasons for doing so?"
    "You can ask her yourself in a little bit, she's in the front room." He strode slowly in a small line near the wall. "So I guess this now begs the question of what we'll do from here on out." Turning back to face the general audience, his eyes settled on his teacher. "I was worried about you, Miss Keine, but I guess that's no longer a problem. Now that that's taken care of, what next?"
    Mayli raised her hand. "Do you think you can handle taking any others with us?"
    "Me?" He put his hand on his own chest, and once she nodded he took it off and went on. "Well let's see...I don't have to make a pact with Miss Keine now, and I already got Eirin and Parsee...Patchouli...oh and Mayli too, of course."
    The last one in question rolled her eyes. "How could you forget me, anyway?"
    "Ha, good question! I didn't, naturally." He cleared his throat and looked at Ran and Chen. "So you two, what are you going to do? Yukari isn't coming back unless she somehow gets free, and due to the restrictions on mana that isn't happening any time soon. RAI probably has something in place to keep them from escaping. I mean, I don't--I'm not trying to rain on your parade or anything..."
    The fox shook her head. "I understand. We are at the mercy of this situation, really. Please, how can we help?"
    Keine stood up, Andy following suit. "Let's get out of this room and find Parsee, then we can have a more collective talk."
    Mokou moved away from the wall. "I agree, let's get outside."



7:36 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo – Human Village (Central Fountain)

Ken leaned back and dipped his left hand into the fountain water. It felt cool and refreshing, a good distraction from the current situation. Closing his eyes, he felt the dryness of his facial skin and was tempted to rub some of the water all over it. He had a hard time discerning this world from reality in this moment. No wonder they're all so fooled, he thought. It feels so real in here...just what kind of virtualization technology does RAI have? Who are they, really? This is absolutely incredible...
    Still, he couldn't let himself get distracted so easily. As real as it felt, it was still fake in the end. He looked back at Keine and Ran, who were discussing what to do. Andy seemed to be talking to Mayli, and Mokou was having a serious-looking discussion with Parsee. Finally he could relax for a short time.
    He wondered how Reisa was doing and where she was. The last time he had seen her, he had no time to see what was the matter with her. He thought he remembered that Hatate said she was going to help her out, but that certainly didn't work out as planned. He hoped Hatate too was doing much better, wherever she was. She certainly hadn't been with them when they had all returned to this virtual world.
   
    "Uh, hey there!"
   
    "What?" He looked to his right and saw the young cat girl walk up and sit next to him. "Oh...hi, Chen." Then again, perhaps relaxation was further away.
    "Um...is it true?"
    "Is what true? What I said about Jeremy and Yukari being captured?"
    She shifted uneasily. "Yeah...Mistress is supposed to be stronger than almost anyone, is she really..."
    He scratched his head and spoke grimly. "That's what Amarillo told us. Sorry."
    "No, it's fine. I just wonder why we're all here right now, when we could be helping her instead. Is there a reason for all this discussion?"
    He smiled and put a hand on her shoulder, keeping it there despite her slight flinch at first. "They're trying to figure out what they should do. You know, despite everything we talked about, it's still hard to believe that this is a fake world, right? You think that way, don't you?"
    The nekomata's tails swished idly. "Eh...I guess so. I just want to save Mistress, so..."
    "We know you do. But if you want to do that, you have to trust us. You need some help to get out of this place, otherwise you'll die. Did that part make sense?"
    Chen nodded slowly. "So...are you going to help us get out?"
    "Well...I probably could, but..."
    "But there's a problem with it?"
    "There's..." he thought for several seconds on how best to explain it. He remembered that the best way to clarify something was with an example. "So let's compare me right now to when I was in reality, outside this world. In reality, my partners were my best friend Mayli over there..." he paused to point her out to Chen. "...and Mokou, Kaguya, Yuyuko, Patchouli...and Hatate, sort of. It sounds like a lot, right?"
    The cat nodded. "I guess, yeah. So there's a limit?"
    "Basically, yeah. Because of complications that I don't need to explain right now, almost all of them had to go because of how dangerous this place is."
    "How is it dangerous? Aside from being a fake world, it doesn't seem too harmful..."
    "The world isn't a problem at all. It's going between them that is the real problem. Let's just say that any pacts made previously may be at risk of hurting us...or at least anyone that was with me." He looked down at his feet. "I didn't see anyone else have that problem...maybe this world just hates me, haha."
    "I see...so you have to get new partners, then. That's why Parsee and Eirin are going to help you instead?"
    "Sort of. They agreed to come with us, they believe we're telling the truth." He scratched his head. "Having Kaguya around definitely made it easier to convince Eirin that we were telling the truth. I think Parsee is a special case..."
    "Ran told me Parsee can do bad things, but that it wasn't necessarily her fault. If I was stuck watching over all those people I'd probably become bored and angry too."
    "Yeah. Well anyway, there's probably a limit to how many of you I and the others can take with us. Did you want to come along?"
    "Mmm...it depends on what Ran wants me to do. I have a feeling she wants to go help rescue Mistress, and she's much stronger than I am..."
    He felt bad for the cat. Eirin was certainly strong, or that was the impression he had gotten from his fake fight against her earlier. Parsee had taken complete control of his body...from what he could recall, Ran was not only very powerful but also thoughtful and careful. He very likely could only afford to take one of them with him. "Then again, perhaps that's for the best..." he murmured out loud.
    She looked at him out of curiosity. "Eh? What?"
    "Oh...I said that out loud, didn't I?" He didn't mean to make Chen feel bad or weak.
   
    "Hey, you two."
   
    He glanced to his left and saw Ran approaching them. Relieved of having to clarify his intention, he turned to face her. He couldn't help but get a feel of sincerity upon seeing her staring calmly at them. "Yeah?"
    "Please don't mind my prudence." She took a seat on the fountain edge beside him. "We need to get Lady Yukari, our mistress, back safe and sound. Not only"
    "I figured you were going to say that. So what do you have in mind?"
    Chen snickered. "She wants to go after her, of course."
    Ran let out a gentle sigh. "It's true. But there is an issue of having Chen come with me, is there not?"
    He laid his hand on the hilt of his weapon. "Wait. Are you asking me to make a pact with you as well?"
    "Yes, if you don't mind." She smiled gently and unsleeved her hands. "We didn't know until now that Yukari was in trouble, far beyond our ability to aid her. It's quite troubling to hear this, believe me."
    He ran his fingers through his hair as he saw Chen walking over to Ran from behind him. "Yukari is your master, it makes sense that you want to save her. We know they aren't going to kill her, RAI wants to experiment on you, uh...how do I put this...Gensokyoans? Gensokyians?" He gestured to further the conversation along. "You get my point, they're keeping you here and they likely have other tricks up their sleeves."
    Ran curled a finger over her lips. "Yes, we are inclined to believe this. Now, about pact-making...exactly how does it work? What are the limitations? It's obvious that you yourself cannot take too many of us with you, based on what you divulged earlier."
    He nodded grimly. "That's the thing. Anything you do that's beyond what a human can do, it drains us humans of energy. Earlier when we first got free, Mokou--" he gulped. "Well, let's just say that spellcards are extremely damaging to us."
    "I see. This is why Yukari simply cannot invoke her power of border manipulation to get away." One of Ran's tails was slipping into the fountain, but Chen caught it and pulled it back up before the kitsune continued. "So essentially you have a system that resides inside you, and how it works exactly is unknown...but we draw energy from it, and it fuels our abilities, yet we cannot use it too much so it can recharge. This includes such things as danmaku and spell cards, and any other forms of magic or strength beyond a human's capacity. Do I have that correct?"
    He blinked. "Uh, pretty much, yeah. You're quite...meticulous, or considerate or--probably both."
    "I suppose I am relatively responsible, I know how it feels to be in charge of managing situations. But you likely know that already, unbeknownst to us for reasons beyond our comprehension." Ran reached up and scratched her left fox ear over her hat cover. "So, would it be feasible and within reason to take me along with the others?"
    "I'm pretty sure I can take one more with me, but..."
    She already knew what he was going to say. "You don't have to worry about overloading. Chen?"
    The nekomata perked up upon hearing her name. "Eh?"
    Ran stared solemnly at her shikigami. "I'm going to go try to help Yukari get free and bring her back safely, okay? I won't have enough power to keep you with me, it sounds like."
    "Awwww..." Chen's cat ears drooped slightly. "So I really can't come along?"
    "Wait." Ken interrupted them, knowing that there were alternatives. "What if you just ask some of the others who came in with us, perhaps they can--"
    "No, I think it's best this way." Ran looked stern all of a sudden. "We still have to see this real world ourselves. Until I see it, I don't want to risk Chen being lost too."
    "Ran!!" Chen yelped. "But if you leave, what will happen to me in here?!"
    Ran pulled Chen into her lap slowly. "Dearie, look. I'm still here, I'm doing fine. Yukari is completely gone from this place, and I'm her shikigami, but clearly that isn't a factor in my survival or well-being since I'm not hindered at all."
    The nekomata frowned. "That's true...are you going to leave me here, then?"
    "I'm asking you if can stay here where it's safe. I don't feel like I can protect you in case things go wrong, if we're as limited as I'm assuming we are in this other world." Ran hugged her tightly. "Please, for me? I know you're strong. I'm not saying that you can't handle it, I'm--my cautious side is coming out."
    Chen's ears rose slightly. "I see...you trust me to stay here in Mayohiga by myself and take care of the place."
    Ran nodded. "I know you can do it as a favor for me."
    "It's not a bad choice to ask her to stay back..." Ken hesitantly spoke up, but then remembered that such dangerous threats as Diamond were running around rampant, and they couldn't risk too much. "Putting all our eggs in one basket is something we should avoid, anyway. And we do need to get going, I fear that something may happen to Nitori."
    "Oh, the kappa is helping?" Ran asked in surprise. "So she escaped too..."
    "That's right. She helped us get back in here with our memories fully intact instead of partitioned away or...whatever RAI did to our brains. I honestly have no clue what's going on here exactly, but RAI is why you have no recollection of reality whatsoever." He felt bad for Jeremy and Yukari at that moment. Just like how Ran and Chen had no idea about Jeremy and Yukari's status in reality, the latter team wasn't aware of the former. "Okay. So Ran, you really want to do this, then..."
    "Please." She released Chen, who climbed off her lap and stood up, smoothing her skirt before stretching and walking off for the time being. "I have to do what I can for Lady Yukari, and I would implore you to assist me in making that happen."
    Her presentation was so nice that he didn't think he could turn her down anyway, even if he tried. "Okay...but to be safe, you'll be the last one. I doubt my body could handle any more without some sort of complication developing." He coughed. "Not that we want to find out what happens if any of us get overloaded..."
    "Of course." Ran bowed. "Well then, how should I make a pact with you?"
    He felt unworthy of inheriting this woman as a partner, she was so polite. After regathering himself momentarily, he answered her. "Uh...there are two ways, one involves me giving up some of my own blood, which is kinda...bleh..." He didn't want to admit it, but he was growing much more fond of close contact. He had almost panicked when he had to make a pact with Patchouli earlier, since he was unsure of how it would have gone either way, but he definitely preferred the next option.
    Ran frowned. "That doesn't sound like a very nice option at all. What's the other one?"
    "It is the safer option in...more dire situations." He took a breath as he remembered how panicked he was during Patchouli's near-death experience. "Alternatively, we could get close..."
    "Eh...? Close...wait, you mean..." The fox blushed suddenly. "Dear me...that's..."
    "No no! I don't mean that kind of getting close. I mean just a hug, or something." He felt like laughing, but it wouldn't be very nice since she didn't know any better. "That would be...very inappropriate to insist upon."
    "I'm guessing that would work as well though." She rolled her eyes. "You do realize you could take advantage of us, right? If you didn't tell me that but instead told me that I had to, um..."
    He looked away and made sure that no one else who could tease him for the topic was around. Turning back to Ran, he replied quickly. "No! No way, that's...I couldn't impose that on anyone, that's not even appropriate..." His face was getting hot. "I-I mean, unless that's actually something you'd want..."
    "Ahh...oh my, what have I done?" She closed her eyes tightly for several moments. "Let's just forget I said that, can we?"
    "Y...Yeah." He stared at the fountain to forget about it. "I mean, what you said is true, but that's not something I--" He gulped. Mokou would have a field day if she saw this. "So, this pact, yes..."
    She nodded slowly and put her hands together in her sleeves. "Mhmm, the pact. So I should, eh...hug you in my lap, or something? Ah, what am I thinking..."
    He heaved another sigh. "Look, I'll just handle everything, okay? Give me a few moments to prepare myself for it, please."
    "Okay..." She bit her lip. "I'm sorry, but I am a bit curious...do you mind if I observe you?"
    "I guess not...I'm not angry at you or anything, it's okay." He glanced in Keine's direction just as she looked over at him. "Er, there isn't much to it, really..." It was awkward explaining the process, since it was so simple. "I have to just tell you what you're getting into and why I'm trying to help you, and then hug you or something like that. Nothing big, really."
    "I see. Then what happens?"
    "Then you and I enter this bizarre place...it's different for everybody. Eirin had to deal with a scary Kaguya monster, Parsee had me fighting some spider girl..." He sat up straight. "Come to think of it, those were pretty serious...Patchouli was dying, so hers was about a revival of sorts, I think..."
    "Dying!" the fox exclaimed. "Patchouli was dying?!"
    "She's okay now. I'll, uh...explain later. But basically, these 'visions' or whatever you want to call them, they are the way of sealing a pact. For some reason they usually involve a short trial, but Patchouli's wasn't like that so I'm not entirely sure." The more he talked about it, the more bizarre it sounded. "And once it's over we are bonded, so when we go back to reality we'll be bound by mana." He covered his face as he rubbed his eyes and sighed. "I know, it sounds like something out of a fantasy novel or what have you..."
    "That's okay, I reckon us youkai are like fantasy creatures to you humans. It's likely similar." She smiled gently. "Do you find me odd because I am a kitsune with a human-like body?"
    He watched her prominent chest rise and fall slowly, feeling the thud of his heart becoming more apparent. Why do they always have to be so...big? His eyes trailed to the slow-moving tails spread out like the petals of a sunflower behind her. These women, it's like they're a special race of animal women from another planet or something...what a ridiculous place that Gensokyo must've been.
    Clearing his throat again, he looked back up at her. "Not really, but the tails are certainly...interesting. Don't they get in the way often?"
    "In all my years, I've grown accustomed to them." She looked into his eyes. "Er, I'm sorry. If you have things to do so you can be prepared..."
    "Nah, this is basically helping me. I just needed to calm down for a moment."
    She gave him a quizzical look. "Is it intense? Maybe I should have prepared myself as well..."
    "No, you'll be fine. I just hope it doesn't shock or scare you. Apparently Eirin's was quite intense. I only saw the end of it though. Wait..." He shuddered suddenly.
    "Are you all right?"
    "I'm...fine, I just remembered something..." He had forgotten that Eirin was supposed to come back with Reisen. What should he do? It was true that Yukari needed help and Ran was likely the best choice to take along, but he couldn't just leave Reisen alone...
    Mayli's words echoed through his mind. "Remember, you aren't here to flirt with the women...try to pick ones you know, okay?" He wasn't so quick to accept making a pact with Ran because she was respectful and beautiful, was he?
    He shook his head. No, he wasn't. It wasn't like that. He'd have to talk to Reisen when she arrived. Hopefully things would just work out. But knowing his luck, they hardly did. We'll just have to see what happens, he thought.
    "Ken? You're fine, right?"
    Finally brought back to the situation at hand, he rubbed his hands together in anticipation. "Er, yeah. Are you ready, my lady?"
    She smoothed her dress with both hands and turned closer to him, facing him from her adjacent seat by the fountain. "Mhmm. I'm prepared, so please guide me."
   
    He closed his eyes and took a slow, deep breath. It was time for him to take action again. Remember, he told himself. You have to help them. That's why you're here, you and Mayli.
   
    Opening his eyes, he gazed upon her plain visage. He reached his right hand out and, upon seeing it shaking, slowly moved it towards her body.
    Unsure of what to expect, she took his hand in her left. Looking at him in wonderment, she saw his focus as he reached his other hand out. Before she could react to it, he slid his hand into hers. Feeling the warmth of a human's hands felt reassuring to her. Letting him guide, she found herself scooting closer on the fountain's edge as he pulled slowly.
   
    Suddenly she gasped. Her hands felt warm and velvety, as if having rubbed them between a wire mesh to feel a velvety impression (http://www.seihin-world.com/s/2005/07/27_2340.php). She felt the sensation spreading up her forearms at a slow rate. Eyes darting to his, she saw him staring openly back. Perhaps he was as surprised as she was, yet his grip held firmly. A small glow began to radiate from their now clasped hands.
    He grunted softly. This pact-making felt much different, yet not in a terrible way. It felt amazingly warm and comfortable, and he felt his fingers wrap snugly between hers. "What's...happening?!" he managed to say in his sudden exhaustion. I didn't even say anything yet! he thought wildly.
    "I don't know!" Ran cried out. Her body was becoming engulfed in a meltingly warm, pleasant aura that did not feel unpleasant. Despite her attempts at looking away, she could not tear her eyes away from the blindingly bright orb of raw energy pulling them together...upon re-observation, she found that it was she who was moving closer.
    She heard voices around them, no doubt from those who were around the man in front of him and herself, blaring loudly then fading into quiet. Her clothing rippled in agitation from the small force of a gust blowing from the center of the glow between them, outwards. She tried to scream out loud, but heard nothing as her vision was overwhelmed by intense brightness...
   
    *BANG*
   
    "Ke--AHHH!" Keine, who had approached them out of concern, was thrown back before she could anticipate such an impact. Rolling several times over before settling on the ground, she caught her breath and quickly got to her feet.
    "What's going on?!" Mokou hollered. She prepared fireballs in her hands as she stood on point behind Keine.
    "I don't know!" Mayli shouted from her position on the ground. She too had been thrown backwards, and when trying to crawl forwards on all fours she met resistance, pushing her back with growing intensity the closer she came to them. "I can't get through!"
    Parsee shaded her eyes as she tried to see into the intense spherical bubble-like border forming around Ken and Ran. "I can't...see in there...ugh!" Looking away, she felt her eyes burning as if staring into the sun. "I don't get it..."
    Andy tried to remain calm. Was it magic that he wasn't capable of? There was a pact happening, most likely, between the fox woman and Ken. But this? This wasn't anything like what he expected.
    "Andy, what's this?!" Keine asked quickly as she shielded her eyes from the piercing light. "This isn't a pact, is it?!"
    "I'm not sure!" He yelled back to her over the loud rushing noise emitting from the two near the fountain. "I don't think they're supposed to happen like this, though!"
    "Ken...what's going on?!" Keine wondered out loud. She couldn't get any closer without being pushed back. "I hope you're okay..."



7:36 PM - Day 3 - Unknown Location – ?? (Dungeon Cell)

Ran's eyes opened. Her eyes hurt slightly from being suddenly dropped into complete darkness. Taking several short, gasping breaths, she began to realize the environment around her.

Stone walls on all sides encapsulated her in utter darkness. Her tails brushed against hard material at her back, so she assumed she was boxed in, trapped inside. In front of her she saw a different blockade, presumably a gate made of sturdy metal with a strong cross-bolted design she could barely make out. She decided that it was the entrance to this small room. Looking to her left, she felt a soreness in her neck.
    "Ugh..." She tried to move closer to feel the nearby wall, only to hear a dragging noise against the ground. Straining her body, she twisted to her right side and blinked, struggling in the dark to see the source of the sound. Moving her right arm, she heard the clinking noise again. Was it a bracelet? Staring down at her right hand, it finally occurred to her to she could bring her hand closer. She raised it to her eyes. It was hard to see anything unless she focused hard on it. Movement around her arm distracted her. She felt cold pressing against her arm skin, where she had seen movement. She was chained.

    Her heart sank, and she felt her fox ears twitch as they fell slightly. I'm...trapped?
    No, she thought to herself. I can't panic...I have to get out of here. But my body... She let out a grunt as she tried to move towards the gated entrance. Pausing to glance at the ceiling, it seemed incredibly tall, stretching on forever. Perhaps there was no ceiling, and she could fly out. She could at least see what was higher, if her chains would allow for it.
    Closing her eyes, she gathered her inner strength and tried to levitate. She felt the rush of power move her body upwards, only to realize its fading into nothingness. Looking down, she gasped at her bodily pain. Perhaps rising off the ground had amplified it, because she was unable to get far without feeling pain everywhere in her body. With a yelp, she fell to the ground limp as a rag doll.

    Her body ached severely.

    Why...is this happening? She groaned and pressed her palms against the ground beneath her, pushing herself up, but it was no use. The chains clinked against the ground as she laid flat against it, feeling pain shoot through her breasts as her chest hit the ground again. This pain...
    She felt warmer than usual, and it did nothing to improve her lack of energy. The cell was incredibly dark and hot. Trembling, she managed to slide her body around on the ground, scraping the cuff around her right wrist in the process, so she was lying against the back wall of the enclosed room.
    Feeling sweat forming on her face and upper chest, she leaned against the wall behind her. After several attempts, she made it to a sitting position and, letting out a much-needed sigh, leaned against the wall in a slouch. She took a breath as she squinted her eyes, desperately searching for any traces of light in the cracks between the walls. Why am I so weak? How did it come to this?
    She reached her hands up unpinned the collar on her dress. She felt so very warm and uncomfortable, alone in the dark. How did I get here? Sighing, she pinned it as low as it could go. Her chest didn't feel much better being slightly exposed, and she let out a sigh. Looking down, she saw that she wasn't wearing her usual clothing; her dress was shorter and her top felt different, not that it mattered much. She felt too tired to pull off her hat.

    What she thought were several minutes finally passed by. She was contemplating how she had ended up in this situation. Did the human betray her? Had she been captured by someone? She shook her head. There was no proof of any of that. But right now she would rather be thinking of something, anything, than this miserable situation. Was she going to die in here?  Her confusion as to the fact that she no clue why she was a prisoner in this tiny room of darkness gave way to hopelessness.
    "Chen...Lady Yukari...?" She murmured out loud. "What's...why am I..."

    *bang bang bang*

    Her fox ears perked up slightly. Some sort of action going on outside...was it help coming to rescue her? Perhaps it was some sort of fighting, as she heard noises against the door. There were no sounds of a scuffle, but small repeated rapping reached her ears. The clattering was against the door in front of her, on the outside.

    *clink clink*

    The cuff and chains rattled against the floor as she moved her body against the wall so she was directly parallel to the door. Sweat dripped down into the valley between her breasts as she waited in anticipation for something to happen. It was very uncomfortably warm and stuffy in the room. Her tails were withered and she remained still, holding her breath.

    *slinkt*

    A sliding noise reached her ears, then there was momentary quiet. She held her breath once more, feeling hope rising in her heart. Perhaps she could get out of this awful place after all.

    *clang*

    Just as she began to hear smooth grinding sounds, she saw movement in the blackness of the room. To her initial delight, the solid door was opening slowly, mechanically. She instinctively closed her eyes and nearly cried out as light filtered in through the growing opening. It was blindingly bright, her eyes having adjusted to the clouded darkness trapped inside. She raised her arms up to shield her eyes with her tired hands.

    "Ran!"

    "Wha?!" She could hardly bear to look outside her shield of arms, the light was overwhelmingly painful to her eyes. Someone was talking to her but she had no idea who it was. The voice sounded familiar to her, though.

    "Ran! You're okay now..."

    The male voice sounded closer, and something blotted out most of the light entering the slitted view between her covering hands.
    Perhaps it was safe to look now. She carefully lowered her hands with hardly a thought, they fell out of fatigue across her body and on the ground.
   
    "Oh my goodness, you look awful...Ran?"
   
    Ran gulped as she felt a small passing of cool air. "I...who's there?"
   
    "Ran, it's me! Ken." The figure drew near to her, and she saw it move down to about her level on the ground. "Oh...I see. Is it too bright for you?" He turned around and walked several paces over to the cell door, closing the cell door with several grunts until it was partially open. He looked back, and she could make out concern on his face. "They left you like this, alone in the dark? How miserable..."
    "Who..." She felt dryness in her throat. "Who did this?"
    He looked at her lying hopelessly tired against the wall (https://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/rancaptured.png). To his surprise, he didn't know the answer. "I don't know, but...we gotta get you outta here!"
    Before she could react, he seized her arm and noticed how warm she was. What had she done to deserve this? He had to remember that it was only a vision, yet now doubt was flowing through his mind. They weren't supposed to be this intense, were they?
    He turned his attention to the cuff on her wrist. His eyes followed the chain to the sturdy-looking ring adorning the wall behind her. "Unbelievable..." Reaching his left hand down, he felt no sword at his side. "Who chained you up like this, I wonder."
    "Can you get it off me?" She sat up straight and stared at the chain links trailing off of the hard cuff wrapped tightly around her wrist.
    "I...I might be able to. I'm not sure." Out of desperation, he looked behind them to see if anyone was coming, then moved so enough light hit the wall near the ring he was examining. He reached a hand out and tried to twist it, but to no avail. "Jeez, this thing is in pretty tight...I'll have to--"
Title: Yakumo Pact - A Fox Fiasco, Part II
Post by: Kakyoin on November 25, 2012, 01:26:25 AM
7:37 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Human Village (Central Fountain)

"What?!"

Ken choked as he felt liquid entering his mouth. He felt cold and wet all over. As he spit out water amidst coughing, he brought his upper body up entirely out of water and looked over his shoulder. Grabbing the fountain's edge, he realized that he had been sitting there before--They had been forming a pact, him and Ran. Standing up, he felt the wetness dripping from his soaked clothes. He was close to freeing her from the prison, and then...

They had fallen into the fountain. There was no way to tell if the pact process had worked or not.

Groaning, he pulled himself over and fell off the fountain's edge as he overestimated its width. "Oof!"
    He heard laughter from nearby as he tried to focus in an effort to shake the slight dizzy feeling from his head. He already knew it was Mokou laughing at his failure. How could he not have been more careful than that? Coughing once more, he got to his feet and looked around.

    "Ken..."

    He turned around and stared at the fountain, then looked down and saw Ran lying in the water (https://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/ranwet.png). His face melted into horror. "Oh jeez, I'm so sorry! We didn't even get to--"
    She sighed and reached a hand up. "It's okay, just help me up, will you?"
    He instinctively reached down before her sentence was completed and helped her up and out of the fountain. Both of them were distinctly wet, and she was missing her hat and shoes. He assumed they had fallen off in the fountain. Just great, he thought. This better not screw anything up...



7:39 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo ? Human Village (Ken's House)

"You're kidding me. She was chained up?"
"No, I'm serious! That's what WAS happening, and then...I guess we just fell in."

Ken and Ran sat huddled side by side on the couch in his living room as Mayli sat on the floor keeping them company, playing with a pencil she had found on his table. The latter sighed and looked up at her best friend. "Handcuffed as a prisoner, eh. Ken, what kind of kinky imagination do you have?"
    "I'm not--HEY! That has nothing to do with me!" he spluttered, shuddering slightly beneath several towels. "I don't make these things up, I swear! I had no idea what was going on either..."
    "It's not his fault," the kitsune replied with a shudder. The fountain water was much colder than she imagined it to be. "Anyway, we should probably change. Staying like this in wet clothing is about as miserable to be in as that prison cell we imagined..."
    "You should be glad that Mokou isn't in here right now," Mayli said with a closed-eyed smile. "Earlier she was going on and on about how that one would be a funny story once everything settled down."
    "Yeah," he said unhappily and sarcastically. "Along with me getting knocked the fuck out for a whole hour or so, coughing up blood and feeling like I got hit by a bus all because she couldn't control herself and used a spell card...am I right?"
    Mayli frowned. "Let's not talk about that, okay? I was scared shitless the whole time, man!" She stretched her arms out and then stood up. "I'll go see what they're up to, you two better dry off and uh..." She stared at Ran's towel-hooded visage. "Well, I don't know what kinds of clothing she can wear."
    Ken got deja vu from a previous event that had happened here. Mokou had vanquished the god of plenty, or so they had thought, but she had gotten incredibly sticky due to the ensemble of various treats and foodstuffs that had covered them when it exploded. He wondered if it was still floating around, although now they had bigger fish to fry. "We'll think of something."
    "I hope so. Well, see you later then." She waved and turned away.
   
    The two watched as Mayli left out his front door. Ran spoke up first. "So...what's going to happen?"
    "I'm not sure," he said quickly, standing up and patting the wetter parts of his clothes down. "I'm not a fan of being covered in fountain water though, are you?"
    She smiled and stood up as well. "Not particularly. Do you mind if I, eh..." Looking around, she saw nothing that resembled a bathroom, only a hallway adjacent to what she presumed was his dining room. "Well, I'm assuming you have a bath here somewhere, right?"
    He motioned to have her follow him. "Right this way...I'll use it after you. We don't have much time though, so please make it quick."
    She nodded and walked behind him. So this man lived alone next to Keine? she thought. That's interesting. She spoke up. "Do you mind if I borrow some clothes until Chen returns with a new pair of my own?"
    "That's, uh..." he thought of what she could wear. Perhaps a button-up shirt would fit her best for now, even though it wouldn't be much. He wasn't sure about the tails, though. "Probably," he concluded. "We'll have to see what I have. But I don't have, you know..."
    "I know. I asked Chen to bring me new underwear too, don't worry about it." She grinned, feeling better. The pact was certainly a real thing, that was for certain. Now she trusted what they were claiming earlier much more than she did initially. Jeremy and Yukari were gone, and they weren't coming back anytime soon. She would place her faith in this man, certainly. "I'll manage."
    He wondered why she didn't bother asking for some of Keine's extra clothing, then realized that it wouldn't matter if Chen got here within reasonable time. He had basically accomplished what he had set out to do, but there was still Reisen to worry about...perhaps he could make a pact with Reisen instead? Then again, he didn't know how this pact with Ran would work now. Was his one chance ruined? His mind was swimming with thoughts as he drifted back to the situation at hand. They had reached his room.
    "Nothing is ever easy," he muttered, pushing the door to his room open.



(Kosuzu introduced for the first time in this roleplay! But more importantly, Ken tries to make a pact with Ran Yakumo...and it fails when they fall into the fountain in the center of the Human Village! I hope it's obvious now that anything can happen during a pact-making. Just for clarification, they will be able to try again later. Ken and Ran will be inside the former's house. Keine and Andy, along with Mokou, Parsee and Mayli, are outside his house. Chen, Patchouli, Eirin and Reisen will show up eventually.

As a reminder, anyone can interact with any of the characters I have been writing for in the virtual world. Feel free to include Ken, Mayli, Keine, Andy or any of the others in your posts! If you have any doubts, ask us!

@Duke: This post will be changed to fit yours, which takes place chronologically before, if any details are incorrect.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Ran-Rii on November 30, 2012, 10:25:08 AM
Window #1 - Contact

DAY 1 - 4.47AM - "Family Mart" - Streets of Asaka

Bottles of soda clattered as they hit each other. A single man stood on top of a wooden ladder, arranging the goods onto the shelves gingerly. He was careful not to drop those bottles anywhere -- his pay was already very low to begin with.

"That miserly owner of this shop might as well hire a slave... so much for working here for about a month already..."

The grown man standing on the ladder sighed. Every morning, before the city awoke and burst into life, he had to arrive here and set up the shop. Considering his apartment was about 10KM from there and he did not possess a vehicle other than his second-hand bicycle, he figured it was about time he stopped sucking it up and actually go for a job that treats him like a human. Slogging his guts out here proved to be of vigorous work yielding little reward.

At this thought, the man brightened up, only to become sullen again. He had no specialization, no professional certificates or qualifications in other fields of work. He could only resign to fate, and even his daily necessities relied on this salary he receives. Maybe he should even be contented by what fate offered him.

He decided to cast away that wayward thought.

Straining his arm, he reached for another box of soda and arranged them into the shelves. This act continued as he slowly emptied the stocked items. At least, that was what was to be, until the rumbling sound of metal shutters were heard. Turning around, he met with his employer. Soon after he walked in, another young man followed through the door.

Briefly greeting his employer, the man returned to his job. As he turned back, his loose hand swept through part of the shelves. Not that that would have been a problem usually, when it was mostly empty.

Bottles of condiments, drinks and other assorted items fell from the shelf, shattering as they contacted the ground.

The immediate action of the man was to quickly descend from the ladder, and apologize to his employer. He would expect this week to be a hard one, with his meager wage being deducted from to reimburse his employer's losses.

The man looked away from the sorry sight of his employee apologizing, and delivered a slap to his face.

"Hikari Tsubame, was it? Get out now."

The firm tones conveyed the seriousness of his speech.

"But, it is my first time, and I really need this jo--"
"Get out. And pay for what you broke."

Mercilessly cut off, the man walked out of the Provision Shop. He placed the money he had onto the payment counter on his way out. Obviously his employer was about to replace him with the younger male that followed behind him.

This is the fate of the aged, Phased out when unneeded. What cruelty, however, it is unfortunately natural. What cruel fates.

Hikari Tsubame wandered off to the streets. Penniless, hopeless, and now jobless. Resigned to what fate has for him, he walks on, waiting for what fate shall give him now.



DAY 1 - 6.36AM - Streets of Asaka

Hikari Tsubame was quick to recount his belongings, after becoming instantly jobless. After all, he had to plan ahead, now that the future has become just that much more unpredictable. Reaching into his pockets, he found only his Identification Card and his empty wallet. The cold wind bit into his skin as he cursed himself again for forgetting his Jacket. Feeling around a little more, he realized that something seems to be missing. A familiar weight in his right pocket was definitely missing.

In a mix of exclamation and abject shock, he strained himself to keep his greatest fear contained in his mental thoughts.

I definitely lost my cellphone.


Considering the fact that his home is within walking distance as of the current time, he decided on what he thought was the wiser decision: To get his Jacket to shield of the cold.

Hikari Tsubame broke into a desperate run towards his apartment, which would soon change destination to the Provision Store.



DAY 1 - 7AM - Streets of Asaka, Provision Shop

Tsubame stormed into the store. To the shock of the many shoppers, the man demanded for his phone from his former employer. His former employer reasoned that the phone was rightfully his, and that the money he provided was not even enough to cover one-tenth of the loses.

Tsubame gave up on reasoning. He snatched the phone from the man, and walked out of the store. Despite the man's various shouts and threats to him, Tsubame just walked off. After all, there was something right now that was more urgent that the phone itself.



DAY X - 1AM - Streets of Asaka, Tsubame's apartment

A man walked towards a half-open door. The hinge was obviously broken, and the door was left ajar. A finger hit the doorbell as the man waited for a response from inside the apartment unit. It seems that there would be no reply.

Trusting that the parcel would stay safe, the man walked off into the distance after carefully placing the parcel at the door.

.
.
.

Seeing that the coast was clear, a male darted out from behind the door, and peered at the parcel. His experience proved that it was safer to avoid direct contact with contacts. Fetching a metal crowbar from a cabinet, he used the crowbar's tip to shift the box.

.
.
.
No reaction.

Although out of his expectations, he decided to be doubly sure that the parcel was safe. Shifting a table in front of him, he flipped it to its side, with the face of the table shielding his legs. He threw the crowbar at the parcel and ducked for cover.

.
.
.
No reaction.

He stood up slowly, keeping a close watch on the broken parcel for any explosives or toxic material. Pulling out a latex glove from his pocket, he wore the glove and fetched a envelope from the broken parcel, which was now revealed to be a cardboard box. Although it seems safe now, it never hurts to be too careful.

Quickly scanning through the contents of the letter, he knew that the proposal was true.

"Thank you for replying to our business proposal. We have seen you to have the required expertise for this job. I am sure that, if you were to join us, we would be able to function better. If you remain interested in our project, please call us a week after this parcel is delivered.



DAY 1 - 7.25 AM - Asaka train station

"This must be the specified place, then..."
Tsubame fished out his phone, and hit the dialer. Punching in a line of numbers, he reached a automated voice. Hitting the "#" key, the voice dictated to him the place where he was supposed to be for the business discussions.

"Now... let us see what is in store for me..."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Raikaria on November 30, 2012, 07:12:50 PM
Day -2 - 3:00 pm  - Apartment in Ōbu - David's Home

*Click* *Click*

*ClickClickTap*

David was sat at his computer, filling in the details required of him to finish off his work for the day. The man worked from home, filling in databases with information mailed to him from various departments from his employers. The rise in work-from-home roles was accelerating, due to the congestion in the cities of Japan. David, as one of the younger generation, snapped up the chance to work from home, using technology to his advantage.

-You have new mail- The computer chimed.

David sighed. Another e-mail giving him more information to sort through and analyze at 3:00. His employers loved giving him work near the close of business.

The man's suspicious were quickly proven wrong, when he saw it was an e-mail from an unrecognized address.

"More spam instead. Great." David said to himself, about to delete the mail, when he noticed something in the subject.

-Job offer from Rinji Operations-

The man raised his eyebrows, out of both curiosity  and suspicion. Rinji Operations was a relatively well-known group, working to combat delinquency and street crime... however, how did they have his E-mail?

"Well, it seems that there is an interesting offer, and a few questions that need to be answered." David said to himself, with a smirk. "Looks like an excuse for a day off."


Day 1 - 9:00 am - Hanamidori Station

David yawned as he got off the train. He had to get up early to get to the location in time, especially as he was unfamiliar with the area, and would be liable to get lost. What annoyed him more, however, was being on the cramped trains of Japan. So many people cramped into a small area like sardines...

Still, he knew what he was here to do. Find out about this job offer from Rinji Operations, and, if possible, how they got their hands on his information. There were a few other factors the young man was concerned and curious about, of course, such as if anyone else was invited besides himself, and if so, how many? Would there be a common theme with the invited people?

The young man started to fiddle with the pen he pulled out of his pocket as he started to look for the Tokugawa Galleria.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Grimarg on December 01, 2012, 01:49:21 AM
11:31 PM ? Day 3 - Kamisuiwa, Japan ? RAI Graveyard base (Virtualization Lab)

Andy stopped for a moment in front of one of the pods and looked inside. The woman inside reminded him of the protagonist of a fairy tale, in a way. She looked so peaceful like that, with her long silvery-blue hair falling down over her shoulders, and her closed eyes, almost as if she were sleeping. But after hearing about what was really happening, he couldn?t- he wouldn?t leave her in that state. He still remembered what he promised. He?d get her out of that virtual world, for her sake and his own.

He gritted his teeth and walked to an empty pod. It was a bit small, but he managed to fit inside comfortably. He closed his eyes. She was still there, smiling like the first time he saw her, resting against one of her favorite trees, with her silver-blonde hair falling freely down to her waist. Her big violet eyes, staring up at him?

He sighed. This is for you, he whispered, closing his eyes along with the hatch on his door.

5:05 PM ? Day 3 ? A clearing in the Forest of Magic ? Virtual Gensoukyou

?Guh?

His head felt like he was splitting in two, and his sight was blurry. For what little he could see, he was in a forest. The imposing trees around him gave the forest a menacing air that made his body feel heavy and it made breathing harder.

Using the tree he was resting against for support, he managed to get up. He had to get out of that forest fast. He started walking, if he walked in a straight line, eventually he?d get out of there. Fortunately after a few minutes he found a small path, it turned out that he wasn?t as deep inside it as he thought, given that after a bit of walking he managed to get out of that dark forest. Even more fortunate was the fact that he managed to get out without being attacked by something, given the oppressive atmosphere of the place, and the noises he heard between the trees.

The air was much cleaner now, and his body now felt lighter, but the headache persisted. Well, you can?t win always. After his eyes got accustomed to the light outside of the forest, he could see what kind of place awaited him. It was, in a word, beautiful. A scene that could?ve been taken out of a history book, large extensions of cultivated fields and open lands enveloping a village that seemed more appropriate in the feudal Japan than the modern days. He could see several mountains in the distance, giving the sensation that this region was located in a valley. Somehow, it reminded him to his old home.

Letting the wind stroke his hair, he started walking towards the village, taking in the fresh air the calmness around him. It was such a shame that none of it were real.




6:15 PM ? Day 3 ? Outside of Keine?s house ? Virtual Gensoukyou

Andy held his breath; it had only taken him a bit of asking around to find the house.

?Oh, Kamishirasawa-sensei?? Was the response he had gotten after describing the woman he was looking for. ?She lives over there? And with that, Andy started walking towards her house.

Sensei? Andy was thinking as he calmly walked to the woman?s house. Could it be that she is a teacher? Fate is quite the fickle mistress?

He knocked on the door and waited. After a few moments a woman answered.

She had long, silky silver hair with a few streaks of blue scattered around. She was wearing a dark blue dress with white sleeves, and a red ribbon on her collar. Resting on her head was one of the most elaborated hats Andy had ever seen. It appeared to him as some kind of building, with a red ribbon on the top, and some sort of glyphs that he couldn?t understand.

Yes, this woman was the one, no doubts.

For a moment, Andy saw a purple flash on her eyes, and his heart skipped a beat. Fortunately for him his face rarely showed what was really going on in his mind.

?Yes??

Her eyes had now returned to their usual brown.

?Excuse me. Good afternoon, are you Miss Kamishirasawa??

?Yes, that?s me. And you are??

He needed to convince her to come with him, and the best way to do so was using his most powerful and effective weapon; words.

But even though he had a knack with words, and could use them to perform acts that some would consider nigh-impossible, it wasn?t exactly easy to do so. It required a lot of effort and knowledge of the other to do it, and even ten it wasn?t certain that his words would convince the other.

But he had to try and use what little information he had about her.

?My name is Andreas Jaeger, and I am new to this place.? Straight to the point, there was no use in diverting her attention to convince her right now, and even though he didn?t usually gave his name that easily, Andy felt that at least this time he would have to stop pretending. ?I?m sorry to bother you, but I heard that you give help and council to those who recently arrive here.?


He did look like he had come from the outside. But this seemed too suspicious. First all the disappearances, and now this strange man came to her house out of nowhere. This might seem like a trap, but his words sounded honest?
?May I come in?? He asked.

Keine paused for a moment, and made a gesture inviting the man inside. It was a long shot, but maybe he knew something about Ken and the others?

 
?Would you like a cup of tea?? She asked after the man had entered.

?Yes, that would be really nice, thank you.?

She led him to the living room, where he took a seat.

?Do you mind if I smoke??

?I really don?t,? she replied from what Andy assumed was the kitchen. ?As long as you tell me your story and how you ended in Gensoukyou, mister??

?Please, just Jaeger is fine.?

06:43 PM ? Day 3 ? Inside Keine?s House ? Virtual Gensoukoyu

Keine stared at her guest in disbelief for about two minutes before opening her mouth and stating what was obvious.

?I see. And what if I told you that I don?t believe a word of what you just said??

?I wouldn?t blame you.? Andy said as he finished his tea. It wasn?t bad. It certainly was better than the colored water the hotel he stayed at insisted was tea. ?After all, I had the same reaction as you did. But if you don?t believe me you should ask your friend, I think she?s the one that?s about to enter.? the man continued while pulling out a cigarette and taking it to his lips.

At the time he lighted it, a woman?s voice filled the house. ?Yo Keine, you here??
Keine?s eyes opened wide at the hearing of the woman?s voice.

?How did you know it was Mokou?? The were-hakutaku asked in surprise.

As the man took a long, slow drag, the woman entered the room. Andy had already met her. Back at the lab she was talking with that swordsman, Ken.

?It was but a mere guess. When I mentioned her and the swordsman you bit your lip and lowered your gaze; that gave me the hint that they were friends of you. Then right before she entered I heard footsteps outside. I assumed it was either her or Ken, but I discarded him since the steps didn?t sound like the ones a man carrying such an equipment would make.?

?And who are you?? The white-haired asked, unimpressed by Andy?s little Sherlock Holmes act.

?You don?t remember me? Well, I guess that?s fair since I didn?t interact with the lot of you back in reality. Let me introduce myself. My name is Jaeger, and I am here for the same reasons as you are.?

?Oh. Now I remember you. Well, I guess it?s nice to have someone else with us.?

?So it?s true then?? Keine asked Mokou. ?What he said about this world not being real??

??Fraid so.? the immortal responded.
Keine fell to her knees, but Mokou managed to catch her before she touched the ground, and helped her to sit.
?Calm down. We?re getting a lot of help from guys like Ken and other like this one here to get us out of this place. It still sucks what they did to us, though.?
?Ken is here?? She eagerly asked Mokou.
?Well, yeah, he is here but?? The immortal knew what she was thinking, if that guy talked to her about the pacts she would want to make one with Ken. But with all that happened with him? She didn?t want her friend to end like Hatate.
?Keine, listen. I don?t know how much this guy told you, but something went wrong between Ken and us. I don?t really know how it works, but there were some problems and??
?So you?re saying that I can?t go with him because of some problems??
?It?s more complicated than that. Keine, I don?t know what happened when we got out, but Hatate almost died. I don?t want you to have to go through that.?
?So what, then? You say I can?t go with him. Then I have to stay in here!??
?No, that?s not what I?m sayin?! Would you listen to me for once!?? Mokou turned to Andy. ?What I?m tellin? you is that there are others willing to help. I know you like the guy, but you have to trust me on this one.? This guy came to Keine?s house by himself; maybe he could be the one that could help her?

?Miss Keine.? The man was standing next to Keine, hand extended to her. ?I know this is too sudden, and even myself can?t fully understand it. But I? I want to help you. No, I have to help you.?

The were-hakutaku sighed. ?So you want me to perform this obscure pact with someone I just met??
?Hey, it?s better that being stuck in this place.? Mokou replied.
Keine sighed again and took Andy?s hand and got up. ?Fine. What do we have to do??
?Well, there?s to ways, according to Ken.?
?And they are???
?A blood pact and what he called a ?spirit bond? pact.?
Andy grimaced at the mention of blood. ?I? would really prefer if there?s no blood involved.?
?Oh c?mon, don?t be a sissy.? The immortal said to him.
?So how does this ?spirit bond? works?? Keine asked.
?Well, you need to be close, like a hug or something, I really don?t know.?

Once again, the were-hakutaku sighed. ?Fine. Let?s get this done. Jaeger, please come closer.?

The men obliged, and moved closer to her, wrapping his arms around her body in the process. This was obviously uncomfortable for both of them, but they still moved on until they were locked in a tight embrace. And then, the whole room filled with blinding light.

?? ? ?? ? Unknown Location ? ?? (Dark Forest)

Keine looked up. The sky seemed to be so far away from her right now? She couldn?t even see through the treetops. What the hell was going on with this forest? They?ve been walking for so long she didn?t remember how much time had passed, yet they didn?t seem to move at all. And this forest was so thick it was even hard to breathe.
They only knew which way they were walking to thanks to the minimal light that filtered through the dense treetops.

And it was starting to get dark.

If this forest was so cold and dark during the day, Keine didn?t want to know how it was at night. She was getting tired, her feet were sore and the coldness of the forest was getting her.
She still didn?t understand how they had gotten to this place from her house, and the night was drawing closer and closer.

They walked quietly, not saying a word, in case something other than themselves was roaming, hiding behind the trees surrounding them.
She looked at the man at her side. Jaeger walked with a serious expression in his face, the same he had showed when they were at her house. But in his eyes he could see a bit of worry. I wonder what he?s thinking on?
He took of his jacket and put it over her shoulders. ?You were shivering? Was she? If she was then she hadn?t noticed. However it were, it was nice to have something to ward her from the cold. ?Thank you? she said, and noticed her breath escaping in small white clouds.

After some more walking they managed to find their way into a clearing. It was already dark when they emerged from the sea of trees, and the moonlight shone weakly through the gaps in the clouds that covered the night sky.
Keine sat next to a tall fir to rest, while the man started looking for something in the floor.
?What are you doing?? The were-hakutaku asked.
?We need wood to light a fire, unless you want to freeze over the night.?
He was right. The temperature was only going to drop from now, and it was too dark to keep trying to get out of the forest. ?Do you need any help?? She was so tired she could barely move, but he must be as tired as her, so she couldn?t let him do all the work.
?Don?t worry, I got this.? Wood was the one thing that was found in abundance in that clearing. ?Although I need something to light it? In the inside pocket of my jacket is my lighter, and my cigarette case. Could you hand them to me please??

And after a few minutes the two of them were sitting by a small fire. It was small, but it was enough to keep them warm. Keine was still wrapped up in Andy?s jacket. ?What are you doing?? She asked when she saw him watching a small piece of paper in his hand. That seemed to startle the man, as he quickly put the paper inside the cigarette case and closed it.
?Oh, that? I was just? remembering??

He got up and walked to where the woman was, sitting right beside her.

?I? I?m sorry. Somehow I feel like it?s my fault that we are trapped in here.?
The were-hakutaku sighed.
?Don?t worry. We?ll get out of this, together. You seem like a reliable man, I?m sure that we?ll get out in no time.?
?Thanks. That means a lot, knowing that I can help you, Miss Keine.?
?Please, drop the ?miss?, just Keine is fine. And I thank you for your help, Jaeger.?
?I promise you that I?ll do all what?s in my power to help you, mi- Keine.?
?I still can?t believe that my home, that my life is a lie, just a simulation. It makes me feel so angry?? She clenched her fists.
Andy was angry as well. What he did for helping people this organization did it to harm them, and he couldn?t allow that.
?If we?re going to go through this, I?m going to need more information about you than just your name. You already know who I am, and probably you also know what my role in the village is.? She said suddenly. ?At least tell me what you did before coming to Japan.?
Andy sighed. ?Where do I begin? I used to lead a group of con-artists.? He could see the woman frowning next to him. ?But unlike most con-artists, we used our skills to help other people.?
?How is that??
?Well, for example one time we helped a man that couldn?t afford paying her daughter?s education to get a full scholarship.?
?Oh, that?s nice.?
?Another time we helped a neighborhood to get rid of a corrupt police commissioner that intimidated them into paying for protection.?
?I see. It?s nice to know that you?re not like them, Jaeger. I feel like I can trust you more now.?

She still seemed to have trouble pronouncing his name. And he didn?t feel comfortable when she used it. It sounded? unfitting for her. ?Just one thing, though. Could you please call me ?Andy??? He only allowed two people in his life to ever call him with that name, and didn?t liked when anybody else called him like that, but he had the feeling that he wouldn?t mind that she used it.

?Okay? Andy.? He allowed himself a small, barely perceptible smile. As he thought, he didn?t feel uncomfortable when she said it; in fact, it was quite the opposite. He felt her head resting against his shoulder, and turned to se that the woman had dozed off. I was unwise, but he also felt his eyelids slowly starting to close. He tried to stay awake, but he was as tired as the woman next to him, and couldn?t resist much longer.


07:05 PM ? Day 3 ? Inside Keine?s House ? Virtual Gensoukoyu

?The hell were you two doin? there? was the first thing the both of them heard after they woke up. ?You were out for fifteen minutes!?

?My, my? said the teacher as she got up from the floor. ?Could it be that you were that worried about us, Mokou??

?Of course I-? She suddenly stopped and gritted her teeth. ?Oh screw you. If you?re alright you should start telling me what happened back there.?

Keine chuckled a bit. ?Sorry, I couldn?t resist it. Now you know how I felt when you disappeared.? She took a seat and Andy and Mokou imitated her. ?I really don?t know. Andy, what do you think??
?Andy?? The immortal seemed confused. ?Oh, Andy?? She grinned. ?I wonder what really happened between the two of you back there~?
The man decided to let that pass. Unfortunately for her, the teacher couldn?t. ?I just told you that nothing happened!? She said, and Andy could se a bit of red on her face.
?Oh, is that so?? Mokou said in the same teasing voice as before.
?Really! Nothing happened! We were lost in a forest by ourselves and couldn?tgetoutand-?
Andy sighed. He couldn?t let this continue or she would faint both from embarrassment and lack of breath.
?Nothing happened, could you stop now please??
?Ow, you?re no fun, dude.?
?Back to the topic, I can?t be sure, but I think that it was a projection from our subconscious. This is just a mere conjecture, I have no means to check if it?s true or not, I?m sorry.?
Keine let out a thoughtful hum and spoke again. ?Mokou, before you were worried because we were unconscious for fifteen minutes. Is that a long time to make these pacts??
?Well yeah. I mean, I don?t really know either. That student of yours usually takes a couple of minutes, but I guess that can change depending on the person. This is no science, y?know??
This time both the teacher of the schemer made a thoughtful gesture.
The three of them stayed like that for a minute, until their silence was broken by a sudden knocking on the door.
?I?ll go get it.? Keine said as she stood up.

After she disappeared, Andy heard some whispering in the next room.
He turned to Mokou. ?I want to ask you one thing.?
?Sure, what is it?? the Immortal replied.
?This might sound childish, but please refrain from calling me ?Andy??
?Huh? Isn?t that your name? What?s the matter, you don?t like it? If you don?t then why do you let Keine call you that way??
?It?s? complicated?
?Are you sure nothing happened between the two of you??
?Something did. But not what you?re thinking on.?
?Tch. Fine, how do you want to be called then??
?You can call me Jaeger?
?Jaeger??
?I know it?s be hard to pronounce for you but-?
?Nah, its fine. Whatever suits you, I guess.?

At that time Keine entered the room accompanied by another woman and a young girl. To his surprise both the newcomers showed tails. He counted nine, fox-like ones on the blonde woman; and two cat-like ones on the brown haired girl, who also showed to matching ears over her head, poking through her green cap. Seeing that, he assumed the older woman should have animal ears beneath her hat too.
Something inside of Andy told him that if he wanted to get through this, he needed to leave his common sense behind.

(OOC: Oh god this took so long  :ohdear: I blame LoL and my inability to read my own handwriting ORZ. Anyways, Andy's and Keine's pact is now complete and this ties nicely with Kakyoin's last post (I think) :toot:)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Ran-Rii on December 01, 2012, 05:06:38 PM
Window #2: A proposal over lunch and tea

11:15am - Day 1 - Hanamidori, Japan - Tokugawa Galleria (Food Court)

After approximately 30 minutes of asking for directions, Tsubame caught sight of the shopping centre that Tokugawa Galleria was housed in. Double-checking the time, he realized he was late for the business proposal. Not wanting to ruin the first impression his new employers would have of him, he walked hastily towards the Food Court. If his physical stamina from all the training he received in the past held, he should be able to reach the Galleria in 30 seconds from the door of the shopping centre. While sprinting, of course.

Many of the shoppers exchanged puzzled glances at each other an the man before them that was thundering down the corridors with speed towards the Galleria.

Tsubame started to decelerate gradually from his sprint to a brisk walk. While doing so, he wasted no time adjusting his attire. Surely, this was not really formal wear, like many people in the Galleria are wearing, but it would do. Walking past tuxedo-clad men, he found the table with the table number dictated to him from earlier on. Scanning the people around the table, he noticed that there were easily more than 10 persons. Making his way to the table, he dared to ask a question.

"May I know who are the officers of Rinji Operations around here?"

A man, which was dressed prim and proper in a businessman like manner replied to his query.

"I am one of them. May I know who you are?"

"Hikari. Hikari Tsubame."

The Rinji Operations officer fetched a clipboard out of a metal briefcase he carried. Briefly flipping through the list, his pupils moved from left to right, reading the list in a quick manner, while flipping the pages of the list.

"We have no 'Hikari Tsubame' in our list of invited persons. If you are not invited, please leave."

"I am invited. I have received this letter from your company that--"

The officer snatched the letter from Tsubame's hand.

"I see. Your name's Owen Sterne, isn't it?"

Looking away and putting on a stoic front, the man provided the officer an answer with a subtle nod. However, he lacked the courage to give a positive answer by word.

The officer moved the hand that held his pen, scribbling a few things in fast writing before inviting the man before him to sit down at a designated seat. Looking around, Tsubame did a brief analysis of the persons beside him that were apparently also invited for the business meeting. It was a habit of his to understand the situation he was in and the people he was with, no matter how paranoid it seemed of him. Finding even people who looks approximately 19, and especially one male which was twirling his pen around like the business proposal was no business of his made him think twice about being involved in this project. According to the letter he received, this was supposed to be a business proposal regarding recruiting people to handle the peacekeeping of this country. However, those people that sat by him did not look anything like probable candidates. Despite this, he was still well aware that this might just be a facade they were keeping up.

After about another 5 minutes, when Tsubame saw the officer that attended to him cancel the last name on the list he put on the table, the officer seemed ready to start the conversation. After a few words with his fellow officers, a Rinji Operations officer, who seemed like the leader of the group of officers that sat at the table, began to speak.

"I believe you all have come here because of an invitation that was extended from our organisation to you all, I believe?" The head officer looked for a response as he asked this question.

Tsubame noticed the people at the meeting nod in approval of the statement.

Noticing a general approval of the previous statement, he started his speech.

"Let me extend a warm welcome on behalf of my organisation to you, the invited, who may, perhaps, also be a future member of our organisation. Before my fellow officers here give you a brief description of the jobs that you may or would be assigned to when you join us, and the details of your employment, allow me to give a brief introduction of myself, and my company. My name is Steven Frank, an operative in Rinji Operations who was hired from overseas to manage the recruitment of the soon-to-be new generation of operatives like my fellow officers here. Our job in this organisation is to ensure the peacekeeping of this country at a civil level. We aspire to starve off the delinquency and lower the rates of street crime in this country, however, we would need more able people to fulfill this objective. As delinquency, street crime and misconduct are on the rise, we need all the help we can get. You, my guests, are invited for some very different qualities you possess, and for the expertise you hold that fits the bill for your would-be positions assigned to you in the organisation..."

At this point, Tsubame lost interest in the speech. Again with the usual speeches that those law-enforcing organisations always give to the recruits, he thought. Being an old-timer in one of those organisations has proved this to be the cliched method they use to interest and invoke the passion for the job about to be offered to them... or at least if they are not in the shadowy sections of the government organisations, anyways. Extending his arm to get hold of a glass of iced water, Tsubame paid little to no attention to the speech, though he did put on a attentive look. At least, he could still hear keywords like "salary", "pay", "job" and "work".

"...and so, without further ado, my fellow officers shall give you the details of your jobs. It will be given in the form of a contract, wherein you may ask the operative attending to you about the contract's details if you have any doubts. I hope you will accept this partnership you are offered. On behalf of Rinji operations, I thank you for your time. You may proceed to order anything you may wish and it would be expenses-paid by our company, although we have already provided lunch for you. Do consider this carefully." The man ended his speech and gave a visual cue to the other officers to start doing their job.

Base salary of US$9000 equivalent, though with upwards to 16 hours of work a day, however with 1 off day per week and chances of promotion, Tsubame thought. He was rather ready to sign the contract upon seeing the first few terms, however, it would never do any bad to ensure that all the terms were optimal for him.

This is indeed a lax job, though it involves work including, but not limited to, patrolling public areas, monitoring of important organisations, possible undercover work in underground organisations, and killing if necessary.

Tsubame choked on the iced water he was drinking as he read the last 3 words. Quickly regaining his composure, he questioned the officer, in which he received a positive reply. At that moment, Tsubame momentarily froze.

That night. When the man had died. That knife. The blood that was spilled by the knife. A girl.

Tsubame went over the last line again mentally.

The girl. The girl that died.

A visual presentation of the scene gradually unfolded in his mind. A gunshot was heard. The bullet glimmered in the moonlight, before driving its way into the girl's forehead, drilling its way into the brain. The girl, as if possessed, kept a shocked stare, before the light left her eyes and she collapsed on her knees, and falling over to her left. This scene looped repeatedly, as if the video player decided to torment the viewer with the death scene, with absurd realism.

"Mister. Mister Sterne."

"Ah, yes, where was I?" Tsubame thanked the man for bringing him out  of that nightmare of a vision.

"The last part of the clause is not always necessary. We may remove it if you do wish, although we do value your expertise in that sector of work."

Tsubame kept his snicker at the officer's words. He put it in such a nice way that he almost signed the contract without a second thought. Putting killing in such a sweet way - this organisation is rather heartless in their actions, as long as they achieve their goal. Acknowledging his own words, he decided that he needed a moment to rethink his decision of joining this company. Wearing a fake smile, which most people would take as real, he spoke.

"Well... let me consider this proposal over a cup of tea first."

Tsubame promptly rose from his seat, and walked over to a beverage store nearby.

"Jasmine Tea, please. More sugar."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Raikaria on December 05, 2012, 07:11:01 PM
11:00am - Day 1 - Hanamidori, Japan - Tokugawa Galleria

"Excuse me, are you part of Rinji Operations?" David asked a man. It had taken him an hour and a half of searching around the area to find this place, and another half hour to find the food court. The young man was really regretting not looking up a map beforehand.

"Yes. I am. What is your name?" the man asked, pulling out a clipboard.

"David. David Farr." the young man replied. It took a few moments of the officer scanning down the list, until he nodded.

"Yes, you are indeed on the list." he replied.

Despite getting lost, David was among the first of the people there. As such, he sat down and waited for everyone else to arrive, most of them arriving within ten minutes of him.

"Nothing to do but wait, eh?" David said to himself, twiddling his pen idlely.

11:15am - Day 1 - Hanamidori, Japan - Tokugawa Galleria (Food Court)

"Hikari. Hikari Tsubame." David heard. If the glimpse he got of the clipboard at one point was any indication, this would be the final person to arrive, maybe the penultimate, if he recalled wrong or missed a name.

David's curiosity arose when he heard a different name a few moments later, but he thought nothing of it. He quickly figured this was not the last arrival, since the meeting did not proceed. This was confirmed about five minutes later, when an official crossed out a name on the list.

A man who had a different outfit, one with more stripes on it, and various symbols, sat down with the other staff, and cleared his throat.

"I believe you all have come here because of an invitation that was extended from our organisation to you all, I believe?" The head officer said.

David nodded in reply. Surely with the security checking names for this meeting the Head Officer would have already known this fact, but, better to be sure, he presumed.

"Let me extend a warm welcome on behalf of my organization to you, the invited, who may, perhaps, also be a future member of our organization. Before my fellow officers here give you a brief description of the jobs that you may or would be assigned to when you join us, and the details of your employment, allow me to give a brief introduction of myself, and my company. My name is Steven Frank, an operative in Rinji Operations who was hired from overseas to manage the recruitment of the soon-to-be new generation of operatives like my fellow officers here. Our job in this organization is to ensure the peacekeeping of this country at a civil level. We aspire to starve off the delinquency and lower the rates of street crime in this country, however, we would need more able people to fulfill this objective. As delinquency, street crime and misconduct are on the rise, we need all the help we can get. You, my guests, are invited for some very different qualities you possess, and for the expertise you hold that fits the bill for your would-be positions assigned to you in the organization..." the man started. Steven proceeded to rattle on about various things such as pay, and insurance, and safety. David listened, taking down notes on a piece of paper he pulled from his bag, jotting at a fast pace.

"...and so, without further ado, my fellow officers shall give you the details of your jobs. It will be given in the form of a contract, wherein you may ask the operative attending to you about the contract's details if you have any doubts. I hope you will accept this partnership you are offered. On behalf of Rinji operations, I thank you for your time. You may proceed to order anything you may wish and it would be expenses-paid by our company, although we have already provided lunch for you. Do consider this carefully." Steven finished.

David couldn't help but smile a little at the prospect of food, however, he quickly was brought back to earth by a form being shoved under his nose.

Lower management position, working in the asset deployment department. Job may entail some ground work as well, which comes with potential health risks, as dealing with all gangs does. Office work would include working with existing staff to make decisions about who and what to deploy based on the research done by other departments. Field work would involve patrolling public areas, monitoring of important organizations, possible undercover work in underground organizations, and killing if necessary.

Killing? That one word sent shivers up David's spine. He hated the idea of fighting as it was, let alone even the idea of killing. Whats more, it irked him how the contract mentioned killing in such an off-hand manner, still, it was dealing with underground organizations... and it did state if it was necessary.

"Excuse me." David said, indicating to Steven. The head officer came over. "I have a simple question. How did you get my contact details?"

The man smiled. "I see you were the right choice for such a position, young man, seeing possible issues with plans. Deploy the wrong people to the wrong place and lives could be lost! We have good information links, including with schools so we can find possible people at risk of being exploited by gangs, or becoming delinquents themselves. We just followed up from your records and found you were using the same e-mail address since back then."

David nodded, and thanked Steven. The man had a fair point, and nothing seemed particularly shady about the methods, if a little lucky.

Still, better not to jump feet first into this contract. Mull over it.

David went and got some of the food Rinji had already prepared beforehand. Being the food court, it wasn't the healthiest of foods, but waste not want not.
Title: Escapee Encounter
Post by: Kakyoin on December 13, 2012, 12:14:24 AM
Posted on Ran-Rii' (http://www.shrinemaiden.org/forum/index.php?action=profile;u=9052)s behalf. My own post will be coming in the next day or two.


Window 4: Encounter
 
11:30am - Day 1 - Hanamidori, Japan - Tokugawa Galleria (Food Court)
 
The clang of ice cubes hitting the bottom of a glass could be heard as a hand set down a finished cup of tea. The owner of said hand promptly took a seat at the table where he was before he had made his journey to the Beverage counter.
 
"Ah, Mister Sterne. I suppose you would have made up your mind by now, yes? We do value your joining of our organization: We need all the help we can get."
 
Heh, Tsubame thought, again with all that.
 
Though he went over all the useless details about the norms of such organizations again, and although he felt disgusted, he supposed that there was no sense in not accepting this fantastic job opportunity.
 
Asking for a pen, which he promptly received from the officer, he tried scribbling a few lines on it. He hesitated for a moment as he only saw the impression of whatever he wrote on the Signature Line - though not for long, as he was handed a more intricately designed fountain pen. He shook it a little, then wrote on the line in fine print:
 
Hikari Tsuba
 
The pen was dropped, and ink spilled over the remainder of the space where the last two characters of his name was to have been.
 
The sounds of metal shutters coming down at the exits of the food court caused pandemonium. Diners panicked and shouted as the shutters suddenly descended and cut off various sections of the galleria from each other. Tsubame jumped momentarily as a woman dashed past him and knocked into his elbow, causing him to drop the pen. Several diners attempted to run below the shutters at the entrance and out of the food court, only to be seen being forcefully returned to the premises of the food court as many soldier-like men, armed with weapons he never seen before, flooded the galleria. One of the soldiers stepped out, apparently the leader of the group that was in the galleria. Raising one arm into the air in a fist, apparently signalling for attention, he brought out a loudhailer with his other arm and spoke into it. The booming voice filled the galleria.
 
"Attention all people."
 
At this moment, the diners in the galleria were silenced. In an instant, the focus of all the people in the food court was apparently shifted to the man in futuristic armor standing in front of the squad of what seemed to be soldiers with guns unrecognizable by even a military expert. As soon as the silence started, the loud clang of the shutters hitting the ground and separating the galleria from the outside would cued the soldiers behind the apparent leader to file out and quickly move through the crowd, as if they were searching for something. It was then the voice continued.
 
"We have a fugitive that has escaped from captivity who we suspect may be among the people in this galleria. We advise all people to stay away from a suspicious, flighty woman if you do see..."
 
Suspicious? Tsubame thought, Do they mean that woman that is standing around here?
 
Tsubame turned around to see if she was still there, only to see the man who had declared himself to be Steven earlier on standing beside the woman who had collided with his elbow. They seemed to be having a conversation, though he was curious as to why a man like him would talk to a woman who is dressed in such worn-out clothing, and has such a lack of hygiene. He strained to hear their conversation.
 
"Please, ma'am, we are trying to discuss a business here, and you are scaring our business partners. Please leave."
 
The woman nodded and left. Or at least she attempted to.
 
One of the Rinji Operations officers suddenly stood up, as if hit by a sudden realization over something, and leapt forward to seize the left arm of the woman.
 
The woman, apparently exhausted and tired out already, did not retaliate but attempted to run. The officer continued to respond to her running with a barrage of physical strikes, both from hand and foot. Tsubame was shocked at the sight, and so were the people around him.
 
What in the name of... How could he just attack that woman?
 
At that moment, Steven quickly held onto said officer's hand and stopped him from delivering another strike to the woman. The woman had already went into a stance, apparently about to run.
 
"What are you doing, Ralph Edwins?" Came a question in a firm voice by Steven.
 
The reply he received was a punch in the gut. Steve reeled in pain and collapsed on the ground.
 
"SHE IS THE ESCAPEE!"
 
The attention of all the shoppers was once again shifted. The soldiers all turned towards the source of the shouting, and immediately began swiftly moving to the target location.
 
Tsubame's doubts about this company was true. Decidedly, they were twisted in their doings.
 
Rinji Operations officers and invited individuals alike attempted to keep the defected officer from continuing the physical assault by means of grabbing hold of the man and pulling him apart from his target, but said officer held onto the woman with an iron grip, preventing her escape. Fear was visible on her face as she continued to be the victim of the officer's melee barrage. Somewhen during the attempt, Tsubame managed to catch hold of the defected officer's hand.
 
"What are you doing?" Tsubame question the man.
 
"This is an escapee, and the goals of our organization are to starve off delinquency! This is but one of our acts!" The man responded.
 
"No!" a Rinji Operations officer replied, "we protect the public, however, we do not infringe the human rights of any person or the law itself while doing so!"

In a collective heave, Ralph was pulled away, a safe distance from the woman. However, it was a short lived victory. Many soldiers began to flood the small space where the event happened, and they surrounded the scene. A few soldiers walked towards the group Tsubame was with,
weapons poised in a position to shoot them as they ordered the release of Ralph. The woman that was physically abused lay exhausted on the ground, and so did the man that declared himself as Steve Franks. The soldier with the loudhailer walked forward.
 
"You who have aided in the escape of a captive and the collaborated physical assault of a RAI officer shall be detained and put into custody of the RAI. And should you resist, we are fully capable of using lethal force against you."

Tsubame raised his hands in the air, in a gesture of surrender. It was the only smart thing to do, from whatever experience he ever had in a situation like what was happening.
 
A soldier walked up to him and forced his arms behind his back in a unceremonious manner, and he soon felt cold metal against his hands.
 
Hand cuffs...
 
He shifted his hands towards an angle, and attempted to feel for the mechanism used to secure the hand cuffs.
 
The soldier behind him sneered.
 
"And I thought you were a smart man for surrendering. If you are thinking of escaping, don't. I'll tell you one thing: One wrong move, and you are as good as dead."
 
Tsubame relaxed his limbs, and allowed them to fall down.
 
I suppose there is not much to do now...
 
He looked around. Most of the others that were with him were also surrendering. ...However, something was wrong.
 
The woman that previously lay on the ground was gone.
 
And so was his sight.
 
He felt a foreign material cover his eyes, and two hands on his shoulders escorting him. He heard the sounds of metal shutters, apparently opening the way for him to be escorted to whatever prison facility he was soon going to.
 
He felt wind - and knew he was outside of the shopping mall, however he could tell nothing more. Following the two hands that escorted him, he was walked a long distance before he was stopped. The sound of a sliding door was heard, and soon he felt himself pushed into whatever vehicle he deduced the owner of the sliding door to be. he heard the footsteps of several other people boarding the vehicle, and before long, the door was shut and the vehicle started moving.
 
Fate really had some ways to toy with him.
Title: Virtual Gensokyo - Enter Rabbit
Post by: Kakyoin on December 15, 2012, 05:25:18 AM
7:58 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - Human Village (Ken's House: Bedroom)

Sitting cross-legged on the ground against the wall near the door to his bathroom, Ken was lost in thought. How was it possible?
    He had taken his weapon, his sword that Keine had bought for him from Kourindou, into the real world. When he and his friends had escaped from this virtual prison and made it back to their world, it was there at his side. That was simply impossible! He tried to fathom how that could happen; his mind raced. Did he have a sword prior to entering the virtual world in the first place, when RAI had captured them all and forced them into this fake world? If he did, he certainly couldn't remember it.
    Then there was the issue with the one CD that he had somehow held onto when he first landed in this place. He had possessed it for the longest time since it was a memento of his relationship with Mayli. He knew now that she loved one particular song on it. He had bought it for her birthday before heading to Japan to study abroad with her, since that day was several days after the cutoff date for studying that year and they had to move early. In the light of their move and movein, he had forgotten to give it to her, thus he had taken it with him that one fateful day...and now here it was inside the virtual world with him. The CD player that Keine had found for him at that shopkeeper's place didn't work most of the time, either, so he had to make due with just remembering how the songs sounded. Doing so eased his mind, but now he could easily remember them all without hesitation.
    "That's impossible," he muttered sharply. "How can that...even if Nitori had eradicated the barrier partitioning their minds as virtual and reality halves..."
    He didn't understand. Not only memories, but real physical objects could be transferred to reality? He thought of the possibilities. The books in Patchouli's library Voile contained rather intricate incantations and descriptions, he had seen them when she showed off an example years ago within this virtual world. Mokou's flame charms that she wore on her pants that somehow magically blocked fire. Very likely several objects in Kourindou. Would they have anything to gain by bringing such objects to reality?
    Wait a minute, he thought. We can't risk doing that. It could possibly ruin mana balance, it's too dangerous. We have no idea how it works, and yet...

    His thoughts were interrupted as he heard the flow of water coming from the shower in his bathroom stop. Ran was apparently done.

    He folded his hands, interlocking his fingers in deep thought as he remembered the aborted attempt from earlier. Worse now, he had failed the pact with Ran since he had chosen a horrible location for the pact-making process. They had fallen into the fountain, interrupting it. It wasn't a complete failure; the situation she was in seemed rather horrible. But how would that affect his chances of making a pact with her? What was he to do? Blast my idiocy, he whispered angrily to no one but himself. Too much is happening right now. Maybe I need some rest...
   
    "Almost done."
   
    He sat up straighter as he heard Ran's voice through the bathroom door. "All right. Everything fits?"
    On the other side of the door, she put down the towel she had dried herself with and threw on the shirt she had been given. She turned to look at herself in the mirror above the sink and smiled (https://dl.dropbox.com/u/25711440/RPs/WufTD/rannakedshirt.png). "It'll certainly work for now. Please give me a minute..."
    He nodded and pushed himself up against the wall, standing up with a sigh. Looking at his bed, he felt up for a quick nap. Wait, that doesn't matter though...when we wake up, we should feel fine. He had enough rest while waiting for her to finish, anyway; he needed to convince himself that this was the case. Maybe that's why the pact had failed, he thought. At least she sounded reasonably content now. Perhaps that was better than anything at this point.
    After another two minutes, Ran opened the door and stepped out. She was dressed in one of his white button-up collared shirts and grey indoor-wear shorts. Even with such simple clothing in stark contrast to her usual wear, she looked rather majestic...although the shirt was indeed decently tight around the chest area.
    He noticed that she had the towel over her tails. Clearing his throat, he reached over and grabbed a fresh change of clothes off of his bed. "My turn then?"
    "Of course. Thank you again for the hospitality, Ken."
    Her smile melted his demeanor. He couldn't possibly stay worried with such a peaceful-looking person around. "Are you kidding? It's just the right thing to do, lady or not..."
    Ran's smile faded. "Well, I appreciate it either way. But what are we going to do about the pact?"
    Looking down, he saw that her tails were still dripping water onto the carpet covering the floor. He decided to disregard it, and looked back up at her. "I'm..." He sighed. "Well, I'm not sure. I honestly don't know what to do in the case of failure. Maybe we can try to track down Amarillo and inquire, but--"
    "But there's no time to risk it?"
    He nodded grimly, taking his clothes into his arms and opening the bathroom door. "We're on a tight limit, you see...and I don't know if we can try again, you and I." Unable to face her directly, he stepped into the bathroom and avoided looking into the mirror before him. "I'm sorry, Ran..."
    "No, I understand." She took the towel off the end of her highest tail behind her and reached her arms behind her back, gently rubbing them one at a time. "It's an odd situation, either way. I want to help rescue Lady Yukari, but if I were to fall as well I'm afraid that Chen might be left alone. The question is whether it's worth the risk..."
    "I'll be frank, I've--"
    She interrupted him with a questioning stare on her face, mouth in a small open position. "But you're Ken, not Frank."
    "What?" He looked back at her, then immediately realized what she had said. "Ugh...very funny, I suppose."
    "Heehee~ Sorry, I just thought you needed something to cut the mood." She grinned broadly as he groaned. "You seem very high-strung...then again, I don't know all that much about your situation beyond what I've been told, so I can't really say much."
    You actually do, he thought. You just don't know it right now. He wondered if there was some way to change their memories inside the virtual world, but it sounded dangerous even for Nitori.
    Clearing his throat, he replied out loud. "Haha, that's fine. Amarillo and I have a lot of responsibility, yes. But we're not the only ones." He stepped inside and slowly closed the door. "Now if you'll excuse me..."
    "Actually," she spoke up. "Do you mind if I talk to you while you shower? Um...I won't peek or anything."
    He blinked and opened the door again before answering. "I...guess?" Not even Mayli or Keine had been with him in the same room when he was showering, but he somehow had a good feeling about her. He thought that he should feel more embarrassed, but she probably desperately wanted to know more details about the situation at hand, so it felt safe enough. "Just don't tell the others about it, you have no idea how much that would set 'em off. Especially Mokou and Mayli."
    "I understand. Besides, my intention does not--"
    "I know it doesn't. You're pretty honest, but I guess that goes along with being a kitsune." He slowly closed the door again. "Let me get started, then you can come in."



8:20 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - Human Village (Ken's House: Bedroom)

"So, the organization named RAI captured us all and is keeping us in one of their hideouts. Do we know what other devices, plans or contraptions that they have waiting for us?"

Ken shook his head as he reached the towel up to dry his hair more. "Only Diamond. There's probably some other mana-related device in the base our bodies are located in right now, but I doubt Patchouli wants to go near it anytime soon." He sat down on his bed and grabbed the remainder of his clothing, a light, loose Japanese-themed fighting uniform of intricate design and a pair of white socks, beginning to put the latter on his cold feet. "Does that about cover it?"
    Ran had more to ask. "And Lady Yukari, any idea where she is being held?"
    "No clue, sorry. I'm afraid we had no trail to begin with, since they both left unannounced while I was knocked out after Mokou--well, you know that story now." He wasn't pleased about discussing the mana crash, but at some point everyone would have to learn either the easy way or the hard way.
    "It's interesting, though."
    "Interesting?" he replied. "What is?"
    "You say that I and the others here should know everything that you're describing, and yet I have absolutely no recollection of anything that even comes close to it." Her tails were moving idly behind her. "It does sound like a tall tale, but with so many here to confirm it, it may as well become the truth."
    "Yeah, it does sound pretty ridiculous. But we are only trying to help." He got up and left the towel on his bed.
    She followed behind him as he left the room, leaving the door open. "What do we do now, then?"
    "We talk to the others. I need to get a general feel for whether or not you and I should try again." He had avoided that topic thus far, but it was time to face the music. He scratched his head and continued. "I guess it's not really either of our faults, no sense crying over spilled milk or anything."
    "I see..."
    He could tell by the tone of her voice that she was disappointed. "Look," he said as he stopped and turned around to talk to her. "I would love to take you along, it's just--given what's already gone wrong so far, I mean...I told you all about how I woke up and was somehow bonded to Mokou, Hatate, Kaguya and Yuyuko instead of Kasen. Even Mayli...she's a human like me! How'd she get dependent on me for mana?"
    She frowned. "I don't know, sorry."
    He sighed. "There's just...there's no clear pattern to this. I don't want to have a bigger risk of mistakes and have cases like Hatate happen again." He turned back around and headed into the living room, picking his sword up off the dining room counter to his left. "I trust you don't want to become deadweight like she was..." He was probably making it into a bigger deal than it needed to be, but there wasn't time to spend debugging these errors.
    "No, I do not." She looked around his front room before her eyes settled on him. "I'm not angry..."
    Ken let out a rather irritating sigh as he slid his feet into the shoes he had left at the door. "It's not you, I'm just--things aren't working out. I'm sorry, Ran."
    "Then we'll bury it for now. What now?"
    He motioned towards his door. "Let's go outside and talk to Patchouli, she should be back by now."



8:23 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - Human Village (Outside Ken's House)

Ken took a refreshing breath as he took his first steps out the door of his house. The air was cool and refreshing since the sun was going down over Gensokyo. Closing his eyes, he felt a slight wind blow through his hair and around his cheeks. At least it wasn't raining outside, or worse.

"There you are!"

He opened his eyes and looked to the right. In the distance he could see Eirin and Reisen landing their feet on the ground. Seeing them made him feel better. He waved to them as he looked back, making sure that Ran was behind him, then forged onward towards his comrades. Come to think of it, I've made quite a few new allies all of a sudden. Maybe things are looking up after all, but we have a long way to go still.
    "The fox too?" Eirin said with crossed arms. "You're roping everyone into this, aren't you?"
    "I can't, but I suppose I might as well be," he replied hastily, "Unfortunately, there was a little accident."
    "Hey, I have time to hear all about it. Fill us in." The pharmacist put a hand on her apprentice's shoulder. "Reisen's ready to come along too, I bet that's more good news."
    Ken looked around at everyone, but someone was missing. "Where's Kaguya? I thought she was with you..."
    Eirin spoke up. "She and I split up to search for Reisen and Tewi. Turns out I found one of the rabbits, but as for the other...well, who knows. The other is likely off causing trouble somewhere, without a care in the world."
    "You seem pretty okay with that." Thinking once more, his brow furrowed. "Wait, where is Patchouli? I thought she'd be here by now..."
    "She was here," Mayli commented. "But you just missed her. Said she had to go get her most useful spell book, or something like that."
    "I see." He also noticed that Keine, Andy and Mokou were nowhere to be seen either. Perhaps he was losing it slightly, having not noticed their departure. "I guess things are proceeding along as planned, then." He cleared his throat. "Well, except for one thing..."
    Reisen looked at him. It seemed like weeks since she had last seen him, the one who had been nice to her despite what she was. "What would that be?"
    Ran raised a hand. "If I may...there was a pact to be made between myself and this man, and yet...well, how do I put this..."
    "We failed," Ken said dishearteningly. "I had the bright idea to initiate it when we were sitting on the edge of the Village fountain, and well..."
    Eirin clapped her hands together and barked out a laugh. "Ha! So let me guess: You fell in and it failed, is that what you're telling me?"
    "Yes," he muttered unhappily. "But now we're not sure if we should try again, since I've never had a pact fail like that before."
    "I see," Eirin responded, fingers to her chin. "Well, boy, you have your mind made up? I don't want to let Reisen down after promising she could come along, only to find out that you gave her up for someone else."
    The rabbit in question scratched the back of her head in slight embarrassment. "It's fine either way, really..."
    "I don't mind staying back," the fox answered. "Just...go get Lady Yukari back for us!" She bit her lip. "We need her to return..."
    "We'll do what we can to get her back, I promise." He looked around his location again and saw Parsee standing nearby watching him. "Parsee, are you doing okay here?"
    She scratched her ear and looked away. "Well enough. I took a walk around here. This place isn't so bad after all. Of course, Then again, I suppose I blend in well enough here..."
    He nodded. "All right. So then--"
    "Hold up, guy." Eirin spoke curtly. "Parsee too? You're taking her with us?"
    Ken blinked. "Well...yes. Is that a problem? Why does everyone think she's such a problem?"
    "I told you, didn't I?" The hashihime remarked. "No one here likes me. That's just how it is."
    "Ken, you're serious?" Eirin tapped her foot. "You--okay, you know what she's capable of, don't you?"
    He felt irritation rising as he clenched his fist. "I know what she's capable of doing, okay?! She toyed with my heart earlier and I was powerless against it! She made me want to be with her completely against my will!" Throwing up his arms in dramatic fashion, he grumped on. "I'm tired of everyone telling me to watch out because she's dangerous. I know she's dangerous!"
    Eirin glared at him. "She's not easy to trust. Did you even know her before you did that with her?"
    He continued. "I don't care if she's not easy to trust. But if everyone keeps treating her like she's going to mess everything up, she's not going to be very welcome, now is she?" He stepped closer to her. "If you want any help, you'll have to trust me!"
    "Hey!" Reisen stepped in-between them. "Don't yell at Master, she--"
    "Reisen!" Eirin snapped her fingers and Reisen took a step to the side. "All right then, I guess you do know. You're the boss." She sighed. "This is going to be a wild ride any way you cut it, I suppose."
    Taking several breaths, he stared at Mayli's concerned expression as he calmed down. "R...Right then. You are coming with me, Eirin, and so are these two, and Patchouli. Now I have to decide who else is coming with me."
    "Just take Reisen," Ran suggested. "It's the safest way."
    "Nah," Reisen stated calmly. "Ran is much stronger than I am, she can probably be of more use."
    "I know firsthand that Reisen is pretty strong," he quipped somewhat sarcastically. He remembered the time when he was trying to dispose of the God of Plenty, and she had sent him flying into unconsciousness with her eye beams. And from what he could recall, it hurt. "Let's see here..."
    "Just take the rabbit," Parsee suggested. "It's the safest option, right?"
    "It is," Mayli said. "Although I'm not sure how it's safe for me to come with him too, given that I shouldn't even have this kind of attachment in the first place..."
    "Hold up for just a minute." Eirin walked over to Mayli with hands on hips. "This human girl has a mana contract of sorts with you?"
    He wasn't sure how else to respond, so he gave the default answer. "I--well no, we honestly don't know how it happened. She and I are good friends in reality, and yet after being in here and coming out years later, it just sorta...happened."
    "I wonder how that works...it's fascinating to me, really." Eirin pointed at Reisen and Ran. "So, have you decided yet?"
    Nodding, he pointed at Reisen. "All right, you're coming with me. Is that fine?"
    "Are you quite sure?" the rabbit asked. "Would you not like to try with Ran again?"
    "It's not worth trying again, given the risks." Sleeved hands together, the nine-tailed fox approached the lunatic one. "There was already a case where someone ended up becoming deadweight in reality, according to them."
    "It was Hatate." Mayli strode over to Ken and joined the conversation. "We have theories how it happened, but basically Hatate collapsed shortly after exiting this world and entering reality. We had to carry her everywhere...I mean, Ken and Mokou did. But it was pretty inconvenient."
    "That reminds me," he mentioned. "We should probably try to find Hatate and make sure she's okay. I didn't see her anywhere when we got here."
    "She should be safe anyway, at least now." Eirin adjusted her nurse cap and looked towards Ran. "We'll get Yukari back, don't worry. We're competent enough for the task."
    Ran nodded several times in acknowledgement. "Of course. Well then, it'll be in your hands. Then to help make sure that it works out, shall we aid in preparing for another ritual?"
    Ken shook his head and walked away. "This one's not going to fail. I'm not ending on a bad note."
    Reisen smiled. She was glad that she was able to follow her master. "Great! I'll be ready whenever you are."
    He motioned to have her follow him. "Then do you mind stepping into my house?"
    Eirin stepped forward. "Do you mind if I witness it from a different perspective this time?"
    Ken wrinkled his nose. "I guess so. But no one else, please. Not even you, Mayli."
    "Hey!" She complained. "Why do you have to keep singling me out? I'm the best thing that's ever happene--well okay, I guess it's more of the other way around..." She spoke out further with more fervor as he left them. "But still! Stop that already, man! C'mon..."
    "Tsk." Parsee pointed at the student as she caught her attention. "And you're an intellect studying in school? You certainly don't behave like one."
    While they struck up a moderately heated conversation, Patchouli flew in and landed behind them. Coughing once, she dusted off her trusted spellbook. "Someone's got to prepare well for the trip ahead," she mused. "Now, what do we have here?"



(Summary: Ken and Ran get clean and discuss RAI's intentions and the virtual/real situation. Meeting Eirin and Reisen, Ken decides to take Reisen as a partner to prevent unforseen issues with mana instability. Patchouli arrives at the Human Village as Eirin and Reisen head into Ken's house to prepare for a pact.)
Title: Food Court Chaos
Post by: Raikaria on December 17, 2012, 04:14:04 PM
11:30am - Day 1 - Hanamidori, Japan - Tokugawa Galleria (Food Court)

"Mr.Farr? I have come to inquire if you have made up your mind about the contract yet." an officer from Rinji Operations asked.

David read over the contract one final time. Nope, there wasn't anything that seemed... fishy, and the pay and times were good. Not to mention the cause.

The young man signed the paper with his name, and the officer smiled happily. David noticed a couple of the other people signing too at around the same time.

Suddenly, sounds normally associated with the closing of a mall rang out. Shutters. However, it was nearly midday... shutters shouldn't be closing.

"What the hell is going on..." the officer asked himself.

Almost as if answering the officer's concerns, a voice rang out, from one of a military-like group who appeared, holding a loudspeaker.

Military? Why on earth would there be military in the food courts?

"Attention all people." the man's voice rang out. "We have a fugitive that has escaped from captivity who we suspect may be among the people in this galleria. We advise all people to stay away from a suspicious, flighty woman. If you do see her inform us of her location immediately, and, if you are able to do so, restrain her."

David began to look around. He was sure he had seen a suspicious looking woman at some point, but had hadn't been paying proper attention, and, honestly, he thought the whole name fiasco he overheard was more suspicious. His eyes settled on Steven, who was asking a woman who seemed to have been through some issues, to leave the area as it was being used for a business meeting. The woman then nodded and began to leave, before another officer jumped on her.

He didn't just jump on her, however, he began to strike her, the sounds of fist against her body ringing out to David.

"What are you doing, Ralph Edwins?" Steven said, in a tone that suggested he cease.

The officer punched his superior and knocked him to the ground.

That was all David needed.

"Get off her!" David cried, walking towards the man as he ran to check on Steven. He wasn't badly hurt, just winded, and David helped him up.

"SHE IS THE ESCAPEE!" the man cried, as David noticed at attention of everyone shift to the area.

"Escapee or not, you don't need to assault her like this! They said restrain her, not KILL her!" David said. The man did not cease, despite this.

At this point, several officers began to pull Ralph away from the woman, and David decided to help. The suspicious man from before began to question Ralph.

"What are you doing?"
 
"This is an escapee, and the goals of our organization are to stave off delinquency! This is but one of our acts!" Ralph responded.
 
"No!" a Rinji Operations officer replied, "We protect the public, however, we do not infringe the human rights of any person or the law itself while doing so!"

Everyone pulled once more, and Ralph was peeled away from the woman for good. However, at that moment, the soldiers arrived.

"You who have aided in the escape of a captive and the collaborated physical assault of a RAI officer shall be detained and put into custody of the RAI. And should you resist, we are fully capable of using lethal force against you."

"Wait! A RAI officer?!" David said immediately. "He's a member of Rinji Operations! Can't you tell, he's not in a soldier's getup like you!"

Suddenly, he was tackled to the ground by a soilder, and felt cuffs around his wrists.

"Oh GOD." David said. It suddenly clicked. "I don't know what's going on, but this must be some kind of set-up, if that guy is with you guys..."

"Shut up, smart alec!" the solider said, before there was a sharp pain, and everything went dark.

===

11:40am - Day 1 - Unknown Location, Japan - Inside a vehicle

David came to, and his first reaction was to try and rub the large bruise that had formed on the back of his head. At this point, he noticed everything was still dark.

Blindfolded? the man thought to himself, as there was a jolt.

And in a moving vehicle. Ugh, whatever going on, it's not good... in fact, I don't care what's going on. If I see that Ralph I will... I don't know what yet, but he'll pay for this, that's for sure!
Title: A Boy And His Rabbit Are Not Easily Parted
Post by: Kakyoin on December 18, 2012, 09:34:24 PM
8:30 PM - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - Human Village (Ken's House: Bedroom)

*click*

Ken twisted the lock on his bedroom door. They were going to need some privacy for good measure, for what was about to unfold.

"Now," he mentioned softly as he made an about-face. He looked at Reisen's relatively plain face and Eirin's complacent expression. They were both sitting on his bed. He wondered for a brief moment how the two of them had been joined as they were. "Since we have nothing that can interrupt us in here, we should be safe."
    "All right, Reisen," Eirin said encouragingly. "Let's get this started. Are you ready?"
    The rabbit shrugged. "I guess. I'm as ready as I can be, although I'm not sure what I should be ready for."
    He sniffed and walked towards his bathroom. "Lemme wash my hands first. Gotta be extra sure, haha."
    "So," Reisen started. "What exactly do I have to do?"
    "Hold up for a moment," Eirin interrupted with. "Ken, I have some questions first."
    The young swordsman turned the water pressure on the sink's faucet lower so he could hear her more clearly. "Sure, what is it?"
    "First of all, what proof is there that you and I have a pact?"
    He stared blankly at himself in the mirror for a moment, letting the water run over his hands. "Hmm...that's actually a pretty good question. I'm not sure, but I can certainly try a few things." Turning the faucet off, he wiped his hands dry on the nearby towel hanging on an adjacent rack and stepped back out. "It's really only clear once we reach reality, but I wonder..."
    She smirked knowingly. "Got an idea? If we're in a virtual world, it shouldn't matter what happens to us anyway, to a certain extent."
    He shrugged. "I do, but I don't know if it'll work. Basically, in reality I'll have almost complete control over your mana supply. In Gensokyo, you were given energy, or some form of essence, that fueled your capabilities. For example," he looked at the pharmacist as he struggled to find an example. "Ah, yes. The spell you hit Kaguya and Mokou with, do you remember that? It was clearly a spell of sorts, all red and blue..."
    Eirin snapped her fingers. "Of course, that would be Galaxy in a Pot, one of my spell cards. What about it?"
    He turned away, not too happy at having to reunite with this topic again. "Let's just say that if you were chained to me for mana in real life, using that would leave a very...undesired effect."
    "Let me guess," Reisen inputted. "It's not a limitless pool of energy...er, mana...or whatever it is?"
    "It isn't." He shook his head and shuddered, remembering the effects of the mana crash caused by Mokou's brashness. "If you use too much at a time, I'll get hurt. A lot."
    Eirin's smirk faded. "I see. I reckon that means we wouldn't be able to use any of our powers for a while, either..."
    "That's correct, based on what I was told." He scratched the back of his head and sat down on the chair opposite the small table near the bed. "I was unconscious when it happened...Mokou tried to free Keine with one of her spell cards and I just immediately tanked. Coughing blood and all that good stuff." He seized his mouth up and glanced towards his bathroom door. "Except, you know, kinda not good at all."
    "Right. Well that's duly noted then." Eirin looked at her apprentice sitting next to her. "Okay, so my next question is if you have some special measures or precautions to ensure that the pact works well."
    He thought about his previous pacts, and what he had done to make them go over well. Kasen's pact, as long ago as it was, or at least seemed, involved him pricking several of his fingers for a blood pact. Patchouli too also had him cutting his arm slightly, but that was much more rushed and urgent than the others. He wasn't in the mood for something like that to happen for a great deal of time, it had frightened him beyond good measure that she had nearly died and that he could have failed to save her. Eirin's was very straightforward, and Parsee's had been rather embarrassing for him but it too had been rather straightforward; both had passed up on the blood pact. He tried to think of any clear pattern to the successful pacts.
    Perhaps, he thought out of sudden remembrance, something I did with Ran didn't work out...that light that shone when--no, that's something else altogether. He put his hand to his forehead, pushing his bangs up as he imagined the situations and environments they had been in. There had been many around when Ran's pact was initiated, but the same could be said for Patchouli's back in reality. There was a missing piece of the puzzle, and he couldn't put his finger on it.
    There was something about the pact visions themselves that stymied him, as well. Patchouli's dire situation had given way to a relatively relaxed pact vision during the process of bonding. Eirin's and Parsee's on the other hand...they were in no danger upon pact initiation, only in the Human Village with himself and Mayli. Theirs were full of nightmares and serious problems concerning humans and youkai, according to what parts of them he had been involved in. However, Ran's was the same way, or at least was also not taking place in a happy or neutral setting, and yet that one had failed. He had to then remind himself that it failed due to reasons outside their control at the time, since those involved in making a pact were quite vulnerable and uncontrolled while doing so. Even Kasen's, which he could barely remember, was not unpleasant, yet their pact initiation had also been in a rather safe location.
    He sighed in frustration. What was the factor that helped? Was there a factor that helped? There was at least a pattern to all of them in that they all were incredibly stimulating to an extent.
   
    Stimulation.
   
    He opened his eyes wide and looked at the two Eientei inhabitants sitting nearby patiently, staring back at him. That was it, he thought. That had to be it!
    "Got a sudden revelation?" Eirin asked eagerly. "If you need any help, just let us know."
    "Well," he started, then halted in his explanation. He had to make it clear without complicating their understanding of it. "Basically, in all of the pacts I've done, there has been some sort of stimulating experience."
    Reisen's ears twitched as she looked into his eyes with hers. "Stimulating? You mean something to get blood rushing through the body?"
    He nodded silently.
    "So something adrenaline-pumping?" Eirin supposed. "I can think of a few things that can do that. Exercise being one of them, or perhaps...hmm..."
    "Well," he stood up and went on with his experiences. "If I look at what happened with Patchouli, I mean...she was dying." His hands gestured for further emphasis as he continued. "As in, she was lying on the ground just...disappearing. She was going to become fully extinguished or...dead, I don't know how else to explain it. She was in the process of dying, probably a minute longer and she would have been lost. I had to frantically do what I could and..." Gulping, he looked at his feet on the ground. "...it was too close. But anyway, you remember how you experienced some sort of strange vision?"
    "Vision?" Eirin nodded, remembering it clearly. "Of course, it involved--well, I don't think it's a good idea to share what I experienced," she concluded with a soft cough. "In any case, he speaks the truth. So, what of it?"
    The swordsman paced towards them. "Patchouli's was relatively calm, compared to yours...I mean, nothing scary or exhilarating happened."
    "Mmm." The pharmacist nodded, fingers now beneath her chin as a hand held her head up. "But before the vision, she was dying."
    "And then," Reisen continued in her stead, having caught on. "while she was laying there losing her life, you were scared that she would die. Yeah, that would certainly get your heart pumping quickly. I know if Master or the Princess or Tewi were dying, I'd be losing my calm and getting excited."
    "Well," Eirin continued to further the investigative conversation. "Mine was not very settling, but before it happened all I did was hug him and it somehow started. There wasn't anything intense going on in the surroundings, and only the Princess and several others were watching...I think Patchouli was watching it too."
    "Exactly." Ken stared up at the ceiling and sighed. "And Parsee's too, hers--well, she kinda...bleh...how do I put this...well, when she heard that some sort of close contact was involved..."
    Eirin's eyes grew wide and her modest expression dissolved. "Haha, so she touched you in some intimate way? Probably a kiss or something."
    "Y...Yeah." He answered hastily. He didn't want to discuss that further, so he moved on. "The pact vision was rather violent too, I was fighting some spider girl named Yamami or something like that, I think it was a battle for Parsee's care." He shrugged. "I have no control over what appears in these visions, I just kinda go along with it."
    Eirin stood up and stretched her arms out. "So we have to get your blood flowing quickly, eh? But it has to be in some sort of calm, controlled environment."
    "I...guess so?" He wasn't entirely sure, but it was certainly worth a try. "So according to Kaguya, you're some sort of otherworldly genius and you can do anything. Got any ideas?"
    She chuckled mid-stretch. "I suppose my reputation precedes me. Let's see, I've got several ideas. But one in particular stands out~"
    Reisen stopped smoothing her skirt and stared up at her Master. "Oh? What would that be?"
    "Isn't it obvious?" Eirin looked at both of their clueless expressions and realized that it wasn't. "Oh come on now, how else can we quickly excite this boy? There's one obvious way, Udonge."
    Reisen's face changed quickly from perplexed to hot and embarrassed. "Master, you d-don't mean--"
    She grinned back at Reisen. "Oh yes I do. Besides, I can see it in your eyes. You wanted someone to spend some time with, someone who treated you with kindness instead of business-like. Like when I left you two to pick up Kaguya's mess back when those two immortals were fighting like fools."
    He was taken aback. She had done that on purpose? "Did you really..."
    "Of course I did." Eirin cleared her throat. "Although part of it was me being curious to see what would happen if I left you two together. You know, in the fashion of an experiment and such. See, we don't have much male interaction, especially not with human males." She pointed to her apprentice. "Not even this one, even though she sells our medicine in the Human Village every so often. You have seen each other before the incident several days ago, right?"
    He scratched his head. "Um...I vaguely recall seeing her before, yeah. I think I was too busy every time to go see what she was up to, though."
    Reisen remained silent. Anything she said could and would be used against her, she was quite familiar with this by now.
    "You see," Eirin explained in due haste. "We...Kaguya and I, and Reisen too, we're actually from the Moon. You can refer to us as Lunarians, if you wish to address us as such."
    "I know that," he replied with surprising understanding.
    "Eh?" Eirin seemed surprised herself. "How did you know already? You asked Keine, or what?"
    "No. I know because I got my memories back after leaving this place. You mentioned something like that at least once back in reality." He knew it was a tall tale to digest. "Anyway, I know now who you all are, and your histories together."
    "I...I see." Eirin pursed her lips momentarily. "Then you know that we lived quite alone for years, as fugitives from the Lunarian capital. So, we don't interact too much with the residents in this world unless it's absolutely necessary."
    "Master and the Princess had to remain in hiding, so we had to be extra-careful," Reisen added. "Then eventually...Master had the idea to try to spread our efforts to others. She called it 'experimenting' though..."
    "Hey!" Eirin remarked. "It is! I can't just use you as a test subject for my drugs over and over again. Eventually, given enough time even the most secluded of geniuses desire to share their knowledge with the world they lie within."
    "I see," he spoke out loud slowly, noting how Reisen seemed uneasy about the subject. "And so you sent Reisen to sell your medicine--I gotcha."
    "Yes, in the Village." Eirin seemed disappointed. "What, you never tried any of them? That'll have to change." She grinned and patted her pockets. "I came prepared just in case, after all."
    He stared at her pockets and could only wonder what was stored within them. "Yes, I noticed that...so, you want to give me a drug, then?"
    "It's either that," she mentioned offhandedly as she lowered herself down onto his bed again. "Or Udonge here is going to have to help you get your heart beating fast." She stared expectantly at the rabbit. "Well, what's it going to be?"
    Reisen's cheeks flushed. Not only was she going to have to excite someone--no doubt an embarrassing procedure--but her Master was here to watch her do it! "Hold on a minute, you were serious?!"
    Ken blinked and stared incredulously at them. Did it mean what he thought it meant? "No no no! I can't impose that on--"
    Eirin's laughter rang out as she placed a hand on Reisen's shoulder. "Well, you want to come along, right? You can't afford to mess it up, Udonge."
    "I...that's not--Master, please!" the rabbit complained. "That's just unreasonable! Why would you suggest something like that?!"
    "Ah, but you see, Udonge..." Eirin put a finger to her own lips to ask for silence as she then continued. "Take a look at him right now."
    "What!" Reisen jerked her sight onto the swordsman's face. He was staring back at her...was he eying her body? No doubt he looked disturbed and embarrassed at the thought of such a thing, too.
    "See? He's already gotten some thrill at the tantalizing thought of doing so." She pointed back at her apprentice. "And you didn't even have to do anything."
    Reisen groaned. "Master, that's not nice..."
    "It gets the job done. Besides, drugging him probably wouldn't work anyway. So go use your appeal to get him excited."
    "No, wait a minute!" he shouted loudly. "That's not fair, you can't just order her around like that! That's terrible!"
    Eirin's smile faded. "Until you forge this pact with her, she is under my jurisdiction, not yours, boy. She is not against doing so, she's just embarrassed to get that close to you with me watching, even if it's just a firm hug." She looked over to her frozen apprentice. "Isn't that right, Udonge? Unless you lied to me after that time..."
    "Masterrrrr!" the rabbit whined. "Please, just don't watch...this is too embarrassing..."
    "Okay okay, I won't watch it." Eirin folded her arms across her chest. "But I do wonder what it is you'll do to excite him...perhaps a kiss on the cheek, or maybe some sensual touching?" She could only grin as her plan unfolded beneath their eyes.
    "Eirin, that's not--!" he gasped. "I don't need that--"
    "Don't lie, boy." The pharmacist pointed delicately at him. "Don't tell me that you wouldn't want to ravish my sexy associate...why, by human standards, I bet she's a top model!"
    His face felt tingly as he absorbed what she had said. He felt his heart thumping in his chest. The thought of taking such a beautiful, willing woman in his arms and--
    "Now!" Eirin yelled. "Go touch her! Do the pact right now!"
    "Wha--" He jumped as she spoke so curtly. He was puzzled for a moment, then suddenly logic flooded into his mind. Just thinking about what he could have done to the rabbit woman...his body had gotten excited. So that was Eirin's plan all along! "Reisen, are you ready?!" he managed to say, his hands shaking at the thought of what he had been nearly tempted into doing.
    Reisen's breathing remained quick as she pulled her arms away from her body, now understanding and ready to accept her fate. "Please hurry, Ken! Do it now, while your mind is on me!" As ridiculous as it sounded, she braced for something amazing and refreshing as he quickly stepped over and threw his arms around her. Eirin had told her that it was nothing like she'd ever experienced before. And Master was to be trusted when experience was involved.
   
    The pharmacist sighed as the two embraced, hearing him utter assuring and prompting words to the rabbit. Knowing that the pact was moments away, Eirin produced a small pad of notepaper from her pocket and took a pencil from behind her right ear. Such a procedure must be carefully observed, despite what Reisen may have insisted upon. Then again, now the rabbit wasn't actually being embarrassed or ravished either. "Gosh," she muttered to herself with satisfaction, "I'm pretty smart, all right. Thank goodness I pay enough attention to all that anime Kaguya watches..."



(Through manipulation, Eirin sets up a good situation for a pact between Reisen and Ken. Actual pact will be in my next post.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on December 26, 2012, 03:52:36 AM
6:20 PM - Virtual Gensokyo - Temple Graveyard

Curiosity and/or recklessness can never keep a man down for long, as Neil walks right back into the area. This time he is meagerly prepared, with one of the sticks he carried earlier fashioned into a stake.

"That's it..." he declares, "I'm fighting this!" as he sneaks around the cover of the dim light provided by the nearby temple. He sees the sentry again, evaluates a proper angle of attack and moves behind, readying for the kill. The sentry turns around and with all the speed he can muster, he jams the stick right into its face, causing it to fall over on its back. He examines the figure closely, painstakingly making out shapes in the dark. A cap, cold body temperature, arms outstretched, a skirt, and something on its face; a female Jiang-Shi. Kimia lampshades the fact that Chinese zombies would normally be up again at this point, and it is. The corpse shift right back up to a standing position, surprising Neil and grabbing his wrists. He fails to break the grip, even when violently yanking against the thumb. He panics and falls over, with fear encroaching him every second, he is forced to blow his cover for safety.

"HELP! I NEED SUPPORT!"
Title: Inaba Pact - How Does It Feel, Exposing Your Mind?
Post by: Kakyoin on December 27, 2012, 02:14:51 AM
I hope everyone had some happy holidays! I have prepared yet another post, so here goes.


??:?? ?M - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - ?? (Suspiciously Familiar House)

The darkness faded into light. Ken felt disoriented for but a mere moment before he shook his head, feeling balance return.

"Ugh..."

A feminine groan brought him back to the situation at hand. Realizing he was face-up on the soft carpeted ground beneath him, he swung himself up to a sitting position. Reisen was there beside him on the ground, sprawled out with a blank, shocked expression on her face. Her name escaped his lips. "Reisen?"
    "I'm fine, I think." She joined him in sitting up. "Any idea where we are?"
    "I'm not sure." He turned slightly to his left. There was a bed with a blue comforter smoothed over it, and as he stood up he could see two light blue pillows adorning the top of it. A short desk with a small alarm clock sat nearby within arm's reach. To his right was the desk he usually worked at. Looking closer, he saw a small stack of papers on the desk. They were quizzes of sorts...or were they? He did a double-take and saw several drawings on them; faces that he somewhat recognized. Before he could analyze them, he squinted his eyes as a light turned on nearby. The desk lamp was aimed directly at his face, and he reached over to bend its neck so the bulbed end faced downwards so its light spilled onto the desktop.
   
    The desk.
   
    Ken froze. Wait a minute, he thought. That desk...this is my room! We're in my house?! Is that possible?
   
    "This place looks like yours, Ken." Reisen's voice echoed towards him, as she was in the bathroom observing the present facilities. "Are you sure we're somewhere else?"
    He checked for traces of Eirin, but she was nowhere to be seen, not even in the hallway. "I don't see anyone else here. Your master was telling us to do this, but now she's nowhere to be seen..."
    "That's odd." Reisen walked back in, her ears perked up in attentiveness. "So, we're..."
    Ken finished her statement. "...in my house. Hmm." He hesitated to go outside his bedroom in case there were nasty occurrences waiting in the wings beyond the outside corridor. He wanted to avoid any bizarre or undesirable pact situations this time. Now that I think about it, he thought, it's weird that I'm aware that I'm in a pact vision, and yet there isn't much I can do about it other than let it run its course.
    "This is the vision?" Reisen twisted her mouth and sat down on his bed. "Not as interesting as I'd expected it to be."
    "Well...hold on, let's look around for a bit." He walked into the bathroom to investigate. "Leave nothing unturned!"
    "Heh, all right then." She was at least glad that nothing horrifying was happening, as Eirin had warned her about. A Kaguya with monstrously sharp teeth and no pupils was quite a disturbing persona to imagine. Letting out a yawn, she smoothed her skirt out and stood up. She wondered if he was actually interested in her physically. Eirin had been up to her usual tricks of exploiting others at the expense of her subordinates, but this time she was unusually flustered about it. Ken seemed very considerate towards her cause, but his behavior had intrigued her, as well as her own. It couldn't be some sort of physical attraction or love, was it?
    She shook her head and looked through the desk drawers, still finding nothing spectacular or out of place. Everyone who was her close friend was not a human, yet was as close to one as physically possible. Eirin had done research on how a rabbit youkai such as herself could look so human, but it seemed to be a mystery even Master couldn't figure out. Then again, Gensokyo was a magical place; the moon wasn't any less stranger.
    Opening up the middle desk drawer underneath the flat tabletop, she saw a picture of her former home, the moon.

    She gasped in surprise, dropping the photo back in the compartment.

    "What's this picture doing in here?" she exclaimed softly.
    "Did you find something, Reisen?" He poked his head into view from inside the bathroom.
    "No, this is just...maybe it's a coincidence." She licked her upper lip and opened the compartment again just to make sure it was still there. Sure enough, the picture of the moon taken from a perspective in outer space was looking back at her. "Hmm." She took it out and stared fondly at it. Life on the moon had been a totally different ordeal from living in Gensokyo. For one thing, Eirin had listened to her plea and offered her protection. The very genius of the moon herself, one of the founders, had joined forces with a lowly moon rabbit like herself!
    Smiling, she flipped the picture upside-down. On the back was a smiling portrait of her master, giving off a wink in still time.
    "What the heck?" Reisen was confused. Was this just a strange coincidence after all, or was something odd happening to her? The pictures she saw seemed to follow her train of thought. Looking once again into the opened desk drawer, she saw several other photos scattered about. They seemed to be blank. "I'll have to try this out some more then," she mused.
    Trading out the two-sided picture of her master for a blank photo, she thought of the man that her master had already formed a pact with, the man sharing this room with her at the time. It was an odd encounter; and an even more intriguing process. She was surprised still when she learned that Eirin herself had bent her knee to this man. Oh well, at least it wouldn't be worse than having him fight me to the death in a test of strength, or something similar to that, she thought. Master doesn't like humans, but that wouldn't go over well given the situation at hand.
    Looking back over her shoulder, she saw him occupied, exploring the open medicine cabinet. Perhaps this one is indeed special. She glanced back at the photo in her hand and promptly screamed, dropping it to the ground in the process.

    "Reisen?!" He barreled out of the open bathroom and stared at her back, noting her looking towards the ground beneath her. He saw what looked like a picture on the ground. "Reisen? What's wrong? Is it that picture?" He had seen a picture horror in his pact with Eirin. He prayed that it would not happen again here.
    "T-The picture..." She had a hand to her chest, pointing the index finger of her other hand down at the photo resting on the carpet below. "Ken, just look..."
    He approached it cautiously and stooped down. The photo appeared blank to him. He stared back up at her warily. "Huh, it seems to show absolutely nothing...are you sure you aren't just seeing things?"
    "It's--no way, it--you don't see it?!" She pointed vigorously at the image on the photo material. "Look again. You sure you don't see anything? Because it's not a very pretty sight..."
    Ken scratched the back of his neck as he stared back down at the blank photo lying innocently beneath them. It was as blank as he could see, he could swear by it. Given her reaction, he imagined that it would contain some horrific image, perhaps along the lines of him doing something awful to her. It would make sense; Eirin had implied some heavy actions that they would have done had it not only been just a part of her plan to get their pact to have higher chances for success.
    He stared back down at the picture. His eyes widened significantly, and his mouth hung open in shock.

    The blankness on the picture had been replaced by an incredibly graphic image of him and Reisen in an explicit situation.

    "WHAT?!" He fell back in sheer surprise, crawling away from the image slightly. "WHAT THE FUCK?!"
    "Did you see it?" She bent down and looked him in the eye. "What did you see? It was gruesome, wasn't it..."
    For a moment, all he did was shake his head. That was unfathomable, impossible! That had never happened! He had never even dreamed of doing that before! His face felt melty and flushed as he struggled to stare into Reisen's distinctly red eyes without blinking. His left arm muscle jerked, and he scrambled to pick up the picture. Maddeningly grasping it firmly in an iron grip, he felt the hairs on his skin prick up as he saw it once more; Reisen's ecstatic, heart-meltingly pleasured expression...and even his own as he--
    No! He shook his head, bit his lip as he slammed the picture facedown on the ground in denial. He couldn't let himself nor Reisen see it anymore. That's not possible...
    "Ken!" she exclaimed. "What did you see? Answer me!"
    He swallowed hotly. "I-I saw...it was...don't hate me for it, but..."
    Her pained expression intensified. "What?"
    "You and I were...doing something absolutely forbidden." He let out a deep breath. "It was...no, I can't say any more. I don't want to..."
    "Wait...what?" She stared down at the facedown photo on the carpet, then back up at him. "You mean--no, that's not at all what I saw!"
    Ken blinked. "But I clearly saw--"
    "No! I saw you standing over me...I was in an iron maiden, or something like that. Your sword was--" She too gulped, then made a cutting motion above the back of her neck.
    "What?" He was perplexed. They were seeing different things in the same picture? Cautiously, he reached out and flipped the picture face-up, peering at the monstrous image that awaited. Ignoring the adult content it entailed, he stared up at his rabbit ally. "You really don't see it?"
    She shook her head vigorously. "I see you about to chop my head off, with a bunch of humans in the background laughing...it's very unsettling."
    If it was unsettling to her, she hid it well. Clearly she was better at staying calm than he was. "You're sure? I see you and I doing something different..."
    "Ken!" She grabbed his arm, causing him to jump in surprise. "Wait...try to imagine us doing something else. Something much more innocent and pleasant compared to whatever it is you're seeing."
    He nodded silently and closed his eyes. Something calmer...more relaxing. A hug was innocent enough. He pictured himself in her friendly embrace and opened his eyes.

    Reisen's laughing caricature, arms thrown around him, stared back.

    The picture had changed to reflect his thoughts!
    "N-No way...this picture changes?!" He picked it up again and gave it to Reisen. "Do you see what you saw earlier?"
    She gazed at it, then burst out laughing as she gave it back to him.
    "Um..." He looked at her with mild amusement. "You haven't lost it, have you?"
    "N-No...hahaha..." she pointed at the picture in his hands. "It was me...mmmph...dressing you up in my clothes!"
    He stared in horror at the picture, now seeing the exact same image as she was. "The hell?!"
    "Now I see what's going on here." She forced his hand down, hiding the picture from sight. "Whatever we imagine gets translated directly onto these pictures."
    He scratched the back of his head. "I can believe that. Heck, I can believe just about anything now. But what does that mean?"
    "I'm not sure, but I think if we imagine the same thing...like we just did...then maybe we'll have an epiphany or something like that."
    Ken digested her words. It was true that they could see the same image on the picture. The question he had was whether or not it would have any bearing on their future. But now was not the time to dally. "I think," he spoke up, "we've already reached that point."
    "Then Ken, do you have something to ask me?"
    He knew where this was going. "Do you like the idea of being around me? Like, do you really like the idea of it?"
    Reisen scratched her left rabbit ear. "To be honest, I think it's something I want to try. To have a human ally that's more around my level...when I met you and I got to fight by your side before, it was a pleasant experience. For once, it felt like I wasn't just dragging everyone else down."
    He frowned. "But isn't everyone else you're usually with quite powerful by general standards? I mean, Eirin can probably flatten me with just the tip of her pinky finger."
    She shrugged. "I suppose so...but it was a nice change. Can I have another chance to let that happen?"
    He knew the answer already. "Of course, why not? I think we'll do well together. Besides," he added with a wink. "I probably can't keep Eirin in line by myself."
    Reisen smiled. She felt satisfied instead of trodden on. While Eirin, the Princess and Tewi somewhat respected her, she was still put through a gauntlet of feats, experiments and efforts at their mercy all too often. This would give her the chance to take her life back and prove her worth to others, as well as herself.
    "Reisen?"
    She reached out expectantly, grabbing his hand in hers. "Yeah. Go ahead, take me now. I'm ready."
    He sighed with relief. It was as good as done now. "Then Reisen, please wake up from the dream."



(Reisen and Ken successfully complete their pact.)
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Raikaria on December 30, 2012, 10:47:15 PM
Virtual World - Unknown Location - Day ?, ??:??am.

Darkness. That was all that could be seen when David woke up. Nothingness.

"Hello?" David called out. There was no response.

The silence was eerie. He recalled he had been captured as part of a set-up, but was far from the only victim. Surely there should be someone else in earshot, in this inky darkness...

"Hello?" the young man called out once more. The silence was his only response.

The man took a few careful steps foward. The steps made no echo against the ground. He could feel his feet touch the ground, but no sound. He tried to move faster, but stumbled and fell due to the remaining effects of him being knocked out.

The sound of the body hitting the floor was audible, and pierced the silence like a hot knife would cut through butter. David waited on the ground, in case there were any signs of anyone hearing the crash. Any offers for help, or someone approaching.

Silence.

David struggled up, and looked around. Nothing could be seen. Not even his own hand in front of his face.

"Am I dead or something?" David wondered.

The man had no clue how much time was passing, he just resolved to walk onwards, hoping there would be something. However, the horizon only gave the silent, merciless, gift of darkness and silence.

"I know I didn't think there was anything after death, but this is ridiculous..." David muttered to himself, repeatedly, jst so he could hear his voice, although he was unsure if he was actually hearing it, or if it was just inside his head, what he thought he could hear.

The dark and silence as playing tricks on him. He was over-thinking.

Yet he continued to walk. At least two hours must have passed, yet no fatigue set in. No hunger, no thirst. Nothingness. The darkness seemed to reach on forever, as did the silence.

This torture continued, longer and longer, until David lost track of everything... and just kept walking, walking, looking for hope, a spec of light, no-matter how tiny...

Suddenly, there was a flash, and everything turned white... before David's eyes opened.

Kamisuiwa, Japan - RAI Graveyard Base (Inner Virtualization Room) - Day 3, 11:42pm

"Uuughhhhh...." David groaned, before he looked around. He seemed to be inside... some kind of pod. High tech. The first thing that came to mind was stasis.

Then he looked out of the pod, and almost gasped. In front of him was someone who didn't look like she belonged to the organisation who caputred him, due to a lack of logos and uniform. However, her attire did give off a feeling that screamed 'engineer'. The key features that gripped David right away were the bright green cap, the large, dark green backpack, and her.. blue hair.

The latter was far from a normal feature.

"W-w-where... w-ho?" was all David could rasp.

"I'm Nitori Kawashiro. It's a long story who I am, so strap yourself in for that. As for where we are? I'm not entirely sure, but you were strapped up into some virtual world to test you under some nightmare scenario for two days, until I jst shut down those machines." the stranger said, offering her hand to aid David out of the machine.

The young man took the young girl's hand, and got out, feeling shaky on his legs. Despite it having been two days, he didn't feel hungry or thirsty. Next to the pod was his own backpack.

Now the man was out of the pod, he noticed the young woman was wearing what seemed to be some kind of waterproof outfit... and wellington boots. Indoors.

"Anyway... I introduced myself as much as I can without getting into the sticky details, so who are you?" Nitori asked.

"David. David Farr." the man replied, picking up his backpack, and pulling out a pen and notepad. "I'm ready to hear your explanation of all this now. I'll make heads and tails of it myself. All I have right now is my gut instinct that you really did save me."

Nitori smiled a little upon hearing David trusted her.

"Well, I wonder if you'll trust my word on this. The virtual world you are in, is not the only one. Everyone sealed in these pods was in a different virtual world, and has some latent powers that the soldiers wanted to research. However, I am a very special case. I am from a sealed-off part of the world... that was lost. However, the soldiers created a virtual replica, so the magical land I come from, Gensokyo, could live on and be researched by them for their own ends... or so I assume." Nitori starts, before asking, "Following so far?"

"Uh... so you're from some magical part of the world that no longer exists, and the soldiers made a replica?"

"Yes, yes!" Nitori says, nodding. "Anyway, everyone in that virtual world, is technically dead, however, if they bond to one who can supply them with mana, magical energy, they can exist in this world again!"

"Wait... I think I get where you're going here. You saved me... so you want me to save some of your friends. Right?" David says.

"Yes. There's some people already in the simulation who know more about all of this than I understand. They were not captives like you, but if you want to help me out as repayment..."

"I don't want to help you out as repayment." David says sharply, suddenly making Nitori look depressed.

"B-but... almost all the pods are open, and no-one's trusted me yet..." Nitori says

"Your story is far-fetched. However, my gut still says you're honest. I'm not going to help you out of a need to repay you. I'm going to help you out because I assume it'll throw a wrench in the plans of these soldiers who set me up and imprisoned me and my employers for two days, putting us through mental torture for their own research!" David says.

Upon hearing David's resolve, Nitori's face lit up.

"You'll help!" Nitori says, smiling.

"Yes. I'll go into the virtual world you were speaking of, and speak with those people you say know more than I do. Then I'll make up my mind from there."

Nitori grabbed David's hand, and lead him through several rooms, to one with more pods.

"Oh, I better warn you! Gensokyo is not a land of humans. It's a land of magic and fantasy. There are many fantastic creatures in Gensokyo, including Youkai. I myself am a Kappa!"

"You look human." David says, before seeing the contents of another pod holding some bird-girl with pink hair.

"We take human forms to blend in." Nitori says. "Anyway, some youkai are very dangerous, so be careful! Also, the ones inside don't know the situation. Speak to the others who went in first before you do anything else! There's a human village, I'd wager they are either there, or someone called Keine can help you find them!" Nitori says.

David rubbed his temples.

"This is a lot to take in, Nitori. Just... hook me up so I can see your story for myself." the young man says. "Besides, if the youkai are as powerful as legend, we may need them to even get out of this military base."

Nitori opened a vacant pod, which David then moved into, settling down. The pod then closed, and the man closed his eyes.

There was a bright light, and David felt himself being pulled away.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: natten20 on January 03, 2013, 08:08:13 PM
09:50 PM - Day 3 - Somewhere Between The Hotel and The Tourist Helpers Shop

"Damn I am Going to be late." Narr?n thought to him self while he was running to the tourist helpers shop.

When Narr?n finally got the tourist helpers shop. there was stuff already going on out side the shop.
"What is going on?" He asked him self. everything began to blurred together and went black.


5:35 PM - Day 3 - On a Hill Somewhere In Virtual Gensokyo.

"So this is Gensokyo?" Narr?n asked him self while looking out on the vast landscape lying in front of him.
"I better setup a camp before doing anything else."
Narr?n began to scan the area for a suitable place to setup a camp.
the only suitable place he found was near a willow tree hanging over a river.
Before heading over there he decided to checked his backpack too see that everything was in order.
"Let's see what I have with me..."  He opens up his backpack and looked at what was inside.
There wasn't much inside the backpack, some spare clothes, a stone bag with a sling inside,
two rolls of bandages, a spool of thread, a small set of cooking pots, an empty water bottle
and the knife he bought on the way to the tourist helper shop.
He then picked out the stone bag with the sling still inside and the knife out from the backpack.
He secured them both on to his belt and closed his backpack and secured it on his right shoulder.
"Okay, let's go" He said, picking up the sling from the stone bag while placing a stone in it, started to swing it around
and began walking to the willow tree.

[I know this didn't make much sense but please bear with me.]
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on January 10, 2013, 06:49:26 AM
6:24 - Virtual Gensokyo - Temple Graveyard

"Well, who is this intruder? You can let him go now, Yoshika."

The Jiang-Shi lets Neil go, he crawls to a nearby gravestone and sits there helplessly. He looks at the woman beside her who is holding a lantern. "Who are you and what are you doing here?" she asks. He spills everything just to keep himself intact, "I am Neil, I-I'm looking for a particular female. From, uh, what I remember...she wears headphones and, uh, has a decorated sword. Do you...know her?"  She looks up and makes blatant wondering gestures, "Hmm, who could this person be? Maybe I know her, maybe not, how about you come with me and find out?"

He reluctantly agrees as she accompanies him to an undisclosed compound, meanwhile another person patrols the graveyard and is too late to the commotion earlier.

[OOC: Short and simple for now]
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Raikaria on January 14, 2013, 04:38:03 PM
9:00pm - Day 3 - Virtual Gensokyo - Human Village

"So... I guess this is the village the Kappa was going on about... how, how do I find the people the Kappa told me to find?" David mused to himself, as he walked through the human village.

The young man walked around, pretty aimlessly, until he came across someone else walking around the town, almost like she was patrolling, or looking for something. She looked like a young woman, although probobly a few years older than David himself. She was wearing a blue dress, which frilled out a large amount, and came down to about her knees, and was tied at the top with a red ribbon. Her hair was neat, and a pale blue in shade, while she also wore a peculiar hat, which looked almost like a pagoda, it too having a red ribbon on it.

"Excuse me, are you David?" the woman asked.

David nodded. "How do you know my name?" the man replied, cautious, after all, of the stranger.

"The Kappa sent me a message. I'm Keine, I assume she told you about me?" the woman answered, as she approached the young man. "Come with me, and I'll explain more to you."

Day 3 - 9:12pm - Virtual Gensokyo - Keine's House

The house was quint and warm, and filled with scrolls and other objects suggesting that the woman was fond of history, as well as a desk with a lot of paper on it. David had already told Keine what Nitori had told him, so Keine knew where to begin.

"I guess I should start by explaining how these pacts work then. To create a mana link, one must form a pact with someone. However, these are not simply verbal pacts. They are bonds of magic, and there are two ways to form them, to my understanding."

David nodded, listening carefully. He was also holding a notepad and his pen, so he could record the information, in case he forgot.

"The first, which I myself have undergone already, is a spirit bond. This pact relies on both parties being in close proximity, as in... close physical contact. Then, you mst state your intention to aid the candidate, verbally. What happens after this is that you will both mentally enter a trance, a shared mental dimension, where you would have to explain the situation, and convince the other party to join in the pact with you. When they accept or decline, the trance ends, and both of you return to your bodies, mentally, with or without a bond as dictated by the agreement. Of course, what the mental dimension is differs from person to person."

Keine waits, as David is frantically putting down notes.

"The second method I do not know myself, nor am I fully understanding of it. It is a more physical bond, based on the magic of blood. You must spill some of your blood on the ground, as you announce your intentions, akin to the spirit bond. This should cause a magical process, that, if accepted and not resisted by the other party, will form a mana link that way."

Keine waits again, as David finished taking notes.

"So, either I spill my blood or get close to someone and enter their minds?" David says.

"That's the basic idea." Keine says, before adding, "You must be careful, however. Outside of this world, anyone you form a bond will will require your mana to survive, or use any other their... supernatural abilities. If they draw too much mana, it will be... painful."

"So, basically, don't overdo it?" David comments.

"Yes, I wouldn't suggest making pacts with five godlike creatures, as the drain of just keeping them sustained will probobly be too much."

"Godlike creatures?" David questions, raising an eyebrow at Keine.

"Gensokyo is filled with many wonders. There are even actual goddesses, as well as Oni, Tengu, Kappa, Vampires, Lunarians, Immortals, and a myriad of other youkai." Keine explains.

David leans back in his seat, taken aback. "What about you? Are you, you know, a youkai?"

"Half. I'm a were-hakutaku. On anything but a full moon I'm human." Keine says.

There is quiet for a few moments, as David considers everything he has heard so far.

"So... do you have any ideas who is willing to form one of these pacts... or isn't in one already?"

Keine thinks. "There are several humans in the village who would likely love to have the chance to see outside the border, you could go to the library and se...."

There is a knock at the door, a quiet, weak knock, but a knock none the less.

Keine walks over to the door, and opens it, and a young woman, dressed in a flowing red dress, and a pink hat, topped with a red ribbon, and having some type of ornament on it, falls into the room. It's clear she's exhausted.

"... Can... I protect..." she rasps.

"What do you mean protect?! You're ill, you're hardly in any state to walk! I'll get you something to eat...." Keine says.

"Won't... help." the stranger says. "Gatekeeper... youkai...."

Keine's face falls, as David walks over curiously, and cautiously.

"I have to... protect something. Got fired... been losing energy since..." she rasps.

"David, this is a gatekeeper youkai. They are a type of youkai that get sustenance from having something to protect. It's their sole purpose to protect something, or someone. If she doesn't find something that needs defending, or isn't allowed to defend anything soon, she'll die."

David looked down at the youkai, who finally raised her head, revealing her yellow eyes, and blonde hair, which curled at the shoulder-length back up.

"Protect me then." David said finally.

"What?" Keine remarked, stepping back a little. "Do you even know how devoted a gatekeeper youkai is to defending something?"

"Yes, if it's their source of life, they'll defend it. I was abducted and used in an experiment by some military organization. I get the feeling I need someone who can protect me, and won't want to leave. Besides, look at her, she won't last much longer." the man replied, causing Keine to sigh.

"Well, you may as well form a pact with her then, because if you leave Gensokyo she'll just go back to dying again if she can't come with you." Keine says.

"Pact? What's..." the figure says, as David kneels down to her, and grabs her hand.

"What's your name?" David asked the young woman.

"Elly. Why?"

"Elly... I wish to help you."

Both the human and the gatekeeper's visions turn white, and the next they know, they are somewhere else.

??:?? - Day 3 - Unknown Location

Flowers. Flowers and the occasional apple tree. That was all that could be seen by David's eyes. It was a beautiful sight.

"W-what?" Elly said, looking around frantically. "How did we get here? Why don't I feel like I'm dying anymore? Did I die?"

"We're not dead Elly..." David replied.

"Then where are we?" the distressed young woman said, before she reached for the object on her head.

She pulled off the object, which suddenly grew multiple times in size... into a scythe as large as her.

"Careful! I don't mean any harm!" David said, now also worried.

"Then explain what's going on!" Elly demanded, putting the tip of her scythe to David's throat. "Or I'll assume the only way out is to kill you."

"We're in a trance, a shared mental trance. Where I'm supposed to explain to you that you're in some virtual world now, and the only way out is to form some kind of mana bond with someone, which is done during this trance, if you accept my aid." David explained, being very careful not to cut his own throat as he spoke.

"That's absurd!" Elly said, pressing her scythe so it drew blood.

"Fine, look at it this way. Outside this trance, you're dying, right?"

"Yes..." Elly says.

"Well, if you form this bond, and trust me, you'll have something to protect, me, because if I die, or get separated from you, it could sever the mana bond, and you'd die because of that in the outside world."

"But why should I trust you?" Elly says, keeping her scythe where it is.

"It's either you trust me or you die anyway. You don't have much of a choice Elly."

Elly thinks for a few moments.

"On a condition. Can you form multiple bonds?"

It was David's turn to think, and recall what Keine had said. She never said if you could form multiple bonds... but she did hint it, she did state it would be a bad idea to form bonds with 'Five godlike creatures'.

"I assume so, Keine said five is a bad idea though!" David replies, uncertainty in his tone.

"Then we go to where I say, and you form a bond with my old friend, and my old boss." Elly demands.

"I-I can't guarentee they'll still be there, Keine said there's others..."

"If someone else has formed a bond with them already, then that's unavoidable, but we still look for them!" Elly says.

"Fine, fine, just tell me something, who are these two?"

"A vampire and a very powerful youkai."

That silenced the young man for a moment. In saving Elly, he would be running the risk of having a bloodsucking vampire linked to him as well. He could only imagine the problems that could cause, not just for him, but for the outside world.

That said, this was negotiation at scythe-point.

"Very well. Now then Elly, do you accept my help, and my offer to let you defend me?"

Elly moves her scythe away, and walks over to one of the apple trees, pulling off an apple, and cutting it in half with her scythe.

"Catch." she says.

The apple flies through the air, and David catches it cleanly, although his hands get a little sticky.

"Yes."

The world then turns to white, Elly vanishes, and before he knew it, he was back in Keine's room.

[David meets Keine, who explains how to make a pact, and talks a bit about mana and species in Gensokyo. Elly then turns up, weak from having nothing to defend, and, in her desperation, agrees to a pact with David, on the condition he seeks out her old friend and boss with her.]
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: GuardianTempest on January 23, 2013, 05:06:14 PM
6:31(?) - Virtual Gensokyo - Underground Passage

"Congratulations on getting yourself in deep shit, mate. Wanna go wear a skirt and be uke?" Kimia taunts as Neil is accompanied towards his destination. Anytime he could make a desperate break for freedom, but Yoshika's presence prevents him from doing so. In an attempt to alleviate some of the anxiety troubling him, he strikes up a conversation with his captor which, to his surprise, actually works.

"I am Seiga, an immortal hermit with 'close ties' to the saint." she introduces herself, "Just think of me as an elegant lady of wealth and taste."

"Alright...say, where are we headed?"

"You will see it when we get there. You look very frightened, little boy. What's the matter?"

"I tend to avoid getting hurt, how can I trust you with my safety?"

She approaches him and softly pinches his cheek. "Oh don't worry, I assure you, I am very faithful to my word. You will be kept safe as long as you behave.

"Just bear with it, this might be our only way of achieving the objective...I guess..." Milican advises, Kimia says otherwise with a very convincing "Or you're gonna die like an animal!" in a cheerful manner. Several minutes later, they arrive at the mausoleum she mentioned on their way here. Neil is greeted with several new faces, a woman in white oriental clothing. a ghost, judging from how her legs disintegrate into white wisps; and possibly the woman he saw in his vision.

"Hey, it's her! The person I was talking about!" he exclaims, pointing towards her.
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Nemo★Ma on March 10, 2013, 11:51:36 PM
A High Noon, Day 3 IRL, Virtual Gensokyo, Near Magical Forest

As the team of fairies match to their former base, Amarillo openly wondered how her base would get fully copied from the real Gensokyo to this Virtual one.

"Why? If it's a full copy like you just stated, then~" Lily White replied, "You see, it'll be normal that they also copied your house, what are you suggesting?"

"No. this is not what I'm trying to say." Amarillo slowly replies, as she is calculating something:"You see, I moved in no more than 2 years ago. I'm not a resident here at the beginning, I'm more like a refugee finding a place for retirement. Around the date I arrived here, I built the house with your help, and this house is here, in this virtual Gensokyo - This could only meant one thing."

"That RAI copied the gensokyo within 2 years." Luna continued.

"Eh, yes. Which brings us to a clue on RAI, but this clue isn't enough." Amarillo stopped. "But why are we heading to our old home anyways?"

"?" The fairies all gives out a puzzled look, as if saying "You lead us here."

"Me?" Amarillo smiled, "Part of me want to revisit the old home, but there is probably nothing interesting in there."

"No, I have a feeling there is!" Stated Daiyousei.

Amarillo went silent for a moment.

"I'm sure there aren't, but we can check this on later, let's look at what the newcomers are doing. We'll be back later."

"Got that!" shouted Sunny.

They turned away and headed for the Human Village. Amarillo knew that Daiyousei's instinct never betray her, but there are simply more important matters at hand.

A While later, Human Village, Keine's Classroom
Seeing Amarillo enters the classroom, Keine, who is just standing alone in the front, noticed her and turned around.
"Anyone coming here just now?" Asked Amarillo.
"Ah, if it's humans you referring to, there was one. I explained to him how the basics work, and he stumbled on Elly- you know, the gatekeeper youkai of Yuka- " Amarillo nodded implying she knew who Keine was talking about "and they have finished making a pact, just as what I taught him."
"Okay, that's nice to hear, so where are they now?"
Keine looked out, "I don't quite know, but I did hear Elly talking about her former master, if I could say about their whereabouts, I'll guess they'll be over at the sunflower field. Want to meet them?"
Amarillo nodded, "I just don't want them to get lost, as long as they got their partners, I believe they'll be okay. But still, I invited lots of people and you said there is only one..."
"Probably there will be more scattered in the Human Village, " Keine suggested, "You know, these days, not everyone likes to come in a classroom. Even your fairy friends. " She points at the door, Star and Sunny are peeking in. "It's not like we are holding classes here anymore..."
"Thanks, Now I gotta find others, so please excuse us." Amarillo cut her off, and before Keine could say anything, she quietly leaves.

There is no classes to be held.

Gensokyo do not exist.

However, Amarillo knew that this isn't the case. She got things to do.

A short while later, Human Village - Square
Amarillo saw Ken and Reisen, standing in the now deserted square, as of waiting for someone.
"Out of everyone I'm looking for, you are the least important." Amarillo muttered as she walks by.
"Hey! Don't treat me like that!" Ken objected, "If not for-"
"Oh come on, who would openly express something like that in front of the very someone who'll get offended by it?" Amarillo chuckled, "As I said, you seriously lack a sense of humor."
"Maybe it's just because it's not funny." replied Reisen.
"It isn't!" Amarillo jumped up. "Guys, do I just made a bad joke?!" she asked the fairies.
"I... don't know." Star hesitates.
"Probably it's a good joke, in some sense." Lily nodded.
"If I would grade it I'll give it a C," Daiyousei remarked.
"Only a C?!"
"Okay, I got it, I guess jokes are serious business then, are you looking for the other humans?" Seeing the suspense in the air, Ken finally gives in, "I don't know if they'll get lost or something. Nitori seems to drop them in different locations."
"Yeah, I told her to do that." Amarillo replied, "I give Koishi's files to Nitori, and told her to get everyone close enough to their potential partners."
"Then they probably won't go far." Ken remarked, "Gensokyo is a pretty large place, you know."
"Hmm, guess I gotta hurry," Amarillo nodded and hurried off.

Noon, Human Village - Entrance
"So, where are Koishi's files?" Asked Lily White.
"It's not like I brought them with me." Amarillo sighed. "And it's not like, you see, I get the ability to memorize everything, either."
"HAVE NO FEAR, NITORI IS THERE!" Suddenly, a sound pierces through the air.

"Nitori! How did you do that?!"
"Nothing really, " Nitori's voice is heard over them, "There is this handy broadcast button here, and it just seemed to do what I thought it would do." Nitori laughed.
"That'll be a huge help, so you know what we are going to do right?"
"Certainly! According to our data, the closest dropping point around your location, is..", Nitori cheerfully shouted out the area name".. Myouren Temple!"
 "Heh, thanks. We'll be on our way then."
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Raikaria on March 11, 2013, 03:59:17 AM
Day 3 - 9:15pm - Virtual Gensokyo - Keine's House

"So... how did it go?" Keine asks.

There is a silence.

"We formed one of those pacts, and now we're looking for those I know. That was the condition." Elly says, as she walks to the door. "I'll be outside when you're ready, human, things are dangerous outside this village at night-time."

As Elly walks outside, and closes the door, Keine sighs.

"She wasn't exactly in a situation to negotiate, she was dying due to energy loss." Keine says.

"I wasn't the one with a scythe." David points out.

Keine shakes her head. "Well, that dosen't matter. Did she happen to tell you who she was looking for?"

The young man nodded. "An old freind, a vampire, and her old boss, some powerful you..."

Keine looks immensely worried. "If that youkai is who I think it is... pray you don't find her. I've never met her, but Yuuka Kazami, the Flower Master of the Four Seasons, has a very bad reputation. She may be the most dangerous being in Gensokyo, if the rumors are true."

David looks confused for a moment towards the teacher. "Flower Master? I'd be more worried about a vampire than some 'Flower Master'."

At this point, Keine slaps the young man over the head gently. "Don't take her lightly. The fact she is held in such high regard among youkai despite having her power being flower manipulation, goes to show just how brutally powerful she is in other regards. Unless the rumors about her power were greatly exaggerated, she could rip a human in half with no effort at all, or blast them to smithereens."

"Well I can't exactly turn back now, can I?" David says, sweating somewhat at the prospect of meeting this 'Yuuka'. "I don't think Elly would take it particularly well. I'd rather not upset the lady with a scythe dressed in a blood-colored dress."

Keine shakes her head again. "I know, you don't have much of a choice now, but still, it's better you know."

With that, David walked out of the door to meet Elly, who promptly grabbed David's hand.

"Hold on tight. We're taking the fast way." Elly says, as she stared to fly, taking the surprised human with her.

===

Day 3 - 9:20pm - Virtual Gensokyo - Skies of Gensokyo - Near Human Village

"W-What are you doing?!" David cried.

"Flying. Everyone in Gensokyo ca... oh. You're not from here. Let me guess, humans can't fly where you come from." Elly says.

"No! Humans cannot fly! Wait, what do you mean, the humans here can fly?!"

Elly chuckles. "All the humans in Gensokyo are magical humans, they have some magical power, or else they would have long perished to youkai."

At this point, the gatekeeper looks over her shoulder to the young man, and notices he has his eyes closed, and is white as a sheet.

"Are you OK?" she asks.

"NO! I'm terrified of heights!" David exclaims.

"Lies." the gatekeeper replies.

"What do you mean, lies?"

"You're afraid of falling. Not height. In fact, more specifically, you're afraid of death. It's not the height that kills you, it's the fall. It's the impact with the ground. Maybe you should be more afraid of the ground than the air, hmm?" the gatekeeper muses.

"...How long would it take us to walk to where you want to go?" David asks, hope in his voice.

Elly pauses. "About seven hours. Maybe eight. I dunno the pace your kind walks, nor do I ever walk this trip. Flight will take another ten, maybe fifteen minutes, at most, I'm a pretty fast flier."

Suddenly, there is a surprised cry from the side of Elly where David is.

"Oh no." Elly says.

"A human~! Don't leave him all to yourself! Let me have a bit!" the voice says. She sounds childish, no older than fourteen, however, David can't bring himself to open his eyes to check at this height.

"David... we're landing. It's a vampire, and not the one I want to meet." Elly says, before the man feels a sudden tug, and a shift of the wind, before feeling like he was falling.

Please don't crash-land... David thought to himself.

"Legs out! Land on your feet not your stomach!" Elly says, and David obeys without thinking about it, a moment before feeling the ground.


Day 3 - 9:30pm - Virtual Gensokyo - Forest of Magic

David opens his eyes, and notices that him and Elly are in a forest, with mists swirling between the trees. Suddenly, David feels dizzy, and his head starts to throb.

"Oh, of course. You're not magical, or at least not enough... the mists of the Forest of Magic are toxic to you..." Elly says, sounding annoyed. "However, I can't fight a vampire in the air with one hand. You'll have to bear it, unless you want to become lunch."

A figure lands in the mists, and walks fowards, towards Elly and David. Her large, bat-like wings are the most clear feature before she becomes fully visible, revealing that she is a blonde, dressed in a red skirt, a black blouse, and a white, buttoned shirt. She also has a red star on one of her cheeks. She is also holding a wand, with a white star on it.

"I'm Elis." she says, before pointing to Elly. "You're in the way."

She then points to David. "And you're dinner!"

[Summary: Keine warns David about Yuuka, before he departs with Elly, by flight. David's fear of heights kicks in, but Elly doesn't care. However, they are forced to land in the Forest of Magic when Elis spots the human, and wanting to make a meal of him, since Elly knows she can't fight a vampire with one hand in the air. However, David is being effected by the Forest's Maisma.]
Title: Re: Waking Up from the Dream - Welcome Home - Story Thread
Post by: Sonae on May 10, 2013, 01:01:02 AM
---Timestamp - Day 3, ??:?? P.M., ???, Gensokyo.

Darkness.
Empty nothingness, devoid of light. Eyes still shut.
?wake?
An uncomfortable feeling spawns in the back of his mind. He tries to grasp what it is, but he can?t bring it forward.
Open?
Like a voice, commanding his body to act. He tries to ignore it, to resist it.
?your?
The feeling overpowers him, body moving on impulse.
?eyes!


---Timestamp - Day 3, 5:28 P.M., Roadside Field, Gensokyo.
Greeted by the late afternoon sun, Nikolas instinctively shielded his eyes from the bright light that assaulted his retinas. Once his eyes had adjusted, Nikolas blinked and gazed around.
Far above the sky stretched out endlessly, clouds trailing off into the distant blue. The verdant green of nature surrounded him, enveloping the land in summer.
A calm zephyr blew past the boy, ruffling his brown hair as he inhaled the clean air it had brought to him.


((Will Finish Later))